ANOLE EN aM

Aigtied Maitale eae r cy z g cath te * ‘ pega eT alinn a ASAP hy TR aihidth That AE 2 On een en oh ath chet Dalashe

nih ao) it By Ha hy AE 3 1B ohana te : os id : Mhne aches MnSoahath Jalapenos sO5NAR 620A TAG Sha ahah Me DSTA,

5 Ieee ae Aa Radi , Le oped * nN cacbvad oh AAAs A AARNE NON CREB AT

“(hr athafenad dik hin dieBer Wid Ni ON LG a ee ea nk a nt 29 0 TN wowt Soares

vOtat hot e on GB TBR A NAIM Be A gl Bod a he Bi dhe A ie BS A

Fr Bea SaAe Matt Wc 4p ASA ALE AES TC BRS oC MO

eh eae

biel Fatt 0

PsA BE DNAPINT oPh Aig Baste tieity Hat 1 hbatne

SAT Bd statin aticanigB ad ths Ha al Aa ah vit 1 att AMR gd HE Bhat

a aaah alee

Atte iw

Rrweratctas

prea ee

kN le ithe sex ME bee Raman aT ARR ebecderh aide etme

oh OEM EAMES SN EA TINTEAN oF NAMEN NN

Madd ach of Mal a0

LaF Pa wipe nF sao

= iN en a BEMAS tn

eee nt Tata «

Caciandtekae A ME wn Packt atonal tog ont

Sor tintin MM eM acint Me. Atal tt

ia hat ta Rae A

ie 1attads

raahn Stale at

ere ea nase y . E e Maan!

shat Matadthe 2 : ws thas 9 aN ate oF

tyne ‘ en ten se Tata Nhe ae a ae

‘ J . ‘ ‘ ie ad eieelea tt athe ve fire 92

° sane " i Ho ten art nee Foe Aue rit”

Tal Pala sad olan aha ee

Foye SAM Mala

etal teat tealin at al

" aw

atta

Aahahalehe atte’

ene ati

AR Aattn Nes mt

plea an Roatan” aah

Me.

PAM Kinda apne A

= 5 SS : 6 :

n MD ~ Wk @ 22) ”

fe) rT ~™OANS oO ¥ fo)

Z = AS 2, = =.

3 Bie 2 rs 2 |

_NVINOSHLINS S3I YVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

Z ie Fe ie Za

7) ces 7, = Li 7.)

= fe rai ow Why, A

“a ‘ a) C iis

Cc s LS ee < ie *

3 ONO'S : eA) his

) 9. = oO a O

a =! =a aJ =

RARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS S3!IuWY

Za ra

S) he S) ~ 5

= ps = e pe

ie as a ie

i ea = = =

= Raoul Z 7 Z

INLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS =~S3 1YVvud rou BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

eee = e

<x << <x ale = < .

‘= = a =

a 4 sf fg = NS 4 z

2 SLY ERS G g

= 2 gy = S\. 8 :

= a, = ae = =

” = ” * z Tp

RARITIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Salyva

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVUE

a a : GN =

< = < Ss ES a

a = m = Y Z

= S a rs) as

zal _ z= : au

ALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUT

a FS c = Re a

19.9) = ow — V, wo

= Ne 5 : 5 G2Gy,2

5 RSE = 2 =

=e 8 Y = ie a S

m NN 2 m > m

wn — wn” = op)

RARIES | SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SM ITHSON IAN

NVINOSH1I WS

ALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS saluvuaiy LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI

NOILNLILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S31IuWUE

NOILMLILSNI

SARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

IUVYGIT LIBRARIES

\YVUGIT LIBRARIES

STITUTION

TITUTION

—_ ee —_

4 Zz A op,

Zz RN \S nas by: 4

> = NY *

Zz a "ee ae

NVINOSHLINS SJIYVY@IT LIBRARIES

_ NV! i Hf

= St =

” ai ”

ea oc =

= << =

5 e =

O oa (e)

z mak =z

3RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

= iT =

S is S

2 :

F 4 a e

a = .

z o z

ILALILSNI SJIUVUGIT LIBRARIES

< i's 2 ak

S ALz = ‘> NS

vy, S o 3 Ss s

tji 2 g 2 RR

“Lif iE = el

MG = > = :

; ep) 4 ” *.

SRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

ul iz us

= +0 Es

: —_— oO

< a <x

ac be ac

= O 2

ag eG 2 ©

ILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS _S31NVUYGI7 LIBRARIES

oan 2 =

a = 2

> = >

Z - =

m tl m

e2) — 2)

BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

; s ae z

= = A

rr ie he:

oO aE. KD)

= 5 Zz,

X > = >"

s 2 w + ete =>

ILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES

=e f Z

2) wn

a a 2

a ayo meal

: : :

re) : cn re)

me ml ae

BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

= be =

S) vee fe)

5 x .

Ee a 2

rieeiaie a =

SMITHSONI/

YVUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIV

SMITHSONIAN INST

NOILALILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S31]

‘

O35

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYd!1_ LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S31

re ”

2 YX 54

a 7 Aas x f

= Ss a

(@) =

= eed

INS”

Zz | Saas

cS) ca

5 ce

= oa

os ine

z wn

NVINOSHLIWS S3l

NVINOSHLIWS

INS]

NOILNLILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S3I

TITUTION

LH js

| wr

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anno GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RBS.,

WILLIAM §. DALLAS, F.LS.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

VOL. II.—SIXTH SERIES, —=—

mi iI eVili

/ ~

242\05

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.; SIMPKIN, MARSHA LL, AND CO.;

KENT AND 0O.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1888.

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis

human :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

“eX ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xstimata;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnzvus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Zhéorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

So 4d Qo o-e - . . The sylvan powers

Obes our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF "VOL, TE.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

NUMBER VII.

I. On some new Species of Uruguaya, Carter, with Remarks on

the Genus. By GrorGr Jennines Hinpe, Ph.D. (Plate IV.)

IL. Polyzoa from Port Phillip. By R. Kirxparricx, British

Miseum (Natural Efistory). (Plate TD)... 5.0.5 0s ss 5 «cya sere same

III. On the Fructification of two Coal-measure Ferns. By

Rermen Kansion, PoiSsH. F.GS: (Plate 1) 2c... cc's «areaerstens

IV. Monographic Note on the Rotifera of the Family Asplunch-

Mides by. Ni. JULES DE GUMBN Ms. & 5 fei sa's og « yacrn sg sSl> alehied ees

V. On some Reptiles and Batrachians from Iguarasse, Pernambuco.

ByaG. AL boummnewE.; (elite kEL) ooo. tye ata ea'eloaisgem ah Ski

VI. Description of two new Snakes from Hongkong, and Note on

the Dentition of Hydrophis viperina. By G. A. BOULENGER......

VII. On the Organic and Inorganic Changes of Parkeria, together

with Further Observations on the Nature of the Opaque Scarlet

Spherules in Foraminifera. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. (Plate V.)

VILL. Descriptions of new Land-Shells from the Andaman and

Nicobar group of Islands in the Bay of Bengal. By Lieut.-Col. H.

id, GOUWIN- NOSTRIN, Eeruss: Bes. GC, nc cas aee cat oem age on

IX. On new Longicorn Coleoptera from China. By C. J. Gawan,

M.A., Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum ........

X. The Adhesive Disk of Echeneis, By R. Storms, Brussels

XI. On the Family Rhysodide. By GrorecE Lewis, F.L.S.....

XII. On some Ectoparasitic Rotatoria of the Bay of Naples. By

aD WiG EAR a Gk tee ME es. 5 ema giropagsosidn§ Aner Wasaga js

New Books :—A Flora of Hertfordshire. By the late A. R. Pryor,

B.A., F.L.S. Edited for the Hertfordshire Natural History

Society by Bensamin Daypon Jackson, Sec.L.8. With an

Introduction on the Geology, Climate, Botanical History, &c. of

the County, by Jon Hopxrnson, F.L.S., F.G.S., and_ the

Epiror.—British Oribatide. By Aubert D. Micwart,F.L.S.,

F.R.MS., &c. Vol. IL—Campagnes Scientifiques du Yacht

Monégasque |’Hirondelle. Troisiéme Année, 1887. Excursions

Zoologiques dans les iles de Fayal et de San Miguel coe);

Page

arse) (Se Ey Gr UI RUNIEN ot foyer yea want tie ep Ga lsi ne Patio Oe 12—116

lv CONTENTS.

Page

Proceedings of the Geological Society ....... * MeRO rape to . 117—122

Transverse Bone of a Chelonian, by G. A. Boulenger; On the

“ Nursing’’-habits of Dendrobates, by G. A. Boulenger ; On the

Species of Galathea found on the Coasts of France, “by M. Jules

Bonnier ; Remarks on the Phylogeny of the Lamellibranchiata,

by Dr. Benj PM SHARP gunn sient wale shen cinta see 122—125

NUMBER VIII.

XIT1. On a new Species of Calamite from the Middle Coal-

measures (Lucalamites (Calamites) britannicus, Weiss, MS.). By R.

ips7oN; F.RiS.E., PGS; (Plats VEL) 2 cies ts eae eee 129

XIV. Notes on some Vertebrate Fossils from the Province of

Bahia, Brazil, collected by Joseph Mawson, Esq., F.G.S. By A.

SmitH WoopwarbD, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natu-

wal Tisstony)* eke, nee ecytheee coiae ieee cians sees Leet eee 132

XV. On new or little-known South-African Reptiles. By G, A.

WOULENGEB A600 % tno amis anleerlecsir eee tiatnle Bois os 4 oso latent 136

XVI. Descriptions of two new Australian Frogs. By G. A.

BovuLEeNGER

XVII. Description of a new Species of Polistes from South Ame-

rica. By W. F. Krrsy, F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department,

British Museum (Natural History) ale ots ajalosstatnih ieletab elas eee ereniens 148

XVIII. On new Species of Formicarious ister a, and Notes on

others. By GrorcE Lewis, F.L.S.

XIX. Biological Studies of Protista. By Dr. Max VrErRworn.

(late MENS) ail ariata Sw ye see apaets S)adtae a ice te esis cpleneae Stee an 155

XX. The Species ofthe Genus Urodacus contained in the Collec-

tion of the British (Natural-History) Museum. By R. I. Pococr,

Assistant, Natural-History Museum. (Plate VIII.).............. 169:

XXI. Description of Mtphigorgia Ridleyt. By Prof. F. JErrrry

Bas BVA iene sae pene beak oa eae Meee ae ee Eee o a0 taG eee 176

XXII. On the Geographical Distribution of the Genus Diaptomus.

By MM. J. pe GuERNE and J. RicHarD ...... SEONG . ae

XXIII. Critical Studies upon some Odontoceti of the Genera

Tursiops, Orca, and Lagenorhynchus. By Cur, LUTKEN ...... ee)

New Books :—The Flora of West Yorkshire, with a Sketch of the

‘Climatology and Lithology in connection therewith. By FrEpE-

ric ArnoLD LrEs.—Bulletin of the New-York-State Museum

of Natural History. No.3. March 1888,............. 186—188

Note on the Sense of Direction in a European Ant (Formica rufa),

by Dr. Henry C. McCook; on some new Species of Ceponina,

by MM. A. Giard and J. Bonnier ; On Henops brunneus, Hut-

ton, by W. M. Maskell, F.R.M.S.; On the Systematic Position

of the Genus Her o, by M. A. Vayssiére ; On Fascicularia radi-

cans, C. Vig., anew Type of Anthozoan, by M. Charles Viguier ;

On the Resemblance of the Primitive Foraminifera and of Ova-

rian Ova; The Pelagic Fauna of the Lakes of Auvergne, by M. _ -

Jules Richard: «,siyssu saves Use ekg Sie ee ameaee ..+ 189—200

CONTENTS. Vv

NUMBER IX.

Page

XXIV. The Genus Acinetoides, g. n., an Intermediate Form be-

tween the Ciliated Infusoria and the Acinete. By Dr. L. Puate.

EMG Ne AIS. Merhhs Sela eai sea k. aa de wdrcnciaclerae es misiaterohtine ge 201

XXY. Asellicola digitata, Stein’s “ gefingerte Acinete.” By Dr.

iebiAre Cristo ke Dire casacseescddsosddecdeanes SeOtboe 208

XXVI. Descriptions of some new Species of Coleoptera in the

British, Museum. By, PERING UY: ..w.sciee.cv wieienstaretat Mole a'e ote . 219

XXVII. On the Fossil Fish-spines named Celorhynchus, Agassiz.

By A. SmiraH Woopwarp, F.G.S8., F.Z.S., of the British Museum

(Natural Elactony iyivaerasteha fase sah 5 ka odustiin aRon ree aes 223

XXVIII. Description of a new Bat of the Genus Nyctophilus. By

WLU IEOMAS! $808 ce oo oo Aco sb oka eases Oe. d oe 0508 226

XXIX. On the Mollusca collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage at the

Island of Dominica,“ By pGAm A. SMEPH | 2s2 sfge cane we ees eas 227

XXX. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera, chiefly from

Central America. By Herperr Druce, F.LS., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S... 234

XXXI. Descriptions of some new Coleoptera from Japan. By Dr.

APOE EASED Fe avba «dsc allsbeln 4 ore ebb otefake loko sais] atsyoeved ete che pfs shale sha: eva 242

XXXII. On the African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio (Linn.),

contained in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. I

Pocock, Assistant, Natural-History Museum

XXXIIT. Researches at the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory

(under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—On Larval Actiniz para-

sitic on Hydromedusz at St. Andrews. By AtFrrep C. Happon,

M.A. (Cantab.), M.R.L.A., Professor of Zoology, Royal College of

eH es PP Un OUN IN apts aya okeraite, ooh g's! wat Sse sal) ale auapeha she: <lalssduacetiacens 256

XXXIV. Descriptions of some Indian Species of Longicorn Coleo-

ptera. By C. J. Ganan, M.A., Assistant, Zoological Department,

British Museum no, eH Sees 260

eee eee tee ee eee eee ee esos ese sees ees eee

XXXV. Researches at the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory

(under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—On the Embryology of the

Retina of Teleosteans. By Dr. R. Marcus Gunn, M.A., F.R.C.S.,

Assistant Surgeon to Moorfields Hospital, London .............. 263

Description of a new Species of Retepora from Port Western, Vic-

toria, by R. Kirkpatrick; Observations on a Colouring-matter

of the Water of the Lake de Bret, by M. J. B. Schnetzler; On

the Calanide of the Boulonnais, by M. Eugéne Canu; The

Freshwater Infusoria of the Wellington District, New Zealand,

[oA IPR SC) Se cero mac Diode tre tor Den Exc vee 269—275

NUMBER X.

XXXVI. The Staphylinide of Japan. By Dr. D. Swarp ..... ee

XXXVII. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—No.

XXVI. On some new Devonian Ostracoda. By Prof. T. RuPERT

Jongs, F.R.S., F.G.8. With a Note on their Geological Position,

by the Rey. G. F. Wurpporng, M.A., F.G.S, (Plate XL)

vil CONTENTS.

Page

XXXVITI. Diagnoses of new Species of Pleurotomide in the

British Museum. By Epaar A. SmirH ............. Mee re 300

XXXIX. On a new Species of Diphyphyllum, and on a remarkable |

Form of the Genus Lithostrotion. By James THomson, F.G.S..... 317

XL. Descriptions of new Species of Oriental Cicadide. By W. L.

SRS PA CRIED Bat nian tai ena prn and mcbadoadene ep as wees Re ep 223

XLI. On a new Species of Loncheres from British Guiana. By

OL pF IELD THOMAS 56. s 4055 wae RRO AMR, hte pe 326

XLII. Objections to the Genera Pseudopygaulus, Coquand, Tra-

chyaster, Pomel, and Ditremaster, Munier-Chalmas: their Species

restored to Holampas, Dunc. & Sladen, and Hemiaster, Desor. By

Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S., and W. Percy SLApEN, F.G.S.,

Sec. Linn. Soc...... A SUSI a Bae Blaine, Sideeteasl Ske rages Se tae ha 327

XLII. On some Remains of the Extinct Selachian Asteracanthus

from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough, preserved in the Collection

of Alfred N. Leeds, Esq., of Eyebury. By A. SmrrH Woopwarp,

E.G.S., F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plate XIL.) 336

XLIV. Description of a Large Variety of Orbitolites Mantelli,

Cart., from the West Bank of the River Irrawadi, in the Province

of Pegu, Burma, about 36 miles above Prome. By H. J. Carrer,

UES Giese tata: stein age ocelot tak eink vgs eae woe ees Ge ee 342

XLV. Note on the Bib and the Poor- or Power-Cod. By Prof.

MEnrosu, M.D., LL.D., FBS Ge. bev leu Sas Oe an ee 348

XLVI. Notes on Pigeons collected by Mr. A. H. Everett in Man-

tanani and Banguey, off the North-west Coast of Borneo. By W. R.

OGInVINNGBANT GO Sods so tebe et eades oe wl cee eee eee 351

Remarks on a Note by Dr. G. Baur on the Pleurodiran Chelonians,

by G. A. Boulenger ; A Comparison of the Cretaceous Fish-fauna

of Mount Lebanon with that of the English Chalk, by A. Smith

Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S.; On Bucklandium diluvii, Konig, a

Siluroid Fish from the London Clay of Sheppey, by A. Smith

Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S.; On the Generic Name of the Tunny,

by Dawid) Starr Jordaim! 2700525 ade the [tons Mane es 352—3856

NUMBER XI,

XLVII. On a new Species of the Genus Atya (4. Wyckii) from

Celebes. By Sypnuy J. Hickson, M.A. (Cantab.), D.Sc. (Lond.),

Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Fellow of Downing College, Cambridge, Deputy

Linacre Professor at Oxford. (Plates XIII. & XIV.) .....°.. 0. 357

XLVIII. Notes on Reptiles and Frogs from Dominica, West

Indies. By Dr. A. Ginrunr, F.R.S., Keeper of the Department of

AGMorwerineh, Museum - 2755 vc; 2 acdnrgian sees omene. 5 eee 362

XLIX. A new Fossil Spider (Zoatypus Woodwardit). By Henry

C. MeO Gee emesis asin say mips apie ad 1s ok 2 ok ae eee 366

CONTENTS. Vii

Page

LI. On the Bib and Poor-Cod. By Francis Day, C.LE., F.LS.,

aes TE eee ee an ee es nis whe tins Ret ertyelels ese rem core 387

LII. On new Lamiide Coleoptera belonging to the Monohammus

Group. ByC. J. Gawan, M.A., Assistant, Zoological Department,

WGrtaises NinipesEnE Mari tee ete ci < set oe or aa tele Dee eT eee ee 389

LIII. Notes on Echinoderms collected at Port Phillip by Mr. J.

Bracebridge Wilson. By Prof. F. Jerrrey Brty, M.A. ........ 401

LIV. Diagnoses of four new Mammals from the Malayan Region.

POOL DERERD: THOMAS: Hi tartsetihseirsh ts at Shit iees es eee eos 407

LV. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Curculionide,

mostly Asiatic.—Part V. By Francis P. Pascos, F.L.S. &c. .... 409

LVI. On the Mollusca collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage at the

Island of Dominica.—Report II. By Epear A. Suiru

New Books :—Catalog der Conchylien-Sammlung. Von FR. PAETEL.

—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Edi-

ted by W. T. BLanrorp.—Part I. Mammalia. By W. T. Buan-

FoRD.—A Bibliography of the Foraminifera, Recent and Fossil,

from 1565 to 1888. By C.DavirsSuHErpory, F.G.S.— Guide for

Scientific Observations in Travelling, in separate memoirs, &c.

Second Edition, revised and augmented. Edited by Dr. G.

NruMaYyER, Director of the German Marine Observatory. An-

leitung zur wissenschaftlichen Beobachtungen &c. ...... 420—4295

On a Ciliate Infusorian parasitic in the Blood of Carcinus menas, by

Dr. G. Cattaneo; Contribution towards the Knowledge of the

Freshwater Fauna of the Vosges, by Dr. O. E. Imhof; On

Agyria oliva, Clap. & Lachm., by Dr. L. Plate ; On Helivchona

sessilis, a new Vorticelline, by Dr. L. Plate ............ 426—43]

NUMBER XII.

LVI. Remarks upon a Species of Cocctdiwm infesting Pericheta.

By Frank E. Brepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Zoological Societ

of London, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. (Plate XV.) .. 433

LVII. On the Foraminiferal Genus Ord:toides of d@Orbigny. By

Baler REE a Bue OC ran cialis tara sess’ ase sie vréia Siaverelnela vie 439

LIX. Description of a new Species of the Longicorn Genus Cyrio-

crates. By C.J. Gaunan, M.A., Assistant, Zoological Department,

Earnie UNC CLT I. 5, 5 ote eee Se aie ato oo, dies Mice ttts alte ot alot aig dt e's 450

LX. The Staphyhinide of Japan. By Dr. D. Swarr .......... 451

LXI. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the

Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. IX. By Prof. M‘Lyrosa, M.D.,

Ee sen, OC et ds ea eres! tie fle mirc (She re viata cme hale ctarsied ot = 464

LXII. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Myriopoda of Domi-

nica. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History).

Cierrre Were era ete cinic so Ne stain ciae wplnelas Sdsaine Sone ocala 472

Vili CONTENTS.

Page

LXIII. On the Mouth-organs of two Species of Rhysodide. By

MOC AURIV IR, WT s.9. 414.00 siapeds sea oid bee Sie oO ca Ae ee 483

LXIV. On the Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide.

By R. H. Traqvarr, M.D., F.R.S. (Plates XVII. & XVIII.) .... 485

LXV. Second List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus. By

eA VBOULENGER ' %5).\/. 4 af sean si-eh ale eo se eM eee 505

LXVI. Descriptions of two new Indian Species of Rana. By

AG OPA. SDOULEN GER 054/000 a's 0 2 ekg ale tue = Nl ee ee 506

LXVII. Description of a new Snake from Muscat, Arabia. By

GivAG BO DLENGER a h-tisin a dhs eG ee anes SRG one eietr ae eee 508

The Nest and Eges of the Alligator (Alligator luctus, Cuv.), by Prof.

Samuel F. Clarke, Williams College, Mass. U. S.; On a new

Cyamus parasitie on the Cachalot, by M. G. Pouchet.... 509—511

PLATES IN VOL. II.

Puate I, Fructification of two Coal-measure Ferns.

II. Polyzoa from Port Phillip.

III. New Reptiles and Batrachians.

IV. New Species of Uruguaya.

V. Structure of Parkeria.

VI. Ectoparasitic Rotatoria.

VII. Calamites britannicus.

VI. New Species of Urodacus.

IX, Shell-formation in Difflugia urceolata and Polystomella crispa.

X. A. Acineta Greeffii—B, Asellicola digitata.

XI. New Devonian Ostracoda.

XII. Asteracanthus from the Oxford Clay.

XIII. apr

XIV. Atya Wyckii.

XV. New Species of Coccidium.

XVI. New Myriopoda.

XVII. Pterichthys cornutus.

XVIII. Asterolepis maximus.—Species of Bothriolepis.— Microbra-_

chius Dickii.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

Ue dooeadaceboanones per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circitm vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphee Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel. 1,

No. 7. JULY 1888.

I.— On some new Species of Uruguaya, Carter, with Remarks

on the Genus. By GrorGe JENNINGS Hinpg, Ph.D.

[Plate IV.]

I Am indebted to the kindness of my friend Dr. H. Wood-

ward, F.R.S., for the opportunity of studying a specimen of

a freshwater sponge from the River Uruguay, brought to this

country by Alex. R. Mackinnon, Esq. ‘The specimen proves

to be a new species of the genus Uruguaya, Carter, and it is

more particularly interesting from the fact of possessing well-

developed gemmules, which have not hitherto been discovered

in examples of this genus. In comparing the new species

with specimens of U, corallioides, Bowbk., sp., in the British

Museum and elsewhere, I have ascertained that gemmules are

likewise present in a specimen referred by Mr. H. J. Carter,

F.R.S8., to Bowerbank’s species, but which appears to me to

be distinct from it; and J have further met with some

minute forms which appear to be yet undescribed. I pro-

pose in the present paper to refer to all the forms of the

genus from South America, and to discuss.the validity of the

genus in view of the fact that some of the sponges included

in it are gemmuliferous.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 1

2 Dr. G. J. Hinde on some new

Uruguaya repens, n. sp. (Pl. IV. figs. 1-6.)

Sponge incrusting, growing evenly over a continuous sur-

face of a fragment of wood. Colour in the dry state of a light

lead-brown, both on the surface and in the interior of the

sponge. Skeleton very hard and resistant. Surface smooth

and even, with numerous minute irregular apertures, scarcely

visible without a lens. Neither canals nor oscules are shown

in the skeleton. This is built up of large, slightly arcuate,

smooth, cylindrical spicules, evenly rounded at both ends,

which are so disposed as to form an open meshwork with loop-

like interspaces. ‘The spicules of the surface-layer are much

more closely arranged than those of the interior. The gem-

mules occur either singly or in small groups or monticules,

which are attached to the surface of the wood overgrown by the

sponge and enclosed by a spicular envelope or layer, the spi-

cules of which are of the same form, but usually smaller than

those of the skeleton. The gemmules are subglobate in form

and covered by a single layer of amphidisc-spicules with

smooth incurved complete margins and stout shafts, which

slightly project beyond the rotules at both ends.

The specimen partially covers an irregularly-shaped frac-

tured fragment of decaying wood with a smooth crust, about

1 millim. in thickness, which is nearly of the same tint in its

dried state as the wood itself. Lvidently the sponge ori-

ginally incrusted nearly the entire piece, for here and there

small monticules of gemmules yet remain on the exposed

surfaces, which must have been formed when these were

covered by the sponge. The smooth even surface of the

sponge has a punctate appearance, produced by minute

rounded or subpolygonal apertures, varying from °13 to °4

millim. in width, which open into the interior of the mesh.

The skeleton-spicules are all curved to a slightly varying

degree and uniformly cylindrical; they are smooth, but under

high powers of the microscope a slight micropunctation is

apparent near the rounded ends. ‘They vary from ‘15 to :24

millim. in length and from °02 to ‘03 millim. in thickness.

The spicules are grouped as it were in fascicles, to form the

mesh; those of the same fascicle are nearly parallel with each

other, and project from a common centre. The surface-layer

in some patches is completely felted over with spicules.

The gemmules are invariably attached to the surface of the

wood on which the sponge is growing, and in no instance do

they appear to be imbedded in the skeleton tissue of the

sponge. On lifting up a portion of the sponge from the sur-

face of the wood they always remain behind, fixed to the

Species of Uruguaya, Carter. 3

wood, and they appear as minute, brownish, wart-like bodies

from *5 to 2 millim. in width. These may consist of a single

gemniule or there may be a number, varying from two to

five, aggregated together in a single heap. Both the single

gemmules and the aggregated masses are enclosed by a layer

of spicules forming a kind of envelope or nidus, which com-

pletely invests them and conceals them from view. The

spicules of this investing Jayer are smooth and of the same

character as those of the sponge-skeleton, but distinctly

smaller, averaging ‘14 millim. in length by :018 millim. in

thickness. ‘There does not seem to be any distinct arrange-

ment in the spicules of this layer; in some cases, however,

they are side by side, in others crossing over each other irre-

gularly, and there is no aperture at its summit. Very fre-

quently this envelope is partially worn off, and the upper

portion of the gemmules is then exposed. The individual

gemmules are about *5 millim. in average diameter, very

small forms are only ‘1 millim., and a large example measures

“6 millim. across. Most of them are now partially collapsed

through desiccation ; but they appear originally to have been

subglobate in form. Their outer surfaces are smooth, and in

most of them no indications of an aperture can be seen; in a

few there are one or more slightly raised spots in a lateral

position, which may represent apertures. The gemmule is

furnished with a single layer of amphidisc-spicules, very

regularly and closely arranged, so that the outer surface has

the appearance of being studded over with microscopic nail-

heads. These amphidiscs are very regular in size, averaging

016 millim. in height and the same in the width of the

rotules. The shafts are cylindrical, and they project beyond

the rotules at both ends in the form of bluntly rounded pro-

cesses. ‘I'he rotules are approximately circular in outline,

with smooth, complete, curved, saucer-like margins, which

are invariably turned in the same direction.

This species differs from U. coralliotdes, Bowbk., sp., in its

incrusting mode of growth, in the absence of definite oscules,

in the smaller dimensions of the skeleton-spicules, and in the

presence of gemmules. From the incrusting species of Uru-

guaya or Potamolepis, described by Dr. W. Marshall * from

the Congo, the present form differs in the absence of definite

oscules and in the slighter proportions of the skeleton-spicules,

likewise in the presence of gemmules, which have not yet

been met with in any of the Congo forms of the genus.

* Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaften, N. F. Bd. ix. pp. 503-577.

See also a translation of this paper in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. (1883), pp. 391-412.

4 Dr. G. J. Hinde on some new

A remarkable feature in connexion with U. repens is the

close agreement in details of form of the amphidisc-spicules

with those of other freshwater sponges of the genus Meyenia,

Carter, which occur in widely separated geographical areas.

Thus, for example, the amphidisc-spicules of Meyenia Leidy?,

Bowbk., sp. *, from the Schuylkill River, near Philadelphia,

of Meyenia gregaria, Bowbk., sp. t, from the River Amazons,

and of Meyenta erinaceus, Ehr., sp. {, from the River Elbe,

alike possess circular, complete, curved margins, and their

shafts are similarly prolonged into small bosses at both ends

of the spicules, so that there are, in fact, only unimportant

differences in the size of the amphidiscs in these species of

Meyenia and in Uruguaya repens. But with this similarity

in the form of the amphidisc-spicules there are notable differ-

ences in the characters of the skeleton in the above-named

species of Meyenia which distinguish them from each other

and from Uruguaya.

Distribution. River Uruguay, South America. Only a

single specimen has at present been discovered, and the exact

locality whence it comes is unknown to me.

Uruguaya Macandrewt, n. sp. (Pl. IV. figs. 11-14.)

1881. Uruguaya coralliotdes, Carter (in part), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 100.

Sponge with an incrusting base, from which numerous

thickly-set palmate stems or branches arise, which partially

coalesce and give off digitiform processes with truncated

summits. The exterior surface is very dark, almost black in

appearance, but the interior is of a much lighter tint and

approaches silver-grey. The surface is smooth and even and

in the lower portion compact. The skeleton is very hard and

resistant to pressure. ‘The oscules are circular, elliptical, or

trifoliate in outline; they have no regular arrangement, but

are scattered indiscriminately over the surface of the branches.

There is usually a small cavity immediately beneath the

oscular aperture. The canals in the interior of the skeleton

can scarcely be distinguished from the interspaces of the

mesh. ‘The skeleton-spicules are moderately robust, decidedly

arcuate, cylindrical, evenly rounded at the ends. There are

also a few slender acerate spicules and transitional forms

between these and the cylindrical spicules. The surface of

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 7, pl. xxxviii. fig. 2 0.

t Ibid, p. 14, pl. xxxviii. fig. 7d, e.

t See Vejdovsky, “Die Stisswasser-Schwimme Bohmens,” Abh.

kénig]. Gesellsch. Wiss. (Prag), 1883, p. 31, pl. iii. figs. 11-15,

Species of Uruguaya, Carter. 5

the spicules is distinctly micropunctate, but this is scarcely

visible unless they are magnified about 300 diameters,

Gemmules are present in the lower portion of the sponge

attached to the surface on which the sponge grows; as in

U. repens they are aggregated together into small monticules,

from two to five in each. The monticule is enclosed by a

common outer envelope of curved cylindrical spicules of far

smaller proportions than those of the skeleton. The gem-

mules are subglobular and furnished with a coating of amphi-

disc-spicules of a similar form to those of U. repens, but of

slightly different proportions.

This species is based on a large bushy specimen, nearly

entire, which is now preserved in the British Museum. It

was presented by Mr. MacAndrew, and is labelled as coming

from Paraguay. The specimen has been studied by Mr.

H. J. Carter, F.R.S., who regarded it as identical with U.

corallioides, Bowbk., and, in fact, Mr. Carter’s own description

of this last-named species appears to have been mainly de-

rived from the characters of this specimen. There are, how-

ever, distinct differences between this and the type of Bower-

bank’s species which seem to me to be of specific value.

The Paraguay specimen is attached to a large pebble,

which it almost entirely covers with a firm thin crust, from

which the stems and branches rise to form a rigid bushy

mass, which is about 200 millim. in height, the same in

width, and 90 millim. in thickness. The branches, when

simple, are nearly circular in cross section and about 5 mil-

lim. in thickness ; they have a tendency to coalesce laterally

to form semipalmate expansions. Occasionally small patches

of a smooth dermal membrane are preserved. The spicules

of the surface of the lower portions of the sponge are so

closely arranged as to forni a crust in which no apertures can

be recognized; in the upper portions there are irregular

interspaces in the surface-layer leading into the interior, as in

U. repens.

The oscules are, as a rule, nearly level with the general

surface of the sponge, sometimes they have slightly elevated

margins ; they are from 1 to 2 millim. in width, a few simple

oscules are, however, only °5 millim. across. The skeleton-

spicules are from °25 to °34 millim. in length and from ‘03 to

‘04 millim. in thickness. The acerate spicules are about

half as thick as the cylindrical forms; they are very few in

comparison with these latter.

The gemmules appear to be few in number, and, as in U.

repens, they are attached to the substance on which the sponge

is growing and are overgrown by the base of the sponge.

6 Dr. G. J. Hinde on some new

They appear to be entirely restricted to the basal portion, for

I failed to find any gemmules in the broken stems and

branches. In this specimen they were entirely hidden from

view, and it was only by removing a small portion of the

incrusting base that they were found attached directly to

the pebble beneath.

The spicules of the monticular envelope are not more than

11 millim. in length by ‘015 millim. in thickness, thus con-

trasting greatly in size with the spicules of the skeletal

mesh. The spicules are very closely arranged and appa-

rently united together in a distinct membranous layer. As

far as can be ascertained the gemmules are subglobular in

form; I could not see any apertures in the few specimens

examined. An average example measured *6 millim. in

width. The amphidise-spicules have short and very thick

shafts; they are ‘014 millim. in height, and the rotules ‘017

millim. in width.

This species is closely allied to U. corallioides, Bowbk., sp.,

in its mode of growth, but is distinguished by the irregular

distribution of the oscules and their generally compound

character; the skeleton-spicules are also less robust. It like-

wise possesses gemmules which have not yet been definitely

recognized in Bowerbank’s type form. From JU. repens it is

distinguished by its mode of growth, the presence of oscules,

the larger forms and the micropunctation of the skeleton-

spicules, whilst the spicules of the monticular envelope are

smaller and the amphidisc-spicules are shorter and stouter.

From the Congo species of Uruguaya (Potamolepis) it is

marked off by its bushy mode of growth and the smaller

dimensions of the skeleton-spicules.

Distribution. Paraguay. No further information as to its

precise locality can be obtained.

Uruguaya corallioides, Bowbk., sp. (Pl. IV. figs. 15, 16.)

1863. Spongilla corallioides, Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 22,

pl. xxxviii. fig. 13.

1877. Spongilia corallioides, T, Higgin, Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Liver-

pool, 1877-78.

1831. Uruguaya corallioides, Carter (in part), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 100.

1884. Uruguaya corallioides, Carter, ibid. ser. 5, vol. xiii. p. 271.

1887. Uruguaya corallioides, Vosmaer, Bronn’s Klassen u. Ordn. des

Thierreichs, Bd. ii. p. 347,

1887. Uruguaya corallioides, Potts, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

p. 268,

Sponge growing in bushy rigid masses from an incrusting

Species of Uruguaya, Carter. 7

base. The surface in the dry state is of a lead-grey tint with

a smooth shiny aspect, the interior is of a lighter tint. It

is very hard and resistant in texture. The branches are com-

pressed; they frequently coalesce into semipalmate expan-

sions. The oscules are for the most part simple, circular, or

elliptical, scarcely if at all elevated above the general surface ;

they are usually ranged in vertical rows along the thin com-

pressed edges of the branches. The general surface shows

the minute irregular apertures between the spicular mesh as

in the species already described. The spicules are cylin-

drical with rounded extremities, unusually robust; their

surfaces are faintly micropunctate. No gemmules have as

yet been met with in this species.

The type specimen, on which Dr. Bowerbank based his

excellent description of this species, is about 225 millim. in

height, 175 millim. in width, and from 50 to 75 millim. in

thickness. The basal portion has been broken from the

surface to which it was attached; but there are smooth patches

on its underside covered by membrane, where the sponge

apparently rested on a rock or pebbly surface. The oscules

are from | to 2 millim. apart and about ‘75 millim. in dia-

meter; they have a well-defined border of closely arranged

spicules. As in U. Macandrew?, the spicules of the surface

are much more closely arranged than in the interior and form a

definite crust to the sponge.

The skeleton-spicules average ‘28 millim. in length by

052 millim. in thickness. A few acerate spicules are

mingled with the cylindrical forms; they are evidently, as

Dr. Bowerbank has remarked, only immature forms, and this

is further proved by the fact that within some of the cylindrical

spicules the outlines of acerate spicules can still be distin-

guished. ‘The micropunctation of the spicules can be seen

only under high powers of the microscope.

I have made a careful search for gemmules in the type

specimen of this species now preserved in the museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons, but failed to find any. In some

of the membranous patches on the underside of the sponge,

where it had been resting on the pebbly or rocky floor of the

stream, there were enclosed a few small capsular bodies com-

posed of minute cylindrical spicules, not dissimilar to those of

the monticular envelope of U. Macandrewi. ‘There were,

however, no traces of gemmules within them, and I there-

fore conclude that they may have been young individuals of

U. pygmea, described below, which had been overgrown by

the larger sponge.

At my request Mr. T. Higgin, F.L.8., examined the fine

8 Dr. G. J. Hinde on some new

example of U. corallioides presented to the Liverpool Free

Museum by his brother, Mr. George Higgin, C.E., but

could not discover gemmules in it.

This species is closely related to U. Macandrewi in its

mode of growth, but differs therefrom in the simple form and

linear arrangement of the oscules, in its compressed branches,

and in the more robust proportions of the skeletal spicules.

From the Congo forms of Uruguaya it is distinguished by

its mode of growth and by the simple character of the oscules ;

the spicules, moreover, are not so long as in the African

forms, but they are equally robust.

Distribution. River Uruguay, near Salto, Banda Oriental,

South America. Mr. Carter has already pointed out Dr.

Bowerbank’s error in stating that this Salto was on a branch

of the Amazons. The type form is in the museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons ; a branch from it, which belonged

to the Bowerbank collection, is in the British (Natural His-

tory) Museum.

Uruguaya pygmea, sp.n. (Pl. IV. figs. 7-10.)

Sponges minute, simple or compound, subconical in form,

with a slightly expanded base, of a light brown or silvery-

white tint in the dried state, with one or occasionally two

simple oscules. ‘The sponge is built up of minute, smooth,

arcuate, cylindrical spicules with rounded ends, which form a

smooth outer crust with microscopic interspaces. Gemmules

subglobular in form, furnished with spool-like amphidises,

with incurved margins, like those of the other species of the

genus.

This species is founded on some very small sponges grow-

ing at the base of the type specimen of U. Macandrewi,

described above. In most instances the sponges are partially

attached to the outer surface of the larger form, in others

they grow entirely separate from it on the surtace of the

pebble on which the larger form likewise grows. In the

cases where the minute sponges grow partially on the surface

of U. Macandrewi they are attached to the surface-membrane

of this form and thus evidently exterior to it. The sponges

are nearly circular in outline at the base, from 2 to 5 millim.

in width, and from ‘75 to 1'5 miilim. in height. They are

generally simple, with a single well-defined oscule from *2

to *d millim. in width at the summit; in some examples two

oscules are present. ‘The sponge apparently consists of a crust-

like wall, enclosing an interior spicular mesh. The spicules

are very uniform in size, measuring *11 millim. in length by

Species of Uruguaya, Carter. 9

-017 millim. in thickness. They are disposed in fascicles so as

to form a meshwork precisely of the same character as in the

larger forms of the genus, but of much smaller proportions.

In one of the two specimens of which I examined the interior

there was a single gemmule of about the same size as_ those

of the larger sponges, and furnished with similar amphidisc-

spicules, varying only in size. The amphidises are ‘014

millim. in height and the rotules 017 millim. in width.

The close resemblance of the skeletal spicules of these

small sponges to those of the envelope enclosing the gemmules

of U. Macandrew?, their position of growth at the base of the

larger species, and the similarity in the form of the gemmules in

both, very naturally raiseasuspicion whether the pigmy sponges

may not be merely peculiarly modified stages of development of

the larger, and not independent sponges. On the other hand,

they have every appearance of being complete sponges.

Their spicules are uniformly cylindrical, and are evidently

full-sized, and not young forms of the larger spicules of U.

Macandrewi; their arrangement in the wall is the same as in

the wall of the larger species, whilst it is distinct from the

irregular disposition of the spicules of the monticular envelope

in U. Macandrewi; the oscules at their summits are perfectly

distinet, and the presence of full-sized gemmules within the

cavity of the sponge indicates that it had reached maturity.

Distribution. Paraguay. Attached to the base of the

type specimen of Uruguaya Macandrewi, now in the British

(Natural History) Museum. I have also one specimen

growing on a fragment of U. corallioides, Bowbk., sp.

The genus Uruguaya was provisionally constituted by Mr.

Carter on the supposition that gemmules were not developed

in the sponges placed in it; but now that it has been shown

that these bodies are present in some, if not in all, the species,

it is necessary to consider whether it can be retained, or

whether the forms placed therein should be removed to the

genus Meyenia, Carter, which includes sponges with gem-

mules furnished with amphidisc- or birotulate spicules like

those in Uruguaya. ‘The classification of the freshwater

sponges generally adopted at the present time is that pro-

posed by Mr. Carter in his paper on the ‘ History and Clas-

sification of the known Species of Spongilla”*. This is

admittedly ‘based chiefly on the spicules of the statoblast,”

since “the form of the skeleton-spicule is not only always

acerate, but almost always more or less alike in all.” But

* Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist, ser. 5, vol. vii. (1881), pp. 77-107.

10 Dr. G. J. Hinde on some new

whilst the classificatory value of the gemmule-spicules is

generally recognized, it is an undoubted disadvantage to

rely wholly upon this single feature for generic distinction,

and may lead to uniting sponges in the same genus which in

other important features than those of the gemmule-spicules

are markedly different from each other.

This is well exemplified in the case of the present genus

Uruguaya and certain species of Meyenta in which, as men-

tioned above, the gemmule-spicules are strikingly similar,

even in minute structural details, to those of Uruguaya, whilst

the skeleton-spicules and the characters of the skeleton are so

extremely different that they would fully justify retaining these

sponges in distinct genera. In these forms the converse of

Mr. Carter’s statement occurs, since the gemmule-spicule is

more or less alike in all, and the skeleton-spicule and the

skeleton have undergone modification. Taking into account,

therefore, the cylindrical form of the skeleton-spicules in Uru-

guaya, their peculiar fascicular arrangement in the skeleton,

and its firm rigid structure, this genus possesses characters,

independent of the gemmules, sufficiently distinct to mark it

off from other * freshwater sponges, and may properly be re-

tained.

There can hardly be a doubt that such large branching

sponges as U. coralliotdes and U. Macandrewi result from an

uninterrupted growth of several years’ duration, and that con-

sequently they must have lived in positions where they were

not exposed to those influences of heat, drought, or cold which

limit the existence of most freshwater sponges to a single

season. Their conditions of existence must in fact have

approximated closely to those of marine forms, and it is pro-

bably owing to these favourable circumstances that in one of

these species no gemmules have as yet been found, whilst in

another they are very sparsely developed. A further feature

in connexion with the gemmules is that they only occur in

the basal layer of the sponge, no trace of them appearing in

the branches and palmate extensions which grow from the

base and constitute the larger part of the sponge. In most

freshwater sponges the gemmules likewise occur in the basal

layer; but where there is a series of layers marking the

growth of successive years there is frequently, if not always,

* I include under Uruguaya the sponges from the River Congo

described by Dr. W. Marshall under the genus Potamolepis (Zeitschrift

fur Naturwissenschaften, N, F. Bd. ix. p. 553). The author acknow-

ledges the generic identity of the Congo forms with Uruguaya, Carter,

but declines to adopt the name on account of its distinctive geographical

origin.

Species of Uruguaya, Carter. 11

a fresh development of gemmules at the base of each, indi-

cating that there has been a break in the life of the sponge

and that the fresh growth, though immediately overlying that

of the previous season, is quite distinct from it*. The re-

striction of the gemmules in U. Macandrewi to the base of the

sponge, therefore, confirms the idea of its perennial growth.

It also seems ’ probable that gemmules are not ‘produced

after the first year of the life of the sponge, and that when

the conditions are sufficiently favourable to allow of its con-

tinued growth for longer periods there is no repetition of this

mode of reproduction. It might also well happen that under

these circumstances gemmules would cease to be produced,

and this may be the case in U. corallioides.

The presence of gemmules in some forms of Uruguaya

and the minute structural resemblance between their amphi-

disc-spicules and those of certain species of Meyenda indicate

that these sponges are genetically related to some common

gemmuliferous ancestor, and thus tend to negative the sup-

position of Dr. W. Marshall that the sponges of the former

genus may have been derived independently from marine

forms which have become adapted to fresh water. ‘The sug-

gestion of Dr. Marshall that freshwater sponges may be of

polyphyletic origin seems very probable, more especially as

regards those occurring in Lake Baikal; but the facts brought

forward in the present paper point to the desirability of re-

newed careful search betore speculating with confidence on

the absence of gemmules either in Lubomirskia or in he

Congo forms of Uruguaya.

In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks for the kind

assistance in the preparation of this paper which I have re-

ceived from my friend Mr H. J. Carter, F.R.S., from Mr. T.

Higgin, F.L.S8., of Liverpool, Dr. C. Stewart, PLS: of the

Royal College of Sur geons, Mr. HK. Howarth, ‘of the Sheffield

Public Museum, and from the authorities of the British

Museum of Natural History.

F EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Uruguaya repens, 0. sp.

Fig. 1. A fragment of the skeletal mesh, showing the arrangement of the

spicules. Enlarged 60 diameters.

Fig. 2. Detached spicules of the skeleton. Enlarged 100 diameters.

* This is well shown in a specimen of Meyenia Leidyi, Bowbk., sp.,

which has been kindly sent to me by Mr. Edward Potts, of Phi ladelphia.

In this there are several skeletal layers overlying each other, and there is

a platform of gemmules at the base of each.

12 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

Fig. 3. Detached spicules of the envelope enclosing the gemmules. En-

larged 100 diameters.

Fig. 4. One of the monticules of gemmules, showing the irregularly

arranged cylindrical spicules of the outer layer; these are par-

tially weathered off at one end, and the surface of one of the

gemmules is exposed. Enlarged 20 diameters.

Fig. 5. A portion of the exterior surface of a gemmule, showing the natu-

ral arrangement of the amphidisc-spicules. Enlarged 200 dia-

meters.

Fig. 6, Detached amphidisc-spicules. Enlarged 660 diameters.

Uruguaya pygmea, Xi. sp.

Fig. 7. A complete specimen, in which two oscules are developed. It is

growing at the base of U. Macandrewi. Enlarged 8 diameters.

Fig. 8. A portion of the exterior surface, showing the arrangement of the

spicules. Enlarged GO diameters.

Fig. 9. Detached skeleton-spicules, Enlarged 100 diameters.

Fig. 10, Detached amphidisc-spicules, Enlarged 660 diameters.

Uruguaya Macandrewi, n. sp.

Fg. 11. A fragment of the type specimen, showing its mode of growth

and the character of the oscules. Natural size,

Fig. 12. Cylindrical and immature acerate spicules of the skeleton. En-

larged 100 diameters.

Fig. 13. Detached spicules of the monticular envelope. Enlarged 100

diameters.

Fig. 14, Detached amphidisc-spicules. Enlarged 660 diameters.

Uruguaya corallioides, Bowbk., sp.

Fig. 15, A fragment of the type specimen, showing the mode of growth

and the arrangement of the oscules. Natural size.

Fig. 16, Detached skeleton-spicules. Enlarged 100 diameters.

(The originals of all the figures are in the British

(Natural History) Museum. |

U.—Polyzoa from Port Phillip. By R. Kirkpatrick,

British Museum (Natural History).

[Plate II.]

A COLLECTION of Polyzoa dredged in the neighbourhood of

Port Phillip by Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson was sent by him

to the Natural-History Museum.

The collection contains representatives of ninety-five

species, of which six appear to have been undescribed, and

fifteen have not been recorded from the locality. ‘The genera .

Amathia and Catenicella were most largely represented.

Polyzoa from Port Phillip. 13

In this paper the new species are described, those new to

the locality recorded, and remarks made on points of interest

in the known species.

Group HCTOPROCTA.

Suborder CHEITLOSTOMATA,

Family Flustride.

Genus FLUSTRA.

Flustra reticulum, Hincks.

Flustra reticulum, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [5] x. p. 163,

pl. vil. fig. 4.

There are two specimens of F. reticulum in this collection,

one answering in every particular the description given by

Hincks, the other presenting certain curious differences. In

the latter the marginal radical (?) fibres have become greatly

developed, bending backwards on each side and branching

copiously in a dichotomous manner. The horny spines from

each side meet and interlace across the middle of the posterior

surface of the branches.

The colour of the variety differs from that of the typical

form, being pale yellow in place of dark brown. If it is

necessary to make anew variety of this form, a name descrip-

tive of the curious modification of the marginal spines is

suggested in var. “ dorsttecta.”

Family Cribrilinide.

Genus CRIBRILINA, Gray.

Cribrilina philomela, Busk.

Cribrilina philomela, Busk, Chall. Rep. p. 182, pl. xvii. fig. 6.

The specimen incrusts Jdmonea marionensis, Busk. ‘The

zocecia differ in no respect from those of the Hemescharan

form described by Busk. There are no vicarious avicularia

present ; hence the Port-Phillip specimen, although incrust-

ing, is not identical with var. adnata, Busk.

Family Escharide.

Genus LeprattiA, Johnston.

Lepralia Pallasiana.

The specimen from Port Phillip Heads has a finely deve-

14 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

loped funnel-shaped peristome. The peristome resembles

milk-white porcelain ; the inner surface is marked with lon-

gitudinal striz, and the upper border is rolled out and thick-

ened. Surface of zocecia punctured in young cells; in old

cells the punctures are obliterated and their place taken by

small round knobs, as in L. canthariformis, Busk; but in

many cells the horseshoe shape of orifice and straight lower

border are apparent.

Hab. Growing on pebbles.

Lepralia Poissonit, Aud.

In the specimen from Port Phillip the vibraculoid mandibles

cross each other on the front of the zocecia, in some cases

even being directed upwards. In Mediterranean and Mauritius

specimens these organs are directed downwards parallel to

each other.

Hab. Incrusting Alge.

Genus HASWELLIA, Busk.

Haswellia victoriensis,n. sp. (Pl. I. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Zoarium branching, subdichotomous, branches 1 millim. in

diameter. Zocecia irregularly verticillate, in whorls of from

eight to twelve ; zocecia ovate, walls thick, obscurely punc-

tured round margins; without special pore; orifice pyriform,

the notch occupying the whole proximal margin; peristome

forming a pointed triangular elevation on each side, deficient

in front and behind. No oral avicularia; scattered over

zoarium avicularia with broad, thick, semicircular or spatu-

late mandibles. Ocecia depressed, marked in front with

semicircular area with radiating ridges and bounded by a

ridge. Operculum ‘1 x ‘07 millim.

The species described above is most nearly related to Z.

aurtculata, Busk, but differs in the following particulars :—

The branches of H. victoriensts are double the thickness of

those of H. auriculata ; there are no oral avicularia and no

trace of special pore in L. victoriensis.

Genus PORELLA, Gray.

Porella levis, var. subcompressa.

Porella levis, Hincks, Brit. Mar. Pol. p. 334, pl. xlvii. figs. 10, 11.

Porella levis, var. subcompressa, Busk, Chall. Rep. p. 149, pl. xx. fig. 3,

Geographical distribution of P. levis.—Norway, 30-300 |

fath.; Greenland ; Nova Zembla ; Kara Sea.

Polyzoa from Port Phillip. , 15

Geographical distribution of P. levis, var. subcompressa.

—Porto Praya, St. Iago, Cape Verd, 100-150 fath.

(‘Challenger’); Port Phillip.

It will be seen from the above list of localities that the

range of this species extends over a very wide area.

Suborder CYCLOSTOMATA.

Family Tubuliporide.

Genus IpMoNEA, Lamouroux.

Idmonea marionensis, Busk.

For references and localities see Busk, Chall. Rep., Poly-

zoa, pt. il. p. 11.

Family Horneride.

Genus HORNERA.

Hornera lichenoides, Linn.

For geographical distribution see Busk, Chall. Rep., Poly-

zoa, pt. i. p. 16.

Family Tubuliporide.

Genus EnTaLopuora, Lamouroux.

Entalophora parasitica, Busk.

The Port Phillip specimen presents one trifling difference

from Busk’s description. The surface of the zocecia is

whitish and marked with brown spots, instead of being

brown and marked with white spots.

Hab. Attached to horny fibres of Catenicella,

Loc. New Zealand (Busk) ; Port Phillip.

Genus Brprastopora, d’Orbigny.

Bidiastopora torquata, n. sp. (PI. IL. figs. 2, 2 a, 2 6, 2 ¢.)

? Bidiastopora compressa, d’Orb.

Zoarium erect, dichotomously branched, the branches

compressed, bilaminate, twisted on their long axes, diameter

1-1°3 millim. Zocecia arranged in oblique half-spiral

16 M Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

series, from five to nine in each series ; zocecia slightly pro-

jecting, surface obscurely granular in old cells, punctured in

young cells; section of branches showing a transverse thin

double lamina, which projects beyond the ends of the branches.

Ocecia oval, 8 millim. long by ‘6 broad, with four to six

zocecial openings on surface.

The genus bidiastopora was founded by d’Orbigny for the

reception of forms with compressed branches, the cells on

each side having a quincuncial arrangement, and with a

lamina in the middle of the branches. The main difference

between Entalophora (Lamouroux) and Bidiastopora lay in

the fact that in the former the branches are compressed, in

the latter rounded. In some parts of the zoarium the lamina

may be obscure or even absent; but its occurrence in any

part would indicate that the species should not be classed in

the genus Entalophora.

In arranging the Cyclostomata systematically great im-

portance is necessarily attached to the structure of the zoarium,

since the individual zocecia present such slight differences.

The presence of the median double lamina is a sufficiently im-

portant structural characteristic to warrant the reintroduction

of @Orbigny’s genus. In Entalophora (Pustulopora) the

rounded branches are formed of fascicles of zocecia, and a

transverse section is porous throughout.

Family Heteroporidz ?

Genus Heteropora, Blainville.

Heteropora meandrina, n. sp. (PI. II. figs. 8, 8 a, 8 6, 8c.)

Zoarium forming a thick crust, loosely encircling stems of

Amathia; the surface marked with irregularly arranged ridges

and depressions ; the crests of ridges smooth and generally

bare of zocecial pores ; zocecial orifices circular, with thick-

ened tuberculated border; zocecia surrounded by five or six

cancelli.

The specimen above described differs considerably from

@Orbigny’s Plethopora cervicornis (‘ Paléontologie Frangaise,’

tom. v. p. 1045, pl. 799. figs. 4, 5), but resembles a specimen

described and figured as Heteropora cervicornis, d’Orb., by

Mr. Waters (Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. vol. ii. p. 390, pl. xv.).

MacGillivray’s Densipora corrugata (J. R. 8. V. 1880)

appears to resemble very closely Heteropora cervicornis, d’Orb.

The specimen from Port Phillip measures 10 x 7 millim.

A fully developed specimen of H. meandrina would per-

Polyzoa from Port Phillip. 17

haps form a dendritic growth. D’Orbigny describes the

branches of Heteropora cervicornis as being provided with

large transverse tubercles, forming crests, with the cellules

arranged along the middle, the base and intervals of these

groups being pierced by a number of intermediate pores. In

H. mceandrina the pores are deficient along the crests and fill

up the floor of the depressions.

Along the length of the zocecial tubes the pores and so-

called septa can be seen as in other species of Heteropora.

Suborder CTENOSTOMATA.

Family Alcyonidiide.

Genus ALCYONIDIUM, Lamouroux.

Alcyonidium mytili, Dalyell. (Pl. II. figs. 6, 6 a.)

The cells are hexagonal and the septa between the cells

distinctly visible.

Hab. Incrusting the stems and branches of Amathice.

The incrusting growth is probably not parasitic on the

Amathia, since the contents of the biserial groups of cells of

the latter are not absorbed, but the Amathza forms an efficient

axial support. In Great Britain A. myézli incrusts shells,

stones, and Alge.

Geographical distribution. Great Britain, Cattegat, Baltic.

Family Vesiculariide.

Genus AMATHIA.

The following species of Amathia were represented in

this collection :—

Amathia australis, Tenison- Woods.

bicornis, 'Tenison- Woods.

biseriata, Krauss.

connexa, Busk.

lendigera, Linn.

—— Wilson, n. sp.

pinnata, n. sp.

— Brongniartii, Desmarest & Lesueur.

Amathia biseriata, Krauss.

Amathia biseriata, Krauss, Corallineen und Zoophyten der Stidsee,

p- 23, fig. 1, a, 6, ¢. a

? Amathia narmata, MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xxiil.

p- 183.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 2

18 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

Excellent figures of this species are given in Krauss’s

memoir. The characteristic “ ramis falcatis’” mentioned by

Krauss are a well-marked feature of the species, and enable

the distinction to be made from A. lendigera and from A.

Brongniarti’, Desm. & Les.

Krauss mentions that the internodes are much shorter than

in A. lendigera.

Amathia Wilsoni, n. sp. (PI. II. figs. 4, 4a.)

Zoarium formed of delicate, feathery, subcylindrical bunches

or festoons. Branching of main branches tripartite, three

branches given off at each node, two laterally and one poste-

riorly ; internodes partly occupied on anterior surface only by

from five to eight pairs of zocecia; lateral and posterior

branches (7. e. those given off at the nodes) branching pinnately,

with the biserial groups of zocecia on the upper surface, the last

two or three internodes unoccupied by zocecia (thus giving

the plumose appearance to the zoarium) ; one of the anterior

branches of each lateral branch much hypertrophied and with

that of the opposite side forming an arch across the anterior

surface of a main branch (thus giving the festoons a some-

what cylindrical appearance). Dimensions of zocecia *5

by -14 millim. Stems whitish, thick, -4 to °5 millim. in

diameter.

The system of branching of this beautiful species is highly

characteristic. In the collection of the Natural-History Mu-

seum there is a specimen from Port Jackson.

Amathia Brongniartit, Desm. & Les. (PI. II. figs. 3, 3a.)

Zoarium reddish brown, branched dichotomously ; inter-

nodes long, straight, occupied for nearly the whole length

(except ‘1 millim, at the lower end) by from ten to twelve pairs

of rather broad zocecia, °5 x °*2 millim. Diameter of stems 1

to ‘15 millim.

A. Brongniartti differs from A. bisertata, Krauss, the

branching of which is also dichotomous, in the internodes being

straight, not curved (‘‘ramis falcatis,” Krauss), and in the

greater length of the internodes. The posterior aspect of A.

Brongniartii shows the zocecia bulging beyond the stem on

each side.

Through the kindness of Mr. Waters I have had the

opportunity of looking through certain unpublished plates,

engraved by Lesueur in 1829, in which are figured “ poly-

piers flexibles ” collected in Australia.

Polyzoa from Port Phillip. 19

The manuscript by Desmarest and Lesueur explaining the

plates was found by M. Pergens in the Paris Museum. In

the ‘ Bulletin des séances de la Société royale Malacologique

de Belgique,’ tome xxii. (1887), M. Pergens gives a list of

the names of species given by Desmarest and Lesueur, and

appends thereto a list of names given by later authors. The

greater part of the collection is preserved in the Havre Mu-

seum, the remainder having been lost. In the figures of

Lesueur several well-known species can be recognized.

The following names of species of Amathia are copied from

the list of M. Pergens :—

Desmarest and Lesueur. M, Pergens.

Sirinx Archimedi, Amathia spiralis, telle que Busk

(Chall. Rep. Polyzoa, ii. p. 34,

pl. vi. fig. 2) figure. Je doute

si cest réellement l’espéce de

Lamouroux.

—— spinosa. bicornis, Tenison- Woods.

cruciformis. connexa, Busk.

circumplicata. crispa, Lamarck.

Amathia Brongniartil. ——, sp.

Lemanii. —— cornuta, Lamarck.

The specimen described and figured by Busk as Amathia

spiralis, Lamouroux, is probably A. convoluta, Lamouroux.

The zocecia of the spiral are exsert, and not adnate to the

stem along their inner surfaces.

Amathia pinnata, n. sp. (PI. II. figs. 5, 5 a.)

Zoarium pinnately branched ; internodes long, occupied for

five sixths of their length by from twelve to sixteen pairs of

zocecia; zocecia on the same face of the stem. Dimensions of

zocecia about °5x°11 millim.; breadth of stems *25 millim.

The characteristic feature of this species is the regular

pinnate branching. Where the zocecia do not present any

special characteristic, the arrangement of the zocecia on the

stems and branches and the mode of branching are almost

the sole means for classifying the species of this genus.

Family Cylindreciide.

Genus CyLinpraciuM, Hincks.

Cylindracium altum,n. sp. (Pl. L. figs. 7, 7 a.)

Zoarium forming a slender, creeping, network stolon,

20 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

dilating at the nodes of the network into expansions, whence

arise erect, tubular, branching (?) zocecia. Zocecia very tall,

opaque, contracted at base, where they joined the expansions

of stolon. Height of fully developed zocecia 4°6 millim. ;

breadth from 16 to *2 millim.; breadth of stolon ‘02 millim.

C. altum is closely allied to C. giganteum, Busk (Quart.

Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. iv. p. 98, pl. v. figs. 1,2). In @.

altum the zoocecia are higher and narrower than those of C.

giganteum and are contracted at the base. C. altum more

nearly resembles C. dilatatum as regards the characters of the

stolon. :

The respective dimensions of the zocecia of these three

species are as follows :—

Length. — Breadth.

Crgngnnienants «ote: tats «= a eins wlan 35 0:20-0:25

Gkdilataiin mee ae oes 0:9 0-13

(CRHATTTOR BAR ei oS HERA PO het 46 0°16-0:2

In the absence of more specimens it would be rash to

assume that the “ branching” in C. altwm is a normal and

constant condition of that species, and not amere sport. The ’

reasons for caution are, firstly, that several cells of the soli-

tary specimen of C. altwm are not branched, and secondly,

that branched cells are occasionally met with in other species

of Cylindracium. The “branched” condition of zocecia

might be accounted for in three ways :—

1. The main zocecium may bifurcate or may produce a

secondary zocecium by budding, the polypide of the bud later

remaining in organic connexion with that of the primary cell.

Anguinella palmata, Van Beneden, presents the nearest

resemblance to a Oylindrecium with branching zocecia.

2. Embryos may settle down on the zocecial tubes and

there develop; such a condition is well seen in the Hydroid

Tubularia indivisa.

3. Portions of stolon may become fixed to the walls of a

zocecium, and a zocecium develop at that point.

Judging from the specimen, any one or all of these events

may have taken place, for zocecia can be seen growing from the

walls of primary zocecia and unconnected with stolon; others

again have a portion of stolon-tube growing from the attached

base; and, lastly, one cell has bifurcated.

Cylindrecium papuense, Busk.

Hab. Growing on Amathie.

Polyzoa from Port Phillip. 21

Loe. Station 188, lat. 9° 59’ S., long. 139° 42’ E., 28

fath. (‘Challenger ’).

Group ENTOPROCTA.

Family Pedicellinide.

Genus PEDICELLINA.

Pedicellina cernua, Pallas.

The Port-Phillip specimen differs from those found in

European waters in having the stalks shorter and thicker in

comparison with the heads of the polypides. The stalks are

covered with spines and much contracted at the point of junc-

tion with the polypides.

Hab. Creeping on Alge.

Genus AscopopaRIA, Busk.

Ascopodaria gracilis, Sars.

Hab. The jointed reticulate stolon creeps on Alge. Five

or six stolon-shoots radiate out from the base of each polypide-

stalk and join with those from other polypides to form an

almost regular reticulum. The upper end of the chitinous

portion of the polypide-stalks is pointed on one side as in A.

Sruticosa, Hincks.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Haswellia victoriensis, n. sp. la. Portion of branch, magnified

(the zocecia are seldom arranged so regularly asin figure). 14,

Operculum.

Fig. 2. Bidiastopora torquata, n. sp. 2a. Portion of branch, magnified,

2b. Section, showing double lamina, 2c. Section of an Enia-

lophora.

Figs. 8,3a. Amathia Brongniartii, Desm. & Les. (the zocecia should be

longer).

Fig. 4. yer Wilsoni, n. sp., posterior aspect. 4a. The same, mag-

nified, posterior aspect; the zocecia of anterior aspect are just

visible to the left of main branch.

Figs. 5, 5a. Amathia pinnata, n. sp.

Figs. 6, 6a. Aleyonidium mytili, Dalyell.

Fig. 7. Cylindrecium altum,n. sp. 7a. Piece of stolon-tube at base of

attached zocecium,

Fig. 8. Heteropora meandrina, n. sp. 8a. Magnified. 86. Zocecium

surrounded by cancelli. 8c. Longitudinal section, showing

pores.

22 Mr. R. Kidston on the

Il].— On the Fructification of two Coal-measure Ferns.

By Rosert Kinston, F.R.S.E., F.G.S.*

[Plate I.]

CrossoTHeca, Zeiller, 1883.

Crossotheca, Zeiller, Ann. d. Se. Nat. 6° sér. Bot. vol. xvi. p. 180; id.

Flore foss. d. bassin houil. d. Valenciennes, p. 35, fig. 21.

Sorotheca, Stur, Zur Morph. u. Syst. d. Culm-u. Carbon-Farne, p. 175;

id. Carbon-Flora, i. p. 273.

Sorocladus, Lesquereux (in part), Coal Flora, vol. i. p. 327.

Description.—Fertile and barren pinnules dissimilar, the

fertile pinnules having the limb much reduced. Sporangia

exannulate, tapering to a point at the apex, contiguous, more

or less united among themselves, and suspended like a fringe

from the margin of the fertile pinnule.

Remarks.—This genus has been described and illustrated ,

by Zeiller in the Ann. d. Sc. Nat. (/. c.) and in his ‘ Flore foss.

d. bassin houil. d. Valenciennes.’ In this latter work he gives

additional and fuller figures of Crossotheca Crepint, Zeiller J,

the type of the genus, and also figures a second species,

Crossotheca Boulayi, Zeiller f.

The name of Sorotheca has been applied to the same plants

by Stur; but his paper containing the description of his

genus did not appear till some months after the issue of that

in which Zeiller’s genus Crossotheca was defined.

Probably Sorocladus sagittatus, Lesqx.§, is referable to

Crossotheca ; but Sorocladus, Lesquereux, has been employed

by him merely as a genus in which to place “ fructifications

of ferns in separate branches and of unknown attribution ”’

without any attempt at a definition, and, in fact, it embraces

fructifications belonging to ferns of very different generic

affinity.

The sporangia of Crossotheca are linear, the base being

slightly broader than the tapered apex. ‘They are unprovided

with an annulus, and the walls are composed of cells elon-

gated in the direction of their axis. The sporangia are

placed close together, and it is difficult to determine whether

they are free or united to each other. According to Zeiller

* Communicated by the Author, having been read before the Royal

Physical Society of Edinburgh, April 18, 1888.

+ Loe. cit. p. 112, pl. xiii. figs. 1-3.

t Loe. cit. p. 115, pl, iv. fig. 4.

§ Coal Flora, vol. i. p. 829, pl. xlvii. figs, 10 and 10 4, vol. iii. p. 762,

pl. C, figs, 4-5,

Fructification of two Coal-measure Ferns. 23

they appear to be united in pairs or perhaps in fours at the

extremities of veins which are given off from a swelling of

the pedicel that terminates in a thickening in the centre of

the fertile pinnule.

It should be mentioned that what are here treated as exan-

nulate sporangia are regarded by Stur as portions of an indu-

sium which has burst at maturity into valves. This view,

however, appears to be entirely at variance with the structure

of the organs under consideration.

Among fossil genera Crossotheca approaches most closely

to Calymmatotheca ; but in the latter genus the sporangia are

not attached around the margin of a prominent disk, nor are

they so fully united to each other. In Calymmatotheca the

branches bearing them are also entirely deprived of foliage-

pinnules, and ramify by a series of dichotomies; and, as far as

observation has shown, the fruiting pinne are only borne at

the base of the frond.

Crossotheca fimbriata, Kidston, n. s.

(Pl. I. figs. 1-8.)

Description.—F rond tripinnate, pinne deltoid, subalternate.

Fertile and barren pinne dissimilar. Fertile pinnules simple,

with the limb much modified; sporangia exannulate, linear,

numerous, united to each other and suspended from a central

disk, which is borne at the summit of a slender pedicel.

Barren pinnules divided into from two to seven single-veined,

simple or bifid, linear segments, according to their position on

the pinna.

Remarks.—The specimens of Crossotheca fimbriata which I

have the pleasure of describing were communicated to me by

Mr. William Hemingway, to whom my thanks are due for

the opportunity of examining this interesting addition to the

Coal-measure flora of Britain.

Figs. 1-3 show portions of what are probably primary

pinne ; at the right of the pinna in fig. 1 is a small fragment

of arachis, to which probably the fruiting pinna was attached.

The sporangia are borne as a fringe at the margin of what

appears to have been an oval disk. This disk and, more

particularly, the sporangia appear to have possessed a con-

siderable thickness of tissue, which contrasts markedly with

the delicate structure of the barren pinnules. The sporangia

are converted into a bright, brittle, carbonaceous substance,

so that in splitting the stone in almost all cases they are more

or less fractured; and, further, in no case where they are at

all well preserved have I been able to discover a complete

24. Mr. R. Kidston on the

fruiting pinnule, one half of each pinnule having apparently

adhered to each side of the matrix when the stone was split.

Thus there is only one half of the disk with its surrounding

fringe of sporangia shown respectively on the fossils and their

counterparts.

Figs. 4 and 5 represent each two fruiting pinnules, mag-

nified six and a half times. These figures are drawn under

the microscope with the camera lucida, and every endeavour

has been taken to avoid any “ restoration ;’’ so that those who

cannot see the originals may form their own conclusions from

the drawings.

Fig. 4is an enlargement of the two fruiting pinnules marked

ain fig. 1. Both these pinnules, as already mentioned, are

split through the middle, so that only half the disk and its

fringe of sporangia are shown. ‘The sporangia appear to have

depended almost at right angles from the margin of the

supporting disk. In no case did I see any trace of a thickened

vein in the disk-like portion of the pinnule like that figured

and described by Zeiller (see fig. 9).

Owing to the fruiting pinnules being split in two—and this

arises evidently from the comparatively thick mass of coaly

matter into which they have been converted—the pinnules

have the appearance of being attached to the pedicels by their

centre, within the fringe of sporangia ; but in reality I believe

the pedicels are attached to the outside edge of the fruiting

pinnules, like a leaf to its stalk, and that the pedicel is bent

into a knee, which causes the pinnule to assume a horizontal

position. ‘The apparent peltate attachment of the fruiting

pinnules to the pedicels is therefore probably caused by the

pinnule lying upon the pedicel and concealing the upper part

of it.

Fig. 5 exhibits very much the same characters as fig. 4.

Fig. 6 shows four sporangia, enlarged eighteen times.

The form of the sporangia is better shown here than in the

previous figures. ‘T'his figure is part of the fruiting pinnule

marked 0 in fig. 1. The sporangia are linear and apparently

blunt-pointed, as shown by that to the left; the other three

are probably broken over at their apices. They all show,

especially those to the left, an apparent basal contraction

which ends in a short pedicel. The sporangia are clearly

united to each other and only free at the apex. For the pur-

pose of comparison I have given a copy of a fruiting pinnule

of Crossotheca Crepini, as figured by Zeiller (fig. 9).

The barren pinnules of Crossotheca fimbriata are of very

delicate texture, and though they frequently occur on the

same slabs as the fruiting specimens they are seldom well

fructification of two Coal-measure Ferns. 25

preserved. Two fragments are shown in figs. 7 and 8.

Barren pinne have been observed attached to the same

rachis as the fruiting pinne, and in one case one of these

fruiting pinne has a few barren pinnules interspersed with

the fruiting ones.

Crossotheca jimbriata in the barren condition seems undis-

tinguishable from Calymmatotheca schatzlarensis, Stur *. The

figures given by Stur are somewhat indistinct, especially that

showing the fruit of his fern (fig. 2), from which really

nothing can be learnt of the form and structure of the fructi-

fication. In his description he refers to the imperfect preser-

vation of the fruit of his specimen, but among other remarks

mentions that the fruit contains four or five sporangia (valves

(Klappen) of an indusium according to Stur), which are

directed downwards and only free at their upper part, that

the upward directed portion of the fructification to which the

supporting stalk is attached is convex, and that the fruit is

2-3 millim. long and 1:2-1'4 millim. broad. Notwith-

standing the somewhat imperfect condition in which the fruit

is said to be, a very distinct woodcut of the same is given on

p: 238, fig. 40. Accepting, then, this figure and description

as correct, Crossotheca jfimbriata is essentially distinct from

Calymmatotheca schatzlarensis, Stur. In Crossotheca fimbriata

the synangia are broader than long, having a breadth of from

3-4 millim. and a length of about 2 millim. in the compressed

condition. Again, in Crossotheca fimbriata the sporangia are

numerous, narrow, oblong, or linear, and are united to each

other throughout almost the whole of their length. The

fructification of the two species is therefore altogether dis-

similar. It is possible that the specimens examined by Dr.

Stur were not so fully developed as those figured by me, for

on some of the small slabs from Yorkshire, on which the

fruit appears to be younger and scarcely so well preserved as

in the specimens I have figured, the entire synangium is oval

and but little broader than long, and in this condition it has

a much closer approach in general appearance to fig. 40 given

by Stur on p. 238 of his ‘ Carbon-Ilora’ than to those given

on my plate.

The affinities of Crossotheca fimbriata are clearly Maratti-

aceous. In the union of the sporangia to each other, their

attachment to an oval (or circular) disk, and in their forming

a cup-like synangium, they have a considerable similarity to

the synangia of Kaulfussia, Blume; but in Kaulfussia the

synangia are scattered on the back of the frond, not on por-

tions of the frond specially metamorphosed for fructification.

* Carbon-Flora, i. p, 265, pl. xxxviii. figs. 1, 2 (1885).

26 Mr. R. Kidston on the

Localities.—Monkton Colliery, near Barnsley, and East

Gawber Colliery, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

Horizon.—Middle Coal-measures; Shale over “ Barnsley

Thick Coal.”

CycLoTHEca, Kidston, n. ¢.

Description.—Sporangia small, free, sessile, circular, exan-

nulate, and arranged in two parallel rows.

Remarks.—In structure the individual sporangia approach

closely to those of Myriotheca, Zeiller *, but in Myriotheca

the sporangia are oval and cover the whole of the lower sur-

face of the pinnules.

In Renaultia, to which Cyclotheca has also some affinity in

the structure of the sporangia, the sporangia are situated at the

extremities of the veins either singly or in groups of from two

to five. Cyclotheca differs from both these genera in the

sporangia being circular and arranged in two parallel rows—

probably one row was situated on each side of the midrib of

the fruiting pinnule.

Cyclotheca belongs to the Marattiaceze, and is more closely

related by the structure of its sporangia to Angiopterts than

to any other recent genus.

Cyclotheca bisertata, Kidston, n. s.

(PL. I. figs. 10-12.)

Description.—Characters of genus. The sporangia measure

‘50 millim. in diameter, and their walls are composed of small

cells not elongated more in one direction than the other.

Remarks.—This species is founded on a single specimen

which was collected by Mr. P. Jack near Baillieston. Fig. 10

shows the fossil, natural size. It consists of several pinne

lying on each side of the rachis, of which a small fragment

is shown towards the centre of the figure. With the excep-

tion of this fragment of rachis there is nothing preserved in

the fossil but the parallel rows of sporangia. ‘These are well

preserved and shown at fig. 11, magnified six and a half

times. At fig. 12 are given four sporangia, magnified

twenty times. Although no trace of a midrib is shown, one

probably lay between the parallel rows of sporangia.

The small specimens originally figured by Lesquereux as

Staphylopterts asteroidest probably belong to the genus

Cyclotheca.

e * Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 6° sér. vol. xvi. Bot. p. 186, pl. ix. figs. 18-20; also

Flore foss. du bassin howl. d. Valenciennes, p. 32, fig. 1

o, 19.

+ Rep. Geol. Survey of Illin. vol. iv. pl. xiv. figs, 8-10,

Fructification of two Coal-measure Ferns. 27

It is impossible to say to which fern the Baillieston fructi-

fication belongs. As the fruiting portion of ferns often

assumes an outline so entirely different from that of the barren

condition, I refrain from any suggestion upon this point.

Locality.— Ellismuir, Baillieston, Lanarkshire.

Horizon.—Lower Coal-measures: shales above the “ Kil-

longue ”’ Coal.

Note.—Since this paper was put into type I have been

favoured by my friend, M. Crépin, Director of the State

Botanical Gardens, Brussels, with two fruiting specimens of

Calymmatotheca schatzlarensis, Stur, from one of the original

localities—Charbonnage de l’Agrappe, Framerier (Fosse

Grand Trait), Belgium. With these I have compared the

Yorkshire examples, and find that the plant I had named

Crossotheca fimbriata is the Calymmatotheca schatzlarensis,

Stur. The woodcut given by Stur of the fruit of his fern

(. c. p. 238, fig. 40) 1s therefore quite misleading, and does

not at all represent the fruit of the plant from the same

locality which has been forwarded to me by Mons. Crépin

under Stur’s name. In fact the description Stur gives of

his admittedly badly preserved fruit leads one to inquire

whence the evidence has come for the creation of his fig. 40.

The fossil remains, however, in the genus Crossotheca, but

under the name of Crossotheca schatzlarensis, Stur, sp.

Stirling,

June 6, 1888,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Crossotheca fimbriata, Kidston.

Figs. 1-5. Fruiting pinne.

Figs. 4 & 5, Synangia, enlarged 63 times.

Fg. 6. Portion of a synangium, enlarged 18 times.

Figs. 7 & 8. Fragments of barren pinnee.

- Crossotheca Crepini, Zeiller.

Fig. 9. Fruiting pinnule, enlarged 5 times (after Zeiller).

Cyclotheca biseriata, Kidston.

tg. 10. Specimen, natural size.

Fig. 11. Sporangia, enlarged 64 times.

Fig. 12. Sporangia, enlarged 20 times.

28 M. J. de Guerne on the

IV.—Monographic Note on the Rotifera of the Family

Asplanchnide. By M. JULES DE GUERNE*.

As previously indicated, one of the most remarkable types

of the pelagic fauna of the Lagoa Grande is a new Rotifer of

the genus Asplanchna. I give the description of it below,

and follow it with a summary investigation of the family

Asplanchnide. Having been struck long since with the fact

that its representatives exist in almost all lacustrine faunas, I

had collected numerous documents upon most species of the

group. The present work furnishes a very natural oppor-

tunity to coordinate these.

Asplanchna Imhofi, sp. nov. (Fig. 1.)

Diagnosis.—Femina. Corpus ovato-globosum, pellucidum ; maxille

duobus tantum ramis composite, robuste, elongate, apice paulu-

lum incurvato, bifido ; rami in medio unco yvalido interno armati ;

ramorum basis triangularis, solida, hamulo externo superne in-

structa.

Mas ignotus.

Long. mill. 0:45-0:50, lat. mill. 0°30-0°35,

The dimensions, taken from specimens fixed by osmic acid

or plunged while alive into alcohol, are certainly below the

reality. ‘The animals have undergone a violent contraction

and must be much larger when alive.

The body is globular and extremely transparent, with the

exception of the stomach, as in all the species of the genus.

I have seen no oculiform point. The masticatory apparatus,

composed only of two pieces, is very characteristic ; it differs

from that of all known Asplanchne (fig. 1) ; its form is con-

stant, and I have observed it in a great number of specimens.

Locality.—This species is exceedingly abundant in the

produce of pelagic fishings made in the Lagoa Grande at

* Extracted from a volume published at the cost of His Highness

Prince Albert of Monaco, who has been kind enough to permit us to

translate this chapter. The work is entitled ‘Excursions Zoologiques

dans les iles de Fayal et de San Miguel (Acores),’ and the materials for

it were collected by the author during the third scientific expedition

into the North Atlantic, made in 1887 by His Highness Prince Albert

of Monaco in his yacht ‘1’Hirondelle,’ the Prince having invited M.

Jules de Guerne to accompany him as zoologist.

Rotifera of the Family Asplanchnide. 29

Sete Cidades. It is found in compara-

tively small numbers in the surface-

fishings, but swarms at a certain depth.

No doubt this Rotifer feeds by pre-

ference at night; the stomachs of the

numerous individuals which have passed

under my eyes, and which I examined

carefully in order to detect Protozoa in

them, were absolutely empty.

I have seen no males, and it is pro-

bable that at the period of my investi-

gations (July 9) they are still very rare.

The winter eggs, however, had not

made their appearance.

I beg Dr. O. E. Imhof, of the Uni-

versity of Zurich, to accept the dedica-

tion of this new species of Asplanchna.

This homage is due to him for the series Masticatory apparatus of

of interesting memoirs in which he has = Asplanchna Imhofi, x

been the first to show the considerable ,, 700. 3

part taken by the Rotifera in the con- ne a au

stitution of the lacustrine pelagic faunas. character of the extre-

mities of the jaws.

The Asplanchne are not rare animals, as seems to be

thought by various English authors, as, for example, by Hud-

son, with reference to A. Hbbesborned (Hudson and Gosse,

‘Rotifera,’ vol. 1. p. 122). We have only to seek them

where they are to be found and with suitable apparatus ;

they are then taken in enormous quantities. ‘This 1s so true

that, notwithstanding their extreme transparency, certain

observers have detected them as it were in spite of them-

selves. This has been the case especially with Herrick

when collecting the Entomostraca of Minnesota. The

American author, however, does not seem to have appreci-

ated at its full value the importance of a discovery which has

just furnished a new and remarkable example of the singular

homogeneity of the lacustrine pelagic faunas and the vast

geographical distribution of the types which constitute it.

Nevertheless Herrick has figured one of the Asplanchae

which he collected so clearly to enable us to recognize in it an

undescribed species and to describe it, at least briefly.

30 M. J. de Guerne on the

Asplanchna Herricki, sp.n. (Fig. 2.)

Herrick, “ Final Report on the Crustacea of Minnesota, included in

the Orders Cladocera and Copepoda,” pl. v. figs. 8, 9 (in the Twelfth

Annual Report Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. of Minnesota, 1884), and

“ Notes on American Rotifers,” Bull. Sci. Labor. Denison Univ.

vol. i. p. 61 (1885).

Diagnosis.—Femina, Corpus lageniforme ; maxille duobus tantum

ramis composite, valide, margine interno fere recto, unco ro-

busto terminate, apice interne haud denticulato.

Mas ignotus.

Long. ?

In the explanation of his plate v.

Herrick asserts that his Asplanchna is

hermaphrodite ; but this is not probable.

As to the resemblance between the

present species and A. Brightwelli,

indicated by the author in his second

memoir, this simply shows that the

comparison was not carefully made.

We have only to glance at the masti-

catory apparatus of the two types to Mestibatory apnpentieiee

see how different they are. Asplanchna Hervichi

Locality. Minnesota, United States. —_ (after Herrick).

Before Herrick, a German entomologist, Kramer, well

known for his works on the Acarina, had the opportunity

(probably in seeking after the freshwater Acarina) of meeting

with a species of Asplanchna. Examined and figured by

Kramer, although imperfectly, this Rotifer has not received a

name. The form of its maxilla appears, however, to distin-

guish it from all its congeners.

Asplanchna Krameri, sp.n. (Fig. 3.)

Kramer, “‘ Kine Bemerkung tiber ein Riderthier aus der Familie der

Asplanchneen,” in Archiv fiir Naturg. Jahrg. 1876, vol. i. pl. viii.

fies, 1-4.

Diagnosis. — Femina. Corpus globosum ; Fig. 3.

maxille duobus tantum ramis composite,

curvate, ad basin graciles, extremitate

valida, cultriformi, margine interiore fy ies

denticulato.

Mas ignotus.

Long. 0°5 mill,

Locality. Schleusingen ?

Masticatory apparatus of

Asplanchna Kramert

(after Kramer).

Rotifera of the Family Asplanchnide. 31

Lastly, the following is the description of a species which

has been communicated to me by M. Jules Richard, and

which I cannot refer to any known form.

Asplanchna Girodi, sp.n. (Fig. 4.)

Diagnosis—Femina. Corpus globosum; maxille duobus tantum

ramis composite, elongate, valid ; rami apice bidentati, dente

uno curvato, subobtuso, altero compresso, lamelloso.

Mas ignotus.

Long. 0°85, lat. 0:55 mill.

This Asplanchna, which must certainly attain a length of

1 millim. (the above measurements are taken from specimens

contracted in alcohol), is distinguished

among all its congeners by the lamellar Fig. 4.

tooth of its masticatory apparatus 7

(fig. 4).

Locality. Found first of all in small

quantities by M. J. Richard in the

neighbourhood of Vichy (Allier) in the

pond of Cognet, on 16th September,

1886, this Rotifer has since been col-

lected by the same zoologist in Lake

Chambon (Puy-de-Déme) at an eleva-

tion of 880 metres, on 15th August,

1887. I proposed at first to dedicate

this species to the young and zealous quadelchin™ ctimnntita Be

naturalist who discovered it; but M. AbplanthtatGnudins

. ° . . ]

Richard, by asentiment which doeshim 500,

honour, has begged me to attach to it

the name of Dr. Girod, Professor in the Faculty of Sciences

of Clermont, under whose guidance his first work was per-

formed *.

In the following table I have summarized, in an artificial

manner (which, however, I have endeavoured to render clear

and practical), the principal characters of the known species of

the genus Asplanchna. It seemed to me that the distinctions

should as far as possible be derived from the masticatory

* It is to the initiation of Dr. Girod that we owe the investigations at

present in progress upon the fauna of the Auvergne, investigations in the

course of which M. J. Richard has not only met with the Asplanchna

above described, but with many other interesting types, the lists of

which he will soon publish,

32 M. J. de Guerne on the

apparatus, which seems to vary very little in the same species.

Moreover the mastax, which resists the digestion of certain

fishes to such an extent that it may be recognized in their

intestine, may serve to determine the types obtained by dis-

tant fishings and mounted on the spot. It will often happen,

however, especially in the case of pelagic faunas, that the

Asplanchne will occur in great numbers and that it will be

easy to break up many specimens for the purpose of study.

The dichotomic table will have to be kept up with the

progress of science. It is possible that future discoveries will

compel us to transfer from the first division into the second

the species of which the male is unknown. At present, I

assume, until there is evidence to the contrary, that all the

forms of which the female alone is described have globuiar

males destitute of appendages.

It will be observed that I have not introduced into the

table either Asplanchna intermedia, Hudson, and A. trioph-

thalma, Daday *, which are not well defined, or A. myr-

_ meleo, Khrenb. This last, it seems to me, must be taken as

the type of a new generic group, which I will name Asplanch-

nopus. ‘This name, like the separation of the genus, is

founded upon the remarkable peculiarity presented by A.

myrmeleo of the possession of a foot. ‘The presence of this

rudimentary organ seems to indicate in this Rotifer a less

advanced degree of adaptation to a pelagic life than in the

true Asplanchne. From this point of view it would present

some analogy with Notops. The male has not yet been met

with. It would be the more interesting to ascertain whether,

like the other sex, it has retained a vestige of the foot,

because all the males of the class are singularly atrophied.

* Hudson, “On some Male Rotifers,” in Monthly Micr. Journ., Feb-

ruary 1875, p. 53, pl. xci. fig. 7, and Hudson & Gosse, loc, evt. vol. 1.

p. 122, note. Won Daday, “Neue Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Rader-

thiere,” in Math. u. naturwiss. Berichte aus Ungarn, vol. i. p. 268 (1885),

The following is the diagnosis of A. triophthalma :—“ Corpus truncato-

ovatum ; ocellis tribus, duobus marginalibus, una majore collari; organo

rotatorio simplice, parum undulato; fronte organis tentaculatis ; pede

anoque caret. Longit. corp. O™™-8-]™™-2,”

According to the author this Rotifer, one of the largest known, would

closely resemble A. Sieboldi, Leyd. ; the male, however, is globular, Von

Daday gives no particulars as to the mastax. Its locality is Mezo-Zah

(Hungary ?).

It will also be remarked that no mention is made of A. Bowes?, Gosse.

Even according to the naturalist who has described it, this species does

not differ from A. Brightwelli (Gosse, “ A Catalogue of Rotifera found

in Britain,” in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. viii. p. 200).

fera of the Family Asplanchnide.

Rot

‘Brphory “ppogary

‘uospnyy ‘ausogsaqqyT

“auIONY) OT ‘x 20.10)

"auTony) of ‘x oyuy

“quorgyy ‘» rurshs

eUIONK) O(] ‘ wawn.y

“BUIOND) a] ‘x 2yorazy

"Oss0Ky ‘ypaaunyhing

e804) ‘opuoporsd *F < a001d royno {Buoy L10A y00, | suolye, => aoen

‘joyuny ‘vanaajay

‘po ccrreerssseseess gagard moz yo pomsos snyeredde Aroyzonseu { yeu on} ut ATuo

‘po ctrttessssses ses sagatd omg Jo pomsoy snyeredde Axoyeorsem ‘sexes 04 oy} UT

jae eg ula JOUUT SI TO 7400} Su034s8 @ WIA ‘payor ‘MOLIVU |

ae oes er canoe Apa dorye | -IGUI JOUUI oY} WIT ‘apra |

‘MMOUUN OTR %

sosupuedde

q}ia = paysrurng on

aa } IL]T[SULR] [}99} [BUIUTIE, ay JO}

eU0 ! ULSIVUI IOUT UO 4300} ou

foyejuep —)

. )°* ulSueur reuut oy} Jo erppram = | -1q_ Aqmoryxe $ req 0 ot

‘ 8} SPIVAK} 00} Suoys ve f qove wo yueystp ‘ozeno Be clalae

-I8 ULSIVM JoUUT ‘MorreT | saoatd eS

.py J UISIVUT JOUUT 9y} Jo o_pprmr 97 {omy jo pour10y Sate

i SpI2MO0} 00} poyIeur ATWUTeT v | ( es

‘FP ‘*** lepueys oseq ‘uLsrem Jouul uo poyepnoyuep ‘opi oq} RA | 3

‘Vo ccc ***** ULSrvUr JeUUT 9Y} UO poyefnoyUep you ‘ysnqor ‘opr } sn} | =

-yset ‘sexes

430q UE rUTNgOTS J

val

—+ -

"sess" oyenore ATeorTeOS

{ cerpem { sesord

‘

[euluLIe} of} ‘snoleminu 910Ul Moy Jo pautsoy/

-noryuep { paye~noyuep

( Ayroteryxe “yy Stes u1s

evetd =soyno ‘Zaquinu ut xis}

Ann. & Mag. N.

"vuyourldsy snuay ay) fo sarady ay) fo aqv7,

34 M. J. de Guerne on the

ASPLANCHNOPUS, gen. nov.

(Etymology : Asplanchna and ois, foot.)

Diagnosis.—Femina. Corpus ovato-globosum, pellucidum, pede

bifido minimo ventrali instructum ; maxilla duobus tantum ramis

composite ; rami incurvati, validi, apice acuto simplici.

Asplanchnopus generi Asplanchna dicto ceterum valde affinis.

Mas ignotus.

This Rotifer must also resume the specific name multiceps,

which was given to it by Schrank as long ago as 1793, and

which Ehrenberg changed in opposition to the rules of

nomenclature.

Asplanchnopus multiceps, Schrank (sp.).

1793. Brachionus multiceps, Schrank, “ Mikroskopische Wahrnehmun-

gen,” in Naturforscher, vol. xxvii. p. 30, pl. iii. figs. 16-19.

1803. Brachionus multiceps, Schrank, Fauna Boica, vol. iii. pt. 2,

, 189,

1885, Notommata myrmeleo, Ehrenberg, “ Dritter Beitrag &c.,” in

Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. zu Berlin, 1833, pp. 214, 2165.

1838. one myrmeleo, Ehrenberg, Die Infusionsthierchen, p. 425,

fe Jib ee ee ey

1854. Motommata myrmeleo, Leydig, “Ueber den Bau &e. der Rader-

thiere,” in Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. vi. pp. 20-24, pl. iv. fig. 36.

1884, “ Deadly enemy to Chydorus,” Herrick, ‘ Final Report &c.” in

‘Twelfth an Rep. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of Minnesota, pl. v.

figs. 10, 11.

1885. Asplanchna myrmeleo, Plate, “ Beitriige zur Naturg. der Rota-

torien,” in Jenaische Zeitschrift, Bd. xix. pp. 73-88, pl. iii. figs. 31—-

33, 35, 36.

1885. Asplanchna magnificus?, Herrick, “Notes on American Rotifers,”

in Bull. Sci. Labor, of Denison University, vol. i. p. 60, pl. ii. fig. 2.

Considering the instruments which he had at his disposal,

Schrank very well investigated Asplanchnopus multiceps.

The name that he gave it, however, has its origin in an error

of observation, which was likewise committed by Ehrenberg.

These naturalists mistook for so many rotatory organs the

groups of cilia which better means of investigation have

enabled us to study more completely. Further, both of them

regarded the rudiment of the foot as lateral, whilst it is in

reality ventral, as Leydig was the first to indicate *.

At any rate the “ vielképfiges Kapselthier ”’ furnished

Schrank with the subject of interesting observations. He

says that it is met with frequently in stagnant but clear

‘ "eee loc, cit. p. 20, pl. iv. fig. 36. See also Plate, loc. cit. pl. iii.

Rotifera of the Family Asplanchnide. 35

water. Although it is one of the largest known Rotifera, its

extreme transparency has concealed it from observation. It

would remain invisible if its viscera were not generally filled

with yellowish matter. Yet it is very difficult to distinguish

in a somewhat strong light *.

Schrank gave four figures of this animal, and from these

it appears that he had grasped the general features of its

organization. Nevertheless many details are wanting, and

the mastax, among other things, was not observed ; but there

is no doubt as to the identity of the species, as Khrenberg

has already recognized, although, as I have stated, he changed

the name f.

It is to be remarked that Asplanchnopus multiceps is the

only type of the family which possesses maxilla terminating

in a simple acute point f.

Gosse seems to think § that this Rotifer is destitute of a

contractile vesicle; but this is very improbable, considering

the contrary and concordant observations of Hhrenberg, Ley-

dig, and Plate.

I think that we must identify with A. multiceps the species

recently described by Herrick under the name of Asplanchna

magnificus, and previously figured by him with no other

indication than this :—‘* Deadly enemy to Chydorus.’’

Truth, however, compels me to add that the figures of the

American author surpass in mediocrity anything that it is

possible to imagine. ‘The little engravings given by Schrank

in 1793 are indisputably better than these quite recent

figures.

Asplanchnopus multiceps, which was discovered by Schrank

at Ingolstadt in Bavaria, was found at Berlin by Ehrenberg,

in the neighbourhood of Wurzburg by Leydig, and more

recently at Bonn and at Bremen by Plate. Lastly, it has

* Schrank, ‘ Naturforscher,’ xxvii. pp. 30-32. It is certain that the

transparency of the Rotifera of the family Asplanchnide renders their cap-

ture very difficult in the vessels in which they are kept alive. I have

had to seek in vain for a long time for one of these animals in water which

I knew to be full of it. No doubt this circumstance, coupled with the

minuteness of their size, has hitherto prevented the discovery of the males

of several species.

+ In 1838. Ehrenberg does not appear to have been acquainted with

Schrank’s work when he first described Notommata myrmeleo.

{ From the description (“rami with singly pointed ends”) and fig. 82

in the text ot Gosse and Hudson (loc. cit. vol. 1. pp. 29 and 120) it might

be thought that this is also the case in Asplanchna Ebbesborner; but

fig. 3¢ in pl. xi. bears an indication of a small tooth, much more marked

still in fig. 15 of pl. x. of the previous memoir by Hudson (Journ. Roy.

Micr. Soe. ser. 2, vol. ili., 1883).

§ Hudson and Gosse, loc, cit, vol. i. p. 184. .

36 M. J. de Guerne on the

been met with in Scotland, at Dundee (according to Gosse, in

Hudson and Gosse, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 134), and, if the identi-

fication above proposed be accepted, at Minnesota in the

United States.

As regards the numerous forms of the genus Asplanchna

their geographical distribution is scarcely known. First

studied in Germany and in England, for a long time they

were noticed only in those countries; but more recently, as

investigations have become more numerous, and especially as

the work relating to the pelagic faunas has been greatly ex-

tended, these Rotifera, formerly reputed rare, have seemed to

become more and more common. Thus, A. helvetica, dis-

covered in Switzerland by Imhof, exists in a great number of

lakes of Northern Italy, Austria, and North * and South

Germany. It is probable that the Asplanchne indicated by

Imhof + first in Alsace and then in the harbours of Lubeck

and Stockholm, and by Nordqvist { in Russia and in Finland,

also belong to this species.

M. J. Richard informs me that he has taken it in great

numbers in several lakes of the Auvergne (Bourdouze, eleva-

tion 800 m.?, and Montcineyre, 1170 m., in the department of

the Puy-de-Déme). I have collected it in abundance in the

Lac d’Enghien, near Paris; lastly, Prof. Moniez sends me an

Asplanchna.captured at Lille, which also closely approaches

A, helvetica. It will be seen that since its discovery in France

by Imhof, in the Jakes of Annecy and Bourget §, this Rotifer

has been met with at various points very distant from each

other. The same will certainly be the case in different

regions.

I am now, thanks to the scientific zeal of my friend Charles

* Dr. Zacharias who first met with A. helvetica in North Germany, and

who discovered the males of the species, appears inclined to identify it

with A. priodonta, Gosse. There is room for further investigations upon

this subject. To refer only to the mastax, none of those which I have

examined in the supposed A. helvetica seems to me to agree with the

figures and descriptions of the same part in A. priodonta.

~ + Inhof, “ Pelagische Thiere aus Siisswasserbecken in Elsass-Loth-

ringen,” in Zool. Anz. 1885, p. 720 (see Annals, ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 297),

and “ Ueber mikroskopische pelagische Thiere aus der Ostsee,” cbed. 1886,

. 612.

i ¢ Nordqvist, “ Die pelagische und Tiefsee-Fauna der grésserern fin-

nischen Seen,” in Zool. Anz. 1887, pp. 839 and 358.

§ Imhof “Die pelagische Fauna und die Tiefsee-Fauna der zwei

Savoyerseen; Lac du Bourget uf Lac d’Annecy,” in Zool. Anz, 1883,

p. 655.

Rotifera of the Hamily Asplanchnide. 37

Rabot, able to indicate the existence of A. helvetica under the

Arctic circle, at a higher latitude than that of the lakes inves-

tigated by Nordqvist. It abounds in the Imandra and in the

Kolozero (Russian Lapland, 68° N. lat.), where M. Rabot has

taken it in considerable quantities, especially in the second

locality, on the 16th August, 1885, between 8 and 9 o’clock

in the evening, at the surface. These sheets of water, pro-

bably the remains of an ancient strait, are about 100 metres

above the level of the sea, under the isotherm of 0° C. *

In this connexion it is of interest to remember that A. hel-

vetica was collected by Imhof in Switzerland up to an elevation

of about 1800 metres in the lake of Campfért; sooner vr later

it will certainly be met with close to the limit of perpetual

snow. ;

The chorological data are much less numerous for the other

species. A. Brightwelli and A. priodonta, long known in

Kingland, were met with, twenty years ago, at Brunswick by

HKyterth, and more recently by Plate in the neighbourhood of

Bonn and Bremen. A. Svebold¢ is cited at Wurzburg (Ley-

dig) and at Prague (Stein).

But the most interesting of the Asplanchne from the point

of view of geographical distribution is, unquestionably,

A. syring. Described by Ehrenberg from specimens collected

at Berlin, it has been indicated at St. Petersburg (Weisse),

in Egypt, and at the summit of Adam’s Peak (2260 metres),

in Ceylon (Schmarda).

One may, perhaps, be tempted to doubt the accuracy of the

determinations of this species, of which, so far as I know,

there still exists only the figure published by Khrenberg in

1838. I may remark, however, that Weisse and Schmarda,

who were both very well acquainted with the Rotifera, no

doubt had Ehrenberg’s work before them}.

* Some zoologists regard light as the principal cause of the daily

vertical migrations of the pelagic fauna. In connexion with this I would.

remark that, in the northern lakes in which this fauna seems to attain its

maximum development, the supposed nocturnal or crepuscular animals

which constitute it are condemned throughout the summer to the per-

sistent brightness of the long polar days. From the small depth of many

of the lakes it is even impossible for them to descend sufficiently to avoid

the luminous rays.

+ Imhof, “‘ Ueber die mikroskopische Thierwelt hochalpiner Seen”

(600-2780 M. ii. M.),” in Zool. Anz. 1887, pp. 13 and 33, (Translated

in ‘ Annals,’ ser, 5, vol. xix. p. 276.)

t In noticing the discovery of Hydatina senta in the neighbourhood of

Auckland, New Zealand, Schmarda states that he was able to compare

the living Rotifera on the spot with the figures of Ehrenberg, whose volu-

minous Atlas in folio he had taken with him on his voyage. See “Neue

wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um die

Erde, 1858 bis 1857 ” (1859), vol. i. p. 50.

38 M. J. de Guerne on the

There is, however, nothing astonishing in finding distri-

buted over the whole surface of the globe animals which are

easily diffused, and which, on the one hand, either on moun-

tains or in high latitudes, support a very intense cold, and, on

the other, live in water at a high temperature, as especially in

Hayrt. Bilis cnt

It is probable that future investigations will lead to the

discovery in very different localities of the new species above

described, as well as of A. Hbbesborne?, at present noted only

at a single point in England. The example of A. helvetica

(described in 1883) suffices to show with what rapidity data

may be brought together upon the geographical distribution

of an animal when special researches lead to its being collected

by suitable processes.

On the Genus Ascomorpha.—Before concluding this chapter

I will say a few words on the Ascomorphe, which are usually

classed, although wrongly, in the family Asplanchnide.

The very small Rotifera which belong to this genus are very

difficult to study, and still appear not to be satisfactorily

known. The absence of an anal aperture, which has led to

their being approximated to Asplanchna, is not a character of

prime importance, for it almost certainly results from an

adaptation to a particular mode of life. ‘To unite the forms

which present this peculiarity without taking into account

other details of structure is to fall into an error like that

which would consist, for example, in establishing a family for

all the Rotifera which are destitute of a foot.

However imperfectly investigated, it is evident that the

feeble mastax of the Ascomorphe in no degree resembles the

powerful maxille of Asplanchna. The same observation

applies to the stomach, the singular diverticula of which have

been noticed by Gosse and Bartsch in two different species.

The latter zoologist, to whom, indeed, we are indebted for the

fullest information upon these animals, has described, in

Ascomorpha saltans, a sort of resistant envelope bearing pro-

jecting and symmetrical ridges. Seen from the dorsal surface,

with its four ridges converging towards the bottom, this

envelope presents some analogy, always excepting the denti-

culation of the aperture, with the test of certain species of

Anurea (A. striata, Ehr., among others). Lastly, the Hun-

garian author indicates in the same type the existence of a

sort of stout tentacle, quite unknown in the Asplanchne. I

have thought it desirable to reproduce here (fig. 5) the figure

Rotifera of the Family Asplanchnide. 39

published by Bartsch in a very interesting work which is not

sufficiently known *.

In this the genus Ascomorpha is placed at the head of the

group Loricata, in which it immediately

precedes the genus Si/pina. This course

appears to me better than that which con-

sists in combining the Ascomorphe and

the Asplanchne in the same family. At

any rate, until we have fuller information,

it is preferable to leave these Rotifera

amongst the forms ¢ncerte sedis.

The following gives, in a few lines, the

complete synonymy of the genus Asco-

morpha, which denomination must be ee

adopted as the earliest in date, as well as Ascomorpha saltans,

the specific name of ecaudis, first employed Bartsch, seen in

by Perty for A. helvetica. Ido not think — Prfile; right side.

that there is any reason for uniting the @ and 4, ridges or

three species at present known, after the ek os aha

sae . pe; ¢, tentacle ;

example of Hudson and Gosse; in any 7 contractile vesk

case, A. saltans, Bartsch, appears to me to _ cle (after Bartsch).

be a very distinct type.

ASCOMORPHA, Perty.

Ascomorpha, Perty, Neue Riderthiere der Schweiz, in Mitth. Bern.

Gesellsch, 1850, p. 18.

Sacculus, Gosse, Cat. Rotifera, Ann. & Mag. N. H, 1851, ser. 2, vol. viii.

p. 198.

1. Ascomorpha ecaudis, Perty.

Ascomorpha ecaudis, Perty, loc. cit. p. 18.

Sacculus viridis, Gosse, loc. cit. p. 198; Phil. Trans. vol. exlvii. p. 320;

pl. xv. figs, 24-26 (1858); Hudson and Gosse, Rotifera, p. 124, pl. xi.

fig. 2 (1886).

Ascomorpha helvetica, Perty, Zur Kenntniss kleinster Lebensformen &c.

(1852), p. 89, pl. ii. fig. 1.

Switzerland (Perty) ; England (Gosse and Hudson).

* ‘ Rotatoria Hungarie,’ pl. i. fig. 17 (1877). [have been enabled to

take cognizance of Bartsch’s memoir by the extreme kindness of Dr.

Maurice Vellentszéy, to whom I offer my sincere thanks.

Several distinguished Hungarian zoologists, Toth, Bartsch, Vejdovsky,

and, more recently, Von Daday, have successfully studied the Rotifera.

It is to be regretted that these naturalists have thought fit to publish

most of their works in Hungarian. By this means they remain beyond

the reach of the scientific public. To act in this way out of patriotism is

certainly an error, the consequence of which is to narrow greatly the

renown of the national savunts.

40 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on some

2. Ascomorpha germanica, Leydig.

Ascomorpha germanica, Leydig, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. vi. p. 45,

pl. iii. fig, 34 (1854),

Wurzburg (Leydig).

3. Ascomorpha saltans, Bartsch.

Ascomorpha saltans, Bartsch, Witt. Jahresh. 1870, p. 363; Rotatoria

Hungaria, p. 42, pl. ii. fig. 17 (1877).

Tiibingen, Buda Pesth (Bartsch).

V.—On some Reptiles and Batrachians from Iquarasse,

Pernambuco. By G. A. BOULENGER.

[Plate III.]

THE Natural-History Museum has received a small collection

of Reptiles and Batrachians made at Iguarasse, Pernambuco,

by Mr. G. A. Ramage. Small as it is the collection is one

of the greatest interest, such as would hardly have been

expected from a part of Brazil which is regarded as one of the

best explored. four species are new, two being of parti-

cular interest from a geographical point of view—the Phyllo-

dactylus as the first-known Brazilian representative of a genus

quartered in the West Indies, Central America, and Vene-

zuela ; the Nototrema (marsupial tree-frog) as extending the

range of a genus otherwise restricted to the Andes, from

Central America to Peru. . The following known species

were obtained :—

Hemidactylus mabouia, Mor. ; Enyalius catenatus, Wied ;

Strobilurus torquatus, Wiegm.; Microblepharus Maximiliant,

R. & L.; Amphishena subocularis, Ptrs.; Xenodon rhabdo-

cephalus, Wied; Rana palmipes, Spix (larvee, body as large

as a pigeon’s egg, with the anal opening on the right side) ;

Paludicola biligonigera, Cope ; and Hyla rubra, Daud.*

New species :—

Spherodactylus meridionalis.

Snout pointed, as long as the distance between the eye

* To this list may be added the names of two reptiles previously ob-

tained by Mr, H. N. Ridley at Iguarasse, yiz. Anolis fusco-auratus,

D’Orb., and Stenolepis Ridleyr, Bley.

Reptiles and Batrachians from Pernambuco. 41

and the ear-opening, which is very small, oval, vertical.

Rostral large, cleft above ; nostril pierced between the rostral,

the first labial, and two small scales ; five upper labials, first

very long; mental large, rounded posteriorly; no chin-

shields ; no supraciliary spine. Body covered with rhom-

boidal, imbricate, smooth scales, which are a little larger on

the belly than on the back ; forty-six scales round the middle

of the body. Uniform brown above, whitish interiorly ; one

of the specimens has a large whitish spot on the forehead and

a pair of small ones on the occiput.

From snout to vent 24 millim.

Three specimens, without tail.

Hylodes plicifera.

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in

two oblique series behind the choanz. Snout subacuminate,

scarcely prominent, with angular canthus rostralis and con-

cave loreal region ; nostril much nearer the tip of the snout

than the eye ; interorbital space slightly broader than the

upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, one third the diameter of

the eye. Fingers and toes moderate; disks small; subarti-

cular tubercles strong; first finger much longer than second ;

toes not fringed, with a very slight rudiment of web; two

small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the eye. Head and back with several symmetrical

linear folds, viz. a median straight one from between the

nostrils to above the vent, and five undulous others on each

side, beginning from the supraciliary edge and crossing

obliquely the upper eyelid; sides with small warts; lower

parts smooth. Pinkish grey above, with blackish markings ;

a blackish cross band between the eyes and three radiating

blackish streaks on each side from the eye to the mouth ;

limbs with crimson cross bars; hinder side of thighs and

lower surface of tarsus blackish ; lower parts uniform whitish.

From snout to vent 17 millim.

A single specimen.

Hylodes Ramagit.

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in

two minute groups behind the choane. Snout subacuminate,

scarcely prominent, as long as the diameter of the orbit, with

angular canthus rostralis and concave loreal region ; nostril

much nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital

space slightly broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum

42 Reptiles and Batrachians from Pernambuco.

distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye. Digits rather

elongate, with well-developed disks and strong subarticular

tubercles ; first finger longer than second; toes quite free;

two metatarsal tubercles, outer extremely small. The tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the nostril. Upper surfaces with

small warts ; belly and lower surface of thighs with granules

of unequal size. Grey-brown, with symmetrical darker

markings, viz. a cross bar on the interorbital region, a A

on the scapulary, a A in front of the sacral, an oblique bar on

each side in front of the groin, and oblique bands across the

limbs ; sides of head blackish; lower parts whitish, throat

marbled with brown.

From snout to vent 22 millim.

A single specimen.

Nototrema fissipes. (Plate IIL.)

Tongue subcircular, slightly nicked and free behind.

Vomerine teeth in two short slightly oblique series between

the choane. Head rather large, considerably broader than

long, rugose, the skin of the temple alone being free from the

cranial ossification; posterior border of casque sinuous ;

snout very short; canthus rostralis angular; loreal region

concave; nostrils near the end of the snout; interorbital

space concave, twice as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum

vertically oval, nearly as large as the eye. Fingers free,

first longest and opposable to the others; toes short, with a

very slight rudiment of web; disks well developed, hardly

half as large as the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles strong ;

no tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between

the tympanum and the eye. Skin finely granulate above,

coarsely on the belly and under the thighs; throat smooth ;

lower surface of tarsi warty. Purplish brown above, with a

curved dark band, concavity forwards, on the interorbital

region and a semicircular dark spot on the scapulary; a

blackish-brown band, sharply defined above, along each side,

from the eye to the groin, involving the tympanum and

sending a subocular process to the edge of the mouth; a

series of yellow spots on each side of the body, below the

dark lateral band ; groin with irregular yellow spots separated

by a blackish network ; limbs with dark brown cross bands,

of which there are five on the thigh and three on the leg ;

ground-colour of the thigh above yellow, with a narrow

brown longitudinal band ; lower surfaces purplish brown, the

abdominal and femoral granules lighter.

From snout to vent 80 millim.

New Snakes from Hongkong. 43

A single female specimen. The pouch is filled with a

single layer of very large ova (10 millim. in diameter),

sixteen in number. From the size and small number of the

ova it may be safely predicted that the young undergo the

whole of the metamorphoses within the pouch, as in N. ovi-

Serum, which is the nearest ally of N. fisstpes.

VI.—Description of two new Snakes from Hongkong, and

Note on the Dentition of Hydrophis viperina. By G. A.

BoOULENGER.

THE snakes described below were obtained, through the

kind mediation of Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., from the Direc-

tors of the City Hall Museum, Hongkong. They were

labelled as from Hongkong, presented to the City Hall

Museum by C. Ford, Esq.

Achalinus rufescens.

Head narrow, elongate. Suture between the internasals

twice as long as that between the prefrontals; frontal

broader than long, half as long as the parietals; only the

upper anterior temporal in contact with the eye ; three shields

bordering the parietals on each side, the third very large and

separated from its fellow by a small azygos occipital; five

upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye, fifth much

elongate ; five lower labials, third much elongate, first in con-

tact with its fellow behind the mental; three pairs of large

chin-shields, succeeded by the ventrals, first and second

longer than broad, third as long as broad. Scales strongly

keeled, some distinctly tricarinate, in twenty-five longitudinal

series ; on the anterior half of the body each ventral scute is

in contact with the second series of scales. Ventrals 136 ;

anal single; subcaudals 82. Uniform pale reddish brown

above ; upper labials and a spot on the temple yellow ; uni-

form yellowish beneath.

Total length 290 millim.; tail 80.

CALAMOHYDRUS, g. n. (Homalopsinarum).

Teeth in jaws and palate small, equal. Head rather elon-

gate, slightly distinct from neck ; eyes very small, with round

44 On the Dentition of Hydrophis viperina.

pupil, separated from the labials by suboculars; nostrils

superior, pierced in the upper part of the nasal; a pair of

internasals; a single prefrontal; rostral small, not promi-

nent; loreal, pre- and postocular present. Scales finely

striated and feebly keeled (in seventeen rows). ‘Tail mode-

rate, tapering to a fine point. Anal and subcaudals divided.

An annectant form between the Calamarine and the

Homalopsine.

Calamohydrus Andersontt.

Prefrontal more than twice as broad as long, in contact

with the posterior border of the nasals and wedged in between

the tear-shaped internasals, which form a suture anteriorly ;

frontal pentagonal, a little longer than broad, and a little

shorter than the suture between the parietals ; eye surrounded

by a small supraocular, which is more than twice as long as

broad, a preocular, two suboculars, and a’ postocular; loreal

elongate, more than twice as long as deep, in contact with the

third and fourth labials ; temporals 1+2;5 eight upper labials,

fifth below the eye; nine lower labials, five anterior in con-

tact with the chin-shields, first in contact with its fellow

behind the mental; two pairs of chin-shields, anterior large,

posterior small and separated by three scales. Scales in

seventeen rows, without apical grooves; the keel very feeble,

absent on the hinder third of the scale. Ventrals 161; sub-

caudals 58. Blackish above, each scale edged with whitish ;

lower parts whitish ; chin and lower labials brown.

Total length 240 millim.; tail 45.

The same collection contained an adult specimen of a

rare sea-snake, Hydrophis viperina, Schmidt (Distecra pre-

scutata, D. & B.), which reveals a new type of dentition.

The maxillary of the Hydrophides is armed, as is well known,

with a pair of grooved fangs, followed after an interval by a

series of much smaller solid teeth. In LH. viperina we have

instead a series of four equidistant, subequal, grooved fangs.

The Calamaria-like Ogmodon vitianus, Peters, was the only

snake known to possess a series of grooved fangs; but the

number and proportions of these fangs are very different from

what is shown by Hydrophis viperina.

Schmidt, the original describer of this species, notices that

the teeth are small and show no trace of a groove, and regards

On the Organic and Inorganic Changes of Parkeria. 45

the snake as non-poisonous. I find, however, a large poison-

gland; and the author’s mistake is probably due to the simi-

larity between the maxillary teeth, which is in striking

contrast to the abruptly enlarged anterior fangs of ordinary

Hydrophides.

Although I am unable to find any external characters by

which to separate H. viperina from its allies, I should have

proposed a new generic name were it not that Dvsteira,

Lacép., specimens of the type species of which I have unfor-

tunately no means of investigating, may possibly possess a

dentition similar to that of LZ. viperina.

VII.—On the Organic and Inorganic Changes of Parkeria,

together with Further Observations on the Nature of the

Opaque Scarlet Spherules in Foraminifera. By H. J.

Carter, F.R.S.*

[Plate V.]

In the § Annals’ for March and April last (vol. 1,

1888) I described in separate communications ‘ ‘Two

new Genera allied to Loftusia,” viz. Stoliczkiella Theobaldi

and Millarella cantabrigiensis, and the “ Nature of the

Opaque Scarlet Spherules found in the Chambers and Canals

of many Fossilized Foraminifera,” the former accompanied

by a footnote (p. 180) in which allusion is*made to other

specimens of Parkeria in which Millarella appeared to be

present in the condition of a “ foreign nucleus ” over which

the Purkeria had grown; but it now seems to me (after

examination of more specimens‘of the same kind) that this

‘nucleus’? must have been a subsequent instead of a pri-

mary formation, from which the Millarella might have spread

itself throughout the whole of the Parkerta, until the struc-

ture of the latter had become obliterated—of course in a

living or unfossilized state.

The structure of Millarella (for the term here must be used

in a generic sense) may be stated to present itself under the

form of a minutely reticulated rhizopodous mycelium of a

brown colour (Pl. V. fig. 9, aa), accompanied more or less

* In this communication it should be remembered that I am treating

of “ Transformations” only, and not of the natural structure of Parkeria,

which should be learnt from Prof. Nicholson’s illustrated description of

this fossil in the ‘ Annals’ for January 1888, vol. i. p. 1, pl. iii.

46 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

by equally minute, sparsely branched filaments (fig. 9, 0 4),

which may have extended itself throughout the Parkeria, so

as to destroy by transformation the whole of the structure of

the latter and replace it by one which is totally different.

That there are globular rhizopodous organisms similar in

outward form and equal in size to any Parkeria existing at

the present day may be learnt from what Mr. H. B. Brady,

F.R.S., &c., has stated in the description of his Syringam-

mina fragillissima, which was dredged by Mr. J. Murray in

the Faroé Channel during the cruise of H.M.S. ‘Triton’

(‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. ix. “Text,” p. 242), viz.:—

“‘'Two specimens were secured, but owing to the excessively

fragile nature of the test both were much broken. ‘The

largest fragment is represented in [his woodcut] figs. a, 6,

drawn to the natural size. This specimen is about an inch

and a half (38 millim.) in diameter, and about eight tenths of

an inch (20 millim.) in thickness; but it is probable that the

latter dimension may not be much more than half that of the

entire organism; indeed, it is evident that the test, when

complete, was a rounded mass which, if developed with any

degree of symmetry, must have been a sphere about an inch

and a half in diameter.”” The structure revealed by the frac-

tured surfaces is that of a congeries of branching and inoscu-

lating tubes radiating from a common centre, “ the walls of

which are composed of ‘ fine sand,’ among which is a very

large number of minute foraminifera.”

To return to Parkerta. It is impossible to conceive that a

foreign nucleus could get into the centre and destroy its struc-

ture in a fossilized state; but not so when it is remembered

that the Parkeria when fresh was probably as penetrable as

Mr. Brady’s Syringammina fragillissima; further, that the

embryo of Millarella might have previously existed in that

ot the Parkeria, as in Prof. F. KE. Schulze’s specimen of

Spongelia pallescens which was infested with an Oscillaria,

wherein the larva or ciliated ovum of the sponge already con-

tained several minute reproductive bits of the filament of this

Alga, of which, in 1878, he kindly sent me a mounted speci-

men (Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxii. Taf. v. fig. 7).

However, I had better describe a typical instance of this

kind of foreign nucleus in a specimen of Parkerta first, and

then leave the reader to form his own views as to how it

got there. Here the nucleus, which is in a specimen

of Parkerta about one inch and a half in diameter, passes

through its centre, so as to reach the circumference of the

FParkeria at opposite ends (Pl. V. fig. 1, @). In form it is a

conical solid cylinder, whose greatest thickness, viz. 9-24ths

Organic and Inorganic Changes of Parkeria. 47

inch, is just below the centre, so that it is somewhat swollen

here, while the upper end is conical and free and the lower

one obtuse and fractured, indicative of previous fixation at

this point to some submarine body. In composition it con-

sists of a whitish-yellow, minutely granular substance like

“ chalk ’ intermixed with small tracts that are pure white,

while the whole is charged with foraminiferal detritus in

which the tests are not only fragmentary but very minute,

and for the most part globular in form, of different sizes, like

Orbulina and Globigerina, together with numerous grains of

glauconite (fig. 1, a). All around the circumference of this

whitish cylindrical nucleus the structure of the Parkeria is more

or less obscured by the growth outwards of the dark brown my-

celium and filamentous structure of M€itllarella, of which the

former (which should be viewed by reflected light) requires a

high power to be distinguished in detail, while the latter is

easily seen with a much lower one, when it appears as a

glistening white thread more or less branched—the glisten-

ing white appearance arising from the minute crystalline

matter of which it is now composed. ‘This thread or filament

is about 1-900th of an inch in diameter, tortuous, and more or

less branched ; but what its state was when fresh I am not

prepared to say. Such filaments often form part of a Sapro-

legnious Alga; but I could see no appearance of fructification

about them.

The white chalk-like part represents the oldest and the

darker (fig. 1, c) stains (like rot to the naked eye) the youngest

parts of the Mzllarella. Nevertheless the chalk-like sub-

stance also is pervaded by the reticulated mycelium, which im-

parts to it the “ whitish-brown ” colour before mentioned, but

which can only be seen with a high power, when the presence

of the minute fragments of the Foraminifera in it indicates its

originally plastic nature.

It must not be inferred that this kind of nucleus always

presents the same shape, for I have several specimens of

Larkeria in which it is present, wherein both in form and

size it is quite different. For instance, in one of these

(fig. 2, a) it is globular, about half an inch in diameter, sur-

rounded by a dark jagged edge, composed of the brown sub-

stance or young structure of Millarella, which, on account of

the light colour of the specimen of Parkeria itself, contrasts

strongly with it in this respect, so that the definition of the

nucleus is very marked, while it is by no means situated in

the centre of the Parkeria, but, on the contrary, towards the

circumference, where it communicates with the exterior by a

small contracted neck (fig. 2, 6)—the centre of the Parkeria

48 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

(which is about 14 inch in diameter) being thus not only at

some distance from it, but itself presenting no appearance of

any kind of nucleus beyond a confused mass of cellular struc-

ture (fig. 2, d).

In all instances, however, this kind of nucleus is connected

at some point with the exterior or circumference of the Par-

kerta (figs. 1, 6, and 2,4), although in many specimens dark,

apparently isolated spots of the brown substance like “ rot”

may show themselves in different parts of it (fig. 1, ¢).

It is therefore possible that when the Parkerta was in a

fresh state and the Millarella in a plastic one the latter might,

after having destroyed part of the substance of the former

and thus having made room for itself, have drawn in the fora-

miniferal detritus of which the white or chalky portion of the

nucleus is composed in the fossilized body, if not the origina-

ting particles of the glauconite too, seeing that this mineral

may commence in the chamber of a foraminiferal test, as I

have already explained (‘ Annals,’ 7. c. p. 181), although the

former, at least, could not have got into it afterwards.

The nucleus of Parkeria, as Prof. Nicholson has lately

stated (/. c. p. 9), is probably always some foreign body, such

as the “fragment of a shell,” and when otherwise it is pro-

bably like that of Millarella above described (figs. 1 and 2).

Again, when it is the “fragment of a shell,” this may be

that of a multilocular one, viz. Cephalopodous, which is gene-

rally the case, or a flat, turbinated one of a small Gasteropod,

which seems to be not so frequent, judging from the small

collection of Parkerie in my possession, which does not

amount to more than a dozen specimens, although many more

than this have passed through my hands; still, even when

the nucleus is a “fragment of a shell,” it may be remarked

that the Millarella, although present in other parts of the

Parkeria, does not emanate from it, but that, on the con-

trary, the confines of the “ shell-fragment ” remain so clearly

defined that the commencement of the Parkerian structure

(that is, its cenenchyma) may be seen to rest upon it all round,

while it is frequently so small that, in this way, the coenen-

chymal structure may be traced up to nearly the centre of the

specimen. Indeed, although the Parkerta seems to have

generally sought some foreign body as a nucleus to begin

upon, it is only when the nucleus is a Millarella that it is in

connexion with the circumference of the organism. On the

other hand, the centre of the Parkerta may present no distin-

guishable nucleus whatever, and the spot of Jilarella be

situated at some distance from it towards the circumference,

as in the case mentioned, which strongly supports the infer-

Organic and Inorganic Changes of Parkeria. 49

ence that the latter was an intruder either before or after

death, that is, while the Parkeria was still fresh or unfos-

silized.

We have now to turn our attention for a few minutes to

an ¢norganic or mineralogical change which may take place

in Parkerta; and for this purpose it is necessary to premise its

natural state, so far as my specimens will allow.

In the purest form, then, that I possess the tubular struc-

ture or coenenchyma (ccenosteum of Nicholson) is so thin and

delicate in appearance and the ultimate structure of its walls

so minute that all that I can see in them, under a very high

power by reflected light, is an amorphous, pulverulent, trans-

lucent substance which, it is worthy of remark, closely re-

sembles that of the “ shell-fragment” upon which the Par-

keria had grown; and thus I am led to infer, with Prof.

Nicholson (op. cit. p. 5), that both originally were of the same

nature, that is “ calcareous.”

On the other hand, in a less pure condition the lamina or

wall thus composed may be more or less covered on each side

by a layer of crystalline granular calcite, when, of course, the

tubular structure having become thickened becomes more

evident, and in this way the greater part of the interior of

Parkeria may present no trace of the original coenenchyma

whatever except under section, when the lamina or wall of the

tubular structure is brought into view (figs. 5 and 6).

Where this has been the case the external or circumferential

part of the fossil has for some distance inwards been trans-

formed into a hard, compact, petrous shell, composed of a

dark black-brown (by transmitted light), waxy-looking mineral,

in which the remains of the ccenenchyma may be faintly traced

together with filaments of the Millarella (fig. 3,a). In short,

the whole looks like fossilized Millarella-structure ; but how-

ever this may be, on the inner side of this petrous portion

little holes begin to destroy its continuity, which soon trans-

forms it into the calcitized coenenchyma above mentioned

(fig. 3, b, c, and figs. 4, 5, 6). In this case the latter, whose

interstices are empty, may occupy one third or more of the

interior of the Parkeria, so that when the external or more

compact part of the specimen is cracked off the inner part of

the calcitized portion (fig. 3, c) falls out, like the kernel of a

nut under similar circumstances, when, from the interstices

being empty, it presents itself under the form of a spherical

ball of tubular reticulated thread-structure of a light brown

colour, identically representing a cast of the cenenchyma. It

was under this condition that I formerly made the mistake of

describing the skeletal structure of Parkerta as being com-

Ann. & Mag. N..Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. it. 4

50 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

posed of “ granular calespar,” which has very properly been

considered by Prof. Nicholson (op. c7t. p. 5) to be a ‘f secondary

change.”

Of this mineral transformation I possess two instances ; and

here I would digress for a moment to remark that in one the

coenenchyma thus altered is richly charged with another kind

of, and much larger, crystal than the calcite, of a dark brown

colour by reflected, but amber by transmitted light, which is

chiefly situated on the surface of the cavities in the calcitized

ccenenchyma, where it contrasts strongly with the light brown

calcite not only in size and colour, but in its “regular”

tetrahedral summit, which for the most part projects into the

ene interstices of the coonenchyma thus transformed (fig. 4,

d).

To examine these crystals more particularly a fragment of

each specimen of the transformed cosnenchyma like fig. 4 was

treated with netrée acid, when the whole of the calcite in each

was dissolved with strong effervescence, leaving in one

instance nothing at all and in the other a great number of the

dark brown crystals mentioned, most of which presented

beautifully defined tetrahedral summits, and many the corre-

sponding part also, thus forming “ regular octahedrons ”’

about 1-450th inch in diameter. These, although numerous,

were too small for me to subject to the reducing-flame of a

blowpipe (for I should have blown them away), otherwise the

residue would probably have been attracted by the magnet,

and thus, as in the case of glauconite, of which they appeared

to me to be but another form, as will presently appear, they

would have been proved to have in like manner been com-

posed of iron.

I was led to this view, first by finding crystalline grains

of the same colour mixed with those of glauconite side by side

in Millarella; secondly, because in theso-called “black grains”’

now forming part of the sea-bed between the north of Scotland

and the Faroé Islands, to which I have already alluded

(‘ Annals,’ 2. c. p. 181), the transition of the brown colour

of some of the casts of the Globigerine &c. into green glau-

conite indicates a preliminary stage only to the latter ; thirdly,

by the presence among the dissclved-out crystals of the cal-

citized ccenenchyma of the cast of a Globigerina composed of

the same kind of mineral; and fourthly, because where these

crystals have become disintegrated in this transformed ccenen-

chyma they have left an dron-rust stain. My inference there-

fore is that they are of the same composition as that of glau-

conite, only of a different colour. Further than this I cannot .

go, and therefore must leave the question for mineralogists to

Organic and Inorganic Changes of Parkeria. 51

decide, merely adding that, as these crystals appear in one of

the only two instances of this transformation that I possess,

it is not improbable that their presence, which is too striking

to be overlooked, is not uncommon.

Let us now return to the evidences of the organic changes

in the tubular structure or ccenenchyma of Purkeria caused

by the presence of Millarella, and having described the most

striking parts of the latter, viz. the brown mycelium and the

white filament, it is only necessary for me to add that in one

of the specimens in my collection (which unfortunately is only

a thick slice between the centre and the circumference of

the Parkeria) where this transformation is most evident, spots

of it may be seen like dark “ rot” throughout this slice, inter-

mixed with the white ccenenchyma in its natural state, which

presents every gradation, from the dull white continuous

structure to that which is broken up and finally lost amidst

the brown mycelium and glistening mineralized filaments of

the Millarella. Indeed in some parts the filament appears to

have crept along the side of the “ lamina” forming the wall

of the tubulation, while in others the “ lamina ”’ itself appears

to be yielding to its influence so as itself to become a “ glis-

tening”’ white filament. At all events, the destructive

character of the Millarella is evidenced by the gradual disap-

pearance of the ccenenchymal structure and the presence of

that of Millarella (fig. 10, a, h).

However, I have got another specimen wherein the trans-

formation has extended a little further and the whole of the

central part of the Parkeria has passed into Millarella, while

the external part has become hard and petrous, like that

observed in the “ calcite ”’ transformation of the ccenenchyma.

This specimen, which was about 12 inch in diameter, has

been cut into halves, of which the petrous portion forms a

kind of shell about 3-12ths inch thick, while the rest consists

of a solid spherical mass of Millarella 9-12ths inch in dia-

meter, but of which unfortunately [I have only a tangential

section (fig. 7) whose greatest thickness is 3-12ths inch :

therefore it is only the outséde third of the spherical mass that

i possess, which is amply sufficient for structural description,

although I would rather have had the whole or a section

through the centre, that I might also have seen the latter.

Of the external or petrous portion I need only state that

in composition and colour it is precisely like that which

surrounds the “calcitic” or inorganic transformation above

described, while the spherical mass presents through the

tangential section all that is to be found in the “ nucleus of

Millarella” first described—that is, the brown mycelium

52 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

(fig. 9,a a), the filaments (fig. 9,6 6), and the chalky substance

charged with foraminiferal detritus and grains of glauconite

(fig. 9, c), only arranged in a peculiar manner; thus the

internal or plane surface of the tangential section (fig. 7)

presents a massive veno-reticulated structure of a light brown

colour (fig. 8a), with an equal amount of interstices which

are filled with the chalky substance just mentioned (fig. 8, 0),

thus indicating that the whole sphere was composed of this

reticulated structure &c. ; while in some parts the chalky sub-

stance under a high power by reflected light may be seen to-

be pervaded by the myceliated structure also, in the inter-

stices of which, as well as in its substance generally, the

smallest as well as the largest particles of the foraminiferal

detritus and grains of glauconite are imbedded. On the other

hand, the massive veno-reticulated structure appears to have

been chiefly composed of the filamentous part of the Mvllar-

ella (fig. 9, 66), which, where the filaments are situated hori-

zontally, are easily recognized, that is laterally, although this

of course is not the case where the section has passed through

them transversely, so that they are more or less represented

“end on” (fig. 9,a@a). In this way the central portion of

the Parkeria has become a solid mass, in which I could dis-

cover no traces of its ceenenchyma. ‘Thus, although analo-

gous in general form to the “ calcitic’ transformation, it is

in other respects perfectly different, inasmuch as the “ cal-

citic ” one indicates a mineral or ¢norganic change, while the

imbedded fragments of foreign matter in the Millarella are a

decided evidence of an organic one.

Of the nature of Millarella when fresh I can only repeat

what has been before stated, viz. that it appears to have

belonged to some Saprolegnious Alga both in its plastic

character and destructive agency—the former indicated by the

imbedding in its mycelium of foreign material whose animal

forms are perfectly evident, and the latter evidenced by the

entire transformation of the ccenenchyma of the Parkerva into

Millaretla; while the latter in its independent existence has

been described under the name of ‘“Jfllarella cantabrigt-

ensis”” in this periodical (/. c. p. 178)*.

Further Observations on the “Opaque Scarlet Spherules.”

When I was engaged in describing the “ opaque scarlet

spherules”’ which are confined to the chambers and canals of

* It now seems to me that the forms of Loftusta persica and Stoliczkiella

Theobaldi are so unlike any that would be produced by Millarella alone

that it is not impossible that these organisms respectively might, like ~

Parkeria, have become invaded by a Millarella.

Organic and Inorganic Changes of Parkeria. 53

certain fossilized Foraminifera (op. e¢ . c.) I had not observed

that similar spherules were equally abundant in the inter-

stices of the coenenchyma of Parkeria, and that they evidently

passed from the “ scarlet” state into that of “ pyrites ;”’ while

the apparently “ granular ’’ composition which they presented

both here and in the Foraminifera could not be ascribed to

any previous organic, but to some subsequent mineralogic

structure, wherein the granular appearance on the surface had

in all probability been produced by the facets of the ends of

the radiating pillar-structure of which spherical pyrites is

composed.

Still, although the “ opaque scarlet spherule” may be of

general occurrence and merely a mineralogical form of iron

(for I think I have seen such in trap-agates which certainly

cannot possess any fossilized organic structure), yet the fact

of these bodies in fossilized Foraminifera being confined to the

“ chambers and canals ”—as a colourless or white fossilization

of another species of Foraminifera, viz. Orbitolites (Orbitoides,

D’Orbigny) Mantelli, Carter, just ground down for the pur-

pose, has still further confirmed—indicates that there must be

a connexion between the “ scarlet spherules”’ and something

in the sarcodiferous cavities which led to their formation.

Then certainly follows the question, What was the form of

that “something,” and did it lead to the spherical form of

the “ scarlet spherule,” or is this only a natural consequence

of the increase in size of a particle of iron destined in its

growth to assume this form ?

Such reflections are engendered by further research into the

nature of the ‘scarlet spherules,”’ for, however great the con-

nexion may appear to be between certain contents of the

sarcode in the chambers of living Foraminitera—which in this

state is generally charged with spherical cells of a similar

form that have been proved by M. Schultze (‘ Annals,’ 1. ¢.

p. 177) to bereproductive bodies—and these “scarlet spherules”’

in a fossilized one, it is impossible in the present state of our

knowledge to disregard the fact without being influenced by

its contingencies in the opinion that should be formed of the

nature of these “ spherules.”’

Of course “brown hematite,” of which, under another

colour, these spherules are composed, is extremely common

in all kinds of fossils ; but the question here is, Why should

it be confined in the Foraminifera to their sarcodal cavities,

and there look so much like the “ reproductive bodies ”” which

are found in the same position in the living animal ?

54 On the Organic and Inorganic Changes of Parkeria.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

N.B.—AII the illustrations are more or less diagrammatic, as it would

be impossible in the small space of an octavo page to give them other-

wise; hence this must be left for a future occasion, when it may be

thought desirable to draw the representations to scale in which all their

parts would be relatively magnified.

Fig. 1. Millarella in the form of a cylindrical nucleus passing through

the centre of a Parkeria. Section through the centre, nat. size.

a, chalk-like portion charged with foraminiferal detritus and

grains of glauconite, the latter represented by the dark puncta ;

6, point of communication with the exterior; c, dark shades

intended to represent spots of Millarella scattered throughout

the fossil; d, radiated structure of the Parkeria.

Fig. 2. The same, but with the Millarella of a globular form, confined to

the circumference of the Parkeria, and thus separated from the

centre, which, in this instance, does not appear to possess any

nucleus whatever. a, Millarella; b, its communication with

the exterior; ¢, radiate structure of the Parkeria; d, centre of

the same.

Fig. 3. Parkeria in which the central portion of the coenenchyma has

become calcitized. Section through the centre, magnified two

diameters. a, external or petrous portion ; 6 and ¢, transforma-

tion of the same into calcitized tissue; d, imaginary line of

separation between } and c, to point out the part where the

division between 4 and c is supposed to take place when, on the

cracking off of the petrous portion, ¢ falls out in a spherical

form.

Fig. 4. The same. Fragment of the calcitized coenenchyma much mag-

nified, to show aaa, the “ concentric lamelle,” 66, the “ radia-

ting columns,” ec, the intervals between them, dd, the “tetra-

hedral ” crystals of supposed silicate of iron.

Fig. 5. The same. Two portions of the tubulation of the calcitized

coenenchyma cut across to show their structure, greatly magni-

fied. a, cavity of the tubule; b, wall of the same entire; ¢,

external layer of the granular calcite; d, internal layer; eee,

the same, showing the remains only of the tubular wall; f, cal-

citized tubule, in which there are no remains of the “ wall”

whatever.

Fig. 6. The same. Lateral view of a fragment of a tubule, magnified

upon the same scale. a, wall of the tubule; 4, its cavity; ¢,

external layer of granular calcite; d, internal layer of the same.

Fig. 7. Tangential section of the central portion of a Parkeria wholly

transformed into Millarella, viewed from the interior or the

plane side. Nat. size.

Fig. 8. The same. Fragment of the surface greatly magnified, to show

its reticulated structure and chalky intervals. a, veno-reticu-

lation, indicated by the darker shade; }, chalk-like material in

which the grains of glauconite are indicated by the dark puncta.

Fig. 9. Fragment of the latter very much more magnified, to show the

composition of the two structures, viz.:—a a, structure of the

veno-reticulation in the tangential section where seen “ end on; ”

bb, filamentous parts where seen laterally; ¢, chalky intervals —

charged with foraminiferal detritus and grains of glauconite.

On new Land-Shells from the Andamans and Nicobars. 55

Fg. 10. Diagram to show the replacement of the ecenenchymal structure

of Parkeria by Millarella. a, ccenenchyma continuous; b,

“zooidal tube;” c, coenenchymal structure breaking up and

disappearing ; d, dark shade in the tubules of the coenenchy-

mal structure, indicating the presence of Millarella in its minute

form, of a brown colour; e, filamentous form; f, chalk-like

portion; g, fragments of foraminiferal detritus; h, grains of

glauconite.

Budleigh Salterton, Devon,

June 1, 1888.

VIII.—Deseriptions of new Land-Shells from the Andaman

and Nicobar group of Islands in the Bay of Bengal. By

Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.

My old conchological colleague and friend Geoffrey Nevill a

few months before his early death sent me his revised and

interleaved copy of the Catalogue or Hand-list of the Mollusca

in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, of which it was intended to

be the second edition; and this I hope the trustees of that

museum will sooner or later have put into type. It contains

amass of new material, references to original descriptions,

and a large number of species added to the museum since

1878, and a great number of MS. names given to undescribed

forms. Of many of these new Indian species he had sent me

typical shells, some of which I have figured and described in

‘Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India,’ and many I still

have by me. Fyrom Mr. F’. A. de Roepstorff I had received

many Andamanese and Nicobar shells, and after that officer’s

melancholy death by the hands of a sepoy at Camorta, Mrs.

de Roepstorff very kindly sent me his large collection of land-

shells. With this material I am able to complete the good

work begun by Geoffrey Nevill and identify the shells bearing

his MS. names and describe the same. MS. names, unless

thus quickly dealt with, become a terrible source of vexation

and worry to future naturalists; they wander away into col-

lections all over the world, are very frequently never published,

while some species rejoice in two or more such titles. I

therefore in this paper propose to clear off as many unde-

scribed shells as 1 can from the islands of the Bay of Bengal,

trusting to be able to figure them in the second volume of my

work on Indian Mollusca, and in some cases give some fur-

ther account of those I have in spirit.

56 Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on new

Machrochlamys? bathycharax, Benson, MS.

Helix bathycharax, Theob. Cat. Supp. p. 17.

Loc. South Andaman Island.

Shell discoid, narrowly umbilicated ; sculpture polished to

the eye, under lens some fine indistinct longitudinal strie ;

colour pale sienna-brown ; spire very low, flat above, apex

flat; suture canaliculate ; whorls 5}, specimen young ; aper-

ture and peristome not fully developed.

Size: maj. diam. 10°75, alt. axis 5:0 millim.

This is no. 69 of G. Nevill’s Hand-list, p. 27, as Nanina.

It is a very near ally of H. convallata, Benson (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1856, vol. xviii. p. 250). I have not com-

pared them. Nevill puts it on one label in De Roepstorff’s

collection as a variety of it.

In a revised catalogue of Nevill’s Hand-list, which he sent

to me a few weeks previous to his death, he has :—

“No. 123. Nanina subconvallata. 2 sp. Nicobars. Coll.

¥’, A. de Roepstorff, Esq.

“No. 120. Nanina bathycharax, Bs. MS. 8. Andamans.

14 sp. Collected by Wood-Mason, Nevill, Stoliczka, and

De Roepstorff.

“ No. 124. convallata, var.? n. sp. Huomphalus. More

openly umbilicated. 10 sp. Andamans. F. A. de Roep-

storff.”

Macrochlamys Fordiana, n. sp. (Nevill, MS.).

Loc. South Andaman.

Shell subcarinate, subglobosely conoid, narrowly umbili-

cated ; sculpture close, regular, wavy, transverse ribbing, no

longitudinal striation; colour pale horny; spire subconoid,

apex rounded ; suture shallow ; whorls 5, regularly increasing,

subconvex ; aperture ovate ; peristome thin, columellar mar-

gin reflected abruptly over the umbilicus.

Size: maj. diam. 18°7, min. 16:3, alt. axis 8:2, body-whorl

7°8 millim.

This form differs from its nearest ally in these islands, J,

chointx, in its sculpture; the latter is smooth and polished,

with fine longitudinal striation ; in M. chotnix the body-whorl

is more inflated and the whorls and apex flatter and closer

wound near the apex. MV. exul, another near form, is a

closer-whorled shell and with different sculpture.

Macrochlamys stephus, Benson.

‘‘ Animal throughout yellow, except the tentacles, which

are black ; sole of toot also yellow ” (Nevill).

Land-Shells from the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 57

Macrochlamys choinix, Benson.

“ Animal very active, throughout black, except the sole of

foot, which is white” (Nevill).

Macrochlamys? pseudaulopis, n. sp. (Nevill, MS.).

Loc. South Andaman.

Shell depressedly conoid, subcarinate, umbilicated, polished;

sculpture well-defined, parallel continuous striation, crossed

by transverse lines, in some specimens having an indistinct

ribbing ; colour rich umber-brown ; spire subconical, apex

bluntly rounded; suture impressed ; whorls 5, very gradually

increasing; aperture quadrately oval, oblique ; peristome thin,

columellar margin subvertical.

Size: maj. diam. 10:0, min. 9°2, alt. axis 4:2 millim.

Animal from the dried specimens after soaking has a long

right shell-lobe.

The shell of this species differs from MW. aulopis, for which

it might be mistaken on a casual examination, in the whorls

being quite convex ; also in the sculpture, M. aulopis being

almost decussate.

In Nevill’s copy of his Hand-list I find the following note

under this MS. name to no. 103:—‘ Closely allied to N.

aulopis, with which it is usually confounded; the animal is

quite different, being of a black hue throughout instead of

light grey mottled with a darker shade, as is the true N.

aulopis of Benson. Common on Mt. Harriet.”

Macrochlamys perinconspicua, un. sp. (Nevill, MS.).

Loc. Little Brother Andaman (De Roepstorf’).

Shell subglobosely conoid, well umbilicated, rather solid

for its size, surface polished; sculpture very fine parallel

longitudinal strize under lens; colour umber-brown ; spire

moderately high, apex rounded; suture shallow; whorls 5,

adpressed, increasing evenly ; aperture ovate ; peristome thin,

well rounded below, columellar margin perpendicular, scarcely

reflected.

Largest sp.: maj. diam. 7°5, min. 7:0, alt. axis 3°5 inches.

Generally : 35 GO Pi Opes PB

This is no. 184 of Nevill’s revised Hand-list of shells in the

Indian Museum, Calcutta.

Microcystina Hochstetier?, nu. sp.

Loc, Nicobars, precise island not indicated (De Roepstorff).

58 On new Land-Shells JSrom the Andamans and Nicobars.

Shell subglobosely conoid, imperforate ; sculpture, the lon-

gitudinal strize are only to be traced in places, the surface

very polished; colour dark sienna-brown ; spire subconoid,

apex blunt; suture very shallow; whorls 5, regularly in-

creasing ; aperture lunate ; peristome thin, columellar margin

thickened and curved as in the genus.

Size: maj, diam. 7:9, min, 7°1, alt. axis 4:0 millim.

This is a very distinct species and much larger than any

yet recorded from these islands. [ have named it after

Professor Hochstetter, who gave the first account of the

geological and physical features of the Nicobars in the ‘ Reise

der Novara.’

Macrochlamys battimalvensis, n. sp. (Nevill, MS.)

Loc. Battemalve Island.

Shell very depressedly conoid, sharply carinate, umbilicated;

sculpture regular, distant, fine longitudinal striz, crossed by

irregular transverse lines; colour pale horny; spire flatly

pyramidal, apex rounded ; suture shallow ; whorls 4 (incom-

plete), flat; aperture quadrate, oblique; peristome thin,

columellar margin perpendicular.

Size: maj. diam. 9°5, min. 8°5, body-whorl 4:0 millim.

Helix (Microcystis) subpatuloidea, n. sp. (Nevill, MS.).

Loc. South Andamans (De Roepstorff’).

Shell depressedly pyramidal, openly umbilicated, carinate,

not polished ; sculpture fine, close, rough, transverse ribbing,

crossed by obscure, longitudinal, rather distant strie ; colour

dull umber-brown ; spire subconoid, apex rounded; suture

shallow; whorls 43, flat above, convex below; aperture

quadrate, oblique; peristome thin, columellar margin sub-

oblique.

Size: maj. diam. 5:2, min, 4°8, alt. axis 2°8 millim.

This is no, 89 of Nevill’s revised Hand-list, facing p. 41.

Georissa Roepstorffi, n. sp. (Nevill, M8.).

Loc. South Andamans (De Roepstorf’).

Shell globosely conical, imperforate, rather solid; sculpture

well-marked spiral ribbing, about fifteen on the last whorl in

front, the apical whorl smooth; colour pale ruddy brown ;

spire moderately high, apex blunt, mammillate ; suture deep ;

whorls 4, convex, the last full and rounded; aperture oval ;

peristome simple, columellar margin oblique and straight.

On new Longicorn Coleoptera from China. 59

Size: maj. diam. 1°5, alt. axis 2:0 millim.

Operculum smooth, semicircular in form, and straight on

the columellar or inner side.

This species is nearest to G. laratula, from near Moulmein,

described and figured by Stoliczka in J. A. S. B. 1871,

p- 157, pl. vi. fig.5; but the ribbing is not so coarse and

strong as in G. laratula.

IX.—On new Longicorn Coleoptera from China. By C. J.

GAHAN, M.A., Assistant, Zoological Department, British

Museum.

Most of the species described in this paper have been repre-

sented for some time in the British-Museum collection, but

only by single or poor specimens. The addition of fresh

specimens, presented by Mr. J. H. Leech, and the access

which I have had to the collection of this gentleman, have

enabled me now for the first time to describe them. Some

of the species, duplicates of which have been presented by

Mr. Leech, are quite new.

TRACHYLOPHUS, n. g.

Head slightly projecting ; the front vertical, impressed ;

the antennal tubercles somewhat depressed, separated by only

a narrow groove; the vertex with a short median sulcus.

Antenne a little longer than the body in the male, about

equal in length to the body in the female, with the third and

fourth joints cylindrical, scarcely thickened at the apex, the

fourth much shorter than the third, the fifth joint appreciably

longer than the third, cylindrical at the base, compressed and

angulate on its inner side at the apex ; joints sixth to tenth sub-

equal, compressed, and each angulate on its inner side at the

apex ; eleventh joint in the male a little longer, in the female

scarcely longer than the tenth. Prothorax broader than long,

narrow in front, dilated, but not armed at the sides in the

middle, strongly rugose above. Elytra elongate, subparallel

in their anterior four fifths. Legs long, femora linear, the

posterior scarcely surpassing the third abdominal segment in

the male, somewhat shorter in the female. Prosternum

vertical and with a median keel or tubercle behind.

The position of this genus is between Jallambyx, Bates,

60 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

and Xoanodera, Pascoe. With the head of the former, it has

antenne more like those of the latter genus.

Trachylophus sinensis, n. sp.

Fuscus, pubescentia grisea subsericea omnino indutus; capite

supra sulco breviimpresso ; prothorace antice angustato, lateribus

in medio paulo dilatato, supra fortiter rugoso, rugis prominulis,

intricatis ; elytris minutissime et dense punctulatis, apicibus sub-

oblique truncatis, angulis internis breviter spinosis ; antennis ( d )

corpore paulo longioribus, (2) corpore subqualibus, articulo

quinto quam tertio longiore.

Long. 25-88 mm. 6 Q.

Hab. China.

Dark brown, the whole body with the legs and antenne

clothed with a uniform, greyish, somewhat silky pubescence.

The vertex of the head between the eyes with a short longi-

tudinal sulcus. The thorax very rough above, the convo-

lutions of the ridges forming an intricate pattern. ‘T'wo of

the ridges, separated posteriorly by a median longitudinal

furrow, run up to the middle, where they are widest apart,

and then, running together, meet a little in front of the

middle, and again separate anteriorly; the ridges next on

the outside of these are also more or less regular, and have

a somewhat longitudinal course; the other ridges are very

irregular. Elytra very minutely and thickly punctured, with

their apices slightly obliquely truncate and their sutural angles

each armed with a very short spine. The prosternum mode-

rately broad, with a faint median carina, which ends behind

in a more or less prominent posteriorly directed tubercle.

There is a second species from Java which is closely allied

to this, and which can only be distinguished from it by the

broader and more distinct sulcus on the vertex of the head,

by the different pattern of the sculpturing on the thorax, and

by its narrower prosternum. As this species is undescribed,

I give a short Latin diagnosis of its characters in a footnote*.

Callichroma ? bimaculatum, White.

The series of this species from Kiu Kiang in Mr. Leech’s

* Trachylophus approximator, 0. sp.

T. sinensi valde affinis, sed differt prosterno paulo angustiore ; prothorace

rugis medio disco nec longitudinaliter dispositis.

Long. 30-37 mm., ¢ &.

Hab, Java. Brit. Mus. Collection.

Longicorn Coleoptera from China. 61

collection shows every change from those specimens in which

there is a simple spot on each elytron to those in which the

elytra are completely banded. The latter form, described by

Deyrolle as Callichroma? Davidis, cannot therefore be re-

garded as even a local variety, much less a distinct species.

Sympitezocera sinensis, 0. Sp.

S. juponice affinis, nigra, hirsuta ; prothorace dorso calloso ; elytris

punctatis, fulvo-testaceis, macula magna transversa singulo ad

medium et tertio apicali, nigris; antennis corpore (d), vel cor-

poris dimidio ( ), paulo longioribus.

Long. 20 mm., lat. 6 mm.

Hab. China.

Black, with fine and sparse greyish-fulvous hairs every-

where, very sparse on the elytra. Prothorax broadest a little

before the middle, narrowest at the base, less expanded at the

sides in the female, with five smooth callosities on the disk.

The elytra fulvous testaceous, and having an incomplete

fascia across the middle, made up of two large, black, trans-

verse spots, which extend, one on each side, from the margin

almost up to the suture. The apical third of the elytra is also

black. Antenne in the male black, a little longer than the

body, in the female dark brown and reaching about the

middle of the elytra. Posterior thighs in the male a little

shorter than the elytra, in the female much shorter.

A single female in the British-Museum collection ; two

males in Mr. Leech’s collection.

Purpuricenus Pratti, n. sp.

Niger ; prothorace sanguineo, dorso maculis quinque nigris—dua-

bus antice et tribus postice, lateribus medio spinosis ; elytris san-

guineis, maculis tribus nigris, duabus ante medium, tertia com-

munis, maxima, rotundata, pone medium ; antennis ( 2 ) corpori

sequalibus, ( ¢ ) duplo longioribus.

Long. 18-20 mm.

Hab. China.

Black, excepting the prothorax and elytra, which are red ;

the former is sometimes almost wholly red on the underside,

sometimes the intercoxal process and the parts surrounding

the coxal cavities are black. There are five black spots on

the disk of the thorax, two anterior and three posterior, of

which the median one marks the position of a small tubercle.

The lateral spines are in the middle, and the thorax is slightly

62 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

narrower behind than in front of them. The elytra are marked

with three black spots, one on each near the. base, the third,

very large and round, common to both and extending from a

little in front of the middle to near the apex. ‘The proster-

num and mesosternum are both slightly tubercled. The

antennee of the female are about as long as the body, those of

the male twice as long.

In a good series of specimens, nearly all of which, how-

ever, are from Kiu Kiang, the markings of the elytra are

subject to very little variation, and this only in the size of

the basal spots.

In a variety of this species represented in the British-

Museum collection by a single female example from Chowsan,

the basal spots of the elytra are absent and the large post-

median spot is replaced by four spots—two oblong, sutural,

and two smaller, external to them.

Monohammus albisparsus, n. sp.

Omnino pubescens, infra griseus, supra griseo-brunneus ; scutello

et macula media ad marginem posticam thoracis fulvis; elytris

maculis albis irregulariter dispersis ; antennis scapo fusco, ceteris

articulis griseis, apicibus fuscis ; mesosterno tuberculato.

Long. 15-18 mm.

Hab. China (Kiu Kiang).

A species which may be recognized by the fulvous scutel-

lum with a spot of the same colour at the base of the thorax,

by the elytra with a close pubescence of a dark greyish or

brownish colour, with a large, very irregular, broken, dirty

white spot on the middle of each, and smaller spots of the

same colour scattered over their surface.

The antenne with the scape narrowly but completely

cicatrized at the apex, with this joint dark brown in colour,

the remaining joints grey at their base and more or less fus-

cous towards their apex. ‘The mesosternum conically tubercled

in the middle.

Haplohammus contemptus, n. Sp.

Fuscus, viridi-griseo pubescens ; capite punctato ; prothorace supra

convexo, squali, dense punctato; elytris punctatis, brunneo-

griseis, pallide griseo mixtis ; scapo antennarum vix cicatricoso.

Long. 10-14 mm.

Hab. China.

A small obscure-looking species, with the head punctate,

Longicorn Coleoptera from China. 63

only slightly concave between the antennal tubercles, the

latter not at all prominent.

The prothorax is almost or entirely without transverse

grooves, is somewhat convex on the disk, and is very closely

punctured both above and at the sides. ‘The scutellum is

pale grey. The elytra are punctate, of a brownish grey

mixed with a paler grey, the latter appearing mostly as a

very indefinite broken band on each elytron extending from

the shoulders obliquely towards the suture and thence along

to the apex. The cicatrice of the scape is scarcely apparent

in fresh specimens, in which it is covered by the pubescence ;

it is incomplete. The joints of the antenne from the third

are testaceous and pale grey pubescent at their bases.

Melanauster Leechi, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; capite inter tuberculos antenniferos valde concavo ;

prothorace impunctato, nitidissimo, dorso inxequali, lobo mediano

postice emarginato ; elytris nigris, minutissime exsculptis, sine

eranulis et fere impunctatis ; antennis articulo secundo griseo-

coruleo, ceteris nigris ; tarsis supra griseo-ceruleis,

Long. 30-40 mm.

Hab. China (Kiu Kiang).

Head minutely and sparsely punctured, deeply and trian-

gularly coneave between the antennal tubercles, with the

front somewhat depressed in the middle. Prothorax impune-

tate, very shiny, somewhat constricted in front of and behind

the lateral tubercles; these with a slightly posteriorly-directed

curvature and sharply pointed at their ends. The disk

somewhat obtusely tubercled or raised across the middle, the

median lobe or tubercle projecting a little on the posterior

transverse groove and triangularly notched behind. Llytra

black, very finely and minutely sculptured, so as to havea

coriaceous appearance, with a few minute scattered punctures

behind the shoulders. Body black and glossy below; the

legs with a faint greyish pile; the tarsi with a pale ereyish-

blue pubescence above. Antenne with the second joint and

the extreme base of the third joint bluish grey, the remaining

joints black.

I have named this fine species after Mr. J. II. Leech, to

whom the British Museum is indebted for its specimens of

this and other species described in the present paper.

Uracha punctata, n. sp.

U. anguste, Pasc., affinis, sed latior ; capite, articulis antennarum

64 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

basalibus, pedibus et corpore subtus cupreo-brunneo pubescenti-

bus; prothorace supra griseo, ferrugineo-maculato et minute

granuloso ; scutello ferrugineo; elytris, antice fortiter punctatis,

fuscis, sparse ferrugineo-pubescentibus, singulo apice subrotun-

dato, lateraliter plagiato, parte plagee ante medium majore, alba,

minus dense punctata, parte pone medium minore, brunneo-

nigra, valde et. dense punctata.

Long. 14-20 mm., lat. 4-6 mm.

Hab. China.

The underside of the body, the legs, head, and antenne at

the base of a somewhat dull bronze colour. The apices of

the third to the last antennal joints fuscous; the last few

joints almost completely so. 'T'wo distinct ferruginous spots

on the disk of the thorax near its anterior margin, and one or

two spots of the same colour on each side. The large patch

on the side of each elytron touches the margin, but does not

reach the suture; it is white and closely pubescent in its

anterior two thirds, and dark brown, almost black, in its pos-

terior third. ‘The elytra are strongly and thickly punctured

at the base and along the suture between the lateral plage,

as well as on the black parts of the latter; on the white

parts the punctures appear smaller and more distant, but this

1s doubtless due to the closer pubescence which covers them ;

towards the apex the punctures are smaller and fewer.

This species is broader than Urecha (Monohammus) an-

gusta, Pascoe ; the elytra also are more punctate, but in other

respects (the colour excepted) it agrees so well with that

species that it must be placed close to it. There are three

female specimens in the British-Museum collection.

Saperda simulans, n. sp.

S. carcharie simillima, sed angustior; antennis gracilioribus, uni-

coloribus.

Long. (¢) 21 mm., (2 ) 24-26 mm.; lat.(¢) 6 mm., (2) 8 mm.

Hab, China.

In colour and punctuation this species has a very close

resemblance to the well-known SS. carcharias, but may be

easily distinguished by its smaller and narrower form, and by

its antenne, which are slenderer and covered throughout with

a tawny pubescence like that of the body. The elytra are

less attenuated posteriorly than in carchardas, and each ends

in a very short but distinct tooth. The antenne are about

equal in length to the body in the male, and somewhat

shorter in the female.

The measurements given above are taken from a limited

Longicorn Coleoptera from China. 65

number of specimens, of which one only is a male; this male

specimen is in Mr. Leech’s collection.

Saperda brunnipes, n. sp.

Capitis lateribus et fronte, prothoracis lateribus et corpore subtus

sulphureo-pubescentibus ; capitis vertice, lata vitta longitudinali

in medio thoracis, elytrisque nigris, leviter griseo-pubescentibus ;

antennis, pedibus tarsisque brunneis, leviter pubescentibus.

Long. 14 mm., lat. 4 mm.

Hab. China (Kiu Kiang).

Head with the front and sides yellowish pubescent, the

vertex black, with a faint greyish pile. The thorax yellow

at the sides and beneath, with a broad longitudinal band on

the middle of the disk, the band (with the exception of a

faint median carina) covered with a greyish pile. There are

two very faint tubercles, one each side of the thorax, and

each marked out by a small black spot. The elytra are

black, punctate throughout, and clothed with a greyish pile.

The legs and antenne are light brown and faintly pubescent,

the latter are somewhat fuscous towards the tip.

GLENIDA, n. g.

Head flat or nearly so between the antennal tubercles.

The lower lobes of the eyes rather large and reaching about

two thirds of the way to the base in the male, distinctly

smaller in the female, and reaching scarcely halfway to the

base. The cheeks in the female prominent, so that the head

is broadest across the base; in the male the cheeks are not

at all prominent. ‘The antenne nearly as long as the body

in the male, shorter in the female; the third joint longest, the

first and fourth subequal, the others gradually decreasing in

length. Thorax obtusely conically tubercled at the sides.

Elytra moderately long, sharply carinate for two thirds their

length at the sides, somewhat oblique at the shoulders,

slightly narrowed posteriorly, with the apex broadly rounded.

Intermediate tibize entire, the claws of the tarsi simple and

divaricate.

This new genus of the Saperdite is created for two pretty

species from China. It is closely allied to Neowantha, Pas-

coe, from which it is distinguished by its more elongated

form, by the less parallel elytra, as well as by the more

prominent cheeks and larger mandibles in the female. It

approaches the genus G'lenea in appearance, but differs by its

broader form, tubercled thorax, and entire median tibia.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 5)

66 On new Longicorn Coleoptera from China.

Glenida suffusa, n. sp.

Capite punctato, cruleo-griseo squamose pubescente ; prothorace

lateribus ante medium obtuse tuberculato, ochraceo-pubescente,

dorso medio macula nigra griseo marginata, postice carina

mediana dorsali; scutello griseo-albo; elytris nigro-velutinis,

ceeruleo suffusis, ad basin ochraceis; corpore subtus pedibusque

fulvo-ochraceis ; tarsis et tibiarum apicibus nigris; antennis fus-

cis, articulis tertio et quarto pallidis.

Long. 17-21 mm., lat. 63-83 mm. ¢ 9.

Hab. China (Kiu Kiang).

Head punctate, black, with a squamous pubescence, which

is pale blue on the front and round the eyes and yellowish on

the cheeks. Prothorax obtusely tubercled at the sides in

front of the middle; an oblique groove separates each of the

lateral tubercles from a tubercular swelling in front of and

below it, close to the anterior margin. The thorax is of a

reddish ochraceous colour, with a black spot margined with

grey on the middle of the disk, and with a faint grey spot on

each side just behind the lateral tubercles. A short longi-

tudinal keel extends from the posterior margin about halfway

along the middle of the thorax. Elytra very slightly pro-

jecting on each side of the scutellum, with a triangular basal

area reddish ochraceous, like the thorax, the rest of a deep

black suffused with pale blue, punctured near the base and

along the lateral carne. The underside of the body and the

legs fulvous, covered with a yellowish pubescence. ‘The

tarsi and apices of the tibie black, slightly mixed with grey.

Antenne with the third and fourth joints testaceous, the scape

black, and the remaining joints dark brown.

Glenida cyanetipennis, n. sp.

Capite, articulis antennarum basalibus, thorace (tuberculis laterali-

bus et maculis duabus medio disco, fuscis, exceptis), pedibus et

corpore subtus ochraceo-fulvis; elytris glabris, cyaneis, punc-

tatis ; tarsis apicibusque tibiarum nigro-fuscis.

Long. 193 mm., lat. 74 mm. 9.

Hab. China.

A very pretty species, which I believe to be congeneric

with the last. The head is of a rich fulvous colour, the

front impunctate, with a median longitudinal groove which

extends on to the vertex. ‘The prothorax is ochraceously

pubescent, with a distinct conical tubercle on each side very

little in front of the middle; these tubercles and two trian- |

gular spots on the middle of the disk are of a dark brown

‘

M. R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Echeneis. 67

colour. The scutellum is ochraceous. The elytra, glabrous

and punctate throughout nearly their whole extent, are of a

fine metallic blue. The lateral carine are sharp and distinct

and extend about two thirds the length of the elytra. The

whole underside of the body, the femora, and bases of

the tibie are of a bright ochraceous colour. The tarsi and

apices of the tibie are of a very dark brown.

Two females of this species only are known to me; they

are in the British-Museum collection.

Thyestes funebris, n. sp.

Niger, pubescens ; capite punctato, nigro pubescente, fronte ad basin

obscure griseo; prothorace supra dense punctato, omnino nigro ;

elytris antice punctatis, omnino nigris, pubescentibus ; antennis

nigris, articulis quarto ad octavum, ad basin et subtus griseis.

Long. 113-13 mm.

Hab. China (Kiu Kiang).

Of the size and form of 7. Geblert, Falderm., the only

other described species of the genus, but very distinct by the

absence of any white stripes. It is wholly black with the

exception of an obscure greyish patch on the front of the head

at its base, and of some of the joints of the antenne, which

are greyish at their base and underside.

X.—The Adhesive Disk of Echeneis.

By R. Storms, Brussels.

THE singular disk covering the head of Hchenets has, since

ancient times, attracted the attention of naturalists, and more

recently its structure and morphological interpretation have

been several times investigated. Notwithstanding this, there

still remains a certain amount of divergence of opinion and

uncertainty as to the nature of the organ as a whole or of

its constituent parts. In the present paper an endeavour

will be made to solve the different questions pertaining to

this subject.

MorPHOLOGICAL VALUE OF THE DISK AS A WHOLE.

Two interpretations of the morphological value of the disk

have been given. ‘

68 M. R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Echeneis.

1. The first, generally adopted, explains it as a modified

dorsal fin. Voigt, according to Dr. Giinther *, was the first

to give this interpretation, which was also put forth by

Blainville +, Agassiz }, and most writers.

2. The second interpretation, much less known, was sug-

gested by Kner §. He compares the organ of Echenets to the

scutes and spines of Gastrosteus, and explains them all as

modified dermal ossifications.

There can be little doubt as to the first interpretation being

the true one, because

1. The disk occupies the position of a spinous dorsal fin; and

as Lichenets by its other characters can be proved to belong to

the Acanthopterygians, it is natural to think that the missing

spinous dorsal has served to form the disk.

2. Some parts of the disk, ¢. e. the interneural spines, are

so little transformed that they are easily recognizable.

3. As will be shown further on, it is not only the inter-

neural spines, but also the other elements composing the disk,

that can be compared to those which enter into the structure

of anormal spinous dorsal fin.

As for the other opinion, it does not satisfy any of the

foregoing conditions.

MorRPHOLOGICAL VALUE OF THE ELEMENTS OF THE DISK.

If most authors agree in regarding the disk as a modified

dorsal fin, there is much greater uncertainty as to the inter-

pretation of the different bony elements which enter into its

composition, and also as to the way in which these have been

modified.

1. Voigt ||, Blainville], and the older authors regard the

buckler as formed of a fin, the rays of which have been bent

downwards on both sides.

2. Dr. Giinther** explains each pair of lamellx of the disk

as formed out of one spine, each half of which is bent down

towards the right and left.

* A. Giinther, “On the History of Lcheneis,” Ann. & Mac. Nat. Hist,

[3] 1860, vol. v. p. 389. ;

+ A. Gunther, Joc. cet. I have not been able to consult the original

papers of Voigt and Blainville.

L. Agassiz, Recherch, Poiss. Foss. vol. v. p. 117.

§ Dr. Rudolf Kner, “Ueber den Flossenbau der Fische,” Sitzungsh

kais. Akad. Wiss. Bd. xliv. 1861, p. 62. a

|| Dr. Gunther, Joe. ert. p. 389. q Id. cbid.

** Dr. Giinther, ‘The Study of Fishes,’ p. 460,

M. R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Eicheneis. 69

3. G. Beck *, after describing and naming the different

elements of the disk, considers the pectinated lamella to be

enlarged spinous rays and ascribes the two other elements to

the interneural bones (Flossentrager).

4, Finally, M. Niemiect finds it impossible to explain the

homologies of the lamella composing the disk.

In order to arrive at a satisfactory solution of these ques-

tions it will be necessary:

1. First, to examine attentively the different elements of

the disk ;

2. Secondly, to study the structure of a normal spinous

dorsal fin ;

3. Lastly, to compare both organs together.

I. Description of the Elements of the Disk.

Two kinds of structures may be regarded as entering into

the composition of the hard parts of the disk :—

1st. Structures which have a dermal origin ;

2nd. The skeleton properly so-called of the disk.

1. To the first category belong the rows of small teeth

which cover the posterior margins of the lamellae. That they

are not formed by outgrowths of the bony substance of the

lamelle is proved by the facility with which they fall off by

prolonged maceration or ebullition, The presence of these

rows of teeth on the posterior margin of the lamellae was one

of the reasons which prevented Dr. Kner { from adopting the

usual interpretation of the disk of Echenevs.

2. The properly so-called bony skeleton of the disk.

A. A typical segment of the disk is composed of three

elements :—

a. The interneural ray ;

8. The intercalary bone (Fussplatt, G. Beck ; Os trabécu-

latire, Niemiec) ;

y. The pectinated lamelle (Zéahnplatten of G. Beck ; Lames

pectinées of Niemiec).

a. Interneural ray.—This bone is rather small and has

pretty much the usual form, the principal difference being

that the upper part, which expands to carry the ray, 1s in the

same plane as the lower blade ; this is caused by the direction

* G. Beck, “Ueber die Haftscheibe der Echeneis remora,” Inaugural

Dissertation, 1879, p. 31.

+ Niemiec, “ Les ventouses dans le régne animal,” Recueil zoologique

suisse, tome li. 1885, p. 117.

{ Dr. R. Kner, “ Ueber den Flossenbau der Fische,” Sitzungsb. kais.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. xli. p. 768,

70 M.R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Kcheneis.

of the latter being opposite to what it is in other fishes, the

lower extremities of the interneurals pointing backwards

instead of forwards. ‘The upper expanded portions of the

interneural spine each carry a pair of lamelle at their junction.

B. Intercalary bone.—This is a lamellar bone formed of

wing-like plates, with a narrow connecting part which expands

in its middle and rests partly on the interneural spines. The

wing-like anterior parts of the consecutive intercalary bones

overlap one another, like the tiles of a roof.

y. Pectinated lamelle.—-These are paired bones, joining

two by two in the median line and occupying the whole sur-

face of the disk. They have an elongated shape. Their

posterior margin carries the bands of small teeth mentioned

above. One of these teeth, placed at the junction of the two

lamelle, is much longer than the others and is situated on a

lower plane. It has a curved shape, and suggests the idea

of a spinous ray ; but it does not form a continuous part of

the pectinated lamelle. Hach lamella carries at its anterior

margin, nearer to the median line, a strong process. It is

directed forwards and passes downwards through the inter-

spaces left between the intercalary bones.

B. The anterior extremity of the disk ends in a segment

rounded anteriorly and formed by the fusion of the different

kinds of elements already mentioned—the pectinated lamelle,

an intercalary and an interneural spine. Although it is dif-

ficult to make out all the bones which enter into the com-

position of the anterior extremity of this segment, it is

curious to remark the presence of a small spine which appears

to represent the longest of the small teeth, all the others being

quite absent.

C. The posterior extremity finishes by a notch partly con-

taining a curious round ossification, which may possibly be a

modified interneural.

II. Description of a normal Spinous Dorsal Fin.

We shall take the spinous dorsal of Scomber, as this fish

belongs to the same division as Hcheneis.

Here we also find three elements :—

1. The interneural spine ;

2. An intercalary bone ;

3. A spinous ray.

1. The interneural spine (axonost of E. D. Cope* and

Ryder) may be divided into two parts :—

* E. Cope, ‘ American Naturalist,’ vol. xxi, no. 11, 1887, p. 1015.

M. R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Echeneis. 71

A. An expanded and horizontal upper part, transversely

enlarged in two places, which gives it the form of an X.

The first enlargement carries the spinous ray.

B. The lower part, forming the shaft of the bone, directed

downwards and forwards between the lateral muscles.

2. The upper interneural spine, which can be proved to be

the baseost (Cope and Ryder), has the shape of two wings. At

their junction these carry a process directed backwards, which

enters into a cavity at the base of the spine.

3. The spinous ray has a transversely much enlarged base,

in the middle of which there is a small hole. The base

carries on its posterior side two processes directed backwards

when the ray is erected. A groove is seen on the spine itself,

showing the two halves which formed the ray.

III. Comparison between the Elements of the Disk and those

of a Spinous Dorsal Fin.

1. Interneural spine.—There can be no difficulty as to the

homology of the interneural spines in the disk and spinous

dorsal fin, as admitted by MM. Beck *, Niemiec }, &c.

2. Intercalary bone (Fussplatt, Beck; Os trabéculaire,

Niemiec).—This bone corresponds by its position on the

interneural spine (it rests not on the anterior widened surface

of the interneural spine, but more backwards and connects each

interneural with the following), and especially by its winged

shape, to the upper interneural (or baseost) of Scomder.

3. Pectinated lamelle (Zihnplatten, Beck ; Lames pectinées,

Niemiec).—These bony lamella have been considered by most

authors to be transformed spinous rays. ‘They correspond to

spinous rays by their position on the interneural spines (each

pair of lamellee rests at their junction on the enlarged upper

surface of the interneural spine), by their position with regard

to the intercalary lamelle, and by the strong processes which

they carry underneath. ‘To this interpretation M. Niemiect

objects that it is very difficult to explain the transformation

of a median bone into two lateral symmetrical bones differing

completely from the primitive one. But it ought first to be

borne in mind that spinous rays, like the articulated rays,

are formed of two halves § (traces of this can still be seen in

the spinous rays of Scomber) more or less completely joined.

It is easy to conceive that these can remain separated by

arrest in development.

* G. Beck, loc. cit. p. 31. + Niemiec, Joe, cit. p. 116.

{ Niemiec, loc. cit. p. 117. iy

§ Wiedersheim, ‘Lehrbuch der yergleichenden Anatomie,’ p. 168.

72 M.R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Yicheneis.

This homology of the pectinated plates and spinous rays

being admitted, there still remains to explain the way in

which a spinous ray has been transformed.

Three methods have been suggested :—

I. The fin-rays have been bent downwards on both sides

(Voigt *, Blainville }, according to Dr. Gunther).

II. Each pair of lamelle is formed out of one spine, each

half of which is bent down towards the right and left

(Dr. Giinther {).

IiJ. Each pair of lamellee represents a transversely enlarged

spine (G. Beck §).

I. The first hypothesis must be rejected, because the pecti-

nated lamelJa are in pairs which correspond to each other

and are supported by a single interneural.

II. The second notion seems very improbable. 1. Sup-

posing such a splitting and bending down of the two

halves of a spinous ray to have taken place at first acciden-

tally (teratologically), how could such an accidental struc-

ture have been immediately seized upon and adapted to a new

habit 2? 2. A dorsal fin split in half does not by itself form an

adhesive disk. 3. Then how could the exterior extremities

of the lamelle, which in this supposition represent the points

of the spines, be as firmly united to the connective tissue of

the integuments of the head, as they appear to be, according to

M. Niemiec ||? 4. And finally, if we take two corresponding

pectinated lamelle, and if we replace them in their supposed

primitive position, it can be seen immediately that the pro-

cesses corresponding to those of a normal spinous ray are

then situated on diametrically opposite sides, in the spinous

ray and in the pectinated lamella.

III. The third supposition, which maintains that the pecti-

nated lamella are transversely enlarged spines, avoidsthe former

difficulties ; but there remains still to be explained in what

way the enlargement took place. ‘To suppose that the spine

proper of the spinous ray took part in the enlargement would

be very difficult to understand and quite unjustifiable by

observation. ‘There isno trace on any of the lamelle of what

might represent such an enlarged spine. It is much more

natural to think that the bases of the spinous rays alone have

formed the lamellz and that the spine proper was gradually

reduced in size until it has nearly disappeared. Such areduc-

* Gunther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [8] 1860, vol. v. p. 889.

+ Id. ibid.

{ Gunther, ‘The Study of Fishes,’ p. 460.

§ Beck, loc, cit. p. 31.

|| Niemiec, loc. ct. p. 119.

M. R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Echeneis. 73

tion of the spines is frequently observed among fishes, @. e.

Naucrates, Elacate, &c.

A comparison between a pair of pectinated lamelle and the

base of a spinous ray confirms this opinion. In both analo-

gous processes situated on the same side (if we suppose the

spinous ray bent down) can be seen, and between the two

lamellae, when they are joined, a hole or notch is observed

corresponding to that in the base of the spinous ray.

Ill.

WHERE WAS THE DISK FORMED ?

This question, although it has not, so far as I know, been

discussed by naturalists, is not devoid of interest. Three

suppositions are possible :—

1. The disk was formed én sttw from a primitive fin ;

2. Spinous rays migrated to the extremity of the snout,

there to be transformed into a disk ;

3. The disk was formed on the dorsal region, and then

migrated gradually to its actual position.

1. The first supposition is very improbable, for in all

Teleosteans, and especially the Acanthopterygians, when the

dorsal extends to the extremity of the head it does so in a

secondary way (Pediculati, Pleuronectide). Moreover all

the nerves and blood-vessels for the disk come from the

cervical region *.

2. The second hypothesis also seems improbable, for it

supposes that a dorsal fin, more or less normally constituted,

migrated to the extremity of the head, a secondary position

for a dorsal fin rarely observed among fishes, and that this

migration had another cause than that of the transformation

of the fin into an adhesive disk.

3. Therefore the third supposition appears to be the most

likely, ¢. e. that the disk was formed on the anterior dorsal

region and migrated, after it was used as a disk, towards the

extremity of the head.

EcHENEIS GLARONENSIS.

The recent discovery of a well-preserved fossil Echeneis in

the schists of Glaris ¢ is of special interest for our present

* G. Beck, loc. cit. p. 27. :

+ Dr. A. Wettstein, ‘‘ Ueber die Fischfauna des tertidren Glarner-

schiefers,” Abhandlungen der schweizerischen palaontologischen Gesell-

schaft, vol. xiii. (1886).

74 M. R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Echeneis.

purpose, as it most probably shows us an ancestral form of

the living types. We shall examine in this section whether

a study of this fossil throws any light on the three questions

treated of above, ¢. e.:—

ioike morphological value of the disk as a whole.

II. The morphological value of the elements of the disk.

III. Where was the disk formed ?

I. As to the jirsét question, the disk of the fossil confirms

the opinion that it was formed of a dorsal fin, because

1. It has a position more similar to that of a normal dor-

sal. The disk of Hcheneis glaronensis is placed on the cervical

region, extending only onto the posterior part of the head,

instead of covering its whole surface up to the extremity of

the snout.

But it might be objected that in the Glaris fossil

a. ‘The disk has been displaced backwards during fossiliza-

t1OD, 5. OF

8B. That the disk has lost all its anterior segments and

extended really as far forwards in the fossil as in the

living forms.

a. To the first objection it may be replied that all the other

elements of the skeleton of the fossil have been kept in their

real anatomical connexions, that they are even united together

by traces of skin, and therefore it is improbable that the disk

alone has changed its position.

It is true that the roof of the skull has been displaced by

compression; but even in this case it has not moved back-

wards or forwards, but has opened like the lid of a box, one

side of it being still in connexion with the other bones of the

head and shoulder-girdle.

8. To the second objection, as well as to the first, may be

replied that the frontal bones, by their pitted and striated

appearance, show that they were not buried under a layer of

muscles, but were near to the surface. Bones covered by

muscles, like those of the roof of the skull of the living

Echeneis, for instance, are smooth ee have quite a different

appearance.

2. By its narrowness it is also more like a normal dorsal

if, as has been shown above, the lamelle represent the en-

larged bases of the spinous rays and the superior interneurals

(baseost).

II. Regarding the second question, the morphological value

of the elements of the disk, attentive examination of the fine

figure in Dr. Wettstein’s work does not furnish conclusive

evidence. It is even rather difficult to make out in it the

elements of the disk of a living Hcheneis. Perhaps the study

M. R. Storms on the Adhesive Disk of Kcheneis. 75

of the fossil itself would yield better results. At any rate, its

narrowness is what would be expected if the view is adopted

that the lamellee were formed by a gradual transversal enlarge-

ment of the bases of the spinous rays and wing-shaped bones

accompanied by a reduction of the spines themselves. More-

over Dr. Wettstein * speaks of short spines directed back-

wards which are observed on the disk of Hcheneis glaronen-

sis. If these spines are really spinous rays, and not the inter-

neurals, as they may be (if, for instance, the disk is seen from

its under surface), then we should have here a strong confir-

mation of the views I have adopted.

Ill. Finally, in regard to the third question, as to where

the disk was formed, evidently the Glaris Hchenets, showing

us the disk still partly on the dorsal region, proves that it was

first formed on the back and migrated afterwards towards the

extremity of the head.

It might be objected that, if the disk of Lchenets glaro-

nensis does not extend to the extremity of the snout, it is

because it is formed of but asmall number of lamelle. How-

ever, a living species of Hcheneis (H. lineata) has probably

the same number of lamelle, notwithstanding which the

disk goes to the end of the snout.

Before leaving this subject I should like to make a few

remarks suggested by Echenets glaronensis—

1. As to the position in classification of the genus Echeneis ;

2. As to the general form of the body of Lchenets glaro-

nensis compared with that of living species.

1. Authors have classed this genus in various families of

Acanthopterygians. Joh. Miiller makes of it a group of the

Gobiide +; L. Agassiz { and, after him, most authors class

them with the Scombride.

Certainly none of the characters of Hchenets glaronensis

oint towards the Gobiide ; on the contrary, in the shape of

the head, the structure of the ventrals, the size of the pec-

torals, the shape of the caudal fin, &c., it differs more from

the Gobiide than the living forms do. On the other hand, by

all these characters and others Hcheneis glaronensis ought to

be classed among the Cotto-Scombriform Acanthopterygians.

But here the difficulty begins. If we adhere strictly to the

characters of the families given by Dr. Giinther, Hcheneis

* Dr. Wettstein, loc. cit. p. 82.

+ Johannes Miiller, Abhandl. d. k. Ak. d. Wissensch. Berlin, 1844,

p. 158.

{ L. Agassiz, Rech. poiss. foss. vol. v. p. 117.

76 Mr. G. Lewis on

glaronensis, on account of the number of its vertebre (10/13

according to Dr. Wettstein *), should be classed among the

Carangide, whilst all the living forms having more than

10/14 vertebree ought to be put with the Scombride. The

other characters of H. glaronensis do not decide in which of

these two families it ought to be placed.

2. A careful comparison of the proportions of all the parts

of the skeleton of the fossil Hcheneis with those of the living

forms, such as . naucrates or E. remora, shows that the

fossil differs nearly equally from both and that it was a more

normally shaped fish than either of these forms. ‘The head

was narrower and less flattened, the preoperculum wider, the

two jaws had nearly the same length. ‘The ribs, as also the

neural and hemal spines, were longer, the tail more forked,

and the soft dorsal fin much longer. In fact it was a more

compressed type, probably a far better swimmer than its

living congeners, as might be expected if the smallness of

the adhesive disk is taken into account.

XI.—On the Family Rhysodide.

By Georce Lewis, F'.L.S.

THE primary object of this paper is to record the species at

present known from Japan; but as I found it impossible to

work out the Japanese species without investigating the

general literature of the group, and finding then that most of

the species described are subsequent to the publication of the

‘Munich Catalogue,’ I have thought it well to give as an

appendix a list of all the species known to date. I have

also described a new species from the Caucasus, and suggested

a new genus, Lpiglymmius, to receive Rhysodes sulcatus, Fab.,

and a similar species from Japan, on the characters given

below.

The Japanese species are :—

Epiglymmius comes. Rhysodes rostratus,

Rhysodes crassiusculus. niponensis,

sulcicollis. Clinidium veneficum.

Dr. L. von Heyden has not included any species of this

family in his ‘Catalogue of Siberian Coleoptera,’ so it may

* Dr. Wettstein, Joc. cit. p. 83.

the Family Rhysodide. fo

be assumed that collectors in that region have either over-

looked these insects or that the captures have not been

recorded ; and no Chinese species is known.

Lacordaire and others have noticed that some of the cha-

racters of the Rhysodide are similar to some possessed by

the Brenthide ; yet while likening them to T'rachelizus and

Hephebocerus Lacordaire says, ‘‘ quoique cette ressemblance

soit fortifiée par des habitudes pareilles, ce n’est 14, comme on

le pense bien, qu’une analogie lointaine.” And if Rhysodes

crassiusculus is examined sideways the cheeks, or cephalic

lobes as I have termed them in this paper, will be seen to

project over the neck, somewhat like those of Higonius cilo,

Lewis, figured in the Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.vol. xvii. pl. xi.

fig. 10. Hrichson has pointed out their similitude in some

respects to the Carabidee, and Crotch placed them in the

Adephaga. Imhoff, in 1856, placed Cupes and Rhysodes in a

family he called Baculicornes; and Leconte says that “ La-

treille, who first proposed the genus Rhysodes, though he did

not describe it, had a clearer recognition of the true affinities

when he associated it with Cupes. This approximation has

not received the approval of other investigators, though I

hope to demonstrate its correctness” (North-American Col.

vol. v. 1875, p. 165). The Cupeside as a family has many

characteristics similar to those of the Ptinide, and for con-

venience in classification they should, I think, be placed next

to each other in our catalogues. Leconte says this is an

“error which has hitherto obscured the perception of the

affinity’ of Cupes and Rhysodes. But Leconte’s view will

not be entertained by students at this time, for excepting the

cephalic lobes they have nothing in common. Cuwpes in the

imago-state has the habits of a Ptinus and occurs in similar

situations ; both are usually nocturnal or crepuscular in their

wanderings ; but on one occasion, in August, near Hako-

date, I found Cupes running about on some old railings at

four o’clock in the afternoon. ‘The larvee of Cupes and Rhy-

sodes are, I believe, unknown; but it is not in the least likely

they correspond with each other in habit. ‘The imagos of the

Rhysodide are well known as inhabiting the interiors of large

trees when in the later stages of decay, and seldom stray tar

from their habitat. The Rhysodide have five-jointed tarsi

which are nearly equal in length, and the posterior coxe are

remarkably wide apart. Clinddiwm is an apterous genus,

and this want of wings perhaps accounts for the great depres-

sion in the region of the scutellum, which is one of its most

notable characters. Lpiglymmius and Rhysodes are alate, and

as the humeral angles ot the elytra in the former are not pro-

78 Mr. G. Lewis on

jecting, we may assume that the singular humeral projections

in Clinidium and Rhysodes are not connected with the mem-

branous organs of flight, because they are equally prominent

in the apterous genus Clinidium as in the alate Rhysodes.

By my journal I find that I captured a large number of

Rhysodide on the 19th April and again on the 23rd Decem-

ber, 1880, in the touchwood of old beeches and firs, and the

beetles associated with them were Stomonaxus, Leptochirus,

Osorius, Hypulus (two species), Platydema, Scaphidema (four

or five species of the last two genera, some unicolorous, others

maculate after the manner of the Erotylide), Hypophleus,

and some Cossonide. Of these Stomonazus leviventris, Bates,

a Carabideous insect which always lives in rotten trees, corre-

sponds best with Rhysodes in colour, and its front tibie also

are notched somewhat in the same way; but it is difficult to

connect any of these species together excepting in the fact of

their congregating in acommon habitat. The Rhysodide are

apparently less numerous in the tropical parts of Asia than in

the more temperate regions where deciduous trees are more

abundant, as | found but one species in Ceylon, 2. taprobane,

Fairm., whereas by the methods I employed there for the

capture of insects certainly three would have been taken in

Japan.

Out of eighty-seven specimens found in Japan twenty-

three only are males, and | cannot believe that this proportion

of the sexes is accidental, as the males are comparatively few

in all the species. Of thirty taken in Ceylon eleven are

males.

In habits the Brenthide do not correspond with the Rhy-

sodide; but amongst the Cucujide Prostomis appears to

do so, though I have never found specimens of the two

families in one tree. Prostomis resides in the centre of rotten

trees and possesses the same moniliform antenne, with which

character also Leptochirus and Osorius, which live in similar

places, approximately correspond. A trunk of a tree thrown

across a stream to form a bridge for the Tamils on a coffee-

estate at Dickoya, in Ceylon, was submerged for tive months

during the wet season, and on the water lowering in April the

trunk was discovered and broken up, and several hundred

specimens of Prostomis Schlegelit, Olliff, were taken from it.

The specimens were coliected by a coolie and brought to me

in an old meat-tin, and the destructive propensities towards

each other awakened in the insects by this unnatural situation

left very few perfect examples.

The few species of cylindrical Cucujide of the genus An-

cistria 1 brought from Japan were captured fortuitously, and

the Family Rhysodide. 79

whether they follow the insects which pierce the timber dia-

metrically or those that work in the layers of the bark I can-

not say; but their habits are doubtless in no way analogous

to those of Prostomis or Rhysodes. The least artificial posi-

tion for the Rhysodide seems to me to be next to the

Cucujide, and this is the position in which they are placed

on page 867 of the ‘ Munich Catalogue.’

1 have given the name of Rhysodes Brount to Rhysodes ater-

rimus, Broun, as the latter name has been used by Chevrolat-;

and in uniting emnens, Broun, with orbitosus, Broun, as the

sexes of one species, I have allowed the name of the female

recedence; and this I have no doubt the gallant describer

will cordially endorse.

The six following species have the eyes more or less cir-

cular at their edge and visibly reticulate ; wings ample.

EPIGLYMMIUS, n. g., 1888.

I restrict this genus to two species, sulcatus, Fabr., and

comes, Lewis ; both these insects have the terminal joint of

the antenna conical, the median elevation on the upper sur-

face of the head not abbreviated, and the humeral angles of

the elytra are round.

Epiglymmius comes, sp. 0.

E. sulcato simillimus; thorace trisulcato, sulcis lateralibus haud

abbreviatis.

L. 74 mill.

This species is narrower than sulcatus, Fabr., and rather

smaller. The head is less transverse behind the eyes, the two

lateral thoracic sulci are complete, the thorax is narrower and

more parallel at the sides, and the legs are less robust. Hrich-

son says of sulcatus, Fabr. (Nat. Ins. ii. p. 300), ‘ prothorace

trisuleato, sulcis lateribus antice abbreviatis,” and there is an

excellent figure of it in Duval’s Gen. Col. d’Europe, p. 47,

fig. 234.

I obtained two specimens of comes at Nikko and two at

Sapporo.

Ruysopes, Westwood, 1835.

The name of this genus was suggested by Dalman in 1823,

but it was first characterized by Westwood in 1829, and pub-

80 Mr. G. Lewis on

lished by him six years later in the Zool. Journ. vol. v. p. 215

(1835). The typeof the genusis figured with dissections, t.xlvi.

fig. 1; and as Professor Westwood has very kindly sent me

the type for examination, I am able to say positively that his

type is an American insect and the same as Lf. americanus

of the list at the end of this paper. For many years con-

fusion existed in the nomenclature of this species owing to an

impression in the minds of the earlier entomologists that

exaratus, Illiger, from America, and ewaratus, Serv., from

Europe, were specifically the same. ‘The characters on which

I rely to separate Rhysodes from Hpiglymmius are the trun-

cate (or nearly so) terminal joint of the antenne, the median

raised surface of the head abbreviated, and the prominent and

reflexed humeral angles of the elytra; but in the list at the

end of the paper I have included in it some species which

perhaps may not eventually be left in the genus. I allude

more especially to Rhysodes arcuatus, Chevrolat, from New

Zealand, which has the last joint of the antenna distinctly

conical ; and perhaps this insect is nearer to Clinidium, or

may finally be placed in a new genus. Captain Broun

(owing I suppose to the great rareness of the New-Zealand

species) has not yet distinguished the sexual from the specific

characters. For the proper working out of insects of this

class a long series is very desirable, but unfortunately rarely

obtainable.

Rhysodes crassiusculus.

R. americano simillimus at latior, tibiis anticis ¢ in medio spinosis,

posticis valde dilatatis.

L. 63-7 mill.

This species is very similar to the well-known &. ameri-

canus of North America. It is, however, broader, the head

has the hind angles below the eyes a little prominent, the

cephalic lobes viewed sideways will be seen to project in a

marked manner over the neck, and the thoracic elevations are

sparsely but distinctly punctate. ‘The male has a strong

tooth in the middle of the interior edge of the fore tibie (the

only species known to me with it) and a second on the ante-

rior femur; the apex of the middle tibia has two claw-shaped

spines and the hind tibia is robust, bent inwards from the

middle, and from the point of the bend conspicuously dilated.

The dilatation is three times the extent of that in A. ameri-

canus. The female is wanting in these characters, excepe

in the femoral tooth, which is, however, much less conspi-

cuous; it has the middle segment of the abdomen largely

excavated at the sides.

the Family Rhysodide. 81

Found rather commonly at Nikko and in the Hakone dis-

trict ; and one example was captured near Sapporo. Inhabits

beech trees.

Lthysodes sulcicollis, sp. n.

2. Elongatus, brunneus, subnitidus, thorace profunde trisulcato.

L, 53 mill.

Elongate, rather robust, brown, rather shining; head not

rounded behind the eyes, with the cephalic lobes meeting in an

angle in front of the neck; thorax narrowed anteriorly but

parallel at the sides, which leaves three quarters of the pos-

terior area nearly quadrate ; the four raised portions between

the sulci are broad, parallel, and all nearly of the same width ;

the elytra are rather coarsely punctate-striate, with the second

and third interstices slightly elevated. The first joint of the

antenna is opaque and more than double the size of the

second; the head or rostrum in front of the insertion of

the antennze measures nearly the length of the basal anten-

nal joint. ‘I'he back part of the head behind the eye is exca-

vated. ‘This description is drawn from a female example,

but it is a very distinct species, and I think the male charac-

ters in the legs will be very remarkable,

One example from Oyayama, in Higo, May 1881.

Lthysodes rostratus, sp. 0.

3. Precedenti simillimus at paulo angustior; rostro producto,

capite v1x transverso.

L. 54 mill.

Elongate, brown, shining ; head with lateral outline semi-

circular in the region of the eyes, cephalic lobes approach in

front of the neck obtusely. Rostrum or head in front of

antenne the length of the first two joints of the antennae,

very parallel and of corresponding width behind the antenne

until the enlargement of the head for the cephalic lobes. The

thorax has three deep and complete sulci, is rather narrow,

and gradually rounded off behind the head. The elytral

punctures are much smaller than those of the preceding

species and the interstices less raised. There is a distinct

tooth on the anterior femur, and the base of the hind tibie is

slightly enlarged, as in &. niponensis. The last segment of

the abdomen is rather coarsely and thickly punctured, and

the cephalic lobes are a little prominent over the neck.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. 11. 6

82 Mr. G. Lewis on

Two examples from Oyayama, found with the preceding,

but they are evidently not the sexes of one species.

Rhysodes niponensis, sp. n.

Elongatus, piceus, nitidus; thorace trisulcato, sulcis externis brevi-

bus.

L. 54-6 mill.

Elongate, pitchy brown, shining ; head with cephalic lobes

nearly touching before the neck, but separated anteriorly by

a deep fovea, the frontal raised portion somewhat triangular

and terminating before the fovea mentioned in the centre of

the head; thorax above with lateral margin rather elevated,

a deep median sulcus and two lateral sulci, which extend

from a basal fovea over rather more than half the length of

the thorax; elytra strongly punctate-striate, interstices

smooth and a little raised, but in this region there are no

important characters. The anterior femora are toothed in

the middle on the lower edge, strongly in the male, and

scarcely less so in the female. ‘The posterior tibize are swollen

before the apices and a little enlarged at the base in the male,

simple in both cases in the female. The female also has a

large and deep fovea on each side of one abdominal segment,

and this character seems common to the genus. ‘This species

differs from the other Japanese ones in the shortened outer

thoracic sulci, and in this character it is somewhat similar to

a species of OClinidium.

Common in the Hakone district and in Higo. It occurs

only under bark of firs (Pinus).

Rhysodes Lederi, sp. n.

9. Niger, nitidus, elongatus, robustus. 2. evarato similis at multo

major et differt colore, capite, lobo in medio approximato ; pro-

noto profunde trisulcato, interstitiis parce punctatis.

L. 82 mill,

Hab, Caucasus.

This species may be placed in the same section of the genus

to which R. exaratus belongs; but at the same time it is a

very different insect. The large size, black colour, and punc-

tate thoracic interstices are simple differential characters, but

the head is shaped very differently from that of any other known

species. ‘The head is largely swollen posteriorly below the level

of the eyes, the cephalic lobes almost touch each other in the

centre of the head (not near the neck, as in R. exaratus, Serv.),

and the raised portion between the antennee is not constricted in

the Family Rhysodide. 83

the middle, but is of an elongate diamond-shape.. The elytral

striae also are very deeply punctate and the interstices clearly

convex. On the under surface I have not observed any very

important characters ; but the cheeks under the eyes are con-

vex and give a striking appearance as compared with R. exara-

tus. When the male is discovered it will probably be found

to present remarkable sexual differences.

I have named this species after Herr Hans Leder (to whose

researches on the eastern confines of Southern Europe scientists

are indebted for many rare species) with the latent hope that

he may discover the male.

Cuinipium, Kirby, 1835.

Eyes narrow, somewhat elliptical, and obscurely granulate.

The region of the scutellum is profoundly depressed, and the

species are apterous.

Clinidium veneficum, sp. n.

Hlongatum, brunneum, nitidum., C. Guildingi proxime affinis at an-

gustior.

L. 1-13 mill.

Klongate, brown, shining ; head with cephalic lobes oblong,

rather widely separated, but sometimes approaching each

other between the eyes, frontal elevation somewhat cordate ;

thorax with two parallel lateral sulci and a median sulcus,

which is narrowest in the middle and deepest in front and

behind ; the intermediate sulci are short and broadest at the

base, which gives an appearance of obliqueness. The elytral

strie are narrow, the third being the widest and deepest, and

in the female this stria is widened out behind the legs. The

male has an obsolete tooth on the fore femur and a conspicuous

incurved spine at the bases of the middle and hind tibie.

The female has the hind tibie a little swollen at their bases

and the last segment of the abdomen is largely excavated,

with two large rather acute tubercles on each side. In the

male the tubercles are small and the abdomen is not exca-

vated, but merely impressed.

This species is more elongate than C. Guildingi, Kirby, and

in the male the middle and hind tibiae are more slender and

the apical spines longer. The singular abdominal characters

are worthy of notice.

I found it at Hakone in old beeches, and under like con-

ditions in several places in the province of Higo, in Kiushiu,

Mr. G. Lewis on

List of Species, arranged generically.

Epiglymmius, Lewis, 188

comes, Lewis, sp. n.

8. (Type sulcatus, Fabr.)

sulcatus (Cucujus), Fabr. Mant. I. p. 165 ....

europeus (Rhysodes), Ahrens, Faun. Ins.

Kur. vi. p. 1.

evaratus (Rhysodes), Dalman, Analect. ent.

BeOokene semere

exaratus (Rhysodes), Newman, Mon. Mag.

Nat. Hist. 2 s

Rhysodes, Westwood, 1835. (‘Type americanus, Lap.)

americanus, Lap., Silb. Rev. Ent. iv.

er, i. p. 665

eee ee er es eee

p- 58,

1836 (Lec. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. v. p. 162, 1874)

exaratus, liger

(Crotch’s Cat. no. 2657). .

exaratus, Westwood, Zool. Journ. y. p. 215,

t. xlvi. fig. 1.

eee eee eee eee eee ere eenes

aratus, Newman, Mon. /.c. p. 664........

—— aterrimus, Chevrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5, iii.

"Obes pe Seaetieario eases

Brouni, Lewis

eee

OO OO OOO OOO Coe On trond Geo oo

eee eee ee ee oe te eee ee oe ee

aterrimus, Broun, Man. N. Z. Col. p. 214

— canaliculatus, Castelnau

tubericeps, Fairm. Ann. Soe. Fr. 4 sér, viii.

p- 782

exaratus, Serv. Enc.

var. piceus, Germ.

figuratus, Germ. Zei

capensis, De}. Cat. 5rd ed. p. 128

hamatus, Leconte, Tr, Am. Ent. Soc. v. p. 163

Lederi, Lewis, sp. n

eee eee ee ee ee eo ete one ene

erassiusculus, Ibewis, sp. Me cs. e. sees eens ees

eminens, Broun, 9, Man. N. Z. Col. p.

orbitosus, Broun,

215 ..

3, Man.N. Z. Col. p. 215

Méth. x. p. 308

teh is MP. oO2)./ eis eet

— lignarius, Olliff, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. W.

p 471

Ce ee ee

iii, p. 211

v. p. 182

—— niponensis, Lewis, sp

parumcostatus, Fair

vill. p. 782

philippensis

Hr, OV. p. leo... .-

eee eeoe

—— quadristriatus, Chev

inh }y 20 Aaa eo

rostratus, Lewis, sp.

strobus, Munich

—— sulcicollis, Lewis, sp. n.

Montrouzieri, Chevrolat, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5

probrius, Broun, Man. N. Z. Col. p. 215

luscus, Chevrolat, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr.5, v. p. 183

maderiensis, Chevrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5

0; Dipe) wie ey 0): (el Gy coh ee le 8) s\.5) 15; 0 48) (6)

Sis tie be et Bh

m. Ann. Soe. Hut. Fr. 4 sér.

aif <p\ 100s fe) ‘ein Ap. jshfe)\e ue vs) @ 0 in)» jal ia’ lee

(ste), Chevrolat, Bull. Soe. Ent.

rolat, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 5,

strabus, Newman, Mon. J. c. p. 663..........

Catalogiie;..5 sementisert:

oeoeeeeee

i814 |

1838

1836 |

1878

1835

1838 J

-America.

1873 Malacca.

1880} New Zealand.

1836

Madagascar.

1868

Japan.

ee New Zealand.

1825

18/0} Europe.

1837 Cape of Good Hope.

1875 California.

Europe.

1885 Australia.

1875 New Zealand.

1873 Madeira.

1875 New Caledonia.

Japan.

1868 Madagascar.

1875 Philippines.

1880 New Zealand.

1875 Cayenne.

Japan.

1838 | 5

Japan,

the Family Rhysodide. 85

De aici dala tae RII is ste arc fists @ aha ees Bet 1873 Ceylon.

Soe ties miter oy aie fernes eh cies she agelah obavaln asi ahever sine = 1880 India.

Eig MiNe: oe eM ch aels «voices vin a scoala '6.0)e 1873

pensus (Rhysodes), Broun, Man. N. Z. Col. New: Zesiuide

PUA RIMES Certain eas oles res Saye si oes 1880

—— calcaratum, Leconte, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. v. 7

jhe S24 Bee Solan feck ROO: Bomcitic ore con 1875 America.

cavicolle, Chevrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5, ii.

Ti; Oe | ts Renee) Sore eerie 1873 Brazil.

— Chevrolati, Reitter, Verh. Ver. Briinn, xviii. :

(iy OU) CURSE Mia Ihe 2 ieee Bane Apt aick RAe 1880 Columbia.

canaliculatum, Costa, Att. Acc. Napol. iv. .. 18389)

trisulcatus (Rhysodes), Germ. Zeitschr. ii. |

AN Ta cine agers cara sraemelnchales: sei 1840 } Europe.

sulcipennis (Rhysodes), Muls. Opuse. ent. ii. i

EOS AAAS Pir bee ee peiad oren orecion ye 1853

— costatum, Guérin (Rhysodes), Ic. Régn. anim. a)

mba, Pasay tir 2 ces cece cose rises 1829 | f

liratus (Rhysodes), Newman, Mon. 1. ec. Brazil.

ECHO DH ea eee ec ones ae seta lal oe, Oia al tas ol ehn, ote 1838

brasiliensis, De}. Cat. 8rd ed. p. 128...... 1837

— curvicosta, Chevrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5, iii.

Pals te uct ekSIG Seve She lagel aie «| spa mote siarehs oS 1873 Cuba.

granatensis (ste), Chevrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

Gyms UG.) oe oe 2a Eins Staines oe Sar oketice: 1873 New Granada.

— Guildingi, Kirby, Zool. Journ. v. p. 8, t. il.

Lipa ARTA aise keds wleivi ce © are Wiarereveye sis eee 1835 Antilles.

planum, Chevrolat, Ic. Régn. Anim. Ins.p.58 1829

humeridens, Chevrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5,

MAMI AL De ors cioieree says 6 aye sho ota nig saya site eve .s, Wels 1873 Cuba.

mexicanum, Cheyrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5,

Mine PA Ae ets d otc ol clesein el as Hi nlere'd ate wid yerstaere 1873} Mexico.

EOMPUMGONS, tials. tah aieaie, dea Stik alts 1848

Rojasi, Chevrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5, iii.

SLC CU Ci EA e BSP On ena cn eee 1873 Venezuela.

— sculptile (Rhysodes), Newman, Mon. /.c.p.666 1838

conjungens, Germ. Zeitschr. ii. p. 351 ..., 1840

—— simplex, Chevrolat, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5, ii,

PERSO. aciaectarae s esfuaass wei apaolsyet, + ivfeo4 Mad .. 1873 New Granada.

ee YONGE LA WIS EPS: y.4efe so nferscd oie aoe Japan.

Note.—Stemmoderus, Spinola, 1842 (Stemmatoderus, Harold, 1868), is

not a genus rightly placed in this family, nor is Ips monilis, Olivier (Rhy-

sodes monilis, Newman), or the genus Rhyzodina, French entomologists

spell the genus Rhysodes “Rhyzodes,” Redtenbacher and Agassiz spelt it

“Rhyssodes ;” both these modes are incorrect.

86 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

XII.— On some Ectoparasitic Rotatoria of the Bay of

Naples. By Lupwic PLATE *.

[Plate VI.]

THERE are referred to the Rotatoria certain forms which

depart widely from the ordinary type of this class and which

have this in common in their mode of life, that they live as

ectoparasites upon the marine Phyllopodiform genus Nebalia.

Hitherto two different genera of these animalcules have been

known, one of which was discovered by Grube fT and intro-

duced into science under the name of Seson. Subsequently

Claus t recognized two distinct species (S. Grubit and S. an-

nulatus) in the animals described by the above-named natu-

ralist, and subjected these to a very thorough investigation.

The second genus which must be referred to the group of the

Seisonidee was first described by P. J. Van Beneden § and

C. E. Hesse under the name of Saccobdella. One of the

species discovered by these naturalists, Saccobdella nebalie,

was erroneously placed by them with the Hirudinex, and

Claus first referred it to its proper place in the neighbourhood

of the genus Seison. As, however, the two representatives

of the latter differ considerably in the form of the body from

Saccobdella nebalie, their generic distinctness must be main-

tained, and it seems to me incorrect to cite the animal

described by the Belgian naturalists as a distinct species of

the genus Seison. How far the internal organization of

S. nebaliew agrees with that of the true Seisonide cannot at

present be decided, as our knowledge of that Rotatorian is

still imperfect and in many points pressingly requires con-

firmation. The genus Sedson also needs further investiga-

tion, because with regard to the sexual and excretory apparatus

many questions still wait for a definitive solution. This

circumstance induced me to devote a short sojourn at the

Zoological Station at Naples in the spring of 1886 to the

study of this interesting group of animals.

* Translated from the ‘ Mittheilungen aus der zoologischen Station 2u

Neapel,’ Bd. vii. pp. 284-263,

+ E. Grube, ‘Ein Ausflug nach Triest und dem Quarnero,’ Berlin, 1861,

pp. 19 and 109-115.

t C. Claus, “ Ueber die Organisation und die systematische Stellung

der Gattung Seeson, Gr.,” in the Festschrift zur Feier des 25-jihrigen

Bestehen der k. k, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1876; and “ Zur Kenntniss

der Organisation von Sezson,” in ‘ Zool. Anzeiger, 1880, no. 68.

§ Van Beneden and Hesse, ‘ Recherches sur les Bdellodes ou Hirudinées, °

et les Trematodes marins,’ Brussels, 1863, pp. 48 e seqg.

of the Bay of Naples. 87

To my astonishment I found upon the Nedalie of the Bay

of Naples, with which I was most abundantly provided, not

the same genus which Claus met with on the Phyllopods of

Trieste, but another one, differing from it in many respects ;

but as it agrees in most of its characters of organization with

Setson annulatus and Grubii, it may in future bear the name

of FLaraseison. Its description forms the subject of the fol-

lowing pages.

In all I have seen four species of Paraseison, of which,

however, only one was to be met with in comparative abun-

dance on Nebalie from the middle of March to the middle of

April; the other three, on the contrary, were so rare that,

with all my efforts, I was only able to study one or two living

females of any of them. I will commence with the common

species :—

1. Paraseison asplanchnus, sp. n.

Even this species was not particularly plentiful during my

residence in Naples; on the average only each fourth or fifth

Nebalia was infested by parasites, and it was seldom that

more than two or three adult individuals occurred together on

the same host. I have no doubt, however, that at a more

advanced season of the year these Rotatoria become more

numerous, as their abundance was slowly increasing during

the time that I was able to observe them. Reproduction

seems to be reduced to a very small amount during the winter

months, for at the commencement I found only old adult indi-

viduals, while later on ova and newly hatched examples were

frequently observed. Female animals were always present in

greater number than males, but the proportional abundance

of the two sexes was by no means so extreme as in the fresh-

water Rotatoria; generally there was one male to six females.

The animalcules attach themselves, like the true Seisonide,

by preference to the branchial laminz; but they also creep

about upon all the other regions of the body. ‘They attach

themselves by means of an adhesive mucus, which is secreted

from a number of pedal glands, by the posterior pole of the

body to their point of support; and as we not unfrequently

see, near the point of attachment of a female, several ova

lying together in different stages of development (in one case

1 observed eleven in one mass), it seems to me probable that

88 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

the adult animals often remain seated for a long time in the

same place, or at least that they limit their locomotion within

very small distances.

The most essential distinction which exists between the

genera Sedson and Paraseison on the one hand, and the nume-

rous genera which I have classed together as ‘‘ Ductifera”’ in

a recently published memoir * on the other, is this, that only

in the latter does a marked sexual dimorphism occur, while it

is wanting in the former. In the Seisonide males and

females are approximately of the same size, and the difference

of the two sexes finds expression only in the sexual apparatus

and, in connexion therewith, also slightly in the secretory

organ and muscular system; all the other organs are of the

same nature in both.

A glance at Pl. VI. fig. 1 shows us the external habit

of the animal. The body is divided into four distinctly

marked sections, which, as in the genus Setson, may be cha-

racterized as head, neck, middle-body or trunk, and abdomen

or tail. The neck and tail have a cylindrical form, while in

the two other sections the sides of the body are considerably

broader than the dorsal and ventral surfaces. The females

in the adult and fully extended state are of an average length

of 0°9-1:1 millim.; the males are rather smaller, attaining

only 0:4-0°7 millim. As, however, both the neck and the tail

are composed of apparent segments which can be invaginated

one within the other, and, further, the whole neck is fre-

quently retracted within the trunk, the Puraseison may

acquire a much smaller length of body. When an adult

individual is completely extended the abdomen is the largest

section of the body ; the trunk and neck are rather shorter,

but nearly equal to one another. The foremost section is

two thirds of the length of these. For systematic purposes

such relative sizes may be of importance, and therefore the

measurements of an old female example are here given in

millim. :—

Total length 1:1; tail 0°34; trunk 0°27; neck 0:28;

head 0:19.

Width of neck at anterior end 0:016.

as Sy posterior end 0:04,

Greatest breadth of trunk seen from the side 0°104.

Breadth of tail at the base 0-06.

an » posterior extremity 0:02.

* L. Plate, “ Untersuchung einiger an den Kiemenbliittern des Gam-

marus pulex lebenden Kctoparasiten,” im Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xliii.

p- 229 (1886).

of the Bay of Naples. 89

Before proceeding to the detailed description of the diffe-

rent organs, we may, for the purpose of orientation, in the first

place glance at the general organization of Parasezson.

The head agrees very little with the image which the

typical Rotatoria present of this part of the body, as it displays

no trace of a wheel-apparatus composed of motile cilia.

Looked at from the side it has a lenticular form; broadest in

the middle, it tapers off before and behind, bears the small

buccal aperture (fig. 1, 0) at its anterior pole, and contains in

its interior a complicated masticatory apparatus (ma), a slender

cesophagus (@) opening dorsally into this, and a large gan-

glion (g), which may be regarded as the brain. The neck

consists of three segments separated by annular grooves in

the cuticle, of which the anterior can each be invaginated

within that behind it, and which is traversed throughout its

whole length by the cesophagus. Its width gradually in-

creases from before backwards. The m¢ddle-body (trunk) is

by far the broadest section of the whole body. In it we find

the stomach (s¢.), which is closed ceecally, and consequently

possesses no intestine and anus; dorsally or laterally to this

are placed the paired sexual organs, the unpaired aperture of

which is very differently placed in the two sexes. It is

always situated on the dorsal surface, in the male at the point

where the neck and trunk meet, in the female at that where

the trunk passes into the tail (a). The abdomen, which

follows, gradually becomes narrower posteriorly ; it is com-

posed of several apparent segments which can be pushed

forward telescopically into one another, and which enclose a

number of pyriform mucous glands (7), whose long efferent

ducts open at the hinder pole of the body, and the secretion

from which attaches the animal to its surface of support.

From a passing examination of the object it may seem

doubtful which side is to be characterized as the back and

which as the belly, especially if we start from the organiza-

tion of the freshwater Rotatoria whose sexual organs are

always placed ventrally. But from the position of the mas-

ticatory apparatus, the ganglion, and the sexual orifice it

appears at once that the surface of the body regarded by me

as the back really merits that name. In favour of this we

have also the method adopted by Paraseison in locomotion.

It creeps about after the fashion of a geometric caterpillar,

attaching itself to its support by the head, curving the neck

and trunk into a circle, and then attaching the caudal extre-

mity quite close to the head. Then the head detaches itself

again from the surface of support, the animal stretches itself

to its full length, and repeats the same movement again and

90 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

again. Fig. 1 represents an individual engaged in wandering,

and it shows at the same time that the side turned towards

the support must be regarded as the belly.

The limitation of the four sections of the body distinguished

in the preceding description cannot be followed out quite

sharply, as they gradually pass one into the other. This

applies especially to the two posterior divisions; it seems

therefore advisable to reckon the foot as extending as far as

the adhesive glands which give it its function extend forward

(f). The female genital orifice then indeed falls within the

region of the tail, which moreover is marked by a peculiar

habit of the Parasetson during life. Thus, when the animal

is disturbed or finds itself in an uncomfortable position, e. g.

on the object-slide, the body almost invariably forms an angle,

usually representing nearly a right angle, one limb of which

is formed by the tail alone; its apex, as shown in fig. 1, is

situated a little above the sexual aperture (a). This singular

position is explained anatomically by the fact that the prin-

cipal muscles of the trunk and abdomen meet in the region

of this apical point, and it is further evidently connected

with the absence of a rotatory apparatus, which compels the

animal to seek its nourishment by feeling about with its head

upon the support; it presents a peculiar spectacle to see the

disproportioned animalcule in a bent posture stretching its

long swan-like neck in all directions, and every moment

retracting it completely into the trunk.

After this introductory glance at the structure of Para-

seison asplanchnus we may pass to a more detailed description

of the different organs. I commence with the general

covering of the body.

The Skin.—This possesses all the properties characteristic

of the body-wall of the freshwater Rotatoria. It consists of

a thin hyaline cuticle, which is coated internally with a deli-

cate protoplasmic matrix-layer, in which small nuclei with a

large nucleolus are scattered here and there. This hypo-

dermis is in parts so extraordinarily thin that we can only

detect it with very high powers. Nevertheless it could be

demonstrated everywhere, and probably therefore the species

of Sezson also present the same character, although Claus

observes that ‘ subcuticular traces are retained only in a few

places in the form of granular pads.” At the extreme apex

of the head, close to the buccal aperture, the matrix of Para-

seison becomes thickened into pads, evidently the rudimentary

homologues of the cephalic pads bearing the rotatory appa-

ratus in the freshwater forms. Special cutaneous glands, such

as are said to occur in Sevson, are quite absent in our animal,

of the Bay of Naples. 2

unless we are to interpret as such a pyriform thickening of the

hypodermis situated in the tail in the median dorsal line.

The cuticle is not of homogeneous constitution throughout,

but presents some remarkable conditions of structure. In the

segments of the neck we find a very delicate longitudinal

striation (fig. 2) formed by many parallel lines, and which,

spreading out like a brush, also extends upon the posterior

part of the head. Instead of this there is, upon the posterior

parts of the trunk, an apparent granulation, which also covers

the whole of the foot. As we see by considering an ideal

transverse section at the margin of the body (fig. 3), this is

produced by small rounded or elongated hollow spaces which

are placed close together, and frequently, arranged in longi-

tudinal rows, traverse the inner part of the cuticle. If the

punctuation of the tail be carefully examined, it is seen that

on the two hindmost apparent segments it suddenly becomes

much weaker than on the preceding ones. Further, the skin

of the penultimate caudal ring is distinguished by the pos-

session of a striation which is very noticeable. Four sharply

marked lines run parallel to each other and not far apart from

the dorsal towards the ventral surface and obliquely from

before backward (figs. 1 and 7). Those of the right and lett

sides do not meet in the median dorsal line, but leave between

them a narrow band of the ordinary texture. The ventral

surface of the same segment bears the aperture of a peculiar

organ, which also occurs in Setson, but for which I cannot

with certainty indicate a homologue in the other Rotatoria.

Claus says of it (J.¢. p.82):—‘ A pretty strong efferent

duct opens in front of the adherent disk, on the convexly

curved ventral surface of the terminal piece, upon a small

conical tubercle.” It is a small roundish vesicle, composed

(it seems to me) of a structureless membrane, and it opens by

a short duct projecting a little beyond the rest of the skin

(figs. 4 and 7,#). Frequently it was tensely filled with a

limpid fluid, whilst at other times the walls lay loosely in

contact. With all my efforts I have never been able to

observe any contractions of it, and therefore believe that none

take place. In the freshwater genera Monocerca and Diurella*

the adhesive glands of the foot are converted into vesicles

with contractile walls, which can suddenly evacuate their

secretion. Possibly we have here to do with a corresponding

arrangement which has become rudimentary, and then this

organ would have to be regarded as a modified pedal gland,

* L, Plate, “ Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Rotatorien,”’ in Jenaische

Zeitschy. f, Naturw. Bd. xix. N. F. xii. pp. 50, 51.

92 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

a view which acquires the more probability because we not

unfrequently see a viscid drop adhering to the orifice of the

efferent duct.

The description of the adhesive glands of the foot may

perhaps be best appended to that of the skin, as they un-

doubtedly represent particularly strongly developed portions

of the subcuticular matrix. There are about six to eight

glands, each possessing a very long efferent duct traversing

the abdomen (figs. 1 and 7, f). ‘The further the cell pro-

ducing the viscous slime is moved from the posterior pole of

the body the longer is its efferent duct, which contains a great

number of granules. The foremost viscous glands, which are

placed at the level of the female sexual aperture or even still

further forward, have several nuclei which belong to separate

cells; thosesituated further back, on the contrary, are uninuclear.

The efferent ducts of the different glands run, without

uniting, to the caudal extremity, the peculiar construction of

which may be seen from fig. 4. It forms a rounded tubercle,

the periphery of which is beset with a number of small

denticles placed in a row, and thus resembles the cog-wheel

of amachine. The mucus secreted by the glands is pressed

out through these prongs, by which means it frequently

acquires the form of short threads lying side by side. It 1s

not always easy to convince one’s self of the construction of

the posterior extremity of the body, as, like the posterior

apparent segment itself, it can be introverted. When this is

the case an adherent disk with thickened margins seems to

close the caudal extremity, which, according to Claus, is

actually the case in Sezson.

The alimentary organs consist of three sections—the buccal

cavity with the masticatory apparatus, the cesophagus, and

the stomach. ‘The anterior extremity of the head may be

somewhat drawn in, and the small buccal aperture, situated at

its extreme apex, is therefore not always equally visible.

When we look down upon it from above, which, indeed, we

seldom have the opportunity of doing, we observe that around

it stand four tufts (fig. 5, ¢) of small rigid sete, which are

never moved, and evidently serve only for tactile purposes.

We shall perhaps not be mistaken if we regard these as the

last rudiments of the rotatory apparatus, which is retained in

a more distinct form in Sedson and in Paraseison ciliatus,

hereafter to be described. From the side, of course, we see

only two [bundles of |] tactile sete (fig. 6, ¢), and even these

become inaccessible to observation, when the fore part of the

head is more or less introverted. The buccal aperture itself

has a rounded form only when the masticatory apparatus is

of the Bay of Naples. 93

at rest; at each movement of the maxille it is, on the con-

trary, more or less elongated transversely. It leads into a

short, canaliform, buccal cavity, into the bottom of which

project the denticles of the mastax, which, dorsally, enclose

between them the orifice of the cesophagus (fig. 6). At the

first glance it seems as if the masticatory apparatus in Sedson

and Paraseison lay in a special appendage of the cesophagus,

and thus differed from the condition in the freshwater Rota-

toria; but as, in the latter, the cesophagus likewise always

opens dorsally into the masticatory apparatus, although

usually towards the middle or the hinder end of it, there is,

in these genera, only aconsiderable displacement forwards of

the cesophageal aperture.

The masticatory apparatus forms two divisions—the teeth,

which project forward into the buccal cavity, of which two

pairs are present (fig. 9, 1. and 11.), and a supporting appa-

ratus, bearing these, and placed further back (figs. 8, 9, a, B,

y). The latter consists of three pairs of rather large chiti-

nous ossicles, of which the middle one (a) far exceeds the

others in length, and therefore at once catches the eye. It

forms two thin spatuliform lamine, much narrowed in their

anterior half, where they unite to form a single pointed rod,

as is best seen by examination from below (tig. 9). At the

posterior extremity the two lamine certainly lie very close

together, but by a fine median line they show the original

double nature of the whole structure. The broad surfaces of

the lamine bear about nine longitudinal coste, which are

strongly marked posteriorly, but terminate in front in ex-

tremely delicate lines. ‘To the right and left of this median

piece (a) of the supporting apparatus lie two ossicles, one of

which (8) bends somewhat outwards and downwards, and the

other (y) in a large curve upwards; this latter dorsal member

does not extend quite so far backwards as the ventral one, of

which it must further be mentioned that its posterior extre-

mity is widened like the bowl of a spoon, while the anterior

end curves slightly outwards and is directly applied to one

of the teeth. At the point where the chitinous pieces y and @

meet there is also a small rib directed backwards (fig. 9, 8).

The two pairs of teeth, which are firmly united with the

above-described supporting pieces and are moved by them,

are of different forms. ‘Two teeth form litile rods, which fork

into two short points at the anterior end (fig. 9,1.). They are

supported by the pieces indicated by y. The two other teeth

are stout, elongate, ovate structures, which abruptly become

narrower in front. The reciprocal movement of these teeth

is effected by stout muscles, which spring from the coste of

94 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

the spatuliform median lamin and are inserted upon @ and

y. In the individual represented in fig. 9 these muscles

were contracted, by which means the anterior extremities of

6 and y, and therefore also the denticles, were drawn apart,

whereas in the resting state of the muscles they are very

closely approximated. Between the ossicles of the supporting

apparatus the efferent ducts of the ventral salivary glands

(fig. 9, dr’) may be traced to the denticles, the action of

which they assist with their secretion.

A little in front of the masticatory apparatus there lies

upon the dorsal surface of the buccal cavity a small rounded

body (figs. 5, 6, y), which, in the living animal, is always

remarkable by its yellowish-green colour. On closer exami-

nation this proves to be composed of several (probably four)

small bacilli, which are only slowly destroyed by solution of

potash and dilute sulphuric acid, and therefore appear to be

of a chitinous nature. ‘T'wo of these bacilli are rather longer

than the others (0:016 millim.) and terminate at one end in a

fine, somewhat bent point. As to the significance of these

structures I have been unable to arrive at any conclusion.

As two pyriform unicellular glands, furnished with a very

long efferent duct (fig. 6, dr?), which lie dorsally to the ceso-

phagus and right and left of the cerebrum, open between

them, they are probably functionally related to these. I

regard these organs, which likewise occur in the same way in

Setson, as viscous glands of the head, fulfilling the same

office as the pyriform cells of the foot. In fact, whenever a

faraseison creeps about upon the object-slide, attaching itself

alternately by the anterior and posterior poles of the body, we

find at the spots where the head was fixed a shining jelly,

which has evidently served for the attachment of the animal,

and is very probably secreted by the glands above described.

On the other hand, two other glands (fig. 6, dr’) must be

interpreted as salivary glands; these, which are of the same

structure as those just referred to, lie ventrally to the mouth

and open immediately between its teeth.

The esophagus (figs. 1, 2, 6,@) forms a narrow tube, of

equal width throughout, which traverses the entire length of

the head and neck and on approaching the dorsal surface of the

stomach passes into it. It is formed of a delicate membrane,

in which I could recognize fine muscular fibres but no nuclei.

In opposition to most Rotatoria we find its inner wall not

lined with cilia, and the food taken will therefore certainly be

conveyed backward by a sort of peristaltic movement, as is

also the case, for example, in the Synchete and Asplanchne.

The anterior extremity of the cesophagus very often shows

of the Bay of Naples. 95

an undulately denticulate inner wall, a peculiarity which is

probably to be ascribed to the muscles there situated. Soon

after its entrance into the neck the cesophagus receives on

each side the efferent duct of an elongate-pyriform unicellular

gland (fig. 6, dr*), which extends into the head and evidently

represents the “5-6 flask-shaped cells”? which are said to

occupy the same position in Sedson. To the third segment of

the neck belong two (or more?) small glands (fig. 2, dr’),

which likewise discharge into the cesophagus and by their

secretion facilitate the downward passage of the food.

The stomach (figs.1, 2, 13,st) formsan elongated sac, ceecally

closed behind, which is formed of large polygonal cells. The

latter are arranged in irregular longitudinal series, and, in a

well-nourished individual, densely packed with brown pig-

ment-particles. If the animals be allowed to starve for a

time, these disappear, and in an individual just escaped from

the ege they are not yet developed. It is remarkable that

the cells bear no cilia on the inner surface, a condition which,

so far as I know, has not hitherto been observed in any other

Rotatorian. It is, indeed, often difficult to detect the delicate

cilia in the stomach of the Rotatoria ; but I have definitely con-

vinced myself of their absence in many very favourable animals.

Indirectly the correctness of this statement is confirmed by

another observation. Thus, in the lumen of the stomach there

are frequently a great number of oil-globules of different

sizes, and these, when the stomach is perfectly quiescent,

remain quite motionless, even when they lie close to the wall,

which would be impossible if motile cilia were present. Claus

also noticed no vibratile movement in Setson. At the anterior

end of the stomach, above the point of entrance of the

cesophagus, two glands come in, which do not deviate from

the ordinary structure of these organs. In the hinder wall

the cellular coat of the stomach is somewhat thicker than

elsewhere, but it does not allow the smallest trace of even a

rudimentary intestine to be recognized. By the absence of

this, Paraseison may easily be distinguished from Seison, as

the latter, according to the last published observations ot the

Viennese naturalist, possesses, in both sexes, a rectum

opening with the sexual apparatus. ‘he food of Parasezson

appears to me to consist chiefly of vegetable detritus and of

particles of the eggs of Nebalia which have become decomposed ;

at least I often saw the stomach densely filled with a mass

permeated by numerous fat-drops, which I regard as yolk.

Probably the loss of the cilia of the stomach is to be ascribed

to a readily absorbable form of food of this kind, standing in

96 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

need of no further division. I have never seen in our animal

feecal matter of any kind.

The female sexual organs are situated, unlike those of all

other Rotatoria, dorsally with regard to the stomach. They

are two elongated sacs (fig. 1, ov), which, in adult animals,

traverse the whole trunk, and open, about the level of the

hinder extremity of the stomach, into a common efferent duct

(fig. 1, dw), which opens somewhat further back (a). This last

point strikes one very easily as a transverse slit in examining

the dorsal surface of the animal. When the sexual organs

have grown to a certain size, they very frequently extend

upon the sides of the body to the right and left of the stomach,

and in rare cases I have seen an ovary, or both of them, by

displacement, occupy the position characteristic of the other

Rotatoria, ventral to the stomach.

Although the structure of the female sexual apparatus

appears to be rather simple, I have not been able to arrive

at perfect certainty about all its characters, which may be

due to the fact that it is subject to different alterations,

according to the maturity of the ova. In the condition

which I have most frequently met with, a considerable num-

ber of ova are arranged behind one another and irregu-

larly side by side to form a sac-like organ, and each of them

is provided with a nucleus, which is distinguished by the

possession of a very large nucleolus. The size of the ova by

no means increases from before backwards, but large and

small ova follow one another indiscriminately. At the anterior

extremity of the whole organ there is, however, frequently a

special aggregation of smaller ova, which are distinguished

from the others by a much clearer vitellus, 7. e. containing

fewer fat-granules. We shall probably not be far wrong in

ascribing these clearer ova to an early stage of development.

All the ova of an ovarium are separated from each other by a

distinct wall, and even on very careful examination show

nothing in the shape of a membrane enveloping the whole ovary

and continued into the efferent duct (fig. 1, du) ; neverthe-

less something of the kind must probably be present, and only

escape observation by the fact of its clinging very closely to

the ova, for how else should these ova, which are not firmly at-

tached to each other, but change theirrelative positions and are

frequently separated by gaps, be united into a special organ ?

A somewhat different picture from that just described

is presented by some individuals, in which the anterior

parts of the right and left ovaries of the same female differ

considerably. ‘The apex of the left organ may be formed by

a rounded body filled with a homogeneous mass of plasma,

of the Bay of Naples. 97

in which numerous solid nuclei of different sizes are scattered.

The three nuclei situated in the following section approach

the ordinary form, which we see in the next section, by the

possession of a nucleolus, although this is but small. The

only remarkable deviation presented by the third section is that

its plasma is not yet segregated around all the nuclei into sepa-

rate ova. The ovary placed on the other side of the body in

the same individual, on the contrary, showed nothing but dis-

tinct ova with nuclei of the usual form. One cell con-

taining a remarkably large nucleus, appeared to be in process

of division, at least the form of the nucleus and an annular

constriction of the plasma led to this conclusion. The first sec-

tion of the left ovary seems to indicate that the ova at first are

not sharply separated from each other, but owe their origin to

a germinal layer, and that a transformation of the nuclei goes

on side by side with the development of separate ova. Per-

haps, however, such a germinal layer does not occur in all

individuals, but only in such as have left the egg compara-

tively early ; at least, 1 have met with many young females

in the ovaries of which all the ova were distinctly separated

from each other. It must remain for future investigations to

clear up completely the genesis of the female sexual products.

In the developed ovary we do not always observe the con-

trast above-mentioned between aggregations of ova rich and

poor in vitellus, but frequently all the cells are of the same

structure.

The extruded ova are of very considerable size in proportion

to the mother, and have an oval form pointed at one end

(fig. 10). Their length is about 0°187 millim., with a maxi-

mum breadth of 0:06 millim. It is remarkable that the true

ovum, the vitelline mass, only fills a little more than half

of the cavity enclosed by the structureless egg-capsule, the

rest of the space being occupied by a limpid fluid. In this I

always found one or two rounded polar corpuscles of

0:007-0:015 millim. in diameter ; these break up very slowly,

so that we still find them with fully developed embryos. As

a rule, only one polar corpuscle with a distinct nucleus was

present, and this always lay in the fluid of the pointed half

of the ovum ; if a second had been formed it was always of

smaller size. Only when the embryo approaches the end of

its period of development it becomes so voluminous that it

nearly fills the egg-capsule, even when, as appears to be

always the case, the head and tail are folded up against the

trunk. Owing to the abundance of yolk in the egg, it was

impossible for me to ascertain the details of the development.

The newly-hatched animals are about 0°39 millim. long and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 7

98 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitie Rotatorta

fully developed, but the stomach only acquires its brown pig-

ment by the inception of food. The ova lying in one mass

are not all of the same sex, but among the preponderant

number of female ova we find here and there a male one.

As I often found only one female near such a breeding-spot,

and indeed upon the Nebalia infested, it follows that the same

animal may deposit ova of different sexes; and this merits

notice because among the freshwater Rotatoria the indivi-

dual produces ova only of one sex, either male or female *.

The male sexual organs of Paraseison are of very peculiar

structure, and differ considerably in the corresponding organs

not only from the species of Sezson, but also from the other

Rotatoria. Like the female sexual organs they are paired

and placed dorsally with respect to the stomach. The testes

form two pyriform organs (fig. 13, te), which traverse the

greater part of the length of the trunk, and turn their wider

end forward. Posteriorly they gradually narrow into an

efferent duct, which is curved towards the back. They do

not, however, always retain their position above the stomach,

but frequently slip down on the two sides of it. They open

into a rounded body (wv), with regard to which, unfortunately, I

was unable to ascertain much. It appeared to me to be paired,

or at least divided by a groove into two lobes, and to stand in

connexion with a large pyriform organ (d. ¢.), which at once

catches the eye. ‘This sacciform structure becomes consider-

ably narrowed and then opens upon the dorsal surface at the

point where the neck and trunk pass into one another (a), and

in this terminal portion it shows a delicate ciliation, which,

however, lines the inner wall only for a short distance. The

broad posterior end of this peculiar organ, which seemed to

me to be formed of a structureless membrane, consists of a

homogeneous mass which is traversed by two contorted ducts

(v.d.) furnished with a ciliation striking backward ; the latter

open by two separate apertures into the cavity which lies

before them. As to their exact course and their connexion

with the body (#) which lies immediately behind them, I

could arrive at no definite opinion, as in the living animal

the investigation is rendered very difficult by its constant

movements, and dead specimens are always so contracted that

the parts in question are concealed.

The male generative organs of Sedson do not differ from those

of Paraseison just described so considerably as not to be com-

parable with them, and in accordance with this we have to

regard that structure (v) in our animal which receives the

efferent ducts of the testes as a seminal vesicle and the tor-

* See my previous memoir, /. ¢. p. 106.

of the Bay of Naples. 99

tuous ducts (v.d.) as vasa deferentia which conduct the semen

into the great cavity of the ductus ejaculatorius (d. e.). Per-

haps, indeed, there is only one vas deferens which possesses

two anterior apertures.

The ¢estes are often very difficult to find, especially when

they lie immediately above the brown stomach. They are

clothed with a delicate membrane, which contains in its inte-

rior many small cells, and in the mature state numerous

active and very small spermatozoa. In each of the latter a

head and a caudal thread may be easily recognized. In the

testes of the freshwater Rotatoria, as is well known, besides

the true spermatozoa, which resemble those just described, we

find motionless bacilli, pointed at the two ends, of which the

nature is doubtful. Ihave generally missed these in Para-

seison, and only once observed an aggregation of bacilli (y)

which might represent those just described. The seminal

vesicle is filled with a finely granular mass, probably con-

sisting of densely-packed spermatozoa.

The contents of the other parts of the generative apparatus

are very remarkable. The ductus ejaculatorius contains a

great number of flask-shaped corpuscles (figs. 11, 12, 13),

averaging 0°014 millim. in length and 0-005 millim. in

breadth, which are themselves incapable of motion, but of

which some are not unfrequently driven by ciliary action into

the vasa deferentia. In each flask we can distinguish three

divisions, namely an anterior hemispherical cap (fig. 12, a), a

somewhat narrower neck (0), and an ovate hinder portion (c),

which is two or three times the breadth of the neck. The

anterior and middle parts are clothed with a thin chitinous

membrane, whilst the capsule of the last division is thick and

firm. ‘These conditions are best recognized by allowing a

drop of solution of potash to act for a short time (fig. 11).

We then see that the dark shining rod, which traverses the

whole length of the neck, is not a canal, but a solid structure,

which projects somewhat into the anterior and posterior

pieces. The remainder of the neck is either without contents

or occupied by a limpid fluid. In the anterior division of the

structure under consideration there is a granular protoplas-

matic substance, which looks as if it consisted of a dense

accumulation of spermatozoa. It is wanting in the imme-

diate vicinity of the anterior end of the neck-axis, so that, as

shown in fig. 12, it arches over this central rod like a hood ;

only a fine streaking is to be recognized in the clear space

between the neck and the plasma. Whether the latter really

consists, as I believe, of a closely entwined coil of seminal

filaments I could not decide with certainty ; no movements

100 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

could be observed in it. The posterior division also contains

a finely granular mass, which, in general, does not completely

fill the space assigned to it, and also frequently shows vacuo-

liform clear spaces. It is certainly different in its structure

and nature from the substance of the head-piece.

So long as we have not succeeded in observing the action

of the flasklets above described in the act of copulation we can

only form suppositions as to their nature. I regard them as

spermatophores which, under certain circumstances, set free

the portion of semen contained in their anterior division.

This opinion is supported by the following observation. Not

unfrequently we find in the hinder termination of the vasa

deferentia sperm-flasklets which have the anterior division

still empty, but which are placed in the immediate vicinity of

a mass of living spermatozoa, and therefore produce exactly

the impression that they are about to take in a number of the

latter. Unfortunately I did not notice whether such sperm-

flasklets are or are not furnished with substance in their pos-

terior cavity ; but in my preserved material I found a young

male with a spermatophore having no semen in the anterior,

but with contents in the posterior division. Probably, there-

fore, this is formed by a turgescible mass, which, when in the

body of the female, bursts the walls of the flasklet, and so

renders it possible for the spermatozoa to amalgamate with

the ova. The position which the spermatophores take up in

the male animal is worthy of note. They areall, both in the

ductus ejaculatorius and in the vasa deferentia, arranged more

or less parallel to the longitudinal axis of the male, and always

turn the head-end towards the posterior pole of the body of

the latter (fig. 18). Where and how they are produced I was

unable to ascertain, but they are certainly formed very early,

as perfectly developed sperm-flasklets are to be met with in

the interior of embryos still unhatched.

No spermatophores or structures which can be compared

with these have hitherto been observed in the Rotatoria ; even

in Secson they do not appear to occur,—or are the small bacilli

which also show a clear middle part and dark anterior and

posterior divisions, and which, according to Claus, densely

fill the ductus ejaculatorius and the terminal portion of the

vas deferens, homologous although less perfect structures ?

The male sexual apparatus of Se/son, however, differs con-

siderably from that above described. ‘Thus its ductus eacu-

latorius, as stated by the Viennese zoologist, possesses two

appendicular organs, a diverticulum on the right-hand side

and opposite this a multipartite glandular body; further, the

same organ presents a wall furnished with strong muscula-

;

of the Bay of Naples. 101

ture, while in Parasetson this is either entirely deficient or

very feebly developed; lastly, the testicular tubes in the

species of Sedson are placed ventrally to the stomach, in Para-

seison beside or over it.

The copulation I have, unfortunately, been unable to

observe ; it would be interesting to find out something about

it, as from the mere knowledge of the male genitalia we can

scarcely form any idea of the process. That the ductus

ejaculatorius is everted through its narrow aperture of exit is

quite inconceivable, considering the entire absence of any mus-

culature which could effect this. It therefore hardly merits

this designation in Parasetson, whilst in Setson it may bear it

with propriety. Several times, indeed, I had occasion to see

how the sperm-flasklets were driven outwards into the anterior

peduncular portion of the ductus by the cilia. From the

absence of any organ having the function of a penis, copula-

tion can only be effected by the juxtaposition of the sexual

apertures, the different position of which in the two sexes must

compel the copulating individuals to take up an unusual

position with regard to each other. It is very remarkable

that, notwithstanding the great number of animals that I have

seen, I have never found spermatophores or spermatozoa in

the female individuals.

The water-vascular system of Paraseison presents nearly

the same constitution in both sexes, small differences only

being produced by its union with the efferent ducts of the

reproductive materials ; from the typical structure of the same

organ in the freshwater Rotatoria it differs by the possession

of a long lateral canal with a cecal termination. With the

exception of the tail it traverses all the divisions of the body

in the form of two tubes, which, however, are comparatively

easy to find only in the trunk, whilst in the neck and head

they are very liable to escape the notice of the observer,

owing to their small calibre and transparent texture. In

favourable specimens we see on each side, about the middle

of the head (fig. 6, 2’), a faint undulatory movement, which

is caused. by a small cylindrical flicker-organ (“ Ztter-

organ”). ‘This is seated upon a slender canal, which at this

particular point forms some loops, and which may also be

traced forward for some distance, although I could not succeed

in discovering its anterior termination in the head. The con-

tinuation of this tube backwards traverses the whole neck and

bears a second flicker-organ (fig. 6, 2?) at the transition-

point of the head and neck. ‘Throughout this space the

lumen of the canal continues of equal width. When the

vessel has passed into the trunk it approaches the ventral

102 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

surface and here forms a second coiled portion, which is fur-

nished with a third flicker-organ (fig. 13, 2°). From this

point it acquires a more considerable diameter, about five

times as great as before, and in the male runs obliquely

backwards and upwards to the posterior end of the sexual

apparatus. As to the mode in which it unites with the latter

organ, I have unfortunately no precise information. The

aquiferous vessel seemed to me to open into the seminal

vesicle, or a little before this into the testicular duct (fig. 13).

In the female the secretion-canal only rises a little towards

the back, and then runs backwards close and parallel to the

stomach, opening into the efferent duct, which is common

to both ovaries. Soon after this wide aquiferous vessel

on each side has quitted the coiled-up portion situated at the

commencement of the trunk, it emits, in both sexes, a slender

lateral branch which runs backward along the ventral

side of the animal (fig. 13, w.g'), the lumen of which is

not wider than that of the canal in the neck. At the point

of passage of the trunk into the tail this branch forms a

third coil lying close to the ventral side and connected

with two further flicker-organs (fig. 13, 24, 2°). In some

Asplanchne, the aquiferous vessels of which also fork, the

branches unite again before opening into the contractile

vesicle, and thus form a loop. I therefore supposed that

in Paraseison also there might be present a tubercle issuing

from the hindmost looping and returning to the main canal ;

but this was not to be found, and consequently the canal w.g!

seems to terminate cecally here. The five flicker-organs

on the right and left sides which appear to be proper to Para-

seison show no remarkable peculiarities in their structure.

They are small, cylindrical, posteriorly closed tubules, with a

cilium vibrating within them ; a broad, superficial, and narrow

edge-view, such as we meet with in so many other Rotatoria,

is not distinguishable here. ‘The wide main canal of the

trunk has only a narrow lumen, but a thick wall charged with

many granules and vacuoles. [Frequently the fluid-vesicles

lie close behind one another, like the beads in a necklace.

The same finely granular, gland-like constitution occurs also

in the coiled parts; while the narrow canals in the head, neck,

and trunk are clothed with a delicate almost structureless

membrane.

The structure of the secretory apparatus described above is

interesting, because it deviates from the typical construction

of this organ by the want of a contractile vesicle and by the

development of particular parts into mere conveying-ducts and

of others into secretory divisions; at least it appears to me

of the Bay of Naples. 103

that the differentiation into nearly smooth and thin, and into

finely granular thick vessels, certainly indicates such a

division of labour. The water-vascular system of Sezson, so

far as one can judge from the extant investigations, is not

quite so developed as in our animal. ‘There is said to be only

one flicker-organ, which represents that indicated by me as

z*, and in the trunk only one wide canal, which latter,

‘“¢ ascending to the intestine,” passes into ‘‘ a delicately mem-

branous saccule lying upon this.”

The connective tissue is represented in Paraseison by a few

thin threads, which extend between the organs and the skin.

Of the animal organs,

The nervous system has become very little known to me.

Above the anterior extremity of the cesophagus there is in the

head an elongated organ, somewhat pointed in front and ter-

minating broadly behind, the brain (fig. 6, g), in which, by

means of reagents, the presence of numerous nuclei with

comparatively large nucleoli may be demonstrated. This

is connected posteriorly with a dorsal feeler (fig. 6, d.t), the

setes of which arise from a circular aperture in the skin.

Their size is very variable in different individuals ; frequently

they are very long and easily recognizable, while in_ other

individuals they are remarkable for their smallness. To the

nervous system, no doubt, belong also the four groups of

tactile sete (figs. 5,6, ¢) which surround the buccal aperture ;

but I was unable to ascertain their connexion with the brain.

Lateral feelers, which are so characteristic of the freshwater

Rotatoria with the exception of the Philodinea, are wanting

in Paraseison. No eye-spots were seen.

The muscular system is difficult to observe in its details,

owing to the constant mobility of the living animal. The

longitudinal musculature is especially developed; whilst of the

scantily developed transverse bands we need mention only

three tolerably broad muscles, which lie at equal distances

apart below the dorsal surface of the trunk and extend over

the dorsal half of the sides of this division. The system o

thin transverse muscles covering the whole ventral side of the

trunk, which is so characteristic of Sedson, is entirely deficient

in Paraseison asplanchnus.

Of the longitudinal muscles those are of course the most

important which, on the one hand, retract the neck into the

trunk and, on the other, the hindmost segments into the basal

part of the tail. During invagination the neck always comes

to lie near the ventral surface, below the stomach, as the muscles

which act in this operation are nearer to the lower surface of

the body than to the back. These are two strong bands

104 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

(fig. 1, m*), smooth (like all the muscles), which traverse the

trunk on each side and can be traced into the third segment

of the neck. ‘They originate somewhat behind the middle of

the trunk, and are continued backwards in it on each side by

two closely approximated muscles (fig. 1, m’°). If we examine

Paraseison from the ventral surface we see, outside of the con-

tractile bands just described, on each side another one of

smaller size, which, however, traverses only the anterior half

of the trunk. Within the neck-retractors, marked m’*, there

are further two thin muscles, which commence at the base of

the neck and penetrate deeply into the tail near the median

line. Of the retractors of the caudal segments there are two

on each side especially developed, the course of which may be

seen in fig. 1, m* and m*. How far they extend posteriorly I

have omitted examining. Dorsally from these, two bands are

extended on each side, of which one (m") is delicate and short,

while the other (m’) consists essentially of two muscles, which

meet together at an angle, and of which the anterior one is

distinguished by its shortness and breadth. Besides those

mentioned above, the tail contains some other muscles, which

serve to introvert the hindmost segments. ‘Thus we have the

band indicated by m” in figs. 4 and 7 (which possibly forms

a continuation of m® or m*), as also m™ and m’’. The great

muscle traversing the trunk (m'), which is inserted in the

middle of the third ring of the neck, is followed anteriorly by

m* (fig. 2), the anterior point of attachment of which is at the

base of the head. This muscle draws back the first two

neck-segments, and is assisted therein by the smaller bands

(fig. 2, m’ and m’), the position and arrangement of which is

shown in the figure. All the longitudinal muscles just

described are in pairs, and symmetrically arranged to mght

and left. This applies also to the three short adductors which

introvert the most anterior part of the head. ‘Two of these

(fig. 6, m* and m”) lie above the masticatory apparatus, the

third pair (m") below it.

Having described as accurately as possible the organization

of Paraseison asplanchnus, the description of the other three

species of the same genus which occur on the Nebalie of the

Bay of Naples may be managed with few words, as, except

in a few particulars, they perfectly agree with the above

species.

2. Paraseison nudus, sp. n.

This form is distinguished especially, so far as I could see,

by the entire absence of the four groups of tactile setes which, -

in the ordinary species, surround the mouth ; consequently, in

of the Bay of Naples. 105

this species no trace of the rotatory organ has been retained—

a phenomenon which is one of the greatest rarities in the

class Rotatoria, Further, the head is somewhat different in

form from that of P. asplanchnus, inasmuch as it is much

attenuated in front, so that the buccal aperture is situated at

the apex of a small cone. ‘This species is much scarcer than

P. asplanchnus, and I have seen only two female examples of

it. ‘he measurements of one of these were as follows :—

Head 0°12, neck (almost extended) 0°12, trunk 0°18, tail 0°2.

3. Paraseison proboscideus, sp. nu.

Also, like the preceding species, possesses no buccal feelers,

but, on the other hand, the head is characterized by the presence

of a small naked proboscis, which is situated above the buccal

aperture and appears to act as a tactileorgan. I think I have

observed that this proboscis was connected by a delicate cord

(canal ?) with the yellowish-green body which I have already

mentioned in Paraseison asplanchnus. The masticatory appa-

ratus differs somewhat in form from that of the common

species. In the musculature surrounding it we observe some

bands, arranged transversely and parallel to each other, which

never caught my attention in P. asplanchnus. When fully

extended, the single female that I have observed measured

about 0°76 miullim.

4, Paraseison ciliatus, sp. n.

This species I have only twice seen living, but have often

been able to examine in preserved material. In some points

it greatly resembles Sedson Grubii, Claus, so that at first I was

in doubt whether it might not be identical with that form.

Like the species in question it has, on each side, to the right

and left of the buccal aperture, a strong tuft of cilia, by the

rapid movement of which the animal’s food is swept in.

There are, however, no tactile sete in the vicinity of the

mouth. A further agreement with the true Seisonide is to be

found in the fact that the matrix of the cuticle shows two

streaks of changed constitution on the two sides of the ventral

surface of the trunk. Hach of these longitudinal bands is

about 0°017 millim. in width, and bears a great number of

transverse, parallel, and very delicate fibrils, between which

comparatively numerous nuclei are placed. ‘These trans-

versely striated parts extend in the species of Secson over the

whole ventral surface of the trunk, while in our animal they

enclose between them the greater part of it unaltered in

106 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

structure. In all other peculiarities of organization, however,

there prevails a complete agreement with the above-described

species of Paraseison ; there is no intestine, the water-vascular

system forks in the trunk into a broad and a narrow branch,

in the hinder part of the head there are only two pyriform

glands, which open into the cesophagus at the commencement

of the neck, and in the so-called ductus ejaculatorius, the wall

of which shows no musculature, there are a number of the

flask-shaped_ structures which have been regarded as sperma-

tophores. The masticatory apparatus and the dimensions of

different divisions of the body are also as in P. asplanchnus.

5. On the Systematic Position of the Seisonide, and the

Natural Groups of the Rotatoria.

The new genus Parasetson described in this memoir cer-

tainly differs from the previously known genus Sedson in

many particulars; but these are of so slight a nature that no

doubt can exist as to the close relationship of the two forms.

A fresh investigation of the ectoparasites occurring on Nebalice

near 'T'rieste will probably also furnish evidence of some things

hitherto found only in Paraseison, such as the dorsal feeler, a

greater number of flicker-organs, and a ventral branch of

the part of the water-vascular system situated in the trunk.

As to the position which the genus Saccobdella occupies with

regard to these two genera further investigations must decide, as

our knowledge of this animal-form is at present very imperfect,

and we can only unite it provisionally and hypothetically with

Seison and Paraseison, in the family Seisonide. The relations

of this group to the other Rotatoria will be elucidated in what

follows.

In my recently published memoir on some ectoparasites of

Gammarus pulex | have attempted to show that the known

freshwater Rotatoria fall under two natural subdivisions, which

differ from each other in the general form of the body and in

many peculiarities of organization. The most important con-

trast is manifested in the structure of the female generative

organs. In one group, that of the Aductifera, or Philodinze,

these are paired, possess no efferent ducts, and are composed

of a homogeneous plasma-mass permeated by nuclei*, definite

portions of which are gradually constricted off, and fall, as

ova, into the body-cavity. In the other group, the sexual

organs are unpaired, but are formed of two sections having

different functions, one of which (ovary) contains the cells

* See the supplementary note at the close of this Memoir,

of the Bay of Naples. 107

which are in process of growth into ova, while the second

(vitelligene) merely furnishes the nutritive material necessary

for development. This family of the Ductifera, to which by

far the greater number of genera belong, possesses a special

duct for the reproductive materials opening in the back. The

nervous system presents a further decided distinction between

the two divisions. The Ductifera always* present two lateral

and one or two dorsal tufts of tactile sete, while in the Philo-

dinez: only the latter occur. The marine Rotatoria also, upon

which, however, we have no recent investigations, enter

without violence into these natural groups, so far as I can

judge from the examination of certain genera (Brachionus,

Pterodina, Colurus, Syncheta, Furcularia, and Philodinwe),

as they only differ very slightly from their allies in the fresh

water. But the three genera parasitic on Nebalia differ so

much from all other Rotatoria that in opposition to these they

must be united into a third family. Undoubtedly, however,

the Seisonidz come nearer to the Philodinzee than to the Duc-

tifera. With the former they share the elongate worm-like

form, and the faculty of pushing the foremost and hindmost

apparent segments into one another in telescope fashion.

The adhesive organ of the tail is formed in both sections by

a considerable number of glands, while the Ductifera only

possess two, or have lost them altogether; and further, in the

nervous system, the absence of the lateral feelers is common to

them. As the primitive construction of the rotatory apparatus

of the Philodina renders it probable that this family has

retained comparatively many of the characteristic peculiarities

of the original form of the entire class, we may also assume

that the Seisonide branched off comparatively early from the

genealogical tree of the Rotatoria. A further conclusion

arising from this (which, however, like all such phylogenetic

speculations, must, of course, be taken with the necessary

reserve) would then be that the female sexual organs of the

Rotatoria were originally paired, and consequently the un-

paired sexual apparatus of most members of the class is to be

regarded as something acquired secondarily. This view is

supported by the structure of the sexual organs in Pterodina

patina, Khr., a species whose genus (as I have previously

indicated) is one of the few Ductifera in which several primi-

tive peculiarities of organization have been preserved; the

Pterodine have the simple two-rowed rotatory apparatus of the

Philodinee, their water-vascular system has not yet developed

any contractile vesicle, and the long tail terminates with the

same tuft of cilia which characterizes the young forms of the

* To this Conochilus is an exception,

108 M. L. Plate on Ectoparasitic Rotatoria

Ductifera which are sessile when adult (Lactnularia, Meli-

certa, and their allies). They have further a horseshoe-

shaped vitelligene, each limb of which bears an ovary of

the usual construction at its posterior end, that of the left side

of the body being feebly, and that of the right side more

strongly developed, and the latter alone seeming to function.

This doubling of the ovary renders it very probable that the

two limbs of the vitelligene were also originally separate, and

only became united subsequently. A vitelligene so con-

structed, indeed, still occurs in some species of the genus

Asplanchna, which in other respects differs greatly from

Pterodina. Here the limbs of the organ are so long in pro-

portion to the part uniting them, that one is involuntarily

driven to the assumption of their original duplex nature,

although the ovary, which is placed at the apical point of the

two limbs, is unpaired. ‘The two genera just named, there-

fore, as regards the structure of the female sexual organs,

facilitate the passage from the two older families of the Philo-

dineez and Seisonidee to the more modified younger family of

the Ductifera.

This view as to the phylogenetic development of the

natural groups of the Rotatoria meets only with one difficulty.

The masticatory apparatus of the Seisonide closely approaches

the typical structure of this organ in the Ductifera, but differs

considerably from that of the Philodinwe. According to

Gosse*, one can distinguish in the mastax of the majority of

the Rotatoria a central ‘‘incus’’ composed of two “rami”

and two lateral “ mallei,” parts which may also be recognized

at once in Parasetson. In the Philodineee, on the contrary,

these ossicles are fused together into two ribbed masticatory

plates, which also reappear in exactly similar development in

many Melicertide. ‘These facts admit two hypotheses for

their explanation ; either the biting-organs of the Archirotator

were like those now presented by the Philodinee, and deve-

loped themselves therefrom, independently of each other, in

two different sections ; or, and I regard this as more probable,

they showed from the beginning the structure still existing in

the majority of the Rotatoria, from which, then, the two mas-

ticatory plates which we now find in the Philodinez and

some Ductifera were produced by the growing together of

the chitinous bands belonging to each half of the body.

In conclusion, a condensed summary of the most important

anatomical points for the distinction of known genera and

species of the family Seisonide may here follow: as a matter

of course it represents only the present standpoint of our

* Gosse, “ Manducatory Organs of Rotifera,” in Phil, Trans. 1856,

of the Bay of Naples. 109

knowledge, and will, perhaps, very soon have to submit to

alterations.

Characters of the Family Setsonide.

Elongate, vermiform animals, 4-3 millim. in length, of

similar form in both sexes, so that the sexual dimorphism is

expressed prominently only in the sexual apparatus. The

males are somewhat smaller than the females and not quite

so abundant. ‘The body is divided into four sections composed

of apparent segments, which are distinguished from before

backwards as head, neck, middle body (trunk), and tail, and,

with the exception of the last two, are sharply separated from

each other. ‘The neck can be retracted in its whole length

into the trunk, to the ventral surface of which it is then applied.

The rotatory apparatus is either present only in a rudimentary

form, or altogether wanting. ‘The long, narrow esophagus

opens into the anterior end of the masticatory apparatus, so

that the latter forms a sacciform, ventral appendage of the

cesophagus. In the head two dorsal and two ventrally situ-

ated, long-stalked, pyriform glands, which empty their secre-

tion before the mastax or into it. Muciparous cells of the

same kind exist also in the hind head and neck. Stomach

elongated, with two glands at the anterior end, formed of

large polygonal cells which bear no cilia within. Sexual

organs paired, but with a common dorsal evacuator,

which opens in the male at the point of passage of the neck

and trunk, in the female at the posterior extremity of the

trunk. The ovaries consist of numerous, distinctly separated

ova, and are therefore not differentiated into ovary and vitel-

ligene. ‘The male sexual apparatus is of complicated struc-

ture, in which various parts, which are regarded as seminal

vesicle, vas deferens, and ductus ejaculatorius, may be distin-

gushed. ‘Two aquiferous vessels, furnished with “ flicker-

organs’? traverse head, neck, and trunk, and discharge them-

selves externally with the sexual organs. Characteristic of

these is (1) The development of some parts into thin-walled

and of others into thick-walled canals; and (2) the absence

of a contractile vesicle. T’o the nervous system belongs a

ganglion placed dorsally in the head, and bearing a dorsal

feeler. There are no lateral feelers. The longitudinal mus-

culature is strongly, and that running transversely feebly

developed; it is smooth throughout. The tail contains a

number of long-stalked, pyriform, viscous glands, which open

at the hindmost pole of the body. At the same point there is

towards the ventral surface a vesicle opening by a short pro-

110 M. L. Plate on Hctoparasitic Rotatoria

jecting canal, the signification of which is doubtful. The

animals live ectoparasitically upon the species of Nebalia of

the Mediterranean and North Sea, especially on their bran-

chial lamine. They creep about after the fashion of geome-

tric caterpillars, and deposit their ova in groups. At the

commencement of development one or two polar corpuscles

appear; all its stages are passed in the egg. Special per-

sistent (winter) eggs do not occur.

Genus I. SEISON, Grube.

With an intestine, which discharges itself with the excre-

tory organ, and therefore places the anal aperture in different

parts of the body in the two sexes. otatory apparatus rudi-

mentary, formed by two tufts of cilia placed at the foremost

pole of the body. In the posterior half of the head 5-6

flask-shaped cells, the efferent duct of which passes into the

fore part of the neck. ‘The sexual organs of the female are

placed ventrally to the stomach. The aquiferous vessels do

not fork in the trunk, The ductus ejaculatorius of the male

possesses a well-developed musculature in its walls, and per-

forms undulatory movements. On the right side it forms a

lobiform diverticulum, and opposite to this on the left side a

multipartite glandular body. No spermatophores. The tail

terminates posteriorly in an adhesive disc. The whole ven-

tral surface of the trunk is covered with a great number of

transverse muscular fibres, and thereby acquires a striated

appearance. In the Adriatic near ‘Trieste.

1. Seison Grub, Claus.x—Trunk not annulated; neck

formed of three segments.

2. Setson annulatus, Claus.x—Trunk divided into a large

portion, and, following this, four short joints; the neck shows

more than three rings.

Genus II. PARASEISON, gen. nov.

In both sexes without intestine. Rotatory apparatus either

as in Setson, or reduced to a few tactile sete, or entirely

wanting. Inthe hind-head only two flask-shaped glands,

which open into the cesophagus in the commencement of the

neck, Sexual organs in male and female placed laterally or

dorsally to the stomach, only exceptionally displaced below

it. Hach aquiferous vessel with five flicker-ergans, and giving

off a thin-walled, ceecally terminating lateral branch in the

anterior part of the trunk. The ductus ejaculatorius of the

male with smooth walls, with no movements or lateral organs,

with numerous flask-shaped spermatophores. ‘The tail does

of the Bay of Naples. Liv

not terminate with an adhesive disc, but the posterior pole of

the body has the form of a hemisphere, which is beset with a

row of small denticles, between which the viscous glands dis-

charge themselves. In the Bay of Naples.

1. Paraseison asplanchnus, sp. n.—Average size of the

adult female 1 millim. Without true rotatory apparatus,

but with four tufts of tactile setee standing round the buccal

aperture.

2. Parasetson nudus, sp. n.—Size 0°6 millim. Head

without any trace whatever of a rotatory apparatus, and also

without buccal tactile sete. It also becomes attenuated in

front, so that the buccal aperture comes to be situated at the

apex of a small cone.

3. Paraseison proboscideus, sp. n. Size 0°75 millim.

Head without any trace of rotatory apparatus, without tactile

sete: at the mouth, but with a small proboscidiform eversion

of the skin, situated above the buccal aperture, which serves

as a tactile organ. Kare.

4. Parasetson ciliatus, sp.n. Size about 1 millim. Assists

in the transition to the genus Sezson, inasmuch as the rota-

tory apparatus is developed as in that genus, and further there

are, on the ventral surface of the trunk, two longitudinal

streaks composed of numerous parallel muscular fibres. Not

uncommon.

With these two better-known genera is to be arranged the

still insufficiently investigated

Genus III. SAccoppELLA, Van Beneden & Hesse.

Saccobdella nebalie, Van Ben. & Hesse. Length 2-3

millim. The abdomen terminates in two pedunculate sucking-

discs. Neck composed of five segments of about equal

length, tail of four rings. Buccal aperture on the lower sur-

face of the head, not far from the anterior margin. The in-

testine is said to traverse the whole body in the median line.

Colour of the body a very light blue. The ova possess a

small stalk, and several of them may be united to form a

bush-like group. In the North Sea.

Posrscript.—The assertion formerly made by me (Zeitschr.

f, wiss. Zool. Bd. xliii. pp. 230 e¢ segg.), and to which I have

veferred in the preceding memoir, that the sexual organs of the

female Philodinewz are not divided into a germigene and a

vitelligene, has recently proved to be a mistake. Soon after

the completion of the manuscript of this memoir, I found the

germigene in seme Philodinse which were better suited to

112 Bibliographical Notices.

the study of this organ than the Callidina parasitica, Gigl.,

previously investigated by me. I can now, therefore, in this

point fully confirm the descriptions of the germi-vitelligene

since given by Tessin (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xliv.

pp: 273 et seqgq.) and Zelinka (bid. pp. 396 et seqq.).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

All the figures relate to Paraseison asplanchnus, and the letters have

the following signification :—

a. Aperture of the sexual organs. a. Cisophagus.

d. ej. Ductus ejaculatorius. ov. Ovary.

dr. Glands of the head and neck. st. Stomach.

dt. Dorsal feeler. t. Buccal feelers.

du. Efferent duct of the female te. Testes.

sexual organs. v.d. Vas deferens,

f. Pedal glands. wg. Aquiferous vessel.

g. Brain. Li

“s 3 ee ae Doubtful organs.

ma. Masticatory apparatus. z. Flicker-organs.

o. Buccal aperture.

Fig. 1, Female animal, x 230.

Fig, 2. Neck, x 275.

Fig. 3.* Section through the cuticle of the trunk.

Fug. 4.* Hinder extremity of the tail.

Fg. 5.* Anterior end of the head, seen in front.

Fig. 6. Head, x 550,

hig. Tail,

Fg. 8.* Masticatory apparatus seen from the side.

Fig. 9.* Masticatory apparatus seen from below. ‘

Fig. 10, Deposited ova, x 120.

ig. 11. Spermatophore after treatment with solution of potash.

Fg. 12. Spermatophore in the natural state.

Fig. 18, Trunk of the male, x 275.

The figures marked with an asterisk have no indication of the

amount of enlargement.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Flora of Hertfordshire. By the late A. R. Pryor, B.A., F.LS.

Edited for the Hertfordshire Natural History Society by Brensamrn

Darvon Jackson, Sec. L.8. With an Introduction on the Geology,

Climate, Botanical History, Sc. of the County, by Joun Hopxtnson,

F.LS., F.G.S., and the Eprror, London: Gurney and Jackson,

1887. 8vo, pp. viii & 588.

To edit a botanical work by one like the late Mr. Pryor, whose

work we have been led to expect would at least equal, if not

Bibliographical Notices. 113

surpass, some of the latest of our County Floras, was no light task ;

and probably Mr. Jackson has acted wisely in not materially inter-

fering with the MS. of the author, as he distinctly states he has

notin the preface. The inference from this will be that, so far as

the actual Flora itself is concerned, Mr. Jackson’s work has to a

great extent been mechanical, hence he can hardly be held respon-

sible for any opinions it may express.

One small matter is to be heartily approved of—that is, the full

references given under the generic and specific names ; anyone who

has worked at local botany will for this be most thankful.

The work consists of a Map of the county showing the Botanical

divisions arranged under the river-basins. An Introduction, treating

of the Stratigraphical Geology, with two Maps, Hydro-geology,

Climate, Botanical districts, Botanical History, and list of Contribu-

tors. Following this comes the list of the Flowering Plants and

higher Cryptogams, occupying 496 pages ; an appendix of “ Addi-

tional published stations”; ‘Cryptogamia,” with 12 pages; a

* Tabular Statement of Plant-distribution in Hertfordshire and

neighbouring counties,” of 31 pages; a Summary of this; ‘* Addi-

tions and Corrections,” and Index.

Looking through the Flora itself, which it should be stated is

arranged according to Nyman’s ‘ Conspectus Flore Europes,’ there

are a few things that call for notice. No time of flowering is given

for any plants in the body of the work, which, Mr. Jackson rightly

says, “‘ to be of any use should be drawn from actual local observa-

tion.” The Thalictrum from Royston is given as 7. Jacquinium

(following Nyman). If this is the same as the Cambridgeshire

Gogmagogs plant, the writer of this doubts it ; he has vainly tried to

get that determined by continental experts, having grown it for

several years past. In the Violets, V. sepincola and permixta of

Jordan are placed under odorata (following Babington); they may

technically be so placed, but naturally they are Airta forms, and so

show themselves under cultivation. The locality for Silene nutans,

“‘Garden wall one or two plants for last 22 years,” followed by

*‘ Native,” is not following in the footsteps of our great topographi-

cal authority, Mr. H.C. Watson. Webb and Coleman, in their ‘ Flora

Hertfordiensis,’ very rightly place the mark of non-nativity to the

plant. It might be contended that it follows (in the flora) the

words ‘‘ English-Germanic” and applies to them; if so, it at once

loses its local signification, and that alone can be accepted in a

County Flora. In the same genus another species, S. conica, is

recorded as native, the record running thus :—“ Three plants in the

middle of a fifty-acre field near High Down,” with a reference to

the ‘Journal of Botany.’ Whether we are to accept the! given

after this locality as a record of a specimen received, or of actually

seeing the plant a situ, is not plain; the note in the ‘Journal of

Botany’ would seem to say the former. Anyhow the record is a

most unjustifiable one (as a native), and one can hardly tell how Mr.

Pryor could have accepted it as such. It is only perhaps to be ex-

plained on the supposition that here “field” may really mean

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 8

114 Bibliographical Notices.

** Wield”—7. e. an open sheep-walk, its meaning in some of the

eastern counties. If so, the plant might possibly be native though

extremely doubtful. It is one of those species that appear some

years in profusion and in the next can hardly be found; at least

such is the experience of the writer in E. and W. Norfolk on the

** Breck ” lands and sea-cliffs. Here and there the British botanist

will find “ forms” the names of which he is not familiar with, as

under Silene Cucubulus, p. 61, at p. 112 &e.

The Rubiseem to have been better worked out than the Roses; surely

there are more forms of canina in Herts than those given. Is not

the reference under Hieracium vulgatum vy. maculatum (p. 254) a slip ?

Smith’s plant was hardly the same as this. On page 269 Pyrola

rotundifolia is accepted as a Herts species: surely this (at least)

should have been queried; there is no intimation that Mr. Pryor

had seen a specimen, and it is a rare southern plant, although it

does occur in Kent! The query after ‘‘ Cambs” under Eriophorum

latifoliun may be expunged; there are specimens in Smith’s herbarium

at the Linnean Society “ from Parson Holme.”

It seems somewhat remarkable that Herts should possess Carex

lepicdocarpa, Tausch., and no other form of C. flava, Z.; yet elsewhere

in Britain lepidocarpaisarare form, On page 440 Mr, Pryor substi-

tutes Carex gracilis, Curtis, for C. acuta, L. (1753), yet writes C. vul-

garis, F., for C. Goodenovii, Gay.

The species of the county are those mostly representing the flora

of the Thames basin, with some rarities, and a few absences that

are rather remarkable.

Of the firstmay be named Lythrum Hyssopifolia, Libanotis montana,

Bulbocastanum Linnea, Melampyrum cristatum, Orchis militaris,

Aceras Herminium, Carex paradoxa, Phleum phalaroides, &e. Of

the latter may be mentioned Corydalis claviculata and Viola

palustris.

Thesium humifusum is very rare in the county on the chalk. There

seems something about this species in its distribution in our country

that is peculiar ; why is it not a Kent plant? Yet within afew miles

of the Kentish border in Surrey it abounds in exactly the same

ground as occurs in Kent, without apparently any special physical

conditions. <Alchemilia vulgaris is a species that is tolerably common

in Herts; yet in Surrey, Middlesex, and Kent it is very rare; why ?

With about the same natural, physical, and geological conditions

there is yet something needed to explain these anomalies of distribu-

tion.

On closing this Flora, one of the latest additions to our counties,

the writer of this owns to a disappointment felt, which he thinks

he is justified in saying he is not alone in. One cannot but deeply

regret the death of its author, and feel that the work of two men

good and true), Webb and Coleman, in their ‘ Flora Hertfordiensis’

(far in advance of its times as it was), would have been carried to a

higher standard had he lived to give it to the world.

ArtHuR BENNETT.

Bibliographical Notices. 115

British Oribatide. By Ausert D. Micuart, F.LS., F.R.M.S., &e.

Vol. II. 8vo. Printed for the Ray Society, London, 1888.

Arter the lapse of something more than three years we have the

pleasure of calling our readers’ attention to the publication of the

second volume of Mr. Michael’s admirable work on the British

Oribatide. It forms the Ray Society's volume for 1887, and so

fully supports the character which we gave of its predecessor that

we have no occasion to do much more than announce its appear-

ance.

The volume opens with an amended table of the genus Teyeo-

cranus, rendered necessary by the detection in Britain of three species

of that genus (two of them described as new) since the publication

of the first volume. Descriptions and tables follow of nineteen

species of Notaspis, seven of Damcus, six of Hermannia, two of

Eremeus, thirteen of Nothrus, four of Hypochthonius, five of Hoplo-

phora, and two of Scutovertex (with an amended table), making

together fifty-four species, all of which are described and figured

with the same care and detail as those cited in the former volume.

Of these fourteen, or about one fourth, are described as new species ;

and several of the others, especially belonging to the genus Notaspis,

have been previously described by the author in the ‘ Journal of the

Royal Microscopical Society.’ The habits and transformations of

the species are described in the same careful manner as in the

preceding volume, and the work is rendered more complete by the

addition of further notes on the species therein noticed.

In an appendix Mr. Michael gives us an amended classification of

the genera belonging to this curious family of Mites, a further con-

tribution to the knowledge of their anatomy, some interesting notes

on the phenomena attending the change from the nymph to the

adult state, a bibliography of the literature relating to the Oriba-

tide, and last, but not least, a list, with brief notes and references,

of recorded species of the family which are not known to occur in

Britain. The list is a long one: but, as the author points out, many

of the species are imperfectly described and figured, and may turn

out to be identical with other recognized species, while some of the

names may represent immature forms.

Under any circumstances, whether we consider the full and care-

ful descriptions, or the beautiful series of illustrations, or the manner

in which the author has summarized the labours of his predecessors,

we have in these volumes one of the most complete treatises that

can be conceived, and future students of the Acarina will owe a

debt of gratitude to Mr. Michael for his labours, and to the Ray

Society for producing their results in so admirable a form,

116 Bibliographical Notices.

Campagnes Scientifiques du Yacht Monégasque 0 Hirondelle. Trois-

iéme Année, 1887. Excursions Zoologiques dans les tles de Fayal

et de San Miguel (Acores). Par Jutus DE Guerne. 8vo. Paris:

Gauthier-Villars et fils, 1888.

His Highness Prince Albert of Monaco, following the example of

some few less distinguished yachtsmen, zealously devotes himself

during his voyages to the investigation of various scientific questions.

As arule, perhaps from a feeling that in these investigations he is

to be regarded as representing his principality, and with a laudable

desire to make it famous for something more than the worship of

the black and the red with which the name of Monaco is generally

associated in the minds of men, he has generally directed his efforts

to the class of researches usually carried on by Government expe-

ditions, and the currents of the North Atlantic, especially the Gulf-

stream, the largest of them all, have attracted most of his attention.

But while these physical questions have formed the main objects of

his voyages, other things have not been neglected, and he has

always secured the companionship of two or three naturalists to

assist him in working out such zoological problems as may present

themselves for solution during the expeditions.

Among these M. Jules de Guerne, the author of the work whose

title stands at the head of this notice, seems to have always occupied

a place, as we find him contributing papers upon the zoological

results of both the Prince’s previous voyages in 1885 and 1886. In

1887 the great object of the expedition was a further investigation

of the currents of the Atlantic; but a short stay at the Azores was

taken advantage of by M.de Guerne for the purpose of studying the

freshwater fauna of those islands. His results, as here given, are

exceedingly interesting.

In such islands as the Azores of course the amount of fresh

water is comparatively limited, consisting chiefly of small lakes

generally situated in the hollows formed by extinct volcanic craters.

Tn these the author instituted researches analogous to those which

have furnished such interesting results in the case of various Kuro-

pean lakes ; and these were of the more importance in the case of

the Azores, isolated specks in the midst of the ocean, because from

the recent date at which the water of these lakes must have accu-

mulated, the time for the introduction of freshwater organisms

must have been very limited. Itis therefore interesting to find

that, as in the case of the majority of the terrestrial animals, the

forms are decidedly European, although it must be admitted that in

some cases the species are very generally distributed.

A very few species are regarded by the author as new to science.

They include a minute Gasteropod, referred with doubt to the genus

Hydrobia, andnamed H.? evanescens. It seems still to be doubtful,

however, whether this mollusk may not be a juvenile form. The

only Lamellibranchiate mollusk obtained is also described as a new

species, under the name of Pisidium Dabneyi, which, from the re- |

marks made upon it, would seem to be most nearly related to the

Geological Soctety. 1%

European P. fontinale. Two Edriophthalmous Crustacea (Phiboscia

Guernei and Orchestia Chevreuxi) and an Ostracod (Cypris Moniezi)

are also described as new.

The most important special zoological section of the work is a

monographic note on the Rotiferous family Asplanchnide, a trans-

lation of which is given in the present number of the ‘ Annals,’ and

to which therefore we need not further refer, except to say, in

continuation of the last paragraph, that it includes descriptions of

four new species, only one of which (A. Jmhofi), however, is

peculiar to the locality.

M. de Guerne gives a useful table of the terrestrial and freshwater

animals now known to inhabit the Azores (omitting the terrestrial

Insects), indicating particularly their distribution as observed by

himself in Fayal and St. Michael’s, with notes on the records of

other writers.

In conclusion, the author discusses the general results of the

researches made by himself and others upon the fauna of the

Azores, and arrives at results which may be summarized as fol-

lows :—The terrestrial fauna of the Azores is of distinctly European

character, which is still more the case with that of the fresh waters.

The species are generally very widely ‘distributed, many of them

probably cosmopolite ; they seem to have been chiefly conveyed to

the Azores by winds and by birds. The peopling of the Azorean

fresh waters has been accomplished rapidly, the lakes being of com-

paratively modern origin. The fecundity and power of adaptation

to new media of the introduced animals, coupled with the absence

of the struggle for existence, will account for the rapidity with

which the waters have become peopled. The marked differentiation

of the terrestrial fauna is explained by the facts that the facilities

of transport of these types are less and that its origin is much more

ancient. The Alpine character of the terrestrial fauna of the Azores

maintained by some writers has not been demonstrated.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

: GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 9, 1888.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“ The Stockdale Shales.” By J. E. Marr, Esq., M.A., Sec.G.S.,

and Prof. H. A. Nicholson, M.D., D.Sc., F.G.S.

The Stockdale Shales extend in an E.N.E.—W.S.W. direction

across the main part of the Lake District, parallel with the under-

lying Coniston Limestone Series and the overlying Coniston Flags,

118 Geological Society.

with both of which they are conformable. They also occur in the

neighbourhood of Appleby, and in the Sedbergh district. They are

divisible into a lower group of black and dark grey and blue Grap-

tolite-bearing shales, interstratified with hard bluish-grey mud-

stones containing Trilobites and other organisms, and an upper

group of pale greenish-grey shales, with thin bands of dark Grap-

tolitic shales. The lower group (Skelgill Beds) is well seen in the

stream which runs past Skelgill Farm, and enters Windermere near

Low Wood; while the upper group (Browgill Beds) occurs fully

developed in the Long Sleddale Valley, and its beds are very fossili-

ferous in Browgill.

The authors divide these shales into a series of fossil-zones in the

following order :—

‘A Upper { a 1

(tae Eads ie Ba 2 zone of Monograptus crispus.

| OMe Ba 1 — ————-—— twrriculatus.

‘Ac 5 ——— Rastrites maximus.

Stockdale : Ac 4 -——— Acidaspis erinaceus,

Shales 4 | Upper { Ac 3 ——— Monograptus spinigerus.

| | Ac 2 —-— Ampyzx aloniensis.

| | Ac 1 Monograptus Clingant band.

| | (Ad 6 Barren band.

\ Skelgill Beds ¢ | Ad 5 zone of Monograptus convolutus,

. ! Ab 4 ——— Phacops glaber.

| eet Ab 3 ——— ‘Monogvintus argenteus,

| | Ab 2 — Encrinurus punctatus.

| Ab 1 ——— Monograptus fimbriatus.

| ii Aa 2 — Dimorphograptus confertus.

\ pies ae 1 ——— Diplograptus acuminatus &

Atrypa flexuosa,

Of these zones, the lowest varies, occurring as a thin limestone in

Skelgill, with Atrypa flexuosa, n. sp., and as Graptolitic shale at

Browgill with Diplograptus acuminatus, Nich. The others appear

to run persistently across the district, with the exception of the

zone of Rastrites maximus, which has only been discovered in the

Sedbergh area. The thicknesses, lithological characters, and fossil

contents of these zones were considered, and comparisons made

between these beds and the corresponding deposits of other areas.

The whole group attains a thickness of from 250 to 400 feet, of

which the Skelgill beds usually make up about one quarter.

The authors correlate the Graptolite-zones with those of the

Birkhill and Gala groups of Professor Lapworth as follows :—

Lake District. South of Scotland,

Zone of Monograptus crispus...... = Zone of M. exiguus.

a CUPTICULQEUS ...020.. Not separated.

. Rastrites maximus ...... = Zone of LR. maximus.

Monograptus spinigerus \ = Monograptus spinigerus.

”

Monograptus Clingani band ...... ar a

Notimrepresented 20 1.2 .ccscse-ecenser ,, Letalograptus cometa.

Zone of Monograptus convolutus

99 AMGENTCUS Levee reece = Zone of M. gregarius.

9 fimbriatus ...- 1c.

» Dimnorphograptusconfertus = » Diplograptus vesiculosus.

Diplograptus acuminatus = » LD. acuminatus,

Geological Society. 119

The zones of M. convolutus, M. argenteus, and M. fimbriatus con-

tain abundance of M. gregarius, and the zone of Dimorphograptus

confertus also contains Diplograptus vesiculosus in considerable

numbers.

The beds were also compared with the corresponding beds in

Sweden, Bohemia, Bavaria, &c., and the fossils other than Grapto-

lites were shown to occur elsewhere in strata of Llandovery-Tarannon

age, from which it was concluded that the Stockdale Shales occupy

that horizon.

A fault occurs everywhere between the Middle and Lower Skelgill

Beds, except perhaps in the Sedbergh district ; but it does not seem

to cut out a great thickness of rock, and the authors gave reasons

for supposing that it was produced by one set of beds sliding over

the other along a plane of stratification.

The beds are found to thicken out in an easterly direction, and

the possibility of the existence of land in that direction was suggested.

The authors directed attention to the importance of the Graptoli-

toidea as a means of advancing the comparative study of the strati-

fied deposits of Lower Paleozoic age.

A description was given of the following new species and varieties :—

Phacops elegans, Boeck & Sars, var. glaber, Cheirurus bumucronatus,

Murch., var. acanthodes, Cheirurus moroides, Acidaspis erinaceus,

Harpes judex, H. angustus, Ampyx aloniensis, Proétus brachypygus,

and Atrypa flexuosa.

May 23, 1888.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“On the Skeleton of a Sauropterygian from the Oxford Clay,

near Bedford.” By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

A description was given of a considerable portion of the skeleton

of a Sauropterygian from the Oxford Clay of Kempston, consisting

of several upper teeth, most of the mandible (of which the symphy-

sial region is entire), a considerable number of vertebree mainly

from the “ pectoral” and dorsal regions, the greater portion of the

two pelvic, and fragments of the pectoral limbs, and a considerable

proportion of the pectoral and pelvic girdles. These remains were

referred to Plesiosaurus philarchus, Seeley, and the various parts

described in detail.

The Author discussed the advisability of retaining the forms de-

scribed by various generic names by Professor Seeley, under the

name of Plesiosaurus, and stated his intention of employing the

latter term in its widest sense for the present. With this definition,

the form under consideration was shown to present characters

intermediate between those of Plesiosaurus and Pliosaurus, but was

retained provisionally in the former genus. Although a direct link

in the chain connecting the two genera, P. philarchus was not

120 Geological Society.

regarded as an ancestor of Pliosawrus, since teeth undistinguishable

from those of the latter genus occur in the Coralline Oolite.

Finally it was concluded that the evidence brought forward was

sufficient to render necessary the abolition of the name Pliosauride,

and the inclusion of Plesiosaurus and Pliosaurus in a single family.

June 6, 1888.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“On the Occurrence of Calcisphere, Williamson, in the

Carboniferous Limestone of Gloucestershire.” By EH. Wethered, Esq.,

BGS: 02.8:

The small hollow spheres, with varying forms of peripheral

appendages, described by Prof. Williamson as Calcisphere, were

found in the Carboniferous Limestone of Flintshire, and were

suggested by him to be possibly Foraminifera or the reproductive

capsules of some marine form of vegetation, although he admitted

that no forms hitherto discovered afforded any definite support to

this hypothesis. Prof. Judd expressed a belief that the objects

were Radiolaria; whilst Mr. Shrubsole discovered similar bodies in

the Mountain Limestone near Llangollen, and conjectured that the

described forms inciuded both Foraminifera and Radiolaria.

The Author has discovered the Calcisphere in great numbers in

the Carboniferous Limestone of Gloucestershire. He discussed the

identity of certain calcareous rings ‘005 in. in diameter, seen in

sections of the limestone of Clifton, &c., with siliceous bodies which

he had described in a recent paper read before the Society, and gave

an account of the calcareous and siliceous forms which were both

referable to Calcisphere. He commented upon the character of the

carbonate of lime of the calcareous bodies, which presented a granular

structure characteristic of the truly organic portion of the limestone,

and not a clear crystalline aspect like that of the infilling or replacing

calcite; he concluded therefore that the tests had been originally

calcareous, and not siliceous replaced subsequently by carbonate of

lime. This was urged as a strong argument against regarding the

organisms as Radiolaria, and the Author, whilst considering it

unwise to come to a decided conclusion, believed it safe to say that

they were Protozoa.

June 20, 1888.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On the Occurrence of Marine Fossils in the Coal-Measures of

Fife.” By Jas. W. Kirkby, Esq. (Communicated by Prof. T.

Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.8.)

This paper recorded the discovery of fossils of good marine types —

in the Fifeshire Coal-measures. . This coal-field is of limited extent,

Geological Society. 121

the Coal-measures dipping under the sea towards the east and

south. The prevailing fossils are those characteristic of the Coal-

measures in other districts, Anthracosia, Anthracomya, Anthra-

coptera, Spirorbis, many fishes, and some few Amphibian remains.

Lately a sinking was commenced in the Upper Red beds, below

which, and just above a thin band of poor coal, a thick bed of dark

shale was passed through, which proved to be tolerably fossiliferous.

Lingula, Murchisonia, and two species of Bellerophon occurred. This

horizon was subsequently proved elsewhere in the district, and

furnished the following fossils from three localities, namely :—

Strephodus sauroides?, Ag. (teeth and scales) ; Rhizodopsis, sp.

(scales); Palseoniscid scales ; Diplodus gibbosus, Ag. ; Mesodomodus,

sp.n.; Petalodus Hastingsie ; Discites rotifer?, Salt. ; Discites, sp.

(with longitudinal ribs); Discites, sp. (smooth) ; Orthoceras at-

tenuatum?, Elem.; Bellerophon Urii, Flem.; Murchisonia (Aclisma)

striatula, De Kon.; Sanguwinolites, sp.; Productus semireticulatus,

var. Martini, Sow.; Discina nitida, Phill. ; Lingula mytiloides, Sow. 3

Lingula squamiformis ; crinoid stems (Actinocrinus ?) 5 plant-remains

(obscure).

Reference was then made to the occurrence of similar fossils in the

same formation elsewhere, and particularly in the West of Scotland,

North of England, and Lancashire. The Author concluded, from

the frequency of the beds containing true marine remains, that the

Coal-measures were formed in low-lying areas; and that, when the

land was slightly depressed, at times the waters of the sea had

access to such spots, bringing back species of shells and crinoids

that had existed in the Carboniferous-Limestone ocean of an earlier

period. Some further remarks were made on the peculiar nature of

the ordinary fauna of the Coal-measures ; and the Author observed,

in conclusion, that no marine deposits have been observed as yet in

the Upper Red beds (d”) of the Fife or other Scotch Coal-measures.

2. “On the Occurrence of Elephas meridionalis at Dewlish,

Dorset.” By the Rev. O. Fisher, M.A., F.G.S.

The Author’s attention was first drawn to this subject on seeing

two molars of an elephant in the Blackmore Museum labelled

“‘ Dewlish, Dorset.” He at once attributed them to Z. meridionalis,

Subsequently he ascertained that they were part of a find made in

1813 by a Mr. Hall. Dr. Falconer, from rubbings, attributed the

teeth to E. antiquus; and Dr. Leith-Adams would not allow that

they belonged to Z. meridionalis, because that species had never

been found so far west. Last year the author and Mr. Mansel-

Pleydell went to Dewlish, and the latter has since continued the

workings. The remains have been found high up on the face of a

steep chalk scarp facing west, 10 feet below the brow and 90 feet

above the existing stream, in such a position as to suggest that the

deposit was the result of an undercut of the stream when it flowed

at a higher level. It probably lies in the prolongation of a line of

fault with a deviation to the east. The following section was

given :—

122 Miscellaneous.

ft. in.

il (Ohalk rubble ty sscemanseseeeaecescet ces «esse 0 10

2. Fine sand and flints, with elephant re-

Tantei als eescbdaueaadadachddtodoasoocosSaseuRCenee 3. (0

3. Sand and ferruginous gravel ............ 2

4. Flint-material, waterworn................+- ?

5. Sand, the lower portion with different-

SIZ COUN S erate seeeceeelsoreid-ials selsoeeis %¢

There were no shells or Microzoa.

The Author speculated on the probable lapse of time, and on the

importance of the discovery of L. meridionalis, a preglacial mammal,

so far west. <A list of the bones found was given.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Transverse Bone of a Chelonian.

By G. A. BouLEnceEr.

I recrer to see that my paper ‘On the Transverse Bone of a

Chelonian ” is published in the last No. of the ‘ Annals’ without the

corrections which I made on the proof having been attended to *.

Thus, the bone lettered vom. on the figure should be pal. and the

azygous bone should be lettered vom., as may be seen by a com-

parison with the text.

I now find that I was mistaken in believing in the existence

of a transverse bone in Hydraspis Hilaiii. Professor Stewart,

after examining a young specimen of the same species without

finding the bone in question, suggested to me that I might

have been deceived by the presence of a very deep groove in

the jugal, a view which has been confirmed on complete disarticu-

lation of one side of the skull. I had, however, previously taken

the precaution of partly detaching the bones, and, finding the suture

formed by the anterior and posterior borders of the groove to extend

as far inwards as I could see, it did not occur to me that what

appeared to be two distinct bones could in reality be but one.

On the “Nursing ”-habits of Dendrobates.

By G. A. BovLenceEr.

Professor Liitken has kindly drawn my attention to a contribu-

tion by Wyman which I had overlooked when writing upon the

nursing-habits of Batrachians. The curious habit of Dendrobates of

* [This was entirely owing to the Author not haying returned his proof

before the last day of the month.—W. F. |

Miscellaneous. 198

carrying its tadpoles, recently noticed by Kappler and by H. S.

Smith, was observed by Wyman, in Surinam, as early as 1857

(Proc. Bost. Soc., Sept. 1857), and a description and figure were

published in the ‘American Journal,’ 2nd ser. vol. xxvii. 1859,

p. 5, fig. 1. The animal is named Hylodes lineatus, D. & B. ; but

it is quite clear from the figure that it is Dendrobates trivittatus,

Spix. The question of the sex of the parent remains obscure, for

although he speaks of it as ‘‘ the mother,” Wyman does not appear

to have investigated the matter. A specimen with young was for-

tunately preserved in the Museum of Comparative Anatomy at

Cambridge, U.S. A.

On the Species of Galathea found on the Coasts of France.

By M. Juzus Bonnier.

All the carcinologists who have taken up the study of the Gala-

theide agree in recognizing the difficulties presented by these

Anomura in the precise determination of the different species. I

was led to see the confusion that reigns in this group when, in the

course of researches which are being made by Professor Giard and

myself upon the Bopyrina, we arrived at the study of the genus

Pleurocrypta. The necessity of establishing with certainty the

name of the host infested by each of our species of Epicaride

determined me to undertake a preliminary study, if not of the entire

group, at least of the species most common on the French coasts.

I hope soon to publish the results of my observations, with the

necessary details and figures, in the ‘ Bulletin Scientifique,’ and here

I will only give the new diagnoses which 1 propose for some common

and insufficiently described species.

* oo * *

The genus G'alathea is represented on our coasts by five species

which may be distinguished by the presence or absence and the

number of the epipodites on the thoracic feet, and then by the rela-

tive sizes of the ischiopodite and meropodite of the third maxilliped.

1. Galathea intermedia, Lillj. (= G. Andrewsi, Kin., G. Giardi,

? T. Barr., G. Parroceli, Gourret).

Upon the thoracic feet there is only a single pair of epipodites

placed on the first pair of feet ; carapace nearly smooth in the adult

and terminated by an acute triangular rostrum, with four pairs of

scantily developed lateral teeth; two short spines upon the rostro-

gastric groove ; ischiopodite of the third mawilliped shorter than the

meropodite ; inner branch of the last three pairs of pleopoda in the

male only of a single joint. Besides the normal differences of the

124. Miscellaneous.

pleopoda in the two sexes the sexual dimorphism affects the ros-

trum, which is more elongate in the male, and also the first pair of

thoracic feet of the male, which attain a much greater development

than in the other sex; sometimes the left, sometimes the right

chela presents the deformation characteristic of the male.

This small species, which lives at depths of 10-50 fathoms, has

been noted on the Scandinavian, Danish, Dutch, and English shores

of the North Sea, in the Channel, in the Atlantic (England, France,

Madeira, Azores), and in the Mediterranean.

2. Galathea squamifera, Leach (= G. glabra, Risso, G. digiti-

distans, Sp. Bate).

The first three pairs of thoracic fect are furnished with epipodites ;

carapace striated with numerous well-marked grooves furnished

with short hairs; rostrum widened, armed with four pairs of lateral

teeth, of which the first three pairs are well developed, and the

posterior, at the inner angle of the orbital cavity, much reduced ;

two short spines upon the rostro-gastric groove ; basal joint of the

inner antenna with three anterior processes ; the ischiopodite of the

third mawilliped shorter than the meropodite; the inner branch of

the last three pleopoda in the male is biarticulate; thoracic feet of

the male of the same size as those of the female, and presenting in

the first pair the sexual deformation in both chele.

A littoral species which has been noted in the North Sea and on

the English and French coasts of the Atlantic and Mediterranean,

3. Galathea nexa, Embl. (non G. neva, Heller).

The first three pairs of thoracic feet are furnished with epipodites ;

carapace striated with grooves furnished with short hairs; rostrum

with nine nearly equal teeth, one median and four lateral pairs, the

last pair smaller; no spines on the rostro-gastric groove, which is

only undulated ; basal joint of inner antenna with three anterior

processes ; ischiopodite of the third maxilliped nearly equal to the

meropodite, which is armed with a single spine; the first pair of

thoracic feet has the carpopodite and the propodite covered with

long close-set hairs; the inner branch of the last three pairs of pleo-

poda of the male is biarticulate; in the first pair of thoracic feet of

the male it is the left chela that is modified.

A species from small depths which has been found in the North

Sea, on the Atlantic shores of England, and in the Channel.

4, Galathea dispersa, Sp. Bate (= G. neva, Heller).

The first three pairs of thoracic feet are furnished with epipodites ;

carapace striated with grooves adorned with short hairs; the ros-

trum has nine teeth, the median one longer than those of the four ~

Miscellaneous. 125

lateral pairs, which decrease from the first to the fourth, which is

much reduced ; on the rostro-gastric groove three pairs of teeth, of

which the middle ones are the most strongly marked ; basal joint

of the inner antenna with three anterior processes ; ischiopodite of

the third mawilliped longer than the meropodite ; the inner branch of

the last three pleopoda is biarticulate; in the first pair of thoracic

feet of the male it is the right chela that is modified.

A species from small depths found in the North Sea, on the shores

of Ireland, in the Channel, and in the Mediterranean.

5. Galathea strigosa, Linné.

There are no epipodites upon any of the thoracie fect; carapace

with the regions well marked by deep grooves furnished with long

and close-set hairs ; rostrum elongated, with nine teeth, of which

the median one is the longest and the last lateral pair the smallest ;

from two to six teeth (according to age) upon the rostro-gastric

line; two teeth a little behind the insertion of the outer antenne

and two other lateral ones on the hepatico-gastric grooves; basal

joint of the inner antenna with three processes ischiopodite of the

third mawilliped longer than the meropodite; the inner branch of

the last three pleopoda of the male is biarticulate. The two chele

of the first thoracic feet are modified in the adult male.

This large species, which is found only at and below a depth of

10 fathoms, is the most widely distributed G‘alathea of our coasts ;

it has been noted as occurring from the North Cape and all the

northern seas of Europe to the Canary Islands, and in the Mediter-

ranean and Red Sea.— Comptes Rendus, June 11, 1888, p. 1686,

‘Remarks on the Phylogeny of the Lamellibranchiata.

By Dr. Brysamin Sarr.

The author brought forward some points regarding the classifi-

cation of the Lamellibranchiata, and stated that in considering this

eroup a diversity of type was to be found that is equal to, if not

greater than, that found in any class of the animal kingdom, with

the possible exception of the Hexapoda.

In examining the different forms, he pointed out two well-marked

extremes, Ostrea and Aspergillum. Inthe former, as is well known,

the two large unequal shells entirely cover the body, and they are

closed by one large muscle, the adductor. The large and important

organ, so common in the Lamellibranchiata generally, the foot, is

entirely absent. |The mantle-edges are separated for nearly their

whole extent, and there is no indication whatever of the mantle

uniting to form a siphon.

In Aspergillum, on the other hand, the two shells are so diminu-

126 Miscellaneous.

tive that they only cover an exceedingly small area of the animal's

body, the siphon is enormously developed, and it is protected by a

secretion of carbonate of lime, in which the shells are immovably

imbedded ;. the mantle is closed throughout its entire length, except

at the anterior end, where there is a minute opening, and at the

mouths of the two siphonal tubes.

His object in making the communication was to prove that these

two very marked and different types of Lamellibranchiata arose

from a common, or what might be called a central type, and that a

divergence from some cause set in, producing on one side the Ostrea,

and on the other the Aspergillum.

As regards the whole class, he said there is no doubt, in his mind

at least, that it is a degenerate one. Many anatomical and embryo-

logical facts, as well as their life-hahits, point to this, it being an

acknowledged fact that fixed or stationary animals are as a rule

degenerate. The loss of the head in all adult forms, the presence

of eyes in the head-area of some free-swimming embryos, and their

later total disappearance, are some facts that point unquestionably

to the degenerate condition of the whole group.

As to the facts of geology pointing to this conclusion, he quoted

from Prof. Heilprin’s work on the ‘ Distribution of Animals,’ p. 265:

*« Almost everywhere, the Cephalophora, or head-bearing 7anllgeee

antedate by one full period the Acephala, or headless forms, which

indisputably represent a lower grade of organism.” By considering

the group as degenerate, the conditions of ihe case are answered, for

the Lamellibranchiata certainly came off from the Gastropoda, after

the latter had become well established, as the anatomical and

embryological facts show, and the geological evidence would seem

to indicate this to be the case.

Assuming, then, that the Lamellibranchiata have come off from

the Gastropoda, Dr. Sharp then considered what was the form of the

primitive type. It probably had a more or less developed foot, an

organ that is present in all the Gastropoda, it possessed gills on

each side of the foot, the mantle-edges were separate, and two

adductors were present of about equal size. This type has sur-

vived tothe present day, and, according to Lankester (art. Mollusca,

Encyel. Brit. p. 685), is represented by forms like Vucula and Tri-

gonia. The former belongs to the family Arcidee (Claus), which is

the oldest type that we know of, being found in the Silurian and

Devonian. The shells of this family are equal; the adductor

muscles of the same size, the mantle free, not being closed to form

tubes like a siphon, foot well developed. The fulcrum of the shell

is about equidistant from the adductors. In following one branch

from this towards Ostrea, it is found that one muscle, the anterior,

gradually gets smaller, as is the case in Mytilus, and exceedingly

small in Pinna, until, in Ostrea, but one muscle is present. From

the fact that in this advance the animal becomes more and more

fixed, first by a secretion of the foot, the byssus, then by the shell

Miscellaneous. 127

itself, the foot gradually is less and less used as an organ of locomo-

tion, until it entirely disappears in Ostrea. The retractor muscles of

the foot, now practically useless organs, are, however, still present.

The loss of one adductor muscle can probably be referred to

mechanical causes. In studying the change of relation of the ful-

crum to the adductors, he found that as the fulcrum moved forward

(anteriorly) it increased the distance from the posterior, and lessened

the distance from the anterior muscle. As this took place, the

muscle furthest from the fulcrum was always the larger; in fact it

must of necessity be so, as more power was needed at this point,

while the near one, from the fact that it does not require much

power, diminishes in size. In Pinna one muscle is very much, in

fact four or five times, larger than the other, the smaller being

close to the apex of the shell, in other words, close to the fulcrum.

As the fulcrum passes still further forward, a point is soon reached

when both muscles come in line with the fulcrum; the larger one

in this case takes all the work from the smaller one, which, from its

now useless position, degenerates to disappearance.

A procedure from regular to irregular shell is to be seen in the

freshwater forms. Unio, he held, is probably a freshwater Mytilus,

which does not have any byssus present in the adult, but has one in

the embryo. A form that closely resembles the oyster can be traced

through dtheria to Muelleria, the so-called freshwater oyster. The

latter has both adductors in the embryo, but only one, like Ostreu,

in the adult.

Passing now in the other direction, Dr. Sharp pointed out the

stages connecting the central type to the extreme in Aspergillum.

In passing out from the central type, the Arcas, the group known

as the Siphonata appear, where, besides the large foot, it is found

that the aboral portion of the mantle has united at two or three

points, forming one or two tubes. In some forms of Luweina,

by the union of the mantle a single tube is formed, the so-called

anal siphon, which corresponds to the superior one when two are

present; through this passes the water outwards, the inflowing

water passing in through the large space between the mantle-edges,

as in the asiphonated forms. In this form of Lucina specialization

has only determined the direction of the outflowing current, which

carries off the deoxygenated water and the excreta.

In Cardium the siphon is made up of two tubes; in other words

the ingoing and outgoing currents are now determined. The edges

of the mantle begin to adhere, leaving room only for the pro-

trusion of the foot. In Venus the arrangement is practically the

same :—a well-developed siphon, large wedge-like foot, which is a

locomotor organ, a shell entirely covering the animal when it is

closed, and two well-developed adductors, equal in size. The

specialization in this line of development is in the direction of the

siphon and closure of the mantle. Myw would represent a form

leading to Solen ; here the siphon is large, the mantle more or less

128 Miscellaneous.

adherent, but the foot has degenerated to a useless organ, and the

form of the body still somewhat resembles Venus, the shell, how-

ever, gaping at the aboral or siphonal end.

In Solen the edges of the shells cannot be brought together, or

they gape, as it is said. In this form the new type has become

established, and the animal resembles a cylinder; the large siphon

fills up the aboral or gaping portion of the shell, while the boring-

foot fills up the oral pole of the shell, the mantle being nearly closed

between the foot and the siphonal openings.

The shells of J/actra are small for the body, and the siphons are

so large that they cannot in any way be drawn into the shell; a

large portion of the mantle also is without the limits of the shell, so

that the edges of the shell do not touch even in life.

In Teredo no hinge-teeth are present, nor is even a ligament

formed, an organ that is present in all other Lamellibranchs, except

the members of this family and the next one to be considered;

besides this a new element is found, namely accessory shell-pieces.

The enormously developed siphon is four or five times the size of

the rest of the body. The mantle-edges are firmly united except at

the oral pole, where the boring-foot protrudes, and at the openings

of the siphon. The true shells as well as the accessory pieces are

movable, that is, not united with the calcareous secretion of the

mantle.

In Gastrochena the shells are very small, but still movable, the

animal being enclosed in a calcareous shell, the secretion of the

siphon. In Clavagella, a similar form, one shell is welded to: the

siphon-shell, the right one only being free, and in the extreme form

of Aspergillum both shells are immovably fixed in the shelly tube

that encloses the animal.

The freshwater forms Cyclas, Cyprina, &c. are probably related

to Cardiwm and have received their new forms by moving into fresh

water.

In summing up, Dr. Sharp showed two branches in the Lamelli-

branchiata, one going off from a form related to Arca, the other

toward Ostrea, the fulcrum moving from a position between the two

equally large adductors toward the oral pole of the body. This

brought the anterior adductor in a line with the fulcrum and poste-

rior adductor, where, being of no use, it disappeared.

In the other direction development is in the antero-posterior

direction, the shell, however, not taking part in the growth until a

form is reached where the shell is exceedingly small and the animal

protected by a supplementary deposit of carbonate of lime.—Proe.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. March 6, 1888, pp. 121-124.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 8. AUGUST 1888.

XIIL.—On a new Species of Calamite from the Middle Coal-

measures (Hucalamites (Calamites) britannicus, Weiss, MS.).

By R. Kinsron, F.R.8.E., F.G.S.

[Plate VII. ]

THE fossil which forms the subject of this communication

was previously in the collection of Mr. C. Beale, Rowley

Regis, near Dudley, by whom it was collected. Before

describing the specimen it may be well to give a brief review

of the groups into which Dr. Weiss, of Berlin, has subdivided

the genus Calamites. It must be borne in mind, however,

that these groups are not to be regarded as genera, but as

convenient divisions—probably of a provisional nature—in

which those forms having certain characters in common are

brought together.

Nothing but their fructification can afford a satisfactory

basis of classification; but as stems of Calamites have so

rarely been found with cones attached to them, it is impossible

at present to classify them from characters derived from the

structure of the fruit. In the absence, then, of a sufficiently

complete knowledge of the fructification of Calamites, we must

avail ourselves of such characters as those which enable us

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, i. 9

130 Mr. R. Kidston on a new Species of

to prepare a scheme in which can be brought together those

species that have certain points in common.

Although the groups proposed by Weiss may be more or

less artificial, the necessities of the case demand some such

scheme in which can be arranged the data for a more perfect

classification.

CALAMARIA.

CALAMITES, Suckow.

Division A.—Ribs on stems alternating at the nodes or

joints.

Group I. CALAMITINA (emend.), Weiss.

Calamitina (emend.), Weiss, Steinkohlen-Calamarien, part ii. p. 59

(1884)*,

Branch-scars occurring periodically, the nodes bearing scars

being separated from each other by a certain number of joints

which do not bear branches. In most cases there is a regular

increase or decrease in the length of the joints which connect

the branch-bearing nodes.

Example :—Calamites varians, Sternberg.

Group Il. EKucALAMITES, Weiss.

Eucalamites, Weiss, ibid, part ii. p. 96 (1884).

Branch-scars occurring on every joint. The joints are of

the same length or of irregularly different lengths.

Example :—Calamites ramosus, Artis.

Group HI. StyLocaLAMITES, Weiss.

Stylocalamites, Weiss, ibid. part ii. p. 119 (1884).

Branch-scars occurring without definite order, of subordi-

nate importance; often long stretches of the stem occur on

which the branch-scars are entirely absent. The joints are

of equal length or of irregularly different lengths.

Example :—Calamites Suckowi’, Brongn.

* Part i. in ‘Abhandl. z. geol. Specialkarte v. Preussen u. d. Thiirin-

gischen Staaten, Band ii, Heft i. (1876); part ii. ibid. Band y. Heft ii.

(1884),

Calamite from the Middle Coal-measures. 131

Division B.—Ribs on the stem not alternating at the

joints or nodes.

Group IV. ASTEROCALAMITES, Schimper.

Asterocalamites, Schimper, Terrain de Transition des Vosges, p. 321

(1862),

Archeocalamites, Stur, Culm Flora, p. 2 (1875); Weiss, /. ¢. part 11.

p. 141 (1884).

Branch-scars irregularly distributed. Joints unequal in

length.

Example :—Calamites scrobiculatus, Schlotheim, sp.

Eucalamites (Calamites) britannicus, Weiss, MS. (Pl. VII.)

Description.— Stem : joints as long as broad, outer surface

only faintly ribbed, with here and there transverse wrinkles.

Nodal lines sharp and distinct, bearing a row of chain-like or

in part separated, transversely-oval leaf-scars with a central

cicatricule. Branch-scars large, immediately above the nodal

line, transversely elliptical, with concentric zones, distant from

each other, only a few in a whorl on each joint (on the surface

of the specimen figured two branch-scars are seen on one

node and one on the other), somewhat irregularly placed, not

regularly alternating. On the upper nodal line between the

two large scars occurs a small round scar.

Remarks.—This Calamite, from having branch-scars deve-

loped on each node, belongs to the group of Hucalamites, but

shows also affinities with the Calamdtina in the form. and

‘chain-like ” arrangement of the leaf-scars on the nodal line ;

the transversely elliptical leaf-scars are somewhat similar to

those of Calamitina Wedekindi, Weiss*. It also exhibits

in the oblique though not exactly alternating position of the

branch-scars on the neighbouring nodal lines some similarity

to Hucalumites (Calamites) cruciatus. 'The fossil, which is

the impression of the outer surface, shows two joints and a

portion of-a third one, and exhibits here and there transverse

wrinklings, somewhat like those on the surface of the speci-

men given in ‘Steinkohlen-Calamarien,’ part ii. pl. xvii.

figs. 2 and 38, but not so strongly expressed. These probably

indicate the drying and contraction of the outer surface of the

stem before fossilization. The outer surface further shows

peculiar elongated elliptical marks with a central depression,

situated below the nodal lines and similar to those of pl. 1.

* ¢Steinkohlen-Calamarien,’ 1, p. 88, pl. xvii. fig. 1.

132 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

fig. 2 (‘Steinkohlen-Calamarien,’ part ii.); but they are not

so regular. They may have originated from fungi; similar

formations occur on other plants.

The above description and remarks have been forwarded

to me by Dr. Weiss, to whom I sent a sketch of the fossil

for his examination and description, as his knowledge of this

group of fossils is probably more intimate than that of any

other palzobotanist, and especially when impressions of the

plant have to be dealt with. The most interesting point in

this fossil is the association of the character of Hucalamites

and the chain-like leaf-scars of Calamitina on the same speci-

men.

I am much indebted to Dr. Weiss for his kind assistance in

examining and describing this plant.

Hortzon. Middle Coal-measures ; in ironstone nodule in

shale above “ Thick Coal.”

Locality. Shut End, between Himley and Kingswinford,

South Staffordshire.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Eucalamites britannicus, Weiss, n. sp. (natural size).

XIV.—Notes on some Vertebrate Fossils from the Province of

Bahia, Brazil, cellected by Joseph Mawson, Esq., F.G.S.

By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.G.8., F.Z.8., of the British

Museum (Natural History).

So long ago as the time of Spix and Martius’s travels * the

occurrence of vertebrate fossils in the rocks of Brazil had

been observed ; and during the preparation of his great work

upon the “ Poissons Fossiles”’ Agassiz met with numerous

examples of fishes from the supposed Upper Cretaceous

deposits of the province of Ceara, of which he published two

brief notices t. Somewhat later + Mr. Allport made known

* J, B, von Spix and C. F. von Martius, ‘ Reise in Brasilien,’ 1823-31,

Atlas, pl. xxii. fig. 5.

+ L. Agassiz, Appendix to G. Gardner’s “Geological Notes made

during a Journey from the Coast into the Interior of the Province of Ceara,

in the North of Brazil,” Edinb. New Phil. Journ. vol, xxx. (1841), p. 83.

Also “Sur quelques Poissons fossiles du Brésil,” Comptes Rendus, vol.

xviii. (1844), pp. 1007-1015.

¢ 8. Allport (with notes by Egerton, Morris, and Rupert Jones), “On

the Discovery of some Fossil Remains near Bahia in South America,”

Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc. vol. xvi. (1860), pp. 268-268, pls, xiv.-xvil,

Vertebrate Fossils from Brazil. 133

the occurrence of Reptilian remains, with scales and teeth of

Lepidotus, in the province of Bahia. Professor Hartt after-

wards * added important details in regard to the stratigraphy

of the fossiliferous deposits; and still latert several detailed

descriptions of the genera and species have been published,

notably by Professor Cope. Of the Bahia fossils the most

important collections have been made by Mr. Joseph Maw-

son, F'.G.S., of the Brazilian Imperial Central Railway ; and

a small series recently presented by that gentleman to the

British Museum, supplementing previous donations of six

years ago, affords material for a few interesting observations.

MAMMALIA.

The only Mammalian bone is a left scaphoid “ from allu-

vium at Olhos d’Agua, in the interior of the province of

Bahia, 133 kilom. 8. of Queimadinhas Station, on the Bra-

zilian Imperial Central Bahia Railway.” In size the fossil

is quite equal to the corresponding bone of the well-known

Megatherium americanum, and its characters are so similar

that there can be no doubt as to its indicating the presence of

a gigantic Megatherioid in the north-east of Brazil in Pleisto-

cene times. Whether, however, the animal is generically

distinct from Megathertum or merely a hitherto unrecognized

species must be determined by the future discovery of more

characteristic parts of the skeleton.

REPTILIA.

A large number of stout Reptilian teeth and an imperfect

caudal vertebra occur among the fossils from the supposed

Upper Cretaceous Sandstones of the Bahia coast, and are not

improbably referable to the Crocodilian genus Hyposaurus,

Owen. Prof. Cope has already described satisfactory evidence

of one species, H. Derbianus, from the Upper Cretaceous of

the province of Pernambuco; and it is possible that Mr.

Mawson’s-fossils may pertain to the same form. ‘The teeth,

when unworn, are marked by numerous extremely fine,

* C. F. Hartt, “Geology and Physical Geography of Brazil (Thayer

Expedition),” 1870. F

+ E. D. Cope, “ On two Extinct Forms of Physostomi of the Neotro-

pical Region,’ Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xii. (1871), p. 53; also “ A

Contribution to the Vertebrate Paleontology of Brazil,” ¢bed. vol. xxiii.

(1886), pp. 1-21, pl. i. A. Smith Woodward, “ On the Fossil Teleostean

Genus Ithacolepis, Agass.,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, pp. 535-542, pls. xlvi.,

xlvil.

134 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

short, longitudinal ruge ; an anterior and a posterior keel

divide the external face from the internal, and the latter is

often faintly ribbed by numerous straight longitudinal ridges.

Some examples are figured by Allport (loc. cit.).

PISCES.

All the fish-remains collected by Mr. Mawson were ob-

tained from the same beds as the Crocodilian teeth upon the

coast, and the determinable specimens belong to the four

genera Diplomystus, Chiromystus, Lepidotus, and Acrodus.

Diplomystus longicostatus, Cope.

A small fragment of this species does not add anything to

Professor Cope’s description; but it may be remarked that

the occurrence of the genus in the Bahia sandstones is not so

unexpected a circumstance as might be inferred from the

Professor’s concluding paragraph. In the first place, the

deposit is clearly not marine, but freshwater or estuarine, as

demonstrated by the Mollusca and Entomostraca * ; and, in

the second place, at least one species of Diplomystus is abun-

dantly represented in the Upper Cretaceous beds of Syria.

Though not hitherto detected, the common “Clupea brevis-

sima”’ of Mount Lebanon exhibits all the typical characters

of Diplomystus. The dorsal scutes are seen in almost every

example, and are especially well displayed in Brit. Mus. no.

49488 ; they are at least as broad as long, with a longitu-

dinal keel; and the elongate anal fin is quite similar to that

of the Wyoming Eocene D. analis and D. pectorvsus, though

comprising a slightly less number of rays.

Chiromystus Mawsont, Cope.

The specimen upon which Prof. Cope founded the new

genus and species Chiromystus Mawsoni is a large elongated

fish, with the vertebral column measuring 0°310 m. in

length. It is placed in the Hyodontid, and particularly

characterized by the enormous development of the preaxial

pectoral fin-rays. Of this genus also the present collection

comprises two interesting fragments, the one showing some

anterior vertebre and crushed bone, with the left clavicle and

pectoral fin, the other the greater portion of the abdominal

and caudal regions. The stout pectoral fin-rays are exhi-

* See descriptions of Morris and Rupert Jones in Allport’s paper, doc.

cut.

Vertebrate Fossils from Brazil. 135

bited, the feeble pelvic fins, the opposed small dorsal and

anal, and the delicate overlapping cycloid scales. ‘These

fossils, however, only indicate a fish about 0°15 m. in

length, though the proportions are so similar that it seems

most probable they merely represent the young of the species

already described.

Lepidotus Mawsoni, sp. nov.

Several scales and teeth have already been figured and

briefly noticed by Allport and Egerton (oc. cc.) ; and, as the

result of Mr. Mawson’s researches, the British Museum is now

provided with a large series of these detached fragments.

The scales are in every respect typical of the genus, and

derived from all the principal regions of the body. Some are

of very large size measuring no less than 0°04 m. antero-

posteriorly ; and the majority have a smooth external surface,

sometimes irregular, but only rarely showing faint traces

of posterior radiating grooves, with a few large posterior

crenulations. A most remarkable peculiarity of the scales

consists in the enormous thickness of the laminated bony

base; for the greater portion of the base (e. g. in B. M. nos.

5534 a, b) not unfrequently becomes swollen into a prominent

rounded excrescence, unequalled by any other Lepidotus-scale

the present writer has had the opportunity of examining.

The associated teeth, presumably referable to the same fish,

are notably small in proportion. While many of the scales

are as large as those of the great Lepidotus maximus, the

known teeth scarcely attain the dimensions of those of L.

Mantelli; and it is very unlikely that if the Brazilian species

originally possessed teeth equalling those of L. maximus, they

would hitherto have escaped detection. ‘The latest evidence

collected by Mr. Mawson thus appears to confirm Sir Philip

Egerton’s early suspicion that the Bahia Lepidotus is distinct

from all other described species ; and the fossils are quite as

satisfactory as those upon which many other species of the

genus are founded. ‘The fish may therefore appropriately

receive the name of Lepidotus Mawsoni.

Acrodus nitidus, sp. nov.

A single tooth of Acrodus is an interesting addition to the

known fauna of the Bahia sandstones. It is elongated in

shape, measuring only 0-004 m. in length and 0:0015 m.

in maximum breadth; the coronal surface is rounded and

slightly raised mesially in the usual manner; and the apex

136 My. G. A. Boulenger on new

is worn by trituration during life. The coronal surface

is remarkably smooth, even more so than in the English

Upper Cretaceous species, A. levis (unless it be in part due

to wear), only a few short, rounded, radiating ridges being

observed upon the sides. The indistinctness of the markings,

considered in connexion with proportions already noted, sepa-

rates the tooth from those of all other species yet known ;

and the name of Acrodus nitidus will recall its most promi-

nent peculiarity.

Other remains from the Upper Cretaceous beds are still too

imperfect for certain determination. One fragment appears

to be a portion of the cranial roof of a large Arapaima-like

fish ; but this and the accompanying fossils must be left for

interpretation by further discoveries, which, it is to be hoped,

may soon result from continued search.

XV.—On new or little-known South-African Reptiles.

By G. A. BoULENGER.

DuRING a recent visit to Europe Mr. L. Peringuey, Assistant

Director of the South-African Museum, Cape ‘Town, sub-

mitted to me various interesting Reptiles, which form the

subject of the following notes. They were obtained partly

by Mr. Peringuey himself in Namaqualand and Damaraland,

between the mouth of the Orange River and Walfisch Bay,

partly by M. Juste De Coster at Delagoa Bay.

Duplicates of some of the new or rare species, viz. Homopus

signatus, Uidura africana, Pachydactylus fasciatus, Rhop-

tropus afer, Mabuia Peringueyi, Typhlops Schlegelit, and

Homalosoma variegatum, have been presented to the British

Museum by the Trustees of the South-African Museum.

Homopus signaius, Walb.

Two specimens were obtained by Mr. Peringuey at O/Kiep,

Namaqualand (2500 feet), and afford the first information as

to the animal of this tortoise, known for a century from the

shell only. The young specimens referred by Gray to Z.

stgnatus belong to H. areolatus. It is surprising to find that

the number of claws in the fore foot is five instead of four,

the characteristic number in Homopus; the tortoise is none

or little-known South-African Reptiles. 137

the less a true Homopus, owing to the structure of the jaws,

and is very closely allied to H. areolatus. The small im-

portance of the presence or absence of a claw in this group

of Chelonians is also well shown by the Central-Asian Tes-

tudo Horsfieldit, which, though in every other respect ex-

tremely closely related to 7. dbera, has only four claws to

each foot, and would accordingly enter the genus Homopus as

defined in the ‘ Erpétologie générale.’

The limbs are scaled as in H. areolatus, except that a large

conical tubercle is present on the hinder side of the thigh.

Forehead covered with numerous small and irregular shields.

Head and neck yellowish, spotted with black above.

Sir A. Smith’s statement (Illustr. Zool. 8. Africa, Append.

p- 1) that H. s¢gnatus is “common throughout the whole of

Southern Africa” is probably the result of erroneous identi-

fication.

(dura africana, sp. un.

Head moderate, much depressed, oviform ; snout as long as

the distance between the eye and the ear-opening, once and

a half the diameter of the orbit; ear-opening small, oval,

oblique. Head covered with uniform small, round, flat

granules; nostril pierced between the rostral and three nasals,

the upper of which is large and forms a suture with its fellow

behind the rostral; ten upper and as many lower labials; no

chin-shields. Back covered with uniform small granules,

which are scarcely larger than those on the head; ventral

scales larger, subimbricate, smooth. Digits strongly dilated,

the basal portion as broad as the distal expansion, which is a

little broader than long ; two pairs of large plates at the extre-

mity of the basal portion, which is otherwise covered with

very small scales. Male with an angular series of thirteen

preanal pores. ‘Tail much depressed, as long as head and

body ; its width at the base nearly equals that of the body ;

it is divided into very distinct segments, composed of seven or

eight transverse series of small smooth scales above and five

inferiorly.. Greyish above, with small brown spots and

transverse brown bands, five on the body and three on the

tail.

millim.

ote len gti. pe ide nrc or ceiy ov Savage

ead erases Fier Pact ti ortcue een Meets 16

Width of head......,. B Mteteteae weap “2

MAG reports ak stashs ey Heese © ee asa). eS lal 48

Ione hui noe, SRS Paredecc co tame REP: SaNAe ea

inom Gtiinnbmeeectctuem emirate seneh caer wicne « 28

UibehilMae Werceavere arcs sgtonahirecs ait nc oteiace Goya ares Oo

138 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Two specimens were taken from the stomach of the

Pythonodipsas from Damaraland described below, one half-

digested, the other in very good condition.

This discovery is a startling one, the very natural genus

Gidura, containing five or six species, being, according to

previous knowledge, strictly Australian. It reminds us of

the curious fact of the nearly related genus Phyllodactylus

presenting two closely allied species, regarded as identical

by some herpetologists, in South Africa (P. porphyreus) and

in Australia (P. marmoratus).

Pachydactylus fasciatus, sp. n.

Head oviform, very distinct from neck; snout a little

longer than the diameter of the orbit; ear-opening small,

oval, not half the diameter of the eye. Snout covered with

enlarged oval granules; hinder part of head with minute

granules, intermixed with oval, smooth, or obtusely keeled

tubercles ; naso-rostrals in contact; eight or nine upper and

seven lower labials ; mental twice as long as broad, narrower

than the neighbouring labials; no chin-shields. Upper parts

covered with minute granules intermixed with large trihedral

tubercles forming eighteen longitudinal series; ventral scales

moderate. Digits dilated at the end; nine lamelle under

the dilated part of the median toes. Tail with transverse

series of pointed, keeled tubercles; lower surface with

enlarged, imbricate, smooth seales, Pale brown above, with

dark brown transverse bands, which are more distinct in the

young than in the adult; a dark brown horseshoe-shaped

streak round the back of the head and passing through the

eyes; three cross bands on the body, the first and second

very broad, the third across the sacrum, from eight to ten

on the tail.

millim

otal lengthy s.y.57 tease Seeioa eek Ree eke 107

La RERYC LAR yet here mn Aled A rae A KEG ia 15

WWadithy otylead: tenn dani occeincs uae 10:5

MW Oi tetece te etree he eee eater 3

IMoreqliamib es Ra Res ees Ser neee ete 17

Mind shbmba ta sect eat Ree ene 29

Waa BOR, aha tec hye ane atene Gea ore eit 58

Closely allied to P. Bibronii; distinguished by a less stout

habit, smaller size, smaller ear-opening, and in coloration.

‘Two examples, a gravid female and a young specimen ;

Namaqualand.

or little-known South-African Reptiles. 139

Agama planiceps, Peters.

Several specimens were obtained in Namaqualand by Mr.

Peringuey.

Adult male with the head and tail uniform bright orange

and the body and limbs blackish. Half-grown with a yellow

vertebral streak, symmetrical yellow spots on the head, and a

large orange spot above the axilla.

Mabuia Peringuey?, sp. n.

Snout moderate, obtuse. Lower eyelid with an undivided

transparent disk. Nostril just above the suture between the

rostral and the first labial; a postnasal; anterior loreal in

contact with the first labial; supranasals in contact behind

the rostral or narrowly separate; frontonasal broader than

long ; preefrontals in contact, forming a short suture ; frontal

as long as the frontoparietals and interparietal together, in

contact with the second and third supraoculars ; four supra-

oculars, second largest; five supraciliaries; frontoparietals

distinct, smaller than the interparietal ; parietals not touching

each other; a pair of nuchals; subocular not narrowed infe-

riorly, much larger than the labials, between the fourth and

fifth. Har-opening oval, about as large as the transparent pal-

pebral disk, with two or three long pointed lobules anteriorly.

Dorsal scales strongly tri- or quinquecarinate ; 30 scales round

the middle of the, body, equal. ‘The adpressed limbs do not

meet. Subdigital lamelle smooth. Blackish brown above,

with light brown longitudinal streaks corresponding to the

series of scales; head pale brown, with the sutures between

the shields black ; ear-lobules white; sides with white spots ;

lower surfaces white.

millim

Mo taWeM OCH woes oe aciin ovata: dacs aha esis 177

GA recncrte a etceh tre 7h eer eee enya iH?

Wiidthighheraiae sees. earns Pees 14

Bod yi. s 8 28 5 Hag d keels BOE Lhe sik 85

BiG limb: aye et tak, tare nts sae siotyarm aces 22

liad Womb. 0.6 4 pcsteho a « 0.4 sbi eae se 36

Pail (ve prod Mee). vx: aa vic «dieses ose eae 77

‘T'wo specimens ; Namaqualand.

Very closely allied to M. homalocephala.

Typhlops Schlegelit, Bianc.

The collection made at Delagoa Bay by M. Juste De Coster

140 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

contains two specimens of this very rare snake, of which only

one well-authenticated specimen from Mozambique was

known. ‘The largest of the two measures 69 centim. in

length and 28 millim. in diameter—as great a size as attained

by any known T'yphlops.

flomalosoma variegatum, Peters.

This species was known from a single specimen from

Inhambane, Mozambique. Several specimens obtained by

M. De Coster at Delagoa Bay belong to two colour-varieties,

one of which is identical with the type figured by Peters.

The new variety is characterized by the pale olive-brown

colour of the upper parts, with a series of large black spots ;

the anterior of these spots are the largest and transverse ;

they gradually diminish in size and alternate towards the end

of the body, and finally become confluent into a median line

on the tail.

Pythonodipsas carinata, Gthr.

Pythonodipsas carinata, Giinth., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [4] i. 1868,

p. 426, pl. xix. fig. K.

The rediscovery of this snake, of which but a single speci-

men, from the Zambesi, was on record, is of great interest.

The unique specimen obtained by Mr. Peringuey in Damara-

land differs trom the type in some trifling points, and from

its being in # perfect state of preservation ‘deserves descrip-

tion,

Snout truncate, concave above; nostril pierced vertically

between two shields, the nasal and the internasal; a pair of

large preefrontals and a pair of small shields between the

latter and the frontal ; eye surrounded by nine or ten shields,

viz. the supraocular, which is as large as the frontal, a _pre-

ocular, and seven or eight small equal shields; loreals 1+1

+2; temporals small and numerous; parietals broken up

into small shields; nine upper labials; six lower labials in

contact with the mentals, of which there are two pairs, the

front pair as long as and broader than the hind pair. Scales

in twenty-one rows, smooth, feebly keeled on the hinder part

of the body and on the tail. Ventrals 192; anal entire;

subeaudals 55. Pale buff above, with a double alternating

series of square, grey, black-edged spots, a few of which

coalesce to form transverse bars ; lips with vertical grey bars ;

lower parts white.

Total length 417 millim. ; tail 63.

or little-known South-African Reptiles. 141

Elapsoidea Decosteri, sp. n.

Closely allied to HL. Sundevallit, Smith. Snout pointed,

projecting ; suture between the internasals half as long as that

between the preefrontals ; frontal as long as its distance from

the end of the snout, much longer than broad; parietals as

long as their distance from the rostral; one pre- and two

postoculars; temporals 1+2; seven upper labials, sixth

largest, second in contact with the prefrontal, third and

fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with

the chin-shields, of which the posterior pair is a little longer

than the anterior. Scales in thirteen rows. Ventrals 138 ;

anal undivided ; subcaudals 25 pairs. Dark grey above, each

scale edged with black ; uniform white inferiorly.

Total length 45 centim.; tail 5.

A single specimen; Delagoa Bay. Presented by M. J.

De Coster to the South-African Museum.

Vipera Peringueyt, sp. n.

Head very distinct from neck, slightly longer than broad,

truncate anteriorly ; nostrils and eyes turned upwards; upper

head-scales strongly keeled, smallest on the vertex; nostril

pierced between three scales, the upper of which is large and

separated from its fellow by two scales and from the rostral

by two series of scales ; one series of scales between the labials

and the lower nasals; eye small, surrounded by a circle of

eleven small subequal scales; eight scales in a transverse

series between the eyes; three series of scales between the

eye and the labials ; rostral small, broad, crescentic ; eleven

upper and as many lower labials; mental triangular ; first

lower labial forming a suture with its fellow behind the

mental; one pair of mentals, separated from the first ventral

by four series of smooth scales. Scales elliptic, keeled,

except the two outer series on each side, in twenty-five rows.

Ventrals 132 ; subcaudals transversely enlarged and smooth,

two anterior undivided and 26 pairs. Pale buff above, with

three longitudinal series of grey spots, the outer ocellar,

enclosing a white centre; sides cream-colour, spotted with

grey ; belly cream-colour, with a few brown dots; end of

tail black.

Total length 250 millim.; tail 27.

A single specimen, obtained by Mr. Peringuey in Damara-

land, 10 miles east of Walfisch Bay.

142 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on two new Australian Frogs.

XVI.—Descriptions of two new Australian Frogs.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

THE two frogs described here as new form part of a small

collection from South-eastern Australia presented to the

British Museum by Mr. J. J. Fletcher, of Sydney.

Limnodynastes Fletchert.

Habit of Discoglossus. ‘Tongue subcircular, slightly nicked

behind. Vomerine teeth in a straight, scarcely interrupted

series behind, and not extending outwards beyond, the choane.

Snout rounded, not longer than the diameter of the orbit ;

nostril equally distant from the eye and the tip of the snout ;

interorbital space nearly as broad as the upper eyelid; tym-

panum indistinct. Fingers pointed, first not extending quite

so far as second; two metacarpal tubercles; toes pointed,

slightly fringed, with a very distinct basal web; a small,

blunt, oval inner, and a very small outer metatarsal tubercle.

The tarso-metatarsal articulation of the adpressed hind limb

reaches halfway between the eye and the end of the snout.

Skin smooth or feebly warty above. Pale brown above, with

irregular insuliform dark spots or marblings ; a dark band on

each side of the head, passing through the nostril and the

eye; a dark bar below the eye; a large subtriangular dark

spot between the eyes; upper eyelid, in front of and behind

the dark spot, crimson; female whitish inferiorly, closely

speckled with brown on the sides of the throat and on the

chin; male with large dark brown blotches.

From snout to vent 40 millim.

Two specimens, male and female; Guntawang, near Mud-

gee, New South Wales.

Allied to L. tasmaniensis and platycephalus, but differing

in the pointed digits and the more distinct web between the

toes.

Orinia victoriana.

Vomerine teeth in two very small oblique groups behind

the choanz. Snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the

orbit ; nostril equally distant from the eye and the tip of the

snout; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ; tym-

panum hidden. First finger hardly half as long as second ;

toes free, not fringed; subarticular and metatarsal tubercles

Mr. W. F. Kirby on a new Species of Polistes. 143

indistinct ; no tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation of

the adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder. Skin smooth

above and below. Dark brown above, with blackish spots; a

black band on each side of the head, passing through the

eye; a black transverse band between the eyes; vent in a

large triangular black spot; sides of body and limbs finely

white-dotted; lower surfaces coppery brown, dotted with

whitish and spotted with dark brown.

From snout to vent 27 millim.

A single female specimen; Warragul, Gippsland, Victoria.

XVII.—Desecription of a new Species of Polistes from South

America. By W. F. Kirsy, F.E.S., Assistant in Zoolo-

gical Department, British Museum (Natural History).

TuE following interesting species of wasp has lately been

acquired by the British Museum.

Polistes orbitalis.

Exp. al. 22 millim. ; long. corp. 14 millim.

Black, clothed with very fine down.

Head black, clypeus, orbits, and mandibles yellow ; clypeus

entire, slightly convex, rather wider than long; mandibles

with the teeth blackish ; antenne black, scape yellow beneath,

second joint (and sometimes more slightly the tip) reddish

beneath; thorax black, prothoracic lobes more or less com-

pletely red, with all the sutures narrowly yellow ; tegule red ;

scutellum black, narrowly bordered with yellow behind, and

with two yellow lateral spots on the sutures before and behind

the metathorax, which is deeply channelled above, the channel

being bordered with yellow lines; abdomen black, the first

two segments bordered behind with pale yellow, the third

segment bordered behind with darker yellow, and with a

nearly detached oblong spot on each side both above and

beneath ; the fourth and fifth segments are similarly marked,

except that their colour is almost entirely yellow (except the

fourth beneath) ; the sixth is nearly similarly coloured above,

but beneath it is marked with a wide, shallow, reddish

crescent with the curve directed forwards; the terminal seg-

ments are almost entirely yellow. A slender broken median

line is visible on the yellow parts of the abdomen above.

144 Mr. G. Lewis on new

Legs red ; front coxa yellow, the four hinder ones black,

streaked with yellow on the sides ; front femora black at the

base and beneath, middle femora with two black stripes, and

tibia and tarsi varied with black ; hind legs almost entirely

blackish above.

Wings smoky hyaline, yellowish towards the costa, as in

P. pallipes, St.-Farg., to which this species is most nearly

allied; but the second submarginal cell is smaller and irregu-

larly hexagonal, and the recurrent nervure which enters it is

much more distinctly curved outwards in the middle than in

P. pallipes.

Collected by Herr Michaelis at Lagos, Brazil, Feb. 2,

1887.

The nest and a quantity of grubs were also obtained. The

former much resembles that of P. tepidus, Fabr., figured by

Saussure (‘ Guépes Sociales,’ pl. vi. fig. 1), except that the

pedicel is thicker.

XVIII.—On new Species of Formicarious Histeride, and

Notes on others. By Grorce Lewis, F.L.S.

HAvInG at the present time a fairly complete collection of the

known /eterzi and of the species in the genera which resemble

them, I have interspersed with the descriptions of new species

notes on some of the characteristics of such of the old ones

as have not hitherto been fully dealt with by authors. I

refer chiefly to the specific differences exhibited in the sternal

plates. The first Heterius known to naturalists was described

by Olivier in 1789 as Hister ferrugineus ; the second, puber-

ulus, by Motschulsky in 1837; and even as late as 1868 only

seven species appear in the ‘Munich Catalogue,’ as two of the

nine given by Harold stand now in Satrapes and Echinodes.

Our list now contains thirty-three, and I propose to separate

twenty-four of these from the others under the generic name

of Sternocelis, as the meso- and metasterna are widely and

deeply excavated, leaving only those in Heterius which

correspond more or less in the structure of the mesosternum

with Lister ferrugineus, Olivier ; and these last really agree

better with Hretmotus than with Sternocelis.

I do this the more readily because the structure of the

sternal plates in the Histeride is very important, and in

studying the family careful regard must be paid to it. —

Species of Formicarious Histeride. 145

Pachycrerus is known from Platysoma by the apex of the

mesosternum being produced and by its entering the region of

the prosternum, which is proportionally incised to receive it ;

and as we go further down in the catalogue of genera the

structure of the sterna receives fuller recognition. And

beyond this several describers of species, myself included,

have not always been careful in examining and recording the

characters which exist in a prominent degree on the under

surface of some species when the superstructure fails to

suggest details for a satisfactory diagnosis.

‘The undersides of the Histeridz are of the utmost import-

ance in classification and intensely interesting as a study of

structure. I do not anticipate the discovery of many new

species in the genus Satrapes, but in Heterdus and Sternoceelis

the next few years are certain to bring many to us, as ento-

mologists are becoming alive to the fact that numbers exist,

and that the species, if properly sought for, are not difficult to

find. I have taken eleven species myself this year.

Hetertus gratus, Lewis.

This species is very similar to ferrugineus above and below,

but the prosternal strie: meet each other more acutely in front,

and being less sinuate are not at any place so widely separated

as in Olivier’s species, .

Heterius brunneipennis, Rand.

The sterna here also correspond very closely with those of

ferrugineus, but the prosternal lines are not sinuate at the

cox, and, being straighter laterally, they enclose a space

which resembles an elongate triangle.

Heterius plicicollis, Fairm.

The substructure of this insect is peculiar in the widening

out, on the same plane as the base, of the anterior lobe of the

prosternum, and the limit of the lobe is indicated by a mar-

ginal line. ‘The strie at the base of the prosternum are con-

fined to the region of the coxe, and the lateral excavations of

the mesosternum are small and relatively shallow.

Heterius optatus, Lewis.

The prosternum is broad and densely opaque, with large

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 10

146 Mr. G. Lewis on new

and rough punctures closely set together. The anterior lobe

is a little deflexed, and the lateral striae are almost parallel,

and therefore end anteriorly widely apart. The mesosternum

in front is transversely bistriate, and the lateral foveee, which

constitute the character of a true Hetwrius, are very shallow.

Heterius tristriatus, Horn.

Several of the American Heterdi are very differently con-

structed from those of the Old World. This species is one of

them. The prosternum is parallel and prominently built out

in the central region, and the median part also of the lobe is

abruptly built up in the same way ; but the sides of the lobe

maintain their normal level, and thus the lobe is tripartite ;

the strie are very distinct, parallel, and close together in

front, widening out only at the coxe. The mesosternum

is marginate in front and bow-shaped; the lateral pits are

shallow.

Sternocalis acutangulus, Lewis.

Breviter ovatus, brunneo-ferrugineus, sat nitidus; thorace dense

ocellato-punctato, angulis posticis transversim productis ; tibiis

anticis aspere ocellato-punctatis.

L, 2°8, c. 37 mill.

Head and thorax densely punctate, punctures ocellated,

especially behind the neck. Forehead with two lateral strie,

which are feebly biangulate and do not meet in front, but

continue down part of the clypeus parallel to each other. The

thorax is punctate throughout its entire surface, which gives

an appearance of opacity ; the anterior angles are obtusely

produced and slightly reflexed, the sides are narrowly mar-

ginate and somewhat parallel for about three fourths of the

length, with the posterior angles produced and acuminate.

There is a small, rather transverse fovea at the base of the

angle, and the scutellum is smooth and triangular. The

elytra have three stria—first complete, second evanescent pos-

teriorly, third basal and short; the dorsal surface is punctu-

late throughout, with the apices of the elytra clothed with erect

hairs. Prosternum broadly canaliculate, the canaliculation

being shining, with a few irregular punctures, deep and some-

what narrowed in front, shallow and broad behind, and a little

sinuate before the coxe ; the base is broadly emarginate, with

the angles on either side produced somewhat acutely behind

the coxe. The sides of the thorax beneath are densely and

Species of Formicarious Histeridee. 147

ocellately punctured. The metasternum is finely and feebly

punctulate and wholly depressed, the depression being so deep

anteriorly that the mesosternum is almost vertical. Pro-

pygidium and pygidium feebly and sparsely punctate, the

first having erect hairs. ‘The fore legs are opaque, roughly

and densely punctate, punctures rough and often ocellate ; the

second and third pairs are smoother on the inner surface, with

the tibia very broad and equilaterally triangular.

This species resembles S. Bedel’, Lewis (Ent. Month. Mag.

vol. xxi. 1884, p. 83), in the dilatation of the tibie, but there

the similitude ceases. In S. Bedeli the thoracic punctures are

scattered irregularly and only a few are ocellated. This is

the largest species at present known. Mr. J. J. Walker first

discovered it at Tangier, and afterwards found it in Spain,

where he also took Hretmotus tangertanus. I took fifteen

specimens at ‘Tangier last spring.

Sternocelis cancer, n. sp.

Breviter ovatus, nitidus, postice parce fulyo-hirtus, nigro-piceus,

pedibus dilutioribus ; fronte opaca, grosse punctata, stria valida ;

pronoto angulis obliquis, antice vix dense ocellato-punctato,

postice parce punctulato ; elytris undique punctulatis, tristriatis ;

prosterno lato in medio transversim elevato, grosse ocellato-punc-

tato, stria basi sinuata, lobo deflexo et leviter emarginato, tibiis

valde dilatatis.

L, 2, ¢. 23 mill.

This species is much larger and darker in colour than S.

punctulatus, and it wants the close pubescence of S. Bedeli.

The dorsal region is very distinctly punctulate and the pro-

sternum is relatively wider than in the species named, and the

transverse ridge is more conspicuous. The frontal striz of

Bedeli and cancer are similar, strong and complete at the sides,

but opening out behind the clypeus, and running for a very

short distance parallel to each other. In cancer the front

tibie are sometimes emarginate on the outer edge, and this

may be a sexual character. The examples I have vary a

good deal in size.

I found this species at Hamman Rirha, Algeria, last Feb-

ruary, and noticed that it was less subterraneous than the yellow

species; this may account for its colour, which is nearly

black.

Sternocelis Bedeli, Lewis.

Subrotundatus, piceo-ferrugineus, vix dense sericeo-pubescens, punc-

10%

148 Mr. G. Lewis on new

tulatus; fronte grosse punctata, stria marginali subintegra

elevata; pronoto subtransverso, parte anteriore dense sat grosse

punctata, angulis anticis obtusis reflexis ; elytris tristriatis, primo

integro, secundo ultra medium, tertio antice abbreviatis; pygidio

piloso; prosterno grosse punctato, meso- et metasterno profunde

excayatis ; pedibus robustis, tibiis angulato-dilatatis.

L, 24, ¢. 22 mill.

This species may be placed near punctulatus, but it is very

distinct from all on the list. Its colour and the density of its

pubescence, the thickly-set punctures on the anterior part of

the thorax, its larger size, and broad tibiz are its most con-

spicuous specific characteristics. The prosternum of this

species and that of punctulatus are on a similar plan, but the

punctures are closer together and the transverse ridge more

distinct. The tibiz are nearly as much dilated as those of

Eretmotus sociator or tangertanus, and they are angulated in

the same way, and therefore resemble those of S. cancer.

Mons. L. Bedel captured three examples at Daya, in the

province of Oran, November 1879.

Sternocelis hispanus, Rosenh.

This species I have taken in Spain (thanks to the kindness

of Prof. Don Francisco Martinez y Saez) three times—twice

at Madrid and once at the Escorial. At the latter place, on the

29th April last, I found as many as fifteen in one nest of

Aphanogaster. At Fontanellus, near Cintra, in April 1884, I

took one hundred and seventy-six specimens ; and this species

and Hister ferrugineus, Ol., which I took at Bom Jesus the

same year, are the only two species yet known from Portugal.

Collectors in Portugal will doubtless find others when they

search for them in the nests of Aphanogaster under stones on

clayey slopes. The two insects mentioned here are sand-

loving species.

Sternocelis comosellus, Fairm.

‘‘ Breviter ovatus, rufo-castaneus, sat nitidus, sat longe et sat dense

fulvo-hirtus ; capite dense punctato ; prothorace transverso, elytris

sensim angustiore, lateribus fere parallelis sed basi ampliato,

angulis posticis divaricatis, acutis, dorso dense punctato, ad latera

densius, basi ante angulos leviter impresso ; elytris convexis, sat

dense, sat fortiter asperulo-punctatis, obsolete lineatis, sutura

angustissime infuscata ; propygidio pygidioque parum dense punc-

tatis; pedibus sat elongatis, compressis, tibiis anticis apicem versus

parum ampliatis.

Species of Formicarious Histeride. 149

“ Philippeville.

““ Ressemble beaucoup 4 |’. hispanus, le corselet étant aussi

plus étroit en avant que les élytres, avec les cétés paralléles,

brusquement élargis 4 la base pour former les angles posté-

rieurs, qui sont aigus et embrassent assez la base des élytres ;

il en différe par la taille plus faible, la ponctuation plus forte,

les impressions de la base du corselet droites et non dirigées

obliquement en travers des angles, qui sont plus aigu.”

This species I have not seen, but I am assured by Herr

Joh. Schmidt, who has seen the type, that it differs specifi-

cally from all the others on the list at the end of this paper.

The type is in Baron Bonnaire’s collection.

Sternoceelis setulosus, Reitter.

I took this species on the cliffs to the east of Oran and also

at Tlemcen. It is dark in colour, and the thorax is much

more transverse than in fulvus and Walkert. The prosternal

striz are not very clearly defined, but they are sinuate and

turn inwardsat the tips. This species stands in some collections

as cavisternus, Marseul ; but the latter name is a synonym of

punctulatus, Lucas. Herr Reitter has very kindly lent me

the type for examination and comparison.

Sternocelis Walkert, n. sp.

Breviter ovatus, ferrugineus, subnitidus, fulvo-setulosus; fronte

obscure punctulata, stria ad oculos angulatim elevata ; pronoto

angulis anticis obliquis, posticis obtuse productis, lateribus mar-

ginato parce punctulato ; prosterno sublevi bistriato, tibiis modice

dilatatis.

L. 13 mill.

This species is smaller than kispanus, with the thorax

more quadrate and its hinder angles much less acute; the

legs are much shorter, but the dilatation of the tibie is almost

identical, and the striz, form, and sculpture of the prosternum

are the same.” Walker? is also similar to fulvus, but it is larger ;

the first has the base of the thorax wider, and the second

has the striae over the eyes less elevated. In hispanus

the sternal pit is distinctly angulate in the centre, in Walkeré

and fulvus it 18 not so.

I took two examples of this insect at Maison Carrée, near

Algiers, on the 8th March, 1884; and I have seen other

specimens labelled Algiers. This species is named after Mr.

J.J. Walker, whose name appears on several of these pages.

150 Mr. G. Lewis on new

Sternocelis fulvus, n. sp.

Breviter ovatus, rufo-ferrugineus, sat dense fulvo-setulosus; fronte

obscure punctulata, stria utrinque elevata, antice late interrupta ;

pronoto lateraliter bisinuato, angulis posticis obtusis ; elytris

tenue et obscure tristriatii ; tibiis modice dilatatis.

L. 13, c. 1$ mill.

The above is similar to setulosus, hispanus, and Walkert,

but it is smaller, the thorax is less transverse, and the dila-

tation of the tibiz less, and the prosternal strie are a little more

parallel to each other and better defined. The sternal pit

is also slightly deeper than in setulosus or Walkerv.

I obtained a great number of this species in Algeria, at

Hamman Rirha (altitude 2300 feet), this spring.

Sternocelis arachnoides, Fairm.

This insect has long narrow legs, but in its general struc-

ture it is similar to those of the Aéspanus-group. ‘The pro-

sternum has well-defined striee, which are sinuate at the coxe

and then pass forward, widening out slightly from each other.

The meso- and metasternal basin is more circular than in the

other species known at present.

Sternocelis puberulus, Motsch.

The prosternum of this species is of very curious struc-

ture. It is very prominent, punctured, and without striz,

and the anterior lobe is very short and transverse. J am

much indebted to Signor Enrico Ragusa for a specimen of

this species. Heterius ferrugineus is the only species of the

Myrmecophilous Histeride known from Italy; it is asso-

ciated with Formica fusca. When the nests of Aphanogaster

are investigated, one or more new species will possibly be

found in Sicily or on the adjacent mainland.

Sternocelis Lewist, Reitter.

In this species the space between the prosternal strie is

narrow and the strie are very parallel to each other, widening

out only on approaching the base. 8S, Merklii, Schmidt, is

compared by the author to Lew7s?; but the prosternum is

concave and apparently without striz.

Sternocelis extructisternum, n. sp.

Subrotundatus, ferrugineus, subnitidus, fulvo-pilosus, punctulatus ;

Species of Formicarious Histeride. 151

fronte opaca, dense punctata, pronoto transverso, antice grosse

punctata; elytris tristriatis, punctulatis; propygidio parce punc-

tato piloso; prosterno prominulo grosse punctato; metasterno

leviter tuberculato ; tibiis anticis modice, mediis et posticis valide

angulato-dilatatis.

L. 24 mill.

In size and general outline this species agrees with

Lewist, Reitter, but it is very pubescent and the prosternum

is on quite a different plan. ‘The thoracic punctures are large

in front and many are ocellated; but they gradually become

smaller and fewer towards the base. The thorax is sinuate

laterally, with the hind angles obtuse.

The prosternum is rather wide between the striz, with

large rough punctures, striz situate between the coxe and

terminate widely apart before the anterior lobe, posteriorly

the striee join to form a margin to the base. The part of the

prosternum comprised within the striz is built up and is on a

different plane from the lobe. The mesosternum has a robust

apex, which projects well into the prosternum. The meta-

sternum has a small linear tubercle in the anterior median

part of its basin, and its whole surface is distinctly but sparsely

punctulate.

Algeria (coll. Mouchicourt) ; no special locality given.

Sternocelis grandis, Reitter.

The upper surface of this insect is almost identical with that

of fevidorsis, Fairm., but the prosternum is not striated, it is

only roughly and closely punctate. Herr Reitter has kindly

allowed me to see the unique specimen. In Jlevidorsis the

strie of the prosternum are distinct ridges, sinuate between

the coxe and very slightly bent inwards at the tips, and the

anterior lobe is short and transverse. Mons. R. Oberthiir first

discovered /evidorsis at Bousaada, in Algeria, and more

recently it has been taken at Blida by Prof. Ignacio Bolivar.

The four following species are small and very similar in

their superfacies :—

Sternocelis pluristriatus, Fairm. -

This agrees closely in many of its characters with fusculus,

but the thoracic punctures are more sparse and smaller

and apparently not ocellated. The prosternum is also

broader and the stries seem to meet anteriorly.

152 Mr. G. Lewis on new

Sternocelis mauritanicus, n. sp.

Breviter ovalis, rufo-brunneus, nitidus, punctulatus, haud pilosus ;

fronte, stria utrinque paulo elevata, antice interrupta, obscure

punctulata; pronoto antice vix dense, postice parce, punctato;

elytris distincte tristriatis, tertio postice abbreviato; tibiis anticis

circulatim, posticis angulatim, valde dilatatis.

L. 13, ¢. 13 mill.

This insect above is closely similar to fusculus and pecto-

ralis, and agrees with them in colour; but beneath the

characters to separate it are well defined. The prosternal

strize are connected at the base, and form there a margin to

the prosternum ; they are very feebly sinuate at the coxe and

anteriorly slightly bent towards each other; the lobe ‘is

deflexed. The apex of the mesosternum is moderately pro-

jecting and correspondingly sinuate. The thorax is punctured

very much like that of plurdstriatus.

I took this Jittle insect in Morocco on the slope of a hill

about two miles from the sea-shore (starting from the ruins of

Old Tangier), on the 9th April last. Within the precincts of

the same ants’ nest I obtained eight specimens of S. arachnoides

and three of acutangulus.

Sternocelis fusculus, Schmidt.

Mr. J. J. Walker has found this insect at S. Roche, in

Spain ; and Signor Serafin Uhagon has taken it in flood-

refuse at Badajoz.

Sternocelis pectoralis, n. sp.

Breviter ovalis, rufo-brunneus, nitidus, haud pilosus ; fronte punctu-

lata, stria utrinque sinuata paulo elevata; pronoto antice magis,

postice parce, punctato; elytris punctulatis tristriatis, striis

distincte impressis; prosterno prominulo, stria laterali antice

sinuata, basi obscure continuata, in medio transverso elevato et

parce punctato ; mesosterno antice valde producto; tibiis mediis

et posticis fortiter angulato-dilatatis,

L. 12 mill.

The superfacies of this insect agrees somewhat with that of

pluristriatus, Fairm., of which I possess a type through the

kindness of the author. S. pluristriatus belongs to a section

of the genus which has the elytral striz clearly defined, and in

this section those set together in the list may be included.

Species of Formicarious Histeride. 153

S. pectoralis has the prosternal area between the cox and the

base of the anterior lobe divided in the middle by a very

prominent transverse ridge ; and if the prosternum is viewed

sideways this character will be seen conspicuously. 8. plurt-

striatus has a trace of this structure, but it is very feebly

brought out.

I took this species at Tlemcen, in Algeria, near the ruins

of Mansourah, on the 20th March last, while snow was

falling thickly ; and I had to use my umbrella to shelter the

galleries made by the ants, which otherwise would have been

filled up and ants and beetles lost sight of.

Sternocelis Marseuli, Bris., has the prosternal strie formed

on a plan similar to that of Gnathoncus rotundatus, Kugel ;

it is a little smaller than maurttanicus and pubescent.

Satrapes Réitterc, n. sp.

Subcylindricus, convexus, testaceus, nitidus, parce punctulatus ;

fronte utrinque elevata, sat dense punctulata, clypeo concavo;

pronoto in medio convexo, lateribus marginato, angulis anticis

paulo reflexis ; elytris brevissime setulosis, striis obsoletis, tibiis

dilatatis.

L, 23 mill.

Taken by Herr Hans Leder at Talyschgebg (Transcau-

casus), and [ have named it after my friend at Médling.

This species is larger than talyschensis, paler in colour, and

more parallel in outline. The anterior angles of the thorax

are reflexed in the same way, but are more rounded off. The

subhumeral striz are wider apart and the dorsal strie quite

obsolete; the propygidium is more clearly angulate at the

sides and somewhat densely but finely punctulate. Beneath

it is known at once from talyschensis by the lobe of the pro-

sternum being on the same plane as the base, by the sternum

being narrower between the cox, and the striz in front of

them are brought close together and then pass forwards in a

parallel direction. In talyschensis the prosternal strize are

marginal, and therefore wide apart. In Sartori the strie

are more like those of Redtter?, but anteriorly they diverge

and the lobe of the prosternum is deflexed. ‘his last cha-

racter is given by Schmidt as generic; as the new species

does not possess it, the generic characters must be modified

accordingly.

154 On new Species of Formicarious Histeride.

List of Species, arranged systematically.

Herzrivs, Erichson, Jahrb. p. 156 (1854). (Type athe eo)

1789 }

ferrugineus, Oliv. Ent. L. viii. p: 10; G.ddig, 7.

quadratus, Kugel. Schneid. Mae. ee OF 519.

Sesquicornes, Preyssl, Mayer. Samml. phys.

JAN TIVES hed Oy oe a nt eee eA ce Ce

Marseuli, Schaut. Sitz. Ges. Isis, p. 197

Mars, Abeille, i. p. 348 @.......0005

—— eratus, Lewis, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xii.

MLO tas aso Wa ne ae els oe Rh aMe CEs oak

Iacaitanaeus, Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.

TOMA ches orttuh egehs stole wove nis poles aunts pice bleh renee ale

—— *Blanchardi, Lec. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xvii.

|S) 0c! Dearest eee are Tete Gta hhcirieged OPER ws Sie

—— brunneipennis, Rand. Bost. Journ. ii. p. 40

Mars. Mon. p. 483, t. i. n. 28, fig. 2

—— plicicollis, Fairm. Pet. Nouv. ii. n. 151, p. 49

optatus, Lewis, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii.

Oy Gypsy aay Fodeorrgon. wa seedy a wake

tristriatus, Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. v.

IGN te wie ooo cosy te Seela Sa ie ae aietn mn anale ain wt

— ¢morsus, Ibeconte, Proc. Ac: Phil, p: 720. ....,..

STERNOCELIS, n. gen., 1888. (Type acutangulus.)

acutangulus, Lewis, Ent. M. M. xxiv. p. 164

Cancer ue WAS, MSpace elias alk chew eit eh w Eecwie

Bedeli, Lewis, Ent. M. M. xxi. p. 83........

punctulatus, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 5 sér.

GEL, tie os orp tae Mp alates eee cs bale aes eke ops ele ie ee eater

Mars. Mon. p. 452, t. ii. n. 28, fig. 1

cavisternus, Mars. Mon. Cat. p.713......

lioderus, Fairm. Pet. Nouv. ii. n. 148, p. 37

politus, Schmidt, Ent. Nachrichten ........

hispanicus, Rosenh. Thier. Andal. p. 89......

*comosellus, Fairm. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

BV Steet Db ae er bitick bie hiside o iia tediw need «le

setulosus, Reitter, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xvi. p.179

VV aor, Lewis, M.S: 2 «sche mua se nia ee

——— FULVUS, MOWIS, TL. SP. |. .s es veka see cee es Gis was

Bonnairei, Schmidt, Ent. Nachrichten ......

arachnoides, Fairm. Pet. Nouy. ii. n. 163, p. 98

—— puberulus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. p. 125 ......

ECGs NG, Dal Oa wes sietauaguaiere nue Erie

Palumboi (Kvetmotus), Ragusa, Nat. Sicil.

LEME GES Marpac Gicr s Gas < ean ee ca aunt

*Merklii, Schmidt, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr, p. 288

1792

1793 -Europe.

1863

1864 J

1884 Japan.

1870 North America.

1878 North America.

sd North America.

1876 Algeria.

1884 Japan.

1874 North America.

1859 North America.

1887 Morocco and Europe.

1888 Algeria,

1884 Algeria.

1855

1857 :

1862 Algeria.

1876

1888 Alveria.

1856 Europe.

1883 Algeria.

1872 Algeria.

1888 Algeria.

1888 Algeria,

1877 Morocco.

1837 ]

thee Europe.

1881

1885 Europe.

Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista. 155

Sternoccelis Lewisi, Reit. Wien. ent. Zeit. i. p. 143 1888

Reit. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxviii. Europe.

Di CO Rete, A eases sy x anes 1884

——— extructisternum, Lewis, 1. Sp...... 22. e reer 1888 Algeria.

—— grandis, Reitter, Wien. ent. Zeit. ii. p. 143 .. 1883 Europe.

—— levidorsis, Fairm. Pet. Nouv. ii. n. 148, p.37 1876 Algeria.

—— incisus, Schmidt, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. xxix.

Pea pete cnet entemene tener nse nna cman 1885 Europe.

— pluristriatus, Fairm. Pet. Nouv. n. 163, p.98 1877 Algeria.

—— fusculus, Schmidt, Ent. Nachrichten ........ 1888 Europe.

= qnauritanicus, Lewis, D.SPs «<j. e140. e iene oe 1888 Morocco.

pectoralis, Lewis, n. sp... ... sees e eee eae 1888 Algeria.

Marseuli, Bris. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 367 .... 1866 Europe.

Sarrapgs, Schmidt, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. xxix. 1885. (Type talyschensis.)

Sartorii, Redtenb. Fn. Austr. p. 311 ........ 8l ap

Rayei (Eretmotus), Mars. Abeille, i. p. 348 1864 Wa

ee RENELOLT, We WWIS, Mer, bowlehe aceisis.sveus s- sis)<0-ceus 1888 Europe.

talyschensis, Reitter, Wien. ent. Zeit. ii. p.143 1883 Europe.

Note.—An asterisk is attached to the species I have not seen. If natu-

ralists who go to mountainous places and remote forest-lands to collect

insects will pay attention to this class of beetles, the number in our cabinets

will be quickly doubled.

XIX.—Biological Studies of Protista.

By Dr. Max VERWoRN*.

[Plate IX.}

I mabe the following researches on Protista when, for the

purpose of certain psychophysiological investigations which

will hereafter be published in their entirety, I set myself the

task of observing the process of shell-formation in the shelled

freshwater Rhizopoda. In the case of those forms which

build their shells with materials produced by themselves this

process has been described and illustrated with figures in

previous memoirs, especially by Gruber +, and recently in a

very detailed fashion by Schewiakofft; and therefore my

* Translated from the ‘Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’

Band xlvi. pp. 455-470, with a plate. ™

+ A. Gruber, “Der Theilungsvorgang bei Euglypha alveolata,” in

Zeitschy. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxv., and “ Die Theilung der monothalamen

Rhizopoden,” zb¢d. Bd. xxxvi.

{ W. Schewiakoft, “Ueber die karyokinetische Kerntheilung von

Euglypha alveolata,” in Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xiii.

156 Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista.

endeavour was to observe it in a form which employs foreign

bodies in the construction of its shell. For this I selected a

Diffiugia. By the observations that I made upon this form I

was then induced to include a marine Polythalamous form

(Polystomella) in the range of my studies, and I am indebted

to the kindness of Prof. F. E. Schulze for having the neces-

sary material placed at my disposal.

DIFFLUGIA URCEOLATA, Carter.

In an aquarium with water from the Halensee, near Ber-

lin, which had stood in the Berlin Zoological Institute since

the end of June 1887, numerous individuals of Diffugia

urceolata, Carter, made their appearance towards the end of

October, and these, from their large size, furnished me with

favourable material for my investigations. In order to guard

against any sudden extermination of this brood of Protista in

consequence of unfavourable influences in the aquarium, I

separated from it several smaller cultures by distributing

many examples with portions of the bottom and aquatic plants

in small glasses which I kept in moist chambers. On exam-

ining one of these small glasses in the morning of November

9, 1 found two individuals engaged in conjugation. Any

mistake as to a process of division was here excluded, as the

shells of both individuals from the commencement of the

observation were perfectly black, and by transmitted light

both appeared uniformly reddish brown. ‘The two Protista

lay with their shell-openings so brought together that their

margins were exactly opposite each other, only upon one side

there was a narrow fissure between them, from which nume-

rous pseudopodia were protruded. The pair were isolated

and kept in a watch-glass. On the morning of the 10th

November all the pseudopodia were retracted, and the shells

lay immovably with the two openings pressed exactly

together. ‘The Protista remained in this state throughout

the day. On November 11, in the morning, a small fissure

had again been produced between the mouths of the two

. shells, and through this, as on the first day of observation,

numerous pseudopodia issued. As I assumed that the con-

jugation-process would soon be completed I killed the Pro-

tista with osmic acid in the course of the day, when the

pseudopodia remained exserted, and stained them with

ammonio-picrocarmine. It now appeared that during the

staining the two shells had separated from each other, by

which a glance into the nature of the protoplasm was rendered

Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista. 157

possible. The protoplasm had protruded somewhat, and it

was distinctly observable that the protoplasmic bodies of the

two individuals had become fused into one, in such a manner

that the hyaline protoplasm with the pseudopodia formed a

circlet surrounding, like a girdle, the endoplasm, which ex-

tended into both the shells. Iwas then astonished to see

that in the endoplasm, besides a dark mass consisting chiefly

of sand-grains, there were about thirty or thirty-five nuclei of

0-2 millim. in diameter, which presented the ordinary appear-

ance of Difflugian nuclei and appeared of a dark red colour.

At first I thought that the appearance of these numerous

nuclei must be connected with the conjugation-process, until

I ascertained from the examination of other individuals, taken

from different glasses and at different times, that all the indi-

viduals always contained from fifteen to twenty nuclei, and

that, consequently, Diflugiaurceolata is a multinucleated form.

One specimen, from which one side of the shell has been sepa-

rated under the microscope by means of a very pointed and

sharp lancet, is shown in Pl. IX. fig. 2. Within the shell will

be observed the greyish-brown endoplasm, which owes its cha-

racteristic colour to innumerable very small brownish granules

with strong refractive power. In it lie the nuclei (the dark

spots in the figure), together with nutritive particles, and

finally a great number of sand-grains, the latter partly only

adherent, but partly also completely immersed in the proto-

plasm. In the neighbourhood of the aperture is the hyaline

exoplasm, which extends outwards its finger-like pseudopodia.

My interest was most excited by the accumulation of sand-

grains which occurred in the endoplasm of the Dzflugia ;

and as I found this to be a pretty regular constituent in the

protoplasm of all the specimens examined, I supposed that it

was employed in the formation of the shell. Biitschli* has

already indicated the probability that ‘the foreign material

applied to the construction of the shell was taken up into the

protoplasmic body-mass of the Diflugia itself and subse-

quently deposited at the surface for the formation of the shell.”

Gruber } adopts Biitschli’s suggestion, and with reference to

the frequently observed phenomenon that other Rhizopoda

take up sand into their protoplasmic body-mass he says :—

“ Scarcely any doubt will remain that Biitschli’s opinion with

regard to the Difflugian shell is correct, and consequently

these animals themselves will select and take up into themselves

* In Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs,’ Protozoa

(1880).

+ “Die Theilung &c.,” loc, cit.

158 Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista.

from the water the material, the sand, the Diatomez, or what-

ever it may be. If they then proceed to divide, this and

the foundation of the new shell takes place in the same way

as in the before-mentioned Monothalamia ” (Huglyphu, Quad-

rula, Cyphoderia, &c.).

I now endeavoured in the first place to observe directly the

act of inception of sand. For this purpose it was advanta-

geous to furnish the Protista with as much shell-material as

possible, in order to give them abundant opportunities of

taking it into them. In order that it might be readily recog-

nizable and distinguishable from other materials in my inves-

tigations I did not employ sand-grains, but finely-powdered

dark blue glass, the smallest fragments of which certainly

appeared very clear, although in contrast with the surroundings

they always showed a faint bluish tinge. In subsequent

experiments I used perfectly black glass, the finest particles

of which appeared olive-coloured. After putting a suitable

quantity of blue glass-fragments into a watch-glass, I intro-

duced several Diflugice with water-plants. In a short time

the Protista began to extend pseudopodia and to creep about

among the powdered glass. They often touched the glass-

fragments with their pseudopodia, but pushed them away and

crept past without incepting them. I observed them for a

very long time and repeatedly ; but at first I did not succeed

in observing any inception of the glass-granules. Then it

chanced that a clumsy Oypris came near a D¢fflugia and

pushed roughly against its pseudopodia. In a few seconds

the surface of the widely extended pseudopodia became

wrinkled and knobbed, and some glass-granules remained

adhering to them, which were then gradually retracted,

together with the pseudopodia, completely into the interior of

the shell. This, therefore, was the mode in which the incep-

tion of shell-material takes place; by mechanical irritation

a reflex contraction of the pseudopodia is produced, and com-

bined therewith a secretion of a sticky coat on their surface,

which enables the glass-granules to adhere to the pseudopodia

and to be drawn in with them. By a series of experiments,

which were repeated upon other species of Difflugia, I then

ascertained the great regularity of this process. When a

Diffilugia had extended its pseudopodia to a great length and

was creeping about between the glass plates, it was irritated

with a sharp needle. The same effect was then produced

with great exactness; the pseudopodia became tubercular,

and while previously no glass-granules were adherent to them,

these now clung firmly and were slowly retracted into the

shell. Specimens of which the shells were partially removed

Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista. 159

then showed that the glass-grains not only remained adherent

to the surface of the protoplasm, but were actually drawn

into it, so that the interior contained a quantity of blue glass-

rains.

The mode in which the material for the construction of the

shell was taken up was therefore ascertained ; but it was some

time before I succeeded in discovering individuals engaged in

division. I found these in a watch-glass which contained a

brood separated from the larger aquarium, but unfortunately

only of a few individuals. Nevertheless I had the opportunity

of observing different stages of the process of division, and thus

of ascertaining that the process is effected in precisely the

same way that was accepted by Gruber with regard to the

division ot Huglypha, Cyphoderia, &c. First of all there pro-

trudes from the shell-apertures a round, low mound of proto-

plasm, which issues further and further, and the convexity of

which gradually approaches the spherical form. In one

instance its form appeared not to be quite regular, but some-

what oblique and impressed on one side. In a further

advanced stage the protruded mass of protoplasm had already

attained the size of the original individual, and I even found

a specimen in which it was somewhat larger and broader than

the latter. In an individual whose protruded mass had

already approximately acquired the size of the old shell, I

observed that a ball of glass-granules had already in part

entered the newly formed half, in which the protoplasm with the

glass-grains showed a slowly flowing movement (PI. IX. fig.1).

In the most advanced stage of division the protruded protoplasm

had already assumed pretty nearly the form of a Difflugian

shell of the present species, and the particles of glass had

arranged themselves at its surface. The new half seemed

not yet to havea solid shell; but the glass-granules were

loosely fitted to one another. On the following day in this

specimen the separation of the newly-formed individual was

completed, and it was creeping about in the watch-glass with

its pseudopodia. Its shell showed the characteristic form,

but the pale bluish glass-grains were united to each other by

a nearly transparent, but, at any rate, quite colourless con-

nective substance, which only some days later began to

acquire a darker brownish colour. ‘Together with this speci-

men there were on the next day two likewise newly formed

individuals which had the same appearance. ‘The other four

specimens which I had found engaged in division on the

previous day showed scarcely any noticeable alteration since

I had left them, and afterwards it turned out that they were

dead. The subsequent attempt at nuclear staining was

160 Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista.

unsuccessful, and only in one individual there was to be seen

in the protruded protoplasmic mass a single, very large, but

not particularly distinct nucleus; so that from this it is not

possible for me to say anything about the behaviour of the

nuclei during division. As appears from the observations on

Difflugia, this genus therefore, as regards the shell-formation

during division, approximates directly to the other shelled

freshwater Rhizopoda.

To ascertain whether and in what manner the D¢flugia

repairs artificial injuries of its shell by means of the building-

material taken up into the protoplasm, I made a series of

experiments by division. When the individuals had com-

pletely withdrawn into their shells they were cut up with a

sharp lancet in definite directions under the microscope, and

then preserved in watch-glasses or upon object-slides with the

necessary shell-material. ‘They all supported the operation

well, and could be kept alive for more than three weeks even

upon the object-slide if they were preserved in moist

chambers.

First of all the Protista were divided into two portions of

nearly equal size by a cut through the middle of the animal

in the plane of the shell-aperture (fig. 3, a). The divided

pieces were carefully examined every day. ‘They appeared

quite normal, extended their pseudopodia, and crept about.

When irritated they reacted as before, and took up glass-

granules, but they showed no regeneration of the shell; the

cut margins remained about as irregular as soon after the

section. Other individuals were divided into two equal parts

by a cut made in the longitudinal direction of the shell (fig.

3,6). These portions also were quite normal in their be-

haviour, but without regenerating the shell. Next specimens

were cut into two unequal parts both transversely and longi-

tudinally ; but neither the larger nor the smaller divisions

showed any alteration at the cut portions of the shell. The

experiments were varied in the most multifarious manner

(fig. 8, c) in a very great number of specimens, but always

with the same result; all the fragments still retained the same

vitality, but without regenerating the portions of shell which

remained to them.

I then modified the experiment by inflicting only quite

small injuries, without injuring the protoplasmie body.

For this purpose I made small incisions in different parts

of the shell of many individuals, and watched whether

these would be repaired. Every day a careful examination

was made to see whether any change had taken place; but

even after the lapse of three weeks the cut parts showed

Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista. 161

exactly the same appearance as immediately after the opera-

tion. The cut margins remained just as irregular as on the

first day, and although all the individuals had taken up glass-

granules, no deposition of them had occurred at the point of

lesion. The experiments were afterwards made with other

glass-particles and with sand-grains, but no repair or comple-

tion of the shell ever occurred.

Finally, the whole shell was removed from some specimens

under a low power, without inflicting any injury upon the

protoplasmic body of the Protistan. In this way I obtained

perfect Difiugie without shells, which also behaved quite

normally. They took up sand-grains (or glass-particles),

crept about with their finger-like pseudopodia, and frequently

flattened themselves out, when it was particularly easy to see

that the incepted glass-granules formed a small aggregation

in the interior of the protoplasm. When only short pseudo-

podia were emitted the Protista had a great resemblance to

Pelomyxa, which was still further increased by the greyish-

brown coloration, the incepted glass-granules, and the great

number of nuclei. I succeeded in keeping these shell!-less

Diffugie alive in the normal state for nearly three weeks

without any trace of a regeneration of the shell being observ-

able. The surface of the protoplasmic body did not present

the least excretion or deposition of solid matter ; it was rather

soft, performed Amceboid movements, and developed pseudo-

podia until the last, when the Protista became the victims of

an unlucky accident.

When I consider that I made my experiments at different

times upon a very great number of Déflugie, that I varied

the experiments in every way, and that I carefully observed

and examined the individuals operated upon for more than

three weeks, I think I may with perfect certainty arrive at

the conclusion that the Difflugie do not regenerate the shell

when injured or entirely removed.

POLYSTOMELLA CrISPA, Linn.

As those forms of Rhizopoda which construct their shell of

foreign bodies, such as the Difflugiw, are closely united by a

great number of intermediate forms with those which secrete

their own shells, such as the Polythalamia, it seemed to me

desirable to investigate one of the latter forms with respect

to the conditions of regeneration of the shell, and I had

afforded to me an opportunity of doing this in the case of

Polystomella crispa, Linn., from Trieste. These Protista also

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. pa

162 Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista.

IT was able to keep alive for two months in watch-glasses

with sea-water in which small pieces of Ulvz were placed to

produce the necessary oxygen. As their shells were not very

thick, I succeeded very well with them also in effecting

divisions and injuries with the lancet in definite places, in

which the uncommon viscosity of the protoplasm alone caused

some difficulty. In the Polystomelle the nucleus is usually

situated in the same part, and, indeed, in the neighbourhood

of that chamber upon which the youngest chamber is seated

externally. In consequence of this we may know beforehand

with some certainty whether we shall or shall not have the

nucleus in any separated portion. Of course the portions,

after the investigations were completed, were also decalcified

with acetic acid and stained with carmine, so that there could

remain no doubt as to their containing or not containing a

nucleus.

The divisions or mutilations were performed in the fol-

lowing manner. First of all from two to four of the first

chambers were removed from some individuals. These ampu-

tated chambers showed no phenomena of regeneration,

although they remained alive for a long time. In the other

portions, however, which contained the nucleus, the irregular

broken place was usually repaired again in from three to six

days in the following manner :—the protoplasm swelled out

in a rounded form somewhat above the spot in question, and on

its surface a calcareous layer was secreted (Pl. 1X. fig. 4). In

its form this calcareous layer resembled the outer wall of the

youngest chamber of an uninjured Protistan, and showed the

typical structure of the shell of a Polystomella perforated by

numerous small apertures. The ruins of the tubular system

of both sides of the last amputated chamber were not again

completed into perfect tubules, but remained in their injured

condition, and the newly formed wall had founded itself

directly upon them. In one case, however, there were

already to be seen upon the outer surface of the newly formed

wall the indications of a whole new system of tubules (fig. 5),

and this evidently would have been completely developed as

soon as a new chamber was founded upon the new wall.

The newly formed wall in fact on the two sides, where the

tubules are formed in the normal chamber-walls, was perfo-

rated by apertures of corresponding size, which were sur-

rounded by a low wall, the indication of the future tubules.

In those individuals in which two chambers were mutilated

each chamber did not complete itself separately, but a calca-

reous layer was secreted only on the surface of the outer of

the two cut chambers.

Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista. 163

Further, in a number of Polystomelle the last ten or twelve

chambers were removed in connexion. The chambers thus

removed showed no regeneration in a fortnight, although their

vital phenomena were by no means extinguished. They were

then killed, decalcified and stained, by which means their

want of nuclei was demonstrated with certainty. The

remaining portions, on the contrary, showed the same form

of regeneration as was first described.

Then some specimens were so cut up that a portion was

cut away from a series of chambers. ‘The pieces removed

lived on, but also without any phenomena of regeneration.

The other portion, in which the nucleus was situated, on the

other hand, had deposited over all the incised chambers a

common, external, continuous calcareous layer, which com-

pletely closed the wound and showed the typical shell-struc-

ture (fig. 6).

Lastly, smaller lesions were effected in a series of indivi-

duals, triangular notches being made with the lancet in certain

places, affecting only one or a few chambers. In a few days

these wounds also became covered with a continuous calca-

reous layer.

It frequently happened that, after the removal of the

chambers, the protoplasm became retracted from the last open

chamber behind the next chamber-wall. In the case of the

other wounds also the protoplasm sometimes drew back into

the interior, and then the wounds did not heal. But even

after a new calcareous wall had been constructed on an injured

chamber, the protoplasm frequently drew back out of this

chamber, as, indeed, even in uninjured individuals the

youngest chamber or chambers are often quitted by the pro-

toplasm.

In order to determine with still more certainty the influence

of the nucleus upon the regeneration of the shell, a series of

divisions was made in which enucleate pieces of different sizes

were separated. I succeeded in keeping such portions alive

for nearly three weeks. Even half of the protoplasmic con-

tents of a single chamber remained alive within the fragment

of its shell for a fortnight, when the fragment was killed.

All non-nucleate fragments showed not the smallest trace of

new formations, a phenomenon which stands in the fullest

accord with the results of Nussbaum’s* and Gruber’s ft

“Ueber spontane und kiinstliche Theilung von Infusorien,” in Verh.

naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. 1884.

+ “Zur Physiologie und Biologie der Protozoen,” in Ber. naturf. Ges,

zuFreiburg i, B. 1886 (see ‘ Annals,’ ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. ae

164 Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista.

experiments on Infusoria. Nussbaum found that in Oxytricha

only the nucleiferous fragments became regenerated into new

individuals, and Gruber was able by his beautiful experi-

ments to establish the same thing with regard to Stentor

ceruleus. J may mention here that I have myself repeated

Gruber’s experiments on Stentor caruleus with the same

results, and have also made the same experiments on Laery-

marta olor. Lacrymaria, of which I had great numbers of

individuals at my disposal, was so far a favourable object for

these experiments, as it was comparatively easy to detach

portions without any fragments of nucleus, which I found to

be more difficult with my Stentors. However, in Laery-

maria | have also obtained the same results, and therefore it

seems to me indubitable that regenerations take place under

the influence of the nucleus and cannot be effected without tt.

In Folystomella 1 made a further observation upon the

non-nucleate pieces which perhaps will be of interest. I made

trial whether the non-nucleate portions take in nourishment

by placing in the water containing them numerous small

marine Protista which might serve them as food. In clear

weather the fragments had extended very abundant pseudo-

podia, and among these the Protista moved about. I now

repeatedly observed that swimming Flagellata remained

adherent to the pseudopodia, then made movements to escape,

and, when they did not succeed in tearing themselves free,

were slowly drawn to the shell with the pseudopodia. With

one fragment there were with the Flagellata many specimens

of Huplotes charon in the same drop of water; but these

appeared to be too large to be attacked. When they came

near the pseudopodia they always made a qnick backward

movement which placed them out of danger again. Once,

however, 1 observed that a Euplotes which chose to run over

a whole bundle of pseudopodia remained attached to several

pseudopodia at once, and in spite of its endeavours to escape

was slowly drawn towards the shell. During this process its

movements became gradually weaker and weaker; soon there

were only from time to time a few jerking movements of the

posterior cilia, and finally, in about twenty-five minutes, all

motion ceased. Some time afterwards, when the fragment

changed its place, the Infusorian remained behind, and, as I

ascertained, was really dead. I made the same observation

another time upon a metabolic Euglena.

That inception of nourishment should occur in non-nucleate

fragments does not strike me as remarkable, as I have recog-

nized it to be a pure reflex action which only takes place upon

mechanical irritation (movement of the food-organisms &c.).

I could imitate it by means of artificially moved foreign

Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista. 165

bodies, such as paper-fibres &e. But what appears to me to

be of importance is the circumstance that the Protista taken

up are killed. This distinctly indicates the occurrence of a

chemical action on the part of the fragment upon the proto-

plasm of the food-organisms. Unfortunately in most cases

it is very difficult to ascertain whether a digestive process

does or does not occur, and therefore I have communicated

this observation only because it may perhaps hereafter be

made available in connexion with others.

In order to supplement my own investigations upon the

phenomena of regeneration in the Polythalamia I will here

refer to the observations which Carpenter * had occasion to

make on the material of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition.

Among the Foraminifera of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition

Carpenter found some species of the genus Orbitolites which

were remarkable for their considerable size. One species,

which he named Orbitolites tenuissima, grows to the size of

0-6 inch, and is characterized by an exceedingly thin and

brittle shell. The consequence of this peculiarity was that

among the specimens obtained only a few were uninjured ;

but, on the other hand, there were many which had repaired

earlier injuries. Carpenter gives the following description of

the mode of reparation :—‘‘ When only small portions of the

margin are broken away the next-formed annuli extend

themselves along the fractured edge; and thus the cyclical

mode of growth is completely maintained with only a tem~-

porary irregularity.” And it is not only small injuries that,

according to Carpenter, are repaired in this form, but the

power of regeneration goes so far that even small fragments

can complete themselves to form perfect individuals, the outer

shell-convolutions of which then have exactly the normal

constitution. One of Carpenter’s figures shows how such a

small fragment has completed itself into a perfect individual.

Carpenter says of it :—‘‘ [ have been able to assure myself that

every part of the margin of this fragment—whether broken

or unbroken, peripheral, central, or lateral—has contributed

to the formation of the first new complete annulus, by which

the foundation was laid of the subsequent regular series of

concentric zones, thus clearly indicating that a sarcodic

extension took place from every chamberlet laid open by the

fracture, as well as from the normal pores of the last septal

plane, and that these extensions coalesced to form a con-

tinuous ring, as in the formation of the ordinary succession

of concentric annuli. It is most interesting to observe that

* “ Report on the Specimens of the Genus Orddtolites &e.,” in ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Report, vol. vil.

166 Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista.

the zone of chamberlets to which this sarcodic ring gave

origin is formed upon the perfected type, without any reversion

to the earlier Peneropline stage.” The last remark refers to

Carpenter’s observation that the shell of Orbctolites from its

earliest foundation passes through various developmental

stages, in which it resembles other Polythalamian shells—

Cornuspira, Sptroloculina, Peneroplis, and Orbiculina. In

the same degree as in Orbitolites tenuissima, Carpenter also

met with the phenomena of regeneration in Orbitolites com-

planata, Lam., a form which is remarkable for the enormous

number of its small-chambers and its narrow annuli. Quite

a small fragment suffices to induce the new-formation of a

large individual. As regards the relations of the nucleus in

the Orbitolites, Carpenter found in the protoplasmic mass of

the Polythalamian a great number of small round corpuscles,

which were irregularly scattered. He assumes these to be the

nuclei of the Protistan. Moreover, that this Polythalamian

form is multinuclear is rendered extremely probable by the

intense phenomena of regeneration of the most various

fragments.

In conclusion, a brief summary of the results obtained and

a critical discussion of them may not be out of place. The

result of the observations and experiments on Difflugia urceo-

lata is as follows:—The construction of the carapace is

effected in the same way as in the other shelled freshwater

Rhizopoda, with this difference, that foreign bodies for the

structure of the shell are incepted into the protoplasm by

certain reflex processes. Regeneration of the injured or com-

pletely removed shell by the protoplasmic body does not

occur, although the vital functions take their course in the

normal fashion. The experiments on Polystomella crispa

show quite a different result. It appears that phenomena of

regeneration are manifested in a fragment if the nucleus is

contained in it, but that they never appear when the nucleus

is absent. ‘The observed processes of regeneration consist on

the one hand in the healing of the wound by a deposition of

calcareous matter, which is secreted by the surface of the

protoplasm, and on the other in the formation of new chambers.

On the contrary, the reparation of separate injured portions,

such as, for example, the remains of the tubular system, never

took place. In Orbitolites tenuissima and complanata, tinally,

the process of regeneration occurs in the same manner, with

the sole exception that the formation of new chambers upon

Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista. 167

fragments takes place on a much larger scale than in Poly-

stomella.

It may be a question what is the reason of the phenome-

non that two forms of Rhizopods behave so differently with

regard to the regeneration of their shells as Difflugia and

Polystomella or Orbitolites. There must evidently be a

principial difference between the shells of the two forms

which accounts for this difference, and I do not think I am

far wrong in finding this in the mode of production of the

shells. In Diffugia, as in all Monothalamia, the shell origi-

nates at the moment of fission, and is completely finished at

the separation of the new individual. No subsequent altera-

tions occur, and especially, as Gruber justly notes, no growth

of the shell takes place. The protoplasmic body has there-

fore ceased to have any secretory relations with the shell, the

faculty of shell-formation has ceased. In consequence

injuries may be inflicted on the shell, or it may be removed

altogether, without the occurrence of any regeneration.

The conditions are different in the production of the Poly-

thalamian shells. It must now be regarded as proved by a

number of observations that the Polythalamia reproduce by a

kind of spore-formation, although this process has not yet

been directly observed. At any rate we know that the

young Polythalamia occur within the body of the parent as

unilocular Protista. If these develop into perfect Polytha-

lamia, they form upon the original chamber a new one, to

which another new one is soon added, and so forth. From

this it follows that the Polythalamia, so long as they form

new chambers, must have the faculty of shell-secretion. The

reason that existed in the case of Difflugia for the cessation

of the shell-secretion no longer exists here, and, in fact, the

Polythalamia do regenerate their shells. A natural conse-

quence of this mode of formation of the shell in the Polytha-

lamia is the phenomenon that the forms with comparatively

limited chamber-formation, such as Polystomella, possess the

faculty of regeneration in a much less degree than the forms

with an exceedingly strong chamber-formation, like Orbito-

lites. ‘The faculty of regeneration in the Polythalamia is

therefore proportional to the faculty of forming new chambers,

and the latter again indicates the duration of development ;

consequently the power of regeneration certainly persists

throughout the whole period of development. Gruber cha-

racterizes the addition of new chambers only as a growth, and

says, on another occasion *, that in the Protozoa in general

* « Dimorpha nutans, eine Mischform zwischen Flagellaten und

Heliozoen,” in Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxvi.

168 Dr. M. Verworn’s Biological Studies of Protista.

we cannot speak of a development. I cannot adopt this view,

for I certainly see in the chamber-formation of the Polytha-

lamia a process which is no mere growth, for the chambers

are not equal and similar, and the Protistan has quite a diffe-

rent appearance when it has only a few chambers, and later

when it hasmany. ‘This process seems to me much rather to

represent a true development, and I even believe that in

particular forms of shells this development will prove to be

available for the recognition of their phylogenetic relations.

With regard to the relation between the faculty of regene-

ration and development, it would moreover be of interest to

examine in the case of very old individuals whether the

power of regeneration has also sunk to zero, as we must

assume to be the case. Further, it would be very desirable

to test such forms as Orbulina &c., which remain unilocular

throughout their lives, as to their regenerative faculty. At

any rate we should here meet with similar conditions to those

prevailing in the Monothalamous freshwater Rhizopoda.

The demonstration of the influence which the nucleus

exerts in the regeneration of the shell in Polystomella seems

to me to be of particular importance. Of late much attention

has been directed to the action of the cell-nucleus; but,

although many naturalists have made observations upon its

functions, our knowledge of the matter still remains rather

limited. Besides the relations to reproduction which the cell-

nucleus displays, it has been endeavoured recently to investi-

gate its influence upon direct processes of change of material,

and the function of secretion especially has been claimed for

it. In the epithelial cells which secrete the chitinous rays of

the egg of Nepa and Ranatra, Korschelt * observed that at

the period of secretion the nucleus acquires a peculiar Rhizo-

podoid form, and emits pseudopodium-like processes towards

the side on which the chitinous secretion takes place. He

further convinced himself that all cells in which branched

nuclei are known to occur have a secretory character. As,

however, hitherto there was no direct observation of the share

taken by the nucleus in the secretory activity of the cell, it

is particularly interesting to become acquainted with such a

case in the regenerative processes of the Polythalamia.

* Tageblatt der 59. Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte

in Berlin; No. 5. Sitzungsb. der Sekt. ftir Zoologie. Korschelt, “ Die

Bedeutung des Kernes ftir die thierische Zelle,” in Sitzungsh. d. Ges.

naturf, Freunde zu Berlin, No. 7, 1887.

Mr. R. J. Pocock on the Genus Urodacus. 169

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Difflugia urceolata, Carter, engaged in division and shell-formation.

The new shell composed of ‘fragments of glass,

Fi ig. 2. The same, with half the shell removed. In the endoplasm besides

sand-grains there are a number of red nuclei (here black).

Figs. 3 a, b, ¢. Shells of Difflugia urceolata divided in various directions

“indicated by the dotted lines.

Fig. 4. Polystomella crispa, Linn. The youngest chambers have been

removed and a new calcareous wall has been formed over the

lesion.

Fig. 5. The same, showing the regeneration on a large scale. a, from

the side; 8, from in front.

Fig. 6. The same, with six chambers partially removed, and with a

common calcareous layer deposited over the cut surface.

XX.—The Species of the Genus Urodacus contained in the

Collection of the British (Natural-History) Museum. By

R. I. Pocock, Assistant, Natural-History Museum.

[Plate VIII. ]

THIS genus was described by Peters in 1861. It differs from

other Scorpions, which are characterized by the possession of

a pentagonal sternum and two lateral eyes, by the presence of

a median keel upon the lower surface of each of the caudal

segments.

Urodacus nove-hollandie, the type of the genus and

hitherto its sole representative, was described by Peters

(Monatsber. d. k. Akad. Wissen. Berlin, 1861, p. 511) from

specimens obtained from West Australia; and Count Keyser-

ling, in his work ‘ Die Arachniden Australiens,’ p. 34, has

published a lengthy description of it, the description and

accompanying figure (Pl. VIII. figs. 1, 1 a) being taken from

specimens also from West Australia.

Whilst examining for identification the Scorpions contained

in the collection of the British (Natural-History) Museum, I

found that this genus Urodacus is represented by no less than

four well-marked species. Three of these I believe to be new

to science, and have consequently described; the fourth I

refer to U. nove-hollandie of Peters.

Of this last-named form the Museum possesses eleven speci-

mens, a series which presents some interesting and, I believe,

new facts connected with the sexual variation and the geogra-

phical distribution of the species.

170 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genus Urodacus.

Concerning the latter point, so far as I am aware, the

occurrence of this form has hitherto never been reported from

any place outside the Australian continent ; and within the

limits of this area no locality of smaller dimensions than West

Australia has ever been assigned to a specimen of it.

It will therefore be of interest to state that in the National

Collection there are in the first place four specimens from

Ceylon; and in the second place, that of the Australian speci-

mens, while two are ticketed merely W. Australia, three are

from the Swan River and one from Port Lincoln.

With regard to the sexes of this species, I do not know

that any difference between the two has ever been pointed

out. At all events Count Keyserling makes no mention of

the existence of any sexual features. But in the series of

this species that I have examined two very distinct forms are

to be noticed—the one possessing larger pectines and a longer

tail, the other smaller pectines and a shorter tail; and, in the

absence of any direct evidence of the fact, I judge from

analogy that the specimens presenting the former character-

istics are males and that those presenting the latter character-

istics are females,

The two may with certainty be distinguished as follows:—

Male.—Cephalothorax as long as the first caudal segment

+two thirds of the second; tail about four and three

quarter times as long as cephalothorax; pectines pro-

jecting considerably beyond the distal margin of the

coxal segment of the posterior pair of legs; pectinal

teeth 19-22.

Female.—Cephalothorax as long as the first and the second

caudal segments; tail about four times as long as

cephalothorax ; pectines not projecting so far as the

distal margin of the coxal segment of the posterior

pair of legs ; pectinal teeth 12-14.

Count Keyserling’s figure and description are without

doubt taken from a small female specimen. ‘The length of

it is 544 millim., whereas the average length of the adult

females that I have seen is about 70 millim.

Urodacus excellens, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Cephalothorax with a conspicuous circular incision in the

middle of its anterior margin, marked throughout its length

by a median sulcus, which behind dilates into an equilaterally

triangular depression. The right and left portions of the

Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genus Urodacus. 171

ocular tubercle continued in front as smooth ridges to rather

more than one third of the distance between the central eyes

and the hind margin of the anterior incision, and behind as

smooth ridges to about half the distance between the central

eyes and the anterior angle of the triangular depression ;_ pos-

terior two thirds of the cephalothorax laterally depressed,

anterior third nearly horizontal ; margins of the frontal lobes

defined by a shallow impression. Cephalothorax quite smooth,

neither granular nor rugose. Hyes slightly nearer the ante-

rior than the posterior margin of the cephalothorax.

The six anterior abdominal tergites smooth, with granular

posterior margins, each bearing anteriorly in the middle line a

low wide crest, which behind divides into three portions, one

median and one on each side ; seventh abdominal tergite

posteriorly and laterally granular, with two faintly defined

dorsal keels.

Abdominal sternites perfectly smooth; the anterior half of

each, the last excepted, marked with two sulci; the last

marked in its posterior half with two smooth keels.

The four proximal caudal segments almost entirely smooth,

the superior and supero-lateral keels alone being feebly

granular ; upper surface of fifth segment smooth, sulcate in

front, flat behind ; superior keel finely granular, supero-lateral

keel more finely granular and abbreviated; infero-lateral

keels evenly denticulate, converging in front ; inferior median

keel consisting of two posteriorly diverging series of denticles ;

space between the lower median and lateral keels smooth,

with a granule here and there; vesicle ovate, somewhat

coarsely granular beneath, smooth above and at the sides;

faintly marked with longitudinal sulci, as in the following

species ; aculeus gently curved.

Chela.—Upper surtace of humerus furnished with a few

small, scattered granules, anterior and posterior borders gran-

ular ; anterior surface furnished with two or three larger

granules and with inferior border granular ; inferior surface

proximally slightly granular and rounded off into the poste-

rior surface, which bears two larger granules near its distal

end. ‘The superior, posterior, and inferior surfaces of the

brachium evenly rounded, neither keeled nor granular, poste-

rior surface marked with two irregular series of pores, inferior

surface marked posteriorly with a single series ; superior and

inferior margins of the anterior surface feebly granular.

Hand stout, rounded, and smooth, being feebly rugose on

the inner (anterior) upper margin and exhibiting above and

at the sides very faint indications of keels ; a more conspicu-

172 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genus Urodacus.

ous keel on the under surface of the hand; on each side of

this keel is a series of setiferous punctures.

Pectines not projecting so far as the distal margin of the

posterior coxee; number of teeth 17.

Colour piceous.

Measurements in millimetres.—Cephalothorax, length 17,

width 16, as long as the first and second and one fourth of

the third caudal segments ; tail 63, ¢. e. about three and three

quarter times as long as cephalothorax ; length of fifth seg-

ment 15, width 43, height 4; length of vesicle and aculeus

14. Length of humerus 12, of brachium 14, of hand-back

14, of movable finger 19, width of hand 11%, height 9$ ;

length of pecten 9, of pectinal tooth 14. Total length 116.

A single dried specimen (which, from the shortness of the

pectines and of the tail, I believe to be a female) from Port

Kssington.

This is a well-marked species, conspicuous for the smooth-

ness of its hands and cephalothorax and for its large size.

Urodacus armatus, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Cephalothorax with a shallow circular incision in the middle

of its anterior margin; furnished throughout its length with

a conspicuous median sulcus, which posteriorly dilates into an

equilaterally triangular depression. ‘The posterior portions

of the right and left halves of the cleft ocular tubercle not

terminating behind the eyes, but continuous with the margins

of this triangular depression. The anterior third of the

cephalothorax above horizontal, not granular, but slightly

rugose; the posterior two thirds laterally depressed and

eranwar. Immediately beneath the central eyes is a smooth,

slightly depressed area. Hyes very slightly nearer the ante-

rior than the posterior margin of the cephalothorax. —

Abdominal tergites finely granular and marked with a

low, median, longitudinal crest; on each side of the crest in

the middle of the tergite is a faint impression, and in the

anterior portion of the tergite an abbreviated sulcus. The

granules, crest, and impressions are less conspicuous on the

anterior than upon the posterior tergites. The posterior

abdominal tergite furnished laterally with two granular keels.

Abdominal sternites perfectly smooth, the anterior half of

each, the last excepted, being marked with two sulci, the last

furnished in its posterior half with two smooth keels.

The four proximal caudal segments smooth ; the keels con-

spicuous and smooth, with the exception of the superior and

supero-lateral keels, which are slightly granular ; the superior

Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genus Urodacus. 173

keel posteriorly raised into a conspicuous sharp tooth; upper

surface of fifth segment flat and smooth; superior keels

granular, supero-lateral keel smooth and abbreviated, infero-

lateral keels granular and converging in front, inferior median

keel granular, space between the keels of the lower surface

eranular; vesicle finely granular beneath, smooth above,

marked with five faint sulci—one median, two lateral, two

inferior; aculeus gently curved.

Chela.—Upper surface of humerus bounded in front and

behind by a row of denticles and bearing a few smaller

tubercles; anterior surface bounded above and below by a

row of denticles and furnished with two or three tubercles,

inferior surface proximally granular, posterior surface smooth ;

the inferior surface not separated from the posterior by a row

of tubercles. Anterior surface of brachium bounded above

and below with a row of tubercles ; for the rest the segment

is smooth, furnished above, below, and behind with four faint

keels ; posterior portion of inferior surface bearing a row of

setiferous punctures.

Hand strongly keeled, stout, faintly reticulated above,

sparsely and feebly granular on its anterior (inner) surface,

more strongly granular on its anterior-superior edge. Supe-

rior surface bearing a conspicuous keel and separated from

the posterior (outer) surface by a strong keel, which is con-

tinued on to the immovable finger; posterior surface also

medianly keeled and separated from the inferior surface by

a strong keel, upon each side of which is a series of setiferous

punctures ; anterior surface bearing two granular keels, the

inferior of which separates this surface from the lower surface.

Pectines long, projecting considerably beyond the distal

margin of the coxe of the posterior legs; number of teeth

21-22.

Colour ochraceous.

Measurements in millimetres.—Cephalothorax, length 10,

width 94, as long as the first and three fourths of the second

caudal segments ; tail 45, 7. e. four and a half times as long

as cephalothorax ; length of fifth segment 10, width 4, height

3; length of vesicle and aculeus 94; length of hand-back 7,

width of hand 7, height 54, length of movable finger 83 ;

length of pecten 8, of pectinal tooth 14. Total length about

74,

A single specimen (a male in the dried state) from Port

Lincoln, Australia.

This species bears considerable resemblance to U. nove-

hollundice, Peters, but may at once be distinguished from it

by the form of its superior caudal keels.

174 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genus Urodacus.

Urodacus abruptus, sp.n. (PI. VIII. figs. 4, 4 a.)

Cephalothorax with a conspicuous incision in the middle of

its anterior margin, marked throughout its length by a median

sulcus, which near the hind margin terminates in a deep

transverse depression, the sulcus and depression somewhat

resembling respectively the handle and head of a hammer.

The anterior and posterior terminations of the right and left

portions of the ocular tubercle scarcely at all continuous

behind and in front with the margins of this sulcus. Anterior

third of cephalothorax above smooth and horizontal, posterior

two thirds thickly granular and laterally depressed; margins

of the frontal lobes defined by a very shallow sulcus; eyes a

little further from the anterior than from the posterior margin.

Sides and posterior margins of the first six abdominal ter-

gites granular, the rest smooth and shining; the anterior

tergites more granular than the posterior; each of these ter-

gites marked with four impressions, two anterior and crescentic,

two posterior and straight; posterior tergite granular and

furnished on each side with two short keels.

Sternites smooth and shining, marked with the usual abbre-

viated depressions ; posterior tergite marked with four smooth

keels, two near the middle line being very short.

Caudal keels well developed, the three inferior keels on the

first three segments smooth, those of the fourth finely denti-

culate ; the superior and supero-lateral keels of the first four

segments denticulate, the posterior denticle of the superior

keel being the largest; intercarinal spaces of these segments

very finely granular; superior surface of the fifth segment

distally flat ; superior keels very finely denticulated, the three

inferior keels strongly denticulate, the denticulations increasing

in size from before backwards, lateral and inferior inter-

carinal spaces granular; vesicle below punctured, furnished

beneath with two shallow sulci and on each side with one

sulcus; aculeus slightly curved.

Superior surface of humerus sparsely and coarsely granular,

bounded in front and behind by a row of denticles; anterior

surface finely granular, with a few larger tubercles ; posterior

surface smooth, not separated from the inferior surface by a

row of tubercles ; inferior surface proximally granular. Lra-

chium almost smooth, very finely granular above and with

the upper and lower margins of the anterior surface very

slightly roughened ; inferior surface marked behind with a

keel, upon the anterior side of which isa series of setiferous

punctures.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genus Urodacus. 175

Hand generally resembling in appearance that of U. arma-

tus (cf. measurements).

Pectines projecting posteriorly as far as the distal margin

of posterior cox ; number of teeth 11-12.

Colour piceous, legs paler.

Measurements in millimetres.—Cephalothorax, length 63?

width 74, as long as the first caudal segment + the second and

one fourth of the third; length of tail 253, ¢. e. about three

and two third times as long as cephalothorax; length of fifth

caudal segment 6, width 22, height 24; length of vesicle and

aculeus 54; length of humerus 44, of brachium 53, of hand-

back 5}, of movable finger 6; width of hand 5, height 44;

length of pecten 4, of tooth 4. Total length 47.

Of this species I have seen two dried females, one ticketed

Adelaide, the other merely New Holland.

Synoptical Table of Species.

a. Hands smooth, with scarcely a trace of keels;

cephalothorax laterally smooth, not gran-

CTI eve dae i J eee oe Oe re erent excellens, sp. 0.

6. Hands strongly keeled ; cephalothorax late-

rally granular.

a', Right and left portions of ocular tubercle

abruptly terminating behind the eyes;

cephalothorax marked behind with a

hammer-shaped depression,........... abruptus, sp. 0.

6. Right and left portions of ocular tubercle

not abruptly terminating behind the eyes,

but continuous with the margins of an

equilaterally triangular depression.

a*, Superior keels of the four proximal

caudal segments in male produced be-

hind into a large, sharp, upwardly

directed: foo thins Ws ves aa sian ol acho armatus, sp. 0.

b?, Superior keels of the four proximal

caudal segments in male not produced

into a large tooth, ....see.sseereeee nove-hollandia, Peters,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Urodacus nove-hollandia, Peters, 5. Nat. size.

Fig. 1a. The same. Tail.

Fig. 2. Urodacus excellens, sp.n., 2. Nat. size.

Fig. 2a. The same. Sternum and pectines.

Fig. 3. Urodacus armatus, sp. n., d. Nat. size.

Fig. 3a. The same. Tail.

Fig. 4. Urodacus abruptus, sp. n., 2. Nat. size.

Fig. 4a. The same. Cephalothorax, x 2.

176 Prof. F, J. Bell on Xiphigorgia Ridleyi.

XXI.—Description of Xiphigorgia Ridleyi.

By Prof. ¥. JEFFREY BEL, M.A.

Some four years since the Trustees of the British Museum ac-

quired by purchase a specimen which was referred to the genus

Xiphigorgia by my former colleague Mr. 8. O. Ridley, but

which has not yet been specifically identified. As it appears

to be still undescribed, though no doubt allied to X. anceps *,

I propose to call it X. Ridleyt.

Corallum commences to branch much nearer its base than

in X. anceps, it branches more frequently and into more

slender parts; the whole forms a wider, less bushy, but more

compact mass. The branches are flatter than in X. anceps,

and are not marked by any median crest. The cortex is

white, except at the edges, which are purplish red, and is

smoother than in X. anceps. Verrucee small, obsolete, sepa-

rated from one another by about their own width.

The form of the spicules, as usual, will be better understood

from the accompanying woodcut (fig. A) than from any

description; the spicules of X. anceps have already been

figured by Koélliker fT; but those of X. setacea have never yet

been given {. I take therefore this opportunity of figuring

* I cannot think that Dr. Horn was correct in regarding X. setacea of

Milne-Edwards and Haime as synonymous with “G. juncea” of Pallas,

nor is there any good reason for keeping X. stmplex of Valenciennes (not

“Gorg.;” see Proc, Philad. Soc. 1860 (1861), p. 368) distinct from X.

setaced.

+ Icones Histiolog. pl. xviii. figs. 32 and 83.

{ The spicule figured by Mr. Savile Kent is hardly typical of the species.

Geographical Distribution of the Genus Diaptomus. 177

them (fig. B). It will be noticed that the new species has

‘¢ scaphoid spicules”? almost as well marked as those of X.

anceps, but these are wanting in X. setacea. For the

present I content myself with calling attention to this fact,

which must, obviously, be borne in mind when the questions

are asked, Are scaphoid spicules of generic value? and Is the

genus Xiphigorgia a natural one?

Hab. St. Thomas, West Indies. Coll. B.M.

XXII.—On the Geographical Distribution of the Genus

Diaptomus. By MM. J. DE GueRNE and J. RicwArp*.

Recent works relating to lacustrine faunas have called atten-

tion to the freshwater Calanide. These Copepods, and

especially the Diaptomt, are much more numerous in species

and much more widely distributed than is generally supposed.

If we except some forms recently described T most of the

common types have been confounded and indicated under the

name of Diaptomus castor. From this it results that the

geographical distribution of these species cannot be esta-

blished in acomplete fashion. However, the numerous data

which we have been able to bring together and the kind

assistance of several zoologists } enable us, leaving out of con-

sideration all doubtful observations, to trace an outline of the

distribution of the genus Diaptomus on the surface of the

globe.

The European species that we admit §, not taking into

account purely nominal or insufficiently described forms, are

jifteen in number. Among them six species are known only

from a single locality in the extreme north, the centre,

or the south of Europe (Lapland, Germany, Russia, Spain).

Three others appear to be peculiar to the meuntainous regions

of Central Europe, but have never been met with together.

* Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ July 2, 1888, pp. 47-40.

+ See in the ‘ Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France,’ vol. xiii.

(February and June 1888), the descriptions of eight new Deaptomi, by

MM. Richard, Lilljeborg, Poppe, and Richard and de Guerne.

t+ In this connexion we have to thank particularly Profs. Lilljeborg,

G. O. Sars, and Wierzejsky, and M. Poppe, who have been kind enough

to furnish us with little-known types or with descriptions of unpublished

species.

MS See our “ Révision des Calanides d’eau douce,” which will shortly

appear in vol. i, of the ‘ Mémoires’ of the Zoological Society of France.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 12

178 Geographical Distribution of the Genus Diaptomus.

The remainder—that is to say, D. castor, Jurine, D. ceruleus,

O. F. Miill., D. denticornis, Wierz., D. gracilis, G. O. Sars,

D. graciloides, Lillj., and D. laticeps, G. O. Sars—are more or

less diffused in the north, east, and west of Kurope.

In France and in the British Isles we only know D. castor

and D. ceruleus, which are also noted in Sweden and Ger-

many. JD. ceruleus lives in numerous troops in clear waters

of a certain extent; D. castor, on the contrary, is met with

in small pools or in the littoral region of lakes. D. gracilis

occurs throughout northern and central Europe ; it is the most

widely diffused of the lacustrine forms ; an allied species, D.

graciloides, is met with throughout Sweden and into Russian

Lapland (Lilljeborg). D. denticornis is known in Seandi-

navia, in Switzerland, and in the Tatra mountains. D. lati-

ceps, indicated in Finland * and in Norway, has been recog-

nized by 8. A. Poppe in the Salzigersee, near Halle on the

Saale.

In Asia, at points very distant from each other (Behring

Island, Turkestan, Shanghai, Ceylon, and Jerusalem), we

know stx species of Diaptomus. It is certain that future

researches will lead to the discovery in this country of a

great number of other forms, and this is the more probable

because, except as regards Turkestan, the types at present

noted have been met with at a short distance from the coasts.

Scarcely any investigations have been made in Africa; and

the only two Diaptom? brought from that continent are new.

Both come from Algeria. One was collected near Algiers by

M. Letourneux; the other, discovered in the neighbourhood

of Oran by M. Raphael Blanchard, has also been found by

him at Temacin, to the south of Tougourt.

In America the Diaptomi have been the object of only a

few researches in the United States. Among many ill-defined

species we may distinguish jive, which certainly do not

represent the whole richness of the genus in that country T.

South America has hitherto furnished only one well-recog-

nizable Diaptomus ; another species, brought from Patagonia

by Charles Darwin, indicates the extension of the genus into

the southern regions.

Moreover four species noted in Oceania lead us to suppose

that the genus is largely represented in the southern hemi-

* It is a mistake, in our opinion, for Dr. O. Nordqvist to unite D. lati-

ceps with D. gracilis (“ Die Calaniden Finlands,” in Bidr, till Kanned. af

Finl. Nat. och Folk, part 47, p. 7, note 38).

+ Under the name of castor Bucholz has indicated a Diaptomus col-

lected in East Greenland in February 1870, the determination of which

appears doubtful to us.

Critical Studies on some Odontocett. 179

sphere. Prof. G. O. Sars has obtained in Christiania a still

undescribed Diaptomus by cultivating muds brought dry from

Australia.

This fact possesses much interest as regards the geogra-

phical distribution of the genus. It indicates a ready means

of dissemination and enables us to explain the presence of a

Diaptomus in considerable quantities in the neighbourhood of

Oran (vide supra), in chotts which remain dry during the

greater part of the year.

In connexion with this we may also call attention to the

fact that certain Diaptomi appear to adapt themselves easily

to waters of very different degrees of saltness. Dr. Raphael

Blanchard has collected the species already mentioned in

water which held in solution as much as 23°15 grains of

chlorides per litre on April 1, 1888. At the same time this

Copepod occurred in water containing not more than 14°04

grains of chlorides per litre. Analogous facts have been pre-

viously noted with regard to D. salinus and D. laticeps.

This latter species lives as well in the fresh waters of Scan-

dinavia as in the Salzigersee, near Halle, the water of which

contains 0°15 per cent. of salts.

Thus, the genus Déaptomus may be regarded as cosmo-

polite. In all probability future researches will lead to the

discovery of new species in different parts of the globe, and

will enable us to ascertain a much more extended geographical

distribution for the described forms.

XXII1.— Critical Studies upon some Odontoceti of the Genera

Tursiops, Orca, and Lagenorhynchus. By M. Cur.

LUTKEN*.

AxouT twenty years ago Prof. Steenstrup acquired at Trieste

the skin and skeleton of a small Dolphin captured in the

Adriatic. -On the amalgamation of our natural-history

museums these two specimens passed into the Cetological col-

lection of the University, and were mounted there, in 1865

and 1866, under the name of Delphinus parvimanus. In

* Translated from the ‘Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs

Skrifter, naturvidenskabelig og mathematisk Afhandlingar,’ ser. 6, vol. iv.

pp. 891-397. The Danish memoir of which this is an Abstract occupies

54 pages (pp. 337-390), and is illustrated with two plates and a con-

siderable number of woodcuts. ;

12”

180 Dr. C. Liitken on some Odontocett of

fact, the late Prof. Reinhardt, from considerations indicated

by him in the Journal of the Museum, had arrived at the

conclusion that this must be a new and undescribed species of

the group of Dolphins to which belongs Twurstops tursio, also

known in the North; but he did not publish any description

of the species in subsequent years, during which he displayed

great activity in other directions, also as an author. For my

own part I was anxious to take up this question, partly

because this name of D. parvimanus, unknown in literature,

and not objectively justified, must attract the attention of

competent visitors, and partly because some Italian zoologists

who had remarked it, and for whom it had a special interest,

had applied to me for explanations of this matter. The

investigation was facilitated for me by the memoir which

Prof. Flower, Director of the Natural History Museum in

London, and one of the first cetologists of our time, has

just published upon the genera of the family Delphinide,

which rendered it possible to limit and define the question

more clearly than before. It soon became evident to me

that the young animal in question was a species of the genus

Tursiops, and that, in many respects, it might be regarded

as a dwarf form of the above-mentioned YT. tursio. 'To clear

up the question completely it would certainly have been de-

sirable not to be confined to an isolated young individual, even

though represented, as in this case, by both the skin and the

skeleton; but it 1s nevertheless reassuring to be able to

employ as terms of comparison four complete skeletons and

ten crania belonging to the type-species of the genus. It is

seldom that researches of this nature can be founded upon

such abundance of material, and it is precisely for this reason

that they have often given unsatisfactory results.

I at once perceived that it is vain to seek in the characters

of the cranium for a certain criterion of the independence of

the supposed new species. ‘he most reliable character is

perhaps the smallness and fineness of the teeth, although

experience proves that we cannot absolutely trust to this.

This was the case also with nearly the whole skeleton ;

throughout in the specimens of 7’. tursio there appeared a

variation, partly dependent upon and partly independent

of age, which exceeded anything that we could reasonably

expect. ‘he number of vertebra, for example, varied from

62 to 64, and one could not count upon the number of the

ribs. That there is a variation dependent upon age as

regards, for example, the degree of development of the

apophyses of the vertebra, is easily understood when we

know that these parts are not completely ossified until late,

the Genera Tursiops, Orca, and Lagenorhynchus. 181

and, in consequence, that in young individuals they must

present themselves in an abbreviated and comparatively un-

developed form ; and there are many other variations which

may be explained in an analogous manner. But the difficulty

commences when an aged individual behaves in one or more

particulars as if it was younger ; in other words, when one of

the features of organization which ordinarily accompany a

certain age or a certain size is deficient, or at any rate is in a

backward state—which of the two we do not at all know. Such

experiences are very valuable, not only to explain an isolated

case, but in general for the appreciation of the osteological

differences that we observe between individual and individual,

or between species and species; and they are only arrived at

when we have sufficiently numerous materials to work upon.

Hence the necessity of not giving to Natural-History collections

too limited an extent, and the duty of seeking, by comparisons

judiciously made, to obtain general results which may be made

use of in analogous cases upon which the insufficiency of the

materials does not enable us to judge directly. I will cite a

few examples. The second of the first two cervical vertebra,

which are soldered together in these animals, always presents

on each side a comparatively strong process or a transverse

apophysis, which, when completely developed, is pierced by a

large aperture; in the young animal it is short and imper-

forate, the portion which surrounds the aperture being still

cartilaginous and no longer remaining in the skeleton when

this is macerated. But what are we to think when we find

that this part is nevertheless deficient in a skeleton which, by

its size and other peculiarities, shows that it is older than

another which possesses it; or, what comes to the same

thing, that this formation appears in its full development in a

skeleton which, in other respects, appears to be younger than

another which does not possess it? ‘The first piece of the

sternum, the manubrium sternd, in the young T. tursio, as in

many other Dolphins, is furnished with an apophysis on each

side; in old individuals this apophysis is soldered below to

the body of the manubrium by the ossification of a carti-

laginous or tendinous ligament, which then appears to be

perforated on each side by a round aperture. But how

surprised one is at finding in still older individuals this hole

opened out and converted into a notch, and the apophysis

free, although we might have expected to find the contrary

the case.

In the young 1’. tursio the first five ribs are the only ones

which have a double articulation with the thoracic vertebrz,

namely, by a tubercle with the transverse apophysis, and by

182 Dr. C. Liitken on some Odontoceti of

the head with the body of the vertebra ; all the rest have only

the first of these articulations, for the simple reason that they

have neither neck nor head. I now find in a good-sized

T. tursio that the sixth rib has also this double articulation ;

and if in a 7. tursio of medium size I have already observed

an intermediate phase, that is to say, a neck in course of for-

mation but without the head and too short to reach the body

of the corresponding vertebra, I see with satisfaction that all

is reeular, for the enigma resolves itself quite simply into a

gradual and rather slow ossification of the tendinous ligament

which, in the sixth rib, takes the place of the neck. But, for

this very reason, my surprise is the greater when, in a still

larger skeleton, I find only five pairs of completely developed

ribs, without any traces of head or neck on the sixth pair.

Being thus rendered doubtful with regard to all those cha-

racters which, at the first glance, seemed to be of importance,

and having lost nearly all hope of discovering one which

could serve me for the small form, whose right to constitute a

species I am seeking to establish, I proceed in the last place

to the comparison otf the imbs, although prepared beforehand

to obtain only a negative result, as | know very well that the

number of phalanges in the digits is very variable in these

animals, and that for a pertectly analogous reason, namely,

that the ossification of the extreme phalanges only takes place

at a late period, and is consequently irregular. But while

the number of joints in 7’. tursio is pretty nearly as follows :—

1-2, 7-9, 6-7, 2-3, 1-2, so that the second digit is always

the longest, and the one that has the most joints, I find here

that this number in 7. parvimanus is :—2, 6, 8, 3, 1, or, in

other words, vt ¢s the third digit that is the longest and com-

posed of the most joints, and at once it is placed beyond doubt

that this form is a species distinct from 7’ tursio*.

As to whether it may be identified with the other little-

known and doubtful species of the genus Zursiops (such as

T., catalania) is a secondary question, which, moreover, can-

* Its diagnosis is as follows:—Twrsiops parvimanus (Reinhardt) :

Minor, dentibus = minoribus, gracilioribus (diametro antero-posteriore

6 mill.), vertebris 62, costis 13 paribus, quorum anteriora sex articula-

tione duplici cum vertebris conjuncta sunt ; vertebrae caudales inde ab

43tia canali verticali utrinque ad basin processus transversi perforate ;

pinnee pectorales minute, octavam partem longitudinis totius parumper

superantes, digito tertio longiore, octo-articulato, seeundo breviore sex-

articulato. Caput, dorsum et pinnz nigrescentes, venter griseo-albus.

Longitudo pedes sex paullo superat. (In mari Adriatico semel inventus,

forsan seeplus cum 7’ turstonibus junioribus confusus, vel crania sub

nomine JZ. catalania vel T. cymodoce descripta ?)

the Genera Tursiops, Orca, and Lagenorhynchus. 183

not be solved until we possess authentic skeletons of these

nominal species, only the crania of which are known, this, as

we have seen, not being sufficient. The case under consider-

ation has, in fact, taught us that a species of Dolphin may be

perfectly justified as such, although we cannot indicate any

distinctive character in the cranium.

IT.

Eschricht, as is well known, in his uncompleted memoir

upon the ‘ Carnivorous Cetacea,’ arrived at the conclusion that

in the northern seas there are no fewer than three species of

the genus Orca. Death prevented him from proposing the

names that they should bear. One of them, that which evi-

dently has the best right to be recognized as a species distinct

from the type-species (O. gladiator, Lac.), namely, the “ Bo-

vhidehval” of the inhabitants of the Facroés, has since received

the name of Eschrichtii from M. Steenstrup. Since then the

question has remained in the same position. Reinhardt, who

also accepted it, arranged it in the Museum under the name

of O. minor, a name which was introduced into zoological

literature by the late M. Malm. If we closely examine the

ascertained differences between Orca minor and O. gladiator,

both of which have the same very characteristic coloration,

these differences (leaving out of consideration the supposition

that the dorsal fin must always be higher in the old male

O. gladiator) become reduced to this, that O. gladiator has

54 vertebrae and 12 pairs of ribs, while O. minor has respec-

tively only 52and11. This is certainly not much, and there-

fore we need not be greatly surprised that this distinction has

not been generally adopted by cetologists. Moreover, it must

be admitted that scarcely any two authors agree as to their

mode of regarding the supposed species of this genus, so that

in taking for our guidance the opinions of cetologists, and the

manner in which they arrange the different forms, we get lost

in an inextricable confusion. Here, however, 1 have been

able to introduce into the discussion some new materials which

have led me to a definite opinion as to the species called O.

minor. In September 1872 a family of three Grampuses

was captured in the Limfjord, and of these the skeletons were

acquired by the Museum, while the opportunity was taken to

inake a very good drawing of the adult female. ‘The skeleton

of the male, which was a little smaller than that of the female,

was handed over by my predecessor to the Berlin Museum,

but the other two, those of the female and of a young individual,

lave remained here, and some time since received a place in

our Cetaceum. Reinhardt had referred them to O. menor, but

184. Dr. C. Liitken on some Odontocet? of

without giving any reason for this determination. As both of

them have 53 vertebre and 12 pairs of ribs, it would seem

from this alone that there is no real limit between this form

and O. gladiator. Of course I did not stop at this, but I

have carefully examined and compared our five skeletons of

Orca gladiator (minor) of different sexes and ages, as well as

a certain number of crania, separate limbs, &c., without being

able anywhere to find anything to support the specific differ-

ences indicated by my predecessors. In this respect I must

range myself by the side of the northern zoologists who, by

the study of their own materials, have arrived at the same

results. As in Jurséops, I find in all the characters indivi-

dual variations and variations arising from age, but nothing

more. I have particularly directed my attention to the crania,

to which one is in the habit of appealing in the first place,

and I have convinced myself that they present no differences

of any importance. But by this we have succeeded only toa

very small extent in advancing the question as to how many

species the genus Orca includes, and what these species are.

As regards the north I can only recognize two, and one of

these, that which bears the name O. Eschrichti?, needs to be

further studied upon new materials.

Ill.

Although the two northern species of the genus Lageno-

rhynchus are well known as regards their osteological charac-

ters, I have thought that it might be useful to submit to a new

comparison the very considerable materials at my disposal,

because these materials apparently form a more numerous

eollection than exists elsewhere, and because, in general, one

has not often the opportunity of making such comparisons

between two very distinct species of the same genus of Odon-

toceti. It is therefore permissible to believe that the results

thus obtained may have a more general interest by aiding in

the solution of analogous questions in cases where the mate-

rials available are not so complete. The principal results

furnished by the comparison of four skeletons and of several

crania of each of the species in question are given in the

following statement :—

L. albirostris, Gr. I. acutus, Gr.

The length of the skull in the The length of the skull isa little

adult animal is to thatof the whole more thantwoelevenths or one sixth

skeleton as 2:11, and is equal to of the whole skeleton, and corre-

the length of 16 vertebree. The spondsto 14 vertebrae. The muzzle —

the Genera Tursiops, Orca, and Lagenorhynchus.

muzzle is shorter than the cranium

properly so called, and its width at

the base is about two thirds of its

length. The upper part of the

intermaxillaries in front of the

nostrils (the “ triangle ”) is inflated,

and the part of the maxillaries

which accompanies it is hollowed

out into a groove. The teeth are

about 26 in number in the half of

each jaw, and there are never more

than 80; they measure as much as

19 millim. in length and 7 millim.

in diameter at the base; there are

about 4 of them to one inch.

Vertebree : 88-92=7+15-16+

28-244 43-45. The last neura-

pophysis and the last parapophysis

occur respectively upon one of the

76-79th and 69-72nd vertebree, and

the first perforant vascular canal

upon one of the 67-69th vertebree.

The first two cervical vertebra

alone are soldered together by their

bodies; in old individuals their

comparatively short and _ broad

spinous apophysis is also soldered

to the two following; their trans-

verse apophysis is rounded and

massive, and the superior transverse

apophysis of the seventh cervical

vertebra is not shorter than that

of the first thoracic vertebra. The

prosternum is flat, with adeep notch

starting from the anterior margin

(it may also be perforated). The

first 6 or 7 pairs of ribs are fur-

nished with a head and a neck.

The scapula is comparatively broad ;

its height is to its breadth as 2: 3.

The whole skeleton is exceedingly

robust in old individuals, the inter-

vals between the neurapophyses

are insignificant, and strictly speak-

ing there is no part of the vertebral

column in which the metapophyses

are completely wanting. The

longest neurapophyses correspond

with 63 vertebree, the longest para-

pophyses with 5, and the neura-

pophyses of the caudal vertebre

are more vertical.

The broad anterior limbs in adult

individuals are not quite one sixth

as long as the whole length of the

skeleton. The number of joints in

the digits is 1, 9(10), 7, 4, 3; the

185

is in general longer than the cra-

nium properly so called, and its

width at the base is equal to about

half its length. The upper part of

the intermaxillaries (the “ tri-

angle”) is flat and slightly hol-

lowed, and the contiguous parts of

the maxillaries are not hollowed

out. The teeth are about 35 in

number, and not more than 40;

they are about 10 millim. long and

about 3 millim. in diameter at the

base ; there are about 5 of them to

one inch,

Vertebree : 78-82=7+14-15+

18-22+88-41. The last neura-

pophysis and the last parapophysis

are respectively upon one of the

67-70th aud 63-65th vertebrae, and

the first vascular canal upon one of

the 55-Glst vertebree. The first

four cervical vertebrae, in adult in-

dividuals, are soldered together

both by the bodies and the arches,

their spinous apophysis is high and

delicate ; the transverse apophysis

of the first two is flat, and the

transverse apophysis of the seventh

is not much developed. The pro-

sternum is perforated, but without

a notch, very convex or as if bro-

ken, and its anterior partis hollowed

out crosswise. The first 5-6 (7)

pairs of ribs are furnished with a.

head and a neck. The scapula is

not so wide, its height being to its

width as 2-2°5. The skeleton is of

a less robust character, the inter-

vals between the apophyses of the

vertebree are greater, there are 11-

16 vertebrxe without distinct meta-

pophyses, the longest neurapophyses

correspond to 43 vertebrze and the

longest parapophyses to 33. The

neurapophyses of the caudal ver-

tebree are directed more obliquely

forward.

The length of the narrow and

pointed anterior limbs is scarcely

one seventh of that of the whole

skeleton, The number of joints in

the digits is 2 (3), 10 (9), 6 (7),

186

L. albirostris, Gr.

thumb therefore consists only of

the metacarpus.

As to the animal itself, it is well

characterized by the white colour

of the upper lip, by the large size

and breadth of the anterior limbs,

and the faint indication or total

Bibliographical Notices.

L. acutus, Gr.

3 (1), 1, and the-thumb has conse-

quently 1 (2) true phalanges.

The smaller and more pointed

anterior limbs, the dark-coloured

upper lip, and the distinet and

clearly defined light lateral band

well characterize this species.

absence of the whitish band or

spots.

I do not attempt to contribute anything towards the know-

ledge of the exotic species of the same genus, which, in general,

seem capable of being referred to the two preceding types,

but the relations of which to the northern species have not yet

been submitted to a critical examination; but I will never-

theless remark that the late Prof. Malm, in a memoir which

has unfortunately escaped the notice of Prof. Flower, has

recorded a Lagenorhynchus clanculus, captured at Cape Horn,

the skeleton of which contains only seventy-one vertebra.

It is therefore without doubt a distinct species from L. albi-

rostrts, and the diagnosis of the genus, so far as the number

of vertebre is concerned, must in consequence be modified.

Nor will it be superfluous to remark that the genus Lageno-

rhynchus must be ranged in that division of the Odontoceti

(the true Dolphins) to which belong the genera Delphinus,

Prodelphinus, Steno, Tursiops, and Sotalia, and which is

distinguished by the character of having the beak plainly

separated from the frontal convexity.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Flora of West Yorkshire, with a Sketch of the Climatology and

Lithology in connection therewith. By FReprrtc Arnoxp Legs.

Svo. Pp. 843, with Map. London: Lovell Reeve and Oo.,

1888.

A yotumeE of 843 pages with the numberless facts that a Flora of a

large district implies is a difficult subject to compress into a short

notice, especially when there are matters touched on in this work

that a student of our Flora from its distribution-point would be

tempted to be too discursive on.

The author dedicates his book to the late Rev. W. W. Newbould,

and a better dedication could not be, for to few men are given the

power of unselfish help that he possessed.

One peculiarity of this Flora may well be mentioned ; the author

Bibliographical Notices. 187

has (as in other places) attempted a phraseology which Mr, H. O.

Watson almost made his own; the master has passed away, his

would-be pupil lacks the power though not the will to express it.

Readers will note at its first page an innovation, where he uses a

word not often seen in modern English books, 7. e. “ Foreword.”

A map showing the districts adopted, as well as other mattors,

has here (as, unfortunately is the case with other Floras) too much

crowded into it; the expense of a second map would perhaps have

been too much, stillit is a pity. For working purposes the botanical

districts alone should be shown and all the othor matters relegated

to a second map.

The Climatology is treated fully in sixty-one pages ; the conditions

prevailing in a district where the hills ascend to 2414 feet altitude

must naturally present many features of interest, and these tho

author has worked out fully, though sometimes arriving at conclu-

sions hardly compatible with the facts. We are not yet in a posi-

lion to dogmatize too much on many of these points. Some of the

tables given are well worth careful study. *

With regard to cold and the action of frost on various soils, the

writer of this thinks a fact has been lost sight of with respect to its

power of destroying vegetation, 7. ¢. the rending power it possesses

when freezing the soil. In sandy soil covered by snow for three

winters to about an equal degree, plants of the Channel Isles sur-

vived great cold; in the next winter, with hardly any snow, they

were killed wherever the soil was fissured with frost; but close by,

with slight protection from other plants, they survived; on exami-

nation being made the roots were found to be torn asunder whero-

ever the fissures were—hence their death.

A chapter on Lithology, of twenty pages, treats of the “ Rock

types” as differentiated by M.J. Thurman. Mr. Baker, who first

applied the arguments of M. Thurman to our Flora, has been fol-

lowed by the author, with, of course, local differences.

Respecting dry and calcareous soils, it may be noted that where

the Upper Chalk joins the pebble-beds of the Thanet Sands in

Surrey apparently the same conditions prevail as to heat and mois-

ture; on both water rapidly drains away, and the mechanical

coherence or the chemical constituents must make the difference

in the vegetation. The Horseshoe Vetch exactly marks the demar-

cation of the chalk ; although seeds must be blown on the pebble-

beds, yet not a plant of it can be found on thom. Verbaseum lych-

nitis grows (or grew) in abundance on chalk by the roadside; on

the same roadside not a single plant has ever been seen by the

writer on the pebble-beds, yet the physical conditions are such that

seeds must be carried by rains &c. on to them,

Following the Lithology is the ‘“ Bibliography, 1548-1885,” a

‘* Plan of the Flora,” and the Flora proper, the Phanerogams and

higher Cryptogams with 412 pages, followed by the rest of the

Cryptogams in 253 pages. ‘ Addenda-Omissa” and indexes com-

plete the book,

A good many “ British” plants seem to find their north (native)

188 Bibliographical Notices.

limit in Yorkshire, though it is by no means to be assumed that

such will be the case when some portions of southern and south-

western Scotland come to be more carefully examined; the writer

of this believes that many will be found to extend to that part of

Scotland though skipping the northernmost counties of England.

In a few instances the author has not availed himself of the full

material at his command, notably under Geranium nodosum (p. 179)

and Carex Gibson (p. 465), yet he quotes Borrer’s herberium at

p. 344, presumably seen by himself (vide explanation of Flora).

For the Batrachium Ranunculi Dr. Lees constructs a “schema ” of

his own, although he has arrived “at a profound conviction of the

truth of the grouping given by Sir J. D. Hooker in the third edition

of the ‘ Student’s Flora.’ ”

Whatever Dr. Lees’s var. incumbens of ‘* Ficaria verna” may be,

the plant of Boswell-Syme is certainly not a hybrid of the usual

form with Caltha palustris.

Under Hieracium Gibsoni the author observes “this has yellow

styles, and it runs into H. maculatum; it is clearly allied to ZH.

cesium.” After having H. Gibsoni growing for some years along

with H. vulgatum var. maculatum and others of the genus the

writer demurs to this, and would say that it keeps perfectly

distinct and can be picked out by its seed-leaves alone from macu-

latum &e. He also gives the H. maculatum of Smith as a synonym

of vulgatum var. maculatum of Backhouse ; according to Syme, in

‘English Botany,’ this is not so, as Backhouse named specimens of

Smith’s plant—“ var. nemorosum of vulgatum.”

Under Potamogetum pusillus “var. rutilus, Wolfgang,” the

description of this supposed plant will easily apply to forms of

pusillus ; the true plant of Wolfgang is rare, and many specimens

so named are not it!

One query suggests itself at the last: Are not our Floras be-

coming too bulky? If Cryptogamic botany still advances with the

rapid strides it has done lately it will become a matter of considera-

tion whether it would not be well to publish the Cryptogams as a

volume. ARTHUR BENNETT.

Bulletin of the New-York-State Museum of Natural History. No. 3.

March 1888. 8vo. Albany, 1888. Pp. i-vi, 7-152.

Tur whole of this number of the Bulletin is occupied by a paper by

John C. Smock on the “ Building Stone in the State of New York.”

The rocks are arranged as I. ‘“ Crystalline,” and II. “ Subcrystalline

and Fragmental.” The former comprise 1. Granites, syenites,

gneisses, mica-schists; 2. Trap-rocks; 3. Marbles, serpentines.

The latter have 1. Quartzytes [sic] and sandstones; 2. Limestones ;

3. Slates; and these are arranged in geological groups, all except

some ‘*New Red Sandstone” belonging to either the Silurian or

the Devonian formation. The geological position and geographical

Miscellaneous. 189

distribution of the various Building-stones in the New-York-State

are described at pages 9-24; and descriptive notes of these materials,

the quarry-districts, and the quarries follow (pp. 25-143). Some

statistics of the quarries and their products are given at pp. 145 and

146; and a useful index follows. The author supplies careful notes

on the size of the quarries, the date of opening, the possessor, and

the buildings constructed of the several kinds of stone ; also parti-

culars as to the dip of the strata, direction of joints and cleavage,

petrography, water in the stone, the size of obtainable blocks, and

the machinery employed in raising them. This memoir has been

the work of an industrious and conscientious observer, who acknow-

ledges the kind help of numerous owners, managers, and superin-

tendents of quarries, and refers to specimens of the rocks, illustrating

their nature and economic value, that have been deposited in

the New-York-State Museum at Albany.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Sense of Direction in a European Ant (Formica rufa).

By Dr. Hexry C. McCoox.

Tur author remarked that during the summer of 1887 he had

made an observation upon the well-known “ horse-ant,” or Formica

rufa, of Great Britain. While visiting the Trosachs of Scotland he

found a number of nests of this species scattered throughout the

glen known as the Pass of Achray, through which flows the little

Achray River, “the stream that joins Loch Katrine to Achray.”

These nests are found on either side of the foot-walk which leads

from the Trosachs glen to the “sluices,” as they are popularly

called, which regulate the stage of water in Loch Katrine.

1. Structure of the Ant-hills—The mounds raised by the rufous

ants are heaps of earth intermingled with chippage of various sorts ;

they rise to the height of about three feet, and some of them are six

or seven feet in diameter across the base. They stand amid the

tall bracken which overhangs them, and at times almost conceals

them from the passer-by. The surface of the mounds is covered with

bits of straw and leaves, stalks of grass and ferns, and various

material of like sort which forms a quite decided thatch. Numbers

of openings appear upon the surface at irregular intervals from the

summit to the base, and in the afternoon at 4 o’clock the workers in

vast numbers were dragging the chippage back and forth, appa-

rently engaged in closing the doors for the night, although time did

not permit an observation of the actual closure.

2. Character of Roads and Engineering Skill.—That which espe-

cially attracted Dr. McCook’s attention was the character of the

roads leading from the ant-hills to the various points in the sur-

190 Miscellaneous.

rounding woods. These roads or trails were distinctly marked upon

the surface of the ground, having in places a width of from two to

four inches which was stained a dark brown or black, probably by

the formic acid exuded from the insects ; the leaves and grass upon

which the trail was made were pressed down and smoothed by the

constant action of innumerable legs upon the surface. So well

marked were the trails that even without the presence of the columns

of insects that thronged back and forth upon them they were dis-

tinctly and easily traced. While following up one of these roads

the observer was impressed by the fact that it showed scarcely any

deviation from a straight line. In order to test this matter more care-

fully, he selected a large mound from which three roads radiated.

These were all traced to their termination at three several oak-trees,

up which the columns of ants ascended in search of food-supply

from numerous aphides which infested the branches of the trees.

The ant-roads were then carefully marked out by stakes stationed

at short intervals, a course which was made necessary by the fact

that they were carried for considerable distances beneath the tall

bracken, which had to be pushed aside in order to reveal them.

The result of his observations is as follows :—

Road no. 1 was twenty-one paces in length (about 65 feet) and

was carried in an almost perfectly straight line from the nest to the

terminal tree. No. 2 was twenty-three paces in length (about 70

feet). It varied less than 3 inches from a direct line measuring

from the nest to a point within 2 feet of the terminal tree. There

the column made a detour of about 6 inches from the straight line ;

but an abandoned path, continuous with the main road, which had

apparently been used at a recent date, was traced for a considerable

distance further without any deflection. No. 3 was the longest

road of the three, being thirty-four paces in length. It extended

for six paces in a straight line from the nest, at which point it

touched an old stump, which evidently deflected the path at a slight

angle. From this point it was again continued in a nearly straight

line as far as the beaten foot-path through the wood. Here the ant-

trail was obliterated by the friction of passing human feet, but the

ants themselves thronged over the pathway in a column much

broadened by continual interference and loss caused by foot pas-

sengers. The trail was, however, resumed at a point nearly oppo-

site that at which it touched the path, and was continued again in

a straight line six paces further to the tree, where it terminated.

When the entire trail was staked off it was found that its terminus

deviated less than 3 feet from a straight line drawn from the point

of departure at the ant-hill. The greater deviation in this case

seemed evidently to have been caused by the peculiar difficulties in

the chosen track. The three roads so radiated from the nest that

they were included within about one quadrant of a circle, of which

the two shorter trails might represent the radial boundaries of the

quadrant, while the longer trail was drawn nearly midway between

the two.

Taking the results of the three observations together it is mani-

Miscellaneous. 191

fest that the ants showed an accurate sense of direction in marking

out and following their approaches to the trees. It would be scarcely

reasonable to attribute such mathematical accuracy as above shown

tomere accident. The roads in point of directness were as accurately

laid down as ordinary roads made by the engineering skill of men.

The skill of the ants was all the more apparent from the fact that

their paths were carried through the jungle of bracken and

various other wood-plants. The same fact appears to indicate that

the insects could not have been largely directed by the sense of

sight *. It would perhaps be idle to speculate upon the manner in

which this feat of emmet-engineering was accomplished, as there

were no facts observed which give a clue to the mode of proceeding ;

but the problem is one well worth study by naturalists on the

ground.

3. Engineering of Texas Cutting-Ants.—The author in this con-

nexion alluded to an observation which has heretofore been placed

on record + describing an underground route of the cutting-ant of

Texas (Atta fervens). This route extended 448 feet, entirely beneath

the surface of the earth, at some places as deep as 6 feet, and having

an average depth of 18 inches. From the points at which the ants

came to the surface the road was continued in a straight line 185

feet further to a tree in a gentleman’s private grounds, which the

ants were engaged in defoliating. The entire length of the roadway

was thus 669 feet, and the path as laid out by a young engineer

who assisted in the observation shows scarcely less deflection from a

straight course than that of the rufous ants recorded in the above

observation.

4. Sentinels.—The longest of the three trails alluded to made by

the Scotch ants terminated upon an oak-tree, which was also occu-

pied by a column of ants from a neighbouring hill. The two columns

rigidly maintained their places on opposite sides of the trunk. Sen-

tinels were scattered along either margin of both columns, and these

exhibited great watchfulness and sensitiveness to the approach of

any object. The author, on approaching his finger to these sentinels,

observed that they seemed to perceive his finger when it reached a

point an inch or an inch an a half distant from the bark. At once

the ants thrust out their antenne, extended their heads, then the

two front legs, and finally the middle legs, thus hanging to the bark

of the tree by the hind legs alone, the abdomen being slightly turned

underneath the body, as though prepared to eject formic acid upon

any adversary. In one case at least the ant hung to the bark by

one hind foot alone, extending the whole body in a perpendicular

direction from the surface of the tree. It presented a grotesque

appearance, and exhibited every sign of eagerness and vigilance in

the discharge of its duty as watchman.

* The vision of ants is probably limited within a very short distance

from the eyes; under any circumstances, therefore, it could have but

little influence in determining such a phenomenon as here recorded,—

H. C. McC.

+ See the author’s ‘ Tenants of an Old F arm,’ p, 264, fig. 90.

192 Miscellaneous.

Several individuals were taken from one column and placed in

the line of march of the ants from the other nest. They showed the

usual evidences of strangeness and failed to fraternize; but, on the

other hand, no one was assaulted by the passers by, a toleration

worthy of note, as showing some degree of community among the

various nests of the one species.

The time which the author could give to these observations was

limited to several hours of a summer afternoon, which he spent as a

tourist in this interesting mountain-region; but they present some

conclusions which appear to be reasonably decisive, and which at

least may serve to stimulate further observations in the same line

extending over greater periods and including a greater number of

cases.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philad. November 1, 1887, p. 335.

On some new Species of Ceponina. By MM. A. Grsrp and

J. Bonnizr.

The Ceponina, or Epicarides parasitic upon the Brachyurous

Decapods, until within the last few years were known only by a

very small number of species which were very insufficiently described.

Since the publication of our Monograph on Cepon elegans, with a

revision of the group, we have received abundant materials for study,

which enable us to extend considerably the notions arrived at with

regard to these curious Isopoda.

Prof. Milne-Edwards has furnished us with a Ceponian parasitic

upon the Nautilograpsus minutus, Fabr., of the Sargasso Sea. Prof.

J. R. Henderson, of Madras, has sent us a Portunicepon parasitic

upon the Thalamita callianassa, Herbst, of the Indian seas. Lastly,

M. A. Agassiz, having been kind enough to confide to us for descrip-

tion the superb series of Epicarides belonging to the museum of

Harvard College (Cambridge, Mass.), we have found in this collec-

tion a very interesting type, collected at the Society Islands upon

Trapezia dentifrons, Latr.

The Cepon of the Nautilograpsus, which we shall call Grapsicepon

Edwardsi, appears to be a comparatively abundant species. Of

326 Nautilograpsi collected on the 4th August, 1883 (voyage of the

‘Talisman ’), 32 bore parasites either on the right or on the left of

the carapace, 2 were infested at the same time both to the right and

left, and the two sexes are equally attacked by this Cepon.

This parasite produces no apparent deformation of the carapace

of the Nautilograpsus. Nevertheless it is easy to recognize its

presence in consequence of the transparency of the integuments of

the crab, which enables us vaguely to distinguish the outlines of the

Bopyrian. The reddish colour of the adult female of Gr rapsicepon

Edwardsi persists very well in alcohol and greatly facilitates the

search for it. The influence exerted upon the internal organs of

the host seems to be very slight. A good number of infested females

of the Nautilograpsus bear ova under the tail in as considerable

quantities as the healthy females.

Miscellaneous. 193

As in all the Grapsicepones, the pleal plates of the female of G.

Hdwardsi are finely and regularly fringed. The mavxillipede has

exactly the same form as in G. Messoris, Kossm., but it is distin-

guished specifically by the absence of all denticulation. There are

two dersal bosses, upon the middle of the sixth and seventh thoracic

segments, that on the seventh segment being the larger.

Hitherto the males of Grapsicepon were unknown. That of G.

Edwardsi is very remarkable. By its much smaller amount of

degradation than in the other Ceponians it appreaches the Leidye.

The pigmentation is very strong ; the segments of the pleon become

narrower very rapidly from in front backwards; each of them bears

biarticulate pleal feet. The lateral appendages of the pygidium,

although not so long as those of the males of Leidya, are very pro-

minent and inflected towards the ventral surface. The median

ventral bosses extend upon the first three pleal segments and are

sometimes much pigmented.

We have only been able imperfectly to study the Cepon parasitic

upon Trapezia dentifrons. Having at our disposal only a unique

specimen collected by J. M. Barnard (fide A. Garrett), we have been

obliged to abstain from any dissection; but the mere external

examination of this parasite, which we name Girapsicepon amicorum,

possesses much interest. In fact there still exists a certain amount

of hesitation as to the systematic position of the T’rapezie. Prof.

H. Milne-Edwards made these Crustacea, under the name of “Can-

cériens quadrilatéres,” into a group intermediate between the Cato-

metopa and the Cyclometopa, with which he connected them through

the Hriphice. Ki. Nauck, relying upon the characters furnished by

the stomachal armature, regards the T'rapeziw as quite distinct

from the Cyclometopa, and inclines to approximate them to the

division Heterodonta, in which he places the Gelasimid and Pinno-

theridee.

The study of Grapsicepon amicorum seems rather to furnish argu-

ments in favour of Milne-Edwards’s opinion. The female is very

large relatively to the size of the host. It is of a brownish colour

and its dorsal integument is shining, like that of Z’rapezia. There

are no dorsal bosses, which approximates this species to Cepon typus,

from which it differs completely, however, by the form of the coxal

pads. The plates and appendages of the pleon are like those of

Grapsicepon; the male is much pigmented; the ventral bosses

exist only upon the first segment of the pleon ; they are voluminous

and covered with denticulate scales. The pleopoda are biarticulate,

with the terminal joint rudimentary. The lateral lobes of the

pygidium are much shorter than in Grapsicepon Edwardst. In fact

the characters of this species approximate it rather to the Ceponians

parasitic upon the Grapsi than to the Leidye, parasites of the

Gelasimi ; therefore, to avoid the establishment of too many generic

groups, we place it provisionally in the genus Grapsicepon.

We give the name of Portunicepon Hendersoni to the Ceponian

parasite of Thalamita callianassa, Herbst (Goniosoma, A. Milne-

Edwards). This species appears to be pretty frequent at Madras,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 13

194 Miscellaneous.

whence Prof. Henderson has sent us four specimens upon Zhala-

mite collected in 1887 in shallow water. The parasite produces a

very slight deformation of the carapace. The female is at once

distinguished from that of Portunicepon portuni, Kossm., by having

only two dorsal bosses, upon the sixth and seventh thoracic segmeuts

(that of the sixth segment much larger than the following one).

The fringes of the pleal appendages are fine but unequal, and the

pleon is less elongated than in Grapsicepon. The male is much

degraded; the pigment is scanty, and the lateral lobes of the

pygidium are nearly confounded with the median portion ; the pleal

feet are very rudimentary ; nevertheless they exist, while, according

to Kossmann, they are entirely wanting in Portwnicepon portunt.

The ventral buttons are not very visible and much less prominent

than in Grapsicepon. In fact, as might be expected from the

systematic position of the host, the parasite of the Thalamite espe-

cially resembles the Cepons of Portun?, and we place it provisionally

in the genus Portwnicepon.

Hitherto the Bopyrians have been met with upon the Crustacea

which live in small bays with quiet water. Grapsicepon Edwardst

shows us that the Sargasso Sea also furnishes conditions of medium

favourable to these animals; moreover, we already know there

Bopyroides latreuticola, Gissler, a parasite of Latreutes (Hippolyte)

ensiferus, M.-Edw. But a recent discovery demonstrates that even

the Crustacea of great depths are not exempt from the attacks of

the Epicarides. Prof. A. Milne-Edwards has kindly sent us a

superb Bopyrian, Pleurocrypta formosa, G. & B., which is parasitic

upon Ptychogaster formosus, A. M.-Edw., a splendid species of Gala-

theid dredged at a depth of 946 metres at the Canary Islands,

during the voyage of the ‘Talisman.’ We shall shortly publish a

description of this Epicarid; but we cannot conclude this note

without publicly thanking MM. A. Milne-Edwards, A. Agassiz, and

J. R. Henderson for the valuable materials of which they have

enabled us to make use.—Comptes Rendus, July 2, 1888, pp. 44-

47.

On Henops brunneus, Hutton.

By W. M. Masxett, F.R.M.S.*

About October last a resident in the Wairarapa district sent down

to the Colonial Museum a few twigs of apple quite covered over with

some black substance, amongst which were -slowly crawling about

half a dozen rather large flies; and he desired some information on

this, which he considered as a new “ blight,” stating that it occurred

on both apple- and peach-trees in his garden. The specimens were

referred to me; and at first sight I thought the sooty-black coating

to be the usual fungus accompanying scale-insects, the flies being

unconnected with it. Closer examination, however, showed that

* From the ‘Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute,’ vol, xx,

Communicated by the Author.

Miscellaneous. 195

the black mass was really composed of many thousands of eggs ; and

the flies were soon observed to be still laying more of these eggs on

the twig, until ina short while it was so thickly covered with them

as to be quite hidden. With the assistance of Mr. G. V. Hudson |

found that the flies were undoubtedly Henops brunneus, a species of

Dipteron hitherto only reported (in Hutton’s ‘ Catalogue of New-

Zealand Diptera’) from Lake Wanaka. I was able to assure the

gentlemen who sent the specimens that probably they would not do

great harm to his trees.

But the investigation so far showed that the knowledge of Henops

hitherto possessed was incomplete. The available works in which it

is mentioned were Hutton’s ‘ Catalogue’ and Westwood’s ‘ Classifi-

cation of Insects.’ In the former the description given is very short

and indefinite ; in the second it is stated that Henops and its allied

genera are very little known and “ the larvee have not been observed.”

I placed one of the apple-twigs covered with eggs in a glass box, in

the hope that the larvee might possibly be hatched, and after about

five or six weeks I found a perfect cloud of minute larve, wriggling

in the liveliest manner. Having thus achieved a further stage of

knowledge of this species, and the fly itself being in some respects

rather a curious one, I have ventured to bring forward the following

description of the larva and the imago. Unfortunately, not being

able to procure a supply of apple- or peach-leaves, I have not suc-

ceeded in feeding the larve and obtaining pupe. I tried various

leaves as food for them, as well as giving them earth to burrow in,

but they all died.

Order DIPTERA.

Suborder OVIPARA.

Family AcrocErip, Leach.

(Inflate, Latreille ; Vestculose, Macquart.)

Body short and thick; head bent down, small, entirely occupied

by the eyes; thorax and abdomen large, inflated ; proboscis variable,

sometimes long, semetimes absent.

Genus Henoprs, Illiger.

- (Ogcodes, Latreille.)

Proboscis very short, scarcely noticeable ; antennz of two short

joints with a long style, Eyes naked, compound, Abdomen

broader than the thorax.

Henops brunneus, Hutton.

(Cat. of Dipt. 1881, p. 25.)

Flies rather large, but squat-looking and heavy ; motions very

slow. Thorax much elevated, the head being bent down beneath it,

196 Miscellaneous.

so as not to be visible when the insect is viewed from above. Ab-

domen round and swollen, wider than the thorax, but seeming as if

eut off short, the posterior extremity being turned under ; there are

six segments in the abdomen. Colour dark brown, almost black,

on the thorax, with short yellow hairs; abdomen dark brown, with

a yellow band marking each segmont; head black; wings hyaline;

halteres yellow. The winglets are very large and scale-like. yes

very large, compound, occupying all the upper part of the head, but

not highly convex, -Antenne inserted in front, between the eyes ;

two-jointed, both joints very short; the style is very long, inflated

near the base, narrow in the shaft and slightly dilated at the tip,

where there are two short bristles. Preboscis very short, almost

obsolete, conical, placed so much beneath the down-turned head as

to be extremely difficult to detect. eet long and slender; tarsus

five-jointed ; claw double, with three pulvilli. Wangs with brown

costal and subcostal veins; discoidal cell open; cubital cell large ;

the postieal vein appears to have a branch almost if not quite dis-

connected. Length of the body, in the usual position, nearly + inch.

The eggs of this insect are very small, sooty black, truncate-ovate ;

as stated above, they are laid in such numbers as to cover a twig

with a black coating.

The [newly hatched] larvee are very minute, about 7, inch long ;

dark grey or brown in eolour; elongated, narrow, tapering at both

ends, with twelve distinct segments, of which the fourth from the head

is the widest ; on each segment is a row of short fine hairs. They

have a wriggling mode of progression forwards, and are in constant

motion. The head is pointed and terminates in two very small

hooks, with a pad or pulvillus. The posterior extremity is also

acute, ending in three very minute points, with, on each side, a thin

curved appendage. The spiracles are only two, very minute cireular

orifices, situated on the last segment but one.

Both Mr. Hudson and I tried without suecess to procure the

pups. The larva of a fly not far removed from Henops (Clitellaria)

is said to take more than two years before undergoing its transfor-

mation.

In consideration of the fact that the larve of the whole family

of Acroceridz have not hitherto been known, and that the deserip-

tions of the various genera are but fragmentary, the above account

of Henops brunneus may be of interest. The larva would seem to be

perhaps more similar to those of Cecidemyia than to any others of

the order, though the perfeet fly is quite different.

On the Systematic Position of the Genus Hero.

By M. A. VayssiERE.

Among the Opisthobranchiate Gasteropods there are some genera

the systematic position of which is still uncertain. Having had the

opportunity of capturing, in the Bay of Marseilles, two or three

individuals belonging to one of these genera, I set myself the task

of establishing their characters.

Miscelian eous. 197

The genus Hero, established by Lovén in 1839 for some small

mollusks collected in the seas of the north of Europe, has hitherto

been placed, by all naturalists (Alder and Hancock, G. O. Sars, Bergh,

Fischer, &c.) who have paid any attention to it, in the family Den-

dronotide, one of the subdivisions of the great group of the Tri-

toniadz. All these different naturalists seem to have had at their

disposal only individuals preserved in alcohol; the figures given by

Bergh and Sars would lead to the belief that the appendages with

which the whole extent of the margin of the mantle is furnished are

dendritic in form. We believe that this appearance is the effect of

preseryation in alcohol.

The study of the jaws and radula ought to have shown that the

genus had nothing to do with the Dendronotida.

On observing living individuals, we at once see, from the con-

formation of their lateral appendages, that the genus Hero belongs

to the great group of the Alolidide ; in fact, these appendages,

which, in individuals preserved in alcohol, have a dendriform ap-

pearance, are really true fusiform dorsal cirri, arranged symmetri-

cally in pedunculated groups upon the lateral parts of the back.

These groups of cirri have much analogy with those of Oalura Cavo-

linit ; only in the genus Hero we find in front of the body, on the

sides of the cephalic region between the labial tentacles and the

rhinophores or dorsal tentacles, a pair of tufts of cirri which are

entirely deficient in the genus Calura. These two tufts possess the

longest and most numerous cirri; all the groups posterior to the

rhinophores each present only one, two, or three rudimentary

cirri.

From our investigations, the following generic diagnosis may be

drawn :—

General form of the body resembling that of the Tritoniade,

with its dorsal margins distinctly keeled ; foot a little wider than

the body.

Labial tentacles strong and recurved; rhinophores simple and

non-retractile. Dorsal cirri fusiform, inserted dichotomously upon

short peduncles arranged on the lateral parts of the back; the

peduncles of the first pair, placed in front of the rhinophores, are

the only ones forming groups well-furnished with cirri; all the

post-rhinophorian peduncles bearing only one, two, or three rudi-

mentary cirri. Cnidophorous sac with numerous nematocysts.

Anus in the middle of the right flank ; sexual orifice on the same

side, but placed further forward. Penis unarmed.

Jaws with irregular denticulations on the masticatory margin.

Radula triseriate ; median tooth with the plate denticulated.

(Hsophagean ring composed of four ganglia (two cerebroid and two

pedal ganglia); eyes pedunculate ; otocysts with numerous otoliths.

The individuals taken in the Bay of Marseilles differ in several

characters derived from the radula and jaws from the Hero formosa

studied by Sars and Bergh. We regard them as representing a new

species.— Comptes Rendus, July 9, 1888, pp. 186-138.

198 Miscellaneous.

On Fascicularia radicans, C. Vig., a new Type of Anthozoan.

By M. Cuarzes Vicvurer.

When dredging in the mud of the harbour of Algiers, about the

middle of last April, we collected this little Aleyonarian, which

lived for two months in the aquaria of the new Zoological Station.

I made a detailed investigation of this new type, but it is unfor-

tunately incomplete in several points.

The only specimen collected was a female colony attached to a

fragment of charcoal, which it covered with a network of slightly

flattened anastomosing stolons, from 3 to 6 millim. broad. Upon

these stolons, at very variable intervals, and sometimes nearly

touching each other, rose groups of polyps, which, when in the

extreme state of contraction, considerably resembled those of Pural-

cyonum. But as soon as the colony begins to expand, it is seen

that we have to do with a very different type.

Thus while in Paraleyonium the basal portion is surmounted, in

the state of complete expansion, by another common portion of still

larger dimensions, or, in one word, the polypary divides into two

portions—one soft and retractile, the other hard, within which the

former folds itself up,—in Fascicularia there is no other common

portion than the base itself, and far from the polyps being fixed one

upon the other, or, more correctly, incompletely separated, they are

here entirely distinct to the level of the apex of the basal column,

and at this point their separation is very clearly marked by white

lines, produced by spicules occupying the top of the interpolypary

partitions. The rest of these partitions does not contain any

spicules; but the common wall which surrounds the bundle of

polyps is sustained by a palisade of long white vertical spicules

which give it its characteristic rigidity. If we make a section

perpendicular to the axis of this basal column, we see that the

cavity of each of the polyps is perfectly distinct from that of its

neighbours, and that even the young polyps are separated very

early from that upon which they have budded forth. Moreover,

each of the polyps retracts itself separately into its proper cell,

or, more correctly, into its basal portion, and enjoys a_ perfect

independence with respect to its neighbours. It is only when the

retraction of all the polyps is complete that the column itself

begins to retract as much as is permitted by the spicules with

which its wall is furnished.

The free portion of the polyps in the state of extreme expansion

may attain double the height of the basal column, which gives, for

the whole, a maximum height of 16-18 millim, The number

of polyps does not appear to exceed 10-12 per bundle. These

polyps have the tentacles relatively very long, and of a bright

greenish yellow on the buccal surface. On the outer surface, on

the contrary, these tentacles, as well as the whole of the cesophagean —

Miscellaneous. 199

region of the polyp, are of a very dark brown colour, upon which

there is a pure white collar, formed of spicules with a peculiar

crystalline texture, in no respect resembling the ordinary spicules.

Below the cesophagean region the colour of the polyp becomes much

lighter ; the tube becomes almost translucent, and allows the lines

of insertion of the septa to be traced. Then the colour deepens

again to the point of union.

From this description it will be seen that we have to do with an

animal perfectly distinct from Paralcyonium, although it is with

that form that it presents the most affinities. Fuscicularia, I think,

must form the type of a third subfamily, the Fascicularine, inter-

mediate between the Cornularinie and the Alcyonins, into which, at

present, it is generally agreed to divide the family Alcyonide.—

Comptes Rendus, July 16, 1888, pp. 186, 187.

On the Resemblance of the Primitive Foraminifera and of

Ovarian Ova.

Prof. Ryder remarked that upon cutting sections of nearly

mature ovarian ova with their investing membrane, zona radiata, in

place, it was found that, in quite a number of cases, fine proto-

plasmic processes or pseudopods extended from the peripheral layer

of protoplasm of the egg, through its capsule or zona, and joined

the cells of the granulosa or discus proligerus. This arrangement

reminded one forcibly of the filamentous pseudopods extended from

a Heliozoon, or of the slender pseudopods extended through the

perforations in the walls of the single chambers of Globigerina,

This resemblance is all the more suggestive if one will compare

a section of one of the chambers of a Globigerina made through the

calcareous shell and its contained protoplasm with a similar section

through the ovum of the Gar Pike, where the zona is formed of

pillars of homogeneous matter. Such prolongations of pseudopods

through the investing zona radiata, in the case of many species of

animal forms, shows fairly well that this must be the principal

means by which new matter is taken up from without and incorpo-

rated, as there is no direct extension of the vascular system into the

egg, by which it can take up nutriment. It is thus seen that the

early stages of the growing ovum not only resemble some of the

lower forms of Heliozoa and Foraminifera as respects the grade of

their morphological differentiation, but also as to the modein which

they exhibit their nutritive or physiological activities. This re-

semblance is still further heightened if a form like Orbulina is

compared with certain stages of the development of ova. It is

thus seen that, in many cases, the ovarian germ, at least, passes

through a stage which may be morphologically as well as physio-

logically compared with some of the lowest grades of the Protozoa.—

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad, Feb. 14, 1888, p. 73.

200 Miscellaneous.

The Pelagic Fauna of the Lakes of Auvergne.

By M. Jutus Ricmarp.

M. Jules Richard has printed a tabular statement of the pelagic

fauna of the Lakes of Auvergne which is of much interest in con-

nexion with the increased attention now being paid to the inhabi-

tants of the deeper parts of lakes in Europe and elsewhere. It is as

follows :—

4 |. aes

f 2 o a= 3

Names of Species. 5 El & + &

5 5 > 3 fs| =]

(The pelagic species are marked 3 | ® S 2

with an asterisk.) me = re a rm

o o oO o D

re a 2 a 2

4 4 4 4 ms

*Daphnia longispina, Leydig ........... +) exe eK * Hee

*Hyalodaphnia cucallata, Sars, var. api-

CHUA CRUiS Area seen ate meets Hit es ots sesk testes

Polyphemus pediculus, de Geer ..... 7. x

*Daphnella Brandtiana, Fischer ........| .. see ote . sek

*Holopedium gibberum, Zaddach ..,..... oe | seoeeee | oka

Sida crystallina, O. F. Miiller.......... * *

*Ceriodaphnia pulchella, Sars ...... ne a + | deeds | sede

*Bosmina longirostris, O. F. Miiller...... or 4 nee | ee sea

Alona jaitiniss Leylig ose eka. tas ss a alone : Hoek aoe

Acroperus leucocephalus, Koch ........| . *

Chydorus spheericus, Jwrine....... SE ee hah : . *

*Diaptomus ceeruleus, Muscher ....... woe] skapsacae |e : seam | eee

*Cyelops strenuus, Pischer). 1245 bein ees oe segue | seas | ceases 1. | sees

coronatus, Claus ........ aaah ethos : a | keke | ase

*Ceratium longicorne, Perty ............ 7 ae aK

*Conochilus volvox, Ehrenberg ..... cee] seseaeae 5 Pes

*Anurea longispina, Kellicott ..........| «eee | ax

POCHLGATISK a GOSSC EE aera iterate tales = uid # *

curvicornis t+, Ehrenberg .......... ee

*Asplanchna helvetica, Imhof .......... whe oe | see |e | oer

os Chiro di wdexG Werte gaan 1 4, een ee skogse

Atax crassipes, O. F. Miiller .......... ve *

Axona versicolor, O. F. Miiller ...... ae ; oe *

Nesea reticulata, Kramer ..... antes ies *

FOUUNOH, AGGIE! ciate as see ae dt | s : . *

The asterisks placed in the columns indicate by their number the rela-

tive rarity or abundance of the species.

t+ These Anwee were found in the stomachs of Asplanchne; the

author has rarely found them free. This may be due to the meshes of

the net used not being fine enough.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. |

No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1888.

XXIV.— The Genus Acinetoides, g. n., an Intermediate Form

between the Ciliated Infusoria and the Acinete. By Dr.

L. Puate *.

[Plate X., A.]

In the spring of 1886 I found upon colonies of Zoothamnium

from the Bay of Naples two peculiar, still undescribed Suc-

toria, which are of some interest because they remain through-

out life in the same stage of development which is represented

in other Acinete by the freely motile buds. They justify

the conclusion expressed in the title of this article, that we

have here to do with an animal-form which combines in

itself some of the characteristic features of the Ciliated Infu-

soria and the Acinete. The two species which have come

under my observation in Naples may in future be united

under the generic name Acinetoides, which at the same time

indicates that the Protozoa in question in their general habit

nevertheless are more nearly allied to the Suctoria than to

the Ciliata.

* Translated from the ‘ Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Abth. fiir Anatomie

und Ontogenie der Thiere,’ Band iii. pp. 185-143 (May 1888).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 14

202 Dr. L. Plate on the Genus Acinetoides.

Figure 1 (Pl. X., A) represents the larger of the two species,

which I venture to name Acinetoides G'reefit, in honour of

Prof. R. Greeff, to whom we are indebted for various valuable

investigations upon Protozoa. The animal attains a length of

0:046 millim. and an elevation of 0°02 millim. In form it

greatly reminds us of the swarm-buds of many Acinete, for

example Dendrocometes paradoxus, St., but the arrangement

of the cilia is quite different. Acinetotdes Grreeffit has a

plano-convex form. Seen from above or below (fig. 2) the

animal shows an elliptical outline ; the convex surface of our

Infusorian may be denominated the back, and the flat one

the belly. The latter is seldom quite plane, but generally

hollowed out like a basin, as shown in fig. 1. Only one end

of it, which we shall regard as the anterior, usually makes an

exception to this, and projects beyond the ventral margin of

the body in the form of a low cone, bearing in its middle the

organ for the inception of nourishment, a sucking-thread

clubbed at the extremity, which may be traced far into the

interior of the cell-body and is distinguished only by its

remarkable shortness and rigidity from the similar organs of

most other Acinete; at least I have never found specimens

which had completely retracted their tentacle into the cell-

plasma; but even in greatly disturbed animals this short

sucking-thread was always visible. Of the minute structure

of this organ I was unable to ascertain much, owing to the

want of high objectives; it appeared to me to be a plasma-

rod traversed by a longitudinal canal.

The persistent ciliation of the ventral surface is highly

characteristic of the genus Acinetoides. It does not extend

over the whole lower surface, but, as may be seen by an in-

spection of the ventral surface (fig. 2), only occupies an

elliptical inner area, leaving the whole peripheral border free

of cilia. The cilia are arranged in longitudinal rows, and

appear to stand in special grooves; at least we observe upon

the ventral surface a delicate longitudinal striation which

extends over an area of exactly the same size as the cilia.

Each stria consists of granules lying one behind the other,

and thus produces about the same impression as the rows of

granules in Stentor, between which the myophanic fibrils

take their course. I have been unable to detect in Acine-

toides any threads which might represent the latter, although

it is quite certain that the ventral surface of Acinetoides

Greet possesses a high degree of contractility; I suppose

therefore that an examination by means of very powerful

objectives may reveal the presence of muscular fibrils in our

animal also. By means of this contractility it is able some-

Dr. L. Plate on the Genus Acinetoides. 203

what to modify its form, and especially to render the con-

vexity of the dorsal surface sometimes quite hemispherical,

sometimes much flatter. Further on, in describing the mode

of life of our Infusoria, I shall come back to this and indicate

the use which the species of Actnetotdes make of this faculty.

Acinetoides Grreefit is bounded externally throughout by a

thin cuticle. The interior of the cell-body is destitute of any

special peculiarities. We find in it an elongated nucleus,

often curved into the form of a sausage (fig. 1, N), which

extends through almost the whole cell, possesses a finely

granular structure, and is enclosed by a special membrane ;

and, further, numerous granules of fatty lustre, and a contrac-

tile vacuole situated close to the ventral surface (figs. L, 2,

cv.).

The second species of the genus, which, from its dwelling-

place, may bear the name of Actnetoides zoothamnt, resembles

that above described in nearly all points. It is, however,

considerably smaller, namely about half the size of A. Greeff,

and it possesses a nucleus of different form, spherical and of

comparatively very small size.

The specific difference of the two Infusoria just noticed is

also distinctly recognizable in their mode of life. Common

to both is that thay reside upon colonies of the Vorticelline

genus Zoothamnium, and feed by sucking out the individuals

of their colonies. ‘They are therefore parasites and become

exceedingly injurious to the elegant structures in question.

I have often met with bushes of them which, on some

branches, had lost all the individuals by the Acinetotdes

which swarmed around them. It is remarkable that each

species of Actnetoides attaches itself to a definite region of

the body of a Zoothamnium. The individuals of Acinetoides

Greefit always select the base of the animal on which they

prey at the point where the muscle of the contractile stem

radiates ina tuft into the bell (fig. 3), and they fix themselves

here by bending the body transversely in the middle, and

thus attach themselves closely to their victim. Evidently they

are enabled to do this only by the great contractility of the

ventral surface, seeing that the attachment is effected by the

production of a vacuum within the basin-like ventral surface.

While the plasma of the Vorticelline flows over into the

Acinetoides, the cilia of the latter are in general quite quiet ;

sometimes, however, for a few moments they move again,

wholly or partially, a proof that in the attachment only the

peripheral border of the ventral surface of our Suctorian is

adherent to the prey. In this position the Acinetoddes often

remains for a considerable time—an hour or more—but fre-

14*

204 Dr. L. Plate on the Genus Acinetoides.

quently only for a few minutes. Shortly before the separa-

tion the cilia begin to work more vigorously, the animal

moves a little to and fro, nay, it sometimes rotates around

the sucking-tube, which is still inserted in the prey, and

finally separates entirely from its victim. Its movements

while swimming freely about are very irregular and exactly

resemble the spasmodic movements of the buds of Acinete.

I have frequently observed that within about a minute of

their separation the animalcules had attached themselves

again.

Acinetotdes Greeffit is so large that only two individuals

can find room at the same time upon a Zoothamnium, as the

species always selects the base of the bell for fixation. It is

otherwise, however, with the smaller species. This avoids

the neighbourhood of the peduncle and attaches itself by

preference to the peristomial region or the sides of the body ;

and in consequence of its small size we often see from three

to five individuals occupied at the same time in sucking out

the same Zoothamnium. 'The death of the latter occurs very

soon after the attachment of an Acinetoides, so that this

evidently brings its prey in contact with some corrosive fluid.

The loss of substance which the Zoothamnium thus suffers

causes the collapse of the anterior part of the bell, the cuticle

of which falls into numerous wrinkles and folds. It is

remarkable that the animalcules never completely exhaust

their victims (even when several of them prey upon the same

individual), but they confine themselves to a portion of the

plasma and then fall upon another Infusorian. The only

probable reason of this is that the body-substance of the

Zoothamnium is altered by long action of the destructive

fluid secreted by the Acineta, and then no longer suits the

taste of our animalcules.

As to the reproduction of the genus Acznetoides, I could

learn nothing except from the smaller species. Of course a

thorough knowledge of this is of the greatest importance,

seeing that without it there is always a possibility that the

Protozoa described are only swarm-buds of other Suctoria, as

they are distinguished from these only by the presence of a

single sucking-tube. ‘That such a supposition was incorrect

was indeed quite clear to me from the first, as I always ob-

served the Acinetoides in great numbers together, and on the

colonies of Zoothamnium attacked by them there were in

addition only a few Podophrye, which were smaller than the

Suctoria here described, and therefore could not possibly be

connected with them. Moreover the swarming-buds of these

Podophrye also occurred ; they had quite a different form of

Dr. L. Plate on the Genus Acinetoides. 205

body from the species of Acinetoides, and, further, possessed

no sucking-tentacle. The conclusion that these were inde-

pendent organisms, and not mere developmental forms, was

therefore unavoidable, and it was afterwards confirmed by

the observation of the reproduction of Actnetoides zoothamnt

by simple transverse fission. The individuals in course of

division sometimes swam about and sometimes remained

seated upon their food-animals ; but I did not succeed in the

latter case in observing a double sucking-tentacle.

The reproduction by transverse division furnishes a further

proof of the intermediate position which the genus Acinetoides

occupies between the Ciliata and the Suctoria. Such a mode

of reproduction has indeed already been observed in various

other Acinete, as in Podophrya fixa, Acineta mystacina,

Urnula epistylidis, and some others; but it is nevertheless a

rare mode of increase among the Suctoria, quite subordinate

to the reproduction by external or internal budding; while, on

the contrary, among the Ciliata the new individuals in general

originate by transverse or longitudinal division, and are pro-

duced as buds only in some attached genera. ‘This contrast,

as regards reproduction, which exists between the Ciliated

Infusoria and the Acinete is not principial, but only caused

by the different mode of life. With respect to the possibility

of nourishment, a sessile organism is always at a disadvantage

as compared with one of the same structure but capable of

free locomotion, and therefore for the continuance of its species

requires a larger progeny, a purpose which is of course better

attained by the formation of numerous small buds than by

simple division, which furnishes only two descendants from

one parent-animal.

What systematic position the genus Actnetoides has to

occupy cannot be doubtful after what has been said ; it is to

be referred to the Suctoria and to be regarded as a transition-

form between these and the Ciliated Intusoria. The eaistence

of such an intermediate form, tt appears to me, furnishes a

fresh argument in support of the opinion already maintained

by several naturalists, that the Acinete are modified Ciliata,

which have acquired peculiar sucking and grasping filaments,

to be regarded as organs sui generis, in connexion with the

acquisition of a sessile or parasitic mode of life. ‘T’his notion

is founded principally upon the fact that the buds of the

Acinete resemble the true Infusoria in their holo-, hypo-, or

peritrichous coat of cilia, so that the Acinete in thew youth

pass through a ciliatiform stage. It has been urged against

this conception of the swarm-buds (I think erroneously) that

the so-called “ biogenetic fundamental law ” is not applicable

206 Dr. L. Plate on the Genus Acinetoides.

to unicellular organisms, and therefore the free mobility of

the Acinetan offshoots must be regarded as a special pheno-

menon of adaptation. If there is really the tendency in the

organism to recapitulate in its ontogeny certain morphological

conditions which correspond in their sequence with the phylo-

genetic development, it is a matter of no consequence whether

these conditions are displayed by one cell or by acell-complex.

In the formation of buds in which the parent and its offspring

are even externally of such different structure, the micellar

structure of the plasma in the bud will very probably also

differ from that of the parent; and it is quite conceivable

that the former agrees approximately with the plasmatic

structure proper to the ancestors of the Infusorian under con-

sideration, and therefore the biogenetic law may also apply to

the developmental history of the bud. This is impossible

only when a Protozoon divides into two portions which

behave exactly alike both as regards their external characters

and in their further phenomena of growth ; this, however, is

not the case in multiplication by buds. Suctoria of the

nature of the genus Acinetoides can be naturally referred only

to Ciliated Infusoria (whether directly or by the derivation of

both families from a common stock), and therefore the view,

which Maupas* has recently supported, that the Acinete are

more nearly allied to the Rhizopoda, and especially to the

Heliozoa +, seems to me not to be correct. For if the sucking-

organs of the Suctoria have really proceeded from Rhizopod

pseudopodia, these ought always to be present in considerable

number, whereas in Acinetoides only one such tentacle occurs.

For the maintenance of Maupas’s conception, therefore, we

must assume a reduction in the number of tentacles for the

genus just mentioned, a hypothesis which it is difficult to

reconcile with its other primitive characters. In support of

his hypothesis Maupas{ cites a statement of Engelmann’s

according to which the cilia in the lower plants and animals

are so diffused that in phylogenetic investigations no value is

to be attached to their presence or absence. I believe that

the above-mentioned naturalists go rather too far in their

deductions. It is certainly true that organs which, like the

cilia or eye-pigment-spots, recur in the most various classes,

are to be very cautiously made use of in phylogenetic ques-

tions ; but they are certainly not therefore wholly without

significance, for even their arrangement and position are

governed by heredity. It is only in this way explicable that

* “Contribution al’étude des Acinétiens,” in Arch, de Zool. Expér.

tome ix. (1881), pp. 299-368.

+ Ibid. p. 367. { Ibid. p. 363.

Dr. L. Plate on the Genus Acinetoides. 207

nearly allied Acinete frequently have swarm-buds with a

ciliation arranged in the same or a similar manner, of which

the Suctorian described in the next article, whose nearest

ally is undoubtedly Dendrocometes paradoxus, furnishes a

good example. We may therefore justly conclude from the

ciliary clothing of the Acinetan buds that the Suctoria are

genealogically connected with the Ciliata, a conclusion which

is the more naturally arrived at because we know many

Ciliated Infusoria which have lost their buccal aperture by

adaptation to peculiar conditions of life.

In Spherophrya magna Maupas* has detected tentacles

which greatly resemble the pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda.

They are contractile rods composed of a plasmatic axis and a

cortical layer, and therefore are not hollow, and are not con-

tinued into the proper body of the Acinetan. They terminate

in a knob which very quickly kills and then holds fast such ~

Infusoria as may come in contact with it. ‘hen the tentacle

increases greatly in thickness, which Maupas, probably with

justice, places to the account of an invisible current of plasma

flowing out from the Suctorian to the prey and probably

penetrating into it. Finally a current in the opposite direc-

tion is observed, which conveys the plasma of the captured

animal to the body of the Spherophrya. ‘The inception of

nourishment therefore takes place here in exactly the same

manner as with true pseudopodia, namely without any

pumping movement. Such organs, however, are by no

means characteristic of the whole class of the Acinete, but

are at present known only in that single form, Specially

peculiar to the Suctoria are the “ sucking-tubes,” plasma-rods

traversed by a canal, which generally originate far within

the cell-body and extract the nourishment from the prey by a

pumping movement. In most genera we find only such

structures, which can be referred back neither to the cilia of

the Ciliata nor to the pseudopodia of the Heliozoa, but are to

be regarded as organs sud generis; from these, in a higher

grade ot differentiation, have proceeded in the first place

those pseudopodium-like tentacles, and in the second the

grasping-threads, which serve only for seizing the prey, and

the investigations into the structure of which are not yet con-

cluded. In Lodophrya gemmipara KR. Hertwig ascribes to

them a solid structure, while Maupas states that he has found

a canal in their interior.

The latter naturalist has indicated t that nucleoli are at

present known only in certain Ciliata and some Suctoria, but

* Lc. p. 300 et seqq. t Z.c. p. 364.

208 Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata.

have not been found in Rhizopoda; and this circumstance is

in favour of the old theory to which I have here endeavoured

to give further support.

Lastly, it may be mentioned that in the process of conju-

gation homologies between Acinete and Ciliata may be

demonstrated. In Dendrocometes paradoaus, for example, as

1 have shown in a previous memoir*, the nucleus at the

commencement of this process grows into a long filament and

then breaks up into numerous pieces, just as is known to be

the case in many Ciliated Infusoria (e. g. Paramecium aurelia

and putrinum). The Suctorian which will be fully described

in the following article displays a further interesting stage of

conjugation, which at present can only be compared with a

similar one of Paramecium aurelia. However, we are still

too imperfectly acquainted with the conjugation of the Acinete

to be able to deduce genealogical relationships from it.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.,, A.

Fig. 1. Acineta Greeffii, from the side.

Fig. 2. The same, from beneath.

Fig. 3. The same, two individuals attached to Zoothamnium.

The letters have the same signification in all, namely :—N, nucleus;

t, tentacle ; cv., contractile vacuole.

XXV.—Asellicola digitata, Stein's “ gefingerte Acinete.”

By Dr. L. PLATE +.

[Plate X., B.]

Tne Acineta described in the following pages is a near rela-

tive of Dendrocometes paradoxus, St., and lives upon the

branchial plates of <Asellus aquaticus; it is generically

distinct from all Suctoria at present known, and I propose

for it the generic name of Asedlicola, in allusion to the place

of its occurrence. I have selected the specific name digitata

because the distinguished naturalist F. von Stein very clearly

described and figured it in his first great publication on the

* “ Untersuchungen einiger an den Kiemenblittern des Gammarus

ulex lebenden Ektoparasiten,” in Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xliii.

. 175-241.

ae Translated from the ‘Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Abth. fiir Anatomie

und Ontogenie der Thiere,’ Band iii, pp. 145-155 (May 1888).

Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata. 209

Infusoria *. When he discovered the Asellicola Stein erro-

neously regarded the Acinetz as developmental states of the

Ciliated Infusoria, and gave our animal provisionally only

the designation of the “ fingered Acineta,” as he had not yet

found the ciliated form belonging to it; he seems also not to

have studied it thoroughly, as in his description he mentions

only the general form of the body, without entering into

details as to the structure of the tentacles, the nature of the

nucleus and of the interior of the cell, the reproduction, and

the conjugation fT.

Asellicola digitata (Pl. X., B. fig. 4) is a non-pedunculate

hemispherical Acineta furnished with a nucleus (N) and con-

tractile vacuole (cv.), and which adheres closely to the surface

of the gill-lamina by its flattened but gently rounded under

surface. It attains a maximum length of about 0°11 millim.

and an elevation of 0°06 millim. The whole body is covered

with a thin cuticle, which nevertheless appears to have a double

contour and is continued over the numerous tentacles (¢)

which radiate from the dorsal surface and in form and

grouping are very characteristic of our species. The cuticle

1s of equal thickness and colourless over the whole of the body

proper, except that on the underside it forms in the middle

an elliptical thickened ring (7), which rises above the basal

surface, and by means of which the animal is attached to its

point of support. Of course, as in all Suctoria, the form of

the body is liable to small deviations, some of which the

reader will find figured by Stein f. The outlines of the body

may also be altered by reagents. While in living individuals

the basal surface is always closely applied to the branchial

lamina, it swells into a hemispherical convexity when the

animals have died in the water, and it is then seen very clearly

that the Asellicola only adheres by the above-mentioned ring.

The same result may be attained by means of acetic acid and

other agents which produce a swelling of the plasma.

While Dendrocometes paradoxus attaches itself but rarely

to the margin of the gill-lamine of Gammarus pulex, and is

generally met with on the actual surface of the plate, Asedli-

cola digitata acts just in the contrary way. ‘The individuals

* F. Stein, ‘ Die Infusionsthiere auf ihre Entwicklungsgeschichte un-

tersucht,’ Leipzig, 1854, p. 228.

+ Claparéde and Lachmann (‘Etudes sur les Infusoires, &c,’ i. p. 886)

and S. Kent (‘Manual of the Infusoria,’ ii. p. 812), as I now find, place

the Asellicula in the genus T’richophrya, without, however, supporting

this view by their own observations; but 7’. epistylidis differs so much,

especially in the structure of the tentacles, from the “ gefingerte Acinete,”

that a new genus must unquestionably be established for the latter.

{ Loe. cit. Taf. v. figs. 19-22.

“

210 Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata.

of the latter settle themselves close together upon the border

of the branchial lamina, and, indeed, chiefly upon the parts

which are situated outwards and posteriorly. The inward-

directed side of the edge, as well as the surface of the lamina,

is only exceptionally inhabited, usually only when the outer

margin is already densely covered. 1 have also frequently

observed on branchizs which displayed very numerous Aselli-

cole seated close together that the few specimens on the inner

border were all smaller, ¢. e. younger, than the others, so that

it may be assumed that the swarm-buds of our animalcule,

notwithstanding their want of external sense-organs, are very

well able to distinguish the different surfaces of the laminz

and only content themselves with the inner margins when

the outer ones are overfull. ‘This evidently purpose-like

mode of procedure in so lowly an organism cannot very well

be regarded as purely mechanical. It is true that in conse-

quence of the position and movement of the gill-lamine the

flow of water in both Crustaceans passes over these organs of

respiration from without inwards, and the marked preference

of the Asellicola for the outer margin is readily intelligible on

account of the more abundant supply of food which is here

presented to it. But, on the other hand, the swarm-buds of

Dendrocometes are in exactly the same case, and yet they

attach themselves indifferently to any part of the surface of

the lamina, but carefully avoid the margin, as if they knew

beforehand that the basal membrane * of the developed animal

can only find a suitable support upon a flat surface.

Spirochona gemmipara, Stein, also quite unmistakably

prefers the outer margins of the lamine, of which I have

convinced myself by an examination of my permanent prepa-

rations, aud it also agrees with Asellicola in that specimens

but seldom pass on to the peripheral surfaces of the lamine.

We must therefore ascribe to the swarm-buds of the three

gill-frequenters here referred to the faculty of distinguishing

those parts of the laminee which best suit their species in the

adult state from those which are less favourable. In conse-

quence of this instinct we find the young Asellicole frequently

seated so close together that subsequently, when they have

grown to their full size, they have not room enough, and by

reciprocal pressure give each other a quadrangular form, or

drive a weaker individual from the margin on to the surface

of the lamina.

The plasma of the cell-body does not, as in many Acinete,

* L. Plate, “ Untersuchungen einiger an den Kiemenblattern des

Gammarus pulex lebenden Ektoparasiten,” in Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool,

Bd. xhii. p. 179.

Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata. 211

divide into a central and a cortical layer, but presents the same

constitution throughout. The nucleus (N) has an elongated

sausage-like shape and is often furnished with hemispherical

projections and small irregular side-branches. Not unfre-

quently it has the outlines of an irregular cross. Externally

it is bounded by a delicate nuclear membrane and in the

interior we observe a fine granulation as the expression of a

very close meshwork. ‘There areno nucleoli; but the Aseldi-

cole frequently possess those little round balls which stain

strongly with colouring-materials (fig. 4, é) such as I have

previously described as ‘ Tinctinkérper’’ in Dendrocometes.

These are evidently assimilation-products of some kind which

have nothing to do with the nucleus, for they are subject to

considerable variations in their number and size. In well-

fed animals containing numerous fat-drops we frequently find

as many as thirty scattered through the interior of the cell;

in other specimens, again, they are entirely wanting. That

they are not to be identified with the nucleoli of the Ciliata

appears with certainty from the circumstance that they

undergo no alteration during conjugation.

In Asellicola digitata, as in Dendrocometes, there are also

not unfrequently green or yellowish-green bodies of 0°003-

0-005 millim. in diameter, which at the first glance greatly

remind us of chlorophyll. Here again I have convinced

myself that the globules are formed by the Acineta itself, and

therefore do not merely get into the animal with the food;

for in the first place they are destitute of any cellular struc-

ture, so that all confusion with unicellular Algee is excluded,

and, secondly, they remain unaltered in the plasma often for

hours; they may often be seen in specimens which have

retracted all their tentacles, a process which occupies con-

siderable time. As the Protozoa universally rapidly digest

and at the same time decolorize true chlorophyll-grains which

are taken up with the food, there only remains one interpre-

tation, according to which these green structures represent

assimilation-products of some kind. The green colouring-

matter can be extracted by alcohol, and then there remain

granules‘which cannot be distinguished from the other shining

granules of the cell.

The contractile vacuole of Asellicola digitata (fig. 4, cv.)

is placed near the lower margin of one of the lateral poles of

the body. It opens, as in Dendrocometes paradoxus, directly

outwards by a small duct, and contracts so that the fluid

which has collected in it must be pressed out through this

tubule. The intervals of time at which the pulsations follow

one another are very various and depend apparently upon the

212 Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata.

condition of the animal. In lively individuals several pulsa-

tions may take place in one minute, while in those which

have been kept for a long time in watch-glasses they are

repeated much more slowly.

The cytoplasm of Asedlicola shows a peculiarity which may

easily lead the observer astray. Above the cuticular ring

with which our Acineta attaches itself to its support we

observe a striated structure radiating like a fan in all direc-

tions, producing an impression as if a great number of fine

canals met together at this point. ‘The individual rays are

directed obliquely upwards and the outer ones form an angle

of about 45° with the basal surface. As they may be dis-

tinctly traced up to the level of the nucleus, and therefore

pretty far into the interior of the cell, I at first supposed that

the canals which traverse the tentacles throughout their

length were continued to the centre of the lower surface.

This, however, is not the case; the striated structure of the

plasma is in no way connected with the sucking-organs, but

has probably only the office of giving the cell-body an

increased degree of firmness at its point of fixation by the

development of rigid rods.

The tentacles (fig. 4, ¢) proceeding from the dorsal surface

fix the interest of the observer more than any other part of

our Acineta. In comparison with the tentacles of the other

Suctoria they are remarkably broad, acutely terminating pro-

cesses of the body of 0-036 millim. in length on the average,

which are met with in very variable numbers in different

individuals, and may originate from any part of the dorsal

surface. So far as they radiate from the true back they are

in general quite straight, while those grouped in the neigh-

bourhood of the basal margin are usually gently bent upwards.

As regards their minute structure, they are externally clothed

with a thin membrane, a continuation of the cuticle of the

body, which becomes very delicate towards the apex. The

plasma of the tentacles appears quite clear, as there are none

of the coarser granules in it. In the middle it is traversed

longitudinally by a canal filled with a limpid fluid, which

opens at the anterior end. I could detect no special wall in

this canal, and therefore regard it as a simple longitudinal

fissure in the plasma. Owing to its great fineness it is often

not perceptible in the living animal, but may almost always

be demonstrated with certainty by means of osmic acid.

This canal is not continued, as is the case with the sucking-

tubes of most Acinete, into the interior of the cell; at least

this is never the case with fully extended tentacles. Fre-

quently, however, the latter are retracted into the body by a

Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata. 213

slow process lasting several hours, and in such tentacles,

when reduced to about half their size, I have seen the canal

penetrate inwards for a short distance. But when the ten-

tacles have become completely incorporated with the cell-

plasma every trace of these canals has disappeared.

The near relationship of Asellicola to Dendrocometes,

which has already been repeatedly referred to, is also

evidenced by a careful examination of the free extremities of

the sucking-tubes. If we fix one of these for a few minutes

in a lively specimen we observe that the extreme tip raises

itself from the tentacle as a distinct tentaculet, which is con-

stantly (several times in a minute) pushed out and retracted.

This pumping movement therefore takes place even when the

tentacle is not in a position to take up nourishment, Why it

occurs is hard to say. We may suppose that the animals

either inhaust water, which is then subsequently got rid

of again through the contractile vacuole, or that we have

here to do with a sort of involuntary movement which is of

service to the individual only when by chance an Amceba,

an Infusorian, or some other kind of nourishment. has come

in contact with the tentacle and remained adhering to it. In

opposition to this last notion it may, however, be urged with

justice that the tentaculets are often only in part in activity,

while the others on the same animal are quite quiescent.

In the fully extended state the hinder limit of the tentaculet

is scarcely recognizable. But as soon as the invagination,

which begins at the base of the tentaculet, has commenced, a

small cushion is produced which distinctly separates the two

divisions from each other and becomes more and more

marked in proportion as the terminal member disappears.

When the latter is finally completely retracted the pad

appears in optical section as two shining knots situated at

the extremity of the tentacle, These tentaculets exactly

resemble the points of the fingers which occur in great num-

bers upon each tentacle of Dendrocometes paradoxus, only

they are somewhat larger (0:0025 millim. in diameter) and

therefore more easily investigated in their structure and mode

of action. In the last-mentioned Acineta, therefore, each

tentacle is apparently produced by the fusion of several ten-

tacles such as we meet with in Asellicola, Dendrocometes

also so far represents a higher Stage of differentiation as each

canal starting from a fingerlet possesses a delicate proper

wall, and by means of this penetrates deeply into the cell-

body.

The tentaculets of Asedlicola very probably secrete a viscid

substance, for I have frequently observed that very small

214 Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata.

Flagellata remain adherent to them without coming in con-

tact with the anterior orifice or being sucked out. In the case

of such small organisms the nutriment is simply pumped into

the tentacular canal by means of the tentaculet. Their

sucking power does not appear to suffice to overpower larger

prey, such as small Infusoria, for in such cases our Suctorian

adopts another mode of proceeding. It draws in the greater

part of the whole tentacle, so that it shows only one fourth or

one third of its original length. The tentaculet also entirely

disappears, and the tentacle acquires the form of a short

tube, the uppermost end of which is somewhat widened, and

possesses a much folded and wrinkled wall. By a movement

exactly corresponding with that of the tentaculet this upper

part of the arm then extends itself a little (by which means

the folds disappear) and contracts itself again, in this way

effecting in a few moments the complete exhaustion of small

organisms, such as Vorticelle, so that the cuticle of the cap-

tured animal alone remains attached to the tentacle as an

empty vesicle. To get rid of this from the sticky point of

the tentacle often gives the Asellicola a good deal of trouble.

It proceeds in this way: it extends the free extremity of

the tentacle into a small narrow tube, then retracts this again

suddenly, and thus endeavours to throw off the vesicle.

By the mode of feeding above described a peculiar appear-

ance is produced which may not unfrequently be observed in

our Acineta. ‘Thus we find the lower region of the tentacles

densely covered with small rod-like Bacteria, which are

attached by one end, but for the rest stand off obliquely

upwards and outwards (see fig. 5). This foreign covering

ceases in all the tentacles at the same level, nearly corre-

sponding to the dimensions which the tentacles acquire when

devouring prey of considerable size. Evidently the Bacteria

can attach themselves only to the proximal parts of the

tentacles, because the distal parts are too often retracted

during feeding.

As regards the position and grouping of the tentacles no

regularity prevails in Asellicola digitata. 'They may shoot

forth anywhere upon the upper surface of the body and may

also be retracted again quite independently of each other.

Not unfrequently we meet with individuals quite destitute of

tentacles. The protrusion of the sucking-organs occupies

several hours ; it is therefore effected rather slowly. During

reproduction they generally disappear only in the immediate

vicinity of the aperture for the exit of the swarm-offshoots.

But if the animal is compelled to quit its previous dwelling-

place by the change of skin of the gill-plate, it previously

Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata. 215

retracts all the tentacles and moves away in a fashion which

I shall fully describe further on. In individuals engaged in

conjugation we usually find the tentacles unaltered ; some-

times, however, they are only developed laterally upon the

right or the left half of the body, but generally without any

agreement in this respect between the two united animalcules.

Lastly, it may be remarked that the sucking-tubes at their

first appearance in the form of pale, narrowly conical processes

of the body do not possess any tentaculets; but as soon as

they have attained about one third or one half of their defi-

nitive size this retractile terminal member also makes its

appearance.

With regard to the reproduction of Asellicola I may be

brief, because it exactly resembles that of Dendrocometes

paradoxus, which I have already described in detail. Here,

indeed, the bud-formation is by no means so easy to observe

as in the above ectoparasite of Gammarus pulex, because the

plasma of <Asellicola is far more densely granular and less

transparent. ‘The formation of the swarm-buds is first indi-

cated by the appearance of a second contractile vacuole below

the middle of the dorsal surface. There is formed, from the

back, a flask-shaped invagination, which finally, by the

closing of the external opening, produces a cavity closed all

round and situated in the interior of the cell. The next stage

leaves the observer no room for further doubt that we have

here really to do with reproduction. We observe, nearly

parallel to the basal surface and surrounding the inner cavity

equatorially, a circlet of long cilia (fig. 5), which strike

irregularly to and fro. After this first band of cilia two others

are formed, and at the same time the bottom of the cavity is

driven up into a hump, so that it closely approaches the roof,

leaving only a narrow fissure between them. Lastly, a fresh

aperture is produced upon the back, leading into the brood-

cavity; the bud, ¢.e. the part driven up, pushes itself through

this aperture, and only then becomes constricted off from the

parent-animal. The division of the nucleus also takes place

only at the moment of the liberation of the bud by simple

constriction of the maternal nucleus, which has been some-

what elongated. ‘The spot where the young animal separates

from its parent is not a fixed point upon the back, but is

situated sometimes in one place sometimes in another.

‘The freely motile young stage of Asellicola digitata has

nearly the same form as the adult animal, only the dorsal

surface is less convex and the body of course much smaller

(0048 millim. in length and 0°02 millim. broad). The plane

lower surface bears three oval circlets of cilia (fig. 6), which

216 Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata.

are generally placed somewhat obliquely and unsymmetrically,

not running exactly parallel to the outer margin. One pole

of the long axis of the swarmer is almost always somewhat

altered by the constriction separating it from the parent; it

has a small pit or a short tubercle. At this end of the body

the bands of cilia of the two sides do not pass into each other,

but they are interrupted for a small space. In the interior of

the swarmer there are a nucleus of elongated or irregular

form, a contractile vacuole, and not unfrequently those green

grains and “ Tinctinkérper ” which I have already mentioned.

The animalcules swim about irregularly, and immediately

attach themselves when they have found a suitable dwelling-

place. They almost exactly resemble the buds of Dendro-

cometes paradoxus, and really differ from them only in this

point, that the circlets of cilia advance more towards the centre

of the under surface, while in the latter Acineta they are

seated quite at the outer margin. They also agree in that

sometimes the ventral surface is nearly as convex as the

superior surface.

When the swarm-bud has attached itself it loses its cilia in

some manner not exactly ascertained and passes directly into

the form of the old animal by pushing out delicate tentacles.

It is remarkable that the nucleus of individuals which,

judging from their size, have not long assumed the sessile

mode of life, not unfrequently shows an exceedingly sharp

longitudinal striation. ‘This arrangement of the chromatic

elements in the nucleus seems subsequently to give place

again to the ordinary form of a fine meshwork ; at least I

never observed it in old specimens. I have not found it also

in the nuclei of the swarm-buds. I must leave it undecided

why this structure occurs; but it is certain that it 1s not con-

nected with the divisional phenomena of the Acineta.

When Dendrocometes paradoxus is compelled to seek a new

dwelling by the change of skin of the gill-lamina, it exhibits,

as I have already indicated, a very peculiar behaviour.

It passes through all the stages of bud-formation and becomes

converted, with the loss of the basal membrane and of a small

vesicle of plasmatic substance, into an embryo which is

nearly as large as the parent-animal. The same phenomenon

occurs also in Asellicola, so that on gill-plates of which the

cuticle has lifted a little we not unfrequently find all the indi-

viduals apparently engaged in reproduction. ‘The only diffe-

rence is (? always) that the whole of the plasma of the mother

passes into the body of the swarmer without leaving behind

any residual substance.

The most interesting part of the biology of Asedlicola digi-

Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata. 217

tata consists in its conjugation. Although in many points of

its progress this agrees with the same process in Dendroco-

metes, there is an essential difference between the two, which

is much in favour of the view that the conjugation of the

Infusoria represents a sort of foreshadowing of the act of

fecundation. Thus it comes to a stage in which the nuclei of

both animals lie close together for a considerable time and

then separate from each other, a process which seems to indi-

cate a reciprocal influence of the nuclei. As the Asellicole

in general do not sit so close together that they touch each

other, and therefore can directly become fused together, those

individuals which are about to conjugate are almost always

compelled to unite themselves by means of a process of the

body. For this purpose they avail themselves of one of the

tentacles situated at one end of the body, which then grows

enormously beyond its ordinary size. Fig. 7 shows a Suc-

torian in this stage, and exhibits very plainly the structure of

the tentacle, and especially the presence in it of a central

longitudinal canal. Frequently I found two animals seated

near each other, both of which displayed a “ conjugation-

tentacle ” of this kind, so that here both had evidently endea-

voured to conjugate, while in other cases only one of the

pair furnished the bridge of union. The conjugation-tentacle

is slowly moved to and fro by the Asellicole, as if feeling

about, until they have attained their object. The animals

are apparently in a high degree governed by the desire for

such a union, for one must often wonder at the size of the

canals which are produced for this purpose; they are fre-

quently longer than the individual animals. When the two

individuals have succeeded in uniting, the fissure in the

plasma originally destined to conduct nutriment disappears,

and then the conjugation-canal gradually becomes thicker and

thicker, more of the body-substance from both sides passing

into it (fig. 9). Although the cytoplasm of the two animals

is in this way very intimately mixed in the canal, the dis-

tinctness of the individualities is not effaced. We recognize

this from the fact that on the least disquietude the cell-bodies

separate from each other in the middle of the canal, and lie

towards each other covered by a thin membrane. As slight

disturbances of the conjugated Asellicole are almost inevitable

in the separation of the gill-laminz, the observer very fre-

quently finds in the middle of the canal a perpendicular or

somewhat oblique partition-wall (fig. 9), which consists of

these two membranous layers pressed together; it disappears

again when the pair is placed under favourable conditions.

When the bridge of union has grown, in the manner

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 15

218 Dr. L. Plate on Asellicola digitata.

described, to about half the height of the individuals, it swells

up still more in the middle (fig. 10), so that frequently, in

each pair, the adherent disk, originally situated in the centre

of the underside, comes, by the displacement of the plasma,

to be situated at one end of the body; and then follows the

stage which I have briefly indicated above, and which attracts

our interest in the highest degree—the nuclei of both indi-

viduals of a pair, which hitherto have shown no alteration (or

at the utmost sometimes an extension in length), migrate into

the canal of union and towards one another, at the same time

bend the approximated ends downwards at a right angle

(about one third of the whole length), and in this form closely

approach each other (fig. 10). I have never met with indi-

viduals of which the nuclei were directly in contact; but

there was always a narrow wall of plasma between them, and

this was sometimes so wide that the above-mentioned mem-

branous lamella could be developed in it. It would of course

be going too far if we were to deny the possibility of a tran-

sitory actual fusion of the nuclei, for it is quite conceivable

that this stage of the conjugation may have escaped my

notice. On the other hand, however, there are at present no

grounds for assuming anything of the kind, because there is

no doubt that during this period of mutual approximation the

nuclei undergo no change of structure.

After the nuclei have thus reciprocally influenced each

other for a time (how long I am unable to say) they migrate

back into their original position, at the same time assuming

their old form. Simultaneously with this the plasma returns

out of the canal of union into the proper cell-body, and the

former in consequence becomes narrower and narrower

(fig. 8), until it finally ruptures in the middle and its remains

are completely retracted by the respective individuals. Even

at the time represented in fig. 8 (see the animal to the left),

or only when the paired individuals have separated from each

other, the nuclei begin to divide and to become constricted,

and they finally break up into a number of larger and smaller

pieces, which are scattered through the whole of the cell-

body. Unfortunately I have not succeeded in ascertaining

unmistakably the regeneration of the new nucleus. As the

Asellicole cannot be kept long alive in the damp chamber I

was compelled to deduce the course of the conjugation from

the combination of as many individual stages as possible,

which, from the simplicity of the whole process, can hardly

affect injuriously the accuracy of our judgment. ‘The final

stage, unfortunately, has only once come under my observa-

tion, and according to this the new nucleus in each paired

Mr. L. Péringuey on new Coleoptera. 219

individual appears to proceed from the union of the fragments

of the old one. In Dendrocometes, very probably, the new

nucleus originates in a somewhat different manner; the

fragments of the old one dissolve (wholly or partially) in the

plasma, and separate again as a unitary body, very much as

crystals, under certain conditions, grow out of their mother-

liquor.

An observation which I have frequently made upon Asellz-

cola is of theoretical importance, namely that sometimes three

individuals conjugate with each other by means of two canals

of union. It still remains to be ascertained, however, how in

this case the nucleus of the middle animalcule behaves towards

the other two nuclei.

In our Acineta conjugation is by no means a rare pheno-

menon, as it is in almost all other Infusoria. In it, also, we

may speak of a sort of epidemic,” inasmuch as we are

pretty sure to find pairs upon all the branchial lamine of a

Crustacean if we observe them upon one. In general it is

middle-sized individuals that conjugate, while bud-formation

is the duty of the full-grown ones.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X., B.

Fig. 4. Asellicola digitata, St., adult, x 540.

Fig. 5, The same, commencing bud-formation, x 285,

Fig. 6, The same, a free bud from beneath.

Fig. 7, The same, individual seeking conjugation, x 540.

Fig. 8. The same, the end of conjugation, x 540.

Figs. 9, 10, The same, stages of conjugation, x 540.

In all the figures the letters have the following signification :—N., nu-

cleus; n., nucleolus; c¢.v., contractile vacuole; ¢., tentacles; ¢z., tinctin-

globules.

XXVI.—Descriptions of some new Species of Coleoptera in

the British Museum. By L. PERINGUEY.

GEODEPHAGA.

Mantichora congoensis.

Nigra, subnitida, capite magno prothoraceque antice atque lateraliter

punctatis; elytris elongatis, subrectis, a medio ad apicem valde

deflexis et tuberculis acutis crebre tectis.

Long. 40, lat. 18 mm.

Size of M. tuberculata ; head and prothorax similar ; elytra

Lo"

220 Mr. L. Péringuey on new Coleoptera.

somewhat linear and narrow, with the humeral serration but

little developed, and with the dorsal part strongly declivous

from near the base to the apex, covered with small but acute

slightly setigerous tubercles, not set so closely as in M. tuber-

culata or in M. latipennis, and without any erect bristles

posteriorly ; each elytron with a small raised line nearly in

the centre.

A truly distinct species, easily recognized by the sublinear

form of the elytra, as well as by the great declivity of the

posterior part of the disk. The legs and underside as in MM.

tuberculata.

One male from Congo in the British Museum. [ at first

doubted the habitat of this insect. I have, however, seen .

another example, also a male, in Mr. H. W. Bates’s collection

from the same locality.

Ophryodera Bohemant.

Obscure cuprea, capite prothoraceque albo-pubescentibus ; elytris

inequaliter punctulatis, fascia flavescente lata sinuataque a basi

intra apicem ducta lunula mediana alteraque triangula subapicali

includente, illa cum suturam conjuncta in singulo ornatis.

Long. 2], lat. 7 mm.

A very distinct species. Head and prothorax asin O. rufo-

marginata; elytra with a very broad golden-yellow sinuated

band, disconnected from the margin and the suture, narrowed

on the median part, where it encloses a small rounded spot

(background), enlarged from past the middle, narrowed

towards the apex, and forming within the subapical sutural

part a dent which leaves an irregular triangular patch of the

background visible.

Legs and underside as in C. rufomarginata.

This splendid insect (a female) comes from Angola.

Ophryodera rufo-marginata, Bohem., var. Bradshawt.

Obscure cuprea, capite prothoraceque albo-pubescentibus ; elytris

sutura, linea subhumerali introrsum ducta, puncto in medio

fasciaque marginali intra apicem albis.

Long. 20, lat. 7 mm.

The markings of this insect vary very much according to

localities. The present variety is, however, well separated

from Boheman’s type; itis larger and of deeper bronze colour ;

the elytra have lost the large triangular antemedian lunule,

and there is only left a slightly curved line starting from the

Mr. L. Péringuey on new Coleoptera. 221

outer margin and reaching the centre of the elytron; the

mark of interrogation (wéde Boheman’s description) is reduced

to a mere dot, evidently the apex of the said marking; the

sutural band and the apical marginal one connected with the

sutural line remain the same. These markings are of a

chalky white instead of the rich golden-yellow of the type.

From the Zambezi.

Ophryodera rufo-marginata, Bohem., var. Oberthuert.

A very large female specimen which I have seen in Mons.

René Oberthiir’s magnificent collection is closely allied to the

preceding variety.

It is larger, the sutural band is the same, the antemedian

band is similar to that of var. Bradshawi, but the postmedian

macula is altogether missing, and the apical marginal band is

very narrow and ascends higher along the outer margin; the

colour of the markings is also the same.

I believe I have seen an example of this variety in Mr. H.

W. Bates’s collection; both these specimens were collected

by my friend the late Dr. Bradshaw near the Zambezi River.

Lastly, I have received from Northern Damaraland another

variety of this polychrome Cicindelid, which I intend to

describe shortly, and which unites all these varieties with the

typical insect described by Boheman.

Graphipterus angolensis.

Niger, subnitidus; antennis elytrisque rufescenti-brunneis, fronte

prothoraceque utrinque albido-pubescentibus, hoc brevi, subcor-

dato; elytris subrotundatis, denudatis, striatis margine laterali

albo-pubescente.

Long. 10, lat, 6 mm.

Head covered with a white pubescence; prothorax cordi-

form, grooved in the centre, with the sides densely pilose;

elytra shaped like those of G. ferruginosus, Chaud., some-

what more rounded in the female, denuded, with six raised

costee ; costee and interstices strongly punctured, and with

the outer margin clothed with thick whitish hairs; legs

reddish brown.

Two examples from Angola.

Graphipterus velox.

Niger, ovatus, pube supra cinereo-brunnea, subtus albida tectus ;

222 Mr. L. Péringuey on new Coleoptera.

prothorace medio denudato; elytris vitta sublata prope suturam

posita in singulo ornatis.

Long. 14, lat. 6 mm.

Shape and size of G. adamantinus, Péring.; prothorax

much narrower and cordiform, as in G. limbatus, denuded in

the middle; the elytra are also narrower near the base,

covered with an ashy brown villosity, and have each a

moderately broad black band a little distant from the suture,

reaching nearly to the apex but not the base; sides of the abdo-

men and underside of thorax covered with short white hairs ;

legs brown.

One example from Angola.

RHYNCHOPHORA.

Brachycerus maculicollis.

Ovatus, niger, griseo-squamosus; rostro apice dilatato, basi sub-

tuberculato, a capite disjuncto; prothorace granulato, utrinque

acute spinoso, medio antice canaliculato, maculis quatuor ochraceis

notato; elytris crebre granulatis, tuberculis majoribus duplici

serie in singulo instructis.

Long. 20-26, lat. 10-16 mm.

Black, covered with a greyish pubescence. Rostrum

moderately long, depressed, scrobiculated, and with two small

tubercles on each side of the apex, separated from the head by

a transverse groove; prothorax covered with depressed setige-

rous warts, produced in an acute spine on each side, having a

deep impression with raised smooth walls on the anterior

part and four thick, ochraceous, squamose patches, one on

each side of the fore part of the disk and two on the posterior

part; the basal part is also squamose; elytra ovate, convex,

covered with closely set, comparatively large granules, and

each with two rows of larger, rounded, slightly setigerous

tubercles, somewhat acute posteriorly ; the wing-cases have

here and there a few irregular white scales. Underside black,

squamose, with two round ochraceous spots on the sides

of the abdomen, also on the segments ; apex of femora annu-

lated with white; tibiee tomentose, brown.

One example from Natal. I have received this insect also

from Delagoa Bay and Upper Damaraland. It is allied to

B. lubrusca and B. natalensis.

Brachycerus brachyceropsides.

Elongatus, niger, terreno-squamosus; rostro elongato, prothorace

valde ampliato, supra subdeplanato ; elytris rugosis, angustis, ad

Mr. A. 8. Woodward on Coelorhynchus, Agassiz. 223

medium attenuatis, supra convexis, tuberculis seriatis duplici

serie in singulo positis.

Long. 26, lat. 103 mm.

Black, covered with a brown squamosity. Rostrum elon-

gated, shaped like that of B. setipennis; scape of antenne

elongated, the other joints closely set, the apical one cylin-

drical; prothorax very rugose, much ampliated, shaped like

that of B. cornutus, with the sides subangular, much sinuated

anteriorly, as broad as the elytra, which are very elongated,

narrowed in the middle, slightly ampliated posteriorly, con-

vex, very rugose, and each provided with two rows of

tubercles, the discoidal more conspicuous than the second row.

Legs as in B. settpennis.

One example from Natal.

Cape Town,

July 25, 1888.

XXVII.—On the Fossil Fish-spines named Ceelorhynchus,

Agassiz. By A. Suita Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of

the British Museum (Natural History).

Amonc the most interesting of undetermined Ichthyodorulites

are some straight, long, slender, round, ribbed spines, met

with in the Upper Cretaceous and Tertiaries, and originally

described by Agassiz as the rostral bones of sword-fishes

under the name of Celorhynchus*. Their dermal nature

was first pointed out by Williamson 7, who published a de-

tailed microscopical description ; and fragments of the fossil

have since been recognized from various parts of the world.

Colorhynchus cretaceus occurs in the Chalk of England f,

and fragments of a similar spine in the “ Mucronatenkreide”’

of Liineburg §. Agassiz (Joc. c7t.) named C. rectus and C.

sinuatus, without description, from the Bracklesham Beds and

the London Clay of Sheppey respectively ||. Le Hon, P.

* L, Agassiz, Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. i. (1843), p. 92.

+ W.C. Williamson, “ Investigations into the Structure and Develop-

ment of the Scales and Bones of Fishes,’ Phil. Trans. 1849, p. 471,

pl. xliii. figs. 85-37 ; ibid. 1851, p. 668.

{ F. Dixon, Geol. and Foss. Sussex, 1850, p. xii, pl. xxxii. fig. 10.

§ W. Dames’s paper quoted below, p. 148.

|| C. rectus is erroneously ascribed to the London Clay in the original

notice. See figures by F. Dixon, op. cit. pl. x. figs. 14-17, pl. xi. fig. 26.

q H. Le Hon, ‘ Préliminaires d’un Mémoire sur les Poissons tertiaires

de Belgique, 1871. Figures given in Burtin’s ‘ Oryctographie de Brux-

elles,’ 1784, pl. vi. figs. a-H.

224 Mr. A. S. Woodward on Coelorhynchus, Agassiz.

J. van Beneden*, and Winklert have made known C.

rectus and OC. Burtint, from the Bruxellian Eocene of Bel-

gium; and Schafhiutl}{ has described C. sulcatus, from

the Eocene of Kressenberg, Bavaria, while erroneously identi-

fying another specimen from the same formation with C.

eretaceus. Similar fossils are known from the Eocene of

Alabama, U.S.A. Dames§ briefly notices other fragments

from corresponding beds in the island of Birket-el-Qurin,

Egypt; and the impression of one small example in the

British Museum was obtained from India, probably from the

Nummulitic series of Sind

Having so wide a distribution, and being everywhere asso-

ciated with numerous other fish-remains, it 1s somewhat

remarkable that as yet no clue has been discovered as to the

affinities of the genus to which these spines originally per-

tained. They have been fully described in some of the works

quoted above, and several times figured ; but no naturalist

has hitherto succeeded in offering a plausible explanation of

them, and the large series of examples in the British Museum

only adds one new fact to our knowledge of the subject,

namely the occasional occurrence of specimens representing

fishes of very large size. On referring to the published

descriptions it will be observed that the known Cretaceous

forms of Celorhynchus are relatively small, perhaps not

attaining a greater length than 0°14 m. and a maximum

diameter of 0°004. Those of the Bracklesham Beds are

much larger, one measuring at least 0°26 in length and

having a diameter of about 0:013 at the base; while the speci-

men now to be described attains to proportions comparatively

gigantic. This was obtained from Egypt, having been

extracted from the rock of the Great Sphinx and presented

to the British Museum in 1838 by Colonel Howard Vyse.

The specimen is in three fragments (nos. 893-895) and

measures in the widest portion preserved no less than 0°022

across. It tapers very gradually as usual, and, if of the same

proportions as the Bracklesham fossils, must have originally

* P. J. van Beneden, “ Recherches sur quelques Poissons fossiles de

Belgique,” Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. [2] vol. xxxi. (1871), p. 161.

+ T. C. Winkler, “Mémoire sur les Dents de Poissons du terrain

bruxellien,” Archiv. Mus. Teyler, vol. ili. (1874), p. 803.

} K. E. Schafhautl, ‘Siid-Bayerns Lethza Geognostica,’ 1863, p. 249,

pl. Ixiv. fig. 5.

§ W. Dames, “ Ueber eine tertiire Wirbelthierfauna von der west-

lichen Insel des Birket-el-Qurin in Fajum (Aegypten),” SB. k, preuss.

Akad. Wiss. 1883, vol.i. p. 148.

|| R. Lydekker, “The Fossil Vertebrata of India,” Rec. Geol. Surv.

India, vol, xx. (1887), p. 70.

Mr. A. S. Woodward on Ceelorhynchus, Agassiz. 225

attained a length of at least 0-44 m. The superficial longitu-

dinal ribs are broad, close, and somewhat flattened, very even,

and several times bifurcated. Distally the section is almost

circular and the internal cavity very small; more proximally

the cavity enlarges considerably and the section becomes oval.

The fossil is evidently distinct from all others yet named, and,

presenting well-marked characters, may be provisionally

quoted as C. gigas.

While, however, the described specimens and those in the

British Museum afford no clue to the affinities of the fish

bearing the spines under discussion, one small Chalk fossil

in the collection of Henry Willett, Esq., F.G.S., in the

Brighton Museum, furnishes some slight information upon

the subject *, This is the imperfect anterior portion of a small

fish-skeleton (no. 99), exhibiting, apparently on the dorsal as-

pect, a perfect example of “ Calorhynchus cretaceus ” 0°043 m.

in length. The portions of endoskeleton preserved show

well that they originally consisted of cartilage, calcified

merely at the surface, as in Selachians and Chimeroids; and

the particles of the thin film of hard material are not suffi-

ciently large to be distinguished by a lens. In front of the

fossil are two large fragments, probably to be interpreted as

parts of the head; and close behind is a broad vertical bar,

completely separated at a short distance, and very suggestive

in every respect of half of the pectoral arch of a shark or

Chimeroid. Immediately above the supposed pectoral arch

is the base of the slender spine, having no unornamented

inserted portion and directly in contact with a fragment of

cartilage. There are no traces of a vertebral column.

It therefore seems evident that Calorhynchus is the spine

of acartilaginous fish, that probably occupied a forward position

upon the back; and, if the interpretation of Mr. Willett’s

fossil be correct, the genus must pertain either to the sharks

or the Chimeroids. The microscopical structure of the fossil

accords with this supposition, although somewhat anomalous ;

and as the dorsal spines in no true shark, so far as I am

aware, are destitute of a smooth inserted base, I would ven-

ture to refer the fish provisionally to the Chimeroids. The

extinct members of the latter order do not all possess dorsal

spines of the normal type observed in the living Chimera, as

shown by Dr. von Zittel’s Chimeropsis t ; and the possibility

* For the opportunity of studying this specimen the writer is indebted

to the kindness of Mr. Willett and of Mr. Edward Crane, Chairman of

the Brighton Museum Committee.

+ K. A. von Zittel, ‘Handbuch der Paleontologie, vol. iii. (1887),

p. 118.

226 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Bat.

of the problematical spines under discussion pertaining to the

same group is thus rendered more worthy of consideration.

In any case the name Celorhynchus is obviously inappro-

priate, as well remarked by Williamson; but it has yet to be

determined whether the dentition of the same fish has not

already become known under some other suitable generic

title.

XXVIII.—Description of a new Bat of the Genus Nyctophilus.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Amona the mammals obtained by Mr. H. O. Forbes at

Sogere, South-east New Guinea, and acquired by the Natural-

History Museum, there occur two specimens of a bat belonging

to the widely-spread genus Nyctophilus, but apparently not

referable to N. témorensis, the only previously recognized

species of the genus. I propose to call it

Nyctophilus microtis, sp. n.

General characters as in N. témorensis, but the ears very

much smaller, when laid forward not reaching beyond the

tip of the muzzle; their connecting band across the forehead

nearly or quite obsolete in the centre. Upper third of outer

margin of ears straight instead of convex, the tip of the ear

being therefore narrower and more pointed than in JN. timor-

ensis. Otherwise the shape of the ears, of the tragus, and of

the nose-leaf are all much as in that species, as also are the

colour and distribution of the fur, the imsertion of the wing-

membranes, the development of the postcalcaneal lobe, and

the characters of the interfemoral membrane.

Measurements of the type, an adult male in alcohol :—

Head and body 49 millim. ; tail 42; ear, length above crown

12, breadth 11; tragus, length of internal edge 5:2; fore-

arm 37°8 ; lower leg 17°3; hind foot 7:7; caleaneum 14.

The second specimen has a forearm 39 millim. in length.

The species is therefore rather smaller than N. témorensis,

which has a forearm varying in length from about 41 to 48

millim. Owing to its small and unconnected ears N. microtis

is quite without that look of resemblance to the Huropean

long-eared bat so characteristic of N. témorensis—a_ species

which, as Dr. Dobson has remarked, “ evidently takes the

place of Plecotus auritus in the Australian region.”

On Mollusca from the Island of Dominica. 227

XXIX.—On the Mollusca collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage at

the Island of Dominica. By Epaar A. Smita *.

Witu the exception of a small Vaginula none of the fifteen

species of terrestrial Mollusca in the collection made by Mr.

Ramage are new to the fauna.

Mr. R. J. Lechmere Guppy + was the first to attempt a

complete list of the terrestrial forms occurring in Dominica, and

this list with some modifications was reproduced by Kobelt +

in his series of papers on the distribution of land-mollusks.

Twenty species are there enumerated, of which nine are said

to be peculiar to the island, the remaining eleven being met

with on one or other of the neighbouring islands.

In 1881 Mr. A. D. Brown § criticized some of Mr. Guppy’s

observations respecting the distribution of certain forms, and

gave a list of twenty species collected by himself. Hight of

these are not quoted by Mr. Guppy.

An abstract of Mr. Brown’s paper is given in the ‘ Journal

of Conchology,’ vol. iii. p. 182.

Mr. G. F. Angas || has since published an account of the

species he collected during a short visit in the early part of

the year 1883. Of the twenty species he obtained three are

new to both Brown’s and Guppy’s catalogues. Altogether,

including the new species of Vaginula, the total number of

species from Dominica now amounts to thirty-three. Ten of

these, so far as at present known, are peculiar to the island,

and the remainder are variously distributed; about five of

them occur as far north as Porto Rico, three or four at St.

Vincents and St. Kitts, two or three at St. Thomas, and two

species at Barbados. More species, however, are common to

Guadeloupe and Martinique than to any other of the islands,

and this, from their greater proximity to Dominica, would

naturally be expected. A few species, however, range beyond

the West Indies, one or two occurring in Mexico, one at

Panama, one in Peru, and another in Bolivia.

* Thiscollection forms part of the first consignment of specimens

recently received from Mr. Ramage, who, under the auspices of a joint

committee of the Royal Society and the British Association, is making

collections of the fauna and flora of the Lesser Antilles. The species

collected by Mr. Ramage are marked with an asterisk in the list

appended.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i. pp. 429-435.

¢ Jahrb. Deutsch. Mal. Gesellsch. 1880, p. 283.

§ ‘American Naturalist,’ 1881, vol. xv. pp. 56, 57.

|| Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, pp. 594-597.

228 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca

As no references are given by Guppy, Brown, Angas, or

Kobelt, I have appended a complete list of all the known

species, supplying that desideratum, and at the same time

indicating the known geographical distribution of each species.

1. *Vaginula occidentalis (Guilding).

Onchidium occidentale, Guilding, Trans, Linn. Soc. 1823, vol. xiv.

p. 323, pl. ix. figs, 9-12.

Hab. St. Vincents, Guadeloupe ; Dominica (Angas and

Ramage).

2. *Vaginula, sp.

Six specimens, averaging about three quarters of an inch

in length, were obtained by Mr. Ramage, which seem distinct

from the preceding species. They are in rather poor, soft

condition, and scarcely fit for describing. ‘They are darker

above and below than V. occidentalis, shorter, apparently less

tapering at the extremities, and have the foot as well as the

lower surface on each side dotted. The general tint is coffee-

brown, varied on the dorsal surface, which does not exhibit

a pale median line, with irregular blackish dots and spots.

The lower surface, especially the creeping-disk, is paler and

is also dark-dotted. The dotting on the foot is down the

centre, leaving pale lateral margins. The female orifice is

equidistant from the extremities and quite close to the foot.

3. Oleacina perlucens (Guppy).

Glandina perlucens, Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i.

obicas perlucens, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vol. viii. p, 324.

Hab. Dominica (Guppy).

4. *Stenogyra octona (Chemnitz).

Hab. Many of the West-India islands, Panama, Caraccas ;

Dominica (Guppy, Brown, Angas, Ramage).

For the synonymy and references of this species see

Pfeiffer’s Monogr. Heliceorum.

5. Leptinaria lamellata (Pot. et Mich.).

Achatina lamellata, Pot. et Michaud, Gal. Moll. vol. i. p. 128, pl. xi.

figs. 7,8; Pfeifler, Mon. Hel. vol. ii. p, 272, vol. iii. p. 523 (Torna-

tellina).

from the Island of Dominica. 229

Pupa lamellata, Kiister, Conch.-Cab. p. 147, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 2,

Achatina lamellata, Desbayes, in Férussac’s Hist. Moll. vol. ii. p. 170,

pl. exxxiv. figs. 12-14.

Cionella (Leptinaria) lamellata, Pfr. Nomen. Helic. p. 835.

Hab. Bolivia, Peru; Dominica (Angas and Brown).

With this species Mr. Angas has united Lep. antillarum.

With this determination J agree, and am also of opinion that

L. Funcki, Pfr., L. perforata, Pfr., L. lamellosa, Rve., and

LL. concentrica, Rve., also are mere slight varieties of the same

form.

6. *Helix (Macrocyclis) concolor, Férussac.

Helix concolor, Férussac, Hist. Moll. vol. i. p. 98, pl. Ixxxii. fig. 2;

Delessert, Recueil. pl. xxvi. fig. 1; Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab, no. 525,

1, Ixxxy. figs. 4-6; Chemn, Ill, Conch. pl. viii. fig. 15, pl. xii. fig. 1 ;

Beava, Conch, Icon. pl. lxi. figs. 304 a, b.

? Helix Baudoni, Petit, Journ. Conch. 1853, p. 364, pl. xi. figs. 4, 5.

Hyalina Baudoni, Guppy, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1868, vol. i. p. 430.

Zonites concolor, Angas, P. Z. 8, 1883, p. 594,

Hab. Porto Rico (concolor), Guadeloupe (Baudonz) ; Domin-

ica (Angas, Brown, Guppy, and Ramage).

{think it somewhat doubtful if Angas is right in uniting

the above two forms. ‘The difference of colour, the smoother

surface, and flatter whorls of H. Baudont may be sufficient

to distinguish it.

7. *Helix (Dentellaria) Josephine, Férussac.

Helix (Helicodonta) Josephine, Fér, Prodr, 125; Hist. Moll. vol. i,

p. 151, pl. lvi. figs. 5-10,

Helix Josephine, Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. pl. Ixii, figs, 11, 12; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. pl. lvi. fig. 272.

Hab. Guadeloupe and Martinique; Dominica (Guppy,

Brown, Angas, and Ramage).

8. *Helix (Dentellaria) badia, Férussac.

Helix (Helicodonta) badia, Fér. Prodr, 124; Hist. Moll. vol. i. p. 150,

pl. lvi. figs. 1-4.

Helix badia, Pfeitier, Conch.-Cab. no. 366, pl. Ixiii. figs. 7-10; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. pl. lvi. fig. 274.

Hab. Martinique, Guadeloupe, Cayenne ; Dominica

(Guppy, Brown, Angas, and Ramage).

9. Helix (Dentellaria) dentiens, Férussac.

Helix (Helicodonta) dentiens, Férussac, Hist. Moll. vol. i. p. 147,

pl. xlvii. fig. 2, pl. xlviii. fig. 2, pl. xlix a. fig. 2.

Helix dentiens, Wood, Index Test, Suppl. pl. vii. fig, 48; Pfeiffer,

230 Mr. BE. A. Smith on Mollusca

Conch.-Cab, ed. 2, pl. xv. figs. 11-13; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. lii.

fig. 250.

Hehx isabella, Férussac, Reeve, 1. ec. pl. lii. fig. 249.

Helix dentiens, Angas, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1883, p. 596.

Hab. Martinique, Guadeloupe, Cayenne;

Dominica

(Guppy, Brown, and Angas).

10. * Helix (Dentellaria) nigrescens, Wood.

Helix nigrescens, Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. pl. vii. fig. 32; Pfeiffer,

Conch.-Cab, ed. 2, no, 60, pl. x. figs. 15,16; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

pl. lvii. fig. 280.

Hab. Guadeloupe ; Dominica (Angas, Brown, Guppy, and

ftamage).

11. *Bulimus (Letostracus) laticinctus (Guppy).

Bulimulus laticinctus, Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i.

p. 431,

Hab. Dominica (Guppy and Ramage).

‘Two varieties of this species are mentioned by Mr. Guppy,

one with and the other without bands. The single specimen

obtained by Mr. Ramage belongs to the banded form.

12. Bulimus (Levostracus) virginalis, Pfeiffer.

Bulimus virginalis, Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic. vol. iv. p. 405; Novitat.

Conch, vol. iii. p, 422, pl. xevi. figs. 1, 2.

Hab, Mexico; Dominica (Brown).

13. Bulimus (Letostracus) liliaceus, Férussac.

Helix (Cochlogena) liliaceus, Férussac, Prodr. 401; Hist. Moll. vol. ii.

pt. 2, p. 83, pl. cxliis. figs, 11-14.

Bulimus liliaceus (Guilding), Reeve, Conch, Icon. pl. xlv. fig. 287.

Hab. Porto Rico, St. Kitts, and Mexico; Dominica

(Angas).

14. Bulimus (Leiostracus) multvfasciatus, Lamarck.

Bulimus multifaseiatus, Lamarck, Delessert, Recueil. pl. xxviii. fig. 3 ;

Reeve, Conch. Icon, pl. xlvi. fig. 295 ; Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. no. 337,

pl. Ixiii. figs. 11, 12.

Bulimus pictwratus, Férussac, Potiez et Michaud, Galér. Moll. p. 147.

[lab. Guadeloupe, Martinique,

Cayenne, La Guayra;

Dominica (Angas and Brown).

From the Island of Dominica. 231

15. *Bulimus (Thawmastus) Nichollst, Brown.

Bulimus Nichollsi (Brown), Amer. Nat. 1881, vol. xv. p. 57; Angas,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 596, p. 595. figs. 2, 3.

Hab. Dominica (Brown, Angas, and Ramage).

16. Bulimus (Thaumastus) exilis (Gmelin).

Helix exilis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p, 38668,

For the synonymy of this common West-Indian shell see

Pfeiffer’s Monogr. Hel. vol. ii. p. 224, ili, p. 433, iv. p. £98,

vi. p. 146.

Hab. Guadeloupe, St. Thomas, Porto Rico, Cayenne, Bar-

buda, Barbados; Dominica (Guppy and Angas).

17, Bulimus (Peronceeus) stenogyroides, Guppy.

Bulimulus stenogyroides, Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i.

p: 43],

Hab. Dominica (Guppy).

18. *Amphibulima patula (Bruguiére).

Bulimus patulus, Brug. Encycl. Méth. vol. i. p, 305.

Amphibulima cucullata, Lamk, Ann, du Mus, vol. vi. pl. lv. fig. 1.

Succinea patula, Deshayes, Hist. Moll. vol. ii. pt. 2, p, 140, pl. xi.

figs. 14-16, pl. xi. figs. 12, 18.

Succinea cucullata, Blainville, Man. Mal. p. 455, pl. xxxvii. fig. 2,

Suceinea patula, Pfr. Mon. Hel. iii. p. 21; Reeve’s Conch. Icon. pl. iii.

fig. 21; Fischer (anatomy), Journ. de Conch. 1874, vol, xxii. p. 141,

pl. v. figs. 8-12.

Amphibulima patula, Angas, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 595, fig. 1.

Hab. Guadeloupe, St. Kitts, Marie Galante; Dominica

(Guppy, Angas, and Ramage).

19. Amphibulima rubescens (Deshayes).

Succinea rubescens, Deshayes, Mag. de Zool. 1€30, pl. iv.; Guérin’s

Icon. Rég, Anim. pl. vi. figs. 8, 8@; Hist. Moll. vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 189,

pl. ix B. fig. 3; Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. p. 36, pl. iii. figs. 34, 35,

Amphibulima (Rhodonyx) rubescens, Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1874,

vol. xxi. p. 145, pl. v. fig. 18 (anatomy).

Hab. Guadeloupe; Dominica (Brown).

20. *Amphibulima tigrina, Lesueur.

Succinea tigrina, Lesueur, Férussac’s Hist. Moll. vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 140,

pl. xia. fig. 4; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 595.

232 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca

Amphibulima pardalina, Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. 1868, vol. i.

p. 482,

Hab. St. Vincent; Dominica (Guppy, Angas, Ramage).

21. Succinea approximans, Shuttleworth.

Succinea approximans, Shuttl. Bern. Mittheil. 1854, p. 147; Pfeiffer,

Mon. Hel. vol. iv. p. 817.

Hab. Guadeloupe ?, Porto Rico, St. Thomas, St. Lucia ;

Dominica (Guppy and Angas).

22. Homalonyx guadeloupensis (Lesson).

Testacellus guadelupensis, Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 250.

Testacella Matheront, Potiez et Michaud, Gal. Moll, vol. i. p. 63, pl. xi.

figs. 1, 2.

Homalon yx guadeloupensis, Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1874, p. 138.

Suceinea (Omalonya’) guadeloupensis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1883,

p. 596

Hab, Guadeloupe; Dominica (Angas).

23. *Cyclophorus amethystinus (Guppy).

sad amethystinus, Guppy, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i.

Cyclophorus amethystinus, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum, vol. iv. p. 112; An-

gas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 597.

Hab. Dominica (Guppy, Angas, Ramage).

24. Cyclophorus Schrammt, Shuttleworth.

Cyclostoma (Cyclophorus) Schrammt, Shuttleworth, Journ. de Conch.

1856, vol. v. p. 269.

Cyclophorus Schrammt, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. vol. ii. p. 64.

Hab. Guadeloupe ; Dominica (Brown).

25. Helicina fasciata, Lamarck.

Helicina fasciata, Lamk, Anim. s, Vert. vol. vi. p. 103; Pfr. Conch.-

Cab. ed. 2, p. 48, pl. iii, figs, 26-35,

Helicina picta, Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch, vol, i. pl. ii. fig. 56, pl. iii.

figs. 140, 141.

Helicina fasciata, id. op. cit. vol. iii. pl. cclxxiv. figs. 312, 313; id.

Couch. Icon, pl. ix. fig. 73.

Hab. Porto Rico, St. Vincent, Barbados, Martinique, St.

Kitts; Dominica (Angas).

From the Island of Dominica. 233

26. Helicina plicatula, Pfeiffer.

Helicina plicatula, Pfr. Mon. Pneumon. vol. iv. p. 340; id. Conch.-Cab.

p. 13, pl. viii. figs, 36-39.

Hab. Martinique ; Dominica (Guppy).

27. Helicina epistilia, Guppy.

Helicina epistilia, Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i. p. 438;

Pfr. Mon. Pneumon. vol. iv. p. 254.

Hab. Dominica (Guppy).

28. Helicina Guppyt, Pease.

Helicina humilis, Guppy, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i. p. 434.

Helicina Guppyi, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 467 ; Pfeiffer, Mon.

Pneumon. vol. iv. p. 257.

Hab. Dominica (Guppy).

29. *Helicina velutina, Guppy.

Helicina velutina, Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i. p. 434;

Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneumon. vol. iv. p. 257; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc.

1883, p. 597.

Hab. Dominica (Guppy, Angas, Ramage).

30. *Helicina rhodostoma, Gray.

Helicina rhodostoma, Gray, Zool. Journ. vol. i. p. 68, pl. vi. fig. 9;

Reeve, Conch. Syst. vol. ii. pl. clxxxvi. fig. 5; Sowerby, Thes, Conch.

vol. 1. pl. 11. fig. 71, vol. ii. pl. ccelxxvii. figs. 412, 413; Pfeiffer,

Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 60, pl. vii. figs. 4,5; Guppy, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i. p. 485 ; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 597.

Hab. Guadeloupe; Dominica (Guppy, Angas, Ramage).

31. Helicina conuloides, Guppy.

Helicina conuloides, Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i.

p. 4385; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneumon. vol. iv, p. 246.

Hab. Dominica (Guppy).

32. *Helicina platychila (Miihlfeldt).

Helix Bityellae, Miuhlfeldt, Verhandl. Berl. Ges. i. 4, p. 219, pl. iii.

fig. 11.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 16

234 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera.

Helicina platychila, Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. p. 24, pl. iv. figs. 22-24,

pl. vii. figs. 8, 9.

Helicina lutea, Sowerby, Thes. Conch, vol. i. p. 6, pl. ii. fig. 59, pl. ii.

fig. 142, vol. iii. p. 289, pl. cclxxiv. figs. 310, 311; id. Conch. Icon.

pl. xi. figs. 87 a, 6.

Hab. Guadeloupe, Martinique, Cuba? ; Dominica (Brown,

Ramage).

33. Helicina antillarum, Sowerby.

Helicina antillarum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. i. p. 7, pl. il. figs. 68-

70, vol. iii. p. 292, pl. celxxv. figs. 359-861; id. Conch. Icon. pl. xx.

figs. 176a,6; Reeve, Conch. Syst. vol. ii. pl. clxxxvi. fig. 15;

Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. p. 46, pl. ili. figs. 1-8 ; Crosse, Journ. de Conch.

1874, vol. xxii. p. 208, pl. iv. fig. 5.

Hab. Guadeloupe; Dominica (Brown).

XXX.—Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera, chiefly

from Central America. By Hersert Druce, F.L.8.,

F.R.G.S., F.Z.8.

THE new species of Central-American Heterocera will he

figured in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-A mericana.’

RHOPALOCERA.

PaPiio, Linn.

Papilio Langent, sp. ne

Primaries black, with three indistinct white spots forming

a broken band beyond the cell, crossing the wing from near

the costal margin towards the outer margin; secondaries

black, with a large central creamy white band, in shape

almost the same as in P. albinus, Wall. Underside of the

primaries black, with the indistinct white spots as above:

secondaries uniformly black, with a small orange streak well

above the anal angle. In some specimens the white spots on

the primaries are almost gone. Expanse 43 inches.

Hab. Ké Island (Mus. Druce, Godman and Salvin).

This species is allied to P. albinus, Wallace, from New

Guinea; but it is at once distinguished from that insect by

the entirely black underside of the secondaries. I have little

doubt that it is peculiar to Ké Island.

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 235

Papilio argynnus, sp. n.

Papilio agamemnon, local form 6, Wallace.

Primaries the same as in specimens of P. agamemnon from

New Guinea; secondaries entirely black, a very narrow

green streak extending from the costal margin to the middle

of the cell. The undersides of the primaries are identical

with those of P. agamemnon; the secondaries reddish brown.

Expanse 43 inches.

Hab. Ké Island (Mus. Druce).

Mr. Wallace obtained a single specimen of this species

from Ké Island, and considered it a variety of P. agamemnon.

I have five specimens before me that do not show any varia-

Hope a have little doubt it is a species peculiar to that

island.

HETEROCERA.

Fam. Sphingide.

Subfam. Maoroexrossrv 2.

PacuyGonia, Feld.

Pachygonia ericea, sp. n.

Primaries dark greyish brown, crossed by numerous waved

lines of a darker brown; a wide band of the same colour

crosses the wing from the costal margin to the anal angle,

beyond which are several greyish-white lunular-shaped

markings ; a submarginal black line, edged on the inner side

with yellowish brown, extends from the apex to the anal

angle: secondaries dark brown, with a large chrome-yellow

patch extending from the base to about the middle but not

touching the costal margin ; two narrow greyish-white lines

close to the anal angle. Underside dull brown, spotted with

whitish-brown markings near the apex of the primaries and

the anal angle of the secondaries. Head, thorax, abdomen,

and legs dark brown; tegule darker brown, edged with

pale brown; antenne reddish brown. Expanse 8 inches.

Hab, Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui (Trétsch).

This fine and very distinct species is in the collection of

Dr. Staudinger. It is not nearly allied to any species known

to me.

16*

236 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera.

Periconia, Walk.

Perigonia tacita, sp. nu.

Primaries bright reddish brown, with a large A -shaped

darker brown mark extending from the middle of the inner

margin nearly to the costal margin, edged on both sides with

greyish-brown lines ; two small black dots at the end of the

cell, and several indistinct undulating dark brown lines

crossing the wing from the costal margin to near the anal

angle; several silvery-brown lunular-shaped marks close to

the apex: secondaries dark brown, broadly banded with

chrome-yellow from the base to near the apex; several very

indistinct greyish lines cross the wing from the anal angle

towards the apex. Underside of all the wings yellowish

brown, and reddish brown along the outer margins. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown; antenne yellowish

brown. Expanse 24 inches.

Hab. Panama, Volean de Chiriqui (Zvétsch, Mus. Stau-

dinger).

This species is most nearly allied to Perigonia stulta,

Herr.-Sch., but very distinct from that insect.

ALEURON, Boisd.

Aleuron tachasara, sp. n.

Primaries brownish olive-green, crossed from the costal

to the inner margin by five indistinct waved dark brown

lines ; a silvery grey mark on the costal margin nearest the

apex, almost crossing to the middle of the outer margin and

then extending to the anal angle: secondaries blackish

brown, greenish at the base and along the costal margin to

the apex. Underside: primaries, the basal half brownish

black, the outer half olive-brown with an indistinct silvery

line crossing from near the apex to the inner margin: secon-

daries olive-brown, with a silvery gloss extending over the

wing from the base to the central whitish band, which crosses

from the costal margin near the apex to the inner margin.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs brownish olive-green,

the underside of the thorax and abdomen paler than above;

antenne brown. Expanse 4 inches.

Hab. Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui (Zrétsch, Mus. Stau-

dinger).

This fine species is very distinct from all I have seen, but

it is allied to A. chloroptera, Perty, from which it is at once

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 237

distinguished by the greener colour of the primaries and

the entirely different secondaries; it is also a much larger

insect.

Subfam. Oz@nrocampinz.

Cua@RocAMPA, Dup.

Cherocampa jocasta, sp. n.

Primaries pale silvery fawn-colour, thickly mottled with

olive-brown; a wide central olive-brown band crosses the

wing from the costal to the inner margin; on the outer side

of the band two indistinct waved lines, beyond which two

patches of olive-green, the first close to the apex, the second

the largest and about the middle on the costal margin:

secondaries blackish brown, with an indistinct fawn-coloured

band crossing the wing from the anal angle to near the apex.

Underside pale yellowish tawn-colour, thickly irrorated with

dark brown scales ; a narrow blackish line crosses the middle

of both wings. The head, thorax, and base of the abdo-

men olive-green; the underside of the thorax and the abdo-

men pale yellowish fawn-colour; the legs and tegule are of

the same colour; antennz greenish. Expanse 37 inches.

Hab. Guatemala (Mus. Staudinger).

One specimen, without any exact locality in Guatemala, is

in Dr. Staudinger’s collection ; it is totally unlike any other

species known to me.

Sabfam. Srarmemz.

AMPHONYX, Poey.

Amphonyx Staudingert, sp. n.

Primaries pale yellowish green, thickly irrorated with

brown scales; the markings are much the same as in

A. rivularis, but are all more distinct and of a rich

madder-brown colour: secondaries madder-brown, with a

small spot at the base chrome-yellow and an indistinct central

band of the same colour extending from the anal angle to the

costal margin nearest the apex ; on the outer margin near the

anal angle are three irregular-shaped yellowish-green spots,

irrorated with dark brown scales. On the underside this

species very closely resembles A. rivularis, from which

it chiefly differs in having a dark brown zigzag line, edged

with yellow scales on each side, crossing the primaries

238 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera.

from the costal to the inner margin. The head and thorax

greenish yellow ; the sides of the head and the tegule rich

madder-brown ; on each side of the base of the thorax is a tuft

of black hairs tipped with bluish white; the upper surface

of the abdomen yellowish brown, with six narrow yellow lines

extending from the base to the anus; the underside of the

abdomen pale yellow; antenne and legs dark brownish

black. EExpanse 64 inches.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt, Mus. Oxford) ; Panama,

Volean de Chiriqui (Z7dtsch, Mus. Staudinger).

I have much pleasure in naming this grand insect after

Dr. Staudinger, to whom I am much indebted for his kindness

in submitting all his Central-American Heterocera to me for

examination. ‘This species is most nearly allied to Amphonyx

rivularis of Butler, which was originally described from the

Amazons, but is also found in Central America. A. Stau-

dingert differs from all the described species of Amphonyx

by the entire absence of the yellow spots on the sides

of the abdomen.

Our description is taken from Dr. Staudinger’s specimen.

IsoanaTuus, Feld.

Isognathus yucatana, sp. n.

Primaries pale grey, thickly irrorated with dark brown

scales, and very indistinctly banded with a waved brown line,

which crosses the wing from the costal to the inner margin ;

a zigzag black line crosses from the costal margin beyond the

middle nearest the apex to the middle of the inner margin,

where it joins a black streak from the base, and a marginal

row of black spots extends from the apex to the anal angle:

secondaries reddish, broadly bordered with brownish black

from the apex almost to the anal angle, where it is greyish.

Underside of all the wings reddish brown, palest near the

base. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish grey; the

abdomen with two central narrow brown lines extending from

the base to the anus; the underside of the thorax and abdo-

men paler than above; antenne and legs greyish brown.

Expanse 34 inches.

Hab. Mexico, Yucatan (Mus. Staudinger).

This species-resembles Dilophonota ello in colour, but

is at once distinguished from it by its different form and

the entire absence of the black band on the abdomen.

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 239

Hyxoicus, Hiibn,

Hyloicus hatertus, sp. n.

Primaries pale grey, streaked with brown lines, which are

very indistinct along the inner margin, an indistinct row of

black dots along the outer margin from the apex to the anal

angle: secondaries uniform dark brown, the fringe greyish.

The head, thorax, and abdomen greyish brown; a central

‘black line extends from the base of the abdomen to the anus.

The underside of all the wings dark brown, palest at the base

of the secondaries. Antenne and legs greyish brown. Ex-

panse 2 inches.

Hab. Mexico, Yucatan (Mus. Staudinger).

This small species closely resembles Hyloicus juniperi,

Boisd., from South and East Africa.

Fam. Agaristide.

PsEUDOLYPIA, Edwards.

Pseudolypia Walkert, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries on the upper and underside

uniformly dull black: the primaries crossed just beyond the

cell on the costal margin by a narrow white band that ex-

tends to the anal angle, where it is slightly hooked: a nar-

row metallic line extends from the base along the costal

margin, but not beyond the white band, one at the end

of the cell, and several between it and the inner margin.

The head, thorax, and abdomen glossy black, as also the

legs and antenne; the tegule orange-red. Expanse 2

inches,

Hab. Mexico, Acapulco (J. J. Walker).

This species is allied to Pseudolypia (Agarista) radians,

Felder, a species also said to come from Mexico, but as yet

only known to us by Dr. Felder’s figure. P. Walkeri is

at once distinguished from it by the white band on the pri-

maries.

Fam. Zygenide.

Subfam. Evczrouriw-z.

Macrocneme, Hiibn.

Macrocneme hesione, sp. n.

Primaries black, shot with purple, the apical half of the

240 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera.

wing greyish, the veins black, a minute white dot close to

the base: secondaries deep black. Underside: primaries

purplish black, broadly white from the apex to the anal angle ;

the fringe black: secondaries black, shot with purple along

the costal margin. Head, antenna, thorax, legs, and abdo-

men black; anus and underside of the abdomen metallic

green. Expanse 1,3; inch.

Hab. Panama, Volean de Chiriqui (TZrétsch, Mus. Stau-

dinger).

A pretty little species, quite distinct from any I have seen.

MASTIGOCERA, Boisd.

Mastigocera splendens, sp. n.

Primaries glossy greenish black, with five bright orange-

coloured spots, four of them forming a straight row from the

base to the outer margin, the two close to the base quite small,

the others considerably larger; the fifth spot on the costal

margin is small: the secondaries black, with the base and a

round central spot bright orange. The underside of all the

wings the same as above, the orange spots very bright in

colour. The head, thorax, and abdomen glossy greenish

black, the sides of the abdomen banded with orange; the

antennee and collar brownish-orange ; the legs greenish black.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. New Providence, Bahama Islands (Mus. Druce).

A very beautiful little species, quite distinct from any I

have seen.

Subfam. Howourrw sz.

ARGYROCIDES, Butl.

Argyrocides minuta, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries hyaline, shaded from the base

to beyond the middle with pale yellow, all the veins deep

black. The head, antennew, thorax, and legs black ; abdo-

men black, broadly banded at the base with yellowish white.

Exxpanse # inch.

Hab. Honduras (Mus. Staudinger).

This small species is allied to Argyrocides menephron, Druce,

from which it is at once distinguished by its smaller size and

entirely different coloration.

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 241

Subfam. Awrrenrorim 2.

ANTICHLORIS, Hiibn.

Antichloris ruatana, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries smoky black, slightly palest

close to the apex of the primaries. Head, thorax, abdomen,

legs, and antenna all black. Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Honduras, Ruatan Island (Gaumer).

A distinct species, allied to A. anthracina, Walk.

Fam. Ophiderida.

PHYLLODES, Boisd.

Phyllodes imperialis, sp. n.

3. Primaries fawn-colour, banded with darker brown, as

in Phyllodes Verhuellit, Voll. : secondaries bluish black, paler

at the base. A wide pink-coloured fascia crosses the wing

for quite two thirds of its width, from the inner margin above

the anal angle to the costal margin nearest the apex. The

underside is more uniform in colour, and the pink fascia con-

siderably smaller. Head, thorax, and antenne brownish

fawn-colour; legs brown,abdomen blackish brown. @ . Larger

than the male and much darker in colour, but in other respects

identical, excepting the apex of the secondaries being irro-

rated with white scales. LEXxpanse ¢ 6 inches, ? 63% inches.

Hab. Aola, Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Islands (C. JZ.

Woodford, Mus. Druce).

This fine moth is very distinct from all the described

species of Phyllodes, from which it is at once distinguished by

the wide pink fascia of the secondaries.

Fam. Uraniide.

Alcides latona, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries of the same shape as in A. aurora,

Salvin (P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 150, t. xxii. figs. 5,6). g. Upper

side : primaries and secondaries deep glossy black, the metallic

green extending from the base to about the middle of the pri-

maries, the same asin A. aurora, but of a bluer shade, beyond

which a narrow green line crosses the wing from the costal

margin towards the anal angle, but does not nearly reach it :

242 Dr. D. Sharp on new Japanese Coleoptera.

secondaries, the basal half blue-black, the outer half nearly the

same as in A. aurora, but with a wide submarginal blue-black

band much broken on the outer edge extending from the apex

to the anal angle, the fringe snow-white. Underside bluish

grey: the primaries with the outer margin and two wide

bands crossing from the costal to the inner margin bluish

black : secondaries crossed below the middle by a wide

“bluish black band, the outer margin black from the base to

near the apex. Head, thorax, and upper part of the abdomen

bluish black, the sides greyish, the underside orange ; antenne

black, legs greyish brown. ¢. Primaries black, crossed

about the middle, from the costal to the inner margin

near the anal angle, by a wide greenish-blue band, beyond

which is a narrower band, corresponding with that in the

male : secondaries black, with a wide greenish-blue band

crossing the wing below the middle, from the apex to the

inner margin above the anal angle. Head, thorax, and the

upperside of the abdomen bluish black, the sides bluish grey ;

the underside and the anus orange, but not so bright in

colour as in the male; antenne black, legs greyish brown.

EXxpanse g 44 inches, ? 44 inches.

Hab. Aola in Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Islands (C.

M. Woodford, Mus. Druce).

The collection contained one male and three females of this

beautiful species: it is allied to A. aurora, Salvin.

XXXI.—Descriptions of some new Coleoptera from Japan.

By Dr. D. SHARP.

No members of the Coleopterous families Parnide and

Georysside had been described from Japan till the present

year, when H. von Schinfeldt described a species of Stenelmis

from Hiogo. Mr. Lewis has possessed for some years an

example of S. foveicollis, Schénf.; and I now describe two

other Japanese genera of the family, and also a species of

Georyssus, brought to England by him.

ELMOMORPHUS, n. gen. Parnidarum.

Antenne breves, basi auriculatze, articulis externis compressis : caput

receptum. Pedes elongati. Corpus subtus tomento aerifero yes-

titum, supra fere nudum.

This insect has more the appearance of an H/mis than of a

Dr. D. Sharp on new Japanese Coleoptera. 243

Parnus, but by the structure of its antenna it is allied rather to

the latter genus ; its nearest described ally is Hlmoparnus, from

which it differs in so many details that it is better to treat the

two as distinct genera. ‘he body is oval, with elongate legs

and very long tarsi. The antenn are very short; the first two

joints are of a different form from the rest, and serve to close

the cavity into which the antenne are deflexed in repose; the

other joints are short and broad, and form a small mass acu-

minate at the extremity. The head, the sides of the thorax,

and the whole of the elytra have a peculiar silky opacity, such

as is seen in many Klmides; the under surface is entirely

covered with the peculiar tomentum for bearing air, except

the middle of the metasternum and prosternum, and here

there is a large smooth space. The maxillary palpi are

rather long, the terminal joint slender, oval, three or four

times as long as the preceding; the prosternum is elongate,

and extends further forwards than the front of the pronotum ;

the front coxee are small, very widely separated; and the

middle legs are even more widely separated. There is no

trace of strize or impressions on the thorax.

Elmomorphus brevicornis, n. sp.

Niger, supra subsenescens, prothorace nitido, fortiter punctato, tarsis,

antennis oreque rufis; subtus tomento grisescente yestitus.

Long. 3? millim.

Thorax much narrowed in front, anterior angles greatly

produced, very acute, the base lobed in the middle, the lobe

emarginate in adaptation to the large scutellum, hind angles

acute, the surface coarsely punctate, quite shining in the

middle, dull at the sides. Scutellum smooth, shining. Elytra

dull, with an extremely minute setosity, with regular series of

coarse punctures that become quite obsolete at the extremity.

Tibiz finely pubescent internally towards the apex.

Kobé, South Japan: two specimens found by Mr. G. Lewis

in May 1871, and recorded in his Catalogue of Japanese

Coleoptera as “862. Helichus, spec.?’’ Helichus, Er., is,

however; as I have shown elsewhere, the same as Dryops,

auct.

LEPTELMIS, n. gen. Parnidarum.

Corpus gracile, haud parallelum. Antenne 11-articulate, tenues.

Palpi maxillares tenues. Pedes omnes distantes; coxis poste-

rioribus latius separatis.

This insect, though ailied to Stenelmis, cannot be placed in

244 Dr. D. Sharp on new Japanese Coleoptera.

that genus; it differs in several respects, more especially in

the great separation of the hind legs and the very dependent

front of the prosternum. The form is different from that of

Stenelmis, and the sculpture is not similar to that of any

other Elmid known; the eyes, too, are much smaller than in

Stenelmis, and the terminal joint of the maxillary palpus more

slender.

Leptelmis gracilis, n. sp.

Minus parallelus, niger, antennarum basi pedibusque piceis; pro-

thorace valde inequali, anterius profunde transversim depresso ;

elytris subovatis, dense seriatim foveolatis.

Long. 24 millim.

Antenne very slender, black externally, piceous towards

the base, the basal two joints nearly yellow. ‘Thorax

narrow in front, with a very broad and deep transverse

depression extending across it near the front; on the disk

with two oblique depressions convergent behind, the spaces

between them nodularly elevated. Hlytra much broader than

the thorax, broader behind, densely covered with deep foves

arranged in series. Legs slender, very long.

Tokio: one mutilated example. Discovered by Mr. Tanaka

of that city.

Stenelmis fovercollis.

Stenelmis foveicollis, Schonfeldt, Ent. Nachrichten, xiv. (1888) n. 18,

p- 198.

‘‘ St. elongatus, niger, antennis basi unguiculisque rufis, prothorace

ante medium foveolato utrinque obsolete impresso, elytris punc-

tato-striatis, interstitio secundo, quinto septimoque carinatis.

Long. 3°3 millim.”

Has been found in a swiftly running brook in the neigh-

bourhood of Hiogo.

Georyssus canalifer, ni. 8p.

Brevis, niger, elytris fortiter profundeque seriatim punctatis; pro-

thorace anterius sculpturato, medio usque ad basin canaliculato.

Long. 2 millim.

Thorax with some irregular elevations on the front part, the

lateral margins crenate ; along each side a series of fine ele-

vations extending to the base, and on the middle an elongate

channel, Elytra shining, with regular series of very coarse

punctures,

This is allied to G. pygmceus, but is larger and more coarsely

On African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio. 245

sculptured, and readily distinguished by the elongate channel

on the thorax. It has evidently, like its European ally, the

curious habit of covering itself with grains of sand or earth.

Sapporo, Japan. Taken abundantly in August 1880.

List of Species.

Stenelmis foveicollis, Schénfeldt.

Georyssus canalifer, n. sp.

Elmomorphus brevicornis, n. sp.

Leptelmis gracilis, n. sp.

XXXII.—On the African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio

(Linn.) contained in the Collection of the British Museum.

By R. I. Pocock, Assistant, Nat. Hist. Museum.

It is much to be regretted that there exists amongst arachno-

logists considerable difference of opinion with respect to the

generic nomenclature of those Scorpions (and their allies)

which form the subject-matter of the present paper; and it is

the desire to see the uniform adoption of certain names that

urges me to venture upon a few remarks on the question.

Amongst the species of Scorpio described by Linnzus, there

are two which at the present moment claim our special atten-

tion; these are Se. africanus and Sc. maurus. Of these two,

the latter was re-named palmatus by Ehrenberg, and placed,

in conjunction with another species named spenifer, in the

genus Heterometrus of that author.

Now Dr. Thorell, wishing to abolish Scorpio as a generic

name, substituted Pandinus in its place, and kept as the type

of Pandinus a W.-African Scorpion, which he believed to be

the africanus of Linneus. And further, believing maurus

(Linn.) to be generically distinct from Pandinus, he reserved

for its reception the genus Heterometrus, a name which, as

stated above, had been given to it as palmatus by Ehrenberg.

Spinifer, Ehrenberg’s second species of Heterometrus, Thorell

placed in a new genus Palamneus, distinct from both Hetero-

metrus and Pandinus.

Dr. Karsch, on the other hand, keeps the generic name

Scorpio, and regards maurus (Linn.) as the type of it; and,

agreeing with ‘Vhorell respecting the generic separation of

maurus, africanus, and spinifer, he reters africanus to the

genus Pandinus, and makes spinifer the type of Hetero-

metrus.

Yet a third view is held by M. E. Simon, who restores for

africanus the name Scorpio, and makes Pandinus synonymous

246 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

with it; maurus he refers to Heterometrus, and spinifer

(I presume) to Palamne us.

The three views may be tabulated as follows :—

Thorell. Karsch. Simon.

Heterometrus = Scorpio = Heterometrus.

Pandinus = Pandinus = Scorpio.

Palamnzeus = Heterometrus = Palamneus.

It will be seen from this that Karsch differs from Thorell

in two points, and that Simon differs from Thorell in one

point, whilst Simon differs from Karsch in all points; and

that which makes the matter more complicated still is the

fact that each author has plenty to say in support of his own

view.

I think, however, that the case can be in a great measure

simplified by the adoption of a fourth view, which is to a

certain extent a combination of the two held respectively by

Dr. Karsch and Mons. Simon.

In the first place, I cannot see that Thorell had adequate

grounds for changing Scorpio into Pandinus, and I do not

know that any author, with the exception, perhaps, of Count

Keyserling, has followed him in this respect. If, then, it be

agreed to restore the name Scorpio, it will be seen, I think,

that the main difficulty to be contended with arises from the

idea that maurus is generically distinct from africanus.

Now the reason for the separation of the two is found in a

difference in the shape of the humerus or second segment of

the chela, that segment in maurus presenting a form which

has not yet been met with in africanus and its allies. But

the fact that the shape of the humerus is not constant in all

the species allied to africanus shows that the character is one

of no great importance ; and further, since maurus is the only

species which possesses a peculiarly-shaped humerus, the

question may well be asked, What is gained by its separa-

tion? Obviously, nothing. On the contrary, much of the

confusion above pointed out has resulted from it; and if I

were to follow on this point the example of my predecessors,

consistency would compel me to form new generic names for

the species described below as ewitdalis and cavimanus. But

this I shall not do. I shall content myselt with regarding

them and maurus merely as well-marked species of Scorpio,

and if this view be followed by other authors the solution of

the problem becomes easy; for spinifer, the other species

of Heterometrus, can then stand as the type of that genus, and

Palamneus will be a synonym of Heterometrus, as Pandinus

is a synonym of Scorpio.

African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio. 247

The adoption of the genus Scorpio will necessitate the

alteration of the family name from Pandinoide or Hetero-

metroidee into Scorpionide, or, as Thorell would call it, Scor-

plonoidee.

It is unfortunate that there is so much uncertainty respect-

ing the identity of africanus (Linn.), the type of the genus

Scorpio. All the useful information concerning it is that it

is an African species, hairy, and possessing twelve or thir-

teen pectinal teeth ; but the conclusions hitherto arrived at on

the subject are as different as they are unsatisfactory. Simon

supposed it to be the Buthus cesar of C. Koch, Thorell the

Reseli of Simon, and Becker the asper of Thorell. To each

of these views, however, exception may be taken. Firstly,

cesar is an Kast-Indian species; secondly, Reseld has sixteen

pectinal teeth ; thirdly, asper is probably synonymous with

Swammerdami, which is also an Indian species. IJ am in-

clined to think that the species that I have named below

dictator may be the unknown africanus of Linneus. At all

events the description of Linneus, so far as it goes, applies

to this species, as I believe it applies to no other, and I

have consequently regarded dictator as questionably synony-

mous with africanus.

Scorpio cavimanus, sp. 0.

Cephalothoraxy.—Anterior margin with a median semicir-

cular excision; margin of the excision and of the frontal lobes

piliferous and dentate; the posterior deeper portion of the

median longitudinal sulcus bounded on each side by a low,

finely granular prominence; the frontal lobes, the slightly

depressed area immediately in front of the ocular tubercle, and

the lateral and postero-lateral regions of the cephalothorax

finely granular ; the rest smooth ; the central eyes nearer to the

semicircular excision than to the hind margin of the cephalo-

thorax ; median eye of lateral series nearer to the anterior

than to the posterior eye of the same series.

Tergites granular, more coarsely so anteriorly than poste-

riorly ; each marked with two abbreviated sulci in front, and

with an obsolete crest behind; posterior tergite bearing a

conspicuous median finely granular prominence ; the granules

upon this tergite more coarse, and showing laterally a ten-

dency to arrangement in definite series.

Sternites perfectly smooth, furnished with the usual sulci,

the last bearing posteriorly four very faint keels.

Tail.—Inferior keels of two proximal segments quite

smooth ; inferior keels of third segment and the spaces be-

248 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

tween these keels slightly granular posteriorly ; inferior keels

and inferior intercarinal spaces of the fourth and fifth seg-

ments granular ; superior keels and the superior interearinal

spaces granular, the latter more so before than behind ; the

lateral intercarinal space also granular; vesicle furnished

with series of granules beneath, smooth above ; aculeus some-

what sharply curved at the apex.

Chelan—Humerus with somewhat convex upper surface,

which is furnished in front and proximally with a few

larger and smaller granules, and bounded in front and

behind by a row of denticles; anterior margin smooth,

bounded above by an oblique series, and below by a straight

series of denticles ; inferior surface smooth; posterior surface

smooth, but for two or three granules near its upper margin ;

brachium almost smooth, slightly roughened above and behind,

finely granular in front above, and finely denticulate in front

below, furnished below and behind with two irregular series

of setiferous punctures. Hand remarkably wide; convex

from side to side proximally, but conspicuously concave at the

base of the immovable finger; its anterior margin evenly

rounded and smooth, neither granular nor denticulate; supe-

rior surface granular posteriorly, slightly roughened in the

concavity, the rest smooth and sparsely punctured ; inferior

surface sparsely granular distally ; immovable finger remark-

ably wide at the base (cf measurements of this and other

species). Fingers hairy.

Femora of legs anteriorly finely granular, roughened be-

neath. Legs hairy.

Pectines projecting beyond the margin of the posterior

cox. Number of teeth 15.

Colour piceo-castaneous; hands castaneous, fingers very

dark green ; legs and under surface ochraceous.

Measurements in millimetres.

Length. Breadth. Height.

GH tet eis am siameinete 100

Cephalothorax.......... 163 183

First caudal segment .... q 7 52

Fifth caudal segment.... 11 6 4}

a ae SI 52%

WMESICIOM cr a's sian satcetn 3 53 A

mcalous I Wee ae 3h i :

Eines 65 ieee day 114

TACHI ig wes s.r tacts 13

PEUSG aaca hfe apa s a «she Sie ae Lz, 17% ‘|

BACK OL HANG ox sees sss 92

Movable finger.......... 18

Immovable finger ...... 12 7z (at base)

Pecten se. tase and cabis 9

African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio. 249

Tail rather more than three times as long as cephalothorax.

Cephalothorax equalling in length the Ist + the 2nd + 4 of the 5rd

caudal segments.

This species may be at once distinguished by the width of

the hand and by the remarkable depression it bears upon its

upper surface. I have seen two specimens of it—one (dried)

brought from Kilima-Njaro by Mr. M. J. Jackson; the other,

which, being preserved in spirit of wine, I have selected as

the type, brought by Capt. Speke from Umyamuezi. Both

appear to be males. ‘The specimen from Kilima-Njaro is

smaller and slightly less granular than the other.

Scorpio ewitialis, sp. n.

Cephalothoraz.—Anterior margin circularly excised in the

middle line; marked throughout its length with a shallow

median sulcus, which deepens and terminates immediately in

front of the hind margin ; laterally this deeper portion is

bounded by a smooth flat area corresponding with the usually

rounded elevations of other species; ocular tubercle con-

spicuous, deeply cleft, and not continued before and behind

into distinct ridges; anterior portion of cephalothorax nearly

smooth ; a smooth area extending from this anterior portion

along the upper surface on each side of the ocular tubercle

almost to the above-mentioned smooth flat area; in the

immediate neighbourhood of the ocular tubercle behind and at

the sides are a few granules, in front of the tubercle the

cephalothorax is sparsely granular for some distance ; laterally

the cephalothorax is conspicuously though somewhat sparsely

granular, the granules appearing to be smaller and closer set

posteriorly ; central eyes a little nearer to the posterior margin

of the cephalothorax than to the circular excision ; the central

eye of the lateral series nearer to the anterior than to the

posterior eye of the same series.

Tergites posteriorly and laterally beset with fine granules,

anteriorly smooth ; with very faint indications of a median

elevation and of an anterior right and left abbreviated sulcus ;

upper portion of last tergite smooth, with an anterior median

elevation and a posterior depression, bounded on each side by

a coarsely granular ridge, beneath which are smaller anterior

and larger posterior granules.

Sternites perfectly smooth, sparsely punctured, each fur-

nished in front with a right and left abbreviated sulcus; the

posterior tergite furnished behind with very faint traces of

tour smooth keels.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 17

250 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Tail slender. Inferior surface of the three proximal seg-

ments smooth, with conspicuous keels ; inferior surface of the

fourth segment furnished behind with a few small denticles,

smooth in front; inferior keels and posterior inferior margin

of the fifth strongly denticulated, the posterior inferior margin

bearing six larger denticles, two upon each lateral angle and

two in the middle line. The inferior-lateral intercarinal

spaces with a few small denticles. The superior and supero-

lateral keels denticulate, the distal more strongly so than the

proximal. The upper surface of the segments depressed in

the middle line and smooth; in the fifth segment the den-

ticles of the superior keels spread to a slight extent upon the

upper surface of the segment and considerably upon the

superior lateral intercarinal space. Vesicle remarkably large,

wider than any of the caudal segments, smooth above and at

the sides, granular beneath ; aculeus equal to about half the

length of the vesicle, with its distal half bent almost at right

angles to its proximal half.

Chela.—Superior surface of humerus furnished with more

or fewer larger and smaller tubercles, which, on the proximal

portion of the segment, blend with those of the anterior

surface ; distal portion of anterior surface smooth, proximal

portion furnished with an oblique row of tubercles; inferior

surface proximally tubercular, distally smooth ; posterior

surface smooth but for the presence of a single series of

setiferous punctures. Superior surface of brachium furnished

with two uneven setiferous keels; anterior surface finely

granular, bearmg below proximally a few tubercles, and

separated from the inferior surface by a row of tubercles ;

inferior surface flat, smooth, bearing behind three irregular

series of setiferous pores. Hand much resembling in shape

that of Sc. Reseli, but less convex above; its upper surface

covered with many close-set rounded tubercles, which, espe-

cially near the posterior surface, show a tendency to fuse

together and to constitute ridges ; inferior surface of the hand

sparsely tubercular distally, and bearing two distinct rows of

tubercles in its proximal half. The segments of the palp and

of the legs bear longish hairs; anterior surface of the femora

of the second, third, and fourth pairs of legs slightly granular.

Pectines absent.

Colour blackish or piceous above, paler beneath; legs

testaceous.

Measurements in millimetres.

Tail nearly four times as long as cephalothorax. ;

Cephalothorax about equal in length to the first two caudal segments.

African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio. 251

Length. Width. Height.

Total. 2. acters ue eae 125

Cephalothorax.......... Ve 18

pUEWILEE ss 2 Oe a a 664

First caudal segment .... = v6 5

Pit is, A nae 5 5

Wesicleserneeen o csoc.+ oi 9 7 7

VRCWIOUS rat aeeee ioe xe es 53

Himmieras’: 2205.0... 113

rachis) 20: baie. hots 134

La yas is eeeteheophrges eS xa 173 16 ix

Back.ot Band 3 te s<fo as 103

Movable finger ........ vz

fromoyable.!iy fs. she: 194

A single specimen (dried), from Shoa in Abyssinia.

Owing to the unfortunate destruction of the pectines I

am unable to describe the characters presented by these

organs, and in addition cannot tell the sex of the specimen.

It, however, is a very distinct form, differing from all other

individuals of the genus known to me in the remarkable size

of the poison-vesicle. It is mainly, though by no means

entirely, on the strength of this characteristic that I have

ventured to give a new name to it.

Scorpio maurus, Linneus.

Scorpio maurus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1037.

Heterometrus palmatus, Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. (Scorpiones, pl. i.

fig. 4.)

Although possessing a number of specimens of this species

from Arabia and Syria, the British Museum has only three

from Africa. ‘These are from Tunis.

Scorpio dictator, sp. n.

Syn. ? Scorpio africanus, Linn, Mus. Adolphi Friderici, p. 84.

Cephalothorax.—Anterior margin semicircularly excised

in the middle line; marked throughout its length by a

median longitudinal sulcus, which deepens and terminates

near the hind margin; on each side this deeper portion is

bounded by a rounded prominence; cephalothorax everywhere

beset with coarse granules. Central eyes equally distant

from the posterior margin of the cephalothorax and from the

apex of the anterior excision. Central eye of lateral series

slightly nearer to the anterior than to the posterior eye

of the same series.

Anterior half of each tergite smooth, posterior half coarsely

granular ; each furnished in the middle with two short sulci

252 Mr. R. I. Pocock ox

in front and with an obsolete crest behind ; the last bearing

in its posterior half a sparsely granular prominence, behind

which is a smooth depression; the lateral portion furnished

behind with two indistinct series of granules above, smooth

below, granular in front; the lateral portion separated from

the superior portion by a distinct row of fine denticles.

Sternites perfectly smooth; all, except the last, marked

with an abbreviated sulcus on each side in front.

Tail.—Inferior surface of the three proximal segments

smooth beneath, with very feebly developed keels; the infero-

lateral keels of the third segment posteriorly showing faint

indications of denticulations; inferior keels of the fourth

distinctly denticulated, those of the fifth strongly denticulated ;

superior keels of all the segments denticulated, the denticles

being stronger upon the posterior than upon the anterior

segments; all the intercarinal spaces almost entirely smooth ;

vesicle smooth above, furnished below and at the sides with

finer and coarser denticulations ; aculeus gently curved.

Chela.—Upper surface of humerus bounded behind and in

front with a row of strong denticles, and bearing others

scattered, larger and smaller, for the most part on its proxi-

mal two thirds ; anterior surface bounded below by a straight

row of denticles and above by an oblique series; inferior

surface smooth, bounded behind for a third of its length by

a row of small blunt denticles; posterior surface smooth,

bearing a single longitudinal series of setiferous tubercles.

Upper surface of brachium bearing a single row of small

denticles, posterior surface bearing two roughened keels;

inferior surface smooth, with two rows of setiferous punctures

near the hind margin; inferior surface separated from the

anterior surface by a few conspicuous denticles ; anterior sur-

face finely granular. Upper surface of the hand convex, as

in Reseli, and with anterior margin similarly rounded, covered

with a reticulated pattern composed of smooth irregular ridges,

which result from the confluence of rounded tubercles; these

ridges may assume a definite longitudinal arrangement, which

imparts to the hand a subcostate appearance ; anterior (inner)

margin of the hand denticulated; inferior surface proximally

smooth, distally sparsely denticulated, the denticles not

arranged in definite series. Fingers granular above and

below, all the segments of the palp sparsely pilose.

Upper aud lower surfaces of the femora of the legs some-

what coarsely granular; anterior surface, those of the first

pair excepted, finely granular.

Pectines not projecting so far as the distal margin of the

posterior coxee; number of teeth thirteen.

African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio. 253

Colour.—Very dark green or black above, with a reddish

tint; brownish beneath.

Measuremenis in millimetres.

Tail four times as long as cephalothorax.

Cephalothorax slightly shorter than the first two caudal segments.

pees : Breadth. Height.

66 (about 64

Rhee ah Scr hee a ih English inches

Cephalothorax............ 223 25

al EOUAL Sco saad aherd ¥ ok 90

First caudal segment ...... 103 95 8

Fifth ,, ay tee a ne 19 73 7

1 ADELA SSO RRR ae aS A i 83 7

PACINO USE ..e4 atbstoeit eee era ot 8

EU IGMUSC, wire alse eoapeee eee 15

PSPRCHIMINS ice < oe she 17

BTU oh even cahige «ty elkca snes: OR 21} 10

mack of Hands ©. oks ns ss ur: 14

Movable finger .......... 23

Immovable finger ........ 163 {at base) 74

HAOCLOM, 25/4 tegen bhieeha,s atest c 8+

Rectinalstoatinen, ats acer 24

This scorpion rivals in size ¢mperator and Reseli, and to

both of them it bears considerable resemblance. It may,

however, be generally distinguished from both by the greater

coarseness of its granules and by the smaller number of

pectinal teeth ; and particularly from ¢mperator by the position

of the central lateral eye, and from Leseli by the fact that

the upper surface of the cephalothorax is furnished behind, on

each side of the middle line, with a conspicuous granular

prominence, the same area in @seli—at least in the series of

that species that I have seen—being depressed and nearly

always smooth; further, the caudal intercarinal spaces are

smooth and the tubercles of the hand less pronounced and

more fused.

The British Museum possesses two female specimens, one

from Fernando Po, presented by Capt. Birch, the other

labelled W. Africa from the collection of Mr. Dalton.

Scorpio Reseli (Simon).

1871. Heterometrus Reseli, E. Simeon, Rey. Mag. Zool. xxiil. p. 54,

pl. vi. fig. 4.

1877. Pandinus africanus (Linn.), Thorell, Etudes Scorpiol. p, 128.

1880. Scorpio Reseli (Simon), L. Becker, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxiv.

p. 188, pl. ii. fig. 2.

This appears to be the commonest, as it is the finest, West-

254 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

African species. The Museum possesses nine specimens,

five males and four females—one from Fernando Po, one

from Onitsha, one from Gambia, two from Fantee, one from

the Gold Coast, the rest labelled West Africa. The largest

specimen (female) measures 182 millim, from the margin of

the cephalothorax to the end of the tail. The number of

pectinal teeth varies from fifteen to eighteen, but is usually

sixteen; the hairs upon the chele and legs vary much in

number and length. The granules also vary considerably in

coarseness and distribution.

Scorpio imperator (C. Koch).

1842. Buthus imperator, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 1, fig. 695.

1877. Pandinus imperator (C. Koch), Thorell, doe. ert. p. 180.

1880. Scorpio imperator (C. Koch), L. Becker, loc. cit. p. 138, pl. ii.

fig. 2.

Writing in 1880 Mons. L. Becker says :—‘‘ On ne connait,

je crois, que trois exemplaires de cette espéce: (1) le type de

C. Koch appartenant au Musée de Berlin; (2) un exem-

plaire faisant partie de la collection de M. Simon; (3) un

individu que j’ai pu acquérir, appartenant actuellement au

Musée de Bruxelles.” To this list I can add one more,

belonging to the British Museum. It is a male from West

Africa, obtained by Captain Birch, R.N. It has four distinct

ocelli upon the left side, the supplementary ocellus being

developed in front, as if to make up for the backward position

of the central lateral ocellus, a feature which is so character-

istic of this species.

Synoptical Table of Species.

a, Upper surface of hand conspicuously concave to-

wards the base of the immovable finger ; ante-

rior margin of hand smooth; width of hand

greater than length of cephalothorax........ cavimanus, sp. 0.

b. Upper surface of hand not distally concave; an-

terior margin granular or denticulate; width

of hand not greater than length of cephalo-

thorax.

a’. Width of first caudal segment less than the

width of the vesicle and equal to the height

Os atees Sure s 6 tere ere bie Ssh sr rich exitialis, sp. 0.

b', Width of first caudal segment greater than

width of vesicle and still greater than the

height of it.

a’, Humerus somewhat rounded off in front;

its anterior surface not separated by a

strong ridge from the upper and under

Surfaces’)... 0s sient Man PAA Paces .. maurus, Linn.

African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio. 255

5?, Humerus less rounded off in front ; its an-

terior surface separated by a conspicuous

ridge from the upper and under surfaces.

«, Central eye of the lateral series nearer

to the posterior than to the anterior

eye of the same series; tergites very

finely granular; pectinal teeth 16-18.. imperator (C. Koch).

6°. Central eye of the lateral series not

nearer to the posterior than to the an-

terior eye of the same series.

a‘, Pectinal teeth 16; granules finer;

caudal keels less coarsely denticulate ;

intercarinal spaces granular; cephalo-

thorax furnished behind with a tri-

angularly depressed area .......... Reselt (Simon).

&*. Pectinal teeth 13; granules coarser;

caudal keels more strongly denticu-

late; intercarinal spaces smooth ;

cephalothorax furnished hehind with

two conspicuous granular promi-

WOHCOG 532/50 9 dade Vote halt dictator, sp. 0.

The following African species are known to me only from

descriptions and figures :—

Scorpio bellicosus, L. Koch, Aigyptische und Abyssinische Arachniden,

Nurnberg, 1875, p. 1, pl. i. fig. 1. From Cairo.

Scorpio meidensis, F. Karsch, Mitth. Miinchn, ent. Ver. 1878, p. 127.

From Somali Land.

Scorpio setosus, C. Koch, Die Arachn. viii. p. 87, fig. 657 ; redescribed

by Karsch, Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, ix. p. 67 (1884). From West

Africa.

For a synoptical table of many species of Scorpio, including

the three just mentioned, see Karsch, l. c. p. 68.

Note.—In taking the breadth of the cephalothorax, to

avoid error owing to possible shrinking in dried specimens, I

have measured from the middle line to the lateral margin,

and arrived at the total width by doubling the amount so

obtained. In the case of the caudal segments I have

measured along the supero-lateral keels, and in the case of

the palp measurement has been taken along the greatest

length of each segment.

The palpi have been described as if projecting at mght

angles to the long axis of the body.

256 Prof. A. C. Haddon on Larval Actinie

XXXITI.—Researches at the St. Andrews Marine Labora-

tory (under the Fishery Board for Scotland).— On

Larval Actinie parasitic on Hydromeduse at St. Andrews.

By Atrrep C, Happon, M.A. (Cantab.), M.R.I.A., Pro-

fessor of Zoology, Royal College of Science, Dublin.

SEVERAL larval Actinie, together with the Leptomeduse on

which they were found, were sent to me by Prof. W. C.

M‘Intosh in the month of February in the present year. None

of the specimens were sufficiently advanced for me to be able

to say with certainty to what genus or species they belong, but

Prof. M‘Intosh has kindly promised to get me more specimens,

and I hope that with increased material I may be able to do

better justice to the beautifully preserved specimens which

my friend has entrusted to me.

I have previously referred (1) * to the recorded instances of

larval Actiniz being found as ectoparasites of Medusex, one

of the first records being that of Dr. T. Strethill Wright (2)

from the Firth of Forth. The Actiniz attach themselves to

the upper or under surface of the bell, or to the margin, or to

the gastric region of the Meduse.

The Actiniz from St. Andrews are of slightly different

ages ; the youngest exactly corresponds to the stage of Hal-

campa chrysanthelium described and figured by me (d. c. pl. x1.

figs. 1-5). At this time there are eight larger mesenteries

which correspond in position and in the arrangement of their

longitudinal retractor muscles with the eight mesenteries of

Edwardsia, but in addition there are four smaller mesenteries

which form the complemental pairs to the four lateral larger

mesenteries. There are also only eight short tentacles, which

are arranged in two groups of three, the two others being

opposite one another and between the two groups. The ten-

tacles arise from the chambers between the eight large mesen-

teries. The inter-mesenteric chambers (entoccels) of each

lateral pair of mesenteries are not prolonged into tentacles,

and it 1s the four gaps, corresponding to these chambers, which

cause the arrangement of the tentacles noted above. It will

be seen that the central tentacle of each of the groups of three

corresponds with the entoccel between each pair of directive

mesenteries. As in the parasitic larva of Halcampa chrysan-

thellum there is a single deep cesophageal groove ; the grooved

end of the cesophagus likewise extends a short distance below

the normal lower border of the cesophagus.

* See list of papers at end of this article.

parasitic on Hydromeduse at St. Andrews. 257

In the slightly older larvee the general structure and dis-

position of the parts is precisely as above, except that, of

course, the size 1s larger, the tentacles longer, and that new

tentacles are making their appearance in the lateral entoccels.

I am not yet in a position to state whether there is any parti-

cular order in their development.

In a paper (3) which will shortly appear in the Transactions

of the Royal Irish Academy, I am pointing out the great

importance of the earlier stage in the development, onto-

genetic and phylogenetic, of the Actiniw, and it is highly

satisfactory to find another example of it in these forms.

We now come to the question, To what genus and species

can we refer these interesting little parasites? At first sight

they bear an unmistakable resemblance to the larva of Lal-

campa chrysanthellum, both externally and anatomically ; so

we may confidently consider them to be closely allied. The

presence of twelve mesenteries precludes their being Ed-

wardside. The genera Peachia and Ilyanthus are usually

associated with Halcampa; of the second of these I can say

nothing, as it has never been anatomically described, besides,

it is quite a rare form, and our larve are decidedly common.

We then narrow the problem to the genera Halcampa and

Peachia. Only two British species of Haleampa are known—

H. chrysanthellum of North-European distribution (4), and

H. arenaria, discovered and described by me (5) from the

south-west of Ireland; of this only two specimens have been

obtained.

I have made sections through three parasitic larve of H.

chrysanthellum, and am therefore well acquainted with it, and

although they agree perfectly with the St.-Andrews forms in

their general appearance and structure, still there are distinc-

tions in their histology which cannot now be gone into. One

point, however, deserves special mention, and that is, the ap-

pearance of the longitudinal retractor muscle of the larger

tentacles. In the earlier stages of H. chrysanthellum the

muscle is relatively more extended than in the adult, but the

more distal plications are of considerable length, and decidedly

recall those of the adult. Ina later stage this is naturally

still more marked. The corresponding muscle in the St.-

Andrews specimens is much less conspicuous, it extends for a

greater distance across the mesentery, consequently the plica-

tions are more numerous; but, on the other hand, they are

very much shorter and simpler than in H. chrysanthellum.

In transverse sections through Peachia hastata I find that

the retractor muscles are very greatly developed, forming a

regular close-set fringe to the border of the mesentery, and

258

No trace of 11th or

12th tubercles.

A S

SB oO

QD = w

Bon | £8

a aa

a |

2 aa

N a

Prof. A. ©. Haddon on Larval Actinte

- re

a Ee

~~ 96

a oO

bp pa

ee) Oe

= Pb)

= ax

o &

N a8

Directive entocel.

geofl0th ‘Ss

Earliest sta

tentacle

Mesentery of larva

f Haleampa chry-

santhellum,

Directive entocel.

Three Diagrams of Transverse Sections of Actinian Larvee (Peachia hastata P) parasitic on

Hydromeduse at St. Andrews.—A. C. Happon,

parasitic on Hydromeduse at St. Andrews. 259

thus constituting a type of muscle very different from the

reniform section of the retractorsin Haleampa. My material,

as I have previously said, is insufficient for me to pronounce

an unqualified opinion, but there is nothing in the cha-

racter of the longitudinal muscles of the mesenteries antago-

nistic to the view that these are the larve of Peachia hastata.

The latter species, according to Prof. M‘Intosh (6), is common

in the neighbourhood. I would further point out that the

St.-Andrews larvee, stage for stage, are decidedly larger than

those of the Halcampa which occurred to me; this would

also correspond with the greater size of the adult Peachia as

compared with that of Halcampa.

According to Prof. Verrill (7), the young of an American

species of Peachia is parasitic in the lip-folds of Cyanea arc-

tica. Prof. M‘Intosh quite recently published a note on our

form, which he assumes to be the larva of Peachia hastata,

without, however, adducing any evidence in favour of his

supposition, except the statement that the adult is very com-

mon. ‘The parasitic actinian certainly appears to be not at all

unfrequent. So far as my evidence goes, it supports, but

does not prove, Prof. M‘Intosh’s conclusion.

List of Papers referred to in above Report.

(1) A. O. Happon.—“ Note on the Arrangement of the Mesenteries in

the parasitic Larva of Halcampa chrysanthellum (Peach).” Proce.

Roy. Dublin Soe. (n. s.) v. 1887, p. 478, pl. xi.

(2) T. S. Wrieut.—“ Observations on British Zoophytes. On Peachia

Fultoni, a parasitic Actinia.” Proc. Phys. Soc. Edinb. ii. 1859, p. 91 ;

New Edinb. Journ. xii. 1860, p. 156; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [3]

viii, 1861, p. 182.

(3) A. C. Happon.—* Revision of the British Actinie.—Part IL.” Trans.

Roy. Irish Acad. 1888 (7m the press).

(4) A.C. Happon.—* Note on Halcampa chrysanthellum, Peach.” Proc.

Roy. Dublin Soe. (an. s.) v. 1886, p. 1.

(5) A. C. Happon.—‘ Actinozoa’ in “ First Report on the Marine Fauna

of the South-west of Ireland.” Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. (2) iv. Sci.

p- 616. (See also Trans. Roy, I. Acad. 1888.)

(6) W. C. M‘Intoso.— Invertebrate Marine Fauna of St. Andrews.”

Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. [4] 1874, xiii. p. 220.

(7) A. E. Verrityt.— ‘On the Polyps and Echinoderms of New

England.” Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. x. 1866, p. 388; also in

Rept. U. 8. Fish Comm. i. (1871-72), 1878, p. 789.

(8) W. C. M‘Inrosu.— Notes from the 3t. Andrews Marine Laboratory

(under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VII. 3. On the Com-

mensalistic Habits of the Larval Forms of Peachia.” Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. [5] 1887, xx. p. 101.

. 260 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Indian Coleoptera.

XXXIV.—Descriptions of some Indian Species of Longicorn

Coleoptera. By C. J. GAnAN, M.A., Assistant, Zoological

Department, British Museum.

Monohammus auratus, n. sp.

Fuscus, dense aureo-flavo, sericeo pubescens ; articulis antennarum a

tertio apicibus fuscis ; prothorace dorso leviter inzquali, antice

et postice transverse bisulecato; elytris pubescentia undulata,

apicibus oblique truncatis vel subrotundatis.

Long. 21-29 mm., lat. 7-93 mm.

Hab. Silhet.

Dark brown, closely covered by a dense golden-yellow,

somewhat silky pubescence; the pubescence darker and

duller on the head, antenne, and legs; no punctures are

anywhere visible. ‘The prothorax is slightly uneven on the

disk, and is crossed by four transverse grooves—two anterior

and two posterior—which are distinct enough. The wavy

pubescence of the elytra gives the idea that the latter are

longitudinally carinate; but this is not the case. The an-

tennz, more than twice the length of the body in the male

and not quite twice the length in the female, with the apices

of the joints from the third and the middle of the eleventh

fuscous; the cicatrix of the scape broad and distinct, but

its bordering-rim not quite complete.

Monohammus bimaculatus, n. sp.

Fuscus, griseo-brunneo pubescens; scutello fulvo; elytris ad basin

punctatis, singulo ad medium macula magna _nigro-velutina,

apicibus rotundatis.

Long. 14-19 mm.

Dark brown, with a greyish-brown pubescence. Head and

prothorax almost impunctate, with a scanty greyish or tawny

pubescence. The thorax even on the disk, the transverse

grooves indistinct. Scutellum fulvous. Hlytra somewhat

coarsely punctured at the base, the punctures disappearing

towards the apex; on the middle of each elytron a large,

more or less rounded, velvety black spot, margined with pale

grey. The legs and underside of the body dark grey,

minutely speckled with brown. The antenne, of which the

scape has a distinct, broad and completely margined cicatrix,

are in the male about twice the length of the body, in the

Mr. C. J. Gahan on Indian Coleoptera. 261

female about half as long again as the body. The sternal

processes simple.

Monohammus amicator (White, MS.).

Castaneus, breviter griseo pubescens ; capite impunctato ; prothorace

antice et postice bisulcato, dorso eequali vix punctato ; elytris ad

basin granuloso-punctatis, postice gradatim attenuatis, apicibus

subsinuato truncatis; tibiis mediis non emarginatis; prosterno

angustissimo ; antennis ( ¢ ) articulis 3° et 4° paulo incrassatis,

Long. 26 mm., lat. 9 mm.

Hab. N. India (Silhet).

With a reddish-brown derm, clothed with a very short

greyish pubescence. Head rather strongly exserted, impunc-

tate. Prothorax with a few small granulate punctures on each

side of the middle of the disk. Elytra somewhat coarsely

punctate at the base, the punctures not visible beyond the

middle, the apices obliquely and somewhat sinuately trun-

cate. Antenne reddish brown, with the scape dark grey

and the bases of the third to eighth or ninth joints pale grey ;

the third and fourth joints, in the male, thick. The pro-

sternal process very narrow. The mesosternal process with

a feeble carinate tubercle behind. Middle tibize without any

notch or groove.

This species bears in the British-Museum collection the

name which I have adopted. I have not been able anywhere

to find a description of it.

Monohammus griseatus, n. sp.

M. amicatori similis, sed differt capitis fronte sparse punctata, pro-

thorace dorso punctato; elytris non granulosis, usque apicem

punctatis.

Long. 25 mm., lat. 7} mm.

Hab. Yndia.

Resembles the last species, but is slightly more pubescent.

There are a few scattered punctures on the head. The punc-

tures on-the thorax are more numerous, and are shallow and

depressed. ‘The shallow punctures of the elytra are largest at

the base, and gradually diminishing in size backwards extend

up to the apex. ‘The middle tibie, as in J. amicator, are

without notch or tubercle ; the sternal processes are narrow,

especially the prosternal ; and the mesosternal is very feebly

carinate. ‘The antenna in the female about twice the length

of the body.

262 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Indian Coleoptera.

_Monohammus ocellatus, n. sp.

Fuscus, cervino-pubescens ; capite impunctato, lobis oculorum infe-

rioribus magnis ; prothorace dorso impunctato, leviter ineequali ;

elytris foveis sparsis ocellatis, apicibus oblique vel sinuato

truncatis ; antennis fuscis, (¢ ) corpore plus quam duplo lon-

gioribus, ( 2 ) corpore sesqui-longioribus.

Long. 17-25 mm., lat. 5-8 mm.

Hab. N. India and Penang.

Dark brown, with a dark grey or fawn-coloured pubescence.

The head impunctate, pubescent. The lower lobes of the eyes

large. The prothorax somewhat uneven above, closely

pubescent, with a few minute granules on each side of the

disk behind the middle; the transverse grooves, two anterior

and two posterior, not very distinct. Elytra with scattered,

broad, shining, ocellate punctures, which are smaller, closer,

and somewhat asperate towards the base ; the apices obliquely

and more or less sinuately truncate, with the outer angles in

some specimens very feebly produced. Antenne in the male

dark brown, nearly three times as long as the body, with the

scape greyish and somewhat rugulose along its outer border ;

in the female dark brown, about half as long again as_ the

body, and with the scape greyish and smooth; the “ cica-

trix” with a complete rm. ‘The legs and underside of the

body pubescent like the upper. The middle tibiz without a

notch or groove. ‘The intercoxal process of the mesosternum

with a feeble tubercle in front.

Synonymical Remarks.

The genus Cacoscapus of Thomson (‘ Revue et Magasin de

Zoologie,’ 1878, p. 47) is evidently, from its description, iden-

tical with the genus Stratioceros ot Lacordaire, which stands

first among the Monohammides in that author’s great work,

the ‘Genera des Coléoptéres.’ Thomson’s type species,

Mouhotii, is also, as far so I can judge from his description,

synonymous with the princeps of Lacordaire. The same

locality is given for each. M. Thomson’s blunder is the less

excusable since the genus is not only well-marked, but the

species is, as Lacordaire justly said, one of the finest in the

group.

In the same paper Thomson describes, under the name of

Leprodera arista, a species which was previously described by

Pascoe as Leprodera verrucosa.

Monohammus Fredericus, White, agrees in every respect

with the description of ‘homson’s Monohammus deperatus ; the

On the Embryology of the Retina of Teleosteans. 263

latter name has the priority of date, and of the two localities

given for the species, viz., India and New Holland, the second

is no doubt erroneous.

The Fabrician species Lamia rotator (Monohammus

rotator of the Munich Catalogue) is, as I find from the type

in the Banksian Cabinet, identical with the North-American

species Goes tigrinus, Degeer. The locality—India or.—

given by Fabricius, is of course wrong. As both descriptions

—the Fabrician and that of Degeer—appeared in the same

year, it is doubtful which has priority of date. egeer’s

name being better known, and his description being fuller

and accompanied by a figure, there is no reason why it should

not be retained, and the Fabrician name sunk into a synonym.

XXXV.—Lesearches at the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory

(under the Fishery Board for Scotland).— On the

Embryology of the Retina of Teleosteans. By Dr. R.

Marcus Gunny, M.A., M.R.C.S., Surgeon to Moorfields

Hospital, London.

In the investigations hitherto made on the development of

the eye in the bony fishes the ova of freshwater forms have

been employed. I am indebted to Professor M‘Intosh,

F.R.S., tor an opportunity of examining carefully prepared

sections of embryos of marine 'Teleosteans, which he had

succeeded in maturing in the St.-Andrews Marine Labora-

tory.

Several causes combine to render accurate results more

difficult of attainment in the case of fish than in other in-

stances where ova can be watched during maturation. Not

only do the ova of fish vary much in the rapidity with which

they mature after impregnation in different genera and species,

but even in the same species, according to external conditions,

especially the temperature of the water. Indeed, Professor

M'‘Intosh tells me that in the same series of ova, matured

under identical conditions, some individuals develop more

quickly than others. Great diversity, moreover, obtains in the

stage of development attained betore hatching in different

fish, and even to some extent in different individual ova of

the same fish.

I have consequently been obliged to base my calculations

of advance in development simply on histological features

264 Dr. R. M. Gunn on the

observed, although the remarks made on the slides at the

laboratory as to the age of the ovum are also very valuable

as a guide.

In this way I have examined preparations of the following

ova :—

1. Gadus eglefinus :

(1) 2nd day after fecundation.

(2) Ath ? »? ?

PD eOEO sea tiaes - (Several.)

(A) EADS oo ays . (Several.)

() Tit ie,

(6) 2nd ,, ,, emergence. (Several.)

(7) 3rd_,, ” ”

(8) 4th , 4, .

(9) 6th ,, ” ”

(10) 8th 7? 9 ”?

CED) sath. oo. AG, *

(12) 17th ,, ” ”

2. Gadus merlangus :

Yth day after fecundation.

3. Gadus morrhua:

2nd day after emergence.

4. Liparis Montagut :

“‘ March 11, 1885.” ? Age.

5. Gastrosteus spinachia :

(1) About to emerge. ?4th week.

(2) Later specimen.

6. Cyclopterus lumpus :

(1) “ A Embryo.” ? Age.

(2) “‘ June 16, 1885.” ? Age.

(3) “ No. 1 shde.” ? Age.

(4) “July 2, 1885.” ? Age.

(5) Just emerged. (Several.)

Embryology of the Retina of Teleosteans. 265

7. Anarrhichas lupus :

Many specimens examined, marked “ January,” Feb-

Tuary, Maren,” April)’: May. if dune.”

8. Molva vulgaris :

(1) “ May 8th.” ?Age.

(2) “ May 10th.”

9. Trigla gurnardus :

(1) 4th day after fecundation.

CA) oes oe 55 i drd day out.

).6th ,, . 5,' emergence, (Several.)

(4) “ June 30th, 1886. gee Age.

(5) “July 25th. ial. Age. (Several.)

10. Cottus, ? species :

(1) “April 6th, 1886.” ? Age.

(2) “ April 7th, 1886.” (Several.) ? Age.

(3) “ April 13th, 1886.” ? Age.

(4) “ April 14th, 1886." ? Age.

11. Pleuronectes flesus :

(1) 9th day after fecundation.

(2) 10th ,, _,, ”

Giilith Sj. /,,. ‘hatching (?).

(4) “ May 18th, 1886.” ?Age.

(5) Seite 18th, 1886.” ?Age. (Several.)

I also examined ovacf Salmo salar at the following stages :—

(1) 40 days after fecundation.

(2) 1st day after emergence. (Several.)

(3) 13th ,, —,, ”

(4) 45th ,, ,, ”

Very briefly, my conclusions may be stated as follows :—

The first appearance of the Teleostean eye consists in a

solid outgrowth from the brain, which latter is at this stage

itself also solid, and both Sarenne: are formed of cells similar

throughout.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 18

266 Dr. R. M. Gunn on the

A little later a cavity first becomes visible on the optic

outgrowth and on the central nervous mass, and consequently

at this stage the developing eye may, for the first time, be

truly described as an optic vesicle. The outer wall of this

vesicle is about twice the thickness of the inner, the former

being about four cells and the latter about two cells deep.

The cells in both walls are similar in appearance, being of

an oval form and uniform size, and they are arranged

radially, ¢. e. with their long axes perpendicular to the slit-

like cavity. The only exception to this arrangement is ante-

riorly and posteriorly, where the two walls become continu-

ous with one another; in these situations the radial disposition

seems not to exist. The nuclei of the inner wall of the

vesicle are rather more deeply stained than those of the outer.

The cells of the developing brain are very like those of the

optic vesicle, and are similarly arranged in relation to its

central cavity. At this stage is also observed a slight thick-

ening of the deep layer of the cuticular epiblast corresponding

to the position of the future lens; but this is not so far

advanced as to indent the outer wall of the vesicle. A pro-

longation of cells from the same deep layer of cuticular epi-

blast is now observed lining the sides and base of the optic

vesicle, so as to separate it from the brain.

The cavity of the optic vesicle seems soon to disappear, for

at the next stage examined, while there are few important

changes, there is only a faint line of separation between the

outer two thirds and the inner one third of the cells. Internal

to the vesicle there is a double layer of elongated cells, their

long axes being parallel to the wall of the vesicle. One of.

these layers follows the curve of the vesicle, while the other

(inner) layer is closely applied to the central nervous mass.

Where the rows diverge anteriorly large cells from below the

cuticular epiblast dip into the angle so formed. ‘The lens

develops rapidly and is already well advanced, indenting the

outer wall of the optic outgrowth, and so forming a “ secon-

dary ” optic vesicle. At this stage no pigment-granules are

discernible.

Differentiation now soon occurs in the optic outgrowth, so

as to indicate roughly the position of the future layers. We

may therefore in future speak of it as “ retina,” and describe

the position of the layers in relation to the secondary optic

vesicle or optic cup instead of to the outer wall of the embryo

as we have hitherto done. A series of elongated deeply

staining cells, arranged closely side by side and with their

long axes radial, form a single row most externally in the.

Embryology of the Retina of Teleosteans. 267

retina. Though longer than any others in the retina, these

cells are as yet comparatively short ; their nuclei are large.

These represent the future retinal sight-epithelium, a layer of

rods and cones with their nuclei. The inner mass of cells

remains for a short time unchanged, except that midway they

are more loosely placed, indicating faintly a line of separation

between its outer and inner halves. Between this cell-mass

and the future cone-layer there is a distinct space, corre-

sponding to the position of the late vesicle-cavity and of the

future outer molecular layer. Internally the retina is indis-

tinctly bounded by a line, showing the foundation of the

layer of nerve-fibres, for fibrillation scon becomes distinct in

it near the optic nerve entrance. In the cells previously

described as occurring between the optic outgrowth and

brain, and which now appear (on section) long-oval and

flattened horizontally, pigment-granules begin to form.

When first visible these granules closely surround the cell-

nucleus only, the remainder of the cell being free. The pig-

ment forms first in the cells at the anterior and lower part of

the fundus of the eye, and in those cells in front of the peri-

phery of the lens which correspond in position with the future

iris. In one or two preparations this pigment-layer was

accidentally turned over to some extent in cutting the sections,

and we thus obtain a surface view; the cells are now seen to

be of good size, flat, with large nuclei, and arranged as a

pavement-epithelium. About this time pigment also begins

to appear here and there over the brain, especially anteriorly,

occurring in the flat cells previously described. Both here

and round the retina therefore the pigment is formed in cells

derived, I believe, from the deep layer of the cuticular epi-

blast, not, in the case of the ‘Teleostean eye, from the inner

wall of the optic vesicle. ‘To be confident on this point,

however, further observations are necessary, and especially a

complete series of preparations of ova of one species, a desider-

atum that can only be satisfied by a marine laboratory such

as that of St. Andrews.

A finely granular layer (internal molecular) next appears

on the large cell-mass, dividing it into a smaller inner and

larger outer part. At first both sets of cells are about the

same size; but those internal to the inner molecular layer

soon become distinctly larger than those outside it; the

former represent the ganglion cell-layer, the latter the layer

of inner granules. ‘lhe outermost cells of the inner series

very soon become distinct from the others, staining more

deeply and being arranged in a regular single row. About

268 On the Embryology of the Retina of Teleosteans.

the same time the segments of the cones become visible.

We have now six retinal layers, distinguishable by the

following characters :—

1. Cone-layer.—Vertically placed, elongated, deeply

staining cells, with very slight, fine, clear projections from

their outer extremities. Their bases stain most deeply.

2. External molecular layer.—No longer clear, but now

forming a distinct, thin, dark, finely granular line.

3. Inner granules.—Cells about six deep.

4. Internal molecular layer.—Uniform, rather thick, non-

staining.

5. Ganglion cell-layer.—Cells about four deep and rather

larger than the inner granules. Distinct one-celled row ex-

ternally.

6. Nerve-fibre layer—A thin, non-staining streak, with

horizontal fibrillation just evident.

The pigment occurs in distinct, flat, horizontal, long-oval

deposits. These nearly all touch one another, so as to form

an almost continuous layer traceable forwards to the iris.

Outside the pigment layers of fibrous-looking tissue are

now formed, which can be traced forwards to the front of the

equator of the lens, where it is anterior to the pigment of the

future iris. This is a mesoblastic formation forming the iris,

choroid and sclerotic. ‘The cornea is still very thin, appa-

rently consisting as yet mainly of epiblastic structures.

A single row of horizontally-flattened cells next appears

just internal to the outer molecular layer. The inner molec-

ular layer becomes broader, and soon shows a distinct, fine,

dark, median band. The ganglion-cells further increase in —

size. The pigment develops rapidly, and soon sends down

processes between the segments of the rods and cones. An

external limiting membrane now becomes visible. The cornea

also shows intrusion of mesoblastic elements into its central

part, and a further thin process of mesoblast lines it inter-

nally, forming Descemet’s membrane. In the marine

Teleosteans the vitreous chamber is late in developing, but

shows itself about the stage now reached.

Miscellaneous. 269

MISCELLANEOUS.

Description of a new Species of Retepora from Port Western,

Victoria. By R. Krreearrice.

Miss E. C. Jerzy recently sent to the Natural-History Museum an

interesting specimen of Retepora from Port Western, belonging to

an undescribed species. I propose to call the species

Retepora sinuosa, n. sp.

Zoarium (in the specimen) contorted, with walls anastomosing to

form tubular alveoli; walls thick ; fenestrae small, ovoid, smaller

than the trabeculs; zocecia rhomboidal, separated by raised lines

starting from middle of margin of

each side of orifice; front surface

flat, shghtly tuberculated, semi-

hyaline ; orifice almost figure-of-

8-shaped, the lower and smaller

loop forming a wide sinus; with

a beaded rim, except within sinus;

six oral spines, stout, glassy, with

imperfect joint at base; at the

foot of each zocecium a medium-

sized circular avicularium, occa-

sionally a long oval one; scat-

tered about over the cells small

oval avicularia; dorsal surface granular, vibicate, with small circu-

lar and oval avicularia, numerous on margins of fenestre. Ocecia

subglobose, hyaline, smooth, but marked with irregular raised lines.

For chitinous appendages see woodcut.

Loc. Port: Western, Victoria.

The peculiarities of this species consist chiefly in the shape of the

orifice and the absence of peristome. The shape of the orifice varies

slightly ; generally the sinus is curved ; but in some cells the lower

border is almost straight, so that the mouth has a shape character-

istic of Lepralia.

Observations on a Colouring-matter of the Water of the Lake de Bret.

By M. J. B. Scunerzrer.

At the meeting of the 18th June, 1856, I communicated to the

Society some observations upon a red colouring-matter deposited at

the bottom of the fountain of the baths of Alliaz, 23 leagues to the

270 Miscellaneous.

north-east of Vevey. The water holding the red colouring-matter

in suspension swarmed with small organisms, which, under the

microscope, presented a fine rose-colour. They were of an elongated

form, rounded at the two extremities; their average length was

0-01 millim., and their width ;}, millim. At that time I had

only a microscope of low power; but the vortices of molecules

around these bodies led me to infer the presence of vibratile cilia.

At the time of which I speak these little organisms were regar-

ded as Infusoria by zoologists; Perty (‘Zur Kenntniss kleinster

Lebensformen,’ 1852) placed them in the genus Chromatium.

Their mode of reproduction even then led me to foresee their

vegetable nature. Rabenhorst (‘ Flora Algarum Europ.’ iii. p. 28)

described these same organisms under the name of Pleurococcus

roseo-persicinus. Ray Lankester, Waring, and Zopf now class them

among the Schizomycetes.

Zopf (‘ Zur Morphologie der Spaltpflanzen,’ 1882) describes, under

the name of Beggiatoa rosco-persicina, Zopt,a Schizomycetan of which

the organism that I observed in sulphurous water of the Alliaz is only

a phase of development. Zopf distinguishes two principal forms of

Beqyiatoa roseo-persicina :—

1. The Leptothrix-form.—Very thin filaments, with the articu-

lation very indistinct or almost null in most of the length of the

thread, except at the base. These filaments are attached to plants

or animals in course of decomposition. They are usually of a rose-

or violet-colour ; sometimes they become nearly colourless, and

in this case they are not to be distinguished from Beggiatoa alba.

As in this last species, these filaments contain granules of sulphur.

By means of suitable colouring, however, it may be demonstrated

that they consist of small segments. In this way true micrococci

are obtained.

2. The Zooglwa-form.—The micrococci of the filaments of Beg-

giatoa separate by little and little, by rounding off their angular

cells and dividing into two. According to their dimensions we

distinguish micrococci and macrococci, which I observed in the

water of the Alliaz.

By the division and multiplication of these cocci gelatinized

colonies are formed, sometimes of a lobate form, sometimes mul-

berry-shaped, which are known by the name of zooglea, The

colour of these colonies varies; some are even colourless. The

cocci of the colonies of zooglea can become transformed into bacilli-

form cells. According to an observation of Zopf’s, the micrococci

of the zooglee of Beggiatoa alba also became transformed into

bacilli, which, after swimming in the water, produced the Leptothrix-

form. Zopf adds that it appears that the micrococci of the zoogle

can pass over the formation of bacilli and become elongated directly

into filaments.

In my communication of 1856 I had already observed this forma-

tion of zoogles—an observation which has passed without any

recognition. The following is my observation :—‘‘ This resemblance

Miscellaneous. 274

to the phenomena of vegetable life is still further increased during a

state of immobility and repose through which the young Chromatia

sometimes pass. In fact, we often find great agglomerations of

these red vesicles bound together by a mucilaginous material ; they

then resemble those red spots which are sometimes formed upon

bread. When the agglomerations of which I have spoken are

observed for some time, a curious fact is noticed in them. A

breath of life seems to come to animate this inert mass. The

vesicles of which it is composed vibrate; those of the margin

become detached and swim rapidly ; in this way the spot gradually

breaks up into young Chromatia, with which the water soon

swarms.”

Last autumn Prof. Forel brought me a red colouring-matter found

in suspension in the water of the Lac de Bret, which was coloured red

by it. Under the microscope I found irregular, lobate, rounded masses

of a red colour, formed by micrococci. Notwithstanding this state

of partial decomposition, I regarded this red matter as the zooglxa-

state of Beggiatoa roseo-persicina. I directed my preparator,

M. Tonduz, to look for the red colouring-matter this spring in

the water of the Lac de Bret; but he did noti find any of it. On

the other hand, however, in the eastern part of the lake, he saw a

material of a bluish-black colour, forming a streak of about

4-5 metres in length. The colouring-matter occurred especially in

the fissures of the ice, or at the boundary between the ice and the

water.

On examining this material, 1 found in it a great number of

Diptera in process of decomposition ; they served as the starting-

points of long colourless filaments of Beggiatoa. This Leptothrix-

form was accompanied by blackish zooglez and free micrococci.

At the first glance, the Beggiatoa taken on 3rd April in the Lac de

Bret resembles Beggiatoa alba, which, like B. roseo-persinica, develops

upon animal and vegetable materials in decomposition; but Zopf

himself states that when this latter species is decolorized it no

longer differs from the former. As M. Forel found Beggiatoa roseo-

persicina in the water of the Lac de Bret, I am disposed to refer to

that species the organism which produced the bluish-black coloration

found by M. Tonduz.

In 1856 I had already foreseen the relations which exist between

the zooglea- and leptothrix-forms of Beggiatoa roseo-persicina. Thad

observed a vegetable organism in the form of very thin filaments

which diffused in the water red corpuscles animated by a peculiar

movement which strikingly resembled the first phases of Chromatium.

These red globules afterwards combined into masses which became

covered with filaments (leptothrix-form).

The masses of zooglea observed in the blackish colouring-matter

of the Lac de Bret have presented the fact, mentioned doubtfully by

Zopf, that the cocci united into zoogleze can produce filaments of

the leptothrix-form without passing through the bacillus-form.

In the preceding observations we find facts which serve to support

272 Miscellaneous.

Zopf’s observations, which demonstrate that the same Schizomycete

may pass through the phases of leptothrix, micrococcus, zooglea,

bacillus, &c.

The Dipteron found abundantly in the midst of the filaments of

Beggiatoa could not be exactly determined in consequence of its

state of decomposition. I think, however, that it may be referred

to Hydrobenus occultans, Fries, a little fly of adead black colour,

13 millim. in length, which appears in enormous quantities in the

early spring, ranning about and leaping on the surface of the water.

When there is any wind these insects take up their position upon

the stems of grasses, from which the wind transports them to the

water, where they then form a continuous black layer. It is in

part to these flies that we must attribute the black coloration ob-

served upon the eastern part of the Lac de Bret.

From what precedes, it must not, however, be inferred that the

waters of the Lac de Bret are insalubrious. The Beggiatow which

occur there are met with in all the sulphurous mineral waters which

thousands of people drink every yearas remedies, As to the flies driven

by the wind upon this water, they are not infectious like those which

station themselves upon dead bodies. Moreover, their decomposition

is accelerated by the Beggiatoe themselves, which transform the

bodies of these small insects into gaseous matters, in great part set

free into the air.

All round the Lac de Bret at present (April) we find, immersed in

the water, green globular masses formed by Alge belonging to

Zygnema Vaucheri and Z. cruciatum.—Bulletin de la Société Vau-

dotse des Sciences Naturelles, sér. 3, vol. xviii. pp. 152-155 (June,

1888).

On the Calanidee of the Boulonnats. By M. Evekwe Canv.

M. Eugéne Canu, of the Zoological Laboratory at Wimereux,

published lately the first part of a description of the marine non-

parasitic Copepods of the Boulonnais, in which the Calanid

obtained on that part of the French coast are discussed at some

length. He follows generally the classification adopted by Mr. G.S.

Brady in his Monograph of the British Copepoda. The forms

noticed are as follows :—

Subfamily I. CaLanin zx.

1. Paracalanus parvus, Claus.

A species not recorded as British, but very abundant at Wimereux,

and widely distributed in the European seas.

2. Dias discaudatus, Giesbrecht.

A species originally described from Kiel, and not noticed by

Miscellaneous. Pati:

Brady, but recorded by J. C. Thomson as occurring near Liverpool.

Brady describes Dias longiremis, Lillj., as British; two other Euro-

pean species are D. bifilosus, Giesbr., and D. intermedius, Poppe:

and Mr. Norman has described a species under the name of Dias (?)

Mossi.

With regard to the oviposition of the species of this genus, the

author remarks that Lilljeborg described D. longiremis as bearing

its eggs united into a single packet on the ventral surface of the

abdomen, but that no one else has seen the ova in this situation,

and that Giesbrecht suggested that the notion was founded on the

analogy of the other Calanide. This view would seem to be con-

firmed by an observation of Grobben, who found the ova of Dias

longiremis, with others, free in his aquaria.

3. Temora longicornis, Miller.

Exceedingly abundant at Wimereux as throughout the European

seas.

In connexion with this species the author discusses in some

detail the characters and peculiarities of the genera Temora, Baird,

and Yemorella, Claus. The former genus, established by Baird in

1850 upon the above species (which he identified with the Mono-

culus finmarchicus, Gunn.), was increased in 1853 by the addition of

T. velox, Lillj., and in 1866 of 7. armata, Claus. In 1876 Hoek

described 7’. Clausti from the brackish water of the fortifications of

Leyden, and in 1880 Poppe noticed a form nearly allied to the latter

under the name of 7’. affinis, from the fresh and brackish waters of

the great estuaries of North Germany. In 1881 Claus concluded

that 7. velow had been described from the male of 7’. affinis and the

female of 7. Clausii, so that it must be suppressed, and he indicated

differences in the characters of the species which led him to found

the genus Temorella for T. Claus and affinis. In the same year

Giesbrecht arrived at nearly the same conclusion, and proposed the

establishment of two subgenera—Halitemora=Temora, Claus, and

Eurytemora=Temorella. He described a new species from Kiel

under the name of Huryt. hirundo, and finally adopted Claus’s

nomenclature. Zemorella lacustris was described in 1887 by Poppe

from the lakes of Westphalia; and it was noted by Nordqvist, in the

same year, from Lake Ladoga under the name of 7’. intermedia.

Thus Zemora, with the species longicornis and armata, and Temo-

rella, with the four species above indicated, differ in their mode of

existence; the former being more thoroughly marine, while the

species of the second genus can exist even in the fresh water of lakes

and rivers. The author indicates briefly the distinctive characters

of the two genera. The anterior antenne are shorter and more

robust in the females of Zemorella, and the right anterior antenna in

the male Temora has the flagellum longer and more numerously jointed

than in Temorella. The inner maxillipedes are shorter and thicker

in Temorella. The appendages of the fifth thoracic segment in the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. 11. 19

274 Miscellaneous.

males of Temora have on the second joint aspiniform process, which

is wanting in Temorella; while in Temorella the penultimate joint

presents a spine which is deficient in Zemora. In Temora the

outer ramus of the first pair of feet is biarticulate, in Temorella

uniarticulate. No species of Yemorella seems as yet to have occurred

near Wimereux, but 7’. affinis has been met with off Honfleur.

4, Isias Bonnieri, sp. n.

“Syn. Isias clavipes, Boeck, 1864 (?), non Brady, 1878 (!).”

The cephalothorax is of a rounded oval form and without a

dorso-cervical impression. The head bears a bifurcated frontal

rostrum, deeply incised. The antenne attain the first segment of

the abdomen and are of twenty-four joints in the females and of

twenty-one in the males ; in both sexes they are bent into the form

of an 8. In the males the geniculation is between the eighteenth

and nineteenth joints of the right antennz, which are furnished at

their anterior margin with a denticulated crest; the seventeenth

joint bears a strong articulated spine. The cephalic appendages

resemble those of Centropages and the genera of the Calanus section,

especially those of Clausza, Boeck. The natatory appendages of the

first four thoracic segments do not resemble the feet of Centropages

typicus, Kroy.; they are shorter aud broader; the outer ramus

terminates with a long spine denticulated exteriorly, like that

found in the same place in Temora longicornis. The limbs of the

fifth thoracic segment present characters which enable us to separate

I, Bonniert from its congener. In the adult female the outer ramus

is triarticulate, the second joint having a long hooked spine on its

inner margin; the inner ramus is simple. In the adult males the

biarticulate outer rami are as in J. clavipes, but the inner rami

differ, especially upon the right side. On both sides the inner

ramus is of a single joint, which on the right side is reduced to a

mere tubercle armed with two short spines. The abdomen, of five

segments in the male and of four in the female, has in both sexes

a tubercle on the ventral surface of the third somite. In the adult

female the genital segment formed by the first and second abdo-

minal somites has a long ciliated spine on each side of the genital

aperture. The fovea is as long as the last thoracic segment and

formed of two broad pieces bearing five terminal setz of moderate

size. The species is common at Wimereux, but the female has not

been found bearing an ovigerous sac.

5. Centropages typicus, Kroyer.

Not uncommon off Wimereux.

6. Oentropages hamatus, Lilljeborg.

A littoral species.

Miscellaneous. 279

_ Subfamily II. PonrenLtin m.

7. Pontella Wollastoni, Lubbock.

Very common off Wimereux during the summer. The females

are never found with ovigerous sacs.

8. Pontellina Lobiancoi, Giesbrecht, MS.

A large species, measuring 6 or 7 millim. in length and further

remarkable for its brilliant coloration, a mixture of white, red, and

blue, much resembling that of Anomalocera Patersonit, Templ.

Common off Wimereux in the summer. Im general form it re-

sembles Pontellina gigantea, Claus. The body is elongated, nearly

cylindrical, and consists in the male of twelve and in the female of

nine segments and the furca. The frontal beak is bifid, with the

two branches widely divergent. The cephalic segment bears on each

side, at the limit of the anterior third, a point recurved backwards,

and the fifth thoracic segment has on each side a wing-like process

terminating in a point. The abdomen of the male has five and that

of the female only three segments. The last abdominal segment in

both sexes is deeply incised on its ventral face, and on the two lobes

thus formed are fitted the broad and short furcal pieces. The

author notes other peculiarities of structure characteristic of this

species, which has been already described by M. Giesbrecht under

the above name in a memoir on the pelagic Copepoda which he is

preparing for publication in the ‘ Fauna und Flora des Golfes von

_ Neapel.’—Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique, sér. 3,

Année i. (1888), pp. 78-106.

The Freshwater Infusoria of the Wellington District, New Zealand.

By W. M. Masxett.

In communicating to the Wellington Philosophical Society a

notice of some freshwater Infusoria, in continuation of a previous

paper on the same subject, the author has the following remarks on

the resemblance existing between the Infusoria of New Zealand and

those of Europe. He says :—

“In the ‘Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society’ for Feb-

ruary 1887 Professor A. C. Stokes, of New Jersey, in an account of

some new American Infusoria, remarks that it is rare to find in

America forms which are also found in European fresh water.

The experience of the compilers of the present paper leads to quite

the contrary view as regards the New-Zealand animalcules. Pro-

bably the ambition of every ‘systematic’ observer in any branch of

zoology or botany is to discover some new species; and this, laud-

276 Miscellaneous.

able as it doubtless is to a proper extent, has unfortunately led to a

multiplication of specific distinctions and names, often on the slen-

derest grounds, which subsequent investigation will have to largely

diminish, at some trouble to students. 'The members of the Welling-

ton Microscopical Section have steadily endeavoured to resist this

tendency, believing that much less error and confusion will result by

neglecting the frequently most minute differences from European

types observable in almost every Infusorian examined. Examples

of this may be found in Rhipidodendron Huwleyi, Amphileptus anser,

Metopus sigmoides in our former paper, or Monas irregularis, Codo-

siga botrytis, &c. in the present one. There are certainly minute

points of difference in such as these which might tempt some ob-

servers to raise them, if not to specific, at least to ‘ variety’ rank.

But in truth there is very often no absolute stability even in the

same individuals amongst the Infusoria; and we have thought it

best to avoid to the utmost any more cumbering of scientific classi-

fication and nomenclature than was absolutely necessary. The

couple of dozen animalcules herein set down as new species are con-

sidered to be sufficiently deserving of the distinction.

‘But Professor Stokes’s statement as to the New-Jersey Infu-

soria, compared with what has just been said, raises a question as

to the reason for the identities observed between the New-Zealand

and the European forms. It may be remarked that similar iden-

tities appear to be noticeable also amongst the freshwater Alge,

as several of our Desmidie and Diatomaces are found at both sides

of the globe, and many others present differences so trifling as to be

unimportant. That specific similarity should be so rare as Professor

Stokes declares it between two countries in the same hemisphere, as

New Jersey and France or England, and so frequent in two so

nearly antipodal as England and New Zealand, is not a little curious ;

and it becomes still more so if, as seems to be the case, the differ-

ences in the ‘higher’ zoological and botanical orders and families

are in a reverse ratio. The ‘higher’ American fauna and flora

approximate to the European much more than the New-Zealand

fauna and flora do. It is therefore not quite clear why the micro-

scopical forms of animal and vegetable life should not follow the

same lines. The answer might possibly be found in an extension of

research, leading to comparisons between countries of about the

same latitude and climate. Yet New Jersey, France, and New

Zealand are not, in these respects, very differently situated.”

The apparent contrast between New Jersey and New Zealand

would be of much interest if absolutely demonstrated; but Mr.

Maskell has indicated a very probable source of doubt. At the same

time he is, perhaps, a little uncharitable in the motives which he

ascribes to the describers of new species. Observers differ consider-

ably in their views of what constitutes a specific difference.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 10, OCTOBER 1888.

XXXVI.— The Staphylinide of Japan.

By Dr. D. SuHarp.

THIS memoir is intended to add to our knowledge of the

Coleoptera of Japan by description of the new species of

Staphylinide obtained by Mr. George Lewis during his tour

in the islands in 1880-81. Previous to the year 1874 only

three or four species of the family Staphylinidee were known

as occurring in Japan ; but in that year I enumerated, in the

‘Transactions of the Entomological Society of London,’ 190

species that had been obtained in the islands by Mr. Lewis

during his first residence there; this total has since been

increased by Weise and others to 218, as recorded in Herr

von Schénfeldt’s recent Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Japan.

To this number I am now able to add 249, making a total of

467 species of the family at present known as inhabiting the

archipelago.

Thanks to the efforts of Mr. Lewis we have attained a fair

knowledge of the Coleoptera of the Japanese islands, his

entomological work there having resulted in the formation of

a collection of about 4000 or 5000 species of the order. Some

considerable parts of this large and interesting collection have

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. in. 20

278 Dr. D. Sharp on

been thoroughly examined—the Geodephaga, with 406 species,

and the Longicorns, with 236 species, by Bates ; the Chryso-

melidee, 303 species, by Baly and Jacoby *. These families,

with the Staphylinide, make a total of about 1400 species,

and as they comprise insects of very varied habits, they may

be taken for statistical purposes as probably fairly represen-

tative of the whole collection. Bates has already discussed T

the relations of the Coleopterous fauna, so far as the ground-

beetles and Longicorns are concerned, to that of the various

adjacent regions; but as we can now make use of a much

larger material, and as he followed Wallace’s plan of using

generic statistics for the purposes he had in view, it is still of

interest to make a somewhat similar comparison, making use

of the species of the four great groups I have mentioned above

instead of the genera of the two groups treated by Bates.

Of the 1406 species found in Japan only 210 are known to

occur in Europe and Siberia; so that only about 15 per cent.

are common to the two subregions. A similar proportion

appears to be maintained in the rest of the order Coleoptera,

as von Heyden has stated, in the introduction to Schénfeldt’s

Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera, that out of the 2682 species

recorded in it 391, or rather less than 15 per cent., are also

known to occur in Siberia or Europe. This is a very small

amount of community for the two provinces; but there is

considerable reason for supposing that the discrepancy be-

tween the two faunas is at present much greater than it will

prove to be when our information is more exhaustive. Lewis's

collections have been formed chiefly in the southern islands,

whereas it is of course in the more northern island of Yezo

that we should expect to find the greater amount of similarity

with Siberia. Moreover the Coleoptera of the extreme east

of Siberia are not very well known, so that I consider it far

from improbable that as much as 30 or 40 per cent. of the

species of Japanese Coleoptera may ultimately be proved to

exist also in Siberia, though at present the amount is only

15 per cent.

A comparison of the Coleoptera of Japan with the fauna

of the parts of the Asiatic continent more to the south than

Siberia can at present be made only in a very imperfect

manner; it is probable that we do not know more than one

tenth of the species of Coleoptera inhabiting Mantchuria,

# Some other families have been worked through by Lewis himself

and by Gorham and Reitter, but to these, for my present purpose, I need

not specially refer.

+ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 205 et seg., and Journ. Linn. Soe.

xviii. pp. 205-207.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 279

Northern China, and Korea, so that no useful purpose would

be served by estimating what percentage of the Japanese

Coleoptera is at present known from there. A paper has

recently been published by Herr Kolbe that gives us some, if

only a little, information on the question of the relation

between the Coleopterous faunas of Japan and of the other

portions of Wallace’s Mantchurian subregion. Describing *

a small collection of 142 species of Coleoptera made by Dr.

Gottsche in Korea, he has entered fully into the question of

the geographical relations of the species, and announces that

Korea is “ faunistically extraordinarily closely related to

Japan,” 77 out of the 142 species detected there being known

as occurring also in Japan. ‘This certainly leads us to infer

that a considerable amount of community exists between the

two provinces; but it appears to be by no means so great as

might have been expected, for although we have a fair know-

ledge of the Coleoptera of the southern islands of Japan, it

appears that out of 142 species from the Korea 65, that is

nearly 46 per cent., are not known to be Japanese. Kolbe

states also that the Korea has more in common with Japan

than it has with China; but this is probably connected with

the fact that we know so much more of Japanese than we do

of Chinese Coleoptera.

I think it will be admitted that with such imperfect data as

we possess we cannot pretend to form any trustworthy esti-

mate of the exact relations of the Coleopterous fauna of Japan

to those of other provinces. At present what we know seems

to indicate a larger amount of endemicity than we should

have expected from its geographical position and from its

proximity at more than one point to other lands; its fauna,

too, seems to have affinities extending over a wide area,

including some undoubted and even striking points of resem-

blance with North America and with East India.

The geographical position of the islands gives their fauna

a considerable interest, which is much increased by the fact

that the islands themselves are well separated from one

another: a comparison of the fauna of the island of Yezo

with thoseof Nipon, Saghalien, and Mantchuria could not fail

to throw light on such questions as the exact relation between

endemicity and geographical isolation, and as the correlation

between present climatic conditions and the distribution of

species; but for all such purposes it is necessary to have a

complete knowledge of the faunas of the various regions

involved, and this we are very far from possessing. Mr.

* Arch, f. Nat. 1886, i. pp. 139-240.

20*

280 Dr. D. Sharp on

Lewis has probably obtained somewhere between 50 and 80

per cent. of the beetles of Japan; but Yezo has been compa-

ratively neglected, and of the Coleoptera of Saghalien and

the Kurile Islands we know really nothing, whilst our know-

ledge of the beetles of the adjacent parts of the continent of

Asia is quite rudimentary.

One of the points that has seemed to occasion some surprise

is the occurrence in Japan of forms we were previously only

acquainted with from the eastern tropics ; but this is probably

due to our great ignorance as to the fauna of extreme eastern

Asia. In most other parts of the northern hemisphere, as is

indeed well known, the tropical fauna is separated from that

of the temperate regions by intervening zones of barren

country, very different in climate and in capacity for sup-

porting life from the regions adjacent to them. Inthe extreme

east of Asia there seems to be no such barrier to the spread

of tropical forms of life into temperate regions, or of temperate

forms into tropical regions, and such information as we possess

about this region seems to show that a great mixture exists.

Bates has already pointed out that there is a large tropical

element in the Coleoptera of Japan; and Fairmaire tells us *

of Yunnan, far to the south, that there is a great mingling of

European genera with tropical forms ; and Sémenow again,

in remarking t on the Coleoptera collected in China and

Mongolia by Potanin, says that three faunas are represented,

one of them eminently palearctic. At present therefore it

appears very doubtful whether in this part of the world any

natural separation between Palearctic and Oriental regions

exists.

In the present paper I have not included the names of all

the species of Japanese Staphylinide, those that have been

recorded in my previous paper on the subject (Trans. Ent.

Soe. 1874, pp. 1-103) only being mentioned when I have

some addition or correction to make. I have, however, inclu-

ded the names of all other species that I know of as recorded

from the islands; so that this and the paper just mentioned

give a complete list of Japanese Staphylinide up to this date.

* Ann, Soc. ent. Belg. 1887, p. 87.

+ Hor. Soc. ent. Ross. xxi. p. 390.

the Staphylinide of Jupan. 281

Subfam. Azzocwaripaz

Group ALEOCHARINA.

Aleochara claviger.

Aleochara claviger, Sharp, Tr. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1874, p. 7.

Mr. Lewis has brought from Hakodate a single specimen,

having the elytra of a clear pale red colour. 1 do not know

whether it is distinct or only a variety of A. claviger. It

comes very near to A. celebensis, Fauv., but is more finely

punctate.

Aleochara discoidea.

Aleochara discoidea, Sharp, Tr. Hat. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 7.

A small series of examples from different localities on the

main island show that this is either a very variable species or

that there may be two or three species in Japan very closely

allied to A. fuscipes, L.; but the material is quite insufficient

to form a judgment on.

Aleochara lata?

Aleochara lata, Gravenhorst, Col. Micr. p. 186.

Kiga and Miyanoshita; two specimens. ‘These examples

do not agree exactly with either Kuropean or North-American

specimens, and may possibly be distinct ; they are very broad

and densely punctate.

Aleochara asiatica.

Aleochara asiatica, Kr., Wiegm. Arch. f. Nat. xxv. p. 13 (sep. pag.).

Aleochara japonica, Sharp, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 8.

We have not yet obtained in Japan any examples with

red elytra, such being, according to Kraatz, the ordinary form

in Ceylon; but both Kraatz and myself have pointed out that

the speciés is variable in colour, and I have no doubt that the

two torms are not distinct.

Aleochara niponensis, n. sp.

Nigra, fusco-pubescens, antennarum basi pedibusque testaceis ; dense

punctata ; antennis apicem versus latioribus, articulis 5°-10™ trans-

versis.

Long. 6 millim.

282 Dr. D. Sharp on

Antenne short, rather stout, the three basal joints sordid

red; ninth and tenth joints quite similar to one another.

Thorax strongly transverse, densely and finely punctate and

pubescent. Klytra about as long as the thorax, densely,

moderately finely punctate, the hind margin very slightly

red. Hind body much narrowed to the extremity, densely,

moderately finely punctate; last dorsal plate with the hind

margin simple.

Kiga, Nagasaki, and Nikko; four specimens.

The place of this species is between A. bipunctata and A.

asiatica ; from the former it is distinguished by the finer

punctuation and shorter and thicker antenne, and from A.

asiatica by denser and finer punctuation and the unemarginate

last dorsal plate.

Aleochara nitida.

Aleochara nitida, Gray. Col. Micr. Bruns. p. 97.

Found on the main island at Jnoshima and in Yezo at

Hakodate; several examples.

Aleochara squalithorax (Fauvel in litt.), n. sp.

Opaca, fusco-nigra, breviter flavo-setosa ; prothorace peropaco, obso-

lete punctato ; elytris abdomineque densissime punctatis; anten-

narum basi pedibusque fuscis.

Long. 4 millim,

Antenne small and not thick, penultimate joint evidently

transverse. Head narrow, quite dull, almost impunctate.

Thorax transverse, remarkably dull, sparingly and obsoletely

punctate, along the middle an obscure, rather broad, scarcely

elevated space quite free from sculpture. Elytra scarcely

longer than the thorax, very densely and roughly sculptured.

Hind body very densely punctate. Mesosternum very

strongly carinate quite to the apex.

Hagi (Fauvel), Hakodate (Lewis).

I have preserved the name proposed for this curiously

sculptured species by the well-known French savant.

Aleochara trisulcata.

Aleochara trisulcata, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 88.

Hagi (Weise), Hakodate (Lewis).

Only one example of this very peculiar little insect was _

obtained by Mr. Lewis.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 283

Homeusa acuminata.

Euryusa acuminata, Miirkel, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1842, p. 148.

Miyanoshita, May 1880; one example, agreeing exactly

with European specimens.

Hlomeusa levigata, n. sp.

Nigra, subnitida; antennis, pedibus anoque rufo-sordidis; subtilis-

sime punctulata ; thorace fere lavigato.

Long. 33 millim.

Antenne rather short, much thicker externally, fifth to tenth

joints transverse, terminal joint elongate, nearly as long as

the preceding three together. Thorax strongly transverse,

considerably broader than the elytra, bisinuate on each side

at the base; hind angles acute, sharply defined, the surface

sparingly and excessively finely punctate, somewhat shining.

Klytra about as long as the thorax, very finely punctate.

Hind body acuminate behind, very finely punctate.

Seba, July 30th, 1881; one specimen in an ant’s nest.

Homeusa longicornis, n. sp.

Picea, haud nitida, thoracis lateribus anoque testaceis ; elytris brun-

neis; antennis pedibusque rufis; subtiliter punctata; antennis

sat elongatis, articulo penultimo vix transverso.

Long. 33 millim.

This insect is considerably larger than H. japonica and has

quite different antenne, these organs being more slender and

elongate than they are in H. japonica or the other known

species of the genus. ‘lhe thorax is strongly transverse, a

little rounded at the sides, bisinuate behind, the hind angles

slightly acute; the surface finely punctate and pubescent.

Elytra about as long as the thorax, rather closely and finely

punctate. Legs rather long.

Sapporo ; one specimen.

ASPIDOBACTRUS, noy. gen.

Tarsi anteriores 5-articulati. Antenne breves, crasse, fusiformes,

rigide. Pronotum magnum, anterius semicirculare, posterius

bisinuatum. Cox intermedi contigue.

Of this peculiar insect Mr. Lewis obtained only one ex-

ample, and although I can see its characters only very im-

284 Dr. D. Sharp on

perfectly, I have little or no doubt that it is allied to Homeusa,

and distinguished from it and other neighbouring genera by

the very peculiar antenne, the joints of which are consoli-

dated, so that they cannot be easily counted; the terminal

joint is elongate, acuminate, about equal in length to the rest

of the consolidated mass ; the first joint is distinct, the second

and third small and slender, the following joints considerably

larger, consolidated.

Aspidobactrus claviger, nu. sp.

Ferrugineo-testaceus, abdomine obscuriore apice testaceo, subtiliter

punctulata ; thorace anterius rotundato, abdomine acuminato.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne short, thick, rigid, subacuminate. Head im-

mersed under the large thorax ; this latter completely rounded

at the front and sides, the base strongly bisinuate, the hind

angles acute and projecting backwards, the surface finely

punctate and pubescent. Hlytra considerably shorter and

narrower than the thorax, strongly sinuate near the outer

hind angle, finely punctate; scutellum not visible. Hind

body strongly narrowed from base to apex, feebly punctate,

rather strongly pubescent. ‘Tarsi rather short, very slender,

especially at the extremity.

Nikko ; one specimen.

This is one of the most remarkable of the Staphylinide

captured by Mr. Lewis, and is pretty certainly either myrme-

cophilous or termitophilous in its habits.

Thiasophila oxypodina, un. sp.

Elongata, subparallela, minus depressa, subtilissime punctata, evi-

denter pubescens, opaca, rufo-testacea, abdomine medio nigri-

cante.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne red, thick, thicker externally, second and third

joints subequal, fifth to tenth strongly transverse. Head

rather narrow. ‘Thorax slightly transverse, densely punctate,

base scarcely bisinuate, hind angles very minutely acute.

Elytra slightly longer than the thorax. Hind body slender,

rather sparingly punctate, basal two segments deeply trans-

versely impressed at the base.

Hakone, Suyama, Miyanoshita, in company with a small

ant.

This little insect seems better placed in Thiasophila than ©

the Staphylinide of Japan. 285

in Oxypoda, but will probably prove to belong to a distinct

genus between these two and also related to Homeusa.

Oxypoda luridipennis, n. sp.

Elongata, angustula, nigra ; elytris fusco-ferrugineis, antennis pedi-

busque testaceis; dense subtilissime punctulata, opaca; antennis

sat elongatis. :

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne slender, not thicker externally, each joint longer

than broad; terminal joint elongate, but not so long as the

two preceding together. Head orbicular, not much more

than half as broad as the elytra. Thorax not strongly trans-

verse, but evidently broader than long, rounded at the sides

and a little narrowed in front, very densely punctate.

Elytra rather long, distinctly longer than the thorax, very

finely punctate. Hind body excessively finely and densely

punctate. Legs clear yellow.

Yokohama, Oyama; two specimens.

Oxypoda subrufa, n. sp.

Elongata, angusta, rufa, opaca, dense subtilissime punctulata pubes-

censque; thorace elytrisque obscurioribus, capite nigricante,

pedibus testaceis.

Long. 22? millim.

Antennz short, third joint shorter than second, fourth

short, slightly transverse, fifth to tenth differing little from

one another, each rather strongly transverse, terminal joint

obtuse, not twice as long as the tenth. Head narrow, closely

and finely punctate. ‘Thorax rather broader than long, front

angles extremely depressed, rather broader at the base than

in front, very finely and densely punctate. Elytra longer

than the thorax. Hind body elongate and narrow, very

densely and finely punctate, and delicately pubescent, not so

dull as the front parts.

Nagasaki, in February and March; three specimens.

Oxypoda hilaris, n. sp.

Angustula, rufa, dense subtilissime punctata pubescensque, opaca ;

capite, elytris posterius abdomineque ante apicem fuscescentibus,

pedibus testaceis.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne short and stout, third joint longer than the second,

286 Dr. D. Sharp on

fifth to tenth strongly transverse, terminal joint as long as the

two preceding joints together. Head infuscate red, rather

broad and short, very finely punctate. Thorax strongly

transverse, nearly twice as broad as long, base much rounded,

very finely punctate. Elytra yellow at the base, fuscous for

a large space at the outer apical angle, a good deal longer

than the thorax, very densely punctate. Hind body with the

basal two segments yellow, the following three fuscous,

closely very finely punctate.

Nikko, Yokohama, Kuromazu ; five examples.

Oaypoda leta.

Oxypoda leta, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. (1877) p. 97.

Hagi; not found by Lewis.

Calodera desdemona, n. sp.

Elongata, angustula, fusco-testacea ; antennis pedibusque pallidis,

abdomine medio nigricante; dense subtilissime punctata; pro-

thorace sat elongato.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne entirely pale red, fourth joint much broader than

the third, fourth to tenth very similar to one another, each

transverse, terminal joint twice as long as the tenth. Head

suborbicular, piceous. Thorax about as long as_ broad,

densely and very finely punctured, with a transverse impres-

sion in front of the base in the middle. Llytra a little longer

than the thorax, finely, very densely punctate. Hind body

closely and finely punctate.

Yokohama; one specimen.

Closely allied to C. @thiops, but about twice the size.

POROCALLUS, nov. gen.

Tarsi omnes 65-articulati. Palpi maxillares triarticulati, articulo

tertio lato, cyathiformi.

This genus is most nearly allied to Callicerus, agreeing

with it in the peculiar structure of the maxillary palpi, which

are of the type seen in some genera of Pederidz, the penul-

timate joint being broad and truncate at the apex and no

doubt receiving the fourth joint, which is invisible ; the labial

palpi are triarticulate, the basal joint stout, the terminal joint

minute and slender ; the gene are very obsoletely margined.

The middle coxe are distinctly separated, the mesosternum

the Staphylinide of Japan. 287

much produced between them, but not quite meeting the

raised margin of the metasternal process. ‘The basal joint of

the hind tarsus is very long, longer than the three following

together. By this character the genus is well distinguished

from Callicerus. In Callicerus the anterior tarsi are said to

be only four-jointed ; in Porocallus they appear to me to be

five-jointed, but I may possibly be mistaken, as I have only

one example at my disposal, and in it the feet have been

clogged with gum-tragacanth.

Porocallus insignis, n. sp.

Niger, capite, thorace elytrisque fusco-nigris, densissime punctatis,

opacis ; abdomine nitido, crebre punctato; antennis, palpis pedi-

busque rufis.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne elongate, rather stout, but little thicker exter-

nally, third joint longer than the second, little longer than

the fourth, longer than broad, terminal joint elongate, con-

siderably longer than the tenth. Head broad and short,

extremely densely punctate, quite dull. Thorax a little nar-

rower than the elytra, transverse, slightly narrowed behind,

extremely densely, moderately coarsely punctate, quite dull.

Elytra broad, longer than the thorax, dull, densely punctate,

the colour towards the hind margin brown, the punctuation

there rather coarser and less dense. Hind body with each

of the basal segments depressed at the base, and there densely

punctate, each behind more sparingly and finely punctured.

Yuyama, May 11th, 1881; one specimen, probably a

female.

Group MYRMEDONIINA.

SAPHOCALLUS, nov. gen.

Tarsi anteriores 4-, intermedii et posteriores 5-articulati. Palpi

maxillares triarticulati, articulo tertio sat gracili, apice truncato.

Antenne elongate. Head narrow, with convex eyes.

Thorax quadrate. Middle coxe slightly separated, but

neither the metasternum nor the mesosternum is much pro-

duced between them, so that a great space in the longitudinal

direction exists between the margins of these two parts.

- Legs elongate. ‘The hind tarsi long, the basal joint elongate,

not twice as long as the second joint, this latter a little longer

288 Dr. D. Sharp on

than the third, the two together about as long as the basal

joint ; terminal joint slender, about as long as the basal joint.

The place of this genus will be between Myrmecia and

Callicerus ; the insect resembles Callicerus obscurus in ap-

pearance, but it is well distinguished by the structure of the

breast.

Saphocallus parviceps, n. sp.

Angustulus, fuscus, antennis pedibusque rufis; elytris fusco-ferru-

gineis ; thorace subquadrato, densissime punctato, opaco, elytris

illo longioribus, fortiter punctatis.

Long. 33 millim.

Antenne elongate, red, darker at the base, third joint quite

as long as the second, tenth as long as broad, terminal joint

elongate, nearly twice as long as the tenth. Head narrow,

and considerably narrowed behind the prominent eyes.

Thorax evidently narrower than the elytra, nearly as long as

broad. LElytra rather roughly punctured, conspicuously

emarginate near the outer hind angle. Hind body slender,

shining, the base of each segment punctate and somewhat

depressed. In the male there is a tubercular elevation on

each wing-case near the suture behind; a short denticle on

the middle near the hind margin of the penultimate dorsal

plate of the hind body; the hind margin of the terminal

dorsal plate is emarginate, and the genital armature projects

as two short, stout, corneous processes.

Nagasaki, 6th April, 1881; one specimen.

Aitemeles sinuata, n. sp.

Rufula, capite, thorace (lateribus exceptis), abdomine ex parte pec-

toreque nigris; thorace punctulato utrinque foveolato, lateribus

valde emarginatis, basi in medio longe lateque lobato.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne moderately long and stout, penultimate joint

slightly transverse. Head small, narrow, black, quite dull.

Thorax transverse, irregular in shape, sides much elevated,

a large fovea on each side, the base much produced in the

middle. Elytra a little longer than the thorax, densely, very

finely punctate. Hind body densely tufted at the sides and

less conspicuously at the apex.

This is allied to A. emarginata, but has the thorax con-

siderably more eccentric in form.

Chiuzenji; a single specimen, 21st August, 1881, in com- _

pany of Myrmica.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 289

Hoplandria convexa.

Hoplandria convexa, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. (1877), p. 88.

Hagi. Described by Herr Weise from a single example ;

the genus is doubtful.

Myrmedonia optata, n. sp.

Nitida, capite, thorace, pectore elytrorumque angulis externis

nigris, pedibus flavis; antennis, elytris abdomineque testaceo-

ferrugineis, hoc apicem versus piceo-variegato ; prothorace parce

profundeque punctato, basi in medio profunde foveolato ; elytris

crebrius profunde punctatis.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne long and stout, penultimate joints strongly trans-

verse. Head very shining, with a tew deep punctures.

Thorax broader than long, very distinctly punctate. Elytra

a little longer than the thorax. Hind body with the terminal

segments marked with black; at the base of each segment a

fine punctuation.

Kashiwagi and Chiuzenji; two specimens.

This is closely allied to Af. Haworthi, but is much smaller,

has the antenne comparatively larger, and the elytra more

finely punctate.

Myrmedonia Hawortht.

Aleochara Haworthi, Steph. Tl. Brit. Ent, v. p. 126, pl. xxvi. fig. 3.

Hitoyoshi and Kashiwagi; two examples.

Myrmedonia fugax, n. sp.

Capite cum antennis, elytris, pectore abdominisque apice nigris;

thorace abdomineque lete rufo-testaceis, pedibus flavis, antennis

articulo ultimo testaceo ; thorace transversim subquadrato parce

obsoleteque punctato.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne thick, fourth to tenth joints strongly transverse.

Head shining black, smooth in the middle, sparingly punc-

tate at the sides. ‘Thorax a good deal broader than long,

sparingly and subobsoletely punctured, with a basal depres-

sion in the middle, very shining, bright yellowish red.

Elytra only slightly longer than the thorax, black, shining,

rather closely and coarsely punctate. Hind body bright

290 Dr. D. Sharp on

yellowish red, with the terminal segments black, shining,

with some fine punctures at the base of each segment.

Kioto, June 10th, 18815; one specimen.

A distinct species of the subgenus Zyras.

Myrmedonia particornis, n. sp.

Capite cum antennarum basi, elytris, pectore abdominisque apice

nigris; thorace abdomineque rufo-testaceis ; antennis extrorsum

albidis, pedibus flavis ; thorace subquadrato, obsolete punctato.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne black at the base, the apical joints quite white,

fifth to tenth joints transverse. Head shining black, obso-

letely punctate. Thorax a good deal narrower than the

elytra, slightly broader than long, a little narrowed behind,

foveolate at the base in the middle, sparingly and obsoletely

punctured. LHlytra slightly longer than the thorax, shining

black, coarsely, moderately closely punctate. Hind body

with a few fine punctures at the base of each segment.

Kioto, July 2nd, 18815; one specimen.

This also belongs to the subgenus Zyras; it is very re-

markable on account of the colour of the antenne.

Myrmedonia picta.

Tlyobates pictus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 11.

This insect was met with again near Nagasaki. There are

only four joints in the front feet, so the species must be

removed to Myrmedonia and placed in the subgenus Zyras.

Myrmedonia cognata, var. japonica.

Myrmedonia cognata, Markel, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1842, p. 142.

On his previous visit to Japan Mr. Lewis found only a

single example of this insect; but more recently he has pro-

cured a good series in the nests of Mormica japonica at

Bukenji. These examples differ from Huropean examples

of M. cognata in being of a more uniform and dark colour and

more densely punctate ; but as they agree in other respects I

prefer to treat them as a variety, though, if these slight cha-

racters prove to be constant when examples have been found

in other localities, the two forms may be really distinct. In

Europe M. cognata inhabits the nests of 1. fuliginosa, a species

closely allied to /. japonica.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 291

Myrmedonia similis.

Myrmedonia similis, Markel, Germar’s Zeitschr. v. p. 200.

Kiga and Miyanoshita; four examples. The Species is

rather rare in Europe, where it inhabits the nests of Formica

fuliginosa. The ant to whose nest it is attached in Japan

has not been noted.

Myrmedonia indiscreta, n. sp.

Fusco-picea, minus nitida, subtiliter punctata ; antennis pedibusque

rufis, abdominis segmentis basalibus piceis; thorace valde trans-

verso, basi et lateribus rotundatis,

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne rather short, much thicker externally, fourth to

tenth joints transverse, the last twice as broad as long, ter-

minal joint moderately acuminate, quite twice as long as the

tenth. Head black. Thorax about twice as broad as long,

moderately closely and finely punctate; hind angles very

obtuse and indistinct. Elytra a little longer than the thorax,

densely and very finely punctate. Hind body impunctate.

Seba and Hakodate; six specimens.

This is similar to the European laticollis, but is much

smaller and narrower and differs in numerous minor points.

Myrmedonia spreta, n. sp.

Nigra, elytris brunneis, antennis pedibusque rufis; antennis brevi-

bus, apicem versus latioribus; prothorace fortiter transverso,

lateribus rotundatis, sat crebre asperato-punctato, basi in medio

foveolato.

Long. 5-6 millim.

Basal three joints of antenne clear red, the others more

obscure, third joint much longer than the second, fifth to

tenth each transverse, each narrower at the base; penul-

timate joint more than twice as broad as long, terminal quite

acuminate. Head broad and very short; eyes large. Thorax

nearly twice as broad as long, sides and base rounded; hind

angles very obtuse, the surface very distinctly, not densely

punctate, minutely pubescent. Elytra a little longer than the

thorax, closely and finely punctate, of a pale brown colour,

darker at the outer apical angle. Hind body shining, im-

punctate.

Sapporo and Hakodate.

A very distinct species, somewhat similar to M. laticollis

and M. s¢milis, but with peculiar punctuation on the thorax.

292 Dr. D. Sharp on

Thamiarea difinis, n. sp.

Fusco-cinnamomea, abdomine nigro, segmentis basalibus ad latera

rufo-maculatis, antennarum basi pedibusque testaceis; capite,

thorace elytrisque subtiliter punctatis, abdomine nitido, fere

impunctato.

Long. 5 millim.

Antennas moderately long and slender, setose, third joint

elongate, longer than the second, fifth nearly as long as

broad, sixth to tenth transverse, terminal joint acuminate,

more than twice as long as the tenth. Head broad and

short, not much more than half as broad as the elytra,

sparingly and finely punctured. Thorax strongly transverse,

the base rounded, the surface even, finely, moderately, closely

punctate, shining. Elytra a little longer than the thorax,

and rather more distinctly punctured.

This is larger than the European 7’. cinnamomea, and has

longer and more slender antennz, and the upper surface is

more shining.

HoMALOTA.

Mr. Lewis’s collection contains examples of several species

of this genus in addition to those I have described or deter-

mined; but the specimens are not sufficiently numerous or

well preserved to describe from in this most obscure genus—

the most difficult to deal with of all the genera of Coleoptera.

Homalota variolosa.

Homalota variolosa, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. 1877, p. 89.

Hagi; one specimen. This has not been found by Mr.

Lewis. The genus is doubtful.

Homalota Hillerd.

Homalota Hilleri, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. 1877, p. 90.

Hagi, on the sea-shore.

Homalota niponensts, n. sp.

Parva, nitida, nigra ; elytris fusco-testaceis, pedibus testaceis ; pro-

thorace transverso, medio late profundeque impresso, abdomine

crebre punctato.

Long. 21 millim.

Antenne small, rather slender, but little thicker externally, |

the Staphylinide of Japan. 293

basal joint fuscous, the others black; fourth to tenth joints

slightly transverse. Head black, shining, impunctate, almost

without pubescence. Thorax about as broad as the elytra,

not twice as broad as long, rounded at the sides, very slightly

narrowed in front, very delicately punctulate, shining, on

the middle with a very large depression, not extending quite

to the front. Elytra a little longer than the thorax, sordid

testaceous, blackish at the base, very finely punctate. Hind

body with all the segments finely, moderately closely punc-

tate.

Nagasaki, 22nd February, 1881 ; two examples.

This may be placed near the European H. nigra, to which

it is not, however, at all closely allied; if the remarkable

thoracic depression be sexual, the two examples are no doubt

males, but there is no peculiar structure of the hind body to

indicate this.

Homalota lutulenta, u. sp.

Parva, rufula, antennarum basi, thorace, elytris pedibusque testa-

ceils ; antennis extrorsum, capite abdomineque ante apicem fusces-

centibus; crebre punctata, abdomine fortiter acuminato, crebrius

conspicueque setosello.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne short and rather stout, thicker externally, third

joint rather shorter than the second, fifth to tenth joints trans-

verse, the last of them rather strongly so; terminal joint

about as long as the two preceding together. ‘Thorax con-

vex, rounded at the sides and base, and narrowed in front,

bright yellowish red, finely punctate, rather feebly transverse.

Elytra slightly longer than the thorax, coloured like it, rather

more closely punctate. Hind body very acuminate, rather

closely punctate, evidently pubescent, and with the exserted

setee very distinct.

Yokohama and Nagasaki.

This is one of the species with most strongly acuminate

hind body ; it may be easily distinguished from the equally

bright-coloured H. vivida by its smaller size, thicker an-

tenn, and more closely punctate hind body.

Homalota oligotinula, n. sp.

Parva, brevis, subdepressa, testaceo-ferruginea, pedibus flavis ; sub-

tilissime punctulato ; antennis brevibus, crassis,

Long. 2 millim.

Antenne stout, very short, thicker externally ; fourth to

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 21

294 On the Staphylinidee of Japan.

tenth joints transverse, the tenth quite twice as broad as

long. Head stout, about half as broad as the elytra. ‘Thorax

quite twice as broad as long, base and sides greatly rounded,

the surface without depressions, scarcely visibly punctate.

Elytra a little longer than the thorax, very minutely punc-

tate. Hind body shining, almost impunctate, narrower

behind.

Suyayama and Kumamoto ; two specimens.

Homalota gyrophenula, n. sp.

Brevis, subdepressa, rufo-testacea ; antennis extrorsum, pectore ab-

dominisque segmentis 4°-6™ nigricantibus ; elytris fusco-testaceis ;

antennis brevibus, apicem versus crassioribus.

Long. 2 millim.

Antenne very short, third joint small, fifth much broader

than the fourth, fifth to tenth transverse, the last of them

strongly so; terminal joint short, obtuse. Head small, about

half as broad as the elytra. Thorax strongly transverse,

quite twice as broad as long; base strongly rounded, surface

even, delicately pubescent, scarcely visibly punctate. Hlytra

longer than the thorax, very finely punctate. Hind body

broad and short, finely punctate.

Thectura armata, n. sp.

Elongata, angusta, parallela, depressa, nigra; elytris fuscis ; an-

tennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis; capitefortiter punctato, thorace

medio longitudinaliter impresso.

Long. 2} millim.

Antenne short and rather stout, reddish, outwardly more

obscure, fifth to tenth joints transverse. Head subquadrate,

slightly narrower than the thorax, rather closely and coarsely

punctate. Thorax feebly transverse, very finely punctate.

Elytra longer than the thorax, very finely punctate. Hind

body narrow and elongate, very obsoletely punctate. In the

male the last dorsal plate is armed in the middle behind with

a projection, close to which on each side there is a fine spine;

the outside of the hind margin has a long conspicuous spine.

This differs from 7’, cuspédata in the male characters and

is of larger size.

Falagria myrmecophila, n. sp.

Brunnea, antennis pedibusque testaceis, dense subtiliter punctata,

On the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 295

subopaca ; antennis crassiusculis ; thorace profunde canaliculato,

sceutello simplice.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne stout, fourth to tenth joints transverse. Thorax

nearly as long as broad, narrower than the elytra, much nar-

rowed behind, closely and finely punctate, deeply canaliculate

from the front to near the base, where the channel expands

into a fovea. Elytra a little longer than the thorax, a little

narrowed at the shoulders, densely punctate; scutellum

densely punctate. Hind body a little narrower towards the

base, densely punctate, the basal segments slightly paler than

the others.

Kashiwagi, Nara, Sheba, Shimonosuwa, Bukenji, Sap-

poro.

This is closely allied to F. thoracica, but it is rather larger

and of a nearly uniform brown colour, the antenne are con-

siderably thicker, and the punctuation is denser. Like the

Kuropean species it inhabits the nests of ants in trees.

Falagria sulcata.

Staphylinus sulcatus, Payk. Mon. Staph. Suee. p. 82.

Yokohama and Hakodate.

[To be continued. |

XXXVII.—Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—

No. XXVI. On some new Devonian Ostracoda. By Prof.

T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.8. With a Note on their

Geological Position, by the Rev. G. F. WH IDBORgNE,

fee, FG.S.

{Plate XI.]

lis

THE new Ostracodous genus herein described is founded on

numerous specimens discovered by the Rev. G. F. Whid-

borne, F.G.8., in a Devonian Limestone at Daddy-Hole

Cove, near Torquay, Devonshire.

KYAMODES, gen. nov.

Carapace bivalved, subconvex ; dorsal edge straight, ven-

21%

296 Prof. T. R. Jones on the

tral boldly rounded; ends rounded and nearly equal; like a

short Windsor or broad bean*. The valves have a crumpled

appearance at the mid-dorsal region, due to the presence of

three unequal tubercles (on each valve) and intervening fur-

rows, close together, and diverging more or less from the

middle of the hinge-line towards the depressed area within

the marginal rims. The tubercles are hollow inside, and

vary somewhat in the two valves and with individuals. The

free, curved edges of the valves are thick and generally some-

what raised; and the left valve overlaps the right to some

extent ventrally. The hingement appears to be perfectly

simple. ‘The surface of the valve is smooth, being destitute

of any ornament.

Numerous individuals of this new genus, sometimes with

perfect valves closed together, but often imperfect, occur in

thin seams of limestone near Torquay, Devon (see Mr. Whid-

borne’s Note at page 298). They constitute a considerable

portion of the rock, and become visible, like the other

organisms, only by the weathering of the limestone, whereby

it loses its blue colour and takes on tints of red and grey.

There are two chief forms of this curious fossil, one semi-

circular and the other semielliptical in the ventral curve.

The latter is a variety, relatively larger and rarer than the

ther ; it has the three tubercles distinct (almost Beyrichian)

n the smaller or younger condition (fig. 8), and less so in

he larger individuals (fig. 10). Another variety (fig. 9)

has the tubercles still further reduced to two unequal

prominences.

1. Kyamodes Whidbornet, gen. et sp. nov.

(Pl. XI. figs. 1-7.)

Figs. 1-5: Long 14% mm., high 14 mm., thick 1 mm.

Size ~ Fig.6: Long 14 mm,., high 13 mm.

Fig.7: Long 2 mm., high 14 mm.

Semilunar in outline, being straight on the dorsal edge,

and otherwise almost semicircular, except that one end (ante-

rior) has a more rapid curve than the other, the postero-

dorsal thus becoming sharper than the front angle. The

edge view (fig. 4) is narrow-oval, modified ventrally by the

thickened edges of the valves, and dorsally showing in its

middle divergent furrows and intervening tubercles, some-

what like the undeveloped limbs of some embryo (fig. 5).

* Hence the generic name Kyamodes, from kxvayodns (for cvapyoeidns),

like a bean (kvapos).

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 297

The end view is roughly cuneiform, lumpy above, and notched

below (fig. 3).

On the right valve (fig. 1) three medial tubercles are

defined near the back and close together. One in front is

curved ; the middle one is low down and weak; and the

hinder tubercle rises a little above the dorsal line, and the

valve is gently swollen behind it. In the opposite valve

(fig. 2) the anterior has coalesced with the middle tubercle,

and protrudes beyond the dorsal line, while the hinder

tubercle does not rise high up and has a slight subsidiary

ridge behind it.

In figs. 6 and 7 the interiors of two left valves show

modifications of the hollows which correspond to external

elevations.

1*. Kyamodes Whidbornet, var. elliptica, nov.

(Pl. XI. figs. 8 and 10, a, 0.)

Si 70 fe 8: Long 13 mm., less than 4 mm. high.

Fig.

10: Long 23 mm., 1} mm. high.

With greater length, less height, and less convexity, the

adult form of this variety differs from the type described

above. The tubercles are not so strongly pronounced, the

two chief knobs being equal, not very prominent, and more

widely separate than in figs. 1 and 2. The middle tubercle

is much reduced, though visible on the anterior side of the

broad sulcus.

In the smaller (probably younger) form, fig. 8, all three

tubercles are prominent, being defined by two intermediate

sulci and two curved furrows within and parallel with the

raised terminal margins of the valve. A Beyrichian alliance

of the genus is indicated by the distinctness of the lobes, the

width of the intervening depressions, and the greater relative

width of the posterior lobe, with the faint subdivisions of its

surface. ‘The essential characters, however, are the same as

in fig. 10, and even there they are not specifically distinct

from those of the other forms (figs. 1-7) which have departed

so far from the Beyrichian type.

1**, Kyamodes Whidbornet, var. obsolescens, nov.

(PE Xbvfigt 9s)

Size: Long 2 mm., high 14 mm.

Here the sulcus is not so strong as in either of the other

forms; the anterior and middle tubercles are represented

298 Rev. G. F. Whidborne on the Geological

only by a local swelling; and the posterior lobe alone remains

as an important eminence, with an indefinite swelling behind

it. In shape this valve is not so long as fig. 10, and is not

so semicircular as figs. 1, 2, 6, and 7.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

[The figures are magnified 20 diameters. |

Fig. 1. Kyamodes Whidbornei, gen. et sp. nov. Carapace; right valve

shown, with the edge of the other valve.

Fig. 2. The same. Left valve seen.

Fig. 38. The same. Posterior aspect.

Fig. 4. The same. Ventral aspect.

Fig. 5. The same. Dorsal aspect.

Fig. 6. The same. Interior of a left valve.

Fig. 7. The same. Interior of another left valve.

Fig. 8. Kyamodes Whidbornei, var. elliptica, nov. Small individual ;

right valve.

Fig. 9. Kyamodes Whidbornet, var. obsolescens, nov. Right valve.

Fig. 10. Kyamodes Whidbornei, vay. elliptica, nov, Left valve. 4, out-

side; 0, outline of edge view.

II. Note on the Geological Position of the Specimens.

By the Rev. G. F. Wuipporng, M.A., F.G.S.

In order to define the position of the beds in which the

Devonian Ostracoda here described by Professor Rupert

Jones occur, it will be necessary to go somewhat into detail.

The cliffs of Meadfoot Bay consist of a mass of shales,

surmounted on the east side by the Pleurodictywm-beds under

Kilmorie and on the west by the mass of limestone which

forms the plateau of Daddy-Hole Plain. The latter lime-

stone has been shown by the late Mr. Champernowne™* to be

much folded and doubled on itself, and its beds are truncated

parallel to the general shore-line by a great open fault which

is filled in with Triassic Conglomerate, and which has evi-

dently been subjected to subsequent movement, as even

quartz-pebbles contained in it have their surfaces levelled and

striated.

The western arm of Meadfoot Bay terminates in a sharp

crag, cut off from the main mass by this fault, and curiously

like the little island a few hundred feet beyond it called the

“‘ Shag,” which is evidently a continuation of the same bed

thrown eastward by a second fault. Between this crag and

the main promontory of Daddy-Hole Plain come in order two

* Trans. Devonshire Assoc. &c. vol. vi. 1874, p. 548.

Position of some Devonian Ostracoda. 299

quarries and a cove. The first of these quarries is small,

and is worked in dark limestones, dipping south-west, veined

with calcite and containing Crinoid stems, Serpule, and

Corals. Its back is formed by the fault, behind which shaly

beds are to be seen. Crossing the fault at the western edge

of this quarry we enter a second and larger quarry, which

has been excavated in grey, thick-bedded, and very lenticular

limestones, also dipping south-west. Below these come some

alternating beds of thin limestones and shales, overlying the

shales mentioned before, and the highest of which forms the

north-east slope of the quarry. As the workmen have not

troubled to work below this, it is only towards the front of the

quarry that the succession of these alternating beds is exposed.

Their edges, bent upwards and ultimately crumpled by

the great fault before referred to, show nine or ten thin lime-

stone bands, giving altogether a thickness of about 5 feet.

It is from the upper surface of one of the most central of

these bands that the Ostracods were obtained, and I have not

found them in any of the other beds. In this band, how-

ever, they occur in crowds, and they are accompanied moro

rarely by a minute spiral Vermetus (?) with lamellar rings, and

by asmall Brachiopod (Athyris concentrica, Buch). Both the

interiors and the exteriors of the valves are exposed, and

occasionally the two valves occur united, so it would

appear that they were living at the time of the deposition of

the strata. The succeeding cove is the one described by

Mr. Champernowne, in which he found Calceola *.

The Beyrichia which Professor Rupert Jones will describe

in another communication was found by Mr. T. Roberts,

Mr. Solly, and other members of Professor T. M‘Kenny

Hughes’s Cambridge party during their visit to ‘Torquay last

Easter, in the red beds of the ‘‘ New Cut ” or Lincombe-Hill

Drive, from which Mr. Champernowne obtained his Homalo-

notus some years ago}. These beds lie high up on the slope

of the Isham valley, some hundred yards to the north of

Meadfoot Bay. They are considered by Professor Hughes

to be the same as, or, more probably, slightly lower than, the

Pleurodictyum-beds of Kilmorie, and he has obtained Pleuro-

dictyum and other fossils from beds in their immediate neigh-

bourhood.

* Loc. cit. p. 549.

+ See Geol, Mag. 1881, pp. 487-491, pl. xiii., and 1882, pp. 157, 158,

pl. iv. fig. 3,

300 Mr. E. A. Smith on

XXX VIII.—Diagnoses of new Species of Pleurotomide in the

British Museum. By Enaar A. SMITH.

I HAVE already published in these ‘ Annals’ * numerous descrip-

tions of Pleurotomide in the collection of the British Museum.

Although it is difficult to recognize the species from the

diagnoses alone, through having published names attached to

them they become scattered abroad in continental and other

collections, and by this means become known.

Already several of the species previously described have

been correctly identified and figured by other writers ; and it

is to be hoped that the remainder will sooner or later find their

way into illustrated monographs. In this, as in the previous

papers, I have adopted the plan of placing all the forms in

the comprehensive genus Pleurotoma, at the same time giving

in brackets the group or section to which they belong or to

which they seem most nearly related.

Pleurotoma (Surcula) fuegiensis.

Testa breviter fusiformis, purpureo-rosea, cauda pallidiore ornata ;

anfract. 7, primi 2, apicem constituentes, magni, leves, rotundi,

exterl superne leves, leviter concavi, inferne convexiusculi et

costis perobliquis ad 12 (in anfr. ultimo medio evanidis) instructi ;

apertura longit. totius 2 adequans; labrum tenue, superne ad

suturam late profundeque sinuatum; columella in medio leviter

arcuata, basi obliqua; canalis brevis, latus, paululum recurvus.

Long. 114 mill., diam. 4.

Hab. Straits of Magellan (Dr. Cunningham).

The apex of this species is large and obtuse. The oblique

ribs are thickest at their upper ends, and below the middle of

the body-whorl the purple-pink colour is deepened, forming

an obscure spiral band.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) unitfasciata.

Testa solida, oblonga, turrita, subrimata, fulvescens, circa anfr.

ultimum ad peripheriam zona latiuscula fusca cincta ; anfract. 12,

convexi, superne paululum concavi, costis crassis rotundatis in-

ferne incrassatis (in anfr. ultimo 7 ad peripheriam obsoletis) in-

structi, transversim tenuiter lirati; apertura albida, longitudinis

totius 3 adequans; columella valde callosa; canalis latissimus,

brevis; sinus latissimus, profundus.

Long. 35 mill., diam. 13.

* Vol. xix. (1877) pp. 488-501 ; vol. x. (1882) pp. 206-218, 296-306 ;

vol, xiv. (1884) pp. 317-3829,

new Species of Pleurotomide. 301

Hab, Ceylon and China Sea.

A species of solid structure, of a palish fulvous colour, with

a single brown band around the periphery of the body-whorl.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) crassa.

Testa crassa, ovato-fusiformis, alba, ad apicem dilute violacea, hic

illic (precipue infra suturam) fusco notata; anfract. 11? (apice

abrupto), in medio aliquanto angulati, superne ad suturam oblique

breviter lirati vel crenulati, costis medio subacute angulatis, su-

perne suturas vix attingentibus (in anfr. ultimo ad 12 fere basi

continuis) liris elevatis spiralibus (in anfr. superioribus 2-3 in

ultimo 15-16 supra costas nodosis) clathrati; apertura alba,

longitudinis teste # equans; columella rectiuscula, callo crasso

suturam versus tuberculoso induta; cauda crassa, subrimata ;

labrum paululum post marginem costa ultima maxima incrassa-

tum ; sinus modice profundus ; canalis brevissimus, recurvus.

Long. 22 mill., diam. fere 8.

Hab, Bombay.

A species of a solid build, white, with a violet apex and a

few brownish spots scattered here and there on the upper

halves of the ribs, and dotted with the same colour immedi-

ately beneath the suture. It is allied to P. sacra, Reeve, but

differs from it in having fewer ribs which are angled, and the

upper ends of them are not nodose at the suture, and the

coloration is different in the two forms.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) roseobasis.

Testa ovato-fusiformis, spira acuminata, alba ad basim anfract.

ultimi roseo tincta; anfract. 10, superne leviter concavi, deinde

convexiusculi, costis modice gracilibus, superne versus suturam

evanidis (in anfr. ultimo 12 basi continuis) instructi; sulcis spi-

ralibus distantibus (in anfr. superioribus 4, in ultimo circa 13)

insculpti; anfr. ultimus latus ; apertura supra alba, inferne rosea,

longit. totius ad # equans; sinus parvus, minime profundus;

canalis brevis, recurvus.

Long. 221 mill., diam. 8}.

Hab, + ?

The characteristic style of coloration at once indicates this

species. The spiral sulcations are situated on the lower half

of the whorls, the upper portion having but a few rugose lines

of growth upon it.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) ventricosa.

Testa ovata, superne acuminata, rubro-testacea, albo rubroque

302 Mr. E. A. Smith on

minute articulata, spiraliter conferte lineata ; anfract. 101, primi

21 vitrei, politi, caeteri superne aliquanto concavi, inferne rotun-

dati, costis obliquis infra excavationem subtruncatis (in anfr.

ultimo ad 12 versus basim evanidis) instructi, liris spiralibus con-

fertis minime elevatis incrementique lineis flexuosis concinne

ornati ; apertura intus rubro-fusca, longit. totius fere + equans ;

columella subrecta, callo tenui superne incrassato labroque juncto

induta; sinus rotandatas: ; labrum margine albo crenulato, extra

costa maxima validissime Meraskaturn’;: canalis brevis, latus, re-

curvus.

Long. 27} mill., diam. 94.

Hab. Between Percy Island and Queensland, E. Australia

(McGillivray).

The general tone of this shell is reddish testaceous, slightly

washed with white; one of the white lines a little below the

middle of the whorls is more conspicuous than the rest.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) granularis.

Testa fusiformi-ovata, ochracea, circa medium anfractuum zona alba

fasciata ; anfract. 10, superne leviter excavati, longitudinaliter

oblique et transversim sulcati, granularum seriebus spiralibus (in

anfr. superioribus 4—6, in ultimo circiter 20) ita productis, infra

suturam opus carinati vel incrassati; apertura alba, longit.

teste totius 35> adeequans ; columella subrecta, crasse callosa, ad

suturam tuberculosa ; sinus latiusculus; labrum extra incrassa-

tum; canalis brevis, recurvus.

Long. 22 mill., diam. 7.

Hab. ?

The longitudinal sulci are about sixteen in number on a

whorl, and thus the rows of granules in a longitudinal direc-

tion are about the same. The granules are paler than the

furrows which produce them.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) rimata.

Testa livido-carnea, elongata, crassa, aliquanto turrita, distincte

rimata ; anfract. 13 convexiusculi, superne leviter concayi, costis

obliquis, suturas vix attingentibus medio subangulatis (in anfr.

ultimo circiter 11 basi evanidis) instructi, liris spiralibus (in anfr.

superioribus 5-6, in ultimo 16-18) cincti; anfr. ultimus basi

minime attenuatus, circa rimam paululum inflatus, pone labrum

Sule a ae tinctus ; apertura livido-purpurea, longitudinis teste

2 eequans ; sinus latus, prope suturam situs ; columella valde cal-

foees obliqua ; canalis brevissimus, recuryus.

Long. 31 mill., diam, 9.

Hab. ——?

new Species of Pleurotomide. 303

The distinct rimation and the livid purplish flesh-colour are

the chief characters of the species.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) essingtonensis.

Testa elongate fusiformi-ovata, rubro-fusca, circa anfractuum medium

liris duabus albis cincta ; anfract. 10, primi 3 leves, politi, ceteri

convexiusculi, superne leviter concavi, ad suturam incrassa-

tione crenulata ornati, costis obliquis (in anfr. ultimo 11 basim

versus obsoletis, ultima pone labrum validissima) instructi, liris

spiralibus ad 8, circa medium duabus supra costas albis quam

ceteris majoribus, cincti, incrementique lineis striati; anfr. ulti-

mus liris circa 25 ornatus, tribus paululum infra medium albis ;

apertura longit. totius .%, adequans; columella callosa; sinus

mediocris ; canalis brevis, recurvus.

Long. 20 mill., diam. 6.

Hab. Port Essington, North Australia.

The spiral lirations are somewhat thickened on the ribs,

thus producing a subnodulous appearance.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) parva.

Testa ovata, fusco-alba, prope suturam fuscescens, circa anfr. ultimi

medium supra costas punctorum fuscorum serie unica et zona

pallidiore infra illam, ornata; anfract. 6, primi 2 laves, citeri

superne juxta suturam constricti, deinde planiusculi, costis su-

perne nodulosis (in anfr. ultimo 9, ad basim liris spiralibus 4-5

circa caudam interruptis) instructi, incrementi lineis striati ;

apertura longitudinis totius 2 adequans; columella callo crassi-

usculo induta ; sinus profundus; labrum tenue,

Long. 74 mill., diam. 3.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (MacAndrew).

The last rib on the body-whorl, which is situated at some

distance from the margin of the labrum, is much larger than

the others and is stained with brown. ‘The slight constriction

a little below the suture gives the ribs a nodulous aspect at

their upper ends. A similar appearance exists at the bottom

of the ribs on the last whorl, occasioned by a like depression.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) jucunda.

Testa acute ovata, spira alba, circa medium anfractuum et inferne

ad suturam linea fusco-cornea ornata, anfr. ultimi dimidio inferiore

lutescente, paululum infra medium serie spirali guttarum alba-

rum cincto ; anfract. 74, convexiusculi, superne leviter constricti,

longitudinaliter costati, costis superne attenuantibus (in anfr,

ultima 10 aliquanto infra medium evanidis) instructi, spiraliter

304 Mr. E. A. Smith on

minutissime incrementique lineis striati; cauda anf. ultimi liris

crassis 4 circumdata; apertura long. totius 58, equans; labrum

costa ultima valide incrassatum, superne vix sinuatum ; canalis

brevissimus.

Long. 8} mill., diam. 3}.

Hab. ?

From the middle of the body-whorl upward the shell is

white, with the exception of two fine brownish lines, one

around the middle of the whorls and the other at the inferior

suture.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) consangutnea.

Testa elongate ovato-fusiformis, dilute fusca; anfract. 11-12 sutura

carinata undulata discreti, infra carinam sulco spirali minime

profundo leviter constricti, infra suleum costis subdistantibus

leviter obliquis (in anfr. ultimo ad 10 versus peripheriam obso-

letis) instructi, ubique striis spiralibus distinctis supra interque

costas continuis ornati; anfr. ultimus infra medium vix con-

strictus ; apertura angusta, longitudinis teste £2 equans ; labrum

margine tenui, extra valde incrassatum ; sinus magnus, paululum

infra suturam situs; columella subrecta, superne tuberculata,

callo tenui induta ; canalis brevissimus, recurvus.

Long. 20 mill., diam. 64.

Hab. 2

There is every probability of this species being an inhabi-

tant of the Chinese seas, since it possesses so much of the

general character of several forms from that region. JP. s?-

nensis, Hinds, appears to be its nearest relative. The general

form, and especially that of the body-whorl and the much

shorter canal, are the principal marks of distinction ; also the

ribs are less angular, and the colour is uniform.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) rubro-fusca.

Testa acuminato-ovata, rubro-fusca, costis, apice et cauda lutescen-

tibus ornata ; anfract. 8, convexiusculi, superne ad suturam carina

crassissima cincti, deinde costis crassis (in anfr. ultimo 8 versus

basim obsoletis) instructi, transversim incrementique lineis

striati; apertura rubro-fusca, longit. totius } paululo superans ;

columella callo fusco superne labro juncto induta ; canalis brevis-

simus; sinus aliquanto profundus.

Long. 114 mill., diam. 4.

Hab. China Sea.

The last rib on the body-whorl is considerably larger than

the rest. The keel below the suture is very large.

new Species of Pleurotomide. 305

Pleurotoma (Drillia) bilirata.

Testa fusiformis, fusca; anfract. 11, primi 2 leves, politi, cawteri

convexiusculi, superne inferneque ad suturas carinati (carina

superiore maxima) costis rotundatis versus suturas evanidis (in

anfr. ultimo 9 ad peripheriam obsoletis) instructi, circa medium

liris spiralibus duabus supra costas valde prominentibus et striis

tenuibus ornati; anfr. ultimus liris circiter 15 succinctus ; aper-

tura purpureo-fusca, long. totius vix 2 sequans; columella sub-

recta, callo tenui superne cum carina ad suturam tuberculo parvo

formante induta; canalis mediocris, vix recurvus; sinus rotun-

datus, infra carinam situs.

Long. 19 mill., diam. 51.

Hab. ?

The two lirations encircling the middle of the whorls are

very prominent on the ribs and almost obsolete in the inter-

stices.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) suavis.

Testa ovato-fusiformis, lutescens, inter costas rufo tincta; anfract.

74, primi 2} leves, convexi, cateri superne concayiusculi, inferne

convexi, costis versus suturam superne evanidis (in anfr. ultimo

12 in medio obsoletis) instructi, liris spiralibus conspicuis 3 (2 circa

medium, tertia juxta suturam inferiorem) striisque tenuibus

ornati; anfr. ultimus liris circa 14 supra costas subnodosis

cinctus ; apertura longit. totius 53, adequans; sinus subprofun-

dus, paululum infra suturam situs; canalis brevis, vix recurvus.

Long. 12 mill., diam. 4.

Hab. Cape Three Points (Voyage H.M.S. ‘Herald’).

The two apical whorls are large and give the apex a mam-

illated aspect.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) cretata.

Testa acuminato-turrita, alba; anfract. 11, superne concavi, inferne

convex, costis obliquis versus suturas evanidis (in anfr. ultimo 12

basi attenuantibus) instructi, striis spiralibus (in anfr. superiori-

bus 5-6, in ultimo circiter 17) insculpti; apertura longitudinis

totius } adeequans; columella callo crassiusculo ad suturam valde

tuberculosa labroque juncto induta ; sinus amento similis; canalis

brevis, recurvus.

Long. 24 mill., diam. 8.

Hab. Panama (A. H. Cooke).

This species differs from P. pallida, Sow., in having the

upper part of the whorls excavated, in the ribs being almost

306 Mr. E. A. Smith on

obsolete above and not ending nodulously, as in that species,

and the spiral strize are finer.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) multicostellata.

Testa elongate ovato-fusiformis, subturrita, alba; anfract. 11, primi

3 conyexi, politi, leves, caeteri planiusculi, superne sutura undu-

lata carinata discreti, infra carinam sulco spirali angusto impressi,

infra sulcum costis tenuibus subrectis regularibus (in anfr. ultimo

14-16 inferne subnodulosis fere ad basim continuis) instructi,

sulcis spiralibus concinne ornati; anfract. ultimus infra periphe-

riam leviter constrictus; apertura parva, longitudinis totius 2

adeequans ; sinus angustus; canalis brevissimus.

Long. 18 mill., diam. fere 6.

Hab. Philippines.

This pure white shell is remarkable for the regularity of

the ribs, abruptly terminated above by the narrow furrow,

which is situated just below the keel at the suture. The

transverse sulcations are very regular. Its closest ally is

P. sinensis, Hinds.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) fiiensis.

Testa fusiformis, alba, superne inferneque ad suturam dilute flavo

fasciata; anfract. 9, primi 2 politi, convexi, leves, pallide rubes-

centes, ceteri convexi, superne concave excavati, costis obliquis

superne attenuatis (in anfr. ultimo 11 basi evanidis) instructi,

liris spiralibus 3 supra costas nodulosis in interstitiis obsoletis

ornati; anfr. ultimus liris circiter 15 (quarum modo superiores 3

nodulose sunt) cinctus; apertura longit. totius 49 squans ;

canalis subelongatus, dextrorsum inclinatus, recurvus; Sinus

magnus, profundus; columella leviter tortuosa, callo induta.

Long. 114 mill., diam. 33.

Hab. Ovalau, Fiji Islands, 12 fathoms.

The transverse yellow bands are so very pale as to be

scarcely visible ; in one example they are quite obsolete.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) dejecta.

Testa fusiformis, alba, circa peripheriam fusco obsolete unizonata ;

anfract. 10, primi 2 leeves, politi, ceeteri supra concaviusculi infra

conyexi, costis inferne incrassatis (in anfr. ultimo 8 haud basi

attingentibus, una validissima aliquanto pone labrum sita) in-

structi, liris tenuibus spiralibus ad 5 (in anfr. ultimo circiter 15,

circa caudam 5-6 quam aliis majoribus) cincti; apertura longi-

tudinis totius j4; adequans; canalis angustus, recurvus ; sinus

profundus ; columella subrecta, callosa, superne tuberculata.

Long. 13 mill., diam. 43.

new Species of Pleurotomide. 307

Hab. Philippine Islands.

The ribs on the body-whorl are terminated inferiorly by

the spiral lirations around the cauda, which are rather thicker

than those on the rest of the shell.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) semipellucida.

Testa breviter fusiformis, tenuis, alba; anfract. 10, primi 2 leves,

politi, ceeteri convexiusculi, costis leviter obliquis, flexuosis in-

structi (in anfr. penultimo 11, in ultimo 18 basi fere continuis,

costis 5-6 ultimis supra tergum anfractus obsoletis), inter costas

subdistanter punctato-striati; apertura longit. totius j ad-

eequans; columella callo crassiusculo superne incrassato suture-

que juncto induta; labrum aliquanto expansum, extra leviter

incrassatum ; sinus mediocris; canalis angustus, leviter recurvus.

Long. 104 mill., diam. 33.

Hab. @

The whorls are very slightly contracted above. On the

back of the body-whorl there is one rib very much larger

than the rest, and from it to the labrum is smooth. ‘The

punctured striation is very characteristic.

Pleurotoma (Driilia) persica.

Testa breviter fusiformis, nitens, alba, inter costas dilute fusco tincta ;

anfract. 8, primi 2 leves (secundo medio angulato), ceteri superne

excavati, inferne convexiusculi, sutura undulata sejuncti, costis

superne obsoletis (in anfr. ultimo 10 basi attenuantibus) instructi ;

anfr. ultimus circa caudam liris tenuibus 5-6 ornatus ; apertura

longit. totius 7 adequans; columella callo tenui ad suturam

incrassato induta ; sinus magnus; canalis brevis, recurvus.

Long. 9 mill., diam. 3.

Hab. Persian Gulf (Colonel Pelly).

This species resembles D. disjecta considerably at first

sight ; however, the larger size and the difference of the ribs,

which are not nodulous above, are characters at once distin-

guishing it. Itis somewhat like D. obliqui-costata, Reeve, in

miniature.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) paucistriata.

Testa elongata, breviter subulata, alba, inter costas prope suturam

et supra tergum anfr. ultimi dilute fusco maculata; anfract. 9,

primi 2 leves, ceteri stria spirali paululum infra suturam sita

bipartiti, costis superne nodulosis, obliquis instructi (in anfr.

penult. 11, in ultimo circiter 5, ceteris obsoletis), striis distanti-

bus 2-3 (in anfr. ultimo ad 9) insculpti; apertura brevis, longit.

308 Mr. E. A. Smith on

totius ;3, adequans; columella callosa, superne tuberculata ;

labrum extus incrassatum; canalis brevissimus, recurvus.

Long. 10 mill., diam. 3.

Hab. California.

On the back of the body-whorl there is a kind of swollen

rib and the spiral striation has a semipunctate appearance.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) disjecta.

Testa breviter fusiformis, nitens, alba, inter costas dilute fusco tincta ;

anfract. 8, primi 2 convexi, leves, ceteri convexiusculi, paululum

infra suturam undulatam sulco angusto bipartiti, longitudinaliter

costati, costis superne supra sulcum nodulosis, inferne crassis (in

anfr. ultimo 10 versus basim attenuantibus); anfr. ultimus pone

labrum haud costatus circa caudam albam liris ad 6 cinctus, in

tergum fuscescenti maculatus ; apertura parva, longitudinis totius

75; adeequans ; columella callo juxta suturam incrassato labroque

juncto induta ; sinus magnus, profundus; canalis brevis, fusces-

cens, recurvus.

Long. 73 mill., diam, 23.

Hab. Persian Gulf (Colonel Pelly), China Sea, and Ovalau,

Fiji.

In one specimen the furrow or depression a little below the

suture is well defined, producing an undulating keel above it.

Pleurotoma (Drillia) Cooket.

Testa fusiformis, nitens, rubescens, circa medium anfractuum obscure

pallide zonata; anfract. 7, primus magnus, leevis, cxeteri convexi-

usculi, longitudinaliter costati, costis crassis, flexuosis, in anfr.

ultimo 10 versus basim attenuatis sed subito liris gracilibus ad 8

circa caudam abruptis ; anfr. ultimus zona secunda pallida infra

medium indistincte ornatus ; apertura superne ovata, inferne con-

tracta, longit. totius ;5, adequans; sinus magnus, profundiuscu-

lus; canalis subelongatus, recurvus, dextrorsum inclinatus ; colu-

mella callo tenui superne labro juncto induta.

Long. 63 mill., diam. 2.

Hab, Jamaica.

This little species is unlike any other in the family. I

have named it after the Rev. A. H. Cooke, who, besides other

valuable work, has done much to clear up the errors which

occur in the collection of the late R. MacAndrew, and who

kindly presented the six specimens of this species in the Mu-

seum.

Pleurotoma (Crassispira) bifurca.

Testa elongata, pyramidalis, lutescens, inter tuberculas nigro tincta ;

new Species of Pleurotomide. 309

anfract. 12, superne juxta suturam carinati, infra carinam con-

cavi et spiraliter exiliter striati, inferne tuberculorum magnorum

10 seriebus instructi, a tuberculis singulis decurrunt cost duo no-

dose; anfr. ultimus supra costas tenues nodulis flavis 4 (qui

series spirales 4 formant) ornatus, striis spiralibus tenuibus incre-

mentique lineis insculptus, longe pone labrum incrassatus ; aper-

tura parva, intus fuscescens, longit. totius 3 adeequans ; columella

callo crassiusculo fuscescenti juxta suturam valde tuberculosa

induta; labrum supra nodulas mediocriter sinuatum; canalis

breyissimus.

Long. 21 mill., diam. 7.

Hab. c

The general colour of this shell is dirty yellowish, the lower

half of the upper whorls between the nodules being black, as

is also the middle portion of the body-whorl. The four spiral

series of little tubercles on the fine ribs of the last whorl are

bright yellow. That two riblets bifurcate from each of the

large tubercles is very remarkable.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) fulgens.

Testa ovata, subturrita, nitens, alba, supra costam ultimam anfr.

ultimi macula parva, pallide fusca notata; anfractus 6, primi 2

leves, convexi, ceteri paululum minus convexi, aliquanto supra

medium obsolete angulati, costis fere rectis 11-12 (in anfr. ultimo

fere ad basim continuis, ultima pone labrum quam ceteris valde

majore) instructi, et liris spiralibus 3—4 supra costas leviter in-

crassatis, et supra angulum obsoletum liris aliis duabus tenuiori-

bus cincti; anfr. ultimus liris 16-18, quarum circiter 8 circa

caudam quam superioribus confertiores sunt, ornatus ; apertura

anguste ovata, longit. totius 3 equans; labrum extra incrassa-

tum, superne satis distincte sinuatum, intus infra sinum uniden-

tatum ; columella tenuiter callosa ; canalis brevis, angustus.

Long. 5 mill., diam. 2.

Hab. ?

The pale dot on the last rib is so small and indistinct that

it might easily be overlooked. ‘The uppermost of the three

or four chief spiral lirations is situated a little above the

middle of the whorls, and it is at this point that they appear

to be slightly angulated.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) notabilis.

Testa ovata, turrita, alba, transversim flavescenti fasciata; anfractus

6, supremi duo leves, convexi, ceeteri convexiusculi, costis paulu-

lum obliquis circiter 11 (in anfr. ultimo basi continuis) instructi,

ubique spiraliter conspicue (precipue inter costas) striati; anfr.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. 11. 22

310 Mr. E. A. Smith on

ultimus fasciis quatuor cinctus, quarum una juxta suturam, una-

que circa medium versus labrum castaneo tincte sunt; apertura

angusta, longitudinis totius $ paulo superans; labrum extus valde

incrassatum, superne leyiter sed distincte sinuatum; canalis

brevissimus, truncatus.

Long. 43 mill., diam, 12.

Hab. ?

The spiral striations are deep and are placed in pairs. The

yellowish bands are not very conspicuous, but on the back of

the body-whorl one of them at the suture and one in the

middle of the labrum become of a deep brown or chestnut

colour.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia?) recta.

Testa ovato-fusiformis, albida, inter costas pallide olivaceo tincta, et

circa medium anfr. ultimi zona alba angusta ornata; anfract. 7,

primi 2 leves, politi, tertius spiraliter minute granulatus, ceteri

superne leviter excavati, deinde convexiusculi, costis 8-9 medio

exigue angulati (in anfr. ultimo basim versus attenuantibus) in-

structi, ubique spiraliter tenuissime striati, striis paucis quam

ceteris majoribus, et incrementi lineis minute decussati ; aper-

tura longit. teste totius ,%, adequans; columella rectiuscula,

callo tenui induta; labrum costa ultima munitum, paululum infra

suturam parum sinuatum ; canalis subelongatus, Jatiusculus.

Long. 8 mill., diam. fere 3.

Hab. Persian Gulf (Colonel Pelly).

This species is remarkable for the granular aspect of the

third whorl. Between the ribs, which are white and scarcely

reach to the suture above, it is of a pale olive-brown colour ;

the cauda also is white, and a narrow white stripe encircles

the last whorl, interrupting the olive-brown sala of the

interstices.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) Fordit.

Testa fusiformi-ovata, alba ; anfractus 6, primi duo leves, convexi,

politi, cxteri convexiusculi, costis rotundatis circiter 8, superne

versus suturam leviter attenuatis (ad basim anfr. ultimi evanidis)

instructi, ubique striis confertis minutis quarum 2-3 (et in anfr.

ultimo plures) quam ceteris crassiores sunt, spiraliter insculpti ;

apertura parva, angusta, longitudinis totius # adequans; labrum

extra costam ultimam incrassatum, superne leviter sinuatum, intus

incrassatum et unidentatum ; columella tenuiter callosa; canalis

brevissimus.

Long. 43 mill., diam. 13.

Hab. ——?

new Species of Pleurotomide. 311

This unpretending little shell has for its chief distinctive

characters the rounded ribs and fine spiral striation, and the

lip is thickened within at a little distance from the acute

margin.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) parilis.

Testa oblonga, subturrita, alba, inter costas prope sed infra suturam

rufo maculata, et supra costas punctorum ruforum seriebus spirali-

bus 2-3 (in anfr. ultimo 3-4) ornata; anfract. 7, supremi duo

leeves, convexi, ceeteri paululum convexi, inferne leviter angus-

tiores quam supra, costis subobliquis 9-10 (in anfr. ultimo ad

basim attingentibus) instructi, ubique tenuissime denseque spiral-

iter striati; apertura angusta, longit. totius 3 vix squans;

labrum incrassatum, superne semicirculariter sinuatum ; canalis

brevis, angustus.

Long. 73 mill., diam. 23.

Hab. Gulf of California.

This species possesses some affinity with P. Goodingit, but

the ribs are not regularly continuous, less prominent, and

thicker ; itis differently coloured, and the form is less acumin-

ated at both ends. ‘Three specimens placed as varieties are a

little shorter in the spire and their outer lips are somewhat

thicker.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) lata.

Testa brevis, lata, turrita, alba, supra labrum rufo unimaculata ;

anfractus 5-6, primi 2 convexi, leves, nitentes, ceteri superne

decliviter tabulati, deinde angulati, infra angulum plani, sed

versus suturam obliqui, costis 12, subrectis (in anfr. ultimo ad

basim continuis) instructi, et liris spiralibus 3-4, suprema circa

angulum sita, ceteris infra illum, succincti; anfr. ultimus liris

circiter 15 ornatus; apertura longit. totius 4 sequans; labrum

incrassatum superne valde sinuatum; columella tenue callosa ;

canalis brevissimus.

Long. 443 mill., diam, 2.

Hab, China seas.

The broadest part of the whorls is at the angle, and they

are contracted below it. This species is remarkable for its

short broad form and its tabulated spire. Faint brown spots

are occasionally traceable below the suture between the ribs,

and above the angle two or three spiral lirations much finer

than those below sometimes occur.

22*

Fi Mr. E. A. Smith on

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) decipiens.

Testa oblongo-ovata, alba; anfractus 7, primi 3 leves, politi, con-

vexi, ceteri leviter convexiusculi, costis 8-9 (in anfr. ultimo fere

ad basim continuis) instructi, et spiraliter crebre fortiterque, prae-

cipue inter costas, striati; apertura parva, longit. totius 3 paulo

minor ; labrum costa ultima incrassatum, superne valde semicir-

culariter sinuatum ; canalis brevissimus, truncatus.

Long. 6 mill., diam, 2.

Hab. ?

This species has no very marked distinctive character.

The spiral striations are generally rather coarse, but some are

finer than the others, and the ribs on the body-whorl become

more remote from each other as they approach the labrum.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) Lischket.

Testa ovato-fusiformis, turrita, sordide albida, lineis tribus rufis

obscuris ornata; anfractus 6, supremi tres perconvexi fere leves,

cxeteri medio subangulati, costis tenuibus circiter 12 instructi, et

lira unica obsoleta circa angulum cincti, ubique spiraliter obsolete

striati; anfr. ultimus costis paululum ante basim liris spiraliter

8-10 circa caudam interruptis; apertura longit. totius 3 ad-

requans; labrum extus incrassatum, superne leviter sinuatum ;

canalis angustus, brevis.

Long. 63 mill., diam. 23.

Hab. Japan.

The third whorl is seen to be finely, longitudinally, arcu-

ately lirated in some specimens, and the spiral striation 1s very

faintly developed. In the specimens before me, which are

not in good condition, the spiral reddish lines, of which there

appear to be three on the body-whorl, are very indistinct.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) castellata.

Testa oblonga, turrita, alba; anfract. 6-7, primi 2 leves, convexi,

cexteri tabulati et angulati, ad latera plani, inferne versus sutu-

ram angustati, costis pliciformibus tenuibus, valde prominentibus,

superne ad suturam subrotunde angulatis (in anfr. penult. 8, in

ultimo 7 basi continuis) instructi, ubique dense minuteque spirali-

ter striati; apertura angusta, longit. totius 3 fere equans ; labrum

costa ultima fortiter incrassatum, superne semicirculariter sinua-

tum ; canalis brevis, angustus, truncatus.

Long. 63 mill., diam. 23.

Hab. ?

This is a very elegantly formed shell. The whorls are

new Species of Pleurotomide. 313

narrower at the base than above, thus producing the turreted

aspect. The plicate ribs are very prominent and the penulti-

mate on the body-whorl is considerably remote from that

which forms the labrum. As they are rather produced at

the upper end the whorls have a somewhat castellated appear-

ance, and in all the four examples which I have examined

they are continuous up the spire.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) fortistriata.

Testa ovata, albida; anfractus 7, primi 2 leves, politi, cateri con-

vexi, costis crassis 7 (super spiram plerumque continuis) in anfr.

ultimo basi continuis instructi, et striis spiralibus fortibus ubique

insculpti; apertura parva, longit. totius ~; adequans; labrum

validissime incrassatum, intus dentibus 4—5 parvis munitum, et

paululum infra suturam leviter sinuatum; canalis angustus,

brevis.

Long. 63 mill., diam. 23.

flab. Bombay.

This is a strong solid species with seven stout rounded ribs

continuous up the spire and extending to the base of the body-

whorl.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) mamillata.

Testa subovata, lutescens ; anfractus 5, primi duo magni, leves, con-

vexi, papillosi, ceeter1 convexi, costis 7-8 supra spiram subcon-

tinuis (in anfr. ultimo ad basim productis) instructi, ubique tenu-

issime spiraliter striati, et liris spiralibus 2-3 parum prominenti-

bus sed supra costas leviter incrassatis prope medium cincti ;

anfract. ultimus liris circiter 8 ornatus; apertura longitudinis

totius quam 2 paulo minor; labrum valde incrassatum, levissime

sinuatum ; columella callo tenuissimo induta; canalis brevis,

angustus.

Long. 53 mill., diam. 2.

Hab. ?

This shell is very remarkable on account of the large size

of its nuclear whorls. When more specimens are examined

this may prove to be but an individual peculiarity.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) subquadrata.

Testa ovata, turrita, cornea, superne ad suturas inter costas rufo

tincta et circa anfract. ultimum paulo infra medium rufo zonata;

anfract. 7, apicales pallidi, czeteri superne decliviter tabulati et

angulati, infra angulum planiusculi, costis tenuibus 12-14 et

liris spiralibus gracilibus 2-3 (in anfr. ultimo circiter 10) cancel-

314 Mr, E. A. Smith on

lati, et in interstitiis striis spiralibus squamulatis incrementique

lineis minute decussati; apertura parva, lorgit. totius 58; ad-

equans; labrum pallidum, valde incrassatum, intus superne

inferneque tuberculo parvo munitum; sinus levis, subsemicircu-

laris ; canalis brevis, angustus, ad basim truncatus.

Long. 53 mill., diam. 23.

Hab. St. Helena.

This very pretty little species has very much the form of

P. quadrata, Reeve, but is very different in sculpture and

colour. The three apical whorls, the labrum, and usually

the lower extremity of the body-whorl are whiter than the

rest of the shell, which is of a pale yellowish horn-colour.

The reddish zone encircling the body-whorl a trifle below the

middle defines the whitish extremity and extends to the

labrum, upon which in fresh specimens it is darker than else-

where. ‘The minute, microscopic, squamose cancellation

which generally is chiefly observable in the interstices between

the coarser sculpture is a good distinguishing feature. This

is a smaller and stouter species than P. gemma, has more

sharply angled whorls, rather stronger sculpture, and is diffe-

rent in form, the body-whorl being more contracted and

slender below the middle.

Pleurotoma (Mangilia ?) granilirata.

Testa elongato-subpyramidalis, sordide albida; anfract. 7-8, primi

duo leves, convyexi, ceteri convexiusculi, costis subrectis 8 (in

anfr. ultimo fere ad basim continuis) instructi, et liris tenuibus

confertis granosis (quarum 2—3 in anfr. superioribus, et circiter

12 in ultimo quam ceteris majores sunt) ubique cincti; apertura

parva, pallide fuscescens, longit. totius } paulo superans; colu-

mella levis, labrum extra incrassatum, superne leviter sinuatum,

intus dentibus parvis 4-5 munitum ; canalis angustus, brevis.

Long. 5% mill., diam. 2.

Hab. G

The spiral lirations which cover the entire surface are

beautifully minutely granulous. Of the four or five little

teeth within the labrum the upper one, which is situated just

below the slight sinus, is the largest.

Pleurotoma (Clathurella) scabrata.

Testa fusiformi-ovata, lutescenti-fusca, circa anfractuum medium

lineis lacteis 1-2 cincta; anfract. 9, supremi 2-3 minute oblique

reticulati, caeteri mediocriter convexi, costis circiter 16 (in anfr.

ultimo fere ad basim continuis) instructi, incrementique lineis

new Species of Pleurotomide. 315

striati, et liris spiralibus tenuibus 6-7 (in anfr. ultimo ad 27) et

striis aliis interpositis succincti ; apertura fuscescens, longitudinis

totius 3 adequans ; labrum leviter incrassatum, superne juxta

suturam sinu parvo semicirculari ornatum ; columella tortuosa ;

canalis breviusculus, angustus.

Long. 15 mill., diam. 53.

Hab. ?

The few opaque lacteous lines encircling the whorls, chiefly

near their middle, are not very distinct. The lines of growth

are rather strongly developed, and on crossing the transverse

lirations give them a roughened or subgranose appearance.

The labrum in the three specimens examined is scarcely

perfect, and possibly therefore it may be lirate within,

Pleurotoma (Clathurella) crassilirata.

Testa oblonga, turrita, alba; anfractus 7, sutura profunda sejuncti,

primus levis, sequentes duo tenuiter arcuate costati, cater con-

vexiusculi, costis crassiusculis 9-10 (in anfr. ultimo ad basim

continuis) instructi, liris spiralibus 5 (in anfr. ult. circiter 16)

super costas incrassatis cincti, et inter liras tenuiter spiraliter

striati; apertura angusta, longit. totius 3 adequans; labrum

extus valde incrassatum, intus denticulis 7 armatum, superne

leviter sed distincte sinuatum; columella tenuiter callosa, liris

transversis 8-9 munita; canalis brevis, truncatus.

Long. 74 mill., diam. 23.

Hab. is

The lirations on the columella are rather strongly deve-

loped. ‘The uppermost spiral lira on the whorls is slender

and situated close to the one adjacent below it.

Pleurotoma (Clathurella) pachychila.

Testa elongato-subovata, alba, nitens ; anfract. 7-8 ? (apice abrupto),

reliqui 4 convexiusculi, costis rotundatis eirciter 11 (in anfr.

ultimo fere ad basim continuis) instructi, et liris spiralibus validis

4-5 (in anfr. ult. ad 12) supra costas leviter incrassatis cincti ;

apertura ovata, longit. totius 2 adaquans ; labrum costa ultima

validissima maxime incrassatum, superne levissime sinuatum ;

columella arcuata, callo tenui induta ; canalis perbrevis, angustus.

Long. 4 mill., diam. 13.

Lab. ?

‘Vhis species is remarkable for the immense thickening of

the labrum; the lration at the top of the whorls is rather

thicker than the rest.

316 On new Species of Pleurotomide.

Pleurotoma (Clathurella) munda.

Testa anguste ovata, alba; anfractus 7, supremi duo leves, ceteri

convexiusculi, costis crassis circiter 9 instructi, et liris spiralibus

tribus tenuibus sed maxime elevatis cincti, sutura filiformi se-

juncti; anfractus ultimus costis paululum ante basim evanidis, et

liris 11-12 ornatus; apertura parva, longitudinis totius 3 paulo

superans ; labrum extus incrassatum, superne levissime sinuatum,

intus denticulis 2-3 armatum; columella callo tenui induta,

in medio liris duobus transversis munita ; canalis angustus, brevis.

Long. 43 mill., diam. 15.

Hab. Persian Gulf and China Sea ?

This species is especially remarkable for the fine yet very

prominent thread-like lirations encircling the whorls. The

longitudinal ribs are stout, rounded, and equalling in width

the interstices between them.

Pleurotoma (

?) contempta.

Testa elongata, angusta, subfusiformis, albida, ad apicem fuscescens ;

anfractus 10, perconvexi, superne juxta suturam sulco angustius-

culo sulcati, costis rotundis 9-10 superne ad sulcum terminatis

(in anfr. ultimo paululum infra medium evanidis) instructi, trans-

versim confertim lirati, liris circiter 8 ineequalibus supra costas

leviter incrassatis; anfr. ultimus infra medium constrictus, in

caudam brevem productus; apertura parva, longitudinis totius 4

adequans; labrum tenue, ad suturam leviter incisum; canalis

obliquus, angustus, leviter recurvus.

Long. 9 mill., diam. 3.

Hab. ?

The whorls are very convex, and at the upper part close

to the suture there 18 a spiral furrow or concavity striated

faintly in a longitudinal direction. The spiral lirations are

about twenty-four in number on the body-whorl.

Pleurotoma (Bela?) incondita.

Testa elongata, ovato-fusiformis, sordide albida; anfract. 6-7, su-

premi duo leves, magni, ceteri medio convexi, longitudinaliter

costati, costis vel plicis circiter 15 parum prominentibus (in anfr.

ultimo minus conspicuis et versus medium fere obsoletis) et trans-

versim subdistanter maxime profunde sulcati; apertura elongata,

longitudinis totius 4 fere equans; labrum tenue, prope suturam

leviter sinuatum ; columella rectiuscula, simplex ; canalis brevis,

latiusculus.

Long. 11 mill., diam, 33.

On a new Species of Diphyphyllum. 317

Hab. ?

The nuclear whorls in this species are rather large in pro-

portion to the size of the shell. The longitudinal ribs are

but slightly developed, and at the first glance the surface

appears nearly smooth.

XXXIX.—On a new Species of Diphyphyllum, and on a

remarkable Form of the Genus Lithostrotion. By JAMES

THomson, F.G.S.

THE object of the present communication is to describe a new

species of the genus Diphyphyllum, Lonsdale, and a

remarkable form of the genus Lithostrotion, Luidius. ‘The

discovery of the former is due to His Grace the Duke of

Argyll, whose attention was directed to a remarkable

boulder that was exhumed by a farmer while digging a drain

in the boulder-drift on the farm of Carskey, near the south

end of Kintyre, Argyllshire. Notably, amongst other

erratics, there are numerous fragments and boulders of

granite, traceable to the island of Arran, situated to the east.

This boulder, so unlike the others, when more carefully ex-

amined, was found to be a mass of Carboniferous coralline

limestone. This species of Diphyphyllum* was noticed in

my paper on that genus published in the ‘ Quarterly Journal

of the Geological Society,’ February 1887; it was not,

however, included for reasons that will be noted further on.

The species of Lithostrotion I discovered at Blackridge,

Dumfriesshire, since the publication of my paper on that

genus (‘Transactions of the Edinburgh Geological Society,’

February 1887).

The genus Diphyphyllum was defined by Lonsdale in

Murchison, Keyserling and de Verneuil’s ‘Geology of Russia

and the Urals’ (Appendix, p. 622). Lonsdale’s definition

was fully reviewed in the above-mentioned communication,

and therefore need not be recapitulated. Briefly, he rests

his definition of the genus principally upon the mode of

reproduction, 7. e. fissiparity, and the dichotomous branches.

In the present species the mode of reproduction is by calicular

gemmation, and the corallites are in dense masses and united

—characters unlike those of any of the then-known species of

the genus; consequently its publication was deferred, and the

* To His Grace I offer my thanks for permitting me to add it to the

list of Carboniferous corals.

318 Mr. J. Thomson on a

creation of a new genus for its reception was suggested.

This, however, seems to be unnecessary. Subsequent in-

vestigations have revealed that reproduction in this and

the accompanying genus Lithostrotion, Luidius, may be

either by calicular gemmation or by fissiparity. Indeed, I

hope by-and-by to demonstrate that we cannot restrict generic

identity, not only in this but also in several other genera, by

the mode of development. While the union of the corallites

and consequent prismatic aspect is new to the genus, yet we

cannot overlook the fact that our knowledge of the Carbon-

iferous fauna is fragmentary and imperfect; but when more

complete other forms will no doubt be discovered showing

even a closer relation to its nearest ally Lithostrotion.

A similar objection to the union of the cylindrical and_pris-

matic varieties in the genus Lithostrotion was long accepted ;

but the generalization | “of those great masters Milne- dwards

and Jules Haime showed that external aspects so dissimilar

were not incompatible with generic identity, and that we can

define genera only from the internal structural characters—a

decision which, from the enormous amount of evidence in my

hands, I cordially endorse. All the other structural details

being similar to those characteristic of the other species of the

genus, we are justified in believing that the creation of a

new genus on the union of the corallites would be adding an

unwarranted synonym to the list of Carboniferous corals,

Diphyphyllum Argyllit, sp. nov.

Figs 1

new Species of Diphyphyllum. 319

The corallum is in dense masses, prismatic from mutual

pressure, and closely aggregated, with corallites of various sizes.

Diameter of corallites from 3 to 5 millim. (fig.1, A). Epitheca

delicate ; the calice is moderately deep, and the floor is occupied

by broad flat tabule. The septaare of two orders, and their

inner ends rest upon the superior face of the tabulee. In a coral-

lite 5 millim. in diameter there are thirteen primary septa,

converging inwards for 14 millim., and these alternate with an

equal number of secondary septa, which extend inwards fully

half the length of the primary, and they are united by endo-

thecal dissepiments. ‘The septa are bilaminate, and there are

minute interlamellar plates (“‘ stereoplasm ’’) inclining inwards

and downwards. A fossulais indicated. In the longitudinal

section (fig. 1, B) the tabule are numerous and broad ; they

occupy two thirds of the total diameter of the corallum, and

are sometimes bent upwards in the centre, as in those species

in which development is by fissiparity. Vesicular structure

is present near the wall, in the interseptal loculi. Acicular

plates are rare.

Locality, Found at Carskey, south end of Kintyre, Argyll-

shire, in boulder-drift, associated with boulders of Arran

granite.

As regards the affinities of the genus Diphyphyllum as

defined by Lonsdale, it presents characters of a distinct

and fundamental nature, and is surrounded by genera

which possess structural details and external resemblances

which are combined and represented init. In the type, D.

coneinnum, Lonsd., there is no columella; there are, however,

occasional acicular plates, which here and there bisect the

tabule. If such corallites were sectioned transversely,

the plane of those acicular points would induce such to be

regarded as belonging to the genus Lithostrotion, Luid., and

in this respect this species indicates a transitionary tendency and

near relationship to the latter genus. ‘There is another inter-

esting character in D. Argyliit. In all the other species of the

genus the septa extend inwards from the wall more or less into

the centre of the corallum ; there is, however, in some of the

corallites of D. Argyliit a departure from that condition, as

the septa are interrupted by vesicular tissue, and theretore do

not reach the wall, in this respect indicating a transitional ten-

dency in an opposite direction, and towards the genus Zhy-

sanophyllum, 'Vhoms. & Nich. (fig. 2): in the latter the septa

are intercepted and never reach the wall; in other respects the

structural details are similar to those of the genus Diphy-

phyllum. The question presents itself, How are we to con-

sider these modifications ?—whether they are of sufficient

320 Mr. J. Thomson on a

value to warrant this species being raised to the rank of a

separate genus, or whether we should regard such modifi-

Fig. 2.— Thysanophylium orientale.

=) ‘

the latter view | cordially sympathize, and, as formerly stated,

J hope at no distant date to show that other species occur in

which there are structural characters equally distinct and

differing as widely from the parent type, but which I do

not feel warranted in raising to gencric distinction.

cations as simply indicating an evolutionary tendency. With

Lithostrotion paradoxicum, sp. nov.

Fig. 3.

Corallum compound, cylindrical, and dichotomous. De-

remarkable Species of the Genus Lithostrotion. 321

velopment by fission and latero-calicular gemmation; the

latter in the proportion of one to ten of the former. The

epitheca is thin, and there are delicate encircling lines and

shallow annulations of growth. The calice is moderately

deep and its centre is occupied by a styliform columella in

some corallites ; in others a portion of the septa coalesce and

extend inwards to the centre; there they unite with septa

similarly arranged from the opposite side, and form a pseudo-

columella, which is alone developed between each of the

tabule, whilst in several of the corallites the columella is

cylindrical. The septa are bilaminate and of two orders ;

the primary are variable in their inward extension, the

secondary extend inwards half the length of the primary, and

they are united by rectangular interseptal dissepiments.

The corallites are unequal in diameter and the septa are

variable in number. In a corallite 5 millim. in diameter

there are nineteen primary alternating with an equal

number of secondary septa. The tabule are slightly inclined

upwards and occupy about half the total diameter of the

corallum. A fossula is present, but is hardly recognizable.

Formation. Lower Carboniferous.

Locality. Blackridge, Dumfriesshire.

As regards the structural characters of the genus Litho-

strotion, these are so varied and the vicissitudes which it has

undergone are so numerous that it is desirable I should

briefly refer to a few of the characteristics upon which generic

identity is established. The name Lithostrotion was origi-

nally given by Luidius, ‘ Ichnographia’ (1760), toa group

of corallites figured on plate 23 of his work, and designated

“Lithostrotion sive Basaltes minimus striatus et stellatus.”

There is, however, nothing to indicate its identity further

than the excellent delineation of the external aspect.

In 1827 Dr. Fleming, in his ‘ History of British Animals,’

adopted the generic name for three species of Carboniferous

corals; as I have elsewhere shown ™*, two of his species can-

not be identified as belonging to the genus. His Litho-

strotion floriforme has been correctly referred to M‘Coy’s

genus Lonsdalia.

Lithostrotion marginatum is not now in the collection; a

reference to his description induces me to regard the two

fragments referred to as belonging to the genus Letero-

phyllum, M‘Coy. Lithostrotion striatum is still in the collec-

tion, and referred to by M.-Kdwards and J. Haime as be-

longing to the same genus as Luidius’s coral.

* * Transactions of Edinburgh Geological Society,’ 1887.

322 Ona remarkable Species of the Genus Lithostrotion.

In 1836 Prof. Phillips, in his ‘Geology of Yorkshire’

(vol. ii. p. 2), noticed several species of corals. Cyatho-

phyllum basaltiforme, which M.-Edwards and J. Haime

subsequently relegated to the genus Lithostrotion, and the

fasciculate species are referred to the genus Lithodendron.

Mr. Lonsdale in 1845 applied the name of Lithostrotion to

four species ; a reference to his figures and descriptions leaves

no doubt that they belong to the genus Lonsdalia, M‘Coy.

In 1849 M‘Coy (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. ii.)

described various corals and created several genera for their

reception, but which cannot be separated from Lithostrotion.

In 1852 M.-Edwards and J. Haime still further expanded

their definition of Lithostrotion, to which they then referred

the genus Stylaxis, M‘Coy (Brit. Foss. Corals, p. 191), and at

the same time founded the genus Petalazis for the corals

which they had formerly described under the names of Sty-

laxis M‘Coyanum and S. Portlockit.

In 1861 De Fromentel (‘ Polypiers Fossiles’) restricted

the name of Lithostrotion to those species of the genus which

have an astreiform corallum, whilst he placed the fasciculate

varieties under the genus Diphyphyllum, and further sepa-

rated some of the astraiform species of Lithostrotion, together

with the two species of Petalaxis, Edwards and Haime, and

placed them under the revived genus Stylaxis, M‘Coy, upon

the mistaken ground that the septa are not continued into the

external vesicular area, a condition which I have elsewhere

suggested was probably due to the endemic tendency to

variation *,

In 1872 Prof. de Koninck (Anim. Foss. Nouv. Rech.

p- 26) defined the genus Lithostrotion in all the external

points as done by Edwards and Haime. He correctly shows,

however, that Diphyphyllum, Lonsdale, is to be separated

from Lithostrotion.

The great diversity of generic names that have been

applied to this group of corals, in which specific distinction is

even sometimes difficult to define, is highly suggestive,

inducing us to realize that the genus includes a series of

varieties of an extremely varied character. Many of them

are so dissimilar in their external aspects, and in their struc-

tural details approach so closely their nearest allies, that it

becomes difficult to define the boundary of specific distinction.

Some of the structural characters upon which specific identity

has been accepted for several of the species are represented

in different corallites in this little group at present under con-

* ‘Transactions Phil, Soc. of Glasgow,’ 1883, p. 404.

Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 323

sideration. There are those in which the typical styliform

columella is present ; others in which the septa stop short and

expose a broad tabulate area in the centre ; in others the septa

extend inwards along the superior face of the tabule, a portion

of the septa coalesce and assume a more or less fasciculate

aspect, and the central septum of cach fascicle extends to the

centre and unites with similarly arranged septa from the

opposite side of the corallum to form a_pseudo-columella,

similar to the septal arrangement of Lithostrotion junceum,

Ure. If the section exposed is on the plane of the tabula,

the columella is not observable, demonstrating that the septa

and columella are developed between the tabule in this

variety. In some of the corallites on the same slab the

columella is tubular, somewhat similar to the tubular colu-

mella which characterizes some of the species of the genus

Cyathaxonia. ‘Thus we have three distinct characteristics

exemplified in the structural details of the central area in

this group of corallites, each of which, if sectioned singly,

would demonstrate structural characters which have been

regarded as having specific distinction. In the type of the

genus the compound corallum, the styliform columella, the

tabulz forming the floor in the central area, and the sparse

vesicular tissue in the outer area are the distinguishing cha-

racteristics by which the genus can at all times be recog-

nized.

In some of the corallites development is by fission, whilst

in others it is by calicular gemmation, demonstrating that it

is not only difficult to define specific distinction, but that we

are not in a position to dogmatize as to specific identity,

unless all the varieties can be examined and compared.

XL.—Descriptions of new Species of Oriental Cicadide.

By W. L. Distant.

ALL the species here described will be figured in my mono-

graph of Oriental Cicadidee.

Losena depicta, n. sp.

Head and thorax above black; head with a spot at apex

of front and a spot at each anterior angle of vertex, two cen-

tral spots on anterior margin of pronotum, the posterior margin

324 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide.

of pronotum, four spots in transverse series on mesonotum,

and the posterior margin of mesonotum ochraceous; the centre

of basal cruciform elevation black. Abdomen above reddish

ochraceous, with a central, longitudinal, narrow, dorsal, fus-

cous fascia. Head beneath, sternum, a lateral fascia to oper-

cula, and legs black ; a spot at apex and one on each side of

apex of face ; coxee, apices of femora and tibie, tarsi (exclud-

ing base), rostrum (excluding apex) ochraceous. Body beneath

ochraceous, the basal segment blackish.

Tegmina dark olivaceous, the costal membrane and the

venation reddish ochraceous, with a transverse and slightly

oblique greyish-white fascia near centre, not extending above

the base of the second ulnar area; posterior basal margin

narrowly reddish ochraceous. Wings black, the basal area

reddish ochraceous, with its posterior margin black.

The rostrum reaches the apex of the basal abdominal seg-

ment and the tegmina have their apices considerably at-

tenuated.,

Long. excl. tegm. 36 millim., exp. tegm. 90 millim.

flab. Borneo.

The smallest species of Zosena hitherto described.

Cosmopsaltria albostriata, n. sp.

6. Head and thorax above ochraceous; head with the

anterior margin of front, the area of the ocelli, a small central

spot on anterior and posterior margins of pronotum, and a small

spot behind each eye black; mesonotum with two obconical

linear basal spots, which have a broken linear fascia on each

side, and a spot near apex of each anterior angle of the basal

cruciform elevation black. Abdomen above pale castaneous,

with the posterior segmental margins ochraceous, and with two

dorsal sublateral white fasciee extending from base to about

two thirds of the abdominal length. Body beneath and legs

ochraceous. ‘Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation

ochraceous inclining to fuscous; tegmina with the costal

membrane ochraceous and the transverse veins at the bases

of the second and third apical areas very narrowly infus-

cated.

The opercula are short and somewhat broad, concave a

little beyond base, their apices broadly rounded and about

reaching the apex of the second abdominal segment.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 30 millim., exp. tegm. 80 millim.

Hab. Philippine Islands.

This species has the elongated and posteriorly attenuated

abdomen so strongly represented in some of the Polynesian

Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 32D

and Australian species of the genus, such as C. distans, Walk.,

and CO. Stwart?, Dist.

Cryptotympana epithesia, n. sp.

Allied to C. diomedea, Walk., from which it differs by its

smaller size and more hyaline tegmina and wings, but prin-

cipally by the totally different structure of the opercula, which

in the male of C. epithesia are narrowed posteriorly and are

obliquely wide apart at apices, which about reach the penulti-

mate segment of the abdomen.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 44 millim., exp. tegm. 134 millim.

Hab. Borneo.

Prasia princeps, 0. sp.

?. Pale olivaceous green. Head with the apex of the front

and the eyes infuscated ; ocelli and lateral margins of pro-

notum more or less ochraceous; anterior tibie and tarsi

brownish.

Tegmina very pale ochraceous or olivaceous and sub-

hyaline ; the costal membrane and the venation ochraceous.

Wings pale hyaline.

Allied to P. faticina, Stal, but differs by its much greater

size and distinct coloration, and also by the different arrange-

ment of the venation in the tegmina.

Long. excl. tegm., 2 28 millim., exp. tegm. 90 millim.

Hab. North-eastern Celebes.

Tibicen tigrinus, un. sp.

Ochraceous ; a transverse fascia between the eyes, a broad

marginal fascia to pro- and mesonotum, a spot on each side

of basal cruciform elevation, and two longitudinal dorsal

fascie on abdomen dark castaneous or blackish. ‘Tegmina

and wings pale hyaline, the first with the costal membrane

and basal area of venation ochraceous, remaining venation

and an apical spot fuscous ; wings with the venation fuscous.

Body beneath and legs ochraceous ; apex of abdomen spotted

with black.

The rostrum just passes the intermediate coxe ; the ante-

rior femora are armed beneath with four spines—two central

long and prominent, one short and obscure near base, and one

short placed just in front of the apical longest spine.

Long. excl. tegm., g 13 millim., exp. tegm. 31 millim.

Hab. Kulluur. Cale. Mus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 23

326 =Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of Loncheres.

XLI.—On a new Species of Loncheres from British

Guiana. By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

I Am indebted to my friend and former colleague Mr. J. J.

Quelch, Director of the British-Guiana Museum, Demerara,

for the opportunity of examining a small collection of Mam-

malia from that country, and among them I find two speci-

mens of the following new species of spiny rat.

Loncheres guiane, sp. n.

Fur thickly spinous, the hairs between the spines scarcely

perceptible. Muzzle rich rufous; crown of the head, fore

back, flanks, and outer sides of limbs coarsely grizzled black

and pale yellow, both hairs and spines slaty grey for four

fifths their length, the former with a subterminal band of pale

yellow, the latter black-tipped. Spines on posterior back

with a narrow orange tip, which gradually broadens and

deepens in colour until the rump is a bright rufous. Whis-

kers long and numerous, black. Chin, chest, belly, and inner

sides of limbs pale buff, the line of demarcation from the

colour of the sides fairly well defined. ‘Tail murine in cha-

racter, thinly haired and scaly throughout, the scales large,

averaging about eight or nine to the centimetre; the thinly

scattered hairs brown above, yellowish beneath.

Measurements of an adult skin :—

Head and body (c.) 190 millim. ; tail 167; hind foot 36-2 ;

ear (contracted) 5:5.

Skull, basal length (c.) 47, greatest breadth 265; nasals,

length 15:5, interorbital breadth 13; diastema 11°8; length

of upper molar series 11°2.

This species is readily distinguishable by its peculiar colora-

tion from all the known species of Loncheres with one excep-

tion. This is “Jsothrix” pagurus, Wagn.*, from Borba,

Brazil, which has much the same coloration, but differs from

L. guiane by having wholly soft fur. ‘That this absence of

spines in L. pagurus is not due to youth is shown not only by

the fact that the type specimen is slightly larger than that

of L. guiane, but also by the marked spininess of Mr. Quelch’s

second specimen, which is only about two-thirds grown.

Nor is the difference a seasonal one, since the type of L. pa-

gurus was captured in July and the smaller Demeraran speci-

men in June. The larger specimen is unfortunately not

dated.

* Arch, f. Nat. 1845, p. 146; Abh, Ak, Minch y, p. 288 (1847),

On the Genera Pseudopygaulus, Trachyaster, dc. 327

XLII.— Objections to the Genera Pseudopygaulus, Coguand,

Trachyaster, Pomel, and Ditremaster, JMunier-Chalmas :

their Species restored to Kolampas, Dunc. & Sladen, and

Hemiaster, Desor, By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S.,

and W. Percy SLAvDEN, F.G.S., Sec. Linn. Soc.

CONTENTS.

The History of Eolampas; its precedence of Pseudopygaulus and

Petalaster.

A Criticism of the so-called Genus Trachyaster, Pomel.

A Criticism of the so-called Genus Ditremaster, Munier-Chalmas.

List of Genera and Species, with Synonyms.

WE regret that we cannot agree to some alterations in the

classification of the Echinoidea which have lately been made

by our much respected friend and fellow-worker in the group,

M. Cotteau.

M. Cotteau, without giving us the opportunity of debating

the subject, has altered the generic position of some of the

species of Echinoidea which we described in the ‘ Palzonto-

logia Indica,’ ser. xiv., Foss. Ech. of W. Sind and of Kach

and Kattywar, 1882-85, has placed our names after the

species in brackets, has introduced his own without that ob-

jectionable enclosure, and has published the alterations in the

Pal. Frang. Ech. terr. Eocéne, 1887.

One of the most important of the alterations has been made

in consequence of a misinterpretation of the law of priority of

description and publication on the part of M. Cotteau, who, in

his evident desire to do what he thought correct, has done us

a wrong.

During the study of the Echinoidea of W. Sind we found

some very remarkable species, which could not be placed in

any genus which had been published up to that date, and the

genus Holampas was founded and published to receive them.

A typical species was described and figured, besides others,

and the work including them was published in 1882 and

circulated widely (Pal. Ind. ser. xiv., Foss. Ech. W. Sind,

GL)

‘ Tn 1884 a genus Petalaster was diagnosed and published

by M. Cotteau, with a typical species, in “ Ech. nouv. ou peu

connus,”’ Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884, fase. oy P 39. In

328 Messrs. Duncan and Sladen’s Objections to the

the author’s remarks upon the genus it is evident that, although

Eolampas covered the same ground, he was not aware of it.

In 1885 (Ech. Foss. de l’Algér. fasc. 9, p. 69) MM. Cot-

teau, Peron, and Gauthier admitted a genus Pseudopygaulus,

Coquand, 1862, Mém. de la Soc. Emul. de la Prov. v. ii.

Atlas, pl. xxxi. figs. 14-16, 1862, and Petalaster, Cotteau, 1884,

was placed as asynonym. As we were aware by that time

that Petalaster was a synonym of our Holampas, although the

fact had not become patent to the authors of the Algerian work,

we naturally were anxious to know why Petalaster had been

sacrificed, and especially as our researches had failed to find a

definition of Pseudopygaulus anywhere. In the notice of the

history of the genus Pseudopygaulus given by MM. Cotteau,

Peron, and Gauthier (op. edt. p. 70) it turns out that up to the

date of the publication of their work in 1885 there was no defi-

nition of the genus published! It is carefully stated that M.

Coquand described the only species under the name Catopygus

Trigert (Coquand, loc. cit. p. 274). After the printing of the

work was finished M. Coquand became aware that the species

could not be placed in Catopygus, “ et il se contenta, dans

l’Atlas, & la légende de la planche, d’indiquer le nom géné-

rique de Pseudopygaulus. Il] n’en a donné aucune diagnose,

et n’a pas méme consigné le fait dans un erratum.” Al-

though it was admitted that no diagnosis had been published

and only the name had been appended to the plate of a

species, the authors of the ‘ Ech. Foss. de l’Algérie’ thought it

their duty to respect ‘ce titre de priorité.”’

In the Pal. Frang. Ech. terr. Eocene, 1887, p. 467 (livr. 12)

the following is found :—

Pseudopygaulus, Coquand, 1862 ; Peron et Gauthier,

1885.

Eolampas, Duncan & Sladen, 1882.

Petalaster, Cott., 1884.

And M. Cotteau considers that Holampas “doit étre aban-

donné, comme le genre etalaster, 4 cause de sa date plus

récente.” We demur to this proceeding, and decline most

decidedly to give way. There is no instance on record where

a “genus” has stood its ground without having been

diagnosed and published; and. it is a rule not to permit

either species or genera to be considered of any value unless

publication has occurred. MS. names and titles to species

and genera do not carry weight or priority.

M. Coquand did not publish or diagnose Pseudopygaulus in

1862, and the genus was really published in 1885 in the work

Genera Pseudopygaulus, Trachyaster, and Ditremaster. 329

of MM. Cotteau, Peron, and Gauthier, and therefore it ought

to be abandoned together with Petalaster, because they have

dates later than Holampas.

Eotampas, Duncan & Sladen (op. cit. p. 61), 1882.

Syn. Petalaster, Cotteau, 1884.

Pseudopygaulus, named by Coquand in ‘ Atlas,’ 1862, published

Cott., Peron, et Gauthier, 1885.

The species we published will therefore remain as we

printed them, without our names in brackets and without the

addition of the honoured name of M. Cotteau, who had

nothing whatever to do with their description. The other

species will be named Holampas Toucasi, Cott. sp., EH. Trigert,

Coquand sp., E. buccalis, Peron et Gauthier sp., and £,

Gauthieri, Cott. sp. The terms Pseudopygaulus and Petal-

aster are of necessity extinct.

II.

M. Cotteau has changed the generic position of Hemiaster

Branderianus, Forbes, H. princeps, Bittner, H. Archiact, de

Loriol, and H. decipiens, H. apicalis, H. nobilis, and H. cari-

natus, Duncan & Sladen, from Sind. All these species now

stand in the genus Trachyaster, Pomel, and the names of the

original describers are placed in brackets and the name of

M. Cotteau follows. Two other species are also noticed. In

the Pal. Franc. Ech. 1887, p. 400, it will be found that the

following is the synonymy given :—

TRACHYASTER, Pomel, 1883.

Syn. Hemiaster, pars, Desor, 1847, 1858.

Periaster, pars, Desor, 1858.

M. Cotteau gives no other references, but remarks that

Trachyaster is distinguished from Hemzaster of the Creta-

ceous epocly by the madreporite separating the posterior genital

plates and the posterior ocular plates, and that it has four

genital pores.

In the “ Note sur la famille des Brissidées,’”’ Bull. de la

Soc. Zool. de France, 1887, vol. xu. p. 561, M. Cotteau gives

a short diagnosis of Trachyaster, but he does not men-

tion as a type any one of the species noticed by M. Pomel in

the work where the genus was first diagnosed. We are not

informed how Pertaster, Desor, is connected with Trachyaster ;

330 Messrs. Duncan and Sladen’s Objections to the

but the connexion of this genus with Hemiaster, Desor, 1s

impressed upon the reader.

Inasmuch as Trachyaster is a genus which was not foreseen

by Forbes, Bittner, de Loriol, and Desor, which is said to be

allied to Hemiaster and Periaster, while part of it forms a

genus Ditremaster, and considering that not one species of it

properly bears the name of M. Pomel after it, and that we are

not informed concerning the typical species of the genus

according to M. Pomel, the whole history of the genus

requires, in our opinion, very decided criticism.

The genus will be found in Pomel, ‘ Théses présentées &

la faculté des Sciences de Paris,’ 1883 (published at Algiers),

p. 88. The first thing which strikes the student of this work

is that Trachyaster is placed just before Abatus, Lovén, and

Paleostoma, Lovén, and that it follows a new genus Opiss-

aster, Pomel, which has two genital pores. Preceding the genus

are Moira, Schizaster, &c., but there is no sign of Hemiaster,

Desor. After the “ Brissiens,” which contain these genera,

come the “ Philobathidés,” with Aceste ; then come the Pour-

talesiade, and then the “ Progonastérides,” and in a division

of these—the ‘ Pyenastérides ””—we find Pericosmus, Peri-

aster, a genus Mecaster, Pomel, and then Hemiaster. ‘These

Progonastérides form a subfamily differing from that in which

Trachyaster occurs. Itis clear, then, that according to M. Po-

mel there is a greater classificatory gap between that genus

and Hemiaster than M. Cotteau supposes. On examining

the diagnosis of Trachyaster and on comparing it with

that of Mecaster, Pomel (op. cit. p. 42), their superfluity is

evident.

The diagnosis is as follows: —“Trachyaster, Pomel. Globu-

lar, with the apex excentric behind; four pores (genital).

Anterior ambulacrum simple, in a shallow groove, lost in

front, and notching or not the test at the ambitus; petals

depressed, unequal, oval or oblong, the anterior sometimes

slightly flexuous at the summit. Peripetalous fasciole an-

gular; peristome labiate, not very close to the margin.

Periproct at the top of the posterior part, above a more or less

marked depression. ‘Tubercles close.”

A very important statement is then made :—“ The type is

a fossil of the Upper Miocene [no name is given]; it is

necessary to unite with this the greater part of the ‘Tertiary

Hemiasters, such as H. nux, H. digonus, H. rotundus, &e.,

which have the madreporite prolonged between the posterior

ocular plates, and, probably, H. gibbosus and H. zonatus of the

recent fauna.”

We remark :—1. That a genus without a described type

Genera Pseudopygaulus, Trachyaster, and Ditremaster. 331

species is good for nothing, and there is no type species to

this one. 2. That the species mentioned as types do not

present the generic characters of Trachyaster. Hemiaster nux

has not four genital pores with the posterior basals separated

by the madreporite; it has only two. It belongs, according

to the method of M. Pomel, to the genus Opissaster, Pomel

(op. cit. p. 37), and its synonym, Ditremaster, Munier-Chal-

mas, of which we shall write presently. Hemiaster digonus

is well known to us, as it is a common species in Sind, and it

has not four genital pores, so as to be a Trachyaster. The

madreporite, moreover, does not always project between the

ocular plates. Extraordinary as are these mistakes, those

which follow are still more so, and simple want of observa-

tion will hardly explain the assertion that the madreporite is

probably prolonged between the posterior ocular plates in H.

gtbbosus and H. zonatus. (M. Pomel forgets to place the

name of A. Agassiz after these species.)

It is a positive fact that in Hemaster gibbosus, A. Agassiz,

the madreporite is restricted to the right anterior genital

plate, and that it in no way passes between the posterior

genital plates. It is a perfectly Ethmophract Hemzaster.

The drawing of the apical system in the Report on the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Echini, pl. xx.a fig. 11, sets this matter beyond

dispute. Hemiaster zonatus, A. Agassiz, is also drawn upon

plate xx.a of the ‘Challenger’ Report, and there is abso-

lutely no warrant for M. Pomel’s doubt as to the nature of the

apical system ; the specimens are figured covered with their

spines, and it is only the distinguished naturalist who has

remarked upon the species that is in a position to know any-

thing about it. But A. Agassiz remarks that the species

only differs from HH, eaxpergitus, Lovén, in characters which

are to be referred to age, and Lovén’s species has most defi-

nitely the madreporite restricted as in H. gibbosus. <A.

Agassiz compares H. zonatus with H. gibbosus, and says

nothing about an unusual extension of the madreporite.

It is indeed to be regretted that M. Pomel did not study the

variations in the numbers of genital pores and the variable

extension of the madreporite in individuals of some common

recent species of Echinoidea. Had he done this he would

have seen that no satisfactory generic characters are to be

obtained from the number of pores and the size of the madre-

porite, all other structural characters being the same.

Neither M. Cotteau, M. Pomel, nor M. Munier-Chalmas,

whose work we have to criticize shortly, appear to have studied

the admirable work of Lovén, in his ‘ Etudes’ and in his

‘ Pourtalesia’ (Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. x.

332 Messrs. Duncan and Sladen’s Objections to the

no. 7, 1883), regarding the variations in the apical system of

Echinoidea, so we give a few extracts which may be readily

verified.

The delineations are wonderfully correct and artistic in

Lovén’s ‘ Pourtalesia,’ 1883, pl. xviii. Take first of all a

specimen of Spatangus purpureus as large as many fossil

Hemiasters, 16 : 15 millim., it has no genital pores; a slightly

smaller one, 15:14 millim., has two genital pores and a

madreporite ; a specimen 24: 21 millim. has only two genital

pores; and one slightly smaller has one pore only and the

madreporite has openings in the posterior basal (genital) plates

besides along its course which separates the basals and poste-

rior ocular (radial) plates. A specimen 23:22 millim. has

four genital pores and the madreporite even extends into the

posterior interradium. In Brissopsis lyrtfera (Lovén, pl. xix.)

a specimen 15: 12 has two genital pores, but both are in the

plates of the left side; a specimen 15:13 millim. has but one

genital pore and that in the left posterior basal; a specimen

16:13 millim. has four genital pores, and one 42:28 mil-

lim. has only three genital openings, and there are isolated

madreporic pores in the posterior interradium.

One of our species, H. decipiens, which we described in

1883 in the Ech. from Kach and Kattywar, Pal. Ind. ser. xiv.

p- 84 (we give the reference because it was omitted by M.

Cotteau), is now determined by M. Cotteau to be a Trachy-

aster, although he admits that the apical system is not visible !

It so closely resembles Linthia in shape that we called it

“‘ decipiens ;’’ but there is no lateral fasciole. The Trachy-

asterian characters are absolutely absent. We must confess

that all this lax taxonomy does not appear scientific; but

before leaving this part of the subject it is necessary to exa-

mine Mecaster, Pomel (op. cit. p. 42).

This genus is placed by M. Pomel immediately before

Hemiaster, Desor, and ina different subfamily from 7rachyaster,

the sole difference between these so-called genera being that

in Mecaster the madreporite separates the posterior ocular

plates as well as the posterior genital plates !

It appears from M. Cotteau’s article in the Pal. Franc.

Bich. 1887, that he was aware of M. Gauthier’s excellent

article upon the impropriety of forming genera upon the posi-

tion of the madreporite (Assoc. Franc. 1886, published 1887,

p- 406) before altering the Hemiasters into Trachyasters.

M. Gauthier’s reasoning is incontrovertible as regards the

genus Hemiaster, and he showed and delineated specimens of

the same species in which the position of the madreporite was

exceedingly variable. Yet this cogent reasoning is passed by.

Genera Pseudopygaulus, Trachyaster, and Ditremaster. 333

We do not consider either Trachyaster or Mecaster in the

light of genera or subgenera, and as we have noticed the

errors associated with the first-named we place it out of the

zoological pale. The whole of the species associated by M.

Cotteau with Trachyaster must return into the genus Hemi-

aster, and therefore Hemiaster decipiens, Dunc. & Slad., H.

apicalis, Dunc. & Slad., H. nobilis, Dunc. & Slad., and H.

carinatus, Dune. & Slad., 1884, op. cit. p. 198, are the correct

generic and specific names.

TEs

A considerable number of species of Hemiaster which were

described by de Loriol, E. Forbes, Taramelli, Talavigne,

Bouvé, Desor, and ourselves have been relegated to a genus

Ditremaster, Munier-Chalmas, 1885, by M. Cotteau in the Pal.

Frane. Ech. terr. Eocéne, 1887, p. 411 , and Bull. Soc. Zool. de

France, 1887, p. 10. M. Cotteau has also placed two species

which he had described as Hemdaster in this genus. One

would have thought that a new genus which was to alter the

classificatory position of some of the best known species of

Hemiaster, and which by so doing conveyed a kind of stigma

upon some experienced echinodermatists, would have been

well placed before the biological world, published and fully

illustrated, and that the essay would be accompanied by

remarks explanatory of the reasons for antagonizing the

opinions of Forbes and de Loriol. Moreover one would have

thought that the description and argument would have been

so well circulated that the students of the recent fauna might

be informed concerning the new genus. We had much search

after the new genus, and at last found it in Comptes Rendus

Acad. Sci. 2 semestre, 1885, p. 1076, under the heading of

“ Distribution of genital openings” :—“ Genera with only

two genital pores.—Ditremaster. [Hemiasternux, which occurs

in the Middle Kocene of the Alps, and which has always

been accorded four pores, has really only two, situated in the

posterior genital plates. H. Covazii, trom the same forma-

tion in Istria, has the same number. It is probable that a

great part, if not the whole, of the Hocene Hemiasters should

be referred to Ditremaster.” This is all.

There is not a single word of reference added upon the very

considerable literature upon the subject of the species of Hemi-

aster with three and two genital pores, and Tripylus and Abatus

are left out. There is no reference made to the Paleostoma-

question or to that of the Hemzasters with two pores, by de

Loriol and ourselves (see ‘ Paleontographica,’ xxx. 1881,

334 Messrs. Duncan and Sladen’s Objections to the

and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1884, xiv. p. 225). There is no

reference to A. Agassiz’s work in the ‘ Challenger’ Report,

and even M. Pomel is not noticed and his Hemiaster-genus

poy only two pores—Opissaster (op. cit. p. 87)—is passed

uP p:

M. Cotteau, in Pal. Franc. 1887, Ech. terr. Eocéne, p. 411,

accepted this genus Ditremaster and attempted to improve it.

It will be found that it is not such a simple genus as one might

have expected, and M. Cotteau places as synonyms Hemiaster

(pars) and Trachyaster (pars).

It appears that the reason of Trachyaster being in relation

to Ditremaster must be from M. Pomel having jumbled up

species of Hemdaster with two pores with those which have

four, the madreporite in both instances passing backwards

and separating the posterior ocular (radial) plates. This is

satisfactory, because it indicates that Trachyaster, Pomel, is

of no value. Having enlarged the diagnosis of Ditremaster,

M. Cotteau altered the generic titles of the Hemdasters

already referred to. The recent species appear to have

escaped the memory of the distinguished paleontologist,

and he has also neglected to refer to previous writers upon

the subject. Otherwise he would not have altered the generic

title of de Loriol’s species ; and we must believe that had he

read our essay upon Hemiaster elongatus, which has two geni-

tal pores, he would have paid us the compliment of debating

the matter. M.Cotteau must be aware of Prof. Sven Lovén’s

work upon the Ethmolysian Hemiasters, and it is incon-

ceivable that with all M. Cotteau’s great experience, un-

equalled we might say, he should alter the generic title of

species upon such slight foundation. In his first definition of

Hemiaster, 1847, Desor made no reference to the number of

genital pores or to the extension of the madreporite; and in our

“ Fossil Echinoidea of Sind, Kach, and Kattywar,” in Pal.

Ind. ser. xiv., we followed his example, and for the same

reason that made that authority neglect the very variable

characters—the number of pores and the extension of the

madreporite. We have enlarged upon the distribution of

these structures in other genera in a former page, and it is

only necessary to refer to de Loriol, who considers that these

species of Hemiaster with a smaller number of genital pores

than the old Cretaceous types are members of a group of the

genus. No one would classify these neonomous Ethmo-

lysii, to use Lovén’s terminology, with the archeonomous

ethmophract species; but they are still Hemdasters, for all

the other characters are the same. ‘To that opinion we adhere,

It is necessary to point out that in the recent species Hem7-

Genera Pseudopygaulus, Trachyaster, and Ditremaster. 335

aster cavernosus, A. Agassiz has described and drawn female

specimens with two genital pores and an extended madre-

porite, the males having three pores (‘ Challenger’ Report,

1881, pl. xx.a. fig. 19). According to the proposed generic

changes females and males will be in different genera! It is

difficult to understand how H. Branderianus, Forbes, can_ be

a Trachyaster and also a Ditremaster, according to M. Cot-

teau. We cannot agree to the change of generic title of these

species, and therefore we restore them to their previous

position in Hemiaster.

TV.

The following is, in our opinion, the correct synonymy of

the forms which we have considered in this communication :—

Genus Eontampas, Dunc. & Sladen, 1882.

Syn. Petalaster, Cotteau, 1884.

naa Cara Coquand (name without definition), 1862 ; Cott.

Eolampas Trigeri, Coquand, sp., 1862.

Eolampas buccalis, Peron et Gauthier, sp.

Eolampas Gauthiert, Cotteau, sp.

Eolampas Toucani, Cotteau, sp.

Eolampas antecursor, Dunc. & Sladen.

Eolampas excentricus, Dunc. & Sladen.

- Genus HEMIASTER, Desor, 1847, et auctorum.

Syn. Trachyaster, Pomel, 1883.

Mecaster, Pomel, 1883.

Opissaster, Pomel.

Ditremaster, Munier-Chalmas,

. Hemiaster Branderianus, Forbes.

Hemiaster princeps, Bittner.

Hemiaster Archiact, de Loriol.

Hemiaster decipiens, Dunc. & Sladen.

Hemiaster apicalis, Dunc. & Sladen.

336 Mr. A. 8. Woodward on the

Hemiaster nobilis, Dunc. & Sladen.

Hemiaster gibbosus, A. Agassiz.

Hemiaster zonatus, A. Agassiz.

Hemiaster Bowerbanki, Forbes.

Hemiaster Prestwichi, Forbes.

Hemiaster digonus, d’ Archiac.

Hemiaster elongatus, Dunc. & Sladen.

Hemiaster carinatus, Dunc. & Sladen.

Hemiaster cavernosus, Phil.

We have purposely omitted the subgenera Adatus and

Tripylus.

September 1888.

XLIII.—On some Remains of the Extinct Selachian Astera-

canthus from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough, preserved in

the Collection of Alfred N. Leeds, Esq., of Eyebury. By

A. SmitH Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British

Museum (Natural History).

[Plate XII]

Since the elaborate researches of Agassiz it has always been

suspected that the dorsal fin-spines named Asteracanthus and

the teeth named Strophodus originally pertained to one and

the same fish; but no proof of the circumstance has been

made known during the forty years that have elapsed since

the publication of the ‘ Poissons fossiles,’ and one of the com-

monest of Mesozoic fossils has thus remained undetermined

among the miscellaneous group of “ Ichthyodorulites.” At

last, however, it is satisfactory to be able to bring forward

the requisite proof of this long-maintained surmise; and not

only that, but also to make known some other important fea-

tures in the anatomy of Asteracanthus which definitely decide

its systematic position. Ample materials are furnished by

the fine series of fossils from the Oxford Clay of Fletton, near

Peterborough, in the collection of Alfred N. Leeds, Esq., of

Eyebury; and I am indebted to the kindness of my friend

for the pleasurable opportunity of studying these interesting

specimens. ;

Extinct Selachian Asteracanthus. 337

Five series of associated remains are of especial importance,

and form the basis of the descriptions given below. ‘They

may be enumerated as follows, under Mr. Leeds’s catalogue

numbers :—

Two dorsal fin-spines, with two cephalic spines.

. Two fragmentary dorsal fin-spines, with one frag-

mentary cephalic spine.

One dorsal fin-spine, with twenty teeth.

Two dorsal fin-spines, with numerous portions of car-

tilage and ninety-seven teeth.

. Remains of the cartilages of the head, with eleven

teeth.

poke ben

Nos. 4 and 5 afford some slight information concerning the

cartilages of the fish ; no. 1 makes known the singular cephalic

spines; while some differences between both the dorsal fin-

spines and the teeth in nos.3 and 4 render these also interesting

from a systematist’s point of view.

Cartilage—The cartilages are only superficially calcified,

though the film of fine granular material is thick com-

pared with that of many living Selachians. Only one

fragment (no. 5) seems worthy of description and illustra-

tion, namely the right mandibular ramus, which is shown

from the outer aspect, of one third the natural size, in

Pl. XI. fig. 1. This is much crushed and broken ; but it is

interesting as showing the extremely robust character of the

jaw. When complete the element must have had a length of

about 0°27 m., being obtusely rounded in front, measuring

about 0°085 in depth at the position occupied by the first

series of lateral teeth, and gradually widening behind, until it

attained a maximum depth of 0°14 at the condyle. On the

inner side there is distinct evidence of a thickening of the

cartilage of the lower margin immediately beneath the inferior

limit of the tooth-bearing membrane ; and on the outer side a

singular feature may be noticed, in the form of a protuberance

slightly in advance of a point halfway between the condyle

and the anterior extremity. Much of the external surface of

the cartilage has a coarsely fibrous appearance, and at the

point just mentioned several of these fibres curve upwards

and backwards from the inferior margin in front, producing a

large roughened boss (¢), in which their abrupt upper extre-

mities have the appearance of terminating. 1 have not been

able to discover a similar protuberance in any other Sela-

chian, living or extinct, and its exact meaning seems at

present inexplicable. That it isa normal feature is proved by

338 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the

its occurrence in both rami of two other mandibles in

Mr. Leeds’s collection; and the only explanation suggesting

itself is that it relates to some attachment of ligaments or

muscles specially adapted for the successful wielding of the

unusually powerful dentition.

Dentition.—The teeth, most completely preserved in no. 4,

are all detached, and those of both jaws mingled together in

such a manner that the task of restoring the original dentition

is somewhat difficult. ‘Two or three definite facts, however,

seem to form a satisfactory basis for a plausible attempt at a

solution of the problem. In the first place, Sir Richard Owen

has already determined the exact number and characters of

the dental series in one jaw of the so-called Strophodus medius*;

and the homologous teeth can easily be recognized in the

present collection. Secondly, in the jaw just mentioned there

is no median symphysial series, whereas among the Oxford

Clay teeth there are five examples which must have undoubt-

edly occupied such a position; and it thus becomes probable

that, as often in Cestracion T, one jaw had a median symphy-

sial row of teeth, while the opposing jaw possessed none.

Thirdly, upon a fragment of the right mandibular ramus a

few teeth of series 1 and 2 are actually preserved in position ;

so that these rows can be identified with complete certainty

and by inference also their opposing series. And, lastly,

placing the median row of teeth in the lower jaw the teeth ot

series 3 and 4 can readily be arranged to make the dentition

of both jaws thus far of precisely the same extent. The

intercalation of the median series and the greater relative

length of the teeth of series 4 in the lower jaw precisely com-

pensate for the greater relative length of the first three paired

series in the upper jaw; and on this account I venture to

think that the following determinations will prove for the

most part well founded. Examples of the several teeth of

the upper jaw are shown in Pl. XII. fig. 2, and a correspond-

ing set from the lower jaw in fig. 3.

Commencing with the upper jaw, six teeth of series 1 are

preserved upon the left side and seven upon the right. Each

measures 0°025 m. in length and is much elevated, and the high

arched crown is longitudinally keeled, narrowest anteriorly,

and broadest at the point of its maximum elevation, nearer

* Geol. Mag. vol. vi. 1869, p. 194, pl. vii.

t Sir Richard Owen (Geol. Mag, vol. vi. 1869, p. 196) has remarked

that in the lower jaw of Cestracion a median symphysial row of teeth is

present, while in the upper jaw it is absent. So far, however, as the

present writer has had the opportunity of observing, the character is not

constant,

Extinct Selachian Asteracanthus. 339

the posterior than the anterior extremity. Of the teeth of

series 2 five remain upon the left side and six upon the right.

Each of these measures 0°037 in length and differs from a

corresponding tooth of series 1 in its relatively less elevation

and the almost complete absence of the longitudinal keel upon

the crown. ‘The teeth assigned to series 3 are very different

from the foregoing; they measure 0-04 in length, and six of

the left side and five of the right are available for study.

The anterior extremity is still less truncated than the poste-

rior; but the contour of the low crown is only gently sinu-

ous, the posterior end being slightly upturned, and a more or

less rounded elevation occurring somewhat in advance of the

middle of the tooth. Series 4 is only preserved upon the

left side, where it is represented by seven teeth, each mea-

suring 0:048 in length, and differing from those of series 3 in

the considerable forward flexure at the point of maximum

coronal elevation. ‘To series 5, 6, or 7, either of this or the

opposing dentition, may also be referred two small elliptical

teeth, of which one is shown in Pl. XII. fig. 4.

The five symmetrical median teeth assigned to the sym-

physis of the mandible have a much elevated, arched, longi-

tudinally-keeled crown, and measure 0-023 in the longer

transverse diameter. ‘Those of series 1 only differ from the

median teeth in their unsymmetrical character, being very

similar to the corresponding opposing teeth; they measure

0-024 in length, and six of each side are preserved in addition

to one incomplete germ on the right. The supposed teeth of

series 2 are perplexing on account of their number, which at

first sight leads to the suspicion of an error. No less than

twelve teeth of each side can be identified, in addition to a

germ on the right; and this number is equalled by no other

known Cestraciont except Cestracion. Each tooth measures

0-029 in length and chiefly differs from a tooth of the oppos-

ing series 1 in its less elevation and the generally more trun-

cated character of the posterior extremity. The teeth of

series 8 much resemble those of series 2 of the upper jaw, but

are relatively shorter, measuring only 0-034 in length; and

of these four remain upon the left and six upon the right.

The teeth assigned to series 4 are only preserved, to the

number of five, upon the left ; and their difference from those

of the homologous upper series consists-merely in their nar-

rowness and great relative length, the latter measurement

being at least 0:053.

Dorsal Fin-spines.—The two dorsal fin-spines associated

with the dentition just described are shown, of two thirds the

natural size, in Pl XII. figs. 5,6. They are nearly of equal

340 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the

dimensions ; but the posterior (fig. 6) can readily be distin-

guished by the evidence it bears of relatively deep and oblique

insertion. Both spines are considerably crushed and abraded,

and incomplete distally ; but they appear to have been much

compressed laterally, with a sharp antericr border. A very

characteristic ornament is also preserved, consisting of small

elongated tubercles, more or less arranged in series, and often

fused above into delicate continuous ribs, which begin to

prevail at a considerable distance from the upper extremity.

The posterior face is slightly ridged, but the double series of

denticles is almost destroyed. Measured from the extreme

proximal limit of the ornament, the base of insertion of the

first dorsal spine is almost precisely equal to that of the

second; but the posterior opening of the central cavity is only

0-205 in length in the former, while in the latter it mea-

sures 0°235.

Cephalic Spines—The cephalic spines of Asteracanthus

are very similar to those of Hybodus and Acrodus, originally

described by Agassiz under the name of Sphenonchus*; but,

as indicated by specimens nos. 1 and 2, these dermal weapons

are relatively larger. One of them is shown, from the upper

and lateral aspects, two thirds nat. size, in figs. 7 and 8. ‘T'wo

pairs of such spines occur upon the sides of the head of Hy-

bodus and Acrodus ; and the fossil now under discussion shows

that there was also a paired arrangement in Asteracanthus.

The base of insertion of the spine is very robust and some-

what saddle-shaped, but with one side-lobe much more deve-

loped than the other. The exserted portion is slender, grad-

ually arched, rising backwards (or downwards) from the

broader anterior (or upper) extremity, and terminating in a

barbed point. At the base it is oval in section, being some-

what laterally compressed ; and the only keels proceed, one

from the point to the large inferior barb, thence diverging

and disappearing, and the other from the point to the small

lateral barb, from whence it is continued but also rapidly

vanishes. ‘The shining exposed surface is smooth, except

superiorly upon the proximal half, where a few large longi-

tudinal ruge are to be observed.

Specific Determination.—On comparing the dorsal fin-

spines described above with typical examples of A. orna-

tissimus striking differences will at once be observed. If,

indeed, these were isolated spines they might well receive a

distinct specific name ; and there are some peculiarities in

the associated teeth which also might appear to justify the

* See E. Charlesworth, Mag. Nat. Hist. n.s, vol. iii, (1889), p, 245,

with fig.; also E. C. H. Day, Geol. Mag. vol. ii, (1865), p. 565.

Extinct Selachian Asteracanthus. | 341

founding of a new species. Mr. Leeds’s collection, however,

comprises so large a series of dorsal spines from the Oxford

Clay, and these exhibit so many variations in ornament—

graduating from the type shown in figs. 5 and 6 to that of

the most characteristic A. ornatissimus—that it seems quite

impossible to discover any line of specific separation in the

series. Indeed, the more the dorsal fin-spines of sharks are

studied, the more impossible does it appear to employ varia-

tions in their surface-ornament for specific diagnosis; and it

yet remains—at least in Asteracanthus—to determine what

are the precise characters in the dentition to be counted as of

real value. The teeth of series 8 and 4 in group no. 4 are

relatively narrower and exhibit a more prominent coronal

eminence than the corresponding teeth associated with the

typical spine of A. ornatissimus in group no. 3. Fig. 9

represents a tooth, probably of series 3, of the latter, and

fig. 10 two abnormal transversely-divided teeth, evidently of

series 4 of the same fossil, and these agree more closely with

the typical Kimmeridgian teeth from Shotover than those of

the fish with finely ornamented fin-spines from Fletton.

The general facies of the dentition, however, is identical in

the two forms, and it thus seems most reasonable at present

to describe the new one merely as a hitherto unrecognized

variety under the name of Asteracanthus ornatissimus, var.

jlettonensis.

Conclusion.—F rom a study of the fossils just described it

may be inferred, with much probability of correctness, that

all the “ species ”’ of teeth named Strophodus are referable to

the Selachian Asteracanthus. ‘The spines and the teeth are

often found together upon certain horizons ; and the few cases

in which they have not been thus discovered are worthless

for consideration, being mere negative evidence. Aséera-

canthus verrucosus, for example, is common in the Purbeck

Beds of Swanage, while not one tooth of ‘“Strophodus”’

appears yet to have been discovered there; but spines of

Hybodus are still more abundant in those beds, and it is

scarcely minimizing to state that in all the public collections

of Britain not more than a dozen teeth of this shark are to be

seen from the same horizon.

The zoological result of this brief study is also interesting,

demonstrating a still more close relationship between Astera-

canthus and Hybodus and Acrodus than has hitherto been

suspected. No vertebrae have been discovered with the

remains of the Oxfordian genus, and it thus probably pos-

sessed a persistent notochord, like Hybodus and Acrodus.

The dentition is fundamentally the same, only distinguished

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 24

342 Mr. H. J. Carter on a Large Variety of

by the reticulate ornamentation of the teeth and the absence

of lateral cusps; the cephalic spines agree; and the dorsal

fin-spines merely differ in the prevailing replacement of a

ribbed ornament by series of stellate tubercles.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Asteracanthus ornatissimus, var. flettonensis, A. S. Woodw., Oxford

Clay, Fletton, near Peterborough.

Fig. 1. Right ramus of mandible, outer aspect, $ nat. size. ¢, tuberosity.

[No. 5.]

Fig. 2. Teeth of upper jaw, series I-IV, upper aspect, nat. size. [No. 4.

Fig. 3. Teeth of lower jaw, series 0-1v, upper aspect, nat. size. | No. 4.

Fig. 4, Hinder tooth, upper aspect, nat. size. (No. 4.

Fig. 6. Posterior ditto, lateral aspect, 3 nat. size. [No. 4.]

Fug. No, 1:4

Fig. 8. Ditto, upper aspect, 3 nat.size. [No. 1.]

Fig. 9. Tooth of (?) series 111, upper aspect, nat. size. [No. 3.]

Fig. 10. Two transversely-divided teeth of series Iv, upper aspect, nat.

size. [No. 3.]

Fig. 11. Hinder tooth, upper aspect, nat. size. [No. 3.]

Fig. 5. Anterior dorsal fin-spine, lateral aspect, 3 nat. size. [No. 4.]

7. Cephalic spine, lateral aspect, 3 nat. size.

(The numbers refer to the Catalogue of the Leeds Collection.)

X LIV.— Description of a Large Variety of Orbitolites Mantelli,

Cart., from the West Bank of the River Irrawadi, in the °

Province of Pegu, Burma, about 36 miles above Prome.

By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e.

Orbitolites Mantelli, var. Theobald, u. var.

Discoid, slightly undulous, flat, thin. Consisting of a well-

marked central plane of ?-spheroidal cells in juxtaposition,

bordered on each side by several layers of vertically com-

pressed ones presenting a more or less columnar arrangement.

Central plane thinnest in the centre (where it generally com-

mences around one or more comparatively large ‘ primary

cells ”’ in conjunction, by which the centre, when thus exposed,

is easily ascertained), increasing slightly in vertical diameter

towards the circumference; structure of the central plane,

when viewed in a vertical section, passing through the

“primary cells” or centre of the fossil, presenting, for the

most part, quadrangular spaces. Disk of the largest specimen

exposed about 38$ inches in horizontal diameter by $ inch

Orbitolites Mantelli, Cart., from Burma. 343

vertically in the centre, from which point it gradually and

uniformly diminishes to the thinness of a wafer at the cir-

cumference. Layers of compressed cells on each side of the

central plane, amounting in the centre of a vertical section to

about sixteen, diminishing in this respect towards the cir-

cumference, presenting in the horizontal section the same

cells under a circular or hexagonal form, in juxtaposition but

for the intervention of a thin line of translucent shell-sub-

stance, through which, in specimens infiltrated with red or

yellow oxide of iron, the intercellular canals of communica-

tion, by their opaque yellow colour, may be seen to pass, but

no columns of the opaque white, shelly substance which

especially characterize this structure in Orbitotdes dispansa.

These layers of vertically compressed cells present, in the

horizontal planes, a similar arrangement to the centrifugal

lines of an engine-turned watch-case, and are covered in on

both sides by a very thin superficial or terminal layer, in which

the cells markedly differ from those of the subjacent planes

in the irregularity of their outline and their variability in size,

although, under the microscope, they also may be seen to be

separated by the thin line of intercellular translucent shell-

substance, like that which, in the infiltrated specimens, is

traversed by the canals of intercellular communication as in

those of Orbitoides dispansa, but none of the “ conical

columns of non-tubular substance ” of the late Dr. Carpenter

(‘Introduction to the Study of the Foraminifera,’ p. 302), that

is, of our opaque white, shelly substance which so essentially

distinguishes this species from Orbitolites Mantelli, Cart., as

before mentioned. General appearance of the “ hand-speci-

mens ”’ under examination, which indicates that of the stratum

from which they were taken, sandy ; the matrix consisting of

a combination of microscopic grains of quartz and a small

quantity of argil together with a considerable portion of

microscopic Foraminifera, in the proportion of 2 of the former

to 1 of the latter, in which the specimens of Orbitolites Man-

telli, var. Theobaldi, which are composed of apparently

homogeneous, semitranslucent calcite, in a compact or crystal-

line state, lie, like a collection of large leaves, thus contrasting

forcibly in their homogeneity and general appearance with

the gritty character of the matrix. Colour of the matrix grey

when fresh, rusty brown after exposure, tough, breaking with

a rough fracture ; structure laminar from the presence of the

leaf-like fossils. Microscopic Foraminifera consisting chiefly

of Discoids and Teatularie. Although the hand-specimens,

which altogether present about 150 square inches of surface,

were carefully examined all over with a strong !ens, I could

24*

344 Mr. H. J. Carter on a Large Variety of

not discover even a trace of any other foraminiferal test

beyond those mentioned; this is the opposite to those from

Upper Sind, which are in the midst of a mass of middle-sized

Nummulites.

Loc. Village of Peitating (? Pinthaling), on the western

bank of the river Irrawadi, about 36 miles above Prome, or

6 miles below Thayetmyo, in the Province of Pegu, Burma.

Obs. Of the stratum from which the two hand-specimens

above mentioned were obtained, Mr. W. Theobald (who sub-

mitted them to me for examination and after whom the

variety of Orbitolites Mantelli contained in them has been

named) states, in his published “ Report on the Geology of

Pegu”’ (Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India, vol. x.

p. 87), as follows :—

“ixcept in the Kama shale, Foraminifera are scarce

throughout the beds of this group. A single specimen of an

Orbitolite was found in the Cythereamensis bed, opposite

Prome, which, when perfect, might have been the size of a

shilling, but with a thickness no greater than cardboard. A

careful search, however, failed to discover a second specimen.

Another species of Orbitolite forms the characteristic fossil in

a hardish sandstone on the banks of the Irrawadi, a little

above the Lime Hill; but unfortunately the position of the

bed is not very clear, neither does the fossil occur anywhere

else that I know of. <A perfect specimen must have mea-

sured five or six inches across, with a thickness of not more

than the tenth of an inch, and these organisms are, in parts

of the rock, packed together so closely that the section of

them on the surface suggests the idea of a cross-cut through a

bundle of little pancakes.”

As regards the largest size that this fossil may attain, it will

be observed that Mr. Theobald’s measurements much exceed

my own in horizontal diameter, that is “ across ;”’ but then it

should be remembered that mine were taken from the largest

specimen exposed in the “ hand-specimens,” while Mr. Theo-

bald’s were made on the spot, that is, where the stratum

charged with them in the bank of the Ivrawadi existed ; at the

same time my own measurement in horizontal diameter exceeds

that of any discoid species of Foraminifera on record. And

as regards the geological position of the stratum, I must refer

the reader to that part of Mr. Theobald’s report bearing upon

the subject, merely observing that the “ Lime Hill” (so

called from the lime-kilns supplying Thayetmyo being situated

on it) to which he again alludes further on, at p. 92, &c.,

consists of “a mass of nummulitic strata, forced up through

the newer Tertiaries, and forming a conspicuous landmark

Orbitolites Mantelli, Cart., from Burma. 345

for the district”’ This, which is also marked on his map, is

less than a mile in length by half a mile broad, stated by

Mr. Theobald from memory to be about “ 400 feet high,” and

separated from the river by a “ narrow strip ”’ of his “ Newer

Tertiaries,” about 32 miles above the town of Prome, which

“Tertiaries ” on the other side also separate it again from the

main area of nummulitic strata whose vertical section is

especially well seen in a small stream at the village of Tham-

bola, about 34 miles nearly due west of the “‘ Lime Hill,”

and of which section, at p. 98 &c. of his Report, a detailed

statement is given, condensed at p. 100 into the following

generalized one :—

feet.

Py Nummnbitr eG Esimtes tones wise. « «caer idecds Gasee war Os 10

2, Shales and Sandstones; Shales occasionally Nummu-

IC Sarre MMe oak ee oe cen Ge de any ewe 658

5. Massive Sandstone with some Shales and much soda-

EHIOFEECONES UM PlACESnifsis aids «i Sbdis le Ba Pes @ Welelas 328

4, Shales and Sandstones; the Shale with some Carbon-

SUC TES MURE EMS vou e: 6, sig 4 viv» w. #0, 8 ales Sy tte Base 227

otal. ct. es 1,223

So much for this variety of Orbitolites Mantelli, and the

assumed geological position of the stratum charged with it,

which is contained in Mr. Theobald’s “ Report.” I have

now, in conclusion, to offer a few explanatory remarks on the

name “ Orbitolites Mantelli”” which I adopted in 1853 (Journ.

Bombay Asiatic Society, vol. v. p. 138), as my kind friend

the late Dr. Carpenter, in his excellent ‘ Introduction to the

Study of the Foraminifera’ of 1862, p. 298, considered it,

viz. the term “ Orbitolites,” to have been adopted on

* fallacious grounds.”

In 1834, 8. G. Morton (Synopsis of the Organic Remains

of the Cretaceous Group. 8°. Philadelphia, U.S.) mentioned

the occurrence, in the Claiborne Beds of Alabama, of a

discoid fossil which he called Nummulites Mantelli; and 13

years afterwards, viz. in 1847, D’Orbigny (‘Cours de

Géologie,? vol. i. p. 194, and ‘ Prodréme,’ 1850, vol. ii.

p- 406, respectively) used the name “ Orbitoddes”’ for this and

similar fossils under the following diagnosis, accompanied in

the preceding page by a typical illustration :—

“‘ Coquille discoidale, convexe des deux cétes, formée d’une

seule rangée de loges autour du disque, trés fortement

encrofité extérieurement au milieu, et montrant soit des

linéoles rayonnantes, soit des granulations” (Cours, vol. i,

p- 194). ‘Thus he includes under this generic heading not

only the Alabama fossil (Prodréme, vol. ii. p. 406), but

346 Mr. H. J. Carter on a Large Variety of

the Nummulites papyracea of Boubée, 1832 = Orbitolites

Pratti of Michelin, 1846 (7b. p. 834) =Lycophrys dispan-

sus of Sowerby, 1837 (see Carpenter’s ‘ Introduction,’

p- 298), and therefore my Orbitolites dispansa of 1853 (Journ.

Bombay Asiatic Society, vol. v. p. 136)—that is, the

Alabama fossil, whose structural type is depicted in the

“ Parisien”? species Orbitoides media on the page preceding

D’Orbigny’s diagnosis; and Orbitoides dispansa, previously

called Lycophrys dispansus by Sowerby, whose structure,

which is totally different, was depicted ten years previously

in the illustrations to Captain Grant’s Memoir on the

Geology of Cutch, published in 1837 in the Transactions

of the Geological Society of London (vol. v. p. 289, pl. xviii.

figs. 16, 16 a, and 168).

In 1861 my paper on the “ Foraminifera of Sind, with

Observations on their Internal Structure,” was republished,

with additions, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for that year

(vol. viii. p. 309), and at page 328 the genus Orbitoides is

thus alluded to :—

“ Orbitordes, d’Orb.

“Tn this family two distinct genera have _been included,

viz. Orbitoides dispansa and Orlitoides Mantelli, D’Orb.

(Orbitolites Mantel, Cart.), as will be seen by their descrip-

tions hereafter under their respective heads. Moreover, it

will also be seen there that they are so different that they can

hardly be included even in the same family : at least, while the

former is closely allied to Cycloclypeus, Carp., the latter is so

closely allied to Orbitolites that I proposed the name of ‘ Orbi-

tolites Mantelli’ for it, instead of ‘ Orbitoides.’”’

Following this is a detailed description of Orbitoides dis-

pansa and of Orbitolites Mantelli respectively, whose differ-

ences, to make them more clear, are delineated in plate

xvi. of the illustrations, in two columns side by side, which

thus occupy the whole of the plate, together with separate and

still more detailed descriptions of them at pp. 446 and 452

respectively of the same volume, wherein again their distinc-

tive characters are repeated.

Dr. Carpenter has stated at p. 302 (op. cit.) that :—“ In

both forms of Orbitotdes, and not (as stated by Mr. Carter)

in O. Fortisii [= Orbitoides dispansa], we often find the

superficial layers traversed by columns of non-tubular sub-

stance, which are of a conical form” (Dr. Carpenter’s name

for “ Discolithus 1V.a of Fortis” appears to be Orbitoides

Fortisit = Lycophrys dispansus = my Orbitoides dispansa,

‘ Introduction,’ p. 298).

Orbitolites Mantelli, Cart., from Burma. 347

This I have never seen in any of my specimens of Ordito-

lites Mantelli, either from Arabia, Kelat, or Sind, nor in that

from Burma above described, while Dr. Carpenter himself

adds just afterwards:—“in the American variety of O.

Mantelli I have not met with any indication of the presence

of these columns.”

Sometimes the columns of cells in Orbitolites Mantelli do,

in the vertical section, present a white appearance like the

“columns of non-tubular substance ” in Orbitocdes dispansa,

especially where the rest of the fossil is composed of dark

grey calcite; but, then, the lighter-coloured correct the darker

specimens in this respect; and if this does not suffice, we

have only to turn to the specimens of Orbitotdes dispansa

and Orbitolites Mantell’, whose cavities respectively have

been infiltrated with red or yellow oxide of iron, to see that

the cells in the former are accompanied by the opaque white

“columns of non-tubular substance ;”’ while in the latter

they are not so, but merely surrounded by the thin layer

of translucent shell-substance, through which, as_ before

stated, the ‘“ canals ’—now rendered visible by being filled

with the oxide of iron—may be seen to connect the contiguous

cell-cavities.

After all, Dr. Carpenter states at p. 299 (op. cit.) that

“There is so decided and constant a difference as regards the

form of the chambers between O. Mantelli and O. Fortisiz,

that until such a gradational series of connecting links shall

be discovered as unites the similarly diversified varieties of

Orbitolites, they must be retained as distinct species.” The

distinctive differences of Orbitotdes Fortisit, Carp.,= Orbi-

toides dispansa, Cart., and Orbitoides Mantelli= Orbitolites

Mantelli, Cart., are as clearly given in his twentieth plate as

they are in my own, to which I have before alluded; and

Giimbel, in 1869, makes the same distinction, proposing for

the latter the name “‘Lep¢docyclina,” of which he states :—

“ Mediankammern auf dem Horizontalschnitt peripherisch

halbkreisformig abgerundet. (Bei den vorhergehenden Unter-

gattungen [that is, Orbitocdes dispansa &c.| dagegen rectan-

guliir.)””—Biitschli, in Bronn’s Klass. u. Ord. des Thierreichs,

1880, Rhizopoda, p. 216.

To sum up, the central plane of Nummulites corresponds to

the form and arrangement of the plane of chambers in

Operculina; that of Orbitotdes dispansa to the form and

arrangement of the plane of chambers in Cycloclypeus, Carp.,

together with the initiative “cones of non-tubular substance ”

as delineated in Dr. Carpenter’s fig. 5, pl. xix.; and that of

Orbitolites Mantelli to the form and arrangement of the single

348 Prof. M‘TIntosh on the Bib and Poor-Ood.

plane of cells presented by the most simple form of the

existing species, viz. Orbitolites marginalis, Lamarck (1816,

vol. i. p. 196), which is almost ubiquitous between the shores

of the Mediterranean and those of the south coast of Aus-

tralia, if not elsewhere in these latitudes.

The identity of structure, although not exactly of form, in

all the specimens of Orbitolites Mantelli, var. Theobaldi,

compels me to consider the latter only a “ variety ;’’ while,

as before stated, it is by far the largest discoid specimen of

the Foraminifera on record.

XLV.—Note on the Bib and the Poor- or Power-Cod.

By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e.

I REGRET thata little delay has occurred in the performance of

my duty in regard to Surgeon-General Day’s remarks on these

fishes ; but constant occupation in other departments pre-

vented attention to the subject till now.

In my ‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of St. Andrews’ (1875)

the bib (Gadus luscus) and the poor-cod (Gadus minutus)

were, as the author just mentioned truly says, entered as

separate species, and it was only recently that the confusion

in the descriptions of these forms struck me, as it probably

also did Winther. A reexamination, however, shows that

the earlier view (and Mr. Day’s) is correct. In the ‘ British

Fishes’ of the latter author the distinctions rest on the pro-

portions of the depth to the length of the body and the larger

barbel of the bib*. The first dorsal is stated to have the

same number of rays in both; the second to have a larger

range and a few more rays in the poor-cod than in the bib.

The first anal has more rays in the bib and arises nearer the

vent than in the poor-cod; while the second has somewhat

fewer rays than in the latter, and the fin in the former also

arises further forward. Moreover, in his recent paper t Mr.

Day correctly points out that these two fins have a more

evident interval than in the bib. The lateral line in the

latter is stated to curve very gently to the last half of the

second dorsal, and then goes straight to the caudal, whereas

in the poor-cod it is very slightly bent, becoming straight

beneath the second third of the dorsal fin. In Mr. Day’s

figure of the latter, however, the curvature is less marked than

in any example hitherto observed. The vent lies beneath the

anterior portion of the dorsal fin in the bib, whereas in the poor-

* In a bib 18} inches long the barbel was about ? inch long and pro-

portionally thick.

+ Ann. & Mag, Nat, Hist., Feb. 1888,

Prof. M‘Intosh on the Bib and Poor- Cod. 349

cod it comes below the last rays of the first dorsal. The

coloration of the bib is of a beautiful bronze during life, with

a black spot at the base of the pectoral fin. The fins are

bluish black, darker at their outer edges. In the poor-cod, on

the other hand, the coloration is greenish grey along the

back, becoming lighter at the sides, and in some large

examples, Mr. Day adds, a trace of grey occurs at the base of

the pectoral fin.

The main point contended for in my note* was the con-

fusion on the subject and the apparent uncertainty of the

author of the ‘ British Fishes.’

To my former remarks the following may be added :—The

coloration of the poor-cod increases with age, and a blackish

spot occasionally occurs at the base of the pectoral, as, for

instance, in a specimen courteously sent by Mr. Dunn, of

Mevagissey, and which he thought might be a hybrid; more-

over, it becomes deeper in the body, so as to resemble the

bib. The dull greenish hue along the dorsum laterally is

also evident in spirit-preparations. As Mr. Day says, its eye

is nearer the tip of the snout; but he does not mention the

cutaneous bleb so characteristic of both species. The number

of rays in the first dorsal is stated to be the same in both, viz.

12; but, as shown in the subsequent tables of those specially

examined, the range is from 12 to 15 in the bib and from 12

to 14 in the poor-cod, the smallest specimens in both species,

moreover, having most rays. ‘The range in the second dorsal

is from 22 to 26 in the bib, the larger specimen having most,

while in the poor-cod the range is from 21 to 25. Mr. Day

gives 19 to 20 in the bib and 19 to 25 in the poor-cod. In

the bib the third dorsal shows from 18 to 20 rays, while in

the poor-cod the range is from 19 to 22, the latter also occur-

ring in the smallest example. In the first anal fin the range

in the bib is from 31 to 33, while in the poor-cod it is from

26 to 28. The second anal presents from 20 to 21 in the bib

and from 19 to 22 in the poor-cod.

In regard to the characters derived from the gill-rakers, as

indicated, by Mr. Day in his recent paper in this journal, it

is found that in the bib the left outer gill has from 18 to 20,

whereas in the poor-cod the number ranges from 26 to 29.

The second gill in the bib has from 14 to 16, in the poor-cod

from 18 to 20. The third has from 11 to 15 in the bib, 14

to 17 in the poor-cod. The fourth presents from 9 to 12 in

the bib, 11 to 14 in the poor-cod. It will thus be noticed

that this character is fully as important as any mentioned in

the ‘ British Fishes.’

* Ann. & Mag, Nat, Hist., May 1886.

Prof. M‘Intosh on the Bib and Poor-Cod.

350

66 “ coerce “6

*puryeq wor Testop 4st ‘At WIG

“pureq

TOIT ‘festop BT ‘ARI 9 pas Wig UseMgoR

“ “c (1m 4 {jen 13

‘cc “ “6 se 6k

(73 (%3 “c (73 “ (14

“puryeq wor ‘festop 4sT ‘Avr WG

6c “ 6c “ce (73

6“ (7 73 cc ““

‘yuoay Worz Avi Testop pug =

‘yuo wor AVI [estop YQ pur [IG Ueemyoq

SOLS SNUY WLOL OUTT

IL 21-61 96 GZ 9

6I 91 81 24 6I 22

Tiana. 96 IZ 8

SP Liste 6 16 26

SI ZL 06 66 CLG

FL GI 6L 9% 0G 14

SL FI 6L 9% IZ 6

SI 9L 6 28 6L 2é

"d09-x00g

es Il Pear 02 &&

SI SI 9L 0z 06 18

Lie iene SE 1 18

Their eer 1%

CMe oat abe Ory cUly eel

= VS a <a

‘WOT ‘stoxea-[[N) Buy

“aIg

6I &@ ST

0G 96 TL

81 G &L

8l re GEL

“E

X \-——’

"TBST

ee ee ee. Fee at)

“+++ soyour Sp ‘somuqy, (TT)

Attest ‘Q

By (OL)

ama 6 S }} es (6)

** sorjour 56 ‘Kost Seaoyy (g)

#e (1)

“BQ “ (9)

soyout £6 ‘smerpuy 49 (g)

seer soqoul tr ‘SOuVy I, (F)

"8" 'SOqOU TT ‘aeepieqy (e)

soqoul £0L ‘Kosstovaoyy, (Z)

Ano; seqout Se] ‘saorpuy 39 (7)

‘ON

Mr. W. R. O. Grant on Pigeons from Borneo. 351

The coloration of the bib is well marked, and the irides-

cence resembles that of the bronze-winged pigeon, the paler

streaks on the sides occurring in broad blotches between the

darker pigment-bands. The median fins are dark brownish.

The edges of the second and third dorsal and the two anal fins,

however, are whitish. Mr. Day observes that they are

darkest at their outer edges. The margin of the tail, how-

ever, is bounded by a blackish belt. A blackish touch

occurs in front of the first dorsal. The inner region of the

ventrals is greyish, but the two anterior or outer rays are

pale, indeed whitish towards the tip, and with two free fila-

ments distally.

By the aid of the gill-rakers and other points the differences

between the forms are now more apparent. In this con-

nexion it is possible that a mistake has occurred, it may be

without Mr. Day’s knowledge, in labelling the specimen

presented by him to the Edinburgh Museum of Science and

Art, for in that collection a poor-cod 94 inches long is termed

“Gadus luscus.”

XLVI.—WNotes on Pigeons collected by Mr. A. H. Everett in

Mantanani and Banguey, off the North-west Coast of Borneo.

By W. R. OGiILvie GRANT.

Carpophaga Everetti, sp. n.

This species is most nearly allied to C. Pickering?, Cassin,

from Mangsi, Sooloo Islands, but may be at once distinguished

by the colour of the back, rump, and wings, which are dark

grey slightly glossed with dull violet-copper, instead of being

“‘ashy brown, with a green metallic lustre.” Head, neck,

and breast pale purplish grey, gradually melting into pale

pearly grey on the mantle and sides of the neck. Throat pale

pinkish white; abdomen, sides of the body, and flanks pale

grey. Feathers round the eyes and the base of the bill

whitish. Back, rump, and wings dark grey, slightly glossed

with dark violet-copper, and mingling gradually with the

mantle. Upper tail-coverts and tail dark ashy brown, with a

dark green metallic lustre. Under wing-coverts pale grey.

Under tail-coverts and outer web of under surface of primaries

ale reddish brown ; rest of under surface of primaries and

tail-feathers brownish grey.

No frontal knob. The third primary is rather longer than

aoe Miscellaneous.

the second and fourth and half an inch longer than the first.

Tail with fourteen feathers.

Measurements in inches.

Motel Jenoth Goes «= ates Sa 14

(ol mien screenees 6-0 9s we > id

WSTAUB Ne cele Rhets ateye sov's o's es oe 1:2

Middle toe (sine ung.) ...... 14

WilG: Gok ss ake wee eeies Soe 91

gl eo bcmaplacon:s ye Aclanee sae eas eke 6

‘69, Mantanani. Iris crimson; bill light-lead grey ; feet

dull crimson. 17th Dec., 1887.”—A. H. EF.

Treron nasica, Schl.

Two specimens of this bird were obtained by Mr. Everett

at Banguey, off the north coast of Borneo. One is a fully

adult bird, and the other probably a somewhat immature

female; but unfortunately no particulars are given on the

collector’s labels except the locality. This species may be

easily distinguished from the nearly allied forms 7. nipalensis,

Hodgs., and TJ. griseicauda, G. R. Gr., not only by its

smaller size, but by the difference in the colour of the lesser

wing-coverts. The various differences may be tabulated as

follows :—

Lesser wing-coverts pale grey. Cheeks green. Head

darker grey on the top. Mantle uniform dull green.

Wis, 3B TR, ve i pv isa ss We WG 6s Senin le 5 ee T. nasica,

Lesser wing-coverts dark blackish grey. Cheeks grey.

Head uniform light grey, like cheeks. Sides of

mantle washed with buffy orange. W.61in. .... 7. grisetcauda.

Lesser wing-coverts dull vinous red, same as_ back.

Cheeks green. Head darker grey on the top.

Mantle uniform greyish green. W.95'6in......... T. nipalensis.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Remarks on a Note by Dr. G. Baur on the Pleurodiran Chelonians,

By G. A. BovLEenGcER.

A Recent number of the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger’ (no, 285, 6th

August, 1888) contains a note by Dr. Baur in which he contradicts

Miscellaneous. 353

me as to the existence of some of the characters which I have indi-

cated as diagnostic of the Pleurodiran Chelonians.

First, my statement that “The mandible articulates with the

skull by a condyle fitting into a concavity of the quadrate” is fol-

lowed by the remark that “ Dasselbe ist der Fall bei den Chelydridee

und Cinosternids und anderen.” Thisis evidently due to my critic

not having understood my meaning; but it shows how very super-

ficial a knowledge he must have of the Chelonian skulls not to have

noticed the great difference in the articulatory region of the man-

dible of a Pleurodiran as compared with any other Chelonian.

Secondly, my statement that ‘The outer border of the tympanic

cavity is completely encircled by the quadrate” is contradicted

thus :—‘ Dies ist nicht volkommen der Fall bei Chelymys victoria,

wiihrend dieselbe Eigenschaft auch den Chelydride und Trionych-

ide zukommt.” Here, again, Dr. Baur misunderstands me; had he

referred to the publication he quotes he would have found that I do

not include the Trionychide either among the Cryptodira or among

the Pleurodira ; and had he taken the trouble of comparing a skull

of a Chelydroid with that of a Chelydoid he would have seen that

in the latter the ear-chambers are closed posteriorly precisely where

they are open in the former, and vice versa.

I think it desirable to make this reply, because the accuracy

of my statements is called into question in a most offhand manner

by a zoologist who evidently writes on these matters without speci-

mens before him: and I seize this opportunity for expressing an

opinion on that author’s recent publications on the Chelonia.

His views as to the relationships of the Sphargidee, which have,

in his own writings, already undergone various modifications *, have

been most ably refuted by Dollo, whose criticisms have not yet been

answered. For my part, I have to say that the statement that

Dermochelys differs from the Chelonide only in the configuration

and isolation of the carapace is simply monstrous, and that Dr. Baur

could not have been acquainted with Dermochelys at the time he

published his note. What! he actually states that the head and

limbs are fundamentally the same in Dermochelys and in the Chelo-

nide! The skull of the former bears a general resemblance to that

of the true turtles; but this is limited to the shape and, to a certain

extent, the general constitution of the temporal roof; in the ab-

‘sence of the column-like processes of the parietals, descending to

the pterygoids in front of the supraoccipital and the prootics, it

differs from that of all other Chelonians. As to the limbs, in spite

of adaptive similarity, they differ in most important points. Thus,

in addition to the shape of the humerus and the proportions of the

phalanges, the fore limb differs in the radius and ulna being sub-

equal in length and placed side by side in a horizontal plane, and

in the fifth metacarpal, instead of the first, being the shortest.

The mosaic-like dorsal plates of Hretmochelys are now admitted

* Of. Zool. Anz. 1886, p. 687; Amer. Nat. 1887, p. 89; Zool. Anz.

1888, p. 423.

354 Miscellaneous.

by Dr. Baur himself not to be constant ; and I presume it will ulti-

mately be found that his observation was made on an injured

specimen.

In his latest paper on the classification of the Pleurodira Dr. Baur

gives as one of the characters of the family Chelydide the presence

of a nuchal shield, and includes Elseya, overlooking that that genus

was established on the absence of a nuchal.

So much for Dr. Baur’s accuracy in dealing with facts. His want

of judgment as to what constitute family characters is best shown

in his classification of the Pleurodira, where one neural plate more

or less (often merely an individual peculiarity) is regarded as a

family character, except in the Chelydide, where, better informed,

he admits their variation from 7 to0! Pelomedusa, which is placed

by him with Podocnemis in the family Pelomedusidw, is beyond

question much more nearly related to Sternotherus, which, in his

system, forms another family. As there isnot at present the slightest

reason for splitting the Pelomeduside, or Pleurodira with meso-

plastra, into several families, the new terms Mesoplastralia and

Amesoplastralia were uncalled for, and only show, together with the

proposal of a new name (Erymnochelys) to replace Dumerilia, pre-

occupied and a synonym of Podoenemis, the unfortunate fondness of

the author for coining names whenever the slightest opportunity

offers.

A Comparison of the Cretaceous Pish-fauna of Mount Lebanon with

that of the English Chalk*. By A. Suita Woopwarp, F.G.8.,

F.ZS.

No detailed comparison haying hitherto been instituted between

the Cretaceous fish-fauna of Mount Lebanon and that of the English —

Chalk, which belongs to a well-determined horizon, the author has

undertaken a general survey of the genera, with the result that the

two faunas are proved to have more forms in common than hitherto

supposed. ‘The Selachian fishes are scarcely comparable, Notidanus

and Squatina being the only genera as yet recognized in the two

formations, although the English teeth named Lamna rhaphiodon

seem to belong to the Syrian shark named Rhinognathus ; on the

whole, those of Mount Lebanon exhibit the most modern facies, all

traces of Hybodont Sharks and of Ptychodus being wanting.

Chimeroids are unknown at Mount Lebanon, but abundantly

met with in the English Chalk. Among Ganoids there are

representatives of the Pyenodonts both in the Lebanon (Paleoba-

listum, Coccodus, Xenopholis) and in England (Celodus), but no

identical genera can yet be recognized. Rhombic-scaled Ganoids

are rare in the English Chalk (Lophiostomus, Neorhombolepis), and

unknown in Mount Lebanon; traces of Acipenseroids also occur in

the former, but have not been discovered in the latter; and at least

one Crossopterygian genus occurs plentifully in England (Macropo-

* Abstract of paper read before Section C, British Association, Bath,

September 1888.

Miscellaneous. ou08

ma), while no certain remains have been detected in the Syrian

beds. Belonostomus, however, is common to the two formations, one

species having been described from Mount Lebanon under the name

of Rhinellus laniatus.

Of Physostomous Teleosteans, the great early families represented

in the Chalk of England and the Upper Cretaceous of North America

by Portheus, Ichthyodectes, Protosphyrena, and Pachyrhizodus are

quite unknown in the deposits of Mount Lebanon ; but in the latter

locality Hnchodus is abundant, having been described under the

synonym of Hurygnathus, and this is accompanied by a closely-allied

genus, Hurypholis, only differing in the possession of a few dermal

scutes. The English Pomognathus may also be regarded as repre-

sented at Mount Lebanon, for the so-called Phylactocephalus merely

differs in the presence of extremely delicate minute scales, which

would not be preserved in a matrix of the nature of the Chalk; and

Aspidopleurus (Mount Lebanon) possesses scutes undistinguishable

from the detached examples long known in the English Chalk under

the name of Prionolepis. Dercetis, also, is met with abundantly in

the Syrian beds, being described under the synonym of Leptotrachelus.

Among Elopine Clupeoids, some undescribed forms occur in the

English Chalk, and one from Mount Lebanon has been erroneously

assigned to the genus Clupea (‘C. Lewisii’); and the supposed

Salmonoid, Osmeroides, is common to the two formations, though

inferior in size at the last-named locality. In the Syrian deposits,

however, there are many more specialized Physostomi, such as

Cheirothrix, Spaniodon, Opistopteryx, Rhinellus, Scombroclupea,

Diplomystus, and Clupea, of which no traces appear to be discover-

able in collections of English Chalk fossils. Among Physoclystous

Teleosteans but few genera are common to the two formations under

comparison. Hoplopteryx, with perhaps Beryw, represents the

Berycide in both localities; but only a single imperfect specimen

from the English Chalk can yet be assigned to any higher type,

namely, Platawx (?) nuchalis. At Mount Lebanon more specialized

Physoclysti are numerous, as Plataw, Imogaster, and Pycnosterina ;

although to the latter have been erroneously assigned certain ex-

traneous forms, including at least one well-marked Berycoid, the

so-called Pycnosterinw Lewisti.

The conclusion is thus arrived at, that in those respects in which

the Lebanon fish-fauna differs from that of the English Chalk, it

exhibits greater specialization. Considered alone, therefore, it is

distinctly of a more modern type than the latter, although the beds

in which it occurs are regarded, from other evidence, as being of

Senonian or even Turonian age.

On Bucklandium diluvii, Konig, a Siluroid Fish from the London

Olay of Sheppey*. By A. Suita Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.S.

In his well-known ‘Icones Fossilium Sectiles,’ pl. viii., No. 91,

* Abstract of paper read before Section C, British Association, Bath,

September 1888.

356 Miscellaneous.

Konig figures a remarkable fossil from the London Clay of Sheppey,

which is mentioned in the text as not certainly determinable, but

generally regarded, by the anatomists who have examined it, as

pertaining to some type of lizard. This specimen is preserved in

the British Museum, and the author has determined that it is truly

the imperfect head and pectoral arch of a Siluroid. The roof of the

skull is preserved almost as far forwards as the middle of the frontals ;

the pectoral arch is in position, though slightly bent backwards ;

and the mass of anchylosed anterior vertebra, with the basioccipital,

is displaced downwards and thrown beneath the clavicles. All the

bones are remarkably strong, and the exposed surfaces are orna-

mented with large tubercles. The head must have been originally

somewhat deeper than broad, and the roof exhibits no flattening

but is strongly arched from side to side. Posteriorly, the supraoc-

cipital projects in the usual manner, probably to meet a dermal

plate upon the nape; and the post-temporal element seems to be

merged with the bones of the postero-lateral angles of the cranium,

It is impossible to determine the family position of the genus in the

usual manner, but the skulls of the West-African Auchenoglanis and

Synodontis appear to approach the fossil most closely. The pro-

visional name of Bucklandiwn dilwvit may be retained ; and the fish

is interesting as being the earliest undoubted Siluroid hitherto

discovered.

On the Generic Name of the Tunny. By Davin Starr Jorpan.

In the first edition of the ‘ Régne Animal,’ 1817, pp. 313, 314,

the generic names Thynnus and Orcynus were proposed for the

Tunnies. The former name was given to the short-finned tunnies,

type Scomber thynnus, L., and the latter to the species with long,

ribbon-shaped pectorals, type Scomber germo, Lac.,=Scomber ala-

tunga (alalonga), Gmelin.

It has been generally agreed that these two groups are generically

identical. Many European writers have continued to use the name

Thynnus for both, although this name was much earlier preempted

by Fabricius for a genus of insects.

The name Orcynus is, however, also preoccupied, having been

proposed by Rafinesque in 1815 in his worthless ‘ Analyse de la

Nature’ as a substitute for Scombroides, Lacépéde.

According to current rules of nomenclature the group of Tunnies

is left without a tenable generic name. I therefore propose the

name Albacora for the group of which Scomber thynnus is the type,

this species being with others widely known as Albacore. The

subgenus or genus distinguished by the elongate pectorals may be

called Germo, its type being Sc. alalonga, Gmelin.—Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Philad. 1888, p. 180.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 11. NOVEMBER 1888.

XLVII.—On a new Species of the Genus Atya (A. Wyckii)

Srom Celebes. By Sypney J. Hickson, M.A. (Cantab.),

D.Sc. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Fellow of Downing

College, Cambridge, Deputy Linacre Professor at Oxford.

[Plates XIII. & XIV.]

In the mountain districts of Minahassa, in North Celebes, a

favourite dish at the midday meal or “ rijst tafel”’ is made

by boiling a large number of the small “ garneelen”” which

are caught in Lake Tondano. I first saw these small prawns

when I was staying some 6 or 7 miles from the lake at a

small mountain settlement called Kelelonde; but as they

were at the time prepared rather for use than for observation,

I trusted to a future visit to the lake to obtain some specimens

for examination. Unfortunately I was unable to revisit the

lake ; but since my return home I have received a large con-

signment of these interesting forms from the Resident of

Menado, the Jonkheer van der Wyck. As I at all times

received much kindness and assistance from the Resident

of Menado during my stay in Celebes, and am deeply

indebted to him for the trouble he took to obtain specimens

and information whenever I required them, I propose as a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. 1. 25

358 Dr. 8. J. Hickson on a new Species

slight acknowledgement of my indebtedness to name this

prawn (which turns out to be a new species of the genus

Atya) Atya Wyckiv.

Many species of this remarkable freshwater genus are now

known. Species are found in Mexico, the West Indies, the

Cape-Verde Islands, Java, Batjan, Bali, Celebes, the Philip-

pines, Tahiti, Samoa, and New Caledonia.

In most cases they are found in rivers and brooks running

into the sea, frequently accompanied by freshwater species of

the genus Palemon. In only one case do we find it mentioned

that its habitat lies much above the sea-level, namely A. sul-

catipes, 300 feet above the level of the sea at San Nicolao,

Cape-Verde Islands (6, p. 49). The species I am about to

describe lives in Lake Tondano, at a height of 2000 feet above

the sea-level.

In many respects it is a much more slender and delicate

form than any of its nearly allied species, and the three pos-

terior pairs of walking-legs are equal in length and covered

with a very sparse covering of fine hairs and a very few thick

thorn-like hairs.

In most of the species of Atya the most remarkable feature

is the mode of attachment of the chele of the first two

walking-legs. ‘The propodos is not attached at its proximal

extremity to the carpos, but is prolonged nearly as far behind

the articulation as it is in front. Moreover, the carpos has

usually a most extraordinary shape, being either irregularly

triangular or crescent-shaped, with the propodos articulating

with the lower angle or horn. This is not the case with A.

Wyckii. In the posterior chelate limb the carpos is long and

cylindrical, as it is in the nearly allied genus Caridina and

in Palemon and other typical genera of the family. In the

anterior chelate limb, however, the carpos is shorter and much

wider at the distal than at the proximal extremity. In both

the propodos is not prolonged behind the articulation with the

carpos.

The tuft of hairs which is found at the ends of the chele

in all species of Atya is also present in this one, and hidden

among the dense hairs of each tuft is a hook. ‘This hook is

not seen at first, as it is completely hidden by the hairs; but

it may readily be seen by soaking the claw in oil of cloves

and examining it as a transparent object with the microscope.

It may be that these hooks are present in other or all species

of Atya; but they have never yet been figured.

We have, unfortunately, no precise information as to the

size of many of the species; but this one seems to be, if not

the smallest, at any rate one of the smallest known. Thus,

of the Genus Atya from Celebes. 359

of the species brought back by the ‘ Challenger,’ A. sulcatipes

is 68 millim. long, A. serrata 37 millim., A. desuleata, 3 23

millim., ? 385 millim. The species from Lake Tondano is

never more than 25 millim. in length. The largest females

were 25 millim., but the average size of the females bearing

ova was only 20 millim. The males are a little smaller and

average 18 millim. in length. With these preliminary re-

marks, which justify the step I have taken in making a new

species for it, I will proceed to describe its characters in

detail.

The carapace is smooth and is not carinated dorsally until

near the rostrum. The rostrum is sharp, laterally com-

pressed, and bears on the dorsal side from twelve to seven-

teen serrations and on the ventral side very constantly nine.

Occasionally there are a few hairs between the serrations,

but more generally they are absent. The rostrum does not

extend so far forward as the anterior end of the antennary

plate. Just above the antennary termination of the branchio-

cardiac furrow the carapace bears a small tooth.

The pleon is smooth dorsally, compressed laterally, and the

sixth somite is always considerably longer than the fifth (from

once and a half to twice as long). The telson is long and

pointed, reaching very nearly as far as the ends of the swim-

merets ; it bears four little hairy patches on each side and

is terminated by a row of seven or eight short coarse hairs.

The eye-stalks are short and the eyes are but little larger

in diameter than the stalk.

The three basal joints of the first pair of antenne are

fringed with long stiff hairs standing out at right angles to

the joints ; the first joint is provided with a long stylocerite

almost as long as the second joint, and the second joint is

also provided with a stylocerite, but a short one. The two

long slender flagella are approximately equal in length and

about as long as the carapace, 7. e. 7 millim. ‘The second

antenna bears a broad ovate scapocerite, which is fringed

internally with stiff-jomted hairs and extends forwards just

beyond the anterior termination of the rostrum. ‘The flagel-

lum is about the same length as the body, z. e. 20 millim.

The mandibles (fig. 3) bear no palps. ‘The free edge con-

sists of a molar process (a), a short portion bearing coarse

feathered hairs (0), a longer portion bearing much finer hairs

(c), and a grinding-process (¢@) marked with very fine parallel

ridges.

The first pair of maxille (fig. 4) are small, foliaceous, and

divided into three branches. The outer branch or endo-

podite (end.) is tipped with one or two stiff aes hairs.

360 Dr. S. J. Hickson on a new Species

The middle branch is more oval in shape and bears on its

inner margin a dense row of short thorn-like hairs. The

inner branch is semicircular in outline and bears a number of

stiff, finely feathered hairs, one row arranged directly on the

margin and one or two smaller rows on the under surface.

The second maxille (fig. 5) are also thin, delicate, folia-

ceous appendages. The protopodite is trilobed and bears a

large number of long, delicate, but at the same time stiff

hairs. The ovoid anterior end of the scaphognathite bears at

its margin a few thick feathered hairs. The posterior end of

the scaphognathite bears a tuft of remarkably long sete ter-

minated by a small hook. These long sete are found in this

position in all the species of the genus Afya. It is usually

supposed that they are for the purpose of keeping the gill-

chamber clean.

The first maxillipedes (fig. 6) are almost identical with

those of Atya bisulcata. The inner margin is fringed with

very long delicate hairs.

The second maxillipedes (fig. 7) also do not offer any very

remarkable peculiarities. The outer border of the terminal

joint being bent through an angle of 180° comes to face in-

wards, and is covered with a dense brush of very fine delicate

hairs. The other joints are sparsely covered with stiff

hairs. There is a broad mastigobranchial plume supporting

a gill and a well-marked podobranch as well.

The third maxillipedes (fig. 8) are long and pediform.

The basal and first joints of the endopodite are sparsely

covered with long delicate hairs, the second joint bears a few

short stiff bristles, the last joint bears a brush at the proximal

end of fine close-set hairs, but more distally they become

shorter and stiffer, until they become almost tooth-like at the

extremity. The exopodite has a number of long delicate

hairs towards its distal extremity.

On the basal joint there is a rudimentary mastigobranch

and a well-developed arthrobranch.

Of the ambulatory limbs (pereiopods) the first two are

chelate, the second pair being somewhat longer than the first

pair. The carpos of the first pair is short and shaped like

an elongated heart. The articulation with the propodos lies

on the inner side of the lower angle of the distal extremity

of the carpos. The propodos does not extend behind as well

as in front of the articulations. The tuft of hairs at the ex-

tremity of the dactylos and propodos is very dense, and pro-

tects a sharp curved hook. ach of the hairs of these tufts

bears a number of fine recurved hairlets, so that each tuft is

of the Genus Atya from Celebes. 361

capable of retaining a very considerable quantity of foreign

material (fig. 14).

The carpos of the second pereiopod (fig. 10) is much

longer than that of the first; it is almost uniformly cylin-

drical in shape, but swollen into a joint at its distal extre-

mity. The chelz are similar to those of the first pair.

The posterior three pairs of pereiopods are approximately

equal in size and terminated by sharp pointed claws armed

with short thorn-like hairs; they are covered only with a

very sparse covering of hairs. The basal joint of each

pereiopod except the last bears one or two very fine hairs, the

somewhat reduced mastigobranchs.

The branchial formula appears to be

iPleurobranchive, 07.4. s2e-.. OO LSIPSTS Aes tt

Arthrobranchisse. s,s ose. os OP LE VOFOF OF ORO

odopranchizosae ge aen ane on. 1, O.M. 050.0; 0

Mastigobranchie............ 15 Eee OR 210)

but as the specimens are very small and the gills not very

well preserved in all cases, too much reliance should not be

placed upon it. J examined a great many specimens very

carefully, and the above represents the conclusions I came to.

After a large number of careful measurements I drew up the

following as the average measurements of the adults :—

Walon! mullim.

Batre lene os sca scive oss nie 258 19 22

Length of carapace............ i 85

Length of first antenne........ 75 9

‘ BECONGN [545 atutiiteec 18 20

first pereiopod ...... 5 55

- BOCHOG Co oa Fo caians.! 6:5 fi

; CHRO) ota” = eluate 6:25 6:5

}, Pourthy “0 |e eYa 6 6°25

6 HE Rae! Shs iy Ky ORS W'S 55 6

For other species of the genus Atya see :—

(1) Leacu.—Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond. vol. xi. 1815, p. 345.

(2) Ranpatt.— Crustacea of the Sandwich Islands,” Journ. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, viii. pt. i. p. 140 (1839).

(8) Newport.—‘“ Species of Atya from New Zealand &c.,” Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xix. 1847, p. 158.

(4) De Haan.—Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, 1850, p. 186, pl. O.

(5) Dana,—Crustacea, 1852, vol. 1. p. 540.

362 Dr. A. Giinther on

(6) v. Martens.—“ Ueber einige ostasiatische Siisswasserthiere,”

Archiv f. Naturgeschichte, vol. xxxiv. 1868, p. 47.

(7) Mirrs.— Malaysian Crustacea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. y. 1880, p. 382, pl. xv. figs. 3 and 4.

(8) Spence Batr.—‘ Crustacea Macrura,” ‘ Challenger’ Reports,

vol. xxiy. pp. 691-702, pls. exvill.-cxx.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIII. & XIV.

Fig.1. Atya Wyckii, x 5 diameters.

Fig. 2. The same, natural size.

Fig. 3. Mandible. a, molar process; 6, edge, bearing a few coarse fea-

thered hairs; c, edge, bearing numerous fine hairs; d, tritura-

ting surface.

Fig. 4. First maxilla. end., endopodite.

Fig. 5. Second maxilla. a, protopodite; 6, anterior end of scaphogna-

thite; c, posterior end of scaphoguathite bearing long hooked

hairs.

Fg. 6. First maxillipede.

d, mastigobranch.

Fig. 8. Third maxillipede. a, endopodite ; 6, exopodite; c, rudimentary

mastigobranch ; d, arthrobranch.

Fig. 9. First pereiopod. d, mastigobranch.

Fig. 10. Second pereiopod. d, mastigobranch.

Fig. 11. Third pereiopod.

Fig. 12. Chela of first pereiopod, showing the terminal hooks and brushes.

Fig. 18. Chela of second pereiopod.

Fig. 14. One of the hairs of the terminal brushes of a chela, showing the

recurved hooks with which it is provided.

Fig. 7. Second maxillipede. a, endopodite ; 6, exopodite ; c, podobranch;

(I am indebted for figs. 1 and 2 to the skill and accuracy of my sister,

Miss A. W. Hickson.)

XLVIII.—WNotes on Reptiles and Frogs from Dominica, West

Indies. By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S., Keeper of the

Department of Zoology, British Museum.

Two small collections made in the island of Dominica by

Mr. Ramage, a gentleman engaged by the West-Indies Ex-

ploration Committee, contain a very interesting series of the

reptiles and frogs of that island. Mr. Ramage has been

working in the island for a short period only, so that we may

expect further additions to this present list, which consists of

five species of lizards, three of snakes, and two of frogs. Of

particular interest would be observations on the mode of

propagation of the Hylodes.

Reptiles and Frogs from Dominica. 363

Thecadactylus rapicauda (Houtt.).

Two specimens, from Laudat and Laion. Generally dis-

tributed in the neotropical region.

Spheerodactylus Copti (Steind.).

Three specimens from Laion agree in the technical cha-

racters with this obscure species.

Ameiva fuscata.

Ameiva fuscata, Garman, Bull. Ess. Inst. xix. 1887, p. 5.

Closely allied to A. surinamensis ; the Dominica form may

be kept distinct on account of the modified scutellation of the

fore and hind feet. The large scutes of the forearm are

separated from the rows of scutella of the toes by broad areas

of very minute scales.

Anolis alliaceus.

Anolis alliaceus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 168.

Xiphosurus oculatus, Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xviii. 1879, p. 274.

(Dominica.)

Anolis oculatus, Garman, Bull. Ess, Inst. xix. 1887, p. 80. (Dominica.)

Anolis lividus, Garman, /. c. p. 43. (Montserrat.)

Anolis sabanus, Garman, J. ¢. p. 89. (Saba.)

Anolis Leachti, part., Boul. Lizards, ii. p. 29.

Sixteen specimens of both sexes and all sizes.

Mr. Boulenger has not without reason referred the Domin-

ica Anolis to A. Leachii. However, Dominica specimens

can be recognized at a glance, on account of their extremely

minute scutellation, resembling in this, as well as the other

points, specimens from Montserrat and Saba, and differing

widely from those from Guadeloupe (Xiphosurus ferreus, Cope,

= Anolis Leachti, D. B., Bocourt). The difference in the

size of the scales is conspicuous on every part of the head

and body, and particularly on the temple. However, it must

be admitted that some specimens in the Museum, for instance

the type of Gray’s Anolis reticulatus, whose origin is not

known, are intermediate between the small- and large-scaled

forms.

Having the type of Anolis alliaceus in the Museum, and

having received from the museum at Harvard College speci-

mens of Cope’s A. oculatus and Garman’s A. lividus and A,

sabanus, I cannot entertain any doubt as to their identity.

364 Dr. A. Giinther on

The latter only might be kept distinct on account of its sin-

gular coloration; structurally it does not differ from the

others.

Mabuia agilis (Radde).

Mabuia agilis, Boul. Liz. iii. p. 190; Giinth. Biol. C.-Amer., Rept.

p. 38.

Mabuia dominicana, Garman, Bull. Ess. Inst. xix. 1887, p. 62.

Eight adult specimens from Laudat and Laion.

Other well-authenticated localities are:—Mexico, Yucatan,

Guatemala, Vera Paz, Salvador, Panama, Veragua, Vene-

zuela, Ecuador, British Guiana, Rio Janeiro, Martinique,

Island of Grenada.

Mr. Garman describes specimens from Dominica as a dis-

tinct species, said to be distinguished from M. agilis by

having the supranasals separate from each other, and

possessing from 68 to 72 scales in a series between the chin

and vent. His M. agilis is stated to have the supranasals in

contact with each other and only 54 or 56 scales between

chin and vent.

The eight adult specimens from Dominica before me vary

in both these respects ; some have the supranasals in contact,

others not. Between chin and vent there are 60 scales in

two, 62 in one, 63 in two, and 64, 65, and 67 severally in single

specimens. ‘Therefore the characters on which Mr. Garman

based his distinction are in these specimens so obviously

variable that no herpetologist will place any reliance upon

them.

But to prove the variability of these characters in this

species beyond further dispute I took from a gravid female

six embryos, all fully developed and about half the length of

the mother. The mother had the supranasals in contact with

each other and 62 scales between chin and vent. Of her

progeny two had the supranasals as in the mother, in three

they were separate from each other, whilst one might be

assigned to either category. The scales on the abdomen are

in 57 rows in two of these embryos and in 61, 62, 65, and

66 rows severally in their brothers.

Specific distinctions in these days are held to be, and often

may be, matter of individual opinion, and, as a rule, I ab-

stain from entering into any discussion about them ; but they

sometimes have a direct bearing upon wider and more im-~-

portant questions. In this case any one studying the distri-

bution of reptiles over the West Indies would, by relying

upon statements such as are propounded by Mr. Garman in his

Reptiles and Frogs from Dominica. 365

recent publications on West-Indian reptiles, be misled into the

view of a more complete isolation and specialization of the faunas

of the various islands than obtains in reality. He states in fact

in this instance that the widely distributed Mabuda agilis has

been sufficiently differentiated in Dominica to form a distinct

species or whatever it may be called, whilst the examination

of even a small number of examples disproves this statement.

Distinctive characters, no matter how trivial they appear to

be, become important enough to the systematic zoologist if

they be found constant in a number of specimens and corre-

lated to some other point of the life of an animal ; but unless

this has been ascertained to be the fact, their indiscriminate

use impedes rather than advances zoology.

Liophis julie.

Acrophis julie, Cope, Proc. Am, Phil. Soc. xviii. 1879, p. 274.

Dromicus julie, Garman, ibid. xxiv. 1887, p. 281.

Eight specimens from Laudat and Laion.

This snake might be taken for one of the numerous varia-

tions of L. cobella or L. Merremii, but differs in having a

larger eye and in its peculiar coloration, which is constant in

all the specimens collected by Mr. Ramage.

In its physiognomy it reminds us much of some of the

smaller species of Dromicus; but the subquadrangular black

spots of the abdomen are very characteristic of snakes of the

genus Liophis.

Habit moderately slender; head a little wider than the

neck ; orbit rather large, as wide as its distance from the nos-

tril. Scales in seventeen rows, without apical groove. Ven-

tral shields 159-168 ; anal divided; subcaudals 64-86 *.

Right upper labials, the fourth and fifth entering the orbit.

The single przorbital reaching to the upper surface of the

head, but not extending to the vertical; two postoculars.

Loreal square; temporals 1+2. Six of the lower labials

are in contact with the chin-shields. Ground-colour slaty

black, nearly every scale has a large bluish-white spot at the

base. These spots are, however, irregular in size and also in

* Specimen a: V. 159, SC. 85.

Bo Vc lGih . SOU S4s

é: V. 162) SC) 76;

d: V.162, SC. 81.

e: V. 165, SC. 64.

f f: V.165, SC. 86.

g: V.168, SC. 81 (end broken off).

A: V. 168, SC. 81.

366 Dr. H. C. McCook on a

position, so that the pattern of coloration shows on the whole ©

an irregular band of arrangement. Head above black, nearly

all the shields with a light margin in front, a portion of the

suture between the occipitals white or whitish. Lower parts

white, either uniform or with scattered subquadrangular

black spots. A very young specimen 73 inches long has the

upper parts of a nearly uniform slate-colour.

The largest of the specimens measures 22 inches, of which

the tail takes 64.

Dromicus leucomelas (D. & B.).

Alsophis sibonius, Cope, J. c. p. 275; Garman, J. c. p. 283.

Four specimens from Laudat.

This species occurs also in Guadeloupe and San Domingo,

and, according to Duméril and Bibron, in Marie-Galante.

Boa diviniloqua (Laur.).

An adult and young specimen from Laion.

At present I am not prepared to give an opinion as to

whether this snake should be specifically separated from Boa

constrictor.

Cystignathus pentadactylus (Lauyr.).

Six adult specimens from Laudat.

This frog is widely distributed in Brazil and the Guianas.

There is a distinct indication of the digital fringe, which

induced me to refer the first specimen I saw from Dominica

(Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 27) to C. ocellatus.

Hylodes martinicensis (Tsch.).

A great number of specimens of many colour-varieties

from Laudat and Laion.

Occurs also in San Domingo, St. Vincent, and Barbadoes.

XLIX.—A new Fossil Spider (Koatypus Woodwardii).

By Henry C. McCook, D.D.*

WHILE visiting the British Museum of Natural History at

South Kensington, London, in the summer of 1887 I was

* From the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia,’ 1888, pp. 200-202.

new Fossil Spider (Koatypus Woodwardii). 367

permitted to examine some fossil insects and fossil spiders

therein contained, under the kind direction of Dr. Henry

Woodward, the Keeper of the Geological Department.

Among the Aranead fossils I observed one which appeared to

me to be new to science and closely related to the genus

Atypus. ‘The fossil is a tolerably well-preserved impression

taken from the Kocene Tertiary at Garnet Bay, Isle of

Wight.

After my return to America, Dr. Woodward sent me casts

both in wax and plaster, from which the appended description

has been made. ‘These impressions somewhat shook the view

which I was at first “inclined to take as to the systematic

place of the specimen. But on the whole I am inclined to

adhere, though with some qualification, to my original judg-

ment.

The only hesitation that an araneologist would feel in

placing the species would be as to whether it belongs to

the Saltigrades or jumping spiders, among the Attide per-

haps, or to the Territelariz, among the Atypine. Those

who have examined fossils of insects and other small Arthro-

pods, especially of the order Aranez, will understand the

difficulty of determining with absolute accuracy their generic

and specific rank, and will therefore not be surprised at this

hesitation concerning the above-named specimen.

The shape of the cephalothorax to some extent, especially

as viewed in the original fossil in the British Museum,

and more particularly the character of the falces, as noted in

a side view of the specimen shown in fig. 1, indicate that the

fossil may belong to the family Atypine and be closely

related to Atypus. ‘The name HLoatypus Woodwardit is there-

fore suggested for the species. If this inference is correct,

we may possibly have in this new fossil the distant progenitor

of the present British species of Atypus (Atypus piceus).

Order ARANE. AK.

Family Atypine.

EOATYPUS, nov. gen.

Hoatypus Woodwardit.

The total length of the body, including mandibles, is 8

millim.; length of abdomen 4 millim.; length of cephalo-

thorax 3 millim.; of mandibles 1 millim.; width of abdomen

at the apex 3°5 millim.; width of abdomen at the base 1°75 ;

368 Ona new Fossil Spider (Eoatypus Woodwardii).

width of the cephalothorax at the caput 2°25; width of

cephalothorax from margin to margin across the middle 3°5

millim.; length of palps 2 millim. Both palps are represented

by rather thin lines, showing slight marks of joints, and on

one palp is a suggestion of a terminal bulb which might indi-

cate it to be a young male.

The caput and median part of the cephalothorax as viewed.

from the cast are well elevated and defined; the cephalo-

thorax narrows towards the abdomen. But in the original

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Fig. 1—Eoatypus Woodwardi, X 4.

Fig. 2.—Ditte, x 4. Outline side view of body.

impression in the rock and less distinctly on the casts there

appear outlines on either side of the margin of the cephalo-

thorax, as though by pressure those parts had been flattened,

and only the caput and a part of the dorsum of the cephalo-

thorax along the median line had withstood the pressure and

had been pushed upward into the matrix by thesame. ‘These

outlines are visible, but not so distinct in the plaster cast.

It is at this point that one experiences difficulty in deter-

mining whether the specimen is related to Attus or to Atypus.

If the broader marginal markings are impressions of the

original cephalothorax, the inference would be that the spider

represented by this fossil belonged to the Atypine. That

such is the case I am strongly inclined to believe, both on

the ground just named and the characteristics of the man-

dibles, as well as the general facies of the impression and

cast (see fig. 1) *. In the absence of the characteristic eyes

* This figure has been drawn from the cast and compared carefully

with one kindly made for me in the Geological Department of the British -

Museum, and furnished by the Keeper, Dr. Woodward.

On the Staphylinide of Japan. 369

and long, jointed, superior spinners it would be impossible to

relegate the specimen to the genus Atypus with absolute

authority. Neither would one be warranted in characterizing

a new genus by the absence of eyes and spinners, since these

organs were doubtless present, but have simply failed to

impress themselves upon the matrix. I have therefore felt

compelled on the one hand to propose a new generic place for

this fossil, and on the other to present no sharply defined

generic characteristics. Indeed, it must be admitted that

besides expressing the general facies of the fossil, as above

described, the generic value of the name Hoatypus consists

largely in assigning the specimen rank as a fossil spider.

On one side portions of all the four legs are preserved, the

first three showing the articulations at the trochanter, femur,

and patella. The second leg shows also the patella entire,

indicating the articulation with the metatarsus. On the other

side a portion of the femur of the first leg is shown with the

patella and its articulations. Both hind legs are represented

by the apical parts of the femora.

The horizon from which this new fossil was obtained is

that from which most European fossil spiders have been

taken, viz. the Eocene Tertiary. It is also that from which

have come our American Aranead fossils as recently studied

by Mr. S. H. Scudder from specimens collected at Florissant,

Colorado.

L.— The Staphylinide of Japan.

By Dr. D. SHarp.

[Continued from p. 295. ]

Tachyusa coarctata.

Tachyusa coarctata, Er. Kif. Mark-Brand. i. p. 308.

Apparently a common species in the Japanese archipelago,

and found by Mr. Lewis as far north as Hakodate. The

species is very variable in Japan as well as in Europe.

Xenusa rufescens.

Tachyusa rufescens, Sharp. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 11.

The genus Nenwsa, recently established by Rey for a part

370 Dr. D. Sharp on

of Tachyusa, appears to be a valid one, and we have two

species of itin Japan. Fauvel thinks it the same as Myrme-

copora, Saulcy, but this appears to me very doubtful. 7". al-

garum is also a Xenusa.

EXCTOLABRUS, nov. gen.

Corpus sat latum, posterius acuminatum, fortiter punctatum, pubes-

cens, thorace transverso, anterius rotundato, posterius bisinuato.

Antenne sat graciles, laxe articulate. Palpi maxillares articulo

ultimo sat elongato, gracillimo, precedente gracili, latitudine plus

duplo longiore. Genz marginate. Prosternum brevissimum.

Coxee intermediew subcontigue, mesosterno inter eas processum

elongatum tenue, tenuiter carinatum formante. Pedes graciles ;

tarsi anteriores 4-articulati, intermedii et posteriores 5-articulati ;

posteriorum articulo basali secundo haud duplo longiore.

The insect for which I establish this genus is in appear-

ance somewhat intermediate between Homeusa and Dinarda.

None of the examples brought back by Mr. Lewis are in good

preservation, and the structure of the tarsi has not been very

clearly perceived by me; but I feel pretty sure that the inter-

mediate feet are five-jointed.

Lictolabrus laticollis, n. sp.

Fusco-niger, haud nitidus, prothoracis marginibus elytrisque ferru-

gineis; antennarum basi pedibusque rufis; fortiter punctatus ;

thorace valde transverso, elytris paulo latiore, angulis posteriori-

bus acutis.

Long. 4 millim.,

Antenne with the three basal joints yellow, the others

darker ; third joint a little longer than second, fourth to tenth

each a little broader than its predecessor, the fourth longer

than broad, seventh to tenth each transverse. Head broad

and short, scarcely half as broad as the thorax, closely and

coarsely punctate. Thorax twice as broad as long, sides

rounded and narrowed in front, the base rounded in the

middle, nearly concealing the scutellum, the hind angles

slightly acute, the surface closely and coarsely punctate, with

a vague depression in front of the base in the middle. Hlytra

a little longer than the thorax, roughly punctate, hind margin

deeply sinuate on each side. Hind body acuminate behind,

moderately closely punctate and pubescent, beneath densely

pubescent.

Miyanoshita and Nikko ; main island.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 371

Group BOLITOCHARINA.

Autalia rufula, n. sp.

Rufula, tenuiter pubescens ; abdomine ante apicem nigro; thorace

tricanaliculato..

Long. 2} millim.

Antenne rather slender, third joint shorter than the second,

penultimate joints slightly transverse. Head almost impunc-

tate, neck slender. ‘Thorax small, only half as broad as the

elytra, about as long as broad, with a deep channel on the

middle in front and with a lateral channel or depression on

each side, these latter convergent behind. LElytra elongate,

deeply marked at the base with four depressions.

Nagasaki, in March ; four examples.

This minute insect is not one half the size of its European

congener A. impressa, to which, however, it appears to be

rather closely allied in other respects.

Bolitochara varipes, un. sp.

Nitida, picea, abdomine basi rufo, nigro-variegato; antennis basi

pedibusque testaceis, femoribus fuscis; subtiliter punctulata,

elytris crebrius fortiusque punctatis.

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne thicker externally, second and third joints equal

in length, fourth and fifth each about as long as broad, sixth

to tenth transverse, terminal joint stout, obtuse, longer than

the two preceding together, its extremity paler. Head very

feebly punctate. ‘Thorax considerably narrower than the

elytra, not quite so long as broad, feebly punctate, shining,

with a very distinct fovea in front of the base in the middle.

Elytra much longer than the thorax, closely and coarsely

punctate, the humeral angle reddish. Hind body shining,

almost impunctate, varied with red and black, the red predomi-

nating on the basal, the black on the apical segments. Legs

yellow, the middle and hind femora infuscate.

Kashiwagi, June 22nd, 1881 ; two specimens.

Leptusa impressicollis, n. sp.

Minus elongata, subdepressa, rufo-ferruginea, capite fusco, pedibus

testaceis ; prothorace fortiter transverso, basin versus longitudin-

aliter biimpresso.

Long. 27 millim.

372 Dr. D. Sharp on

Antenne short, thicker externally, fourth joint small, fifth

to tenth transverse, the last of them strongly so. Head

nearly black, dull, obsoletely, moderately closely, rather

coarsely punctate. Thorax rather narrower than the elytra,

twice as broad as long, rather coarsely punctate, with two

rather indefinite impressions on the middle near the base.

Elytra short, a little broader and a little longer than the

elytra, moderately closely granulose-punctate, somewhat

shining. Hind body shining, the basal segments sparingly

punctate, the apical nearly impunctate.

Yokohama and Nagasaki in early spring ; found under the

bark of fir-trees.

Tachyusida velox, n. sp.

Elongata, angustula, rufo-brunnea; abdomine ante apicem picescente ;

antennis pedibusque rufis ; opaca, densissime subtiliter punctata ;

prothorace vix transverso, basin versus angustato.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne elongate, rather stout, third joint slightly longer

than the second, fourth to tenth each slightly longer than its

predecessor, the tenth slightly transverse, terminal joint acu-

minate, not so long as the two preceding together ; palpi

slender. Head elongate, narrowed behind, much narrower

than the thorax, extremely densely and finely punctured,

quite dull. Thorax about as broad as the elytra, nearly as

long as broad, very densely and extremely finely punc-

tured, quite dull, much narrower at the base than in the

middle. Hlytra scarcely longer than the thorax, densely and

finely punctured, dull. Hind body elongate and slender,

rather shining, finely punctate. Legs elongate. Tarsi long

and slender, the basal and the apical joint each very long.

Male with a short carina or elongate tubercle on each of the

terminal and penultimate dorsal plates.

Kashiwagi, June 1881; two specimens.

Silusa rugosa, n. sp.

Rufa, opaca, fortiter dense punctata ; abdomine nitido, ante apicem

nigro ; elytris fortiter granulatis.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne rather short, thicker externally, third joint slightly

shorter than the second, sixth to tenth joints transverse.

Head extremely densely punctured, quite dull. Thorax

strongly transverse, slightly narrower than the elytra, the

the Staphylinide of Japan. 373

sides rounded in front, considerably narrowed behind, coarsely,

extremely densely punctured, quite dull. Elytra short, but

distinctly longer than the thorax, very coarsely and densely

punctured, so that the surface appears to be granulate. Hind

body with the basal segments rather closely punctured, the

apical nearly impunctate. Legs rather short. Male with a fine

carina on the middle of the terminal and penultimate dorsal

plates.

Nagasaki, in early spring.

I have not been able to see the labial palpi in this and the

allied insects, all of which appear to be rare, and I cannot

say whether they are two-jointed or three-jointed ; if the latter

be the case, this insect would be placed in Bolitochara ; but

I think it will prove to be more nearly allied to Svlusa

(Stenusa) rubra.

Stlusa rorida, n. sp.

Rufo-nigra, opaca, densissime punctata, abdomine basi rufo ; anten-

nis fusco-testaceis, tarsis testaceis ; pube albida vestita, praesertim

in capite densa.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne rather short and slender, first joint infuscate

yellow, second and third paler, fourth to tenth fuscous, ter-

minal joint short, a little paler than the preceding, tenth

transverse. Head extremely densely punctured, quite dull.

Thorax a little narrower than the elytra, rather strongly

transverse, much narrowed behind, like the head excessively

densely punctate and quite dull. Elytra a good deal longer

than the thorax, quite dull, densely covered with finely rugose-

granular sculpture. Hind body very sparingly punctured,

shining. Legs nearly black, with the tarsi pale.

Oyama ; one specimen.

Closely allied to S. rugosa, but smaller, darker in colour,

with more slender antennz and less coarse sculpture.

? Stlusa punctipennis, n. sp.

Rufo-nigra, capite thoraceque densissime punctatis, opacis ; elytris

fortiter punctatis, subnitidis; abdomine basi sanguineo; antennis

rufis, pedibus piceis.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne rather short and slender, thicker externally.

Head much narrower than the thorax, extremely densely

punctured, quite dull. Thorax rather strongly transverse,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 26

374 Dr. D. Sharp on

distinctly narrowed behind, very densely rugose-punctate,

quite dull. Elytra rather longer than the thorax, densely

and coarsely punctate. Hind body shining, rather closely

punctate.

Nikko ; one specimen.

Though allied to the preceding two species by the sculp-

ture of the head and thorax, this differs by the more normal

sculpture of the elytra; it is more like a Bolitochara in

appearance than are the other two species.

Silusa conferta, n. sp.

Subdepressa, fusco-rufa, densissime subtiliter punctata; abdomine

parce punctato, nitido; antennarum basi, elytrorum marginibus

pedibusque rufo-testaceis, abdomine ante apicem nigro.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne short, moderately stout, thicker externally, fifth

to tenth joints transverse. Head a little narrower than the

thorax, extremely densely punctured, dull. Thorax rather

strongly transverse, a little narrowed behind, extremely

densely, rather finely punctate, quite dull. Elytra consider-

ably longer than the thorax, densely punctate, not quite dull,

the punctuation being coarser than that of the head and

thorax ; the hind margins and shoulders are more distinctly

rufescent than the other parts. Hind body very sparingly

punctured, basal segments rufescent, the others black ; legs

sordid yellow.

Miyanoshita; two specimens, in bad preservation.

In this species I have been able to get a rather unsatisfac-

tory view of the labial palpi; they are apparently slender and

elongate, only two-jointed. S. conferta is distinguished from

the preceding species by the more depressed form and finer

sculpture.

Stlusa crasstcornis, n. sp.

Minus depressa, rufo-testacea, abdomine ante apicem fuscescente ;

antennis articulis 4°-10™ fuscescentibus ; capite thoraceque den-

sissime punctatis, opacis, hoc fortiter transverso, basin versus

angustato.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne rather stout, second and third joints equal, sixth

to tenth transverse, terminal joint elongate and paler in

colour than those preceding it. Head much narrower than

the elytra, very densely punctate. Thorax twice as broad as

long, its punctuation like that of the head. Elytra short and

the Staphylinide of Japan. 375

broad, rather longer than the thorax, rather roughly and

coarsely punctate. Hind body convex and setose beneath,

flat and shining above, sparingly punctate.

Yokohama ; two specimens.

In this species the basal joint of the hind tarsus is as long

as the two following together and the middle coxe are rather

more distant than in the previous species; the labial palpi,

so far as I can gather from an imperfect view, are of the

Stlusa type of construction.

Stlusa lanuginosa, n. sp.

Nigra, pubescens; antennis, pedibus, elytris abdominisque basi et

apice rufis ; thorace transverso, basiin medio impresso ; abdomine

parce punctato.

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne moderately long and stout, third joint equal to

second, fifth to tenth differing little from one another, each

transverse, terminal joint quite twice as long as the tenth.

Head finely punctate. Thorax slightly narrower than the

elytra, twice as broad as long, not narrowed behind, closely

and rather finely punctate, very distinctly pubescent, with a

transverse impression in front of the base in the middle; in

colour red suffused with black. LElytra a good deal longer

than the thorax, closely and somewhat coarsely punctate.

Hind body finely and sparingly punctate. Male with an

extremely fine crenulation of the hind margin of the last

dorsal plate.

Nagasaki, 16th February, 1881; three specimens.

This isa true Stlusa with the labial palpi elongate and

rigid,

Placusa infima.

Placusa infima, Ey. Gen. et Spec. Staph. p. 196.

Nagasaki, in March and April. %

The specimens are in very bad condition, and there is no

male in which the characters can be seen, so that the deter-

mination is doubtful; if not P. ¢nfima, the species is no doubt

new.

Epipeda granigera, n. sp.

Piceo-ferruginea, capite, thorace elytrisque densissime punctatis,

opacis, abdomine punctato, nitido, pedibus flavis ; prothorace sub-

quadrato, medio vage depresso.

Long. 23 millim.

26%

376 Dr. D. Sharp on

Antenne short and stout, red at the base, darker beyond,

third joint a little shorter than the second, fifth to tenth joints

strongly transverse, terminal joint elongate, acuminate, nearly

three times as long as the tenth. Head much narrowed

behind the prominent eyes, densely punctate, quite dull.

Thorax narrower than the elytra, not so long as broad, very

densely covered with a granular sculpture, and_ broadly

vaguely depressed along the middle. Hlytra scarcely longer

than the thorax, sculptured like it, but not quite so dull.

Hind body finely punctate, the terminal segments almost

impunctate.

Nagasaki, 16th March, 1881 ; one specimen.

Epipeda fraterna, n. sp.

Valde depressa, nigra ; elytris fuscis, pedibus sordide testaceis ; sub-

tiliter punctata, subopaca ; prothorace plano, medio vix perspicue

impresso.

Long. 23 millim.

This obscure little insect is in all respects very similar to

the common European £. plana, but is apparently a little

smaller and narrower, and the male characters are not suffi-

ciently similar to allow it to be considered a mere variety.

Tn this sex the raised processes on the last dorsal plate are

more distinct and enclose a much wider space, and each pro-

jects beyond the hind margin, so as to form a short, acute,

free spine; the hind margin in the middle is rounded, and

there is a slight emargination on each side close to the spine.

Miyanoshita, December 22nd, 1880 ; tive specimens.

Epipeda Lewisa.

Homalota Lewisa, Sharp, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 14.

Brachida clara.

Homalota (Brachida) clara, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. 1877,

p. 90.

Hagi (Hiller) ; Yokohama, Nagasaki, and Hitoyoshi, in

spring, rare (Lewis).

Gyrophena triquetra.

Gyrophena triquetra, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi, 1887, p. 91.

Gyrophena sapporensis, n. sp.

Brevis, subdepressa, fusca, capite abdomineque nigricantibus ; an-

the Staphylinides of Japan. 377

tennis pedibusque flavis ; elytris fulvis, margine exteriore nigro ;

thorace parcissime punctato, elytris parce subtiliterque granulatis.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne short, clear yellow, fourth joint small, fifth to

tenth similar to one another, each transverse. Head broad

and short, almost impunctate. Thorax strongly transverse,

narrower than the elytra, with three or four punctures on

each side of the middle, forming an irregular series. Elytra

a little longer than the thorax, bearing distant, minute,

flattened granules. Hind body very finely and distantly

punctate. In the male there is a series of very minute granules

extending across the penultimate dorsal plate just in front of

the hind margin; the terminal plate bears some coarser flat

granulations irregularly placed, and its hind margin forms a

triangular prominence.

Sapporo; three specimens.

In addition to these two species Mr. Lewis’s collection con-

tains a third Gyrophena of very pallid colour; but the

examples are not in a fit condition for examination.

Myllena japonica, n. sp.

Elongata, angusta, omnino subtilissime punctulata, opaca, fusco-

ferruginea; antennis palpis pedibusque testaceis ; thorace trans-

verso, basi utrinque leyiter sinuato; elytris illo paulo longi-

oribus.

Long. 33 millim.

Antenne very slender, scarcely any thicker externally,

tenth joint much longer than broad. Head about half as

broad as the elytra. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long,

convex transversely, much narrowed in front, the punctuation

excessively minute, the base a little sinuate on each side near

the hind angles, these rectangular.

Nagasaki and Miyanoshita, in April and May.

This is similar in size and colour to the European J, elon-

gata, Rey, but has more slender antenne, and its thorax more

transverse and distinctly sinuate at the base on each side.

Group OLIGOTINA.

PROTINODES, nov. gen.

Tarsi omnes brevyes, quadriarticulati, posteriores articulo basali

brevissimo ; antennee 11-articulate ; coxe intermedi fere con-

tigue.

378 Dr. D. Sharp on

The number of genera of Aleocharide with only four joints

to the posterior tarsi is so small that the above characters are

sufficient at present for the identification of the insect from

which they are taken. It is of short convex form, somewhat

intermediate in appearance between Brachida and Oligota.

The maxillary palpi are small and short, the sides of the

prothorax are very acutely intlexed, and the front coxe are

oblique, rather perpendicular in direction; the mesosternum

is produced between the middle coxe, forming a process very

slender at the extremity and touching the raised margin on

the front of the metasternum, which forms an angle immedi-

ately behind the coxe without being produced between them.

The basal joint of the hind tarsus is extremely short, project-

ing but little beyond the apex of the tibia; the second and

third joints are short and equal, the fourth joint is longer

than the other three together, and has beneath an excision

giving rise in certain positions to an appearance of its forming

two joints.

In an arrangement of the Aleocharidea where predomi-

nance is given to the tarsal structure, the genus will be placed

at the commencement of the Oligotina.

Protinodes puncticollis, n. sp.

Brevis, convexus, dilute rufus, brevissime pubescens; thorace ely-

trisque fortiter punctatis, abdomine subtiliter punctato.

Long. 24 millim.

Antenne rather short, not stout, fourth joint small, very

much smaller than the fifth, fifth to tenth differing little from

one another in length, each a little broader than its prede-

cessor, tenth about as long as broad, terminal joint longer

than the tenth. Head small, with convex eyes, densely and

coarsely punctate. Thorax strongly transverse, short at the

sides, the base greatly rounded, the surface closely and

coarsely punctured. Llytra rather longer than the thorax,

coarsely punctate, rather shining. Hind body short, convex

beneath, the upper surface finely and rather indistinctly

punctured, the penultimate segments vaguely darker in colour.

Tokio ; three very mutilated specimens.

Subfam. V4cnyporim Zz.

This subfamily proves to be extremely well represented in

Japan, and the fauna is in this respect more similar to that of

North America than to that of Hurope.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 379

Tachinus obesus.

Tachinus obesus, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. 1887, p. 92.

A unique female; Hagi (Hiller). Not found by Lewis.

Tachinus japonicus, n. sp.

Major, nigricans, nitidus ; antennarum basi et articulo ultimo, palpis

pedibusque testaceis ; prothorace picescente, marginibus dilutiori-

bus; elytris fuscescentibus, subrufis; prothorace fere impunc-

tato, evidenter striguloso, elytris parce sat fortiter punctatis.

Long. 9-11 millim.

Antenne with the four basal joints red, the terminal joint

also pale, the intermediates darker, the penultimate joints not

so long as broad. Thorax only excessively finely and

sparingly punctate, but with the fine reticulation dense and

evident. Hind body shining, moderately closely and dis-

tinctly punctate.

In the male the terminal dorsal plate is slender, little pro-

duced in the middle, with the apex of this short broad lobe

emarginate ; the lateral angles form each a broad, extremely

short prominence ; the corresponding ventral plate is produced

into two very long laciniz, which are not widely separated,

are curved downwards, and nearly contiguous at their apices ;

the preceding ventral plate is very deeply and broadly emar-

ginate, with the sides of the emargination twisted so as to be

pe na at the angles; in front of the emargination the

surface is depressed, the posterior part of the depression being

broadly asperate.

In the female the last dorsal plate is trilobed, the three lobes

being of one length and the middle one separated by a narrow

space from the lateral; the middle lobe is the broadest and is

obtuse behind, the lateral lobes are also obtuse; the last ven-

tral plate is truncate in the middle behind, the margin of the

truncation being setulose; each side of this middle lobe is

armed with a short, slender, but truncate spine, and each

lateral angle is produced to form a longer truncate spine,

which does not, however, extend so far back as the inter-

mediate spine, this latter itself extending considerably less

backward than does the middle lobe.

A distinct species, somewhat allied to T. humeralis, but the

individuals are larger, with very different punctuation, and

strongly marked distinctions exist in the sexual characters.

The species is probably abundant in the northern parts of

380 Dr. D. Sharp on

the archipelago ; it was found at Awomori, at Chiuzenji in

August, and at Nikko in June.

Tachinus trifidus, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; antennarum basi pedibusque testaceis; elytris ad

basin late vageque rufis, prothoracis lateribus angustissime piceis ;

prothorace subtilissime parce punctulato, elytris crebrius fortius-

que punctatis.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne rather short and moderately stout, the two basal

joints yellow, the others dark, tenth joint about as long as

broad. Thorax and elytra finely strigulose, the former only

finely punctate, the latter red about the base and shoulders.

Hind body shining, finely and moderately closely punctate.

This species closely resembles 7’. basalis, Er., but the

female characters are totally different. In this sex the last

dorsal plate ends in four acuminate spines, the lateral inter-

space being nearly twice as long as the middle one; the

lateral spines project slightly further backwards than do the

middle pair. The last ventral plate is six-toothed, the lateral

tooth and the intermediate on each side being elongate and

slender ; the lateral tooth is in fact considerably longer than

the median pair.

In the male the last dorsal plate terminates in two rather

short distant teeth ; the external angle of the plate is not

dentate and only projects as far back as the base of the notch

separating the two middle teeth; the last ventral plate forms

two extremely large lacinie, a little incurved at their apices ;

the hind margin of the preceding segment is broadly but

shghtly emarginate and somewhat deflexed, the surface in

front of it being flat and smooth ; there is also a corresponding

smooth space on the preceding segment.

This has only been met with in the main island, six indi-

peels having been found at Kiga, Miyanoshita in May, and

ikko.

Tachinus bidens, n. sp.

Angustulus, niger, nitidus, antennarum basi, pedibus prothoracisque

lateribus testaceis ; elytris ad humeros rufis ; abdomine crebrius

subtiliter punctulato.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne slender, the four basal joints yellowish, the rest

daiker, tenth jomt distinctly longer than broad. Thorax

the Staphylinide: of Japan. 381

black, broadly, especially at the posterior angles, reddish or

yellowish at the sides, finely and not closely punctate, and

finely strigulose. Punctuation of elytra fine, though a good

deal coarser than that of the thorax ; their colour is dark, but

a large vague red mark exists at the shoulder. The punctua-

tion of the hind body is close and fine, and the hind margins

of the segments are yellowish.

In the male the last dorsal plate forms in the middle an

angular projection, the apex of the projection being divided

by an angular notch that is evidently longer than broad, and

each outer angle of the plate projects as a short but quite

distinct tooth ; the corresponding ventral plate terminates in

two slender, parallel, linear, widely separated laciniz, and

each outer angle forms a rather long tooth; the hinder part

of the preceding plate is deeply and rather broadly circularly

emarginate, and the posterior part of the emargination is set

with asperities ; at each side of the emargination behind the

surface is elevated in a plicate manner.

This species resembles 7. bipustulatus, but is more slender

and has longer and thinner antenne and very distinct male

characters ; the slender, parallel, distant lacinie of the last

ventral plate are remarkable, as is also the fact that the sides

of the emargination of the preceding segment are plicate in

such a manner as to form the rudiments of laciniw. The

female is unknown.

Three specimens have been found; Nikko, 25th August,

1881, and Sapporo.

Tachinus luridus, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; elytris ex parte majore luride rufescentibus, anten-

narum basi piceo, pedibus rufis; thorace elytrisque subtilius

punctatis, dense strigulosis; abdomine sat crebre vix subtiliter

punctato, tenuiter sed perspicue pubescente.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne black, with the basal joints rather paler, tenth

joint about as long as broad. Thorax entirely black, only

very finely and sparingly punctate, but very evidently stri-

gose. Elytra more closely and coarsely punctate, but still

only finely ; they are of a rufescent colour, becoming darker

behind and about the suture.

In the male the middle part of the last dorsal plate is only

a little prolonged and forms in the middle two short teeth,

which project only slightly further back than do the short,

broad, lateral teeth. The last ventral plate is divided in the

middle by a deep, narrowly oval excision; the sides of the

382 Dr. D. Sharp on

excision are not prolonged into laciniz, and there is only an

extremely short lateral tooth on each side; the posterior part

of the preceding plate has in the middle behind a narrow

deep depression, the anterior part of which is furnished with

coarse granules. In the female the last dorsal plate is

divided into three lobes by two incisions, but the lobes are

not separated from one another and the last ventral plate is

nearly simple, it being scarcely produced in the middle; but

its hind margin is for a considerable breadth finely ciliate.

Though very similar to 7. trifidus and T. bidens this

species is very distinct ; it will, apart from the sexual cha-

racters, be easily recognized by the entirely black thorax and

the more distant pubescence of the hind body. Only two

individuals have been found.

Hakone and Kiga.

Tachinus nigrinus, n. sp.

Niger, subnitidus ; antennarum basi rufo, pedibus piceo-rufis ; capite,

thorace elytrisque subtiliter punctulatis, minus subtiliter strigu-

losis ; abdomine dense subtiliter punctato.

Long. 7 millim.

Antenne short and stout, four basal joints red, the others

dark, third joint only a little longer than the second, tenth

a good deal broader than long; palpi red. ‘Thorax and elytra

with their punctuation fine, but the reticulate strigulosity

rather coarser and more evident than usual. Legs short and

rather stout.

In the male the last dorsal plate is but little produced in

the middle, and is divided in the middle by a short angular

notch; the lateral teeth are quite short and extend about as

far back as the middle notch; the last ventral plate is very

_ deeply divided and the sides are prolonged into lacinize, which

are much curved downwards; the preceding plate has the

hind margin broadly emarginate in the middle and the hind

margin of the emargination set with a narrow band of asperi-

ties. In the female the last dorsal plate is quadrispinose,

the two middle teeth are rather slender and are widely sepa-

rated by a deep and rounded notch, the lateral teeth are very

elongate and reach slightly further back than do the middle

ones; the last ventral plate is sexdentate, the intermediate

and external teeth being of about equal length and longer

than the middle tecth, the latter, however, projecting rather

farther backwards.

Kiga and Miyanoshita, but only two specimens. The

the Staphylinide of Japan. 383

species is quite different from any other I am acquainted

with.

Tachinus sibiricus, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; antennarum basi pedibusque ‘rufis ; thorace elytris-

que subtiliter strigulosis, illo parce subtiliter, his crebrius et magis

fortiter, punctatis ; abdomine subtiliter fere dense punctato.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne moderately long and stout, the four basal joints

red, the others darker, tenth about as long as broad. Thorax

searcely at all picescent at the sides.

This is similar to the common European species of Tachi-

nus, especially to 7. pallipes, but the individuals are only

about half the size of those of that species, so that the resem-

blance to 7’. laticollis is still greater: but from that species it

differs by the sexual characters, which, however, are suffi-

ciently similar to warrant the two species being really allied.

In the male the middle lobe of the last dorsal plate is

divided by a rather deep narrow notch, and each outer angle

forms a rather stout, not very short tooth; the last ventral

terminates in two rather long, slender, widely separated

lacinie, the space separating the lacinize being continued

backwards as a narrow éxcision; external to the laciniz on

each side there is a long slender tooth; the preceding plate

has a very deep excision, the margin of which is broadly set

with asperities; at the hind margin on each side of this

excision there is a slight additional cavity, also asperate, and

forming as it were an adjunct or continuation of the excision,

and outside of this the surface is a little plicate, elevated and

prolonged backwards; in the female the last dorsal plate

ends in four long acuminate spines of about equal length, the

middle notch being quite narrow; the last ventral is sex-

dentate, the external tooth on each side being rather long.

This species is described from individuals found at Lake

Baikal, in Eastern Siberia; a single female found by Mr.

Lewis at Chiuzenji, 22nd July, 1881, apparently agrees with

the Siberian individuals except in slight details ; but it would

be proper to examine Japanese individuals of the other sex

before positively coming to a decision on this point.

Tachinus mimulus.

Tachinus mimulus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 16.

Only four or five individuals have been brought this time.

Nagasaki, ‘Tokio, Nikko.

384 Dr. D. Sharp on

Tachinus nigriceps, n. sp.

Piceus, nitidus; capite nigro; antennis, palpis, thorace pedibusque

flavis; thorace breviore, parce subtilissime punctulato; elytris

abdomineque crebrius minus subtiliter punctatis.

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne rather long and slender, entirely yellow, third

joint much longer than second, tenth about as long as broad.

Head quite black, very shining, broad and short. Thorax

strongly transverse, shining yellow, broadly rounded at the

hind angles. Elytra and hind body shining, very distinctly,

not altogether finely, punctate.

In the female the last dorsal plate is trifid, the middle lobe

being broad, parallel-sided, and terminated behind by a broad

short emargination, so that each angle of the lobe is slightly

acute ; this central lobe is separated by only a small notch

from the short broad lateral tooth, which projects just as far

back as the middle lobe. The last ventral is sexdentate, the

two middle teeth being broad and very short, the external

tooth longer and slender.

This distinct species is somewhat similar to 7. collars.

Only a single example has been found.

Tachinus impunctatus, 0. sp.

Nitidus, niger; antennarum basi, palpis, thorace pedibusque tes-

taceis ; fere impunctatus; abdomine nitidiore; antennis gracil-

limis.

Long. 7-8 millim.

Antenne elongate, very slender, one or two of the basal

joints yellow, the others dark, tenth joint three times as long

as broad; palpi elongate. Head narrow, impunctate, black.

Thorax quite shining, impunctate, yellow, the hind angles

much rounded. LElytra nearly black, pitchy at the hind mar-

gin, without punctuation, and only very obsoletely strigulose.

Hind body shining black, almost impunctate. Legs long and

slender.

In the male the last dorsal plate terminates in four nearly

similar and equidistant teeth, like those of a saw; the last

ventral plate is divided by a deep, not broad, nearly parallel-

sided fissure; the lateral portion on each side would be roun-

ded, except that there is an extremely slight production of

its hind part; the preceding ventral plate is very peculiar, it

has in the middle behind a very large triangular depression,

the surface of which is coarsely asperate; this part of the

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 385

segment projects further back than the lateral portions, and

its hind margin is pectinate with coarse rigid cilia. The

female has the central part of the last ventral plate prominent

and split in the middle, but the two divided portions are not

separated at all from one another, except that each is sepa-

rately rounded at the apex, and each rounded part bears

about three cilia; on each side there is a short broad tooth,

and the outer angle forms also a short slender tooth; the

last dorsal plate ends in four elongate spines, the external of

which, though slender, is broader than the middle spines; the

elongate middle notch is not quite so broad as the rather

longer lateral notch.

Of this remarkably distinct species four individuals have

been found.

Junsai Lake, under reeds, also at Sapporo.

Tachinus diminutus, n. sp.

Minimus, niger, nitidus ; antennis fuscis, basi pedibusque rufis ; pro-

thorace levigato ; elytris crebre fortiter punctatis.

Long. 3 millim.

The antenne are rather small and slender, the penultimate

joint about as long as broad. The thorax is strongly trans-

verse, broader than the elytra, its hind margin piceous. The

elytra are much longer than the thorax, unicolorous.

Although Iam not able fully to describe this species, owing

to two examples only having been found and to their bad

preservation, yet it cannot fail to be recognized owing toits small

size,which is far less than that of any other species of the genus.

The terminal dorsal plate in the male is almost unarmed,

and the last ventral ends in two elongate, slender, extremely

widely separated laciniz. In the female the last dorsal has

in the middle two very short obtuse processes, and on each

side a slender tooth projecting quite as far back as the median

processes; while the terminal ventral plate has behind four

short, nearly equidistant teeth, of which the middle two are

ciliated.

Kiga and Sendai.

Tachinus punctiventris, n. sp.

Nigerrimus, antennis crassiusculis, fulvis, pedibus piceo-rufis ; pro-

thorace nitidissimo, sublevigato; elytris sparsim profunde punc-

tatis, nitidis ; abdomine minus nitido, fortiter profundeque punc-

tato, tenuiter pubescente.

Long. 10 millim.

386 On the Staphylinidee of Japan.

Antenne largely developed, being both elongate and stout,

third joint elongate, greatly longer than the second, fifth to

eleventh extremely dull, tenth a good deal longer than broad ;

palpi yellow. Head small, very shining. Thorax large,

rather broader than the elytra, remarkably polished, and with

only a few distant very fine punctures; the hind angles pro-

ject very slightly backwards. Elytra longer than the thorax,

the hind margin at the outer angle oblique, not rounded, the

surface very shining, with deep and distinct punctuation.

Hind body with coarse, close, elongate, deep punctures, from

each of which springs a fine rather elongate hair.

In the female the last dorsal plate is trifid, the central lobe

being small and minutely emarginate at the extremity, and

separated by a rather broad interval on each side from the

lateral teeth, which are broad and short and project a little

further back than the central lobe; the last ventral plate is

rounded in the middle and very slightly notched, the hind

margin being set with very coarse sete; on each side of the

notch the lateral angles form on each side only an extremely

short projection.

The above description is made from two females, one from

Oyayama, one from Nikko, agreeing closely; besides these I

have five other individuals before me which may be either

varieties of this remarkable species or may represent two or

more closely allied distinct species, viz. a female from Nikko,

which has the punctuation of the hind body and also of the

elytra less coarse, the prolongations of the last dorsal plate

slightly longer, the lateral teeth of the last ventral a good deal

longer ; in other respects this agrees with the type. Another

female from Nikko is considerably smaller (8 millim. long)

and narrower, and has the punctuation of the hind body much

finer ; the prolongations of the last dorsal plate are evidently

shorter than in the type, but the lateral tooth of the last ven-

tral is slightly longer. Another female, from Subashiri, is

still smaller (only 64 millim. long), and has the punctuation

of the hind body a good deal coarser, the prolongations of the

last dorsal plate evidently shorter than in the type, and the

tooth of the side of the last ventral very obscure. There are

also two males present from Nikko, one similar in size and

form to the type female, but with the hind body more densely

punctate; the last dorsal plate is at the hind margin a little

prolonged in the middle, so as to form a well-marked promi-

nence, rounded behind, but minutely emarginate in the middle

of the rounding; the last ventral plate is very deeply cleft,

the sides, however, not being prolonged as lacinia, the sides

of the fissure within its margin deeply and broadly impressed ;

Mr. F. Day on the Bib and Poor- Cod. 387

the preceding plate is simply emarginate in the middle, and

in front of this has a rather small space covered with minute

asperities. The second male is considerably smaller than the

first and has the hind body coarsely punctate ; the prominences

of the last dorsal plate are rather longer, the central lobe

being comparatively narrower, less rounded, and more emar-

ginate; the ventral structure is nearly the same as in the other

individual, except that the lateral portions of the last plate

are rather more prolonged and less obtuse. In neither of these

males are the front tarsi dilated. My impression is that these

seven specimens represent three or four distinct species, in

which the specific sexual characters are much more feebly

differentiated than in the normal Tachini; but without further

material or evidence as to the cohabitation of the sexes I can-

not venture to attempt to characterize more than one species.

In any case, however, 7. punctiventris is at once distin-

guished by the polished surface of head, thorax, and elytra,

and the punctuation of the hind body, the largely developed

antenne, and the very short metasternum. It will probably

be found that it should be generically separated from the

normal Tachint.

Erchomus scitulus.

Erchomus scitulus, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. 1877, p. 91.

Mitzudake, near Nagasaki; Hitoyoshi, in Higo.

[To be continued. }

LI.—On the Bib and Poor- Cod.

By Francis Day, C.LE., F.LS., &e.

Proressor M‘InTOosH, in your last issue, admits that he was

in error in having stated in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for

May 1886 that the bib and poor-cod were the same species ;

but as he also, possibly in error, misquotes some of my

statements, or observes upon omissions made by me, but

which do not exist, I beg for a short space in order to reply.

He says that ‘‘ the main point contended for in my note was

the confusion on the subject and the apparent uncertainty of

the author of the ‘ British Fishes’” (p. 349)—an uncer-

tainty which I think no one would have discovered but Dr.

388 Mr. F. Day on the Bib and Poor-Cod.

M‘Intosh, as I not only gave them as separate and distinct

species but also figured them as such. I fail to see how Dr.

M‘Intosh explains his assertion that “a large series from the

various parts of the British seas leaves little doubt of the

identity of the two forms” (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886,

xvii. p. 443).

“‘ Moreover, in his recent paper Mr. Day correctly points

out that these two fins have a more evident interval (in the

poor-cod) than in the bib” (p. 848). This would seem as if

I had omitted such in my work, whereas it is distinctly shown

on comparing the figures on plates Ixxx. and lxxxi. As to

the lateral line in my figure of the poor-cod not being suffi-

ciently curved, I may say I merely followed what existed in

the specimen.

“Mr. Day does not mention the cutaneous bleb so charac-

teristic of both species” (p. 349). If my work is referred to

(vol. i. p. 287) it will be seen that under the head of names I

observe “ dlens or blinds in Cornwall; these last names are

doubtless due to a sort of loose bag capable of inflation

existing in front of the eye and formed by an outer layer

passing from the cheeks over the eye, and a second layer

over the eyeball, thus forming a sac-like cavity well desig-

nated by the local words bleb or blain, terms for a bubble in

the water or a blister.”

‘‘The number of rays in the first dorsal is stated to be the

same in both, viz. 12.” This is another misstatement, for

in the synopsis of species pertaining to the genus Gadus

(vol. i. p. 275) I give the first dorsal at 12 in the G. luscus

and from 12 to 15 in the G. minutus ; those numbers are also

repeated when describing the species in detail at pages 287

and 289. That Professor M‘Intosh has found this fin in the

bib with from 12 to 14 spines in 1888 does not affect the

accuracy of my statement in March 1882 that I had found

12, for no one else has, until now, recorded more. The num-

ber of fin-rays in the Gadidz, as in the Pleuronectide, is

subject to very great variation.

Professor M‘Intosh also observes : “In regard to the charac-

ters derived from the gill-rakers, as indicated by Mr. Day in

his recent paper in this journal . . . it is fully as important

as any mentioned in the ‘ British Fishes.’”” Admitting this

to be so, as I only obtained specimens on which to make these

investigations in February 1888, I could not have recorded

the results in 1882. So far as I know, this fact had not

been previously observed; and Professor M‘Intosh might have

investigated it himself in the large series of specimens he

referred to in 1886, and prior to so authoritatively asserting

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera. 389

that other authors had been in error in considering these two

species as distinct. As to my description in the ‘ British

Fishes,’ which he now accuses of being too meagre, he for-

merly termed it elaborate. Anyhow it and my figures have

been sufficient for fishermen to recognize them by and send

me the two forms. I can merely record zoological facts as

they come under my notice, and if readers skip or cannot

understand my descriptions [ can scarcely consider the fault is

always to be laid at my door.

Dr. M‘Intosh says a poor-cod from my collection is in the

Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art labelled Gadus

luscus. ‘This may be so, as my fish were sent to the Edinburgh

Fisheries Exhibition in 1882, and subsequently transferred

to the museum. During the interval they were in the show-

case which had Professor M‘Intosh’s name on it, and were, I

believe, under his charge, while I have not had an opportunity

of rectifying any error. But however this may be, we are

all aware of how transpositions of labels occur among speci-

mens in our best regulated museums, while the merest tyro in

ichthyology ought to be able to see in my figures and descrip-

tions of the two forms quite sufficient evidence by which to

recognize them.

Cheltenham,

October 8, 1888.

LIL.—On new Lamiide Coleoptera belonging to the Mono-

hammus Group. By C. J. GanAn, M.A., Assistant,

Zoological Department, British Museum.

Leprodera lecta, n. sp.

Capitis fronte, pedibus et corpore subtus fulvo-brunneis, supra

griseis ; elytris basi plaga triangulari, communi, subfusca; sin-

gulo ad latus plaga magna et postice macula fuscis; illa antice

albo marginata et lateraliter in medio albo unimaculata ; antennis

(d) corpore tertia parte longioribus, scapo ad apicem intus sub-

angulariter producto, ( 2 ) corpore vix longioribus.

Long. 25-33 mm.

Hab. Siam.

Head sparsely and minutely punctured on the front, on the

vertex, and on the cheeks, the latter dull white, as also is a

line on each side of the prothorax below the lateral spines,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. 11. 27

390 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera.

which extends from the anterior margin to the outer angle of

the coxal cavity. ‘The prothorax is minutely and sparsely

punctured on the disk; the transverse grooves are very in-

distinct, and there is just behind the middle a very faint and

feebly bifid process. The elytra are minutely and rather

sparsely granular at the base, the remainder being very mi-

nutely and sparsely punctate. They are of a light grey

colour, with a basal, triangular, more or less dark brown

patch, which is less distinct than the lateral markings ; these

consist of a subsemicircular marginal patch near the middle of

each and a much smaller spot towards the apex, both dark

brown and velvety in appearance. The large lateral patch is

bordered along its anterior inner side with white, and has a

white spot in its middle close to the outer margin. The first

six joints of the antennze are in both sexes shortly fringed

with hairs on the underside, and the first three or four joints

in the male are slightly rugose. The anterior tibie in the

male armed towards their tarsal extremity with a strong

tooth, and the anterior tarsi fringed with black hairs. The

mesosternal process feebly tubercled in the middle. The

prosternal process * with its sides parallel, its posterior extre-

mity arcuate. Though that portion of the scape which bears

the cicatrice is, in the male, angularly produced on its inner

ventral side—a character of the genus Archidice—the species

must be associated with Leprodera (Lamia) crucifera, Fabr.,

with which it has very strong affinities and in which the scape

is not so produced.

The last-mentioned species—Phryneta crucifera, Fabr., of

the Munich Catalogue—was placed by Von Harold in the

genus Leprodera and a doubttul habitat attributed to it, viz.

Ins. Bourbon. Of the five specimens in our Museum collec-

tion four are from Ceylon and one from Pondicherry.

* T think it well to note this character of the prosternum, because in

one species at least of the genus Leprodera the form is different. In ZL,

verrucosa, Pasc., the prosternal process is angularly dilated on each side a

little behind its middle, the angles fitting into a comennquding notch or

depression in each coxa. This form of prosternum is, I find, constant in

the following genera of Monohammids :—Pelargoderus, Epepeotes, Dio-

chares, Mecotagus, Ptychodes,and Teniotes. In Teniotesit is most strongly

marked, each angle at the sides of the prosternal process fitting, in some

cases, into a kind of sheathing-notch in the coxe.

It is probable that the same form of prosternum which is found in

verrucosa occurs also in L. elongata, 'Thoms., and L. equestris, Pasc. ; it is,

in fact, doubtful whether these two species are not identical and whether

they are not both females of verrucosa. If this is so, it may become

necessary to dissociate most of the remaining species of the genus fro

the type Z. elongata,

My. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera. 391

Leprodera insidiosa (Chevr. MS.), n. sp.

Capitis fronte punctata, fulvo-brunneo pubescente, vertice brunneo,

fere impunctato, postice ferrugineo-maculato ; prothoracis disco

punctato et in medio leviter ruguloso, obscure ferrugineo-vittato ;

scutello fulvo; elytris griseis, minute granulosis ad basin, deinde

punctatis, fascia fusca obscura, liter vy persimili; singulo

macula magna, submedia, nigro-velutina, albido marginata.

Long. 22-30 mm.

Hab. N. India and Penang.

The prothorax is dark brown above, with an obscure ferru-

ginous or tawny band on each side of the middle; the sides

of the prothorax at the base of the lateral tubercles as well as

the tubercles themselves are also ferruginous. The rugosity

on the middle of the disk is in some specimens scarcely appa-

rent, in others plainly visible. The V-shaped band on the

anterior part of the elytra is somewhat obscure and in old or

rubbed specimens is liable to be overlooked The large spot

on each elytron is placed for the most part behind the middle

and is generally somewhat irregular in form. The apices of

the elytra are rounded. ‘The legs and underside of the body

have a short fulvous-brown pubescence, in which numerous

minute white bristles are scattered. The anterior legs in the

male are long, with their tibie armed with a strong tooth and

their tarsi fringed with black hairs.

The antenne in the male are about twice as long as the

body and their first three joints are slightly rugose; in the

female they are a little longer than the body, with the scape,

and sometimes also the base of the third joint, slightly rugose,

‘The mesosternal process is feebly tubercled in the middle ;

the prosternal has the moderately broad simple form which is

found in the last species and in L. crucifera.

Monohammus modicus, n. sp.

Brunneo-griseo dense pubescens ; prothorace supra ineequali ; elytris

ad basin minute et sparsissime granulosis, singulo ad medium

macula fusca antice distincte, postice indistincte marginata, apici-

bus truncatis ; antennis griseis, articulis a tertio apicibus brunneis.

Long. 18-19 mm., lat. 63-7 mm.

Hab. Madras.

With a dense drab pubescence covering the head, thorax,

legs, and underside of the body. The head impunctate; the

lower lobes of the eyes rather large. Prothorax very feebly

tubercled on the disk, impunctate, and with a few very

27*

392 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera.

minute scattered black granules on each side of the middle.

Elytra minutely and sparsely granular near the base and with

minute and scattered punctures, which are almost entirely

concealed by the close pubescence ; the latter at the base is of

a greyish-brown colour, which passes behind without any

definite limit into a pale grey with a pinkish tint. About

the middle of each elytron is a dark brown pubescent spot,

which is obtusely pointed and definitely limited in front, and

passes gradually behind into the pale pinkish grey which

surrounds it. ‘The apices of the elytra are truncate. An-

tennee about twice as long as the body in the male, scarcely

half as long again as the body in the female ; the scape with

a completely margined and pubescent cicatrice. ‘The middle

tibie very feebly and indistinctly emarginate. The meso-

sternal process tubercled in the middle.

Monohammus distinctus, n. sp.

Capitis fronte dense brunneo-griseo pubescente, vertice maculis

duabus nigro-velutinis ; prothorace supra subfusco ;. postice cum

maculis ellipticis duabus nigro-velutinis ; scutello fusco, griseo

marginato; elytris brunneo-griseis, ad basin subfuscis, singuloque

ad medium macula magna fusca; antennis (¢ ) ad basin griseis,

articulis a tertio fusco-testaceis griseo annulatis; tibiis griseis,

fusco annulatis.

Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Assam.

Head with the front convex and densely pubescent, the

lower lobes of the eyes small, the vertex with two velvety

black spots—one behind the superior lobe of each eye. Pro-

thorax even on the disk, with a dark brown pubescence some-

what mixed with brownish grey, and with two very distinct

velvety black spots on the posterior half, placed obliquely, so

that while posteriorly they come close together near the

middle line, anteriorly they are widely separated; each is

narrowly margined with greyish except on its posterior bor-

der. Elytra with a brownish-grey pubescence, which

towards the base is replaced by a darker brown, and with a

large irregular dark brown patch on the middle of each and

smaller fuscous spots towards the apex ; the latter rounded.

Antenne more than twice the length of the body, with the

scape rather short, this and the second joint greyish, the

remaining joints brown ringed with grey, each ring com-

prising the slightly externally swollen apex of one joint and

the base of the succeeding joint. ‘The underside of the body

has a mixed pubescence of grey and brown. The legs are

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera. 393

greyish, with the tibie ringed in the middle with brown; the

femora incrassate towards the middle, where they are almost

bare of pubescence ; the tibiw are entire. The sternal pro-

cesses simple.

Monohammus perplexus, n. sp.

M. bifasciato simillimus, sed elytris nec fasciatis nec maculatis.

Hab. N. India.

Two male specimens in the collection, agreeing remarkably

well in other respects with the figure and description of MJ.

bifasctatus, Westw., but wanting the fasciee of that species.

The underside of the body has a greyish-yellow pubescence,

similar to that on the upper side and on the elytra. The

femora have a pubescence partly yellowish and partly greyish.

There is a black vitta covered with a thin greyish pile on

each side of the prothorax ; the vitta passing over the lateral

spine. The shoulders and the outer margins of the elytra

are also black, with a similar feeble grey pubescence. ‘he

scutellum is greyish, and not distinctly black as in the figure

of Westwood’s species.

Notwithstanding these differences, I am inclined to think

that the form is at most but a variety of I. bifasciatus,

and the suggestion even occurs to me that possibly the type

of Mr. Westwood’s species was a specimen in which the

fasciz were artificially produced by rubbing. ‘The existence,

however, of a closely allied species—M/. sulphurifer, Hope—

in which there is a distinct black pubescent spot on the middle

of each elytron is against this suggestion.

Monohammus vagus, n. sp.

Breviter brunneo-pubescens; capite, fronte, vertice genisque sparse

punctatis; prothoracis disco lateribusque punctatis; elytris ad

basin minute granulosis, deinde usque apicem punctulatis, utrin-

que macula fusca pone medium, apicibus rotundatis; antennis

(3) corpore plus quam duplo longioribus, articulo tertio incras-

sato leviter arcuato, ( 2 ) corpore paullo longioribus.

Long. 25-29 mm., lat. 8-9} mm.

Hab. Gaboon ?

Head with the mandibles black, the palpi ferruginous

brown, with a short yellowish-brown pubescence and sparse

punctures on the front, vertex, and cheeks. Prothorax with

arather sparse fulvous pubescence, with three feeble tubercles

on the disk ; the latter, as well as the sides of the prothorax,

394 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera.

with numerous somewhat scattered punctures. The scutellum

is fulvous. The elytra have at their base numerous small,

black, shiny granules, which posteriorly are replaced by

punctures ; the latter, gradually becoming smaller, extend as

far as the apex. The pubescence on the elytra is of a mixed

colour, the prevailing tint being a light chocolate-brown,

interspersed here and there with a pale grey; towards the

base it is tawny, mixed around the scutellum with dark brown ;

of the latter colour there is a distinct but irregular patch on

each elytron behind the middle. The legs and underside of

the body have a uniform greyish-brown pubescence. In the

male the antennz are fuscous ferruginous, more than twice as

long as the body, with the third joint thickened and slightly

arcuate; in the female they are very little longer than the

body and the joints from the third are paler coloured at their

bases. ‘The sternal processes are simple.

Of the three specimens in the Museum two from Chevrolat’s

collection are ticketed India, the third is referred to Gaboon.

The latter locality is more probably the correct one.

In structure and faczes the species agrees best with African

forms of Monohammus ; its thorax is punctured, tubercled,

and clothed with pubescence almost exactly as in some speci-

mens of VM. ruspator, Fabr.

Monohammus murinus (De}. Cat.), n. sp.

Niger ; capite, thorace, antennis, pedibus et corpore subtus omnino

murino-pubescentibus ; capite et prothorace disperse punctatis ;

hoc disco leviter quinque-noduloso ; elytris nigris, nitidis, sub-

seriatim punctatis, disperse murino-pubescentibus, apicibus trun-

catis; antennis (¢) corpore sesquilongioribus, articulis tertio

quartoque paullo incrassatis.

Long. 23 mm., lat. 73 mm.

Hab. Senegal.

The pubescence of a mouse-grey colour, uniformly covering

all parts except the elytra; on the latter it is scattered, with

a somewhat larger patch on each behind the middle. The

punctures on the head and thorax are small and scattered,

those on the elytra, slightly granular at the base, are some-

what larger and seriately arranged along the middle of each,

and extend up to the apex.

Monohammus plumbeus, n. sp.

M. murino simillimus, sed differt elytris omnino pubescentibus, sin-

guloque macula fusca pone medium.

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera. 395

Hab. Congo.

In size, structure, and general appearance this has a very

close resemblance to the last species, of which it may possibly

prove to be only a variety. The elytra are, however, uni-

formly pubescent, and each has a small, transverse, fuscous,

pubescent spot on the deflexed part of the base at the sides

of the scutellum, as well as a larger spot of similar colour

behind the middle.

Monohammus fulvisparsus, n. sp.

/EMneo-niger, subnitidus, sparse pubescens; capitis fronte et scapo

antennarum dense punctatis; prothorace supra leviter griseo

pubescente, fulvo trivittato, vitta media angustissima, sparse

punctato pone medium; scutello fulvo; elytris punctatis, fulvo

vage pubescentibus, apicibus subtruncatis vel rotundatis ; corpore

subtus uniformiter griseo-fulvo pubescente.

Long. 30 mm.

Hab. Congo.

The front of the head thickly and somewhat rugosely

punctured, the cheeks with a few scattered punctures, the

vertex almost impunctate. Prothorax with the disk some-

what convex and almost quite smooth, with a median longi-

tudinal tawny line and a wider tawny band or spot on each

side close to the base of the lateral spines. There are a few

punctures on each side of the disk behind the middle as well

as on the bases of the lateral spines. The elytra are rather

thickly and irregularly punctured, the punctures being larger

and somewhat asperate towards the base; behind the latter

there is on the middle of each elytron a feeble but broad and

obtuse hump or swelling. ‘The fulvous pubescence on the

elytra is broken up into minute patches scattered everywhere,

but closer together on some parts than on others. The under-

side of the body and the legs have a slight uniform greyish

tawny pubescence. In the male the anterior tibie are armed

each with a tooth at about one third of its length from the

distal extremity, and the first joint of the anterior tarsus is

almost as’ long as the two succeeding taken together. The

antenne are damaged in the single specimen in the collection,

but the few joints that remain are shortly and rather thickly

fringed with hairs beneath.

Monohammus nyassensis, n. sp.

Capite et prothorace brunneo-griseo pubescentibus, sparse punc-

tatis; prothoracis disco trituberculato ; scutello fulvo; elytris

396 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera.

punctatis, fulvo-pubescentibus nigro adspersis, basi plaga trans-

versa communi nigro-fusca; humeris acutis, minute dentatis,

quoque elytro in medio ad basin leviter cristato ; corpore subtus

pedibusque uniformiter brunneo-griseo pubescentibus ; antennis

(2) corpore paullo longioribus, articulis a tertio apicibus fuscis.

Long. 20 mm.

Hab. Nyassa.

The head and the sides and disk of the prothorax are

sparsely but distinctly punctured. There are really five

tubercles on the latter, but the two postero-lateral are very

feeble and scarcely noticeable; the median tubercle is the

most distinct. The nearly black transverse patch at the base

of the elytra is broadest along the suture, and gradually

narrows towards the sides, where it stops short just above the

shoulder; it has a faintly granular and somewhat velvety

appearance. The remainder of the elytra has a scattered

brownish tawny pubescence and is somewhat strongly and

irregularly punctured, the punctures being especially visible

on those spots where the black and shiny derm is almost bare

of pubescence. The apices rounded.

It is doubtful whether this species should not rather enter

into the genus Lophoptera, with which it agrees in the sharp

and faintly toothed shoulders and in the crested base of the

elytra. ‘The crest in the present species is, however, very

feeble, and consists of a row of three or four granules, of

which the most anterior and strongest forms a small vertical

ridge on the deflexed portion of the base. On the whole the

species can scarcely, 1 think, be separated from the genus

Monohammus, and amongst described species comes nearest

perhaps in structural characters to M/. Thomsont, Chevr.

Teniotes simplex, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; capitis fronte et scapo antennarum rugoso-granu-

losis, capitis vertice et lateribus punctatis; prothoracis disco

leviter rugoso; elytris basi albo bipunctatis, leviter rugulosis,

deinde punctatis, punctis evanescentibus versus apicem ; apicibus

singulatim rotundatis, nec dentatis.

Long. 31-33 mm.

Hab. South or Central America.

A very distinct species, easily recognized by the almost

en tire absence of pubescence and by the presence of two small

white pubescent spots, one on the depressed basal portion of

each elytron a little removed from the scutellum, the latter

also bearing traces of a white pubescence behind. Another

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera. 397

minute linear white spot is to be found on each side of the

prothorax in front of and below the lateral spine.

Although the species has a superficial resemblance to some

of the typical species of Monohammus, its structural characters

are distinctly those of the genus Tvendotes ; it has the form

of head and eyes, the form of prosternum, the tuberculation

of mesosternum, and the broadly truncate and laterally toothed

last abdominal ventral segment which are characteristic of

this genus. Lach elytron is narrowly rounded at the apex,

but wants the terminal tooth which is present in many species

of the genus. The front of the head is slightly broader than

in the majority of its congeners.

The two female specimens in the Museum collection were

presented many years ago by Sir E. Belcher and were col-

lected during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Sulphur’ around the

world. No indication of locality is attached to the specimens,

but it may, I think, be safely asserted that they are South or

Central American.

ae ; ‘

Teniotes singularis, n. sp.

Aineo-niger, nitidus; subtus maculatus et supra obscure vittatus

pube ferrugineo-brunnea ; capitis fronte, scapo antennarum pro-

thoracisque disco rugoso-granulosis; elytris basi granulosis, fere

impunctatis, plagis dilaceratis et maculis parvis albis.

Long. 34 mm.

Hab. Ecuador.

Head with the front minutely and reticulately ridged, the

eyes bordered with a reddish-brown pubescence ; the vertex

punctured behind and with a glossy black, somewhat raised,

longitudinal line in the depression between the antennal

tubercles. The prothorax with the lateral spines acute, the

disk minutely and irregularly ridged, with a distinct feeble

tubercle or callosity in the middle; the pubescence sparse, of

a reddish-brown colour, and arranged somewhat in longitu-

dinal lines—three on the disk and one on each side below the

lateral spines. Elytra granular at the base, with a reddish-

brown pubescence, almost limited to two longitudinal bands

on each elytron, one narrow sutural, the other broader and

fainter, lateral, but not reaching the margin. In addition

there are three larger torn patches and some smaller spots of

white pubescence on each elytron; the first patch is just

behind the middle of the base, the second antemedian, and

the third postmedian. The apex is rounded and appears not

to be armed with teeth. (In the single specimen the apex is

398 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera.

slightly damaged.) The underside of the body and the legs

have a faint greyish pile, and there is a rust-brown pubes-

cent spot on the side of each abdominal segment, as well as a

few spots of the same kind on the breast.

The style of marking in this species reminds one more of

species of Hammoderus, a closely allied genus, than of

Teniotes. The structural characters, however, leave no room

for doubt, and it may be here remarked that the form of pro-

sternum is one of the best characters for distinguishing the

two genera; in Hammoderus the prosternum is simple, in

Tenvotes it is of the form described above in a footnote.

Deliathis Batesi, n. sp.

D. nivee similis, sed differt pube flava, oculis minoribus, capitis

fronte latiore, capite supra flavo univittato, mesosterno minus

valde producto. }

Long. (3) 30, (2) 40 mm.

Hab. Mexico.

In style of marking and arrangement of pubescence closely

resembles D. nivea, Bates. The pubescence is yellowish in

colour, not white, the pubescent vitte on the front of the head

are broader, and the latter is itself distinctly wider than in D,

nivea. The upper part of the head wants the lateral pubescent

vitte which are present in that species. The mesosternal

process is horizontal below and is produced in front but very

little beyond the anterior vertical wall of the mesosternum ; in

D. nivea, on the other hand, it is very strongly and obliquely

produced downwards and forwards.

Deliathis Buquetit, Taslé, var.

Deliathis mira, Chevr. MS.

Hab. Mexico (Palenque).

In this variety, of which there is a single female specimen

in the Museum collection, the lateral spines of the thorax are

wanting and are replaced by obtuse tubercles. The longitu-

dinal white and ochraceous bands on the elytra are all very

much interrupted.

The absence of the lateral spines on the prothorax is the

more noteworthy since in some females of another species of

the genus (D. nivea), as mentioned by Bates, the same kind

of variation occurs.

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera. 399

THERMONOTUS, n. g.

@. Head triangularly concave between the antennal

tubercles, the latter prominent and, at their base, approxi-

mated. Lower lobes of the eyes small.

Antenne scarcely reaching to the apex of the elytra, with

the scape long and gradually and slightly thickened towards

its apex, the latter with a distinct and completely margined

cicatrice, the third joint a little shorter than the scape, the

fourth distinctly shorter than the third, the fifth and following

gradually decreasing in length.

Prothorax with a strong median spine on each side; the

disk somewhat raised across the middle between the lateral

spines, the raised portion bounded anteriorly by a very distinct

transverse groove and posteriorly by a somewhat irregular

ridge.

Blytra rather short, slightly expanded behind the middle,

and broadly rounded at the apex.

Legs of equal length, the middle tibia without notch or

tubercle.

Prosternal process raised in the middle to a level with the

coxe and broadly canaliculate throughout nearly its whole

length. Mesosternal process horizontal behind, slightly

obtusely produced and vertical in front.

This genus must be placed near Cereopsius, with which it

has many characters in common, but from which it is readily

distinguished by the form of its elytra.

Thermonotus nigripes, 0. sp.

Rufo-testaceus; antennis, mandibulorum apicibus pedibusque

nigris; scutello dense elytrisque leviter ochraceo squamoso-

pubescentibus.

Long. 16-19 mm., lat. 7-83 mm.

Hab. N. India (and Penang ?).

The whole body, including the head, thorax, and elytra, is

of a reddish testaceous colour, which is somewhat paler and

inclined to flavous on the posterior part of the elytra. Legs,

antenne, and apices of the mandibles black. Front of the

head with a narrow, mesial, raised black line, which

extends on to the vertex. The lateral spines of the thorax

have a slight backward curvature, their anterior border being

convex, their posterior slightly concave. The raised middle

portion of the disk has a somewhat uneven surface and is

slightly punctured on each side of a median, posterior, feebly

400 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Coleoptera.

bifid process. The scutellum is ochraceously pubescent; a

similar short, somewhat scaly pubescence appears in places

on the elytra. (The specimens are more or less rubbed.)

The latter are sparsely and irregularly punctured on their

anterior half, and each at its base projects forwards in the

middle, so as to form a hump on each side of the scutellum.

The apex rounded.

Two female specimens, one ticketed N. India, the other

Penang.

Synonymical and other Notes.

Archidice quadrinotata, Thoms., is synonymous with the

previously described Monohammus officinator, White. The

species is not strictly referable to either genus. Its short

metasternum brings it into relation with the “true Lamude.”

It belongs nevertheless to the Monohammus-group, and may

be placed in the genus Lamiomimus, Kolbe, from which it

structurally differs only in the more prominent antennal

tubercles and in the feebly tubercled mesosternum.

Psacothea (Monohammus) hilaris, Pasc. (Trans. Ent. Soe.

London, ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 103), is synonymous with P, (Dzo-

chares) flavoguttata, Farm. (Ann. Soc. Ent. de Belgique,

1887, p. 133).

The genus Psacothea, though never characterized, seems to

be good. Its name, first, I believe, used in manuscript by

Pascoe, was subsequently employed by Bates (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xil. p. 511). In the Munich Catalogue

the genus is placed as a synonym of Monohammus. It is,

however, much more nearly related to Hpepeotes, especially to

the North-Indian species of that genus. ‘The following cha-

racters may serve to fix it:—Head narrowly and triangularly

concave between the antennal tubercles, the latter prominent,

divergent, approximated at their base; lateral spines of

thorax short and feeble; prosternal process dilated on each

side behind the middle; anterior coxal cavities incompletely

closed in behind; mesosternum tubercled; anterior legs in

the male with the tibiz unarmed, with the first joint of tarsus

simple, nearly as long as the two succeeding joints.

Epepeotes (Leprodera) spinosa, Thoms., is synonymous

with the later described Epepeotes meridianus, Pasc. (=late-

ralis, Guér.).

Pelargoderus rugosus, Waterh., appears to be synonymous

with Paragnoma acuminipennis, Blanchard. The type of

Waterhouse’s species is a large male from Larat, in which.

the apices of the elytra are obliquely truncate. In two speci-

On Echinoderms from Port Phillip. 401

mens associated with it—one a female from Thursday Island,

the other a small male from Torres Straits—the apices are

obliquely truncate, with the outer angles produced, especially

in the male. The female agrees very well with the figure

and description of Paragnoma acuminipennis. The genus

Paragnoma was therefore, as Pascoe and Lacordaire correctly

surmised, founded upon the female of a species of Pelargo-

derus, and cannot stand.

(Monohammus) marcipor, Newm., belongs to the genus

Anammus; it is intermediate in size and structure between

A. conspersus and A. Daleni.

Monohammus melanostictus, White, is synonymous with

M. beryllinus, Hope. This species and Monohammus Bow-

ringu, White, belong rather to the genus Melanauster.

To the genus Domitia, Thoms., must be added D. (Mono-

hammus) viridipennis, Chevr. This species is possibly iden-

tical with the type species D. lupanaria, Thoms. ; it differs

from the description of the latter only in being smaller and

in a few other minor particulars. To the same genus doubt-

less belongs the Lamia enea of Parry, which in the Munich

Catalogue is placed in the genus Sternotomis. It is uncertain

whether this species also is not synonymous with one or both

of the species just mentioned.

Agnoderus, Thoms.—This genus is known only from the

female sex, which was described by Thomson and Lacordaire,

the latter wrongly regarding it as the male. In the male the

antenne are twice as long as the body, and the third, fourth,

and fifth joints are almost normal, being slightly and gradu-

ally thickened towards their apices, but not so markedly so as

in the female. In other respects the two sexes scarcely

differ.

There are in the Museum collection five specimens of the

type species A. gnomoides, Thoms., two males, and three

females, all from North India.

In this genus also might be placed Monohammus desperatus,

Thoms. (= Fredericus, White).

- LIII.—Notes on Echinoderms collected at Port Phillip by Mr.

J. Bracebridge Wilson. By Prof. F. Jerrrey Betty, M.A.

Durin@ the last few years Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson has

from time to time been so good as to present to the Trustees

of the British Museum interesting examples of the Echino-

402 Prof. F. J. Bell on

derm-fauna of Port Phillip. The region investigated by Mr.

Wilson seems to be one of much promise; unfortunately

many of his specimens are young or solitary examples; I

trust therefore that the publication of this list will induce

him and perhaps others also to make larger collections in the

Victorian waters, and especially to obtain good series of the

species collected.

What follows must only be considered as a preliminary

notice of the Echinoderm-fauna of Port Phillip, as in many

cases the existence of new or incompletely known species is

merely indicated. As there is, however, no reason to suppose

that we shall not receive more examples from the locality, I

think it more advantageous to science to abstain from naming

or describing such specimens till we have a more complete

series. In the case of two new species of Antedon there is,

happily, quite sufficient material for description; with the

Holothurians this is unfortunately not the case.

List of the Species.

I, CRINOIDEA.

1. Antedon Wilsoni. 3. Actinometra trichoptera, J.

incommoda. Miiller.

II, ASTEROIDEA.

4, Asterias calamaria, Gray. 8. Palmipes, sp.

5. Plectaster decanus, M. Tr, 9. Asterina Gunni, Gray.

6. Nectria ocellata, Perrier. 10. Patiria crassa, Gray.

7. Tosia grandis, Gray. 11. Astropecten pectinatus, Sladen.

III. OpHivuRoIwEa.

12. Pectinura arenosa, Lyman. 14. Ophiomyxa australis, Liitk.

13. Ophiothrix, sp.

IV. EcuiIno1pFa.

15. Goniocidaris geranoides, Lamk. 19. Strongylocentrotus tubercula-

16. Amblypneustes ovum, Lamk. tus, Lamk.

re , Sp. 20. » Sp. (juv.).

18, Microcyphus zigzag, Ag. 21. Lovenia elongata, Gray.

V. HoLorTHuRIOoIpBA.

22. Molpadia, sp. 24, Colochirus australis, Ludw.

23, Cucumaria inconspicua, Bell, 25. Holothuria (2 or 3 species).

Echinoderms from Port Phillip. 403

Notes and Descriptions.

Antedon Wilsont.

General formula A’.

This belongs to the Bastcurva-group of Dr. Herbert Car-

penter *, and is the first of the group which I have as yet had

the opportunity of examining; it goes in the second division,

or that in which the pinnule-ambulacra are not plated, and

has the same general formula as the two species in the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ collection. From A. denticulata it may be distin-

guished at once not only by the abundance of sacculi but by

the first pinnule being the longest; with A. pusilla it has

many more points of resemblance. ‘The first radials are evi-

dent and the numbers of the cirri and cirrus-joints are much

the same; but the form of the joints is different; syzygies

are much more numerous, the radials have no tubercles, and

the basal joints of the later pinnules have not the same form.

Centrodorsal slightly convex, with marginal cirri, in two

rows, about fifteen in number; cirrus-joints about thirty,

outer cirri longer than inner, owing chiefly to the greater

length of the basal joints; the basal joints are much longer

than broad; this character gradually diminishes in the more

distal joints ; the outer cirri are also stouter than the inner.

First radial just visible, the second broader than long, with

straight edges but no tubercle, the third radial with a nearly

straight proximal edge and two distal axillary curves.

Ten arms; a notch between second and third brachial, the

succeeding joints overlap a little from side to side ; syzygies

in the third, sixth, and ninth brachials, then generally in

every second.

Pinnules short, the first is the longest, has ten (or more)

joints, the third and fourth of which are very elongated, but

it is not at all stout; the later pinnules are not unlike those

of A. pusilla, as figured by Dr. H. Carpenter.

Pinnule-ambulacra not plated ; sacculi numerous.

Colour in spirit white.

Spread about 60 millim., but none of the arms are quite

complete.

Hab. Port Phillip.

It is quite clear that this is the representative on the south

coast of Australia of A. pusilla of Torres Straits; it is not

often that one gets such obvious signs of relationship.

* Chall. Reports, part lx. p. 102.

404 Prof. F. J. Bell on

Antedon tncommoda.

This species, like A. bidens, does not fall into the groups

pores by Dr. H. Carpenter. It appears to be common at

ort Phillip, as several specimens have been sent. Like A.

bidens it has pinnules on the second and third brachials and

the first pinnule is the longest; but it is distinguished from

A. bidens by the much greater slenderness of the pinnules,

the want of stiffness in the arms, which are not markedly

compressed, the greater number of syzygies, and the smaller

number of cirrus-joints.

General formula A®.

Centrodorsal flat, central part free of cirri; cirri about

thirty in number, with about twelve joints; the dorsal side

of the joints indented much as in A. dbddens; most of the

joints are longer than broad and have the distal edge projecting

and overlapping.

First radials hidden, second broader than long, not in con-

tact, third irregularly triangular, not protuberant.

Ten arms; first brachials in contact, longer without than

within; second also longer without than within, but not pro-

tuberant; the third, which are syzygial, are longer within

than without. The next two or three are more regularly

quadrate, the successors alternately wider on outer and inner

sides; but there is not the pronounced overlap that there is

in A. bidens.

Syzygies 3, 8, 12, then every third.

The first pinnule is the longest, but is not very long; the

rest are rather short and are not so stiff and well marked as in

A. bidens.

Colour white, brownish with two dark bands or dark

with central lighter band on dorsal surface ; cirri light in

colour.

Spread about 70 millim.

Here again we have a species which curiously resembles in

many points a form from Torres Straits.

Actinometra trichoptera.

This is obviously a very abundant species at Port Phillip

and is as yet the only member of the genus that has been

sent by Mr. Wilson. I look forward with interest to the

arrival of fully grown individuals, as I suspect, from what I

have seen of the small specimens that have reached us, that

the cirri will exhibit an interesting dimorphism.

Echinoderms from Port Phillip. A05

Plectaster decanus.

I was able last year to note the presence of Echinaster de-

canus in the waters of Port Jackson (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.

W. [2] ii. p. 1074) ; the affinities of the species will be dis-

cussed by Mr. Sladen in his forthcoming ‘ Challenger’ Re-

port; he informs me that he has instituted a new genus,

which he calls Plectaster, for its reception; this is quite iu

accordance with the expectation of Dr. E. P. Ramsay, who is

reported (loc. cit.) to have expressed his opinion as follows :—

“although closely allied to Hcehinaster, I believe it will even-

tually find its way into a new genus.”

Palmipes, sp.

Here we have a small specimen too young to be definitely

determined. I cannot think it to be the young of Palmipes

inflatus, Hutton, though, like it, it has the adambulacral

spines imbedded in the integument. It is probably an imma-

ture example of an undescribed species.

Microcyphus zigzag.

A small specimen of this species, with a diameter of less

than 10 millim., has the test of a most beautiful rosy colour,

which does not appear to be lost by preservation in alcohol.

Strongylocentrotus, sp.

There is a single small specimen which, with a little hesi-

tation, L refer to this genus; it is remarkable for the thick

covering of scales found on the buccal membrane. Mr. A.

Agassiz defines the genus as having the membrane bare.

As, however, the specimen is young, and bearing in mind

the variations presented by different specimens of Hchinus, I

think we may regard this as an immature example of what

will probably be found to be a new species of Strongylocen-

trotus. ‘The spines are white, rather short, and rather stout.

Molpadia, sp.

There is, unfortunately, only one example of a species of

this genus; it is not, I think, thesame as Molpadia australis,

Semper, for its spicules are much more regular ; a more com-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 28

406 On Echinoderms from Port Phillip.

plete judgment on the matter had better be postponed till a

larger series of specimens is available.

Cucumaria inconspicua.

It may be convenient to reprint the description of this

species from the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 1887,

- 032 :—

Pa Small, stout, a little rough to the touch, with the suckers

not quite definitely limited to the ambulacra, though very

often nearly so ; the trivial suckers are in four and the bivial

in two fairly regular rows. No anal teeth. The pharyngeal

ring large, the muscles stout and inserted at once into the

body-wall; the ring appears to be made up of five * sets of

equal pieces, formed probably by the equal radial and inter-

radial calcifications ; the Polian vesicle is large.

“The genital tubes are long, simple, and not numerous.

‘The spicules are rare and are only in the form of large

deposits of the shape shown in plate xlv. fig. 3.

“ Colour, varying shades of dark slate or brown.

“ Average length 17 millim., average greatest breadth

6 millim.

“ Port Phillip Heads. Collected by J. B. Wilson, Esq.

“‘ The irregularity of the arrangement of the suckers of this

species appears to afford a strong argument against the divi-

sion of the genus Cucwmaria into Cucumaria s. str. and

Semperia, which has been proposed by Lampert.”

It will give a little more completeness to these notes if I

add the names of the species collected by the ‘ Challenger,’

but not included in Mr. Wilson’s collections, from shallow

water near Port Phillip. Mr. Sladen has kindly given me

the names of the Asteroidea; the additional species are Aste-

rias polyplax and Nectria ocellifera.

The Ophiuroids, as reported by Mr. Lyman, were

Ophioglypha Kinbergi, Lym.

Ophiobyrsa rudis, Lym.

Ophiocnida pilosa, Lym.

Ophionereis Schayert, M. Tr.

Ophiothrix aristulata, var., Lym.

* « Fine” in the original is a misprint for “ five ;” as a matter of fact

the pieces are rather stout.

Mr. O. Thomas on new Malayan Mammals. 407

Mr. A. Agassiz found the following Echinoids :—

Goniocidaris tubaria, Lamk.

Amblypneustes formosus, Val.

pallidus, Lamk.

Spheerechinus australie, A. Ag.

Echinanthus testudinarius, Gray.

Laganum Peroni, Ag.

There were no additional Crinoids or Holothurians.

LIV.— Diagnoses of four new Mammals from the Malayan

Region. By OuprieLp Tuomas.

1, Hylomys suillus dorsalis, var. nov.

Essential characters as in the typical variety, but with a

more or less distinct black line running from between the

eyes down the neck to the middle of the back.

Head and body (c.) 116 millim.; tail 16; hind foot 25.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo (Mr. J. White-

head).

2. Sciwrus concinnus, sp. n.

Very similar to S. exzdis, Miill., but rather larger, and with

the colour of the back a deeper and more uniform rufous,

the general colour being almost as rufous as in the

common bank-vole (Hvotomys glareolus, Schr.). The hind

feet are larger and heavier than in S. ewtlis, and their hairy

part is of much less extent, the posterior part being covered

for less than 8 millim., as compared to more than 9 millim. in

the other and smaller species. This hairy part is grizzled

olive in S. concinnus and yellow in S. exis. The posterior

sole-pad is oval instead of circular, and is situated much

further back on the foot, the distance from its front edge to

that of the middle digital pad being about 7:0 millim., as

compared to 84 millim. in S. ewdlis. The tail is longer and

rather bushier in S. cone¢nnus than in its Bornean ally.

Turning to the skull we find that the general shape is

much the same in the two species, but that the muzzle in S. con-

28*

408 Mr. O. Thomas on new Malayan Mammals.

cinnus is shorter and broader anteriorly, the nasals especially

being much broader, so that their greatest breadth is more

than half their length.

In the dentition the minute anterior premolar (p*) of S.

exilis, present in all the specimens as yet observed (at least

seven in number), is wholly absent in the type of S. con-

cinnus. The molars again are markedly broader and heavier,

the actual breadth of m* being 1:4 millim., as compared to

1:0 millim. in S. exzlis.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female (skin) :—

Head and body (apparently rather stretched) 85 millim. ;

tail, without hairs, 59; hind foot 25:5; heel to front of last

foot-pad 11:4, to front of anterior digital pad 18°4; ear (ccn-

tracted) 4°8.

Skull: basal length 19°6; greatest breadth 15; nasals,

length 7:1, breadth 3°9 ; diastema 6:3; length of tooth-series

(front of p* to back of m*) 3°8.

Hab. Isabella, Basilan, Philippines (Prof. J. B. Steere).

This species is the fourth known member of the beautiful

little Malayan group of pigmy squirrels, the other three being

S. melanotis, Mill. & Schl., S. Whitehead, 'Thom., and S.

exilis, Mill. From the first it is readily distinguishable by

its uniformly coloured head and rufous back, from the second

by its untufted ears, from the third by the many important

although less obvious differences above detailed, and from all

by its possession of only a single upper premolar,

3. Mus alticola, sp. n.

Fur mixed with spines both above and below. General

colour above a peculiar uniform bluish grey, not speckled or

grizzled. Hairs and spines creamy white basally, grey ter-

minally. Underside pale yellowish white, the hairs uni-

formly of this colour to their bases. Line of demarcation on

sides not sharply defined. Tail short-haired, sharply bicolor

from base to tip, brown above, yellowish white below.

Dimensions :—Head and body (probably stretched) 177

millim. ; tail 162; hind foot 32.

Skull: tip of nasals to “ lambda” (junction of sagittal and

lambdoid sutures) 34; nasals, length 15; interorbital breadth

74; palate, length 19; anterior palatine foramina 6 ; length

of upper molar series 5°8.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo (Mr. J. White-

head).

This species is allied to the Nepalese M/. nivetventer, Hodgs.,

but may be distinguished by its unspeckled back, by the

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 409

gradual passage of the upper into the lower colour, and by

its larger size.

4. Mus infraluteus, sp. n.

Size large. Fur coarse and harsh, but not spinous.

General colour dark greyish brown, the tips of the shorter

hairs with a silvery lustre. The longer straighter hairs

numerous, not markedly lengthened on the rump, uniformly

black. Under surface a dirty yellowish brown, the tips of

the straighter hairs dull orange, their bases and the whole of

the underfur slaty grey. Hands and feet brown. ‘Tail

rather shorter than the head and body, thinly haired, dark

brown or black above and below ; rings of scales averaging

about eight or nine to the centimetre. Skull and teeth large

and powerful.

Dimensions :—Head and _ body (c.) 285 millim. ; tail (ex-

treme tip wanting) 235; hind foot 51.

Skull: tip of nasals to lambda 51; nasals, length 21°8 ;

interorbital breadth 8-8 ; infraorbital foramen, length of outer

wall 7; palate, length 32; anterior palatine foramen 8°4;

length of upper molar series 10-7.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo (Mr. J. White-

head).

LV.—Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Cur-

culionide, mostly Asiatic—Part V. By Francis P.

Pascogz, F.L.8. &c.

BRACHYDERIN2E, ? METATYGINA.

Eupholus cinnamomeus. Zantes, n. g.

—— limbatus.

HYLOBIIN.

; eee ITHYPORINZ.

Hylobius Pipitzii.

distinctus. Misynus, n. g.

4 dissimilis.

Epa. Desmidophorus lanosus.

maculatus.

Pimelata, n. g. funebris.

maculata, morbosus.

ALCIDINZ. TYLODINZ.

Alcides carbonarius. Poropterus afflictus.

obtusus. basiliscus.

— gallarius. —— uritus,

410 My. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

Eupholus cinnamomeus.

E. oblongo-ovatus ; elytris cinnamomeis, humeris parteque poste-

riore nigricantibus; tibiis albidis, tarsis late cwruleis. Long.

12 lin.

Hab. New Guinea.

Oblong-ovate ; head and rostrum covered with greenish-

ashy oblong scales ; antenne with numerous white sete, scape

golden green, funicle whitish, club black ; prothorax brown,

with scattered minute paler scales; scutellum small, black ;

elytra cinnamon-coloured, with very minute paler scales, the

shoulders and posterior declival part dull blackish; legs

pilose; femora brown; tibie yellowish; tarsi clear azure

blue ; body beneath brown, with short scattered hairs.

A true Eupholus, but very different in coloration from the

other species, the tarsi alone showing the beautiful green or

azure, which, with black bands or stripes, distinguishes its

congeners.

Hylobius Pipitei.

ff, oblongo-ovatus, fuscus, pilis aureis adspersus ; rostro rugoso-

striato; antennis articulis quinque ultimis moniliformibus ; pro-

thorace confertim punctato; elytris prothorace vix latioribus.

Long. 7 lin.

Hab. New Caledonia.

Oblong-ovate, dark brown, with scattered minute golden

hairs; rostrum roughly striate-punctured ; antenne with the

last five joints of the funicle moniliform ; club distinct; pro-

thorax flattish above, closely punctured; scutellum small,

round ; elytra slightly broader than the prothorax at the

base, faintly striate, the interstices with transverse raised

lines, the intervals with a few golden hairs; femora mutic;

intercoxal process broadly rounded ; suture between the first

and second abdominal segments obliterated in the middle.

A broad dull-coloured species, the golden hairs only visible

under a powerful lens. It belongs to the first “Stirps” of

Schonherr. I owe my specimen to Dr. Pipitz, of Gratz.

Fylobius distinctus.

H, anguste ellipticus, nitide niger, plagis silaceo-pilosis decoratus ;

rostro hand striato; articulis 3°-6™ funiculi moniliformibus, ultimo

transverso. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Kodikanel Mountains (India).

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 411

Narrowly elliptic, glossy black, with patches of pale sila-

ceous hairs above; rostrum not striated, partially covered with

long whitish hairs ; funicle with the third to the sixth joints

moniliform, the seventh transverse ; prothorax not contracted

at the base, finely punctured, the side with a broad silaceous

stripe; scutellum rounded behind; elytra slightly broader

than the prothorax, parallel at the sides for about two thirds

their length, the apex of each pointed, several irregular

patches of silaceous, principally at the sides; femora toothed

beneath ; tibize slender ; abdominal segments as in the last.

A slender form which may be placed near HL. notatus.

The female has rather, although but slightly, rounded sides.

My specimens came from M. Oberthiir, of Rennes, whose

collector, M. Castets, found them in India.

PIMELATA.

Rostrum teres, arcuatum ; scrobes laterales. Antenne breviuscule,

pone medium rostri insertw; funiculus sex-articulatus; clava

distincta. Prothorax latus, basi bisinuatus. Hlytra subcordata,

prothorace paulo latiora. Pedes validi; femora clavata, infra

dentata ; tibiw apice calcarate ; tars? breviusculi; wnguiculi basi

connati. Metasternum breve. -Abdomensegmentis duobus basal-

ibus ampliatis.

Ergania, to which this genus is allied, has a seven-jointed

funicle and small approximate claws; but it differs consider-

ably in factes owing to its being uniformly covered by close-

set pale grey scales. Both genera I refer to Balaninine, al-

though, as in many species of Balaninus, the elytra com-

pletely cover the pygidium.

Pimelata maculata.

P. breviter elliptica, nigra, maculatim albido-squamosa; antennis

piceis ; rostro nitide nigro, leviter punctato. Long. 3 lin.

Hab. India.

Shortly, elliptic, black, spotted above with close-set whitish

scales ; antenne pitchy, first two joints of the funicle as long

as the rest together; club shortly ovate, distinct ; prothorax

much broader than long, minutely punctured, not contracted

at the base; scutellum punctiform ; elytra convex, slightly

broader than the prothorax and not much longer than broad,

seriate-punctate, the punctures large but shallow and approxi-

mate, the apex round; body beneath and tarsi closely covered

with whitish scales ; femora stout, with a small tooth beneath.

412 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

Alcides carbonartus.

A. elongatus, subcylindricus, niger, nitidus ; elytris parte basali de-

pressis, in medio convexis, striato-punctatis, punctis magnis con-

tiguis, interstitiis conyexis ; femoribus tibiisque validis, brevius-

culis. Long. 53 lin.

Hab. Rangoon.

Elongate, subcylindrical, glossy black ; rostrum scarcely

longer than the prothorax, the latter about as broad as long,

with granules varying in size and approximation ; scutellum

punctiform ; elytra gradually narrowing to the apex, with the

base depressed but conspicuously rising in the middle, striate-

punctate, punctures large, contiguous, interstices convex ;

femora and tibie stout and comparatively short, the former

with a well-marked tooth beneath.

This species is differentiated by the conspicuously raised

middle of the elytra and, in a less degree, by its compara-

tively short stout femora and tibie.

Alcides obtusus.

A, sat breviter oblongus, niger, subnitidus ; antennis piceis ; capite

rostroque omnino confertim punctatis; prothorace granulato ;

elytris lateribus parallelis, rude seriatim impresso-punctatis ;

femoribus tibiisque anticis et intermediis elongatis. Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Sarawak.

Somewhat shortly oblong, black; antenne pitchy ; head

and rostrum closely punctured throughout ; prothorax coarsely

granulate ; scutellum obcordate ; elytra parallel at the sides,

flattish at the base, roughly striate-punctate, punctures large,

impressed, the interstices convex ; fore and intermediate legs

elongate and slender; sterna covered with silaceous hairs ;

three middle segments of the abdomen nearly equal in length.

Shorter and less cylindrical than the preceding, with much

larger and more slender fore and intermediate legs.

Alcides gallarius.

A, anguste oblongus, castaneus, nitidus, prothorace fusco ; rostro

elongato; prothorace in medio linea elevata instructo; elytris

subparallelis, lineatim punctatis ; femoribus anticis dente magno

armatis. Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Saylee.

Narrowly oblong, glossy castaneous; prothorax brown ;

rostrum nearly twice as long as the prothorax ; seeond joint

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 413

of the funicle as long as the two next together ; prothorax

transverse, closely granulate, the middle with a well-marked

raised line extending from the apex to the base ; scutellum

transverse, longitudinally incised ; elytra very gradually nar-

rowed to the apex, linearly punctate, the punctures narrowly

oblong, the interstices with nearly obsolete punctiform impres-

sions; anterior femora with a large triangular tooth beneath ;

sterna and abdomen with minute more or less approximate

scales.

The strongly raised line on the prothorax, the scutellum

formed, as it were, of two transversely placed points, and the

coloration are the leading characters of this species ; as in the

two preceding, the claws are fissile. The six-jointed funicle,

the prolonged scutellar lobe of the prothorax, and the salient

base of each elytron are characters that stamp the genus A/-

cides as one of the most trenchant of the Apostasimerous

Curculionide. Yet there is hardly any other genus of Coleo-

ptera where the faczes of its numerous species (I have over 140)

is so dissimilar. According to Lacordaire it should be divided

into several genera; but though it would not be difficult to

isolate a number each with one or perhaps two species, the

majority would remain with intermediate characters forming a

genus as indeterminate as it is at present.

ZANTES.

Caput deflexum, inter oculos latum; rostrum breve, robustum ;

scrobes laterales, arcuate, ante oculos desinentes. Oculi parvuli,

rotundati. Antenne breves, prope oculos inserte ; scapus medium

oculi attingens ; funiculus 7-articulatus, articuli quatuor ultimi in

clavum gradatim transeuntes, hoc elongato-elliptico. Prothoraaw

transyersus, basi bisinuatus, ad latera abrupte declivis. Elytra

rotundata, in medio alte elevata. Propectus breve, antice late

sinuatum. Mesosternum latum. Abdomen segmentis tribus

intermediis longitudine fere sequalibus, segmento basali inter

coxas rotundato. Pedes breves; cove antice separate ; femora

valida, infra dentata; tbie arcuate; tarsi breves, articulo

penultimo bilobo ; wnguicule basi dilatati.

Allied to Metatyges—an African genus with no decided

affinities—having straight scrobes, contiguous anterior coxa,

&e. There is a marked difference in the facies, although

they have both the same short outline. The head is extended

in the figure in order to show the rostrum ; but naturally

only a small part of it is seen from above.

414 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionidae.

Zantes limbatus.

Z. \atissime ovatus, fulyus, pilis aureis adspersus; elytris nitide

nigricantibus, margine exteriore fulva; clava antennarum nigra.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Madagascar.

Very broadly ovate, fulvous, with scattered golden hairs ;

elytra glossy black, the external margin

fulvous; head and rostrum finely punc-

tured, the latter broader at the base, the

scrobes passing obliquely in front of the

eye, not receiving the whole of the scape ;

club of the antenne and last three joints

of the funicle black, the first joint stout

and rather longer than the second; pro-

thorax nearly twice as broad as long,

the scutellar lobe truncate ; scutellum hollowed in the

middle, the two anterior angles tuberculiform ; elytra about as

broad as long, linearly sulcate, the shoulder and outer margin

fulvous; body beneath and legs sparsely pubescent.

MISYNUS.

Rostrum tenuatum, arcuatum ; scrobes laterales. Ocwli ovati, infra

approximati. Antenne in medio rostri inserts ; scapus oculum

haud attingens; clava cylindrica, elongata. Prothorax con-

vexus, utrinque rotundatus, lobis ocularibus distinctis. Elytra

prothorace vix latiora. Coxe antice contigue; femora longe

pedunculata, infra dentata. Abdomen segmentis tribus inter-

mediis gradatim brevioribus.

T do not find the scrobes connivent beneath the rostrum, as

stated by Lacordaire, in Mecocorynus or in Ectatorhinus, and

in that respect they agree with the above. From the former

this genus differs in the separation of the anterior coxe, from

the latter in the terete rostrum, and from both in the narrow

elytra, scarcely broader than the prothorax at the base.

Misynus dissimilis.

M. oblongo-ellipticus, fuscus ; prothorace apice angustiore, utrinque

fortiter rotundato ; elytris griseo-variegatis. Long. 53 lin.

Hab. Niam-niam,

Oblong-elliptic, brown, prothorax and elytra with obscure

patches of greyish, the most conspicuous patch on the latter

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 415

behind the middle and close to the suture surrounded by a

blackish border (but coloration probably variable) ; rostrum

slender throughout ; scape long, slender, clavate, not quite

reaching the eye; funicle gradually thicker from the first

joint, the club not thicker than the last joint and about as

long as the last five together; prothorax as long as broad,

closely punctured, each puncture filled by a circular bright

silaceous scale, the back with a longitudinal raised line;

scutellum small, round ; elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices

raised and granulate ; intermediate legs shortest and more

slender than the posterior, which extend beyond the body,

the anterior stouter and less pedunculate but nearly as long

as the posterior ; body beneath covered with dull silaceous

scales.

Niam-niam is an island off the west coast of Sumatra,

Desmidophorus lanosus.

D. ovatus, haud ampliatus, pilis longissimis silaceis fasciculatim

tectus ; antennis tenuioribus, nitide nigris; scapo articulo ultimo

a Clava distincto; elytris humeris rotundatis. Long. 6 lin.

Hab. Madagascar.

Ovate, closely covered with long silaceous hairs, here and

there on the elytra fasciculate; rostrum sparsely punctured ;

antenne slender, glossy black ; funicle with the second joint

longest, first, third, and fourth shorter and about equal; club

distinct ; prothorax rounded at the sides, slightly contracted

at the base; elytra broadest at the base, the shoulders rounded

and not produced, fasciculi very marked, but their limits not

definite ; legs very hairy.

The long hair of this very distinct species completely

_hides the sculpture as well as the scutellum.

Desmidophorus maculatus.

D. sat breviter ovatus, obscure piceus, pilis silaceis albisque obsitus,

fasciculis fuscis notatus ; antennis nigricantibus, articulis duobus

basalibus funiculi longioribus, sequalibus ; prothorace fasciculis

sex—sce. duobus apicalibus et quatuor in medio transversim sitis ;

elytris humeris productis. Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Batchian.

Rather shortly ovate, dull pitchy brown, the elytra closely

covered with mixed yellowish and white setiform scales, the

fasciculi of short dark brown scales ; antennze blackish ; fu-

nicle with the first two joints equal and much the longest ;

416 ~ Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

club distinct; prothorax slightly contracted at the base,

somewhat closely punctured, a slender silaceous hair lying

over each puncture, at the apex two projecting fasciculi, and

four transversely placed in the middle; scutellum subquad-

rate; elytra very broad at the base, the shoulders produced,

the apex of each truncate, with a small tubercle at the outer

angle, on the back about twenty slightly raised fasciculi”

varying in size; femora with a small tooth beneath; third

and fourth abdominal segments very short.

The nearest ally of this species is D. Imhofii (Java and

Borneo), but, ¢nter alia, the sculpture is more decided, there

are fewer fasciculi, and the four basal joints of the funicle

are nearly equal in length.

Desmidophorus funebris.

D. breviter ovatus, niger, opacus ; antennis nigricantibus, articulis

quatuor basalibus funiculi brevioribus et fere eequalibus ; clava

distincta; prothorace basi latiore; scutello angusto; elytris

humeris productis. Long. 7 lin.

Hab. Waigiou.

Shortly ovate, black, opaque; antenne black, the first

four joints of the funicle nearly equal; club distinct, nearly

as long as the last five joints of the funicle together; pro-

thorax broadest at the base, closely punctured, a few curved

setee on the anterior half; scutellum very narrow; elytra

strongly produced at the shoulders, seriate- punctate, punc-

tures large, quadrate, apex of each truncate, on the back

about twelve fasciculi, composed of very black sete; legs with

short stiff hairs ; femora with a nearly obsolete tooth beneath,

and with the tibiz coarsely punctured.

A uniformly black-coloured species, remarkable for its

very narrow scutellum. The prothorax spreads out at the

base as in D. ursus and D. encaustus.

Desmidophorus morbosus.

D. breviter ovatus, fuscus, maculis fusco-griseis adspersus ; antennis

piceis, articulis duobus basalibus funiculi longioribus, tertio

quartoque gradatim brevioribus ; clava distincta, breviore ; elytris

humeris tuberculo instructis, singulo apice rotundato. Long.

63 lin.

Hab. Siam.

Shortly ovate, dark brown, the elytra with several irregular |

more or less approximate spots, composed of very short sila-

Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 417

ceous sete; antenne black ; the first two joints of the funicle

equal and longest, the third and fourth gradually shorter ;

club distinct, not longer than last four joints ; prothorax con-

tracted at the base, deeply and coarsely punctured, and with

a slightly raised longitudinal line; scutellum subcordiform ;

elytra not produced at the shoulders, a small tubercle a little

behind the angle, the apex of each rounded, seriate-punctate,

punctures large, glossy, approximate ; femora with a small

tooth beneath and with the tibie coarsely punctured.

The spots on the elytra are not very conspicuous and they

require a powerful lens to show that they are composed of

very short sete.

Poropterus afflictus.

P. ovatus, fuscus, opacus, ad latera pallidior, supra granulis parvis

nitidis adspersus; prothorace pone apicem vix constricto ; elytris

in medio prothorace vix latioribus. Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Saylee.

Ovate, brown, opaque, the sides paler, with silaceous scales

and small glossy granules irregularly scattered on the pro-

thorax and elytra; rostrum coarsely and reticulately punc-

tured; antenne ferruginous; prothorax not broader than

long, scarcely constricted behind the apex, the disk longitu-

dinally hollowed in the middle and at the sides; elytra scarcely

broader in the middle than the prothorax, slightly rounded at

the side, covered with numerous small tubercles with glossy

granules intermixed, and some crowning the tubercles ; each

elytron rounded at the apex; body beneath with greyish scales ;

second abdominal segment shorter than the first, the suture

curved.

A rather narrow species comparatively, in outline resem-

bling P. approwximatus, but with different sculpture &c. The

paler side—forming a sort of stripe in the individual here

described—is nearly wanting in another.

Poropterus basiliscus.

P. obovatus, fuscus, opacus, supra granulis parvis nitidis adspersus ;

prothorace pone apicem constricto ; elytris ampliato-rotundatis,

tuberculatis, apicem rotundatis, singulo macula magna nigro-fusca

basali, alterque mediana, notato. Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Kaioa.

Obovate, brown, opaque, with silaceous scales and small

glossy black granules irregularly scattered on the prothorax

418 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide.

and elytra ; rostrum as in the preceding; antenne ferrugi-

nous; prothorax constricted anteriorly, the side from the

middle gradually narrowing to the base, the disk flattish but a

little raised in the centre; elytra well rounded at the side,

the base of each with a larger oblong tubercle, and on its

outer side a large velvet, blackish-brown patch, on the middle

another, along the suture a line of small granules, some of

the lateral tubercles elevated, conical, and crowned with a

glossy granule; body beneath with greyish scales and sete ;

first abdominal segment as large as the three next together,

the sutures straight.

Allied to the next, but, cnter alia, with smaller tubercles,

a broader prothorax, and dark patches on elytra, &c.

Poropterus irritus.

P. obovatus, fuscus, opacus, supra granulis nitidis adspersus ; pro-

thorace pone apicem constricto, disco bituberculato; elytris

ampliato-rotundatis, tuberculis octo majoribus instructis. Long.

5 lin.

Hab. Ceram.

Compared with the preceding this species has a narrower

and rougher prothorax, not so flat, and with two well-marked

tubercles on the disk; the elytra have eight large rounded

tubercles—four at the base and four on the back posteriorly,

the outermost smallest, the sides and declivity with still

smaller tubercles, all spotted more or less with glossy

granules, the intervals covered with a scaly matter and many

minute scales; body beneath with thickish non-contiguous

scales, except that on the second abdominal segment they are

close together, that segment itself being very little shorter

than the first segment.

Mr. Wallace informs me that this species is found under

rotten trees. As in the two preceding, the second joint of the

funicle is longer than the first and there is no scutellum.

It is almost impossible to give an adequate idea of the

complicated sculpture of these weevils, although to the eye

there is no difficulty in detecting the characters differentiating

the numerous species of the genus, which spreads as well over

Australia, Tasmania, and New Guinea, but apparently not to

the Celebes or Borneo. They are not mentioned by Mr.

Tepper in his ‘Common Native Insects of South Australia.’

On Mollusca from the Island of Dominica. 419

LVI.—On the Mollusca collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage at the

Island of Dominica.—Report Il.* By Epaar A. SMITH.

A SECOND consignment of specimens collected at Dominica by

Mr. Ramage comprises eight species which were not contained

in his first collection. They are as follows :—

1. Hyalinia arborea, Say, var.?

Helix arborea, Say, Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 733, [For further refer-

ences see Gould, Invert. Mass. 1870, p. 896. ]

Hab. North America, Cuba, Guadeloupe.

The single specimen from Dominica appears to be rather

flatter than North-American examples with which I have

compared it; the lines of growth seem to be slightly coarser

and the colour darker. These differences, if constant in a

series of specimens, would be sufficient to base a new species

upon ; but as only a single example is at hand, I consider it

advisable to await more material before attempting a decision.

72. Helix (Dentellaria) denticus, Férussac.

3. Bulimus (Letostracus) liliaceus, Férussac.

4, Bulimus (Letostracus) multifasciatus, var.

Three specimens from Dominica are very different in co-

louring from the typeas figured by Delessert (Recueil. pl. xxvii.

fig. 3). They are of a warm reddish-pink colour banded with

purple-black. The upper whorls exhibit two bands, one just

beneath the suture and the other, a trifle broader, rather

below the middle. The body-whorl has a third zone beneath

the centre somewhat narrower than the one above it. The

fine spiral striz correspond with those of the typical form

and the minute pitting of the dark apical whorls is the same.

5. Bulimus (Thaumastus) exilis, Gmelin.

Three or four varieties in colour occur in the few shells sent

by Mr. Ramage. The form also is equally variable.

* For Report I. see these ‘ Annals’ for September 1888, pp. 227-234,

+ References to this and the following species are given in my paper

in these ‘ Annals, September 1888, pp. 229-233.

420 Bibliographical Notices.

6. Succinea approximans, Shuttleworth.

7. Helicina fasciata, Lamarck.

8. Helicina Guppyt, Pease.

In my list of terrestrial Mollusca from Dominica I acciden-

tally omitted Helicina Goldfussi, Bottger (Jahrbuch deutsch.

mal. Gesell. 1887, vol. xiv. p. 103, pl. iv. fig. 10).

This will raise the total number of species known to inhabit

the island to thirty-four. No freshwater shells have hitherto

been recorded from this locality. Mr. Guppy presented to

the Museum some specimens of Neritina punctulata, Lamarck,

which he had himself collected, and specimens of this species

have also just been received from Mr. Ramage. This well-

marked form occurs in many of the Greater and Lesser An-

tilles and has also been recorded from Mexico.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Catalog der Conchylien-Sammlung. Von Fr, Pare.

8vo. Berlin, 1887-1888.

Tue first volume of this work is now complete, and a few remarks

upon it may therefore not be out of place. In the preface we are

informed that the ‘ Catalogue’ will consist of three parts: the first,

that now before us, to contain lists of the Cephalopoda, Pteropoda,

and marine Gastropoda, the second the land and freshwater * Gas-

tropoda, and the third the Acephala and Brachiopoda.

The scope of the work is to give a list, not only of the species

and varieties contained in Herr Paetel’s own collection with their

habitats, but also the names of all other recent species which have

been described, and such synonyms as were known to the Author.

A reference is also added to those species which are desiderata in

his collection.

The great value of a Catalogue of this kind lies in its completeness

and accuracy. Is it or is it not reliable? Unfortunately the two

requisite qualities mentioned appear to be wanting in an eminent

degree in the present work. One or two illustrations taken at random

will suffice. On page | at least half a dozen synonyms and species

are omitted in the list of Argonauta, and under Suborder I. Octopoda

no list appears of the 70 or 80 known species of Octopus, and in

* The Melaniidee, Ampullariide, and Viviparide, the largest freshwater

groups, are given in yol. i.

Bibliographical Notices. 421

fact all the other genera belonging to this suborder are wanting,

although their absence is unexplained*.

Page 6. In looking at the catalogue of Sepiola we miss at least

three names which have been proposed for so-called species of the

genus, and three species are assigned to ‘‘Pels” (whoever that may

be) which were described by Pfeffer.

Proceeding to the Heteropoda, p. 13, we find Janthina, Recluzia,

and Macgillivrayia included in this group. The two former genera

have long since been properly classed with the Ptenoglossa among

the Gastropoda, and the species of Macgillivrayia are known to be

merely the larval forms of Gastropods. None of the shell-less

Heteropods are quoted, and the lists of the Atlantide and Carinarie

are full of omissions, both in the species and the synonymy. Five

species, at least, of the latter are wanting, and about the same number

of Atlanta, besides which the names of three species are wrongly

spelt—namely, gibba, heliconoides, andQuoy?, which should be gibbosa,

helicinoides, and Quoyana respectively.

Proceeding to the Gastropoda we may take as a test of accuracy

the first page (p. 57) of the family Pleurotomide. This extensive

group occupies no less than forty pages. In examining p. 47 we

have noticed that ten names are omitted which should have been

included in the alphabetical list of species between abbreviata and

alterwm ; nor are they to be found under any of the other sections.

of the family on the subsequent pages.

Thinking that possibly the work might have improved in the later

parts we have examined one genus, Cylichna, p. 621. Here again

great omissions occur, over thirty described species being unrecorded !

The names of localities are greatly abbreviated, and in some

instances almost beyond recognition ; for instance, many might fail

to guess what was meant by C. b. sp., Puert Porter, M. pers., Dieg.

Srz., C. Espbg., &e.

With regard to the references which are given it may be pointed

out that several of them are ridiculous and others are scarcely

recognizable or only to be guessed at.

As a specimen of the ridiculous kind we would mention “ Ad. gen.”

This abbreviation occurs throughout the volume and of course refers

to the work by Messrs. H. and A. Adams on the Genera of Recent

Mollusca. As, however, merely lists of the names of the species are

given under their respective genera we gain no information by turning

to the work mentioned.

Samples of those which are scarcely recognizable or only to be

guessed at are, ‘Petit,’ “A. Ad. Moll. Jap.” t, “ Mrts. Beitr.,”

“ Shell Afr. Sow.,” “ Proc.” t, “ Grdlr. Vz.,” “ Binn. Amer.,” “Tapp.

C.,” “ Bret. Etud. Pal.,” ‘‘ Beau 17, G.,” &c. &e.

* The fact of these forms possessing no shells may account for their

omission.

+ A, Adams has never published any work entitled ‘ Mollusca Japonica ;’

but some of his papers on Japanese shells in these ‘ Annals’ are probably

referred to.

{ This reference is given to A. Adams, Forbes, Jeffreys, and may refer

to the Proc. Zool. Soc., London.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 29

422 Bibliographical Notices.

Enough has been said to show the character of the work. The

fact is patent that the Author’s knowledge of conchological literature

was very limited. It is to be regretted that this Catalogue, which

must have occupied much time in preparation, is not more complete.

Such a work if accurate and reliable would be of the greatest use

to Conchologists.

The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Hdited

by W. T. Branrorp.—Part I. Mammalia, by W. T. Buanrorp.

8vo. London: Taylor & Francis. 1888.

By the labours of professional and non-professional naturalists an

enormous amount of information has been accumulated upon the

zoology of our Hastern Empire. For many years, back indeed to a

period which seems almost archaic to the present generation of natu-

ralists, the love of field-sports innate in all true Britons, intensified

no doubt by the ennui consequent upon frequent residence in places

far removed from intercourse with those who could occupy the posi-

tion of friends, led many civilians and military men to bestow more

or less attention upon the natural objects, and especially the larger

animals, surrounding them. The result, as is well known, has been

the publication of a host of valuable books and memoirs, treating of

the structural characters, habits, and mode of life of the principal

vertebrate inhabitants of the country.

Without wishing to cast any doubt on the time-honoured precept

that ‘‘in the multitude of counsellors there is wisdom,” we may

remark that one consequence of such a variety is usually for a time

a considerable divergence of opinion upon certain points, and espe-

cially upon those matters which come under the domain of syste-

matic zoology, the determination of the limits and alliances of species,

and the recognition of the precise nature of an animal the habits

and economy of which may have been under obseryation. Gradu-

ally, of course, the statements of older writers are tested by later

observers, errors are eliminated, and the actual facts established. So

much has now been done in this direction that the Indian Govern-

ment has shown great wisdom in determining to bring out a work

such as this proposed ‘ Fauna of British India,’ in which all the more

or less scattered materials may be brought together in a convenient

form, and correlated and criticized by competent authorities, guided

by the results of their own investigations.

At present, we notice, the intentions of the Government go no

further than the production of a series of volumes upon the Verte-

brata of the wide regions over which their dominion extends, and

the portion of the work now before us is the first half of the volume

on the Mammalia, the preparation of which has been confided to one

of the best of Indian zoologists, Dr. W. T. Blanford, who has also

been appointed the Editor of the whole work.

In this part the author has given asystematic description of the

forms belonging to the orders Primates, Carnivora, and Insectivora

Bibliographical Notices. 423

which have been recorded as inhabiting the Indian Region as limited

by British rule. This he divides into subregions as follows:—

1. Tibetan, including the Upper Indus valley and the higher Hima-

laya, belonging to the Palearctic region of Sclater; 2. Himalayan,

the southern slopes of the great mountains; 3. Indian, from the

base of the Himalayas to Cape Comorin, taking in the north of Ceylon,

but omitting the Malabar coast; 4. Malabar or Ceylonese; 5. Bur-

mese ; 6. South Tenasserim, including the Malayan Peninsula. As

a matter of course, any hard-and-fast lines of demarcation between

such subregions as these must be more or less artificial, and the

author is quite conscious that some of them may require modification,

but the mere enumeration of them serves to indicate the interesting

variety of forms with which it will be the privilege of the different

writers to deal.

In a notice of such a book as this, any attempt at special criticism

would be outof place. Our object is to indicate the general nature and

scope of the work, and the mode in which the author has performed

the task he has undertaken. The idea which he has set before him is

evidently to produce what may be called a Manual of the Indian

Mammalia, giving classified descriptions of all the known species

with a compendious account of what has been ascertained with regard

to the animals described. If this definition is too modest in its

terms, we must ask Dr. Blanford to forgive us; the idea we have

wished to convey to the reader is that of the most useful general

treatise that one can wish to possess upon any group of animals,

and it only remains to be seen how the fundamental idea has been

carried out.

The classification adopted by Dr. Blanford is almost identical with

that proposed by Prof. Flower, as given by that gentleman in his

article on the Mammalia in the new edition of the ‘ Encyclopedia

Britannica,’ At the same time he indicates in various places that

he is by no means a bigoted upholder of this particular system.

The orders, suborders, families, subfamilies, genera, and species are

tabulated throughout. The species are admirably described, and

their characters, where necessary, discussed in some detail, and in the

case of each the distribution is fully indicated ; while upon the habits

of the species we find an excellent compendium of what has been pre-

viously recorded (generally with quotations from the original

treatises), often tested and supplemented by the author’s own

observations or by information furnished to him by reliable

observers. The synonymy of the species given seems to us some-

times a little scanty; but this is a minor matter, and will hardly

detract much from the usefulness of the book.

The illustrations, which consist of woodcuts and other blocks

scattered through the text, are tolerably numerous, and for the

most part good and characteristic. Some of the figures are borrowed

from the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ and other sources ;

the remainder consist of reduced copies from drawings and pub-

lished plates. A good many outline figures of skulls are given.

In conclusion we must congratulate Dr. Blanford upon the pro-

424 Bibliographical Notices.

duction of so valuable a work; and we can only hope that the

execution of the other portions of the ‘Fauna’ will be equally

satisfactory. The names of the gentlemen to whom the different

classes have been entrusted, may, indeed, be taken as a guarantee

for the good quality of the work. The volumes on Fishes have been

undertaken by Mr. Francis Day, and those on Reptiles and Batrachia

by Mr. G. A. Boulenger; while Dr. Blanford tells us that it is

hoped the Birds will be taken charge of by Mr. E. W. Oates.

We shall look forward with great expectations to the completion of

the series ; and we cannot forbear expressing a hope that some means

may be found of extending the scheme eventually so as to include

the Invertebrate fauna, at any rate of the land and fresh waters, of

the Indian district. That there is room for something of the kind

is evidenced by the publication of a book which was noticed in this

Journal some time ago; and, indeed, we understand that there is

already a movement on foot for the systematic investigation of the

Entomology of British India.

A Bibliography of the Foraminifera, Recent and Fossil, from 1565

to 1888. By C. Daviss Surrporn, F.G.8.. 8vo. Pp. i-viii and

1-152. Dulau and Co., London.

Foraminirera, both recent and fossil, have often been described and

figured and their somewhat confused nomenclature treated of in the

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ We are much pleased

to be now able to recommend to the notice of naturalists and geolo-

gists a complete bibliography of this group of Protozoa. They are

mostly microscopic and interminably various in their often very

elegant forms; hence their study has often been taken up by ob-

servers With enthusiasm, but without sufficient knowledge of what

had been done by others before them in the same line of research.

Mr. C. D. Sherborn has collated all previously published cata-

logues (down to 1888), and, correcting many of their entries, has

added not only the latest books and papers treating of this group of

Microzoa, but many that had escaped notice, including especially

some published in 1712, 1717, 1754, 1791, and 1808. These are

mentioned in his preface; and notes are also given of rare and

little-known memoirs. ‘The very numerous papers on Foraminifera

by C. G. Ehrenberg *, occupying five and a half pages, have

never before been so carefully enumerated and annotated as at

pp. 41-47. The many important memoirs published by Hungarian

rhizopodists are now for the first time catalogued. These and all

the other foreign titles are given with the same perfect literary

accuracy as that with which the English books and papers are

entered ; and altogether very few (nine) errata have had to be noted

at p. vii (with thirteen valuable addenda), and the reader can

scarcely find a misprint in the type. The titles of papers are given

* See Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1872, vols, ix. and x,

Bibliographical Notices. 425

in full, and a systematic abbreviation of the periodicals and a uniform

plan of printing are carefully attended to throughout. Date, size,

number of pages and plates of the paper, the pages and plates con-

cerned with the subject-matter, and the place of publication (as in

titlepage) are all given, and often a note as to special points of

interest ; and the dates of birth and death of deceased authors are

entered where known. ‘The very few papers that have not been

read or examined by the author of the Bibliography are marked

“not seen;” and the rarity of this remark (only twenty out of

more than two thousand entries) is a striking proof of the persistent

energy of the Author in studying the Foraminifera for several

years with conscientious labour to the fullest extent.

Mr. Sherborn gratefully acknowledges in his Preface much aid

from his many friends in every direction, including the libraries of

public institutions and others who have freely helped him. The

book is a perfect model of scientific bibliography, and will be of

great use to every one working at Foraminifera.

Guide for Scientific Observations in Travelling, in separate memoirs,

gc. Second Edition, revised and augmented. Ldited by Dr. G.

Neumayer, Director of the German Marine Observatory. Anlei-

tung zur wissenschaftlichen Beobuchtungen Se. 2 vols. 8vo.,

Berlin, 1888. With numerous woodcuts and two lithograph

plates.

Tuts work was originally produced in 1874 after the plan of the

well-known British Admiralty ‘ Manual of Scientific Enquiry,’ and,

like that work, has received further improvements. The first

volume (655 pages) of this second edition contains memoirs as

follow :—1. Geographical determination of places, by F. Tietjen ;

2. Topographic and geographic surveying, with tables, by W.

Jordan ; 3. Geology, with table of contents, by F. von Richthofen ;

4, Determination of the elements of terrestrial magnetism on land,

by H. Wild; 5. Meteorology, by J. Hann; 6. Instructions for

observing the general phenomena of the heavens with the naked

eye or with such instruments as travellers may have at their dis-

posal; 7. Nautical surveying, by R. Hoffman; 8. Method of tidal

observations, by C. Bogen ; 9. Determination of the waterway in

unconfined rivers, by J. R. von Lorenz-Liburnau; 10. Some ocean

problems: currents, waves, colour, transparency, by O. Kriimmel

(with a map); 11. Suggestions for observing the commerce of

nations, by M. Lindeman; 12. Hydrographic and magnetic obser-

vations at sea, by G. Neumayer; 13. Appendix (with table of con-

tents) :—1. R. Assman’s aspiration-psychrometer ; 2. An improved

mercury-barometer for travellers; 3. Determination of the snow-

line and conditions of snow in mountains; 4. Ratzel’s questions

regarding snow in mountains; 5. Temperature of springs; 6. Hy-

drographic signs (plate) ; 7. Corrections for declination, inclination,

and total-force in iron ships; 8. Useful tables (with list): thermo-

426 Miscellaneous.

metrical, metrical, barometrical, and of difference in longitude and

time between Greenwich and ten important places ; lastly, a useful

index and a list of corrigenda et addenda.

The second volume (625 pages) contains:—1. General and politi-

cal geography, and statistics, by A. Meitzen; 2. Hygiene, com-

prising remarks on anatomy, physiology, and medicine, by A. Giirt-

ner; 3. Agriculture, by A. Ort; 4. Agricultural plant-culture, by

L. Wittmack; 5. Geographical botany, by A. Grisebach and O.

Drude; 6. Geographical distribution of the sea-grasses, by P. Ascher-

son; 7. Collecting and preserving phanerogamic plants, by G.

Schweinfurth ; 8. Ethnology, by A. Bastian; 9. Language, by H.

Steinthal ; 10. Counting, witha table of the development of writing

numerals, by H. Schubert; 11. Anthropology and _ prehistoric

research, by R. Virchow; 12. Mammalia, by R. Hartmann; 13.

Cetacea, by H. Bolan; 14. Birds and Eggs, by G. Hartlaub; 15.

Collecting Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes, by A. Ginther; 16.

Collecting Molluscs, by Ed. von Martens; 17. Invertebrata: Crus-

taceans, sea-spiders, worms, Tunicates, Echinoderms, Coelenterates,

Bryozoans, Sponges, Rhizopods, by K. Mobius; 18. Articulata:

Insecta, Arachnoidea, Crustacea, Myriopoda; 19. Microscope and

photographic apparatus, by G. Fritsch. A good index follows, also

a list of corrigenda et addenda. There are lists of books relating

to the respective subjects in many of the memoirs in each volume.

The care with which the memoirs have been prepared by their

many experienced authors renders these volumes most trustworthy

for travellers by land and sea, and indeed they contain considerable

stores of information for the home-staying student and observer.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a Ciliate Infusorian parasitic in the Blood of Carcinus meenas.

By Dr. G. Carranezo,

In 1852 Stein found a ciliated Infusorian of the family Opaline

(Anoplophrya branchiarwm) in the branchial lamelle of Gammarus

pulew (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. iii. p. 486). In 1855 Balbiani

found another species of Anoplophrya in the blood of Asellus

aquaticus, and remarked that this was the first example of a para-

sitic ciliate Infusorian living in the blood of its host and travelling

with the blood-corpuscles into all parts of the circulatory apparatus.

He proposed for it the name of Anoplophrya circulans (Rec. Zool,

Suisse, vol. ii.).

In May of the present year the author was engaged in the inves-

tigation of the amceboid cells of the blood of the Crustacea, and for

this purpose examined many examples of Carcinus menas, during —

Miscellaneous. 427

which he found in one individual an extraordinary quantity

of ciliate Infusoria, living and circulating in the blool like the

Anoplophrye, although not belonging to the same family. They

were first met with in a large male which had lost its chele, and

which had been in the aquarium for about a fortnight, and appeared

much less vivacious than its companions. It was operated on with

the others and with the same precautions, when the examination of

the first two or three drops of blood showed very few amcebocyte,

while the preparation was full of large Infusoria which moved

rapidly in all directions. The examination was extended to all

parts of the body by squeezing the blood from the ends of the

limbs, extracting it by means of a fine syringe, and piercing the

dorsal vessel, and in all cases the same appearances were presented.

Lastly, the branchial lamelle of the living Crustacean were

examined under the microscope, and the same Infusoria were seen

within them travelling in the circulation with the amoeboid cells.

This is a case of blood-parasitism like that observed by Balbiani

in Asellus; but the Infusorian is a Holotrichous one, furnished

with a buccal aperture. The Infusoria are 35-45 p in length,

with a greatest breadth of 10-12 yw; they are attenuated anteriorly,

rounded posteriorly. The body is entirely surrounded by cilia of

equal length, except in the anterior part, where they are a little

longer. The attenuated anterior part bends more or less to one

side in the form of a flexible rostrum, and at some distance from

the apex is the buccal cleft, furnished with long cilia. The body

contains a nucleus in its median part, a rose-coloured contractile

vesicle in the posterior part, and many granules scattered here and

there. These characters show it to belong to the order Holotricha,

family Enchelyide, Sav. K., and to the genus Anophrys, Cohn, which

is very nearly allied to the Colpodini.

The genus Anophrys was established in 1866 by Ferdinand

Cohn, who discovered it in an aquarium containing sea-water. He

gives it the following characters :—

ANOPHRYS, gen. nov.

Body rigid, with fine longitudinal and transverse striations, fur-

nished with cilia throughout the periphery, with a central nucleus

and a terminal contractile vesicle, with a lateral buccal aperture

surrounded by a circlet of vibratile cilia. The apex, which extends

above the mouth, has the appearance of an acuminate and flexible

rostrum *.

The two known species of this genus are Anophrys carnium

(=Leucophrys carnium, Ehr.) and A. sarcophaga, which was found

by Cohn in sea-water among putrifying fragments of flesh. The

characters of the latter species as given by Cohn are as follows :-—

* F. Cohn, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xvi. (1860). See also Saville

Kent, ‘ Manual of the Infusoria,’ pp. 611, 612.

428 Miscellaneous.

Anophrys sarcophaga, nov, gen., nov. spec.

Body yellowish, oblong, rounded posteriorly, with the rostrum

bent laterally into a hook, flexible, with longer cilia than those of

the posterior part of the body (Acineria incurvata, Duj.?). Length

60 uw, breadth 15 pw.

The form found by the author coincides with the generic charac-

ters, but differs somewhat from A. sarcophuga specifically, especially

in its smaller size, the absence or extreme attenuation of the stria-

tion, and its parasitic nature. Hence tho author is led to regard it

as a new species, which he proposes to name in honour of Prof.

Maggi. He characterizes it as follows :—

Order HOLOTRICHA.

Fam. EncHELYID®, Sav. Kent.

Genus Anopurys, Cohn.

Anophrys Maggtt, nov. spec.

Char. Body elongate-oval (35-45 x 10-12), rounded posteriorly,

with the anterior part pointed and recurved like a rostrum; ante-

rior cilia longer than the lateral and posterior ; nucleus median and

contractile vesicle posterior; buccal aperture situated beneath the

rostrum, and furnished with a circlet of cilia; the transverse and

longitudinal striation not visible or very indistinct.

Loc. In the blood of Carecinus menas.

Individual differences occur in the size and in the greater or less

curvature of the anterior and expansion of the posterior part. From

one to five vacuoles containing granules, besides isolated granules.

The rostrum is very mobile. ‘The motion of the Infusorian is rapid,

continuous, and direct; occasionally some are seen to stop and

rotate around the longitudinal axis. The adaptation to a parasitic

existence in the blood of the Crustaceans is especially manifested in

the aptitude to change its form, narrowing momentarily in order to

pass through confined spaces (as is also done by Anoplophrya circu-

lans, Balb.). While the Anoplophrya having no mouth is evidently

nourished by the blood-plasma, the Anophrys, by the movements of

the buccal cilia, devours the cells and granules scattered through

the blood. Several individuals were seen in transverse segmenta-

tion.

The essentially carnivorous nature of the other known species of

Anophrys explains the adaptation of A. Maggi to a parasitic

existence. The invasion of the parasite most likely took place

through wounds of its host, perhaps at the period of the change of

skin ; but the presence of the parasite in only one out of some three

hundred Carcint examined, and that one showing injuries, would

Miscellaneous. 429

seem to indicate that the infection takes place only through occa-

sional courses.

In the blood of the other Carcini examined there was a great

abundance of little monads with an oval or reniform body, together

with some Holotricha much smaller than the Anophrys.—Zoolo-

gischer Anzeiger, no. 286, August 20, 1888, p. 456.

Contribution towards the Knowledge of the Freshwater Fauna of

the Vosges, By Dr. O. E. Imnor.

Of the basins upon the chain of the Vosges, the Lake of Gerard-

mer, 600 metres above the sea, is as yet the only one that has been

investigated with regard to its fauna, and, indeed, for its Entomo-

straca and Hydrachnida. The determination of the material there

collected in July 1887 gave 16 Cladocera, 7 Copepoda, and 16 Hy-

drachnida. Of forms living at the bottom the genera Planaria and

Pisidium also were named *.

The following results of investigations may be ranged with those

previously made known from this geographical region (the Mitter-

sheimer-, Niederstein-, and Zummingen-Weiher in Lorraine) f.

1. Lake of Gerardmer.

Pelagic fauna: Rotatoria :—Syncheta pectinata, Ebr.

Anurea longispina, Kellie.

2. Lake of Longemer.

760 metres above the sea; length 2 kilom.; surface 75 hectares ;

depth 30-35 metres.

Pelagic fauna: Protozoa :—Dinobryon sertularia, var. alpinum,

Imh.

Podophrya cyclopum, C. & L.

Rotatoria :—Conochilus volvox, Ehr.

Triarthra longiseta, Ehr.

Polyarthra platyptera, Ebr.

Syncheta pectinata, Ebr.

Anurcea aculeata, Ebr.

cochlearia, Gosse.

longispina, Kellie.

Bottom fauna: Protozoa :—Difflugia spiralis, Ehr.

constricta, Ehr.

Nebela collaris, Ehr.

Cyphoderia ampulla, Ehr.

* ‘Feuille des jeunes naturalistes,’ no, 204, pp. 162-164.

+ ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ no. 211.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 30

430 Miscellaneous.

Cladocera :—Drepanothrix dentata, Euren.

Copepoda :—Canthocamptus, sp.

The samples of the bottom contained a few spicules of a Spon-

gilla.

3. Lac Now.

950. metres above the sea; length 520 metres ; surface 14 hectares.

Pelagic fauna: Rotatoria:—Conochilus volvox, Ehr.; very nume-

rous.

Polyarthra platyptera, Khr.

Anurea aculeata, Ehr.

cochlearis, Gosse.

longispina, Kellie.

Asplanchna, sp.

Cladocera :—Holopedium gibberum, Zadd.

Bosmina, sp.

Copepoda :—Nauplius, abundant.

Bottom fauna: Protozoa :—Difflugia acuminata, Ehr.

pyriformis, Perty.

Centropyais aculeata, Khr.

4. Lac Vert, or the Sulser- or Darensee.

980 metres above the sea; length 320 metres; surface 4:23

hectares ; depth 10-11 metres (since the raising of the dam above

the natural outflow, 18 metres).

Pelagic fauna: Rotatoria:—Triarthra longiseta, Ehr.

Polyarthra platyptera, Ehr.

Syncheta pectinata, Khr. ~

Anurea cochlearis, Gosse.

longispina, Kellie.

Copepoda :— Cyclops, sp.

5. Lac Blane.

Upon the Reisberg, 1054 metres above the sea; length 760

metres ; width 380 metres ; surface 24°86 hectares.

Pelagic fauna: Rotatoria:—Anurea longispina, Kellie.

Asplanchna, sp.

Copepoda :—Nauplius, numerous.

Cyclops, sp.

Miscellaneous. 431

Bottom fauna: Protozoa:—Difflugia pyriformis, Perty.

Centropyxis aculeata, Khr.

Note.—-Anurea lonyispina is present in all basins.

Particularly noticeable are :—Dinobryon sertularia, var. alpinum,

Imh., previously met with only in a small geographical region on

the Bernina, and the occurrence of Drepanothrix dentata, Kuren,

characterized by the tooth about the middle of the dorsal ridge,

which was quite recently discovered in France near Tulle.—Zoolo-

gischer Anzeiger, No. 290, October 8, 1888, p. 565. I

On Akgyria oliva, Clap. & Lachm. By Dr. L. Prats.

In his memoir ‘ Ueber Infusorien des Golfes von Neapel,’ Geza

Entz remarks of Zyyria oliva :—‘ The nucleus is situated beneath

the cesophagus. It is a large, clear, round or oval body with a

transverse fissure ; on various parts of its surface I was able to dis-

tinguish a nucleolus quite clearly, even without the employment of

reagents.” To this short description I would add something, as the

nucleus of this Infusorian presents a somewhat unusual struc-

ture. Itis, in fact, composed of two halves which behave differently

with staining materials, in the same way as is known to be the case

in Spirochona gemmipara, Leptodiscus medusoides, and some Rhizo-

poda. After the animal has been killed with osmic acid one half of

the nucleus presents a darkly granular appearance, while the other

looks nearly homogeneous and clear, only having a very slight

granulation at its foremost pole. The two divisions lie close

together, but are separated by a distinct line, so that the transverse

fissure observed by Geza Entz must have been an artificial one. On

the application of solution of carmine the clear half of the nucleus

becomes intensely and the dark one very faintly coloured. The

nucleus of Afgyria oliva therefore behaves with staining materials

just in the opposite way to that of Spirochona gemmipara, in which

the darkly granular part is the chromatic and the clear part the

achromatic part. It would be interesting to ascertain whether in

the one form the nuclear division is of so complicated a nature as in

the other ; for if this were the case we should be justified in regard-

ing the separate arrangement of the chromatic and achromatic

nuclear elements as the cause of such a mitosis.—Zoologische Jahr-

biicher, Abtheil. fiir Anat. und Ontogenie, Band iii. p. 173.

On Heliochona sessilis, a new Vorticelline. By Dr. L. Prats.

On the branchial plates of a Gammarus from the North Sea I

have found a new Vorticelline, the nearest allies of which are to be

432 Miscellaneous.

sought in the genera Spirochona and Stylochona. As in the latter

Infusoria the anterior extremity of the body is widened in the form

of a funnel and beset within with numerous cilia which whirl in

the food. The animal may bear the name given in the title, as its

head-funnel is characterized by a sun-like border of thin rigid bacilli

issuing from its margin.

Heliochona sessilis has the form of a flask of which the neck

passes into the above-mentioned funnel. However, the transverse

section both of the belly of the flask and of the funnel is not round,

but oval, so that we can distinguish two narrow and two broad

sides. With the lower transversely truncated pole of the body

the Infusorian attaches itself to the branchial plate, and, indeed,

generally to the surface rather than to the periphery. The length

from the base to the beginning of the neck is about 0°034 millim., and

from this to the margin of the funnel 0:02 millim. The transverse

axis of the Heliochona seen from the broad side measures about

0:025 millim., while that of the narrow side is only 0:007 millim.

in length. ‘The body is covered throughout with a thin cuticle,

which is particularly delicate at the point of attachment.

The only thing of some interest in this Infusorian is the funnel.

One of the broad sides of it (which may be described as the back) is

produced into two symmetrically placed lobes, which are bent over

inwards and partially cover up the cavity of the funnel. Further,

the whole margin of the funnel is furnished with a great number of

rigid bacilli, which stand nearly at equal distances apart, and may

be traced down, as faint ridges, for a short distance in the wall of

the funnel. In some individuals I ascertained that some of these

bacilli—about every fourth one—were twice as long as those stand-

ing between them ; in others no such distinction could be recog-

nized. The radii starting from the margin of the funnel are

wanting only on the small space between the two overhanging lobes

of the cup; on the latter, however, they are present and cause the

access to the cavity of the funnel to be partly blocked. Only the

smaller food-particles whirled by can pass the lattice-work formed

by these bacilli and reach the short cesophagus situated at the bottom

of the funnel, and in this circumstance evidently lies the advantage

of the arrangement.

In the cell-plasma a rounded, finely granular nucleus is easily

observed, but I have seen nothing of a paranucleus. Reproduction

takes place, as in Spirochona gemmipara, by buds, which are con-

stricted off at a particular spot on the ventral surface, at the base

of the neck. ‘The further details of this process I have been unable

to trace from want of material.—Zoologische Juhrbicher, Abtheil.

fir Anat. und Ontogenie, Band iii. p. 172.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 12, DECEMBER 1888.

LVII.—Remarks upon a Species of Coccidium infesting

Pericheta. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to

the Zoological Society of London, Lecturer on Biology at

Guy’s Hospital.

[Plate XV.]

THE notes which I publish in this paper are very incomplete,

inasmuch as they are the outcome of a study of spirit-preserved

material only. But as the material in question shows with

perfect clearness certain characteristic features in the struc-

ture and development of this Cocc¢dium, and as it is not at all

likely that I shall have the opportunity of studying the living

worms which are the host of the Gregarine, I think it better

to publish such new facts as I have noted down, Moreover,

this is, I believe, the first record of the presence of Cocctdia

in any Annelid, or at any rate in any earthworm; and it is

always important to ascertam how far the range of certain

genera of Gregarines is limited to certain groups of animals

which are their hosts.

In the account of the Gregarines by Prof. Biitschli, in vol. i.

of Bronn’s ‘ Klassen und Orduungen des Thierreichs,’ a valuable

summary is given of the distribution of Gregarines ; itis there

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. bl

434 Mr. F. E. Beddard on a

stated that Coccidia are only found parasitic in Vertebrates,

Myriopods, Turbellaria, and Mollusks; I am ablenow to extend

this statement, and to add earthworms to the list of animals

which are known to harbour Coccidia. I have made a prac-

tice of examining all the earthworms which pass through my

hands for Gregarines ; I have never as yet detected Coccidia

in any genus except Pericheta; in two species of that genus

I have noticed these Gregarines, viz. in Pertcheta nove-

zelandie® and in P. armatat; in both species they occupied

the same part of the body, viz. the perivisceral cavity.

In both cases the Coccidiwm differs in certain particulars

from any Coccidium that has been hitherto described ; it

seems also possible that the Cocctdiwm which infests Pert-

cheta nove-zelandie belongs to a different species from that

which infests Pericheta armata; upon this point, however,

I cannot be certain.

I could discover only a few examples of Coccidium in Pert-

chata nove-zelandie, and therefore some stages may have

been wanting which would, if present, have shown the species

to be identical with that inhabiting the body of Pericheta

armata. he characteristic Gregarine of the first-mentioned

Perichetat was so numerous that there was perhaps no room

for the Cocctdium to multiply very freely.

‘On the other hand, the Coccrdium of Pericheta armata,

when it occurred at all, which was very rarely, was extremely

abundant ; I have been able therefore to get together some

drawings, which are reproduced in Pl. XV., and which illus-

trate some of the principal phases in the life-history of the

Coccidium. 'The majority of the figures in the plate illus-

trate the Coccidium of Pericheta armata; fig. 16 refers to

the Coccidium of Pericheta nove-zelandie.

In both cases the parasite has the form which is charac-

teristic of Coccidiwm, that is to say it is oval or rather egg-

shaped, with slightly flattened sides. Certain individuals, for

example those represented in figs. 10, 11, are hardly distin-

guishable from Coccidium oviforme§. The cell-contents are

granular, with very coarse granules, and there is no differentia-

tion into endo- and ectoplasm ; the cyst-membrane is distinctly

double in some cases (fig. 9), less distinctly double in others

(fig. 10).

* T have not yet described this species, which I owe to the kindness of

Mr. W. W. Smith, of Ashburton, New Zealand.

+ The specimens of this worm, in which the Cocetdiwm occurs, were

kindly sent to me from Borneo by Mr. Everett.

[ See P. Z. S. 1888, pt. iii,

§ For an account of this parasite see ‘The Parasites of Man’ (Leuck-

art), translated by W. E. Hoyle, Edinburgh : p. 203 e¢ seq.

Species of Coccidium infesting Pericheta. 435

Micropyle.—At one end of the cyst in all individuals is a

structure which I identify with what has been termed by

Waldenberg* (its discoverer) and Leuckartt} a “ micropyle.”’

The micropyle, however, in the Coccidium of Pericheta

armata is rather different from that of C. oviforme.

In C. oviforme the micropyle is stated to be an extremely

fine pore and to be situated at one pole of the cyst.

Schneider ¢ has described a structure in the cyst-membrane

of Orthospora propria which appears to correspond to the

micropyle ; it does not, however, appear from Schneider’s

description to be a pore, but a slight bulging of the cyst-wall

inwards at one extremity of the cyst.

Biitschli considers that probably this “ séégma” upon the

cyst of Orthospora corresponds to the so-called micropyle of

Coccidium. I observed in one specimen of Coccidium (fig. 10)

a slight thickening at one end of the cyst which projected

into the interior, and which agrees very closely with

Schneider’s figures § of the “stigma” of Orthospora; but I

never noticed any such relation between the “ stigma” and

the cell-contents as he has figured || and described.

In Coceidium from Pericheta armata there is always, with

very rare exceptions, such as that just mentioned, a micropyle

which differs considerably from that of C. oviforme or of

Orthospora. Inthe first place (cf. figs. 1, 2,3, &c.) its position

is not constant; it may be situated (fig. 1) at one pole, but as

frequently it is placed at one side more (fig. 15) or less (fig. 2)

remote from the pole. ‘The appearance of this structure,

which I have termed a micropyle because that is the generally

received term, is such that I am inclined to agree with

Schneider in believing it not to be a perforation of the cyst-

membrane at all. My specimens of this Coccidium are

mounted in glycerine, so that their position can be changed

at will by pressing with a needle upon the cover-glass.

When the position of the Coccidium upon the slide is such

that the micropyle is seen in profile it presents the appear-

ances represented in figs. 2, 8, 9,15. These figures illustrate

what the preparations seem to teach, viz. that the so-called

micropyle is simply a bulging in of the cuticle, perhaps

due to a separation of part of the internal cuticular lamella

* “Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Psorospermien,” Arch, pathol.

Anat. Bd. xl. (1867) p. 4385.

+t Loe. cit.

} “Sur les Psorospermes oviformes ou Coccidies,” Arch. Zool. Exp. t. ix.

(1881) p. 887.

§ Loc. cit. pl. xxii, fig. 4b, and figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, 10.

\| Loe, crt, pl. xxii. fig. 4 e.

ale

436 Mr. F. E. Beddard on a

caused by reagents. The boundary-line of the micropyle is

perfectly continuous with the inner margin of the cyst-

membrane, and there is no appearance, at the point where the

clear spherical body is in contact with the cyst-membrane, of

any perforation of the latter. This structure is so very much

larger in this species than in Orthospora, that this statement

can be made with greater confidence, and it does not appear

to me likely that the preservation of the specimens in alcohol

is likely to have confused the relations of these parts, which

are entirely chitinous. The appearance of such an individual

as that represented in fig. 1 gives some colour to the view

that the structure in question is a funnel-shaped invagin~

ation of the cyst-membrane which opens into the interior

of the cyst; but it issimply due to the optical effects pro-

duced by the position of the Coccidium.

In other cases, where the micropyle is seen from above

(fig. 12) it presents the appearance of a free oil-globule con-

tained within the cyst. ‘The second difference then between

the so-called micropyle of Orthospora and Coccidium perichete

(as I may term the species, perhaps both of them, which are

described in the present paper), is its very much greater size

in the latter.

The third difference is that there are frequently two of these

structures present in a single cyst (see fig. 4); in these

cases they are not placed at opposite poles; they may be

occasionally so placed, but I have noticed plenty of instances

where they are not. This fact will at once recall the appa-

rently similar structure of Kimerva faledformis,in which Kimer*

has noted the presence of two micropyles placed one at each

pole of the somewhat oval cyst. ‘These structures have not

been described or figured by Schneider in his account } of

Kimeria nova.

Cyst-membranes.—There are clearly two cyst-membranes

present in Coccidium perichete {; the inner membrane is

much thicker in young stages than the outer membrane,

which is at that time very thin (fig. 9). Fig. 6 appears to

show a third, innermost, membrane, but I believe this appear-

ance to be due to the optical effect produced at a certain focus

by the inner membrane.

The most remarkable difference, however, between the

cyst-membranes in this species and in Cocc¢dium oviforme is

* See Biitschli, Bronn’s ‘Thierreich,’ Bd. i. Protozoa, pl. xxxviii.

fig. 20.

+ Loc. cit. p. 397.

{ These statements, as well as those about the micropyle, refer only to

the parasite of Pericheta armata.

Species of Coccidium tnfesting Pericheta. 437

that the outer cyst-membrane, instead of disappearing as the

cyst ripens *, not only persists, but increases greatly in im-

portance. I have observed various stages in the increase in

thickness of this membrane, which are illustrated in figs. 9, 2, 5,

6, 12, 15; it finally comes to project beyond the two poles of

the cyst for a very considerable distance (fig. 15), sometimes

equal or nearly equal to the length of the cyst. Although

this membrane increases so greatly in thickness, especially at

the two poles, it remains of a very delicate consistency and is

extremely transparent. It bears no little resemblance to the

thick transparent outer cyst-membrane of Gamocystis and

Clepsidrinat. Occasionally (fig. 15) concentric lines, perhaps

indicating the deposition of successive layers, are visible.

It is important to observe (fig. 15) that in these advanced

stages the micropyle has not any relation whatever to the

outer cyst-membrane, which is a further argument against

regarding this structure as an aperture.

It often happened that two cysts, each limited by its own

inner membrane, were enclosed partly (fig. 8) or entirely

(fig. 13) in a common outer membrane.

Sporulation.—In Coccidium oviforme the first preliminary

to sporulation is the condensation of the protoplasmic contents

of the cyst into a rounded mass. This I have not discovered

in Coccidium perichete, or, rather, I have not observed any

great differences in this particular between various individuals

with a still undivided mass of protoplasm. The condition,

however, of the material (preserved in alcohol) is probably

responsible for this; but in any case there does not appear to

be any formation of a membrane enclosing the spores, as in

Cyclospora tf.

Various stages in the division of the protoplasm are shown in

fies.4, 3,8, 9,13, 12,15, and these stages arean almost unbroken

series, showing the division into a large number of sporoblasts.

The increase in number of the sporoblasts does not bear any

definite relation to the increase of the outer cyst-membrane.

In some individuals the outer cyst-membrane had attained

to a high development, while the protoplasmic contents of

the cyst were still undivided (fig. 7). On the other hand,

figs. 8 and 9 illustrate two individuals in which the outer cyst-

membrane was inconspicuous, while the cell-contents had

already divided into several masses. I have not succeeded in

tracing the formation of spores any further than to this point.

* Biitschli, loc. cit. pl. xxxvii. figs. 11 a and 0,

+ Schneider, “Contributions a Vhistoire des Gregariens &c.,” Arch.

Zool. Exp. t. iv. (1875).,

t Schneider, Joc. crt. pl. xxii. figs. 28-38,

438 Ona Species of Coccidium infesting Pericheta.

The division of the cell-contents into a large number of |

sporoblasts is a fact of some little importance with regard to

the affinities of the Coccidia, to which group the present

species seem without doubt to belong.

The oviform psorosperms, including Ooccidium and

Schneider’s genus Orthospora, as well as Eimeria and Oyclo-

spora, which differ in having a circular form, are distin-

guished from other Gregarines (1) in being intracellular

parasites, for the greater part of their life and even in the

latest stages parasitic in the tissues of their host; they are

never free-living: (2) in the fact that they only produce a

limited number of spores—one to four.

In Klossia and Benedenia (which Schneider does not regard

as distinct from A/ossva) the number of spores is much greater ;

but they agree with the other Coccidiidee in their mode of life

and are generally referred to that family. In the phenomenon

of their sporulation, which may perhaps be related to their

greater size, they agree with other Gregarines, and they form

therefore an intermediate group between Coccidiuwm Kc. and

the Monocystide.

This affinity between the Coccidiide and the Monocystide

is rendered closer by the fact that Coccidium perichete, which

is a typical oviform Coccidium, produces a large number of

spores like the free-living Gregarinide. It also resembles

certain of the latter, e. g. Gamocystis, in the great development

of the outer cyst-membrane.

With regard to the Coccidium from Pericheta nove-

zelandie I have observed the formation of a large number of

sporoblasts (fig. 16) ; but I have not noticed the thick outer

cyst-membrane. As has been already stated, the formation of

spores in the Cocezdium from Pericheta armata does not advance

part passu with the development of the outer membrane ; it

may be therefore that I did not succeed in observing any

individuals in which the outer cyst-membrane was developed,

but that there were others not observed by me in which it was

to be found.

I have stated at the commencement of this paper that in

both species of Pericheta the Coceidium occurred in the body-

cavity ; 1 certainly met with the Cocctdiwm from Pericheta

nove-zelandie in this situation in company with a large

species of Gregarine which I have described elsewhere*. I

cannot be so certain about Pericheta armata, as the intestine

of the worm from which I obtained my specimens was rup-

tured. In both cases, however, the Coccidia may very

* “ Note on a new Gregarine,” Proc. Zool. Soc, 1888, pt. iii.

On the Genus Orbitoides of d’ Orbigny. 439

possibly have been contained in the tissues lining the ccelom ;

but of this fact I cannot be absolutely certain.

Summary.

The most important facts recorded in this paper are the

following :—

(1) Cocctdium occurs in the Oligochet Pericheta.

(2) In two species of Pericheta from different parts of the

world (i. e. P. nove-zelandie from New Zealand and

P. armata from Borneo) the same species, or at least

closely allied species, occur which differ from other

forms.

(3) The cyst-membrane is double and the outer membrane

is of very great thickness, though extremely trans-

parent.

(4) There is aconspicuous “ micropyle ” (often two) which

does not appear to be a perforation of the cyst-mem-

brane, but merely a local bulging, perhaps due to

reagents.

(5) The protoplasm of the parasite breaks up into a large

number of spores.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Lettering :—a, inner cyst-membrane ; }, outer cyst-membrane ; c, mi-

eropyle ; d, protoplasmic contents; d’, sporoblasts.

Figs. 1-13, 15. Coccidium from Pericheta armata,

Fig. 14. Gregarina, sp.?, found in company with Coccidium in Pericheta

armata.

Fig. 16. Coceidium from Pericheta nove-zealandia.

LVIII.— On the Foraminiferal Genus Orbitoides of

d’Orbigny. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e.

THERE are several discoid fossils among the Nummulites

which, having a central plane covered in on each side by a

more or less convex crust, look so much like Nummulites

that, without close inspection, they would appear to present

no difference; and these in totality have been named ‘“Ordz-

toides” by d’Orbigny, whose diagnosis, together with typical

440 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

illustrations of the structure of the genus, taken from Orbi-

toides media, d’Orb., of 1847, olim Orbitolites media, d’ Ar-

chiac, of 1837,= Orbitolites of Faujas de Saint-Fond in 1799,

may be found in his ‘ Cours de Paléontologie et de Géologie’

(vol. 11. pp. 193, 194) and ‘ Prodrome’ (vol. ii. p. 279), where

he has also assigned to them as their existence in time the

geological interval between his “ Sénonien ”’ and “ Parisien ”

divisions, that is between the Upper Chalk and the Nummulitic

series inclusively.

Now this would probably be quite sufficient if the struc-

tural type of Orbitocdes media was the same as that of all

the other species; but this is not the case, inasmuch as the

structural type of Orbitocdes papyracea, which d’Orbigny has

placed in his “ Suessonien” division of the Eocene Period

(op. cdt. vol. 11. p. 732), is markedly different.

The typical structure of Orbitoides media, d’Orb. (making

allowance for the diagrammatic nature of his illustrations), is

precisely like that of Nummulites Mantelli, Morton, of the

Claiborne Beds in Alabama, saving the presence of the super-

ficial layer in the latter and the difference in the marking of

the surface in the former, as will be more particularly seen

hereafter when I come to describe the type forms of these

fossils respectively, while the structure of Orbitocdes papy-

racea is almost precisely like that of Lycophris ephippium

delineated by J. de C. Sowerby in his illustrations of Grant’s

“ Memoir of the Geology of the State of Cutch, in Western

India”? (Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 1840, 2nd ser. vol. v.

pl. xxiv. figs. 15 a@and 156). D’Orbigny’s genus, then, dates

from 1847 and Sowerby’s from 1840.

Here it should be remembered that Sowerby’s illustrations

of the structure of his Lycophris ephippium (viz. pl. xxiv.

fies. 15a and 156) are very different from those of his

Lycophris dispansus close by (viz. 16a and 166), as in

his “ fig. 16a” there are none of the columns which are so

characteristic of his L. ephippium in “ fig. 156,” and the

columns indicated in the section of L. dispansus, fig. 166

(since the chambers of the central plane are not shown), may

or may not be those of the ephippial type, as will be seen

hereatter, although I confess to a leaning towards the latter.

Sowerby also, in adverting to his illustrations in the para-

graph following his explanations, states that “‘ possibly these

two forms may be different stages of the growth of the same

species.” IJ mention this here to point out that, although the

presence of the “columns” is a persistent character of those

Orbitotdes which present the structural type of Lycophris

ephippium, it is by no means so in that of Orbitoides media,

Genus Orbitoides of d’ Orbigny. 441

d’Orb. (op. et loc. cit.), and therefore to apply the term “ Orbi-

totdes dispansa”’ indiscriminately to the two fossils, viz.

Lycophris ephippium and L. dispansus, may be a mistake ;

while if they really belonged to the types that I have men-

tioned respectively, it may be inferred that both are found

together in the bed of Nummulites at Lukput, in Cutch, from

which these fossils are stated by Captain Grant, in his

“ Memoir,” to have come (op. et loc. cit.).

For excellent illustrations of the microscopical structure of

Orbitoides papyracea and all the known species of this type

brought together I must refer the reader to Giimbel’s “ Bei-

triige zur Foraminiferenfauna der Nordalpinen Kocingebilde,”

Taf. ii. n. iv. (Abhandl. k. bayer. Ak. Wiss. vol. x. p. 581,

1868), whereby he will become acquainted with this type.

Thus the reader will observe here, no less than in Sowerby’s

delineations of his Lycophris ephippium, to which I have

alluded, that horizontally the central plane is composed of

more or less oblong rectangular chambers, and that vertically,

that is on each side of the central plane, the crust-like struc-

ture is composed of columns of vertically compressed cells

intermingled with conical columns (which columns consist of

non-tubular, opaque, white shelly substance), whose obtuse

ends project above the surface in the form of little knobs

and whose pointed ones extend down to the central plane

(Giimbel, op. et loc. cit. Taf. iii. fig. 21).

On the other hand, equally typical microscopical illustra-

tions of Morton’s Nummulites Mantelli from the Claiborne

beds of Alabama, with the exceptions just stated, are repre-

sented in d’Orbigny’s illustrations of the structure of his

Orbitoides media (op. et loc. cit.), whereby the reader may

become equally well acquainted with the prevailing type

of this Orbitoid structure as with its differences from that

of Orbitoides papyracea. Thus it will be observed here in

Nummulites Mantelli, no less than in my own illustrations of

the Sindian species of 1853 (‘ Annals,’ vol. xi. pl. vii.

figs. 40 a, 6, c, and 41), that horizontally the central plane

appears to be composed of circular, or, from their juxta-

position, slightly hexagonal cells, so arranged in the inter-

stices of obliquely crossing lines that, radiating centrifugally

from the centre to the circumference, they present the pattern

of an “ engine-turned ” watch-case (see especially d’Orbigny’s

illustrations of his ‘ Coupe horizontale ” of Orbitoides media),

and that vertically here the crust-like structure is composed

of columns of vertically compressed cells, which are not inter-

mingled with the “conical columns” before mentioned, but

are separated from each other simply by the translucent sub-

442 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

stance of the fossilized test; while the whole, in the Sindian

species as well as in the Alabama fossil, is covered in by a

thin superficial layer of still more compressed cells, which

are in juxtaposition, and in lieu of being “ circular” are so

irregular in outline that altogether they present a reticulated

appearance (‘ Annals,’ /. c. pl. vii. fig. 40, a, 6), simulating a

similar layer in the surface of Nummulites levigatus from the

Bracklesham beds in England.

Hence it will have been seen that the central plane in

Orbitoides papyracea is composed of “ chambers,” and that

these chambers are rectangular in form ; whereas in Nummu-

lites Mantelli it is composed of cells, and these cells circular

or spheroidal in form (1 call them “cells” because they are

spheroidal in form and not rectangular) : the former arranged

in rows radiating centrifugally from the centre (‘ Annals,’

l. c, pl. vil. fig. 26), and the latter circularly in the interstices

of crossing lines also radiating from the centre, but in oppo-

site directions, so as to intersect each other obliquely and thus

present the “ engine-turned ” pattern to which I have alluded.

Moreover, that in Orbitoides papyracea there are the conical

columns of opaque, white, non-tubular shell-substance, and

that in Nummulites Mantelli there are none. Further, that

there is on the surface of the Sindian species a cortical portion

possessing a reticulated structure, which is concealed in the

Alabama fossil under a smooth structureless surface, and that

in Orbitotdes papyracea there is nothing of the kind.

Thus I was led in 1853 to adopt the name of Orbitolites

Mantelli for Morton’s Nummulites Mantelli, more especially

because it appeared to me that this compound structure was

but an evolutionary development of the more simple one of

Orbitolites marginalis of Lamarck.

But to understand this more clearly it is desirable that

Orbitolites marginalis (which is not only widely spread

throughout the warmer regions of the earth, but also typical

of the fossilized species, which at least date as far back as

the Nummulitic series) should be particularly described.

Thus, in general form it is circular, wavy, and concave on

both sides, owing to the smallness of the central or first-

formed cells and their increasing in size and number of layers

towards the circumference. The largest specimens of the

recent species that I possess are 5-12ths of an inch in dia-

meter and were obtained from the Gulf of Suez, while the

largest fossilized specimen that has come under my notice is

from the Nummulitic series on the south-east coast of

Arabia, and this measures 1 inch in diameter and about

1-12th of an inch in thickness (Geol. Papers of Western

Genus Orbitoides of d’ Orbigny. 443

India; Carter (reprint), Bombay, 1857, p. 587). The cells

of which Orbztolites marginalis is composed are spheroidal and

so arranged respectively in the interstices of obliquely inter-

crossing lines which radiate centrifugally from the centre to

the circumference in opposite directions as to present the

same “ engine-turned”’ appearance as that of the central

plane of Nummulites Mantelli; and not being accompanied

by the conical “columns” of opaque shelly substance,

incipient or otherwise, they thus altogether present pre-

cisely the same appearance as that of the central plane of

Nummulites Mantelli. Hence by the evolutionary develop-

ment of the collateral crusts of Nummulites Mantelli it so

becomes allied to Orbitolites marginalis that I have been led

to adopt the name of Orbitolites Mantelli for the former in

contradistinction to that of “Orbitoides ” in O. papyracea and

its like, which, on the other hand, all together seem to be

equally based upon another type of Foraminifera, viz. Cyclo-

clypeus.

Thus Cycloclypeus, Carp. (‘ Introduction,’ pl. xix.), con-

sists horizontally of a thin discoid test, which is composed of

a number of rows of rectangular chambers that radiate cen-

trifugally from the centre, in the angles of which chambers

are incipient conical pillars of opaque white shelly substance

(“cones of non-tubular substance,” Carp., see fig. 5, op. et

loc. cit.), whose obtuse ends project beyond the surface in the

form of little knobs, so as to give it a granular appearance,

whereby the form is simply that of the central plane of Orbi-

toides papyracea and its like. Thus by the evolutionary

development of the collateral crusts of the latter it so be-

comes allied to the former that Orbitotdes papyracea (following

the same reasoning) must be regarded as much a derivative

from Cycloclypeus as Orbitolites Mantelli is from Orbitolites

marginalis; and hence the difference in the structure of

these fossils to which I have alluded.

The same with Nummulites, which, mutatis mutandis,

appears to be an evolutionary development of Operculina.

It is evident that Giimbel must have seen this or he would

not have proposed a subgenus of Orbdtocdes, d’Orb., viz.

“Lepidocyclina,” for species of the type of Orbitolites Man-

tellu= Orbitoides Mantelli, @Orb. (Giimbel, op. cit. p. 139,

separate copy).

All this I pointed out in 1861 (‘ Annals,’ vol. viii. pl. xvi.) ;

the plate then given is entirely devoted to parallel columns of

structural illustrations, in order that the facts I have stated

might be directly realized. Whether or not this has had the

desired effect I cannot say, but at all events in de Lapparent’s

444 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

‘Traité de Géologie’ of 1883, p. 1027, the name of Orbito-

lites Mantelli appears among the Alabama fossils.

With reference to the specific value of the ‘ conical

columns of non-tubular, opaque, white, shelly substance ;”’ in

distinguishing the two types of Orbitoid structure to which I

have alluded, I now find that it is by no means so great as I

had anticipated; for while this character appears to be per-

sistent in the type of Orbitoides papyracea, it is only partially

so in that of Orbitolites Mantelli, seeing that the columns

are undoubtedly absent in the Alabama species, in that from

Arabia, and that from Burma which I have lately described

(‘ Annals,’ 1888, vol. i1. p. 842), but not always so in the speci-

mens from Sind. They are undoubtedly absent in the infil-

trated specimen from Sind which [have figured in the ‘ Annals’

(1. c.), while in the same ferruginous mass of Nummulites from

which the latter came there is an uninjiltrated specimen about

an inch in diameter in which the “ columns” are so undoubt-

edly present that, but for the presence also of a portion of

the characteristic central plane of this type, I should have

set it down as belonging to Orbitotdes papyracea. Again, in

the specimens of Orbitolites Mantelli from Nal, in the pro-

vince of Jhalawan, they are not only indicated by the

presence of their obtuse ends among the reticulated structure

of the surface, but in the section may be seen to have their

pointed ends in the intervals between the cells of the central

plane. While it will presently be seen that they are equally

characteristic of d’Orbigny’s Orbitoides media from Maestricht,

although they are not represented in his illustrations of this

species (/. c.), that is if it be the one which it is stated to be

in his ‘ Cours de Géologie’ (/. c.). THence it becomes neces-

sary to describe a genuine specimen of Orbitoides media from

the Upper Chalk of Maestricht first, and then to compare it

with d’Orbigny’s illustrations afterwards ; but before entering

upon this it is desirable to premise what the references are

which appear to justify d’Orbigny’s identification, for which

purpose the following extract is given from the ‘ Prodrome,’

vol. il. p. 279, viz. :—

*‘ ORBITOIDES, d’Orb. 1847.

“1349. media, d’Orb. 1847. Orbitolites media, d’Ar-

chiac, 1837. Mém. Soc. Géol. de France, t. ii. p. 178.

Faujas de Saint-Fond, pl. xxxiv. figs. 1, 2,3, 4. Royan

(Charente-Inférieure), Lanquais (Dordogne); Maestricht.”

Fortunately, through the kindness of Dr. H. Woodward,

Genus Orbitoides of d’ Orbigny. 445

of the British Museum, aided by sections made by Dr. G. J.

Hinde, I am in a position to give the following description of

a genuine specimen of Orbitotdes media from the Upper

Chalk of Maestricht :—

This is circular, slightly wavy, depressed, conical on one

side, where it ends in a slight central papillary projection

corresponding to a gentle depression on the opposite side,

which is otherwise slightly convex, granular on both sides,

the granules often presenting an indistinctly sinuous linear

arrangement towards the circumference. Internal structure

consisting of a central plane, in which the cells or chambers

in a fresh state appear in a horizontal section to have been

circular and situated respectively in the interstices of inter-

crossing centrifugal lines, which, radiating from the centre in

opposite directions, thus present the ‘ engine-turned ” pattern

to which I have above alluded, and show how the first-

formed or central cells become smallest and the circum-

ferential ones the largest; while in the vertical section the

same circumstances cause the central plane to be thinnest in

the centre and widest at the circumference, where apparently

the layers of cells, by running into each other, cause the

divisions of the central plane to present a series of curved

cylinders, whose convexities are directed outwards. Central

plane covered in on each side by a convex crust composed

of columns of vertically compressed cells, intermingled with

conical columns of more consolidated whitish shell-substance,

whose obtuse ends form the granules of the surface and whose

pointed ones appear to reach the angles of the interstices in

the central plane. Size of specimens varying a little under

8-24ths inch in diameter and 2-24ths in thickness in the centre,

including the papillary projection.

Loc. Upper Chalk of Maestricht.

__ Obs. The above description is quite sufficient to recognize

the fossil, but would have been more satisfactory if the fossili-

zation had been more crystalline and compact. No. of speci-

mens ‘ P, 1490.”

Such are the characters of the little discoid fossil from

Maestricht, and they are fundamentally the same as those

presented by the large specimens of Orbitolites Mantelli from

Nal, in the province of Jhalawan, to which I have just

alluded. Dr. Cook states, in his “Topographical and

Geographical Sketch of a portion of the Province of

Jhalawan &c., or northern part of the Tableland of Beloochi-

stan” (‘T'rans. Med. and Phys. Soc. Bombay, no. vi. new ser.

1861, p. 71; whence the subjoined diagrammatic figure

is taken), that “this limestone in some places is crystalline

446 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

and contains no fossils, but in others isalmost made up of a large

flat, thin fossil with an abruptly prominent centre closely

resembling Lycophris dispansus. Its surface is covered with

small tubercles (but they are not, I think, united by stellate

lines). ‘This fossil measured 24 inches in diameter, 1-20th

inch thick, and 2-10ths inch in the centre.” Among the

——_ >——_

specimens which Dr. Cook kindly sent me at the time the

central inflation considerably differs in thickness, since in

some instances it is so slight that it is hardly distinguishable.

But whoever studies the Foraminifera must be prepared for

such differences, and must therefore be correspondingly careful

as to the value he attaches to them in specific distinction.

It will now be seen that d’Orbigny’s illustrations do not

entirely accord with what has been stated of the Maestricht

fossil, which was first described and illustrated by Faujas de

Saint-Fond in 1799 (‘ Histoire Naturelle de la Montagne de

Saint-Pierre de Maestricht), in so far as there are no

“columns” represented by d’Orbigny in the ‘ Coupe verti-

cale” of his Orbitotdes media (1. c.) and no granulations on

its surface, but in lieu thereof there are sinuous lines

extending from the centre to the circumference and a central

papillary projection on each side; while in the fossil from

Maestricht the papillary projection is on one side only, as

represented by Faujas de Saint-Fond in his fig. 3, as I

learn from the tracing kindly made for me by Mr. Jones, of

the Geological Society. Still, in other respects d’Orbigny’s

illustrations would suffice for the Orbitolitean type of the

Maestricht fossil to which I have alluded.

What fossil, then, do d’Orbigny’s illustrations in totality

represent ? Let us take his other reference, viz. that to

Orbitolites media, d’Archiac, from the Chalk in the south-

west of France, of which, as [ have no specimen and there is

no illustration to his description, the best thing that I can do

is to append his own words in the following extract :—

“ Orbitolites media, nob.

“ Tenticulaire, déprimé. Du centre de chaque face partent

de petits sillons nombreux, qui se croisent en se dirigeant

vers la circonférence ; pores irréguliers 4 la surface ; souvent

Genus Orbitoides of d’ Orbigny. 447

le polypier se divise en deux parties égales dans le sens de son

épaisseur ; l’intérieur présente alors des couches d’accroissement

et des cercles qui, en se croisant, ornent ces lames de losanges

disposés en quinconces circulaires. Diametre des _ plus

grands individus, 50 millim. ; épaisseur, 3 millim,

“Les individus jeunes, dont on serrait tenté de faire une

espéce, sont moins larges, plus elevés, proportion gardée, et

ressemblent & deux cénes opposés base a base.

‘Cette espéce est figurée dans Faujas de Saint-Fond

(‘ Histoire de la Montagne de Saint-Pierre de Maestricht,

pl. xxxiv. figs. 1, 2,3, 4). Hille est aussi indiquée, mais non

décrite dans le genre discholite de Fortis.

“ Loc. de S. Ouest. Royan, Lanquais, Dordogne.

“ Htage 4.

“ Loc. du Nord de la France et de Europe. Maestricht.

“ Htage, Craie tuffau.

““(Mém. Soc. Géol. de France, tome ii. 1837. ‘Sur la

Formation Crétacée du Sud-ouest de la France,’ par M. le

Vicomte d’Archiac, p. 178.)”

With reference, then, to d’Orbigny’s illustrations of his

Orbitoides media, it will be observed that d’Archiac does

not mention the central papillary projection represented by

d’Orbigny on each side of his specimen (“ Profil,” 7. ¢.), even

if his ‘‘ sillons”” be identifiable with the sinuous lines on the

surface of d’Orbigny’s Orbitoides media, which I much doubt.

Nor do d’Archiac nor d’Orbigny notice any granulations on

the surface, or the “ columns” that extend therefrom to the

central plane in the Maestricht fossil, although both the

description of the interior by the former and d’Orbigny’s

“Coupe horizontale”” indicate the structure that is typical of

the Maestricht fossil (viz. the ‘“ engine-turned” pattern)

which Faujas de Saint-Fond has represented in his fig. 4

(/. c.), as well as of Orbitolites Mantelli. Again, while

Faujas de Saint-Fond’s. specimen was only 12 millim., that

from the south-west of France described by d’Archiac was

50 millim. indiameter. Thus Faujas de Saint-Fond’s species

of 1799, d’Archiac’s of 1837, and d’Orbigny’s Orbctoides media

all differ so far as has been above stated ; but, as I have said,

such differences in Foraminiferal species are of doubtful

specific value, and the difference in size just mentioned need not

be regarded as distinctive any more than the presence or

absence of the “‘ columns ”’ in this type of Orbitoid structure,

as I have above stated. Thus, after all, each of these three

fossils might have been regarded by d’Orbigny as typical of

his Orbitoides media, as each possesses the most persistent

448 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

and typical structure in the central plane. D’Archiac’s

specimen was evidently a more or less symmetrical fossil

with a central plane, since he states that it was susceptible of

being split into “ equal parts,” which is not the case with

Orbitolites marginalis &c., as they present no “central

lane.”

Further I cannot go. D’Archiac’s fossil is stated to have

come from Royan &c., and all seem to agree that the cliff at

Royan on the northern side of the estuary of the Garonne

presents the ‘ Maestrichtien”’ of France, which is equivalent

to the Upper Chalk of Maestricht in the Netherlands.

Lastly, I have to advert to the type of Nummulites Man-

telli, Morton, of 1834, viz. the Alabama species= Orbitolites

Mantelli, Cart. (1853), for the examination of which I am

again indebted to my kind friend Dr. H. Woodward; and

here, for comparison, it is best to follow the same course

that I have taken with the Maestricht fossil. Thus :—

The Alabama fossil is circular, flat, and thin, slightly

undulatory and smooth on the surface, presenting a small,

more or less gentle elevation in the centre, which is papilli-

form. Internal structure consisting of a central plane, in

which the cells or chambers in a horizontal section appear to

have been circular and situated respectively in the interstices

of intercrossing centrifugal lines, which, radiating from the

centre to the circumference in opposite directions, thus present

the ‘ engine-turned ” pattern to which I have alluded, and

in like manner show how the first-formed or central cells

become smaller and the circumferential ones largest, while in

the vertical section the same circumstances cause the central

plane to be thinnest in the centre and widest at the circum-

ference, towards which apparently the layers of cells running

into each other vertically cause the central plane in the ver-

tical direction to assume a series of curved lines whose con-

vexities are directed outwards. Central plane covered in on

each side by a convex crust composed of vertically compressed

cells separated only by fossilized shell-substance in which

there are no “ columns ;”’ cells gradually losing their original

circularity outwards and becoming even still more compressed,

so as to present a reticulated appearance, in which the inter-

stices are extremely irregular both in form and size; finally

concealed under a thin smooth layer of amorphous substance

which, where it has been chipped off, shows the subjacent

reticulation.

Colour white, chalk-like, in accordance with the earthy

granular composition of the matrix in the hand-specimen,

which appears to consist chiefly of microscopic Foraminifera

Genus Orbitoides of d’ Orbigny. 449

in which the specimens of Nwmmulites Mantelli of all sizes

are abundantly and horizontally imbedded. Size of largest

specimens 133-12ths inch in diameter and 1-24th inch thick.

Loc. Claiborne beds of Alabama, United States North

America.

No. of specimen ‘ 50515.”

Obs. In all the Orbitotdes there is a marked difference

between the form of the chambers of the central plane and

those of the crust, which consists in the increasing irregu-

larity of the horizontal outline in the latter outwards ; while

the chambers in the central part of a vertical section of the

central plane present a rectangular form, on account of the

section of this part passing through them tangentially.

Thus it will be seen that the Alabama fossil has no

“columns” and possesses a cortical layer, which therefore

has a smooth surface, while that of the Maestricht fossil has

“columns” with a granulated surface, where the granules

represent the outer ends of the columns, which therefore more

nearly allies it to, although it is not identical with, the much

larger species, viz. Orbitolites Mantelli, Cart., from Nal, in

Jhalawan, to which I have alluded, in which the distance

between the knobs or granules on the surface and their indis-

tinctness, together with the size, seem to ally this species

more to Giimbel’s “Orbitoides dilata”” among his Lepido-

cyclina (op. cit. p. 139, Taf. iv. figs. 45-47) than any of the

rest.

I cannot say more, however, of his figure representing part

of the structure of the central plane of this fossil (viz. fig.

46) than that it is almost identical with that given by Car-

penter of the Alabama species (‘ Introduction,’ pl. xx. fig. 5) ;

for according to the position of the cell and its surrounding

lines I learn from my large infiltrated specimen from Sind

that it may be at one time circular in outline and at another

subcircular, as represented by Carpenter and Giimbel respec-

tively, that is, according to the position of the section, while

the cells in the fresh state would appear to be all spheroidal.

P.S.—I regret to say that in correcting the “ proof” of

my last paper in the ‘ Annals,’ viz. that containing a descrip-

tion of the large variety of Orbitolites Mantelli, Cart., var.

Theobaldi, from Burma (vol. ii. p. 342, Oct. 1888), there

were several errors which, on account of illness at the time,

were overlooked, but fortunately none which interfered with

the descriptive part of the communication ; still as it is

desirable that they should be noticed, I append the following

list :—

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. it. 32

450 Mr. C. J. Gahan on a new Species of Cyriocrates.

At page 344, 17th line from top, for Cithereamensis read Citherea

promensis. i

At page 346, 4th line from top, for Orb:tolites read Orbitordes.

7th

a “ » for Parisien xead Sénonien.

a3 5, lOth - 5, for ten read seven.

ny Fe nla », for 1837 read 1840.

a 5, (oth » bottom, insert “only ” after the brackets.

ty 348, 7th » top, insert “Orbitohtes Mantelli that 1

have described (‘ Annals,’ oc. cit.) with that of ” after ‘all the

specimens of,”

In the month of June, 1864, I deposited in the museum of

the Geological Society of London the type specimens of my

Conulites Cooki and <Alveolina meandrina, described and

illustrated in the ‘ Annals’ of 1861 (vol. iii. pp. 331 and 381,

and pls. xv. and xvii. figs. 7 and 4 respectively). I mention

this here because I know of no others of the same kind that

have been found or publicly noticed.

Note.—Since this paper was written I have had the

pleasure to receive (viz. on the 9th November) some beautiful

specimens of the ‘ Nummulitic Beds” of Alabama charged

abundantly, as usual, with the Nummulites Mantelli, Morton,

from Mr. Anthony Woodward, of New York, for whose great

generosity and promptness in thus replying to my request I

shall feel lastingly indebted to him.

LIX.—Description of a new Species of the Longicorn Genus

Cyriocrates. By C.J. GanAn, M.A., Assistant, Zoolo-

gical Department, British Museum.

Cyriocrates elegans, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; capite minutissime et sparse punctulato, genis, vittis

duabus frontis et mandibulerum basibus pallide ceruleis ; protho-

race antice (linea media excepta) pallide cxeruleo, postice nigro,

cum lobo mediano distincto ; elytris nigris, chalybeatis, fere im-

punctatis, fasciis quatuor incompletis et macula rotunda utrinque

ad apicem pallide cruleis; corpore subtus lateraliter ceruleo-

maculato; antennis ceruleo-griseo annulatis.

Long. 32 mm.

Hab. Ruby-Mines District, Upper Burmah.

Head very minutely and sparsely punctured ; black, with

a large spot on each cheek, the epistome, the base of the

mandibles, and a short vitta on each side of the front pale

blue. The sides of the prothorax in front of the lateral spines

On the Staphylinidee of Japan. 451

and the anterior part of the disk (the middle excepted) pale

blue ; the sides behind the lateral spines, the basal part of the

disk, and a narrow, longitudinal, median space black and

glossy. The scutellum pale blue. The elytra, without gran-

ules and impressed with only a few small punctures behind

each shoulder, are of a deep dark blue which is almost black.

They are crossed by four pale blue pubescent bands, of which

the most anterior or basal is made up of three spots on each

elytron—one below the shoulder, the second in the depression

above the shoulder, the third smaller and confluent with the

second nearer to the suture. The second band consists of a

single large transverse spot on each elytron which reaches

neither the suture nor the outer margin. The third band is

similar to the second. The fourth is a row of four quadrate

spots—two on each elytron. In addition there is a large

rounded pale blue spot on each at the apex. A single broad

spot on the side of each abdominal segment, the sides of the

metasternum and the mesothoracic episternum are also coloured

pale blue. The tarsi on their upperside, the tibiz towards

their middle, and the apices of the femora are bluish, the

remaining parts of the legs black. The antennz, rather

stout and scarcely more than half as long again as the body,

are ringed with bluish grey, each ring comprising the apex

of one joint and the base of the succeeding joint; the inter-

vening parts are of a dull pubescent black, the scape only

being somewhat naked and glossy. ‘The latter is provided

with a distinct and complete cicatrice. ‘The mesosternum is

horizontal behind, vertical and strongly tubercled in front.

The spots and bands of pale blue pubescence on a shining

ground of very dark blue give this insect a handsome

appearance.

LX.—The Staphylinide of Japan.

By Dr. D. SHArp.

{Continued from p. 337. }

Tachyporus terminalis, n. sp.

Testaceus ; elytris circa scutellum nigricantibus, metasterno infus-

cato ; abdomine rufo, apice nigro.

Long. 4 millim,

Antenne elongate, evidently thicker externally, testaceous,

the terminal joints scarcely more obscure. Head and thorax

clear yellow. Elytra more reddish yellow, with a definite

32*

452 Dr. D. Sharp on

black patch about the scutellum; sparingly punctate. Hind

body with first four segments red, the two terminal clear

black. Mesosternum yellow ; metasternum blackish.

A distinct species to be placed near T. obtusus.

A single male was found at the Shimonosuwa Lake, 31st

July, 1881.

Tachyporus celatus.

Tachyporus celatus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 17.

This is apparently one of the commoner species of Staphy-

linide in Japan, and though I have not seen very many

specimens, is, I think, very variable in colour.

Yokohama, Nikko, Hakone, Miyanoshita, and Kamiichi.

Tachyporus suavis, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; antennis, palpis, prothoracis lateribus pedibusque

testaceis ; elytrorum apice plus minusve evidenter pallido; anten-

nis extrorsum evidenter crassioribus; prothorace elytris con-

spicue latiore.

Long. 5 millim.

Var. Antennis extrorsum fuscescentibus.

Antenne rather stout, tenth joint about as long as broad.

Prothorax curved at the sides and much narrowed in front,

black, but yellow at the sides, the yellow colour being

broadest near the hind angles. Elytra considerably longer

than the thorax. Hind body with a sparing but distinctly

impressed punctuation.

This is readily distinguished from the darker specimens of

T. celatus by its thicker antenne, as well as by the more

elegant coloration; it is remarkable from the fact that the

punctuation of the hind body is a true punctuation, consisting

evidently of fine impressed punctures ; this is best seen near

the base of each segment, the punctures becoming quite

obsolete on the hinder part of each plate.

Single individuals have been four times met with, at Yu-

yama in May, at Fukushima at the end of July, at Chiu-

zenji and at Nikko in August, 1881. Of the variety with

darker antenne single individuals were twice found, viz. at

Shimonosuwa on the 31st July and at Nikko on the 18th

August.

Tachyporus oculatus, n. sp.

Fusco-niger, abdomine nigro; antennis fuscis basi dilutiore, palpis

the Staphylinide of Japan. 453

pedibusque testaceis ; elytris thoracis longitudine, vix rufescenti-

bus ; abdomine parce obsoletissimeque punctato.

Long. 3} millim.

This species is of the size and form of 7. humerosus, but is

one of the most easily recognized species of the genus; the

head is broader than usual, the eyes being larger and more

distinctly faceted; the penultimate joint of the maxillary

palpus is but little broader than the preceding. The thorax

is but little curved at the sides and but little narrowed in

front; its sides are more or less distinctly sordid yellow.

The elytra are of a very dull and obscure red colour, only

very sparingly punctured. The punctuation of the hind

body is extremely indistinct. The tarsi are elongate and

slender, the anterior of the male not dilated.

Five individuals were found at Miyanoshita and a single

individual at Hakone, a few miles distant.

Tachyporus orthogrammus, 0. sp.

Niger; prothorace margine laterali et basali, elytris margine apl-

cali vittaque recta intra-laterali, pedibus antennisque testaceis,

his extrorsum fuscescentibus.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne quite slender, a little thickened externally. Head

broad, with large eyes. Thorax strongly transverse, not

much narrowed in front. Elytra considerably longer than

the thorax, feebly punctate and pubescent, and with a few

erect, short, black sete distributed over their surface; of a

lurid black colour, at some distance from the outer margin

but parallel with it, bearing a broad straight yellow stripe

extending from front to hind margin. Hind body black,

hind margin of each segment narrowly yellow.

This has longer elytra than 7. oculatus, and cannot fail to

be distinguished by the peculiar coloration of the wing-cases.

Kiga; a single example.

Conosoma pumilum.

Conurus pumilus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 18.

Found near Nagasaki in March,

Conosema germanum.

Conurus germanus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 17.

About a dozen specimens have been found in various local-

ities in Kiushiu and the main island, Hakone, Fukushima,

454 Dr. D. Sharp on

and Nagasaki. The species is no doubt quite distinct from

the European C. pubescens.

Conosoma jfimbriatum, n. sp.

Majus, nigrum, subopacum, sat dense punctatum, pedibus rufis;

antennis fuscis basi et articulo ultimo testaceis, hoc elongato ;

tibiis intermediis apice nigro-ciliatis, ciliis intus vix ascenden-

tibus.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne elongate, the tenth joint quite as long as broad,

the three or four basal joints pale, and the apical joint also ~

pale, this latter elongate, a little longer than the ninth and

tenth together. ‘Thorax with the base truncate and the hind

angles rounded, not at all produced, the hind margin more or

less picescent. Elytra slightly longer than the thorax.

Hind body entirely black. Mesosternum with a strong

carina; epipleuree at shoulders much developed in the per-

pendicular direction; middle tibie rather stout, the black

fimbrie with which they are armed at the extremity only

just extending along the rounded angle.

Found in the main island, at Yokohama, and in fungi at

Nikko.

Conosoma tibiale, u. sp.

Sat crassum, fusco-nigrum, subopacum ; antennis pedibusque testa-

ceis, illis in medio fuscis, articulo ultimo sat elongato, decimo

latitudine fere longiore; elytris ad basin vage rufescentibus ; ab-

domine ferrugineo-cingulato ; tibiis intermediis apice nigro-cilia-

tis, ciliis ad marginem interiorem evidenter ascendentibus.

Long. 535 millim.

This insect is very similar to C. jimbriatum, but differs in

the important fact that the black cilia of the apex of the

middle tibiew are conspicuously continued for a short distance

upwards along the inner margin. The punctuation of the

surface is not nearly so dense as in many species of the genus ;

when the hind body is extended it is seen that the segments are

broadly cingulate with reddish colour, and that the hind part

of the penultimate segment and the greater part of the terminal

segment at the base are yellowish. In the strongly cari-

nate mesosternum and the epipleural development at the

shoulders C. tébiale and C. fimbriatum are similar.

Two individuals found in fungi at Nikko and one at Oya-

yama, April 26, 1881.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 455

Conosoma tristiculum.

Conosoma tristiculum, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 92.

Mr. Lewis has brought back only a single specimen that I

can consider to be this species; it has the middle tibie

simple and the epipleure: nearly simple at the shoulders, and

is thus readily distinguished from C. tibiale, while from C.

varicorne, which also it greatly resembles, the slender an-

tenne with elongate terminal joint conspicuously separate it.

The precise locality of this individual has not been re-

corded.

Conosoma varicorne, Nn. sp.

Sat crassum, nigro-fuscum, subopacum ; antennis rufo-obscuris, basi

et articulo ultimo pedibusque testaceis; antennis haud gracilibus,

apicem versus incrassatis, articulis penultimis transversis, ultimo

haud elongato; tibiis intermediis simplicibus, ad apicem flavo-

ciliatis.

Long. 5 millim.

The punctuation is not very dense and usually there is no

marked cingulation of the hind body in this species; it

resembles C. tristiculum and C. tibiale, but is readily distin-

guished by the simple intermediate tibiz ; these when looked

at from the inner face are not at all enlarged towards the

extremity, which is simply truncate and armed with minute

yellow cilia; the mesosternal carina is only moderately ele-

vated and the epipleure are a little impressed at the shoulders.

I have seen but few specimens, mostly in bad preservation ;

although the colour is in some individuals more variegate

with red—somewhat as in C. téb/ale—I see no characters for

separating them specifically.

Found in several localities on the main island ; and also one

individual of a large dark variety from Sapporo.

Conosoma pedicularium.

Tackyporus pedicularius, Gray. Col. Micr. p. 183.

A few individuals were collected about Nagasaki in Feb-

ruary 1881. I am not able to point out any satisfactory

characters for separating the Japanese insect from the Euro-

pean species.

Conosoma armatum, n. sp.

Parvulum, ferrugineum ; elytris abdomineque plus minusve nigro-

456 Dr. D. Sharp on

signatis ; antennis ante apicem szpius fuscescentibus ; elytris ad

latera setis erectis majusculis armatis.

Long. 3 millim.

This little insect is extremely similar to C. pedicularium,

but is readily distinguished by the large black sete with

which the sides of the elytra are armed; it is also more or

less spotted with black, but apparently in a very variable

manner. It is nearly allied to the Australian C. personatum,

Fauv., but that insect is smaller and has the antenne shorter

and more clavate.

A few specimens were found on the main island at Kashi-

wagi, Nikko, and Oyama.

Bo.LitTosius.

It appears probable that Eastern Siberia and Japan are the

metropolitan regions for this genus. I am enabled to bring

the number of species from the latter country up to nine, and

in addition to these Mr. Lewis obtained single examples, not

in a condition suitable for study, of five others.

Bolitobius principalis, u. sp.

Elongatus, capite presertim elongato, angusto, nigerrimus ; antennis

basi flavescente articulis tribus ultimis pallide flavis; abdomine

segmentis tertio quartoque rufis.

Long. 13 millim.

This remarkable Bolitobius is no doubt allied to the Sibe-

rian 4. prenobilis, Kr., that species having, however, the

hind body in greater part red and the antenne different at the

extremity. Here the three terminal joints are pale, almost

white, and form an abrupt contrast to the preceding joints,

which are quite black, the elongate and slender basal joint

being flavescent, with a dusky streak above. The narrow

head is conico-subcylindric. ‘The thorax and elytra entirely

black, the sutural and dorsal series of punctures on the latter

each about nine in number. The hind body is coarsely punc-

tate, with strong outstanding sete. The legs black, becoming

paler towards the extremity, so that the tarsi are reddish at

any rate towards the extremity.

Nikko, Miyanoshita; seven examples.

Bolitobius daimio, n. sp.

Elongatus, capite preesertim elongato, niger, nitidus; antennarum

the Staphylinide of Japan. 457

basi et articulo ultimo pedibusque testaceis; elytris margine

apicali vittaque obliqua ad humerum extrorsum expansa flavis.

Long. 11 millim.

Antenne rather elongate, ninth and tenth joints each about

as long as broad, terminal joint rather longer, yellow, the

elongate basal joint also yellow ; palpi piceous, with the ter-

minal joint flavescent. Head elongate and narrow, subcylin-

larger part black, but each with a yellow mark starting from

the suture at the apex and extending to the shoulder, where

it is much dilated, the hind margin also narrowly yellow ; the

sutural and discoidal series of punctures each about eleven or

twelve in number. Hind body rather coarsely punctate, with

distinct erect sete. Legs flavescent, with the tips of femora

and tibie infuscate.

One of the two examples has the base of the hind body

obscurely rufescent, due, I expect, to its being a little imma-

ture.

Nikko.

Bolitobius trregularis.

Bolitobius irregularis, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. (1877) p. 93.

Yokohama, Miyanoshita, and Kumakuniin Higo (Lewis) ;

Hagi (Hiller).

Bolitobius semirufus, 0. sp.

Elongatus, angustulus, antice et postice acuminatus; antennarum

basi et articulo ultimo, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capite thorace-

que nigris, hoc ad latera et ad basin, illo antice, testaceis ; elytris

testaceis, circa scutellum et late ad angulos posteriores nigris ;

abdomine rufo, apice nigro, segmento penultimo apice flavo-cingu-

lato.

Long. 7 millim.

Antenne slender, the three basal joints and the terminal

joint yellow, the tenth joint about as long as broad. Head

elongate, black, yellow in front of the antenna. Thorax as

long as broad, black, the sides yellow, more broadly so behind,

the basal margin narrowly yellow. LElytra rather long,

yellow, with a very large black mark on each behind; these

marks nearly join at the suture, and leave the hind margin

narrowly yellow ; there is also a black triangular mark on

the scutellar region ; the sutural series of punctures is about

seven in number, and the discoidal the same. The abdominal

punctuation is scanty, being nearly absent on the two basal

458 Dr. D. Sharp on

segments and only moderately close on the penultimate. The

legs, including the front coxe, are yellow; the breast is black.

This is about the size of our European B. trinotatus, but has

a much longer head and is differently coloured.

Nikko and Chiuzenji; five examples.

Bolitobius cinctiventris, n. sp.

Niger, antennarum basi, palpis, pedibus elytrisque testaceis, his ad

angulos posteriores nigro-maculatis; abdomine fortiter punctato,

segmentorum marginibus posterioribus testaceo-cingulatis.

Long. 7} millim.

Antenne rather short ; fifth to tenth joints subequal, no one

of them longer than broad; terminal joint short, pale at the

tip. Head black, short. Thorax black, scarcely so long as

broad. Elytra yellow, with a large diagonal black mark at

each outer hind angle, and with asmall dark mark round the

scutellum extending backwards along the suture ; the sutural

and dorsal series consist each of about eight punctures. Hind

body dark, each segment with the hind margin remarkably

definitely testaceous, the basal segments very sparingly punc-

tate, those behind rather coarsely though not densely so.

This may be placed near B, trinotatus, but is not very close

to any species I know.

Oyama, Miyanoshita; only three ill-preserved examples

were obtained.

Bolitobius breviceps, n. sp.

Niger, antennarum basi, palpis, pedibus elytrisque testaceis, thorace

ad latera flavescente ; elytris ad angulos posteriores nigris, serie-

bus dorsalibus et suturalibus circiter 9-punctatis.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne with the four basal joints pale, tenth jomt about

as long as broad, terminal joint elongate, about twice as long

as the tenth. Head black, very short, eyes but little distant

from the thorax. Thorax not so long as broad, black, with

the sides yellow, this colour rather broader behind. LElytra

yellow, not marked with black round the scutellum, but with

each outer angle diagonally black, the dark colour extending

quite to the hind margin, scarcely reaching the suture, but

at the outer margin extending far forwards. Hind body

black, with the penultimate segment broadly ringed with

yellow, rather finely punctate.

Nikko, June 1880 ; two ill-preserved examples.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 459

Bolitobius pallidiceps, n. sp.

Niger, antennarum basi et articulo ultimo, palpis, pedibus capiteque

testaceis, hoc vertice fuscescente ; elytris ad humeros flavescenti-

bus, serie dorsali circiter 8-punctato.

Long. 53 millim.

Antenne rather short, the penultimate joints not quite so

long as broad, terminal joint also quite short, pallid. Head

moderately long and acuminate. Thorax as long as broad,

the base and hind angles very rounded, entirely black. Elytra

rather short, in greater part black, but with a rather large

ill-defined pale mark at each shoulder, the punctures of the

dorsal series unusually coarse. Hind body black, rather

sparingly and finely punctate, each segment ringed with

yellow behind.

Kashiwagi, 16th June, 1881; unique.

Bolitobius simplex, n. sp.

Elongatus, angustulus, rufo-testaceus, capite nigro; antennis (basi

excepta), elytris versus apicem abdominisque apice fuscescentibus.

Long. 53 millim.

Antenne rather slender, the three basal joints pale, the

penultimate joint rather longer than broad, terminal joint

elongate, yellow at its extremity. Head quite short, black.

Thorax clear yellow, about as long as broad. LElytra elon-

gate, yellow, vaguely fuscescent towards the extremity, the

sutural and dorsal series consisting each of about twelve fine

punctures. Hind body slender, sparingly punctate, basal

half of penultimate segment fuscescent, the other half reddish,

apical segment blackish.

Nagasaki and Bukenji; one example from each locality.

Not closely allied to any other species, and in appearance

perhaps more similar to Mycetoporus splendidus than to the

typical Bolitobrt.

Bolitobius felix, n. sp.

Major, latus, rufo-testaceus, abdomine, elytrorum apice antennisque

nigris, harum basi pedibusque testaceis ; prothorace basi subtiliter

marginato; elytrorum seriebus circiter 10-punctatis.

Long. 9-13 millim.

Antenne rather stout, four basal joints yellow, the next six

blackish, terminal joint rather long, fuscous yellow, each of

fifth to tenth joints about as long as broad. Head rather

460 Dr. D. Sharp on

broad, not acuminate. Thorax not quite so long as broad,

much narrowed in front, like the head bright reddish yellow.

Elytra rather longer than the thorax, the apical margin

black, the black colour broader towards the outer angle and

along the outer margin extending far forwards, but not

reaching the shoulder, the dorsal series of punctures placed

in a well-marked depression, the epipleural line very closely

and coarsely punctate. Hind body black, coarsely and rather

closely punctate, the two basal segments impunctate on the

middle. Anterior coxe scabrous. The male has the hind

margin of the penultimate ventral plate produced somewhat

in the middle, and in front of this there is a carina becoming

behind gradually more elevated. The hind margin of the

terminal plate is densely hispid.

Although the characters of the scabrous front coxe and

the margined base to the thorax in conjunction with the

rather slender sublinear palpi are sufficient to make this a

distinct genus, I do not propose a name for it, as much dis-

crepancy of opinion prevails concerning the allied genera.

Nikko, Yuyama, Kashiwagi, and Nara, in the early

summer, ten examples; also in Eastern Siberia.

MEGACRONUS.

Under this name I unite for the present purpose the genera

distinguished by Rey under the names Bryocharis, Mega-

cronus, and Bryoporus, feeling that in the present early and

extremely incomplete state of our knowledge of the insects of

this family it is not advisable to make use of more generic

names than are necessary.

Megacronus prolongatus, n. sp.

Elongatus, subdepressus, rufus; abdomine rufo-obscuro; elytris

crebre fortiter irregulariter punctatis.

Long. 8 millim.

Antenne elongate, third joint very long, of fourth to tenth

each is shorter than its predecessor, the fourth being greatly

longer than broad, the tenth about as long as broad, terminal

joint a little longer than the tenth; the middle joints are a

little infuscate. Head rather small, concolorous with the

thorax ; this latter with two punctures on the disk in front of

the middle. Elytra longer than the thorax, rather coarsely

punctate, the punctuation not serial. Hind body elongate

and slender, of a dusky red colour, with the apex clearer red,

rather coarsely punctate.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 461

This is allied to the European M. cnclinans, and belongs to

the subgenus Bryocharis of Thomson and Rey.

Nara, Ist July, Chiuzenji, 19th August, 18815; one ex-

ample from each, both apparently females.

Megacronus princeps.

Megacronus princeps, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 19.

Mr. Lewis has now found the male of this species ; it

possesses on the penultimate plate two series of cilia separated

by a moderately broad space; the cilia are so arranged and

so densely packed as to appear like a solid carina, The

species belongs to the subgenus Bryocharis.

Hitoyoshi and Miyanoshita; a single example in May

from each locality.

Megacronus setiger.

Megacronus setiger, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 18.

The characters previously given by me as those of the

male are, I presume, really those of the female, as Mr.

Lewis has brought back two examples, one of which, by

extraction of the cedeagus, I find to be certainly a male; it

has the terminal ventral plate provided in the middle behind

with a large broad depression, and terminated behind by a

large, peculiar, ligular prolongation.

Ichinchi and Kiga; one example from each place.

Megacronus striatus.

Staphylinus striatus, Oliv. Ent. no. 42, pl. v. fig. 47.

In Europe this species has not been found to be variable ;

but in Japan, to judge from the few examples obtained by

Mr. Lewis, it is quite the contrary. The eight Japanese

examples represent four forms, viz. :—1, similar to our Kuro-

pean type; 2, similar to the European type, but with more

densely punctured hind body; 3, rather smaller and more

slender than the European type, and with the elytra entirely

black ; 4, considerably smaller than the European type, and

thorax and elytra red, the latter with a black spot behind.

It is far from improbable that these may prove to be four

distinct species.

1. Nikko; 2. Oyama and Nikko; 3. Nikko; 4. Nikko

and Sapporo.

462 Dr. D. Sharp on

Megacronus optatus, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; elytris sordide rufis, antennarum basi, palpis pedi-

busque testaceis; abdomine parce punctato, segmentorum mar-

ginibus rufo-cingulatis.

Long. 5£ millim.

Antenne rather slender, thickened externally, four basal

joints yellow, fifth joint as long as broad, penultimate joints

slightly transverse, hind margin picescent. Hlytra slightly

longer than the thorax, the dorsal series consisting of four

or five subobsolete punctures. Hind body sparingly punc-

tate, distinctly though scantily pubescent.

This is readily distinguished from M. striatus by the com-

paratively slender antenne and the red immaculate elytra.

It is more like our European B. rugipennis, from which it

is distinguished by the colour of the head and thorax and

the absence of any rug on the elytra. It is a member of

the genus or subgenus Bryoporus, Rey, which, however, is

scarcely sufficiently distinct from Megacronus as defined by

the French systematist.

Kiga; unique.

Megacronus gracilis, n. sp.

Angustulus, rufus, capite nigricante, antennarum basi, palpis pedi-

busque testaceis ; elytris regulariter multiseriatim punctatis.

Long. 5 millim.

This also from the structure of its palpi must be assigned

to the subgenus Bryoporus; but it is very distinct by the

regular coarse punctuation of the elytra, which is arranged

in seven or eight series, somewhat as it is in the Central-

American species of the genus. The antenne are short,

thickened externally, with the penultimate joints rather

strongly transverse; the middle joints are infuscate. The

head is small and narrow, black. The thorax is slightly

transverse, and is remarkable from possessing along the

middle three pairs of setigerous punctures, one near the front,

one near the base, and one behind the middle; there are also

a few lateral punctures irregularly placed, and in addition a

scanty very minute punctuation. ‘The elongate and narrow

elytra are much longer than the thorax. The hind body is

elongate and slender, rather closely punctate.

Otsu, Kobé, Fukushima, in June and July; one example

from each locality.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 463

MYCETOPORUS.

The Japanese species of this genus are better placed in the

subgenus Ischnosoma, Rey : Mycetoporus, i. sp., which con-

tains all the European species of the genus except two, not

being represented in the Japanese fauna so far as we know it

at present.

Mycetoporus converus, n. sp.

Angustulus, nitidus; antennis crassiusculis, testaceis; capite tho-

raceque fusco-testaceis, pernitidis ; elytris sordide testaceis, serie-

bus dorsalibus et discoidalibus remote punctatis ; abdomine fusco,

segmento penultimo late testaceo-cingulato.

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne stout, clear yellow, the penultimate joint about

as long as broad, Thorax very convex, about as long as

broad. Elytra rather longer than the thorax, the dorsal series

consisting of four or five indistinct punctures, the sutural

series of about six rather more distinct. Hind body slender,

its setee very largely developed and conspicuous ; the colour

is nearly black, the hind margins of the segments being

reddish, that of the penultimate segment very broadly so.

Hitoyoshi and Hosokuté; one example from each locality.

Mycetoporus discotdalis, n. sp.

Angustus, fusculus; antennis, palpis, thorace, pedibus elytrisque

testaceis, his disco late fuscescente; abdomine segmentis poste-

rius testaceo-marginatis, dense punctato; elytris seriebus dorsali-

bus et suturalibus crebre punctatis.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne only moderately long and not stout, penultimate

joints hardly so long as broad, the middle joints a little in-

fuscate. Head narrow, infuscate yellow. Thorax rather

small, scarcely so long as broad, clear yellow. Elytra longer

than the thorax, infuscate on the middle, so as to leave the

hind margin broadly yellow and a yellow mark at each

shoulder; the punctures of the dorsal and sutural series,

though fine, are very distinct and numerous, there being

from twelve to fifteen in each series. The slender hind body is

densely punctate; the hind margins of the segments are

broadly yellow, that of the penultimate segment very

broadly. “The male has the middle of the last ventral plate

deeply depressed behind, the depression surrounded by a

scabrous margin, and a tuft of sete on each side projecting

backwards beyond the hind margin. The hind margin of

the preceding segment is feebly emarginate in the middle and

464 Prof. M'Intosh’s Notes fromthe

set with fine pale pubescence, on either side of which are

black sete.

This is nearer than any other of the Japanese species to

our European WM. splendidus, but is not very close to it.

Yokohama, Kiga, Miyanoshita.

Mycetoporus duplicatus, n. sp.

Rufo-testaceus; elytris nigricantibus, basi late rufo-testaceo, serie

suturali multipunctato, serie dorsali duplicato.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne moderately long, penultimate joints scarcely so

long as broad. Head yellow, slightly infuscate. Thorax

clear yellow, broader than long. JHlytra rather elongate,

more than half of their surface black, the base being clear

yellow ; the punctures of the sutural series are numerous and

distinct, about fifteen in number ; the dorsal series is dupli-

cate. The hind body is clear pale red, rather closely punc-

tate. The legs are yellow.

Chiuzenji, 21st August, 1881 ; two examples.

Mycetoporus Lewisius.

Bryoporus Lewisius, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 19.

Mr. Lewis has now obtained other specimens of this insect,

and it is clear from the structure of the palpi that the species

would be better placed in the subgenus Jschnosoma of Myce-

toporus than in Bryoporus. This species and M. duplicatus

connect, however, Mycetoporus rather closely with Bryoporus.

Nagasaki in April; four examples.

| To be continued. ]

LXI.—Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under

the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. IX. By Prof.

M‘IntosH, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e.

. On Lesueuria, a Ctenophore new to Britain.

. On the Development of Mussels (Mytzlus edulis).

. On a Post-larval Pleuronectid (Turbot ?).

. On a Post-larval Cottus contrasted with the Gadoids.

: on the appearance and disappearance of Lucernaria and other

orms.

Cum co be

1. On Lesueuria vitrea, M.-Hdwards.

Comparatively little attention has been given by British

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 465

naturalists to the Ctenophores, though at least two species

have long been known as inhabitants of our seas, viz. Pleuro-

brachia and the ordinary Beroé (termed Idyia cucumis by

Dr. Merle Norman). The former is perhaps the most abun-

dant and ubiquitous Ccelenterate in inshore waters in all stages

of growth and at all seasons of the year, from January to

December—not, as formerly pointed out, always near the sur-

face, but often for long periods in our changeable climate

towards the lower regions of the water. The latter again is

more characteristic of the warmer months of the year, from

July till September, and the adults are often in vast masses

at the surface, especially in such regions as the voes of Shet-

land and the Frith of Forth, though it is of course met with

almost everywhere round our coasts.

In using the large mid-water net in St. Andrews Bay at a

depth of 3 fathoms on the 19th May this year considerable

numbers of a form agreeing with Lesweuria vitrea, M.-Ed-

wards, were found amongst hosts of Plewrobrachie and

Hydromeduse. They were recognized by their great trans-

lucency, powerful locomotive flappers, and characteristic

shape; moreover, on further examination their extreme deli-

cacy was conspicuous ; indeed, they are the most fragile of a

fragile group, and yet at this time the specimens were not

large—only from } to 14 in. in long diameter. From this

period onward to September they presented themselves almost

daily in great abundance in the mid-water net, and throughout

the bay generally, so that it was as common to meet with

them as with Pleurobrachia. In respect to novelty they took

the place of Clione of the previous year.

They varied in size from the period just mentioned onwards,

that is, both large and small forms were present throughout,

the maximum of 33 in. or rather more being reached, how-

ever, on August 4th. The reproductive organs appeared to

attain maturity towards the end of June and in July. The

capsule of the ovum measured ‘016 in. and the ovum proper

-0083 in. in a specimen procured in the first week of July.

The genus Lesweuria was established in 1841 by Milne-

Edwards in his description of the structure and functions of

certain zoophytes &c. from the shores of France, the name

being given in honour of the able fellow-worker of Péron

in the description of the forms procured during the well-known

voyage to the Australian seas. He had found this new

Ctenophore (2 centimetres long) in great abundance in the

Bay of Nice. The account* of Lesueuria, as given by the

distinguished French zoologist, corresponds generally with

* Ann, des Sc. nat. 2° sér. tome xvi. p. 199, pls. ii., iil, and iv.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 33

466 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the specimens found at St. Andrews, so that it is unnecessary

to repeat it. ‘lhe contractile filaments, however, in con-

nexion with the principal lobes are much more

distinct than he figures them, and theconcretions

in thectenocyst areminutely botryoidal or forma

crystalline coarsely granular mass (see woodcut) ,

and are perfectly colourless,instead of being red- a8

dish, as in the Mediterranean form. There are Concretion in

tinted granules (pinkish), however, at the bases C’°M°YSt:

of the water-vessels. It is also worthy of note that in July and

August certain examples showed a much larger development

of the principal lobes at the sides of the mouth than had. been

observed earlier in the season. ‘They projected like two large

flaps at the sides of the aperture, approaching in this respect

the Huramphea of Gegenbaur (Mnemia of M. Sars *). The

species has since been found at Nice by Verany and at Naples

by Sars and Spagnolini f.

On the shores of North America (Massachusetts Bay and

Newport, R. L.), again, Alex. Agassiz procured a species of

the same genus, and described it in 1865 along with other

Ceelenterates. This species grows to a large size, viz. 4 inches

in polar diameter, and “ is as transparent as Bolina and even

more sluggish. Itis exceedingly abundant during September,

large numbers being visible during any clear hot day. Its phos-

phorescence is a very peculiar bluish light, of an exceedingly

pale steel-colour, but very intense ”’ f.

The examples at St. Andrews swam steadily in the water,

and more actively than Beroé, as might be expected from

their very powerful locomotive flappers. The mouth was

generally uppermost. Nothing of moment was observed in

the gastric chamber, and hence they formed a striking con-

trast with Pleurobrachia, which is so greedy that it engulfs

post-larval fishes, and thus it is necessary to remove the latter

from contact with the Cydippes the moment the net is brought

on board. Like the American species, that at St. Andrews

was beautifully phosphorescent, the light being intense and

almost white. It is readily emitted by merely blowing on

the water, and glances brightly along the ctenophores or

locomotive flappers. Messrs. Pentland Smith and J. Walker,

who examined the light with me in May, thought it faintly

greenish; but though not pure white, the tinge of greenish

or bluish was hardly distinguishable.

* ¢ Beskrivelser og Jagttagelser &c.,’ p. 52, pl. vii. fig. 16.

+ Fide ‘ Prodromus Faunz Mediterranese,’ i. p, 55.

{ ‘North-American Acalephe,’ p. 24.

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 467

2. On the Development of Mytilus edulis.

In the ‘ Annals’ for February 1885 a few remarks on the

reproduction of the common mussel were noted. Amongst

other things it was shown that the development of the repro-

ductive elements of well-grown mussels from the Eden

had made considerable progress in January and February, so

that ripe sperms and well-developed ova were present. In

full maturity, as in April, the orange mantle further was

richly arborescent from the racemose sperm-sacs and ducts,

but less distinctly so in the female. ‘The sexual elements

diminished in May, June, and July, the general stroma of

the mantle being vesicular and granular, so that the characters

of the sexes were absent. It was thus apparent that there

was a period of resolution aud rest as well as a period of

functional activity in the reproductive organs. ‘The ova again

appear in the larger forms in September.

Since that period the development of the mussel has been

the subject of a special research by Mr. John Wilson, B.Sc.,

who has published several papers—the last illustrated by

three plates (4to) *. He found artificial impregnation of the

ova—by tearing the mantle carefully to pieces—the best mode

of procedure, and he was thus enabled to follow the early

stages, that are not so readily procured in the sea as the

later, in which the shell has attained considerable dimensions.

As had formerly been pointed out +, he also found that com-

paratively small specimens were mature, and that many of

those amongst the tidal rocks and elsewhere carried such re-

productive elements till August; indeed, he partially suc-

ceeded in fertilizing ova on the first of the latter month.

The main point of the present note, however, is the fact

that the older mussels in one part of the estuary of the Eden

are covered with dense feathery masses of Gonothyrea, upon

which the young mussels settle as soon as they quit pelagic

life, and thus an interesting phase in their history is deter-

mined, For many years it had been one of the ordinary

features of the district to find very young mussels on zoophytes

and seaweeds, especially on Obelia and Gonothyrea. By

watching the latter in the bed of the Eden and in the line of

the pelagic young it was observed that the mollusks first

settled on the zoophytes in July, the twigs being densely

covered with young mussels varying from 7; to zy of an inch,

some showing three gill-papille, others thirteen, the larger,

* Fifth Ann. Report, Fishery Board for Scotland. This important

paper has been overlooked by some recent writers on the subject.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1885.

33*

468 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

moreover, having the bluish tinge of the shell, which is also

somewhat elongate. An almost inexhaustible stock of young

mussels could thus be obtained at an early stage for trans-

porting to any fresh site. Their attachment, moreover, is

readily loosened (as in the older stages), for if the water in the

vessel be impure, they leave the zoophytes and congregate at

the margin of the water inside the vessel.

Before they are found in these dense masses on the

zoophytes they often occur amongst the sandy débris around

the older mussels, and of course are very abundant in the

bay generally, as formerly mentioned *, indeed they constitute

one of the most striking features of collections of pelagic organ-

isms. While in May and June they are comparatively few,

they increase vastly in number in July and August, both at

the surface and towards the bottom. Moreover their size some-

what increases as the season progresses, especially towards the

bottom of the water, those in the upper parts preserving

perhaps greater uniformity in size throughout the season.

The duration of the existence of these young mussels on

Gonothyrwa and similar zoophytes is limited, for towards

the end of September only the stumps of the former are found

on the adult mussels, the rest having been swept away to

other sites. Numerous young mussels, however, still cling

to the stumps and to the rough surface of the adult shells.

They have now grown considerably—varying as a rule from

és to z5 of an inch. Successive crops of Gonothyrea thus

serve as a nidus for the attachment of the young mussels,

which thereafter seek new ground for further growth.

It is many years since I pointed out the peculiar sites

sometimes chosen by the young mussels on quitting their

pelagic existence. Thus, previous to 1860+ it was often

observed that they attached themselves to the sockets of the

eyes of Carcinus menas, and during growth caused evulsion

of the ocular peduncles and injury to sight, and so with

the antennules, while others fixed the abdomen of the crab

to the cephalothorax by their byssi, so as to interfere with

reproduction. Some time ago mussels of considerable size

were found in more than one instance in perfect health on

the gills of the haddock }, their growth causing the oper-

culum to bulge outward and greatly to impede the functions

of the parts. It has often been shown that the Gadoids

in their young condition are very fond of feeding on the

* ¢Report of H.M. Trawling Commissioners,’ &c.

+ Thesis Univ. Edinb. pp. 18 and 19.

{ These specimens were lately in the Glasgow Exhibition, and are

now in the University Museum, St. Andrews.

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 469

young mussels when they are settling in autumn on the

blades of the seaweeds or on the rocks fringing St. Andrews

Bay ; and it is possible the minute young mollusks then

attach themselves to the gills and grow apace with the

young fish, the relative sizes of the two species being a

feature of considerable interest. In these and other instances

which need not at present be multiplied the young mussels

fix themselves on sites well adapted for both aeration and food.

It is, again, an erroneous view (not altogether confined to

the unscientific observer) to suppose that because mussels of

considerable size are found on a particular site, e.g. a ship’s

bottom, this indicates that since last ‘cleaning ”’ they have

grown from their pelagic stage to the, it may be, very con-

siderable size in question, As Mr. Wilson has shown, it is

a well-known fact that mussels can leave their sites and fix

themselves to new ones by a fresh secretion of the byssus.

Indeed, in France they are often artificially torn off and

placed in slender netted bags for attachment to poles or

wattles. Before the meshes of the net give way they are

again firmly fixed. All that is required therefore in the case

mentioned is that the ship settle down on the mussels in

the harbour, detach some, and for these again to fix themselves

afresh to the ship’s planks. If in addition to these the

timbers are already coated with a series of small forms whose

fixation dates from the pelagic period, a somewhat complex

condition is presented. .

3. On a Post-larval Pleuronectid (Turbot ?).

In the large mid-water net at 34 fathoms over sandy

eround off the estuary of the Eden, on the 22nd August, a

post-larval Pleuronectid measuring 5 millim. was obtained.

Its coloration was so striking that at first sight it seemed to

be provided with a series of dorsal papillee or processes, the

first of which projected from the occiput. This appearance,

however, was only due to the boldness of the pigment and

the extreme translucency of the marginal fin. ‘The latter

stretched from the tip of the snout to the tail, which was

somewhat oblique from the dorsal bend of the notochord, and

again along the ventral line forward to the abdominal pro-

jection.

The fish had reached the stage at which the Pleuronectid

character was evidenced by the great ventral increase of the.

abdominal region and by the depth of the body generally,

while the upward bend of the notochord and the slight deve-

lopment of the hypural elements were also noteworthy. The:

470 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

most conspicuous feature, however, was the presence of the

deep ochre-pigment in the dorsal marginal fin. The first

spot occurred at the occiput, and at first sight simulated the

long process seen in the larval Arnoglossus *. The marginal

fin was continuous and uniform, Behind were other five,

very boldly marked, ramose pigment-areas, somewhat conical

in shape, the base being at the margin of the muscle-plates of

the body. Two less distinctly marked spots existed in the

ventral marginal fin, each being somewhat behind the corre-

sponding dorsal areas (last two). A series of small stellate

chromatophores ran along the margin of the body dorsally

and ventrally, commencing behind the occipital pigment-

patch dorsally, and numbering about fifteen in that region,

while ventrally about fourteen existed between the posterior

border of the abdomen and the tip of the tail. Various chro-

matophores of the same hue extended over the abdominal

surface and the head and cheeks, and many minute dark

specks occurred on the same regions as well as on the sides of

the body. Along the margin of the body, between the large

and small chromatophores, similar pigment caused a series of

serrations by transmitted light. The eyes are relatively

small and of a bluish silvery aspect.

After immersion in spirit the body was marked all over

with blackish pigment, indicating that perhaps the latter had

formerly been obscured by the chrome.

So far as appearances and general structure go this little

post-larval fish closely approaches the condition to be expected

in the turbot, ripe ova of which were first procured in the

trawling expeditions in July 1884.

4, On a Post-larval Cottus contrasted with the Gadoids.

In the mid-water net on the 28th May a post-larval Cottus

9 millim. in length occurred. It is easily distinguished from

the young Gadoids of the same size, so plentiful at this

period, by its shorter snout, smaller mouth, and smaller eye,

as well as by the deeper greenish pigment, with a trace of

yellow on the head and abdomen. Moreover, the latter is

much more densely and somewhat regularly spotted with

blackish pigment, the whole having a tesselated aspect. Fur-

ther, from the greater tenacity of life in this species the body

does not so soon assume the whitish opacity so characteristic

of the Gadoids ; indeed, though the specimen was perfectly

motionless, the heart was still pulsating. The blackish pig-

* Vide e. g. Dr. F. Raffaele’s figs. 12 and 18, pl. iii., ‘ Mittheilung a. d,

Zool, Stat. zu Neapel, 8, Bd. i. Heft, 1888,

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 471

ment again is confined to the ventral edge instead of passing

along both dorsal and ventral edges as well as some distance

up the sides, as in the Gadoids.

Except in the tail the young Gadoid of the same size has

only embryonic rays in the continuous marginal fin, while in

Cottus a considerable number of rudimentary true rays occur

both dorsally and ventrally (10 or 11 dorsally and 6 ven-

trally). In the ventral the true rays commence behind the

anus. Those in the dorsal begin just above the latter, that is

in the posterior division of the body. No permanent rays

appear in the dorsal and ventral marginal fin, even though

the example exceeds the Cottoid of this stage in length.

A very evident difference occurs in regard to the tail in

those of equal length. Thus, the hypural and epiural ele-

ments are more or less equally developed dorsally and ven-

trally in the Gadoids, the ventral series, however, terminating

in one or two larger cartilages. The tapering notochord is

straight and extends considerably beyond both series. True

caudal fin-rays, moreover, are developing both dorsally and

ventrally—giving the tail a peculiarly symmetrical or

“‘ feathered ”’ appearance.

On the other hand, the notochord in Cottus is somewhat

less finely tapered, it has a thicker sheath, and the hypural

elements alone are conspicuous in the form of a large interior

and two upper cartilages. The permanent caudal rays are

developed only inferiorly, while the whole dorsal half and the

region extending to the last ray of the dorsal fin have

embryonic rays.

5. On the Appearance and Disappearance of Lucernaria

and other Forms.

About thirty years ago shannies were extremely common

in the rock-pools at St. Andrews and under moist seaweeds

on ledges and elsewhere amongst the rocks. Now it is diffi-

cult to secure a few adults over a wide area of the same region.

One of the most abundant Crustaceans on the beach at all

seasons of the same period was the little Portumnus vartega-

tus, dried specimens occurring here and there daily on the

sands. ‘This species is now one of the rarest of the group,

no specimen having been procured for a long time. On the

other hand, Portunus holsatus has apparently increased in

numbers. Small examples of Lucernaria formerly occurred

on seaweeds, especially Mucus serratus, both at the rocks

near the mouth of the harbour (where they were first found

by Miss Otté and Prof. G. E. Day) and in the extensive

472 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

shallow pools about half tide-mark at the East Rocks. These,

with others of the same size from various parts of the British

shores, were considered fine specimens by Prof. Hiickel *.

For several years they have been extremely rare, only one or

two having been secured after diligent search. A series of

large and beautiful examples, however, somewhat suddenly

made their appearance this autumn on the seaweeds on the

rocks near the mouth of the harbour; indeed, they occurred

im considerable abundance and all were several times as large

as formerly. They were first noticed by my excellent assistant

Mr. Pentland Smith; but a more detailed study of them

has been undertaken by Mr. W. L. Calderwood, who will

probably investigate the life-history as well as the structure

of the species.

LXII.— Contributions to our Knowledge of the Myriopoda of

Dominica. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum

(Natural History).

[Plate XVT.]

Most of the specimens which form the subject-matter of the

present paper were collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage under the

superintendence of the West-Indies Exploration Committee.

Those specimens, however, of which the names are marked

with an asterisk were taken in 1883 by Mr. G. F. Angas.

I. CHILOPODA.

Fam. Scolopendride.

Scolopendra alternans (Leach).

Scolopendra alternans, Leach, Trans, Linn. Soe. xi. p. 388, et auctt.

Four specimens.

This species appears to be generally distributed throughout

the West Indies; it occurs also in South America. The

British Museum possesses specimens from St. Kitts, Antigua,

Haiti, Colombia, and one from South Africa.

For additional localities and a list of synonyms for this

species see Meinert, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxiii. p. 193.

* Vide ‘Syst. d. Medusen, Vorwort,’ p. xviii.

Myriopoda of Dominica. 473

I take this opportunity of stating that from an examination

of the types I am able to corroborate the view entertained by

Dr. Meinert concerning the specific identity of the following

forms :—alternans, Leach, Grayit, complanata, multispinata,

Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 98 (1844).

Otostigma cormocephalinum, sp. n.

Shining, with almost metallic lustre. Tergites, sternites,

legs, and antenne olivaceous; head-plate and maxillary feet

and sternite castaneous.

Antenne short, scarcely as long as the head-plate and the

first two tergites, thicker at the base, composed of sixteen or

seventeen segments, of which the proximal six are bare, the

rest being densely hirsute.

Head-plate sparsely but somewhat deeply punctured, its

posterior two thirds furnished with two conspicuous anteriorly

diverging sulci.

Mawillary feet and sternite manifestly punctured, the latter

marked in front with two deep sulci which, arising close

together near the inner margins of the prosternal plates, extend

nearly to the hind margin of the sternite and break up into

branches which are arranged subsymmetrically upon the two

sides; the anterior half of each of these sulci is united with that

of the opposite side by two transverse branches. Prosternal

plates well developed, widely separated, each being divided

in front into two teeth, the internal of which is larger and bi-

or tridenticulate. Basal tooth distinctly bidentate.

The tergites, including the first, but with the exception of

the last, strongly bisulcate, with the exception of the first eight

or nine marginate, the first three feebly punctured, all of

them slightly rugose.

Sternites, with the exception of the first and the last,

strongly bisulcate, all of them slightly rugose.

Anal tergite with a conspicuous median longitudinal sulcus ;

anal sternite wide, with gently converging lateral margins,

rounded postero-lateral angles, and convex posterior margin ;

anal pleurites marked with remarkably large, interspersed with

smaller punctures; the superior and posterior margins not

punctured; the posterior inferior angle not elongated into a

process of any kind, but simply armed with a small spine;

there is a second small spine in or near the middle of the

posterior margin.

Anal legs broken off.

474 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

All the legs are without tarsal spurs, but the claws are

furnished at the base with two small spines.

Length 37 millim.

A single specimen.

This species is of peculiar interest, inasmuch as it appears

to partake of the characters of the two genera Otostigma and

Cormocephalus and in a measure to fill up the interval between

them. Although by the form of its tracheal apertures it is

undoubtedly referable to the former, as characterized by v.

Porath, yet it differs from all the specimens of this genus that

I have examined in the total absence of tarsal spurs and in

the presence of the two conspicuous abbreviated cephalic sulci,

features which are conspicuous for their constancy in Cormo-

cephalus.

It is unfortunate that, owing to the absence of the anal legs,

certain additional specific characters cannot be given; but the

occurrence of the two conspicuous sulci upon the first tergite

and the large size of the pleural pores serve to differentiate

this species from all others with which 1 am acquainted.

Scolopocryptops Meinerti, sp. n.

P Syn. Scolopocryptops Miersit, Meinert, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxiii.

p- 181 (1886).

Nec syn. Scolopocryptops Miersii, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 405

(1845).

Shining ; tergites castaneous, sternites, legs, and antenna

paler.

Antenne long, attenuate, composed of seventeen segments ;

proximal three segments sparsely hirsute, the rest thickly

clothed with short hairs ; segments cylindrical, ultimate seg-

ment about equal in length to the penultimate.

Hlead-plate almost circular, deeply but sparsely punctured,

and scantily hirsute, without elevated margins.

Maxillary feet and sternite sparsely punctured; anterior

margin of the sternite bearing four teeth, two in contact in

the middle line and one on each side; basal tooth conspicu-

ous but simple.

Tergites punctured, with the exception of the first seven

and last two, with raised lateral margins; the first marked

anteriorly with a conspicuous transverse groove ; the last

narrow, with lateral margins nearly parallel ; posterior mar-

gin between the joints of the legs convexly produced.

Sternites punctured, not marked with two sulci; the last

Myriopoda of Dominica. 475

narrow, with gently rounded lateral margins and straight or

slightly concave posterior margin.

Anal pleurites compressed, thickly and deeply punctured,

below produced posteriorly into a simple sharp spine, which,

like the posterior portion of the sclerite, is devoid of punc-

tures ; pleurites projecting considerably beyond the margin of

the anal sternite, but not extending further posteriorly than

the middle of the anal tergite ; superior half of posterior mar-

gin vertical, inferior half gently sloping to the apex of the

process.

Legs hirsute, more so distally than proximally ; claws of

all the legs furnished at the base with two spurs; tarsi of all

the legs, the ultimate and penultimate pairs excepted, com-

posed of a single segment ; tibie of twenty-third, twenty-

second, and twenty-first pairs of legs unarmed, tibie of

twentieth pair armed beneath distally with a single spur, tibia

of the rest of the legs each armed distally with two spurs, one

above and in front, the other below; tarsi of the twenty-

second and twenty-third pairs unarmed, tarsi of the rest of

the legs armed distally beneath with a single spur (the

superior tibial spine of the nineteenth pair may be absent).

Femur of anal legs armed proximally with two spines, one

larger beneath, the other smaller above.

Measurements in millimetres of the largest specimen.—

Length (from anterior margin of head-plate to posterior mar-

gin of anal tergite) 49; width of twelfth tergite 44; width

and length of head-plate 33 ; width of anal tergite 2}; length

of anal leg 14; length of antenna 13.

Five specimens.

This species differs from S. Miersiz, Newp., inasmuch as in

the latter the anterior margin of the maxillary sternite is not

furnished on each side with two teeth.

Fam. Geophilide.

Geophilus tenuitarsis, sp. n.

No. of pairs of legs in male 85. Length about 35 millim.

Antenne hirsute at base, pubescent at apex, composed of

fourteen segments, which increase very slightly in length to the

fourth, then progressively decrease in length to the thirteenth ;

the fourteenth conspicuously longer than the thirteenth ; distal

extremity of each segment wider than the proximal.

Head-plate about as wide as it is long, with rounded lateral

476 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

borders and straight anterior and posterior borders; frontal

lamina not distinct ; prebasal Jamina concealed by head-plate,

which slightly overlaps the anterior portion of the basal

lamina; basal lamina very wide.

Mawillary sternite large, considerably wider than it is long,

feebly cut out into teeth in its anterior middle line, furnished

with two patches of black colour in that region, and marked

on each side with a distinct sulcus, which runs parallel to the

long axis of the body from the middle of the joint of the

maxillary feet to the posterior margin of the sternite. Max-

illary feet, when closed, not reaching so far as the anterior

border of the head-plate ; coxe and claw not armed on the

inner side with teeth. Entire head hirsute.

Tergites strongly bisulcate, portion within the sulci

slightly less smooth than the lateral portions.

Sternites oblong, not sulcate, and without conspicuous

porous areas.

Anal tergite wider in front than behind; pleurites small,

smooth, without pores; sternite wide, laterally covering the

pleuree, with rounded lateral margins and straight posterior

margin. Anal legs hairy, very robust, proximal four seg-

ments compressed from side to side, but exceedingly thick

from above downwards, increasing progressively in length

towards the distal extremity; the inferior margin of the

fourth segment behind produced into a small rounded process ;

the fifth and sixth segments small, cylindrical, the fifth arti-

culating only with the upper portion of the distal extremity

of the fourth ; the sixth armed with a claw.

Anal pores not visible. All legs hirsute.

One specimen.

IL. DIPLOPODA,

Fam. Polydesmide.

* Paradesmus gracilis (C. Koch).

Fontaria gracilis, C. Koch, Syst. d. Myr. p. 142 (1847) ; Die Myriop.

ii. p. 51, fig. 173 (1868).

Polydesmus coarctatus, Sauss, Mém. Mex. Myr. p. 39, pl. iii. fig. 18

(1860).

Paradesmus gracilis, Tomosvary, Termés. fiz, ili. p, 246, pl. x. figs, 1-5

(1879).

Specimens of this species, which is tolerably commonly

distributed throughout the tropical parts of both hemispheres,

and has found its way into England and other European

countries in connexion with exotic plants, were taken by

Mr. G. F. Angas beneath a log in Dominica in 1883.

Myriopoda of Dominica. AT7

Strongylosoma semirugosum, sp. n.

? Syn. Strongylosomu spilonotum, Gerv. Ins. Apt. iv. p. 117.

Colour ochraceous above, with a faintly marked median,

dorsal, paler band, testaceous beneath; legs and antenne

testaceous.

Tergites shining, the anterior half of each less so than

the posterior, the latter feebly rugose; those of the pos-

terior region of the body more rugose than those of the ante-

rior; the posterior portion of each, with the exception of the

first four and the last three, marked with a transverse groove,

which extends almost from keel to keel; keel of the second

somite appearing as a longitudinal ridge, keels of the third

and fourth somewhat rounded and very small, those of the

succeeding somites more rounded and larger; those keels that

do not bear stigmata less conspicuous than those that are

provided with them ; first tergite without trace of keels, with

rounded lateral margin ; the lateral and antero-lateral margin

with raised edge.

Head-plate marked above with a conspicuous median lon-

gitudinal groove, which extends from the area between the

antennal sockets beneath the first tergite; lateral border of

head-plate with raised margin; anterior margin beset with

hairs, medianly excavated and laterally rounded. Distal four

antennal segments thickly hirsute, the proximal three

sparsely so.

Anal tergite produced behind into a rounded setiferous

prominence, which considerably overlaps the anal valves,

furnished with a transverse row of sete ; anal valves (pleurites)

with elevated free margins ; anal sternite evenly rounded.

Legs hirsute, the proximal segments less so than the distal ;

distal two segments in the male furnished beneath with a

tuft of hairs.

Basal (internal) segment of copulatory foot of the male

irregularly cylindrical ; second segment small, projecting pos-

teriorly, somewhat elliptical, with its long axis at right angles

to that of the basal segment, densely hirsute ; from its ante-

rior surface springs a slightly twisted elongate lamina, dis-

tally bifid, and curled upon itself so that the bifid extremity

is almost in contact with the proximal end of the segment.

Total length 28 millim., width 24 millim.

Five male specimens.

The descriptions of the American (and other) species of

Strongylosoma are, with one or two exceptions, so brief that

A478 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

the task of identifying specimens from them is by no means

an easy one. However, short though they be, I have (with

one exception) found set forth in each case one or more cha-

racters which afford me sufficient grounds for concluding that

these specimens from Dominica belong to a species which is

now for the first time described.

The following is a list of the species. After each I have

stated the character which leads me to consider the species to

be different from semirugosum.

Str. concolor, Gervais, Aptéres, iv. p. 117.—Chili. This

species is smooth, with subbifid anal tergite and squared

anal sternite.

Str. sptlonotum, id. ibid.—S. America. Of. infra.

Str. coccineum, Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Myriopodes, p. 50,

pl. i. fig. 12.—Orizaba. ‘There is no transverse sulcus

on the hinder half of each tergite.

Str. vermiforme, id. Mém. Mex. Myriop. p. 40, pl. 1. fig. 4.—

Mexico. ‘Tergites as in the preceding species.

Str. vermiculare, Peters, Monatsb. d. k. Akad. Berlin, 1864,

p- 536.—Caraccas. The anal sternite is feebly triden-

tate.

Str. glabrum, id. ibid.—Columbia. This species is smooth.

Str. eruca, Wood, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. (1) i. p. 106.

—This species is said to be punctate.

Str. Poeyt, Bollman, Ent. Amer. ii. p. 82.—Havana. Ter-

gites punctate.

Of the above species it is with spzlonotum that semirugosum

presents the greatest affinities; but Gervais’s description,

although applicable so far as it goes to the latter, is not suffi-

ciently detailed to enable me to say with certainty that the

two are identical.

Fam. Iulide.

Spirostreptus (Nodopyge) dominicanus, sp. n.

Species belonging to the Immucronate group of Brandt.

Shining, piceous, posterior border of somites paler; antennz

SP ) }

and legs testaceous.

Head-plate—Superior portion not marked in the middle —

line by a longitudinal sulcus ; margin of the labrum furnished

Myriopoda of Dominica. 479

with a row of somewhat close-set sete, above which are three

setiferous pores, one in the middle and one on each side about

halfway between the middle and the lateral margin.

First tergite with anterior border sloping gradually away

at the sides and not sharply marked off from the lateral mar-

gin; the lateral and antero-lateral border (as far as the ocular

area) raised ; lateral portion marked with a more or less com-

plete sulcus, which runs from the anterior margin near the

ocular region backwards and slightly downwards to the pos-

terior margin ; above the posterior end of this there are about

six short sulci, which correspond with the longitudinal sulci

marking the infero-lateral portions of the somites.

Each somite, except the last, divided into an anterior and a

posterior half by a shallow depression, which in many species

of the genus has the form merely of a streak; foramina

repugnatoria situated in the middle of the sides of the somites

a little behind this depression.

Anal tergite produced behind, so as to cover but not to

pass beyond the superior angle of the anal valves; anal

valves but little prominent, with simple unraised borders;

anal sternite with rounded posterior margins.

Inferior surface of the legs sparsely hairy.

Four female specimens.

Length of adult not greater than 30 millim.

Unfortunately all the specimens obtained are in a frag-

mentary condition, and it is consequently impossible to esti-

mate with exactness either the length of any one individual

or the number of somites of which it is composed. And

further, the description is of necessity rendered additionally

imperfect owing to the fact that the absence of a male has

made it impossible to examine the copulatory apparatus of

that sex and to determine whether the species is referable to

the homomorphous or the heteromorphous group of the genus.

The species appears to be allied to Sp. cinctus (Humb. &

Sauss.), but the latter is said to have a triangular subanal

plate. It also presents affinities with Sp. rotundanus and Sp.

mellitus (Karsch), but the descriptions of the latter do not

satisfactorily apply to it in all particulars.

* Spirobolus paraensis, Humb. & Sauss.

Spirobolus paraensis, Humb. & Sauss., Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1870, p. 176;

Miss. Sci. Mex. (Myriopodes), p. 81, pl. iv. fig. 15.

Species without scobina.

Segments slate-coloured above and at the sides, paler be-

480 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

neath, each, the first two excepted, marked posteriorly in the

dorsal middle line with a single pale spot, and on each side

immediately in front of the foramen repugnatorium with a

similar spot; legs, antenne, labral region, anal valves, and

posterior portion of anal tergite testaceous.

Body cylindrical ; length 39, width 4 millim.; number of

somites forty-three (adult).

Head-plate marked by a shallow median sulcus, which

divides the labral region into two halves, and above is repre-

sented by a pale band of colour ; labral region furnished on

each side with two conspicuous setiferous punctures, one near

the middle line, the other near the side margin. yes large,

consisting of a somewhat quadrate mass of ocelli.

Antenne short, not projecting laterally beyond the hind

margin of the first tergite ; proximal segments smooth and

less narrowed proximally ; distal segments scantily hirsute

and more narrowed proximally.

first tergite not projecting below so far as the second, with

rounded lateral margin, straight antero-lateral margin, and

slightly raised antero-lateral border, the suleus which marks

the border extending from the ocular area almost to the pos-

terior portion of the lateral margin.

Each somite, with the exception of the first and last,

divided into a larger anterior and a smaller posterior portion

by a complete transverse sulcus; laterally and inferiorly

from this sulcus arise before and behind numerous secondary

sulci, just as the webs of a feather arise from the shaft, those

behind running longitudinally to the posterior margin of the

somite, those in front running transversely towards the sum-

mit of the somite in a direction more or less parallel to the

sulcus from which they originate; one of these, stronger than

the rest, starting a little below the middle of the lateral sur-

face, runs completely round the dorsum parallel with the

main sulcus ; in the space bounded by these sulci, but close

to the posterior of the two, is, on each side, the foramen

repugnatorium, which is situated within a loop of the last-

named sulcus. Posterior (uncovered) portion of dorsal region

ot each somite (except the last) smooth and shining.

Anal somite-—Tergite produced behind into an apically

rounded angular prominence, which covers the superior angle

of the anal valves, but does not project beyond the valves ;

anterior portion of valves convex, posterior portion compressed,

with prominent margins; posterior borders of valves con-

spicuously convex trom above downwards; subanal plate

with obtusely angled posterior margin.

Myriopoda of Dominica. 481

Legs very smooth, the inferior surface of each segment

being for the most part furnished distally with a single seta.

A single female specimen taken under a log by Mr. G. F.

Angas.

* Spirobolus dominice, sp. n.

Species without scobina.

Colour reddish, posterior portion of each somite shining.

Length of adult male abont 49 millim., width 4 millim. ;

number of somites forty-seven ; sixth and seventh somites in

the male slightly dilated laterally and much produced below.

Head-plate.—Inferior portion divided by a median sulcus,

which disappears above ; on each side of this are two setife-

rous punctures, one near the middle, the other near the lateral

margin; inferior border angularly excised, the excision being

filled with an obscurely denticulated plate. yes consisting

of an almost circular mass of ocelli. Antenne stretching

laterally as far as the hind margin of the second somite;

proximal segments bare and slightly narrowed proximally,

distal segments sparsely hirsute and more narrowed proxi-

mally.

The jirst tergite not projecting so far below as the second,

much narrowed laterally, the lateral portion of the anterior

border lightly concave and receding somewhat abruptly from

the superior portion of the same border; the anterior and

posterior margins meeting at an angle of about 50°; apex of

the angle rounded, its border being marked by a conspicuous

groove, which extends to the ocular area; upper surface

nregularly and minutely punctured.

Somites not marked with a transverse circular sulcus, its

position being occupied by a shallow depression. The lateral

surface of each somite marked in front with very many close-

set, interlacing, fine strie, which behind pass into the usual

longitudinal sulci; the dorsal surface of each is in front

adorned with a fine network of ridges, the interspaces of

which in the hinder portion of the somite become converted

into irregularly shaped punctures. Foramina repugnatoria

very minute, lodged just in front of the circular depression.

Anal somite. Tergite produced behind into a broad angu-

lar process, the rounded angle of which covers and projects

very slightly beyond the superior angles of the anal valves ;

anal valves convex in front, a little compressed behind, with

borders not prominently convex from above downwards ; sub-

anal plate with rounded margin.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. it. 34

482 On the Myriopoda of Dominica.

Legs almost smooth, each segment furnished beneath with

a single seta; distal segment in male bearing pad beneath.

6. Right and left portions of the copulatory apparatus

united in front by a triangular plate, concave from side to

side, two of the sides of which are slightly stmuous and con-

verge below to a bifid peimt; the third and superior side is

strongly concave ; each of the upper angles of the plate is

produced into a process which, at first slender, rans upwards

and curls round the side of the anterior Jamina, immediately

dilates into a second triangular piece, which, abruptly nar-

rowing behind, skirts the lateral superior margin of the ante-

rior lamina and is continued inwards along that of the poste-

rior lamina. Anterior aspect of anterior lamina narrower

above, projecting for about a quarter of its length below the

triangular plate; produced into two small blunt processes,

one inner, the other outer, between which the inferior margin

slopes obliquely upwards and outwards. Outer margin of

front aspect of plate nearly straight and rounded; lateral

aspect of plate somewhat heart-shaped, with the apex directed

downwards; behind it meets the posterior lamina in a nearly

vertical and straight suture. Posterior lamina irregularly

oblong, about twice as high as it is wide; about the middle

of the inner margin is a conspicuous notch, from which is

continued inwards a deep groove, which quickly dilates into

a wide depression occupying the greater part of the lower

half of the lamina.

Attached on each side by a muscle to the upper part of the

prolongation of the triangular plate is a slender rod, which,

thicker in front and slightly curved, runs directly backwards

to be articulated with the proximal end of the internal pro-

trusible portion of the apparatus for which the anterior and

posterior laminz described above constitute a sheath.

This internal protrusible portion consisting of two seg-

nents, the proximal of which is short and about one third the

length of the distal segment; distal segment curved from

above downwards, more or less wrinkled at the sides, partially

hollowed behind, wider above and bluntly pointed at its distal

extremity. From the middle of its posterior margin there

arises a downwardly directed, compressed, and somewhat

oblong tooth ; from the lower surface of the base of this tooth

spring two small slender processes, one inner, the other outer,

the former being sharp, needle-like, and almost straight, the

latter sharp and twisted upon itself, From the posterior sur-

tace of the distal extremity of this segment arises a somewhat

membranous piece, which bifureates and runs up towards the |

above-mentioned oblong tooth.

Mr. G. Lewis on the Mouth-organs of two Rhysodide. 483

Three specimens (one male, two females) taken under a

log by Mr. G. F. Angas.

Perhaps most nearly allied to Sp. nietanus and heteropygus

of de Saussure; but in these two species the anal valves are

not compressed,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

a. Otostigma cormocephalinum, anterior extremity from above.

a', Ditto, ditto, from below.

*, Ditto, posterior extremity from below.

b. Scolopocryptops Meinerti, from above (nat, size).

6. Ditto, head from below.

ce. Geophilus tenuitarsis, anterior extremity from above.

e'. Ditto, ditto, from below.

e*, Ditto, posterior extremity from below.

ce*, Ditto, posterior leg from the side.

Strongylosoma semirugosum, 12th somite from above.

d'. Ditto, anal somite from the side.

d?, Ditto, copulatory foot.

e. Spirostreptus dominicanus, anterior extremity.

el, Ditto, posterior extremity.

Ff. Spirobolus dominice, anterior extremity.

fi. Ditto, posterior extremity.

J’. Ditto, copulatory organ from before.

°, Ditto, ditto, from behind.

f 4. Ditto, ditto, from the side.

f%. Ditto, ditto, central portion.

f°. Ditto, ditto, central portion (apex).

LXIII.—On the Mouth-organs of two Species of Rhysodide.

By Grorce Lewis, F.L.S.

By the kindness of the Rev. A. Matthews, who has dissected

and drawn them, I am able to give outlines of the mouth-

organs of Rhysodes niponensis, Lewis, and Clinidium vene-

ficum, Lewis, of which descriptions appeared in the July

number of this Magazine. Mr. Matthews found it exceed-

ingly difficult to make the dissections, owing to the hardness

of the chitinous parts; and it is solely due to Mr. Matthews’s

persistent industry and a sacrifice of a good many specimens

that the results now given were obtained. Mr. Matthews

considers, he has been completely successful with the Clin-

dium, ‘although the dissection of the smallest Trichopteryx

would have been more easily accomplished, for the maxilla,

labium, &c. are exceedingly fragile, while the surrounding

integument is almost as hard as iron, and cannot be penetrated

without more or less danger to the finer parts;” and he

also says: “The organs of the mouth are, without exception,

the most extraordinary I have ever seen: the labrum is very

small, the epistoma, or, rather, the clypeus and the mentum,

are very large and of the hardest and most impenetrable horn ;

24%

484 Mr. G. Lewis on the Mouth-organs of two Rhysodide.

the maxillary palpi are very long, and the maxilla, labium,

and lingua exceedingly fragile and minute. The labium

appears to be extensile, like that of Stenws, and of the most

complex character, and at rest it is so completely withdrawn

behind the mentum that dissection is rendered supremely

difficult. The lingua is very large and broad, and so thin

as to be perfectly transparent. The mandibles are equally

abnormal, being enclosed in a horny envelope open on the

inside.”

To Mr. Matthews’s drawings I have added one which

represents the curious tubercles on the last abdominal seg-

ment of the female of Clintdium veneficum, which will be

useful for comparison with the drawing of the corresponding

dissection of the male which is by the side of it.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

RHYSODES NIPONENSIS. CLINIDIUM VENEFICUM.

1.—a. Epistoma. §.—Apex of abdomen, ¢ & Q.

6. Labrum. 6.—a. Mentum.

2.—a. Shield. 6. Labium.

b. Mandible. ce. Labial palpi.

3.—a. Mentum. d, Lingua.

6. Labium. e. Paraglossal processes.

e. Labial palpi. 8.—f. Clypeus.

d. Lingua. e. Labrum.

e. Paraglossal processes.

4,—Mazxilla.

a. Inner lobe.

b. Outer lobe.

e. Palpus.

On the Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 485

LXIV.—On the Structure and Classification of the Astero-

lepide. By R. H. Traquair, M.D., F.R.S.

[Plates XVII. & XVIII.]

OF this remarkable and problematic group of Paleozoic Ver-

tebrata the genera with which I propose to deal in the present

communication are Asterolepis, Kichwald, Pterichthys, Agas-

siz, Bothriolepis, Eichw., and Microbrachius, Traq. We shall

commence with

PTERICHTHYS, Agassiz, 1840.

(= Asterolepis, Pander, pars, non Eichw., non H. Miller.)

The structure of Pterichthys, sadly misunderstood by

Agassiz, was more satisfactorily discussed by Egerton (8) ;

but the writer who in former times knew most about it was

Hugh Miller. It is, indeed, strange that though Miller pub-

lished in 1841 (8) wonderfully accurate figures both of its

upper and under surfaces, Agassiz should have mistaken the

belly for the back and should have given in his ‘Old Red”

such an utterly bizarre and incorrect restoration, which has,

moreover, been copied and recopied into so many text-books,

down even to the present day.

A brief account of Pterichthys was given by M‘Coy in his

‘ Paleozoic Fossils,’ in which Hugh Miller’s ideas as to the

number and arrangement of the plates of the carapace are

corroborated. No attempt is, however, made to go into the

structure of the pectoral appendages, while as to the head he

says thatit is “‘ covered by several irregular polygonal pieces,

the exact form of which is still doubtful.” The fin observ-

able on the tail was regarded by M‘Coy as an anal (6,

p-. O98 et seq.).

Pander, in his classical ‘ Placodermen’ (7), has given some

figures of Scottish examples of Pterichthys, which, however,

do not help us much with those details not already known.

But assuming that Asterolepis, Eichwald, and Pterichthys,

Agassiz, are synonymous terms, he added to his elaborate

and valuable restoration of the Russian Asterolepis ornatus a

tail and dorsal fin taken from the Scottish Pterichthys (pl. v.

fig. 10); and I must agree with Lahusen (11) in protesting

against this figure having been reproduced in various works

not only as ‘“Lterichthys”’ but even as one or other of the

species of Pterichthys occurring in Scotland *,

* For instance as “ Pterichthys Milleri” in Owen's ‘ Paleontology’

(1860), p. 121, as “Pterichthys cornutus” in Prestwich’s ‘Geology ’ (1888),

vol, ii. p. 80.

486 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

There is therefore abundant reason for going afresh into the

anatomy of the organisms discovered by Hugh Miller, Mal-

colmson, and Stables, and named by Agassiz Pterichthys.

The special structure of the head and limbs was hitherto almost

unknown, and there is also room for rectification as regards

the body-carapace and tail. And this investigation is also of

great systematic importance as bearing on the question as to

whether Pander was right in maintaining the identity of

Agassiz’s genus with Eichwald’s Asterolepis ; for as “Aste-

rolepts”? has the priority, the only ground for maintaining

Fterichthys, were Pander right in his contention, would be

the inadequacy of Eichwald’s original description of Astero-

lepis, and then that name would have to be cancelled, as it

cannot legitimately be applied to the great Coccostean,

named Homosteus by Asmuss, and familiarly known to us as

Hugh Miller’s ‘ Asterolepis of Stromness.” With that

question is also bound up that of the distinction of Bothrio-

leyis, Kichwald, a genus also considered by Pander to be syno-

nymous with Asterolepis; for although Lahusen (11) and

Trautschold (12) have given good reasons for retaining it as

valid, the latest writer on the subject, Whiteaves, treats the

question as one concerning which certainty has not yet been

attained (15).

Head.—The cephalic shield of Pterichthys (Pl. XVII. fig. 1)

isof a semicircular or, rather, semielliptical shape, rounded in

front and truncated behind, where it joins the body-carapace.

In the centre it shows a transverse opening, distinctly represen-

ted in Hugh Miller’s early drawing (3, pl. 1. fig. 1), and which,

though it was not mentioned by Agassiz, is nevertheless indi-

cated in his figures both of Pterichthys testudinarius (4, tab. iv.

fig. 2) and Famphractus hydrophilus (ib. tab. iv. fig. 6 and

tab. vi. fig. 2). This opening, slightly contracted in the middle

and expanded on each side, I shall simply call the median

opening, though it has usually been regarded as an “ orbit,”

and more recently Cope has put forward the view that it

represents the mouth in the Tunicata (17). It is entirely

filled up by a small plate or system of plates rarely seen

in LPterichthys, but, as we shall see further on, well dis-

played in many specimens of the allied genus Bothriolepis.

‘The nuchal region is occupied by a plate, the median occipital

(m. 0.) shaped somewhat like the conventional royal “crown,”

but without the pinnacle in the centre. Marginally it shows

six aspects or articulations—one posterior, straight, articula-

ting with the median dorsal plate of the carapace ; two lateral,

each of which passes first forwards and then obliquely for-

waids and outwards, articulating with the lateral occipital

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 457

(7. 0.) ; two antero-lateral, passing at an angle forwards and

inwards, articulating with the lateral plate on each side ;

and one anterior, retracted in the centre, so as to form a wide

reentering angle in which the correspondingly angulated pos-

terior aspect of the postmedian plate (p. m.) is received. On

each side of the median occipital is the lateral occipital (I. 0.),

of an irregularly pentagonal shape and having one side in-

ternal, articulating with the median occipital ; two posterior,

articulating with the anterior dorso-lateral (a. d.l.) of the

carapace ; one anterior, articulating with the lateral plate of

the head; and one external, joined to the angular (ag.). The

latter (postmarginal, Owen) is a very small plate, also forming

part of the cranial shield behind the lateral plate. In front

of the median occipital, which it entirely separates from the

median opening, is a transversely elongated plate, the post-

median (pt. m.), broadest in the middle, narrow at each end.

Its gently convex anterior margin forms the posterior boun-

dary of the median opening ; its posterior margin, obtusely

angulated, fills up the reentering angle of the front of the

median occipital, while each narrow extremity or outer margin

articulates with the lateral cranial plate.

Each lateral plate (J.) is of an _antero-posteriorly elongated

form and may be described as having four margins. The

very irregular inner one articulates with the median occipital

and postmedian, is then notched to form the outer margin of

the median opening, in front of which it articulates with the

premedian (p. m.); the outer margin, slightly concave, arti-

culates with extralateral (e. 1), the posterior with the

external occipital, while the short anterior one forms part of

the front margin of the cranial shield.

The remaining plate (e. /.) of the cranial shield is that

which in Asterolepis has been named “ opercular”” by Pan-

der, “marginal” by Owen; but I preter to call it ewtra-

lateral. Forming the lateral margin of the buckler external

to the lateral plate on each side, this element attains a

large size in Pterichthys, and seems to have been only loosely

articulated to the side of the head, as it so frequently occurs

dislocated and removed from its position, while the other

cranial plates still cohere together. In fig. 4 I have repre-

sented it in an isolated condition, where it will be seen that

its inner margin, which must have been largely overlapped

by the lateral plate, shows a peculiar notch a little in front of

the middle. (Compare Pander’s figure of the same plate in

Asterolepis (7, tab. vi. fig. 1, no. 3).)

I have seen no trace in Pterichthys of the narrow plate

which Pander figured in Asterolepis (7, tab. vi. fig. 1, no. 2)

488 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

under the name of ‘os terminale,” as forming the anterior

margin of the cranial shield in front of the premedian and

right and left laterals. This bone Pander admitted he had

never found perfect in the Old Red Sandstone of Livonia,

but thought that he found it 7m s¢tw in Scottish examples of

Lterichthys (ib. tab. vi. fig. 5). Nevertheless on comparing the

figure here quoted with numerous examples of Pterichthys I

am satisfied that the suture there indicated as marking off the

‘fos terminale” is only the transverse groove, belonging to the

lateral line system, which crosses the front part of the head.

Of the small, narrow, doubly curved ossicle designated by

Pander “ Oberkiefer” (7, tab. vi. fig. 1, no. 1) I know

nothing; but the oblong plates which he named “ Unter-

kinnlade” or “maxilla interior”? are preserved ¢n situ in

numerous examples of the Scottish Pterichthys. This sup-

posed lower jaw (mn. Pl. XVII. fig. 2) consists of two

somewhat narrow oblong. plates, meeting each other in the

middle line and placed transversely on the under surface of

the head right in front of the semilunar plates (s. 7.) of the

ventral body-carapace. Hach is narrower at the outer than at

the inner end and somewhat concave above; frequently they

occur displaced forwards, even to a position altogether in

front of the head. ‘These plates may indeed have formed the

inferior (or posterior) boundary of the mouth; but it is clear

that their mode of working must have been rather different

from that of the mandible of ordinary Vertebrata,

Before leaving the head of Pterichthys it may be well to

point out the distribution of the lateral line system on this

part. In all the Asterolepide, as well as in the Coccosteide,

this system consists of grooves, which are apt to be, and have

often been, mistaken for sutures, actual or obsolete; but they

do not cccur on the inferior surfaces of the bones, and their

connexion with a similar groove running along each side of

the body amply demonstrates their true nature. In Pterich-

thys each cephalic groove (Pl. XVIL figs. 1 and 2, repre-

sented by the double dotted lines) passes from the dorso-

lateral plate of the body on to the external occipital, where

it at once bifurcates, a transverse branch passing across over

the posterior part of the median occipital to join its fellow of

the opposite side. ‘The main groove then runs forward on the

lateral cramial plate, and, arriving in front of the median

opening, it bends inwards to join the opposite groove on the

premedian plate, on which it forms a small backward flexure.

‘his course is altogether similar to that in Asterolepis; but,

as we shall see, it 1s in some particulars different from the

arrangement seen in Lothriolepis.

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 489

Body-carapace.—This, as already shown by Sir Philip

Egerton and Hugh Miller, is nearly quite flat below, high

and vaulted above, the sides rising at right angles to the

base ; as the tormer author says, “‘ the contour must have had

considerable resemblance to a high-backed tortoise with the

carapace culminating near the anterior margin,” the trans-

verse section being “ not unlike the outline of a stirrup-iron.”

It is composed altogether of thirteen plates, being two more

than the number given by Hugh Miller, but agreeing in this

respect with Asterolepis as described by Pander.

‘The general form of these plates is already so well known

from ihe descriptions of Hugh Miller and Kgerton that I

need here only allude to certain matters of detail which

require correction, some of them, however, being of consider-

able importance. In Pl. XVII. figs. 1, 2, and 3, I have

represented the outlines of the body-plates as seen from the

back, belly, and side respectively, the thick black lines repre-

senting overlapping edges, as seen on the external surface,

the thin ones those which are overlapped, and which conse-

quently are concealed externally when the plates are an situ.

The first point of importance is the presence of two small

narrow plates (s. d. fig. 2), each of which occupies a space cut

out from the inner half of the anterior margin of the anterior

ventro-lateral (a. v. /.) and is in contact mesially with its

fellow of the opposite side. This is Pander’s semdlunar

in Asterolepis (7, pl. vi. fig. 1), and though not men-

tioned in the descriptions of Liugh Miller and Sir Philip

Egerton, tlie space which it occupied is distinctly seen in one

of Sir Philip’s figures (8, p. 308d, tig. 2).

Next, as to the anterior ventro-lateral plate itself and the

mode ot articulation of the arms. Notwithstanding the con-

trary opinion of Hugh Miller and M‘Coy, Sir Philip Egerton

strongly maintained that the arms were articulated to separate

“thoracic”? plates, marked off by a distinct line of suture

from the anterior ventro-lateral ; and so confident was he in

this opinion that he went so far as to say that he was “at a

loss to conceive how Professor Pander can have been led to

assign the attachment ot the arms to the ventro-lateral plates

as shown in the magnified figure on tab. vi. of his magnifi-

cent work on the Devonian fishes, although in the preceding

piate these organs are correctly drawn as appended to the

thoracic plate” (9, p. 105). Now in this matter Pander’s

accuracy cannot be impugned as far as Asterolepis is con-

cerned, tor the Russian plates of this genus were found iso-

lated and uncompressed, and the place of articulation of the

arm can easily be veritied on a specimen of the anterior

490 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

ventro-lateral plate of A. ornatus in the British-Museum

collection, And as regards Sir Philip’s appeal to Pander’s

figures 5 and 9 on tab. v. of his work, in which the “ tho-

racic ”’ plates seem to be represented in ’ specimens of Pterich-

thys from Lethen, he could not surely have read the author’s

explanation of these figures, in which it is expressly stated

that this appearance is “due to fracture !

Nevertheless, accepting Pander’s description of these parts

to hold good for Asterolepis and Egerton’s for Prerichthys,

Beyrich (10), Lahusen (11), and Zittel (16) have sought

herein to find a diagnostic mark between the two genera ;

but this idea I cannot corroborate. Careful study of a large

series of Scottish examples of Prerichthys has convinced me

beyond all doubt that Egerton was in error on this point and

that his ‘thoracic ”’ plates are simply parts of the anterior

ventro-laterals, separated not by a suture, but by an internally

projecting ridge, which, in crushed and decorticated speci-

mens, gives the false impression of a division. I may add

that the species macrocephalus, in connexion with which Sir

Pluilip expressed his opinion so strongly, is not a Pterichthys,

but a Bothriolepis, and that isolated plites of the larger species

of the same genus demonstrate absolutely the unity of the

anterior ventro-lateral and the position upon 7¢ of the pectoral

articulation.

The articular fossa on the outer side of the anterior ventro-

lateral in Pterichthys, with its contained helmet-process

grasped by the articular plates of the arm, and the foramen

for the passage of the vessels and nerves to the same, seems

to be conformed exactly as in Astero/epis ; and as these parts

have been so well described by Pander trom Russian speci-

mens of the latter genus, it is needless at present to enter

into detail respecting them. If the Scottish and Russian

genera are distinct the diagnosis must be founded on some-

thing else than the articulation of the limbs.

Thirdly, as to the articulation of the body-plates with each

other. Sir Philip Egerton states that “all the plates of the

carapace, with the exception of the lozenge-shaped plate g

(of the under surtace), are united by simple sutures; this, on

the contrary, is attached to its neighbours by broad squamous

sutures, the lateral bones overlapping its margins on all sides ”’

(8, p. 306); but in the same paper he quotes Hugh Miller

to the effect that the two median dorsal plates overlapped some

neighbouring ones and were themselves overlapped by others.

Now my observations show that all the plates of the carapace

were connected with each other by overlapping or squamous

sutures, a marginal band along the internal surface of the

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 491

overlapping plate being thinned off to fit on to a corresponding

band along the margin of the outer surface of the one over-

lapped. The hexagonal anterior dorsal plate (a. d.) in this

way overlaps the anterior dorso-laterals, but is itself over-

lapped along its postero-lateral margins by the posterior

dorso-laterals, and also behind by the posterior median dorsal,

though in this latter case the contrary is stated by Hugh

Miller (7d. p. 309).

The anterior dorso-lateral (a. d. 1.) overlaps the posterior

dorso-lateral, but is itself overlapped by the anterior median

dorsal and by the anterior ventro-lateral.

The posterior dorso-lateral (p. d. 1.) overlaps the anterior

median dorsal, but is itself overlapped by all the other plates

with which it is in contact, viz. the posterior median dorsal,

the anterior dorso-lateral, and the anterior and _ posterior

ventro-laterals.

The anterior ventro-lateral overlaps the anterior and poste-

rior dorso-laterals, the posterior ventro-lateral, and the

median ventral, while the right one overlaps its fellow of the

opposite side in the mesial line.

The posterior ventro-lateral overlaps the median ventral

and the posterior dorso-lateral, but is in turn overlapped by

the anterior ventro-lateral. In the middle line the plate of

the left side overlaps its fellow.

The Arms.—These are comparatively short, as in Astero-

lepis, and I find their structure to be essentially similar to

those in that genus as described and figured by Pander.

They are hollow, divided by a transverse joint into two seg-

ments, proximal and distal, rather flattened above and below,

especially towards the extremities, and composed of numerous

plates, which have much the same contour above and below.

In the proximal segment (Pl. XVII. figs. 1 and 2) we have

the following plates :—two articular (ar), dorsal and ventral,

which grasp the helmet-process of the anterior ventro-lateral

plate; one internal. articular, only visible from the inner

side of the limb, and therefore not shown in the figures ; one

external marginal (m), extending nearly along the whole of

the duter aspect of the segment; one shorter, dnternal mar-

ginal, and two anconeal, or elbow-pieces («), dorsal and ventral,

somewhat triangular in shape, their apices directed forwards

to meet the posterior extremities of the articulars, their con-

vexly rounded bases articulating with the central plates of the

distal segment. ‘he distal segment or “ forearm ”’ consists

of two centruls (c), dorsal and ventral, rhombic in shape,

with the acute angles truncated, one acutely pointed terminal

(#), and four marginals (m), of which two follow each other

492 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

on the outer aspect, and two are similarly placed on the inner

aspect of the limb.

Lhe Tail.—In most Scottish examples of Pterichthys more

or less perfect remains occur of a tail, covered with small

rounded or somewhat hexagonal, slightly imbricating scales,

which are arranged in longitudinal rows and also in transverse

bands, the scales of one band alternating with those of the

next; on the dorsal aspect close behind the carapace is also

a small fin (Pl. XVII. fig. 3). Along the dorsal margin the

scales are different in shape trom those on the sides ; in front

ot the fin they seem to be in the form of a few narrow, lon-

gitudinal, median plates; behind it they are elongated and

imbricating, the arrangement reminding us of the so-called

fulcra or V-scales along the extremity of the tail of an Acipen-

scroid fish ; but whether they are monostichous or disti-

chous it is hard to determine. ‘The external sculpture of the

scales is rarely seen, and can therefore hardly be available as

a specific character. (See Agassiz’s figure of the scales of

Lt. cornutus in 4, pl. il. fig. 3.)

‘The jin is triangular-acuminate in shape and seems to have

been covered with small scales, no distinct rays being seen.

At least two specially prominent elongated scales are placed

along its antericr margin, producing an appearance which

has been mistaken for that ot a spine. The position of this

fin is undoubtedly dorsal, as held by Hugh Miller, and not

anal, as supposed by M‘Coy (6, p. 599). Sir Philip Egerton

supposed that im addition to the dorsal two ventrals were also

present (9 a, p. 127) ; but having examined the specimen, now

in the British Museum, on which he founded this conclusion,

I find that the two supposed ventrals are merely parts of the

dorsal separated by a little fault or dislocation in the stone.

As regards the British species of Pterichthys I have already

indicated my views in the ‘Geological Magazine’ of last

month. Their characters, so far as I can see, are entirely

dependent on slight differences in tiie shape of the carapace

and of the terminal segment of the arm, so that I have often

suspected that after all only one “ good” species was really

represented. Were this view to be adopted, then the name

Lterichthys Milleri, Ag., would include all the others as

varieties.

ASTEROLEPIS, Eichwald (published April 1840).

(= Asterolepis, Agassiz, pars, non Hugh Miller; Pterichthys, Owen,

W hiteaves, et cet. auct. pars, non Agassiz.)

We have seen that Pander maintained the identity of

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 493

Asterolepis, Eichwald, with Pterichthys, Agassiz; and as the

priority lay with Asterolepis, he proposed to abolish the latter

name altogether, as being a mere synonym. We have also

seen that the attempt to base a generic distinction on a sup-

posed difference in the mode of articulation of the arms cannot

hold good, as Egerton’s “ thoracic ” plates exist no more in

the one case than in the other.

There is certainly a very remarkable resemblance in_ the

form and arrangement of the plates of the head and of the

arms, though as regards the former I must make a few re-

marks. I have never in Pterichthys found any trace of the

“ os terminale” figured by Pander in his restoration of Aste-

rolepis, and concerning which he admitted that he had never

found it perfect in the Old Red Sandstone of Livonia; yet

its existence in the Russian form seems probable enough if,

as described by Pander, the anterior margin of the premedian

shows a sutural surface indicating the apposition of another

plate in front of it. I have seen nothing like the “ os du-

bium” in Pterichthys, though it may be the central part of

an arrangement like that which closes up the “ orbit 2m

Bothriolepis. Lastly, although there is in Pterichthys an

“anoular” element in the same position as that shown in

Pander’s figure of Asterolepis, it does not seem to project

backwards in the same way from the margin of the cephalic

shield.

As the plates of the Russian Asterolepis have hitherto been

found only in a disjointed condition, it is natural that no tail

should have occurred in apposition with the body ; Pander

has, however, referred to the dermal covering of this part

certain curious bodies found in the Old Red of Russia, and

with which he considered the fragments known as Psammo-

lenis, Ag., Cheirolepis splendens and unilateralis, Kichw.,

Microlepis ewilis and lepidus, Kichw., and Ctenacanthus serru-

latus, Ag., to be identical. I have never had the opportu-

nity of examining any of these bodies, and can only say that,

judging from Pandeyr’s descriptions and figures, there does not

seem to me to be any reason for connecting them with Astero-

lepis, especially as he himself admitted that they differ in

structure from the body-plates, being composed of vaso-den-

tine, while the latter are composed of true bone. It is there-

fore clear that no comparison can be instituted between Pter-

ichthys and Asterolepis so far as the tail is concerned.

There remains the body-carapace. This is more depressed

than in Pterichthys, but the number and general arrangement

of the plates are the same. As regards their mode of articu-

lation Pander does not enter into any great detail either in

494 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

his figures or text; but he makes one important statement

regarding the anterior median dorsal which demands atten-

tion, namely that its lateral margins have on the underside

narrow squamous surfaces which overlap both the anterior

and posterior dorso-laterals (‘‘ unter welche sich die beiden seit-

lichen Schilder 12 und 13 unterschieben ’’), a statement borne

out also by his figures of the plates in question. Now we

have seen that in Pterichthys the anterior median dorsal plate

does not overlap the posterior dorso-lateral, but is certainly

overlapped by it, so that we have in this circumstance a quite

tangible mark of distinction between the two genera.

I have not seen the anterior dorso-median plate of Astero-

lepis ornatus; but in the Upper Old Red Sandstone of

Nairnshire remains of a large Asterolepid are not uncommon

in which this plate certainly had the same relations to the

surrounding ones as Pander has described in the Russian

form. This is the Coccosteus maximus of Agassiz (4, p. 137,

tab. xxx a. figs.17 and 18), who supposed the plate in question

was a median ventral, while Hugh Miller, with a better concep-

tion of its real nature, wished to consider it the dorsal plate of

“Pterichthys” major. Having now got together a very in-

structive set of its plates, I find that this creature is not Pte-

richthys major, which is in reality a Bothriolepis, but a species

closely resembling the Pterichthys of the lower beds in all

essential respects save its depressed form and the mode of

articulation of its anterior median dorsal plate. In Pl. XVIII.

figs. 1 and 2, I have given outlines of the upper and lower

aspects of this plate, the articular surfaces being shaded by

horizontal lines. There it will be observed that on the outer

aspect (fig. 1) there is no articular surface but the one,

z, at the posterior margin which is overlapped by the poste-

rior median dorsal, while on the under surface (fig. 2) the

antero- and postero-lateral margins show each a narrow sur-

face, x and y, which overlap the anterior and posterior dorso-

laterals respectively. Isolated specimens of the dorso-lateral

plates show corresponding surfaces on their outer aspects.

The rest of the creature, as I have said, resembles Pterichthys,

but the carapace is more depressed, the anterior and posterior

dorso-lateral plates being narrower. The limbs are short and

are similar in construction to those of the last-named genus ;

and though I have seen little of the head, what I have seen

appears to correspond. As regards the tail, as no really

entire specimen of the creature has occurred, it is difficult to

speculate ; but numerous rounded scale-like bodies occurring

in the same beds may possibly be referable to this part.

I therefore propose to refer this species to Asterolepis under

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 495

the name of A. maximus, Ag., sp., the name being fortunately

suited to its large size, as median dorsal plates sometimes at-

tain a length of 6 inches.

BoTuRIOLePIs, Hichwald, 1840.

(Pamphractus, Agassiz; Homothorar, Ag.; Asterolepis, Pander, pars ;

Pierichthys, Ag. et cet. auct. pars; Bothriolepis, Ag., pars.)

Bothriolepis was founded by Hichwald upon certain plates

or fragments of plates occurring in the Old Red Sandstone of

Russia which differed from those of Astero/epis in having the

surface pitted instead of tuberculated. From his very brief

original description (1) it is evident that he had before him

fragments of a creature allied to Plerichthys ; but untortu-

nately he ascribed teeth to it and imagined its scutes to be

arranged in longitudinal rows, like those of the sturgeons,

with a rough shagreened skin or smooth enamelled scales

between them. By Agassiz Bothriolepis was placed among

the “ Coelacanthi,” and though the plates figured by him as

B. ornatus, Eichw., are Asterolepid (or Pterichthyid) in cha-

racter, he gave the name of Dothriolepis favosus to an un-

doubted Rhizodont. In establishing the family of Placo-

dermata to include the Cephalaspide of Agassiz except Cepha-

laspis, M‘Coy (5) rightly included Bothriolepis, and Pander

went so far as to assign to it a place among the synonyms of

Asterolepis, Kichw., along with Pterichthys, Ag., and many

other names.

However, the dorsal plate figured later on by Hichwald (2,

pl. lvi. fig. 3) as belonging to his B. ornatus not only stamps

it as Asterolepid, but leads usalso to suspect that it is generically

different both from Asterolepis and Pterichthys, and that this

is the case was clearly shown by Lahusen (11). Describing

a head with a portion of the body attached, as well as the two

median dorsal plates and some other fragments of the body

and arms of a species to which he gave the name of B. Pan-

deri, Lahusen pointed ont, first that the course of the cephalic

furrows (lateral line system) was not the same as in Astero-

lepis; second, that the postmedian plate was different in

shape; third, that there was no os terminale; fourth, that

the articular plates of the arms were longer. But when he

speaks of the arms being more simple in structure than those

ot Asterolepis and we compare his figures, it is quite clear that

he had betore him only the proximal segment of the limb;

and it must also be noted that in some cases he regards the

giooves of the cephalic lateral line system as sutures, or at

least as former sutures, and so very considerably increases

the number of bones which he allots to the cranial shield.

496 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

Trautschold’s contribution to the structure of Bothriolepis,

published shortly afterwards (12) , consists largely of corrections

of Lahusen’s paper in matters of detail. He also formulates

the differences between the heads of Bothriolepis and Astero-

lepis, laying stress on much the same points as Lahusen, but

adding that the angular and opercular elements (Pander)

found in the latter are wanting in the former genus, though,

strangely enough, the angular is represented in the diagram

which he gives of the head in Bothriolepis. Noteworthy it is

that he mentions having found in one specimen a lid or cover

to the ‘‘ orbit,” and accurately fitting it. As regards the arms,

of which he had no complete specimens, he pointed out certain

differences in the arrangement of their constituent plates and

considers it doubtful whether the limb was divided into proxi-

mal and distal portions, as in Asterolepis.

The discovery. by the officers of the Canadian Geological

Survey of numerous well-preserved entire specimens of

Bothriolepis in the Upper Devonian rocks of Scanmenac Ba

enabled Mr. Whiteaves to give a description (13, 14, 15), ac-

companied by excellent figures, of a new species of the genus,

to which he gave the name of Pterichthys (Bothriolepis) cana-

densis. ‘hese specimens are certainly the finest examples of

Asterolepid remains yet discovered, and clearly show all the

salient features of Bothriolepis in a manner never before

exhibited. Unfortunately Mr. Whiteaves does not seem to

have had complete access to the literature of the subject, as

he makes no reference to the papers of Egerton and Beyrich

on Pterichthys or to those of Lahusen and Trautschold on

Bothriolepis, and consequently does not seem to be aware that

the identity of Asterolepis, HKichwald and Pander, and Pte-

richthys, Agassiz, had ever been questioned, or that very

tangible differences between Bothriolepis and Asterolepis had

been already pointed out ; for as regards the former he says,

“Tt is still open to question, however, whether the geuus Bo-

thriolepis is or is not a valid one, and sufficiently distinct from

Pterichthys”’ (15, p. 106).

However, he bases his reference of the Canadian species to

Bothriolepis on the sculpture of the plates, pointing out some

discrepancies in the plates of the head compared with those in

Pander’s restoration of ‘Pterichthys” (= Asterolepis) ; and

noticing the absence of a tail, he contents himself with saying

“It seems therefore highly probable that Bothriolepis will

prove to be distinct from Pterichthys proper.” Even as te-

gards the species he seems to be in doubt as to whether or

not it is distinct from B. ornatus of Hichwald.

But if the generic distinctions between Asterolepis and

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 497

Pterichthys ave but slight, nothing can be more salient than

those which distinguish Bothriolepis from both, as will be

seen from the following sketch.

Head.—The median occipital (m.oce. Pl. X VIII. fig. 6) has its

lateral margins more perpendicular to the posterior one, the an-

teriormargin showsnot merely ashallow reentering angle for the

postmedian plate, but a deep semielliptical notch or excavation.

The postmedian is small, narrow, semielliptical in shape, and,

except its anterior margin, is entirely received in the aforesaid

notch of the median occipital, not extending on each side to

join the laterals, as in Pterichthys and Asterolepis. The

laterals (/.) are much broader, while the extra-laterals (e. .,

B in Whiteaves’s figure) are very small and narrow; but I

have not seen the still smaller plate which Whiteaves figures

as A in front of the last-named.

The pattern of the cephalic lateral-line grooves is consider-

ably different from that in Asterolepis and Pterichthys. No

transverse commissure unites the lateral groove of each side

across the occipital plates, as in those genera; but in front,

just at its inward flexure on the lateral plate, a conspicuous

branch is given off which runs forwards and outwards to the

margin of the shield, while immediately behind the origin of

this branch and on the inner side of the main groove a small

ear-shaped mark is often, though not always, seen. On the

median occipital two slighter grooves are seen, forming an

angle with each other behind, whence, diverging obliquely

forwards and outwards, they pass also over the lateral plates

and terminate near the flexure of the great groove, close

behind the origin of its small outer branch.

These grooves are only superficial and have nothing to do

with sutures, either present or former; nevertheless their

having been considered as such has, as in the case of Cocco-

steus, given rise to confusion in the enumeration of the plates

of the cranial shield. Owing to this source of fallacy, Whit-

eaves, like Lahusen, has numbered, in his figure of the head

of B. canadensis, no less than seven plates more than what

really exist, namely his no. 2 in front and on each side his

nos. 2 a, 8, and 9 a, though he owns that 9 a “‘ may possibly

be a part of the postlateral”’ (external occipital). ‘That is

undoubtedly the case, and in like manner 2a and 38 are por-

tions of his prelateral (lateral) and 2 of the premedian. Nos.

2 and 2a he regards as equal to the “os terminale” in

Asterolepis; but if we turn to Pander’s figure (7, tab. vi.

fig. 1) we shall find that similar divisions are marked off by

a similar groove on the premedian and lateral plates alto-

gether independently of the division between these plates and

the os terminale.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 35

498 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

The median or “ orbital”? opening is in perfect specimens

of the head of Bothriolepis filled up by a system of plates,

being the “ Decke”’ already noted by Trautschold. Whit-

eaves describes the arrangement as consisting of four elements,

one central, like Pander’s “os dubc/wm,” one anterior, and

two lateral, of a rounded form, stating besides that the ante-

rior one shows a remarkable slender process passing from the

middle of its anterior surface right down through the head.

I have not seen these plates in B. canadensis, but the “ lid”

is well shown in two specimens of B. hydrophilus in the

_Edinburgh Museum, in which the rounded lateral parts are

seen to be very convex above. I cannot in these specimens

trace any separation into distinct plates; but this may be

due to mode of preservation.

Whether this median opening represents morphologically

the mouth of the Tunicata, as Prof. Copehas suggested (17,18),

or not, the lateral convexities of the lid distinctly indicate that

it covered a paired organ or pair of organs; and what paired

organs could we more readily suppose to occupy this position

than the eyes? But of what use could the eyes be if covered

above by an opaque bony roof? Here I would venture a

suggestion. May not the slender descending process described

by Whiteaves be for the attachment of muscles arising from

the inner aspect of the shield, which, on contraction, would

elevate the entire lid above the level of the surrounding

cranial plates, and enable the eyes to see out from below its

margins? I donot put forward this theory with any notion of

infallibility, but it does seem to me more consistent with the

actual arrangement of the parts than that which supposes

the median opening to be amouth, the position of which was,

I think, more probably on the under surface of the front of

the head.

On the under surface of the head Whiteaves figures two

plates (13, pl. vu. fig. 1, no. 15), of which he says that they

‘no doubt correspond to the plates which Pander calls the

lower maxille.” Except that their anterior margins come

too far forwards, these plates do remind us of the pair seen in

Pterichthys immediately in front of the semilunars, and which

Pander in Asterolepis has interpreted as “ Unterkiefer.”

Is it not possible that the exceeding closeness of their ante-

rior margins to the edge of the cranial shield in Whiteaves’s

figure may be due to a slight forward displacement,

such as often occurs in Pterichthys to a much _ greater

extent? In a specimen of B. canadensis in the Edinburgh

Museum remains of these plates occur, which evidently are so _

displaced, as they are shoved forwards quite over the edge

of the cranial shield.

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 499

I have not seen the small median plate which Whiteaves

(same figure, no. 18) represents immediately behind the two

Jast mentioned, and concerning which he remarks, “ Judging

by analogies with the Asterolepis of Hugh Miller, but not of

Pander, this may have been the hyoid plate.” Unfortu-

nately for this comparison, the “ hyoid”’ plate of Hugh Miller’s

Asterolepis (= Homosteus) was, thirty years ago, determined

to be the median dorsal plate of its carapace (7, p. 76).

Body-carapace.—This is more depressed in Bothriolepis

than in Pterichthys, has a dorso-lateral angulated margin as

well as a ventro-lateral one, and the dorsal surface is broader

than the ventral one. The median dorsal plates are not so

acutely elevated mesially as in Pterichthys ; in some species

they are only gently convex on the upper aspect. The ante-

rior median dorsal, usually rather wide in its shape, articu-

lates as in Pterichthys (but not as in Asterolepis), its antero-

lateral margin overlapping the anterior dorso-lateral, while

the postero-lateral margin is, on the other hand, overlapped

by the posterior dorso-lateral. The inner surface of this

anterior median dorsal (Pl. XVIII. fig. 8) shows a sharp

median ridge, from which anteriorly two short branches are

seen to diverge at acute angles forwards and outwards. On

the inferior surface of the body the anterior ventro-laterals

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 5) show a peculiarity in shape which dis-

tinguishes them from the corresponding plates in Pterichthys

and Asterolepis in not exhibiting in front the prominent

emargination for the semilunar plates seen in those genera.

In fact no precisely similar semilunar plates exist, though

these seem to be represented by a single small triangular one

occupying the median notch at the union of the two anterior

ventro-laterals. This is figured by Whiteaves in B. cana-

densis (tab. et fig. cit. no. 1%), and it is indicated, though

obscurely, in many specimens of B. hydrophilus (Pl. XVIII.

fig. 5).

The lateral-line groove is continued on the body-carapace

from the external occipital along the dorso-lateral plates on

each side immediately below their longitudinal flexure. In

addition’ to this another groove in the form of an inverted V

is seen on the dorsal surtace, the apex of the V being a little

in front of the middle of the anterior median dorsal piate,

while its legs extend outwards and backwards over the ‘poste-

rior dorso-lateral (see Pl. X VIII. fig. 4).

Arms.—The pectoral limbs in Bothriolepis are distin-

guished from those of both Ptertchthys and Asterolepis by

their greater length, which usually equals or even exceeds

that of the carapace, and this is due chiefly to the greater

30*

500 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

proportional extent of the proximal segment of each. Con-

sequently the articular and marginal plates of that sezment

are of greater length than in those two genera; but what is

more remarkable is that the anconeal element (Pl. XVIII.

fig. 4, a) is reduced to a small rounded plate on the dorsal,

and apparently entirely wanting on the ventral aspect of the

limb; so that beyond the articulars the marginals are entirely

in contact with each other on the ventral side, and only sepa-

rated towards their extremities on the dorsal. In so far as

the proximal joint is concerned the limb of Bothriolepis may

be said to be simpler in construction than in Pterichthys ; but

this is not true of the distal part, in which both the central

and marginal rows contain each at least one additional plate.

Tail.—It is remarkable that no tail is seen in Bothriolepis,

although numerous specimens both of B. canadensis and B.

hydrophilus seem perfect in every other respect. It is there-

fore perfectly plain that caudal scales were absent, though it

does not seem to me quite so safe to assume that no caudal

appendage was ever present; for the posterior aspect of the

carapace shows a large opening just as in Pterichthys, out of

which it is difficult to conceive that absolutely no body-

prolongation ever proceeded, and it does seem quite possible

that a tail might have existed, though unprovided with hard

parts capable of preservation. Moreover, in a specimen of

B. canadensis in the Edinburgh Museum there is to be seen,

just at the place where the tail occurs in Pterichthys, a pecu-

liar dark organic-looking film, which is strikingly suggestive

of the remains of such an appendage.

British Species of Bothriolepis.

B. hydrophilus, Ag. sp. (=Pamphractus hydrophilus and

Andersoni, Ag.; Homothorax Flemingii, Ag.; Pterichthys

hydrophilus, Miller, Egerton).—This interesting form, re-

markable for its occurrence in great numbers crowded to-

gether in the Dura-Den fish-bed, was elevated by Agassiz

into a genus distinct from Pterichthys, but on mistaken

grounds, as he compared what was in reality the ventral sur-

face of that genus with the dorsal one of the present subject.

The error of this diagnosis having been seen by Hugh

Miller and Sir Philip Egerton, hydrophilus was restored by

them to Pterichthys, to which, indeed, Agassiz himself had

first of all referred it.

Recently, however, on carefully developing the specimens

on a portion of Dr. Anderson’s original slab, now in the Edin--

burgh Museum, I was interested to find that this species

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 501

does not belong to Pterichthys after all, but is an unmistak-

able Bothriolepis, closely allied to B. canadensis. This is at

once apparent from the restored figure of its upper surface

which I have given on Pl. XVIII. fig. 4. It differs some-

what in the sculpture of the plates, which is delicately pitted-

reticulate, while in B. canadensis it retains rather more of a

confluent tubercular character over most parts of the cara-

pace. The proximal joint of the arm seems also slightly

longer in proportion to the distal, and the denticulation of

its outer margin rather coarser.

It is quite obvious that, as Hugh Miller and Sir P. Eger-

ton have already pointed out (8, pp. 311 and 314), Homo-

thorax Flemingit, Ag. (4, tab. xxxi. fig. 6), is founded on a

bad drawing of the under surface of the species under con-

sideration.

B. mayor, Ag. sp. (= Pterichthys major, Ag.; Placothorax

paradoxus, Ag.).—This has been already referred to Bothrio-

lepis by Lahusen (11), whose opinion I can amply corrobo-

rate. Its remains, as they occur at Scat Craig, near Elgin,

are very fragmentary; but I think they are identifiable with

those which occur at Heads of Ayr in a more perfect state.

Tubercles of the surface confluent, sometimes into tortuous

ridges, more generally forming a reticulation, the stellation of

their bases often observable ; limbs with the proximal joint

proportionally long and slender.

B. macrocephalus, Egert. sp. (=Pterichthys macrocephalus,

Kgert.).—The long arms and the shape of the anterior parts

of the ventro-lateral plates clearly show that this minute

species is a Bothriolepis and very closely allied to B. hydro-

philus, Ag. sp. This is quite evident from a glance at Sir

Philip Egerton’s figures (9); but I have also carefully

examined the type specimens in the British Museum. ‘The

body-plates are sculptured with a delicate reticulate pitting

also resembling that of B. hydrophilus.

In the ‘Geological Magazine’ for last month (November)

I have named and briefly defined two additional species,

viz. By giganteus, Traq., from the Upper Old Red of Alves,

near Elgin, and B. obesus, Traq., from a similar horizon

near Jedburgh.

Micropracuivs, Traquair, 1888.

(=Pterichthys, pars, C, W. Peach; Microbrachius, Traq., Geol. Mag.

Nov. 1888.)

The small species discovered by the late Mr. C. W. Peach

in the Lower Old Red of John o’ Groats, and named by

502 Dr. R. H. Traquair on the

him Pterichthys Dickii*, shows some peculiarities which

seem to me to be decidedly of generic value.

It is small in size, head and carapace together measuring

only about 1} inch in length. In shape it resembles Bothrio-

lepis, having the carapace generally depressed and broader on

the upper than on the under surface. On the upper surface

the anterior margin of the carapace forms a deep reentering

angle (see Pl. XVIII. fig. 8) or emargination, so that the

antero-external angles of the anterior dorso-lateral plates

project considerably in front.

The anterior dorso-median is peculiarly broad in shape.

Tts antero-lateral margin on each side first envelops the an-

terior dorso-lateral, and is then overlapped by it, this relation

of the plates to each other being thus suddenly reversed,

Behind this the postero-lateral and posterior margins of the

plate are, as in Pterichthys and Bothriolepis, overlapped by

the posterior dorso-lateral and the posterior dorso-median ;

the last-mentioned plate shows posteriorly a prominent angu-

lar point, projecting over the hinder opening of the carapace.

On the underside the median ventral plate is extremely

small. The arms are short, slender, and pointed; the plates

of the head, which is large, are not well enough preserved to

be readable. The outer surface of the body-plates 1s

minutely tuberculated, the tubercles often tending to con-

fluence in concentric lines.

In the form of the carapace Microbrachius resembles Bo-

thriolepis, but the arms are short and the mode of articulation

of the anterior dorso-median plate is altogether peculiar.

Only the type species, Microbrachius Dickvi, Peach sp., is

known.

I have no material at present to enable me to enter into

the discussion of Acténolepis, Ag., or Chelyophorus, Ag., of

which the former at least is pretty certainly Asterolepid, as

already noticed by Miller and Egerton; and the discussion

of the general affinities of the group will form the subject of

a subsequent communication.

List of Works referred to.

(1) Ercuwaxp, E. von.— Die Thier- und Pflanzenreste des alten

rothen Sandsteins und Bergkalks im Novgorodschen Gouvyerne-

ment,” Bull. Se. St. Pétersbourg, April 1840,

(2) Ercuwa.p, E. von.—‘ Lethea Rossica,’ Stuttgart, 1860.

* British Assoc. Rep. 1867.

Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide. 503

(8) Mitter, Hucu.— The Old Red Sandstone, or New Walks in an

Old Field) 1st edition, Edinburgh, 1841.

(4) Agassiz, L.— Monographie des Poissons Fossiles du vieux grés

rouge,’ Neufchatel, 1845.

(5) M‘Coy, F—“On some new Fossil Fish of the Carboniferous

Period,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. [2] vol. ii. 1848, pp. 1-10.

(6) M‘Coy, F.—‘ Systematic Description of the British Paleozoic

Fossils in the Geological Museum of the University of Cambridge,

London, 1851-55.

(7) Panprr, C. H.—‘ Ueber die Placodermen des devonischen Sys-

tems,’ St. Petersburg, 1857.

(8) Grey-Ecrrton, Sir P. pu M., and Mitter, H.—On Pterichthys,

contained in “ Palzeichthyological Notes.—No. 1,” Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. 1848, pp. 802-514.

(9) Grey-Ecrerton, Sir P. pp M.—“On a Species of Pterichthys

(Pterichthys macrocephalus, Egert.) from the Yellow Sandstone of

Farlow, Co. Salop,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1862, pp. 103-106.

(9a) Grey-EcErton, Sir P. pze M.—“ Remarks on the Nomenclature

of the Devonian Fishes,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1859, pp. 119-

136.

(10) Breyricu.—* Ueber einen Pterichthys yon Gerolstein,” Zeitschr.

deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. 1877, p. 754.

(11) Lanusen, J.—“ Zur Kenntniss der Gattung Bothriolepis, Kichw.,”

Trans. Imp. Min. Soc. St. Petersburg, 1879.

(12) TravutscHo_p, H.—“ Ueber Bothriolepis Panderi, Lahusen,”

Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. vol. lv. pt. 2, 1880.

(13) Wuirraves, J. F.—“On a new Species of Pterichthys allied to

Bothriolepis ornata, Eichw., from the Devonian Rocks of the

North Side of the Baie des Chaleurs,” Am. Journ. Sci. xx., August

1880.

(14) Wuirnaves, J. F.—“On some remarkable Fossil Fishes from

the Devonian Rocks of Scaumenac Bay, P. Q., with Descriptions

of a new Genus and three new Species,” Can. Nat. vol. x. no. 1,

1881.

(15) Wtreaves, J. F.—*TI]lustrations of the Fossil Fishes of the

Devonian Rocks of Canada,’ Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. section iv.,

1886.

(16) Zrrrer, K. AA—‘ Handbuch der Palzeontologie,’ i. Abtheilung, iii.

Band, 1 Lieferung.

(17) Corn, E. D.—“The Position of Pterichthys in the System,”

Amer, Nat. vol. xix. 1885, pp. 289-291.

(18) Corn, E. D.—“ An Interesting Connecting Genus of Chordata,”

Amer. Nat. vol, xx. 1886, pp. 1027-1031.

504

On the Structure and Classification of the Asterolepide.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

(In all the figures the same letters refer to the same things.)

m. occ. Median occipital. p.m. d, Posterior median dorsal.

1. oce. Lateral occipital. a. d. l. Anterior dorso-lateral.

ag. Angular. p. d. 1, Posterior dorso-lateral.

pt. m. Postmedian, a. v.t, Anterior ventro-lateral.

p.m. Premedian. p. v, l, Posterior ventro-lateral.

l, Lateral. m.v. Median ventral.

e.l. Extra-lateral. ar. Articular of limb.

mn. Mental plates, the “ Unter- a. Anconeal of limb.

kiefer ” of Pander. e. Central of limb.

s. 7. Semilunar. m. Marginal of limb.

a.m. d, Anterior median dorsal.

PuatTE XVII.

Fig. 1. Restored outline of Pterichthys cornutus, Ag., seen from the

Fig. 2.

dorsal surface. The thin black lines in this and figs. 2 and 3

denote the edges of the plates which are overlapped, and there-

fore concealed ; the double dotted lines indicate the grooves

occupied by the lateral canal-system.

Restored outline of the same species seen from the ventral aspect.

Fig. 3. Restored outline of the same species, lateral aspect.

Fig. 4. Outline of extra-lateral plate of Pterichthys, natural size.

PrAarE SXOvs

Fig. 1. Outline of external surface of anterior median dorsal plate of

Asterolepis mavimus, Ag. sp. much reduced. The shaded

area zis that overlapped by the front of the posterior median

dorsal plate.

Fig. 2, Outline of the internal surface of the same plate; x and y, mar-

ginal areas overlapping the anterior and posterior dorso-lateral

plates respectively.

Fig. 3. Outline of internal surface of anterior median dorsal plate of Bo-

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5

thriolepis giganteus, Traq.; «, area overlapping the anterior

dorso-lateral.

Restored outline of the dorsal aspect of Bothriolepis hydrophilus,

Ag. sp., from specimens in the Edinburgh Museum. The over-

lapped edges of the plates are not given here, but the lateral-

line grooves are shown by double dotted lines.

. Front of anterior ventro-lateral plates of B. hydrophilus; s.1.,

the single plate representing the semilunars.

Fig. 6. Outlines of the bones of the head of B. canadensis, Whiteaves,

from specimens in the Edinburgh Museum, except the plates

filling the median opening, which are copied from Whiteaves,

Fig. 7. Anterior median dorsal plate of Microbrachius Dickit, Peach,

sp., showing its articulation with the anterior dorso-laterals,

Fig. 8. Dorsal plates of the carapace of Microbrachius Dickii seen from

the internal aspect ; the outlines of the head and of one of the

arms are likewise shown,

On Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus. 505

LXV.—Second List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus.

By G. A. BoULENGER *,

A SECOND collection of Reptiles made in Cyprus by Dr.

Guillemard on behalf of Lord Lilford contains examples of

the following species not previously recorded by Dr. Giinther

or by myself. Clemmys caspica is apparently recorded from

Cyprus for the first time.

1. Clemmys caspica, var. rivulata, Val.

2. Gymnodactylus Kotschyt, Stdr.

3. Hemidactylus turcicus, L.

4, Mabuia vittata, Oliv.

5. Ablepharus pannonicus, Fitz.

6. Bufo viridis, Laur.

The collection also contains large series of Acanthodactylus

Schreiberi, Blgr., showing the characters upon which the

species was founded to be constant, and of Ophiops Schlueter?,

Bttg. I now regard the latter form as merely a variety of

O. elegans, Mén., the characters upon which it was based not

being sufficiently constant. Having counted the scales round

the middle of the body (ventrals included) and the femoral

pores (on each side) in 100 specimens, I find the numbers

vary as follows:—WScales: 1 specimen with 49, 3 with 48, 2

with 47, 10 with 46, 11 with 45, 21 with 44, 8 with 43, 16

with 42, 10 with 41, 13 with 40, 3 with 39, 2 with 38.

Pores: twice 16, 8 times 15, 23 times 14, 79 times 13, 59

times 12, 25 times 11, 4 times 10.

The following is a complete list of the Reptiles and Ba-

trachians hitherto found in Cyprus. Species (from Unger

and Kotschy’s list, published in 1865) as to the occurrence

of which some doubts exist are queried. B. M. signifies

that specimens from Cyprus are in the British Museum.

CHELONIA.

1. Clemmys caspica, var. rivulata, Val. B. M.

22. Testudo marginata, Schoepft.

LACERTILIA.

3. Gymnodactylus Kotschyi, Stdr. B. M.

4, Hemidactylus turcicus, L. B. M.

* Cf. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. [5] vol. xx, (1887) p. 344.

506 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on two new

25. Tarentola mauritanica, L.

6. Agama stellio, L. B. M.

27. Anguts fragilis, L.

28. Blanus Strauchit, Bedr.

229. Lacerta vivipara, Jacq.

muralis, Laur.

levis, Gray.

12. Acanthodactylus Schreiber’, Blgr. B. M.

13. Ophiops elegans, var. Schlueter, Bttg. B. M.

14, Madura vittata, Oliv. B. M.

15. Ablepharus pannonicus, Fitz. B. M.

16. Humeces Schneider’, Daud. B. M.

17. Chalcides ocellatus, Forsk. B. M.

tridactylus, Laur.

19. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud. B. M.

OPHIDIA.

20. Typhlops vermicularis, Merr. B. M.

21. Ablabes modestus, var. quadrilineatus, Jan.

22. Tropidonotus natrix, L.

tessellatus, Laur,

24 Zamenis atrovirens, Shaw. B. M.

Dahlit, Sav.

Ravergiert, Mén. B. M.

27. Calopeltis lacertina, Wagl. B. M.

28. Tarbophis vivax, Fitz. we M.

29. Vipera euphratica, Mart. B. M.

BATRACHIA.

30. Rana esculenta, var. ridibunda, Pall. B. M.

temporaria, L.

32.. Hyla arborea, var. Savignyt, Aud. 3B. M.

33. Bufo viridis, Laur. B. M.

vulgare es, Laur.

LXVI.— Descriptions of two new Indian Species of Rana.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Rana Letthit.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups just behind the level

of the choane. A free pointed papilla on the middle of the

tongue. Head moderate; snout obtuse, with obtuse canthus

Indian Species of Rana. 507

rostralis and concave loreal region; nostril nearer the end of

the snout than the eye; interorbital space a little narrower

than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, two thirds the

diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first not extending

quite as far as second; toes two thirds webbed, the web

reaching the disks of the third and fifth; tips of fingers and

toes dilated into small but well-developed disks ; subarticular

tubercles moderate; a single small, oval, inner metatarsal

tubercle ; no tarsal fold. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

halfway between the eye and the end of the snout. Skin of

back with small, scattered, longitudinal warts ; a strong fold

from the eye to the shoulder. Brown above, with small dark

spots ; limbs with dark transverse bands ; lower parts white,

throat mottled with brown.

From snout to vent 33 millim.

Closely allied to R. Beddomii, Gthr., but distinguished by

the shorter inner finger.

Matheran, Bombay. A single (female) specimen, pre-

sented by Dr. Leith.

Rana himalayana.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique series, forming a very open

angle, on a level with the posterior border of the choane,

which are unusually small. Head much depressed, broader

than long; snout short, rounded; canthus rostralis obtuse ;

loreal region concave; nostril a little nearer the eye than the

tip of the snout ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eye-

lid ; tympanum not or but slightly distinct, hardly one third

the diameter of theeye. Fingers very long, dilated into very

large disks, which measure more than half the diameter of

the eye; inner finger with small distal expansion, as long as

the second minus the distal disk; third finger at least as long

as the distance between the end of the snout and the tym-

panum. ‘Toes moderate, much depressed, webbed to the

disks, which are smaller than those of the fingers; subarti-

cular tubercles large; an oval, flat, inner metatarsal tu-

bercle ; no outer tubercle; no tarsal fold. Tibio-tarsal arti-

culation reaching beyond the tip of the snout; tibia as long

as the trunk. Skin smooth above, with small granules on

the sides and temples ; no lateral fold; a rather feeble supra-

temporal fold; belly and proximal under surface of thighs granu-

late. Oliveor greyish above, with rather indistinct large, round,

darker spots on the body and cross bands on the limbs ;

hinder side of thighs purplish brown ; lower surfaces brownish

or pale olive. Male with internal vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 80 millim.

508 On a new Snake from Arabia.

Darjeeling ; four specimens.

This species is intermediate between L. latopalmata, Blgr.

(=R. afghana, Gthr.), and &. formosa, Gthr. It is to the

latter species that I referred the first two specimens which came

under my notice (Cat. Batr. Keaud. p. 70, 2. formosa, specs.

c-d). With more material before me, which I owe to the

kindness of Mr. W. T. Blanford, I have now no hesitation in

establishing the above new species. The four closely allied

forms which occur together at Darjeeling may be easily

distinguished by means of the following synopsis :—

A. Third finger not longer than the distance be-

tween the nostril and the tympanum.

a. First finger extending a little beyond second ;

tympanum about half the diameter of the

BVO foe tacts ein ke esp moltiies eielim eins eal R. livida, Blyth.

b. First finger not extending quite as far as

second; tympanum not half the diameter

GL MME OVO Mais cic-ajs ayers c. cetniere alee hole tepals R, latopalmata, Blgy.

B. Third finger at least as long as the distance be-

tween the tip of the snout and the tympanum ;

first finger much shorter than second.

a. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond the

tip of the snout; tibia as long as the trunk RR, himalayana, Blgr.

b. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the

snout; tibia considerably shorter than the

HO PEN des 5 gic OREO Oates peeON TOUR ge Schon oes R. formosa, Gthr.

LXVII.—Description of a new Snake from Muscat, Arabia.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

In addition to specimens of Dermochelys coriacea, L., Zame-

nis diadema, Schleg., Rhagerrhis producta, Ptrs., Hydrophis

cyanocincta, Daud., Hchis carinata, Schn., and Lchis colorata,

Gthr., a collection recently presented to the British Museum

by Surgeon-Major A. 8. G. Jayakar, of Muscat, contains a

new Lryz, which I have much pleasure in naming after its

discoverer

Eryx Jayakart.

Snout much depressed, the nostril projecting and with

trenchant edge; a loreal groove; nostril between three

nasals, the upper of which is the largest; the rostral, the

two upper nasals, and an internasal meet with their angles,

the sutures forming an X ; upper head-scales small, in four

longitudinal series between the eyes, which are very small,

Miscellaneous. 509

turned upwards, and surrounded by a circle of nine scales ;

eleven upper labials, third deepest and extending to the loreal

groove ; two large shields between the three following labials

and the loreal groove, the second of which enters the eye ; four-

teen lower labials. A mental groove. Scales smooth, in 39

longitudinal series. Ventrals about 180; subcaudals 20.

Anal spurs well developed. Tail once and a half the length

of the head, pointed, ending in a curved, claw-like, horny scute

similar to the anal spurs. Greyish brown above, with

whitish spots and numerous, rather irregular, dark brown

cross bands; head dotted with dark brown; lower parts

white.

Total length 40 centim.

A single specimen.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Nest and Eggs of the Alligator (Alligator lucius, C'wv.).

By Prof. Samvzt F. Crarxe, Williams College, Mass. U. 8.

Ir is somewhat remarkable that so promising a field of inquiry as

that of reptilian embryology should have been so generally neglected ;

and it is certainly remarkable that almost nothing is known of the

development of the Crocodilia or Loricata, the largest and most highly

organized of the reptiles. The eggs and young alligators are such

common objects in the shop windows in many of the Southern States

that it appeared to be asimple matter to secure the eggs at the right

time and in abundance. It proved, on the contrary, to be very diffi-

cult. Iwas assured by various hunters in Florida that each month

from January to September inclusive was the only month in which

the alligators lay their eggs, and this resulted in my haying to make

two journeys of over 2600 miles each.

At the time of my first visit, the first week in April, no eggs had

been laid, and the ovaries of adult female alligators were full of eggs

of all sizes up to 26 millim. in diameter. I returned to Florida on

June 4, and found that I was still somewhat early, as the nests

were then being built. With the aid of five experienced hunters I

at last succeeded in finding, on the 9th of June, a nest evidently

just eompleted in which there were twenty-nine eggs. The next

day, at a point 40 miles further north, a second nest was found

with thirty-one eggs.

There were many nests found, old and new, but only these two

contained eggs.

The nests vary much in size, the largest being about 23 metres in

diameter at the base and 80 centim. high in the central part, the

whole haying the shape of a rounded cone; they are located gene-

rally on a slightly elevated place, which is higher by a metre, or

slightly more, than the surrounding level, and covered with a thick

510 Miscellaneous.

erowth of palmettos, mangroves, magnolias, &e. These are called

*“ hummocks” by the natives. On one side of the hummock at

least, in some cases on all sides, is a pond from 4 to 2 metres in

depth, and in the bank, under the water, the female alligator digs

a cave which in some cases extends 3 metres under the hummock

and which is always close to her nest. The nest is made by

scratching together a great pile of dead leaves and twigs and humus

which forms the surface of the ground, and which is arranged with

some care; the inside is made of the more finely divided, almost

powdery material of the deeper layers of the top soil, while the

outside even to the top is covered with twigs and leaves which are

whole or but little broken, and with many of the long unbroken

leaves or needles of the southern pine. The eggs are deposited

about 20 centim. from the top, and in the nests found were lying on

top of one another, making rows or layers with the fine humus

filling all interstices, The top of the nest is always well exposed

to the sun.

The eggs are white, elliptical, and vary in the shorter diameter

from 39 to 45 millim.; in length they vary from 67 to 88 millim.

The shell is thicker than that of a hen’s egg and more brittle; the

shell-membrane is also thicker than that of a hen’s egg and consists

of an inner and an outer layer; the fibres of both extend obliquely

around the egg and those of the two layers are always at right

angles to each other; the shell-membrane is most closely attached

to the shell in a zone around the smaller diameter, which varies

greatly in width, and wherein the membrane is less translucent

than towards either end, being much more opaque white. The white

of the egg has the consistency of a very thick jelly, so that it will

adhere to the yelk after the shell-membrane has been removed to

such a degree that the whole egg can be held on the palm of the

hand and transferred from one hand to the other. The yelk is

spherical, large, and of the faintest yellow or straw-colour ; it is so

large that it nearly touches the shell-membrane in the middle line

of its opaque zone, leaving but an extremely thin layer of white

between yelk and membrane, and which white adheres very closely

to the membrane throughout the opaque zone; this layer of white

grows thinner as incubation proceeds and a very light watery liquid

increases.

After the first day it is almost impossible to get off the membrane

without rupturing the thin pellicle of white; and if this be done,

the embryo is carried away with the outflowing liquid and is

quickly broken into innumerable pieces.

They are for these reasons the most difficult eggs that I have ever

tried to work with.

Very often the opaque zone is larger at one point, and that always

marks the position of the embryo ; when the zone is of equal breadth

throughout it is impossible to determine its exact position.

Examining an egg on the day after they were found, and finding

that no change had occurred, I concluded to pack them all carefully

and get back with them as quickly as possible to my laboratory,

where I could have the best facilities for the difficult work in hand.

Miscellaneous. ott

This took six days of day and night travel, owing to unfortunate

conditions, and I found upon my arrival that incubation had been

going on for some time, and the neural folds had nearly completed

their coalescence.

While it is possible to get several chapters of value in the life-

history from the material secured, it will be necessary to make

another trip and a more prolonged stay next summer to get the

more important early stages.

Biological Laboratory, Williams College,

July 12, 1888.

—4Loologischer Anzeiger, No. 290, October 8, 1888, p. 568.

On a new Cyamus parasitic on the Cachalot.

By M. G. Poucuer.

Hitherto we have very little knowledge of the parasites of the

Cachalot. The animal which grounded in 1874 near Ancona bore

Penelle, Bennett and Scammon speak of lice, but up to last year

M. Litken had been unable to procure any. The author, who

accompanied Prince Albert of Monaco in the ‘ Hirondelle,’ was

enabled, by the kindness of Mr. 8S. W. Dabney, to examine a

Cachalot while it was being cut up at Lagens (Isle of Pico). He

found three kinds of parasites:—1. In the first stomach a great

number of Nematoid worms mixed with the beaks and crystalline

lenses of Cephalopods ; 2. A Cestoid worm encysted in the fat and

also very abundant; 3. On the surface of the body a new Cyamus,

for which he proposes the name of C. physeteris.

The resemblance presented by this Cyamus to other species of the

same genus, especially that which lives on Megaptera boops, has no

doubt led to the whalers haying omitted to collect the louse of the

Cachalot, which has thus remained undescribed. It is, however, at

once distinguished by its numerous short branchie arranged in

tufts on each side of the second and third (free) segments; their -

length does not exceed the antero-posterior diameter of the: seg-

ments. By its head, which is intimately/ united with the first

segment, and by its slender first pair of legs, which are turned

inwards, it resembles C. mysticeti and C. ovalis. On the other

hand the last joint of the large hook-shaped limbs is at first con-

tinuous with the axis of the limbs, and then curves into a complete

semicifcle, and it thus approaches Platycyamus Thompsoni.

The male and female are of the same size. In the latter the

ventral lamine appear to be caducous. As the young which they

shelter are developed they separate and spread outwards, so that

the body of the animal at the level of the first three (free) seg-

ments acquires the form of a spherical hood, within which the young

of very different sizes are in contact with the epidermis of the host

an they already feed.— Comptes Rendus, October 29, 1888,

p- 698.

512

INDEX to VOL. II.

ACHALINUS, new species of, 438.

Acineta, on a new, 208.

Acinetoides, characters of the new

genus, 201.

Acrodus, new species of, 135.

Actiniz, on larval, parasitic on Hy-

dromedusee, 256,

Adigyria oliva, remarks on, 431.

Alcides, new species of, 241, 412.

Aleochara, new species of, 281.

Aleuron, new species of, 236.

Alligator lucius, on the nest and eggs

of, 509.

Amathia, new species of, 18.

Amphonyx, new species of, 237.

Anolis alliaceus, note on, 363.

Anophrys, characters of the new

genus, 428,

Antedon, new species of, 403.

Anthozoan, on a new type of, 198.

Antichloris, new species of, 241.

Argyrocides, new species of, 240,

Ascomorpha, on the genus, 38.

Asellicola, characters of the new

genus, 208.

Aspidobactrus, characters of the new

genus, 285.

Asplanchna, new species of, 28.

Asplanchnopus, characters of the

new genus, 34.

Asteracanthus, on the extinct Sela-

chian, 336,

Asterolepide, on the structure and

classification of the, 485,

Asterolepis, on the genus, 492.

Atemeles, new species of, 288.

Atya, new species of, 357.

Autalia, new species of, 371.

Batrachians, new, 40, 142, 362, 506.

Baur, on a note by Dr., on the

Pleurodiran Chelonians, 352.

Beddard, F’., on a species of Coeci-

dium infesting Pericheta, 433,

ee in the Lake de Bret, on,

269.

Bela, new species of, 316,

Bell, Prof. F'. J., on a new species of

Xiphigorgia, 176; on Echinoderms

from Port Phillip, 401.

Bidiastopora, new species of, 15,

Bolitobius, new species of, 456,

Bolitochara, new species of, 371.

Bonnier, J., on the species of Gala-

thea found on the coasts of France,

123; on some new species of

Ceponina, 192.

Books, new:—Pryor’s Flora of

Hertfordshire, 112; Michael’s

British Oribatide, 115; De

Guerne’s Compagnes Scientifiques

du Yacht l’Hirondelle, 116; Lee’s

Flora of West Yorkshire, 186;

Bulletin of the New-York-State

Museum of Natural History, 188 ;

Paetel’s Catalog der Conchylien-

Sammlung, 420; Blanford’s

Fauna of British India, 422;

Sherborn’s Bibliography of the

Foraminifera, 424; Neumayer’s

Guide for Scientific Observations

in Travelling, 425.

Bothriolepis, on the genus, 495.

Boulenger, G, A., on new Reptiles

and Batrachia, 40, 43, 156, 142,505,

503; on the dentition of Hydrophis

viperina, 43; on the transverse bone

of a Chelonian, 122; on the

“ nursing ”’-habits of Dendrobates,

122; remarks on a note by Dr.

Baur on the Pleurodiran Chelo-

nians, 352,

Brachycercus, new species of, 222.

Bucklandium diluyii, on, 355.

Cachalot, on a new Cyamus parasitic

on the, 511,

Calamite, new species of, 129.

Calamohydrus, characters of the new

genus, 45.

Calanidee of the Boulonnais, on the,

272.

Calcispheeree, on the occurrence of, in

the carboniferous limestone of

Gloucestershire, 120.

Calodera, new species of, 286.

Canu, E., on the Calanide of the

Boulonnais, 272.

Carcinus meenas, on a ciliate Infu-

sorian parasitic in, 426,

Carpophaga, new species of, 351.

Carter, H. J., on the organic and

inorganic changes of Parkeria, and

on the opaque scarlet spherules in

INDEX.

Foraminifera, 45; on a variety of

Orbitolites Mantelli, 342; on the

genus Orbitoides, 439.

Cattaneo, Dr. G., on a ciliate Infuso-

rian parasitic in the blood of Car-

cinus menas, 426.

Ceponina, new species of, 192.

Chelonian, on the transverse bone of

a, 122:

Chelonians, remarks on Dr. Baur’s

note on the Pleurodiran, 352.

Chiromystus Mawsoni, 134.

Cheerocampa, new species of, 237.

Cicadidz, new, 323.

Clarke, Prof. 8. F., on the nest and

eggs of the Alligator, 509.

Clathurella, new species of, 314.

Clinidium, new species of, 83.

veneficum, on the mouth-organs

of, 483.

Coccidium, new species of, 433.

Ceelorhynchus, on the genus, 223;

new species of, 224.

Coleoptera, new, 59, 76, 144, 219,

242, 260, 277, 369, 389, 409, 450,

451.

Conosoma, new species of, 454.

Cosmopsaltria, new species of, 324.

Cottus, on a post-larval, as contrasted

with the Gadoids, 470.

Crassispira, new species of, 308.

Crinia, new species of, 142.

Crossotheca, new species of, 23, 27.

ae rater new species of,

325.

Cyamus, new species of, 511.

Cyclotheca, characters of the new

genus, 26.

Cylindroecium, new species of, 19.

Cyriocrates, new species of, 450.

Day, F., on Gadus luscus and @G.

minutus, 387.

Deliathis, new species of, 398.

Dendrobates, on the

habits of, 122.

Desmidophorus, new species of, 415.

Diaptomus, on the distribution of the

genus, 177.

Difflugia urceolata, on shell-forma-

tion in, 156.

Diphyphyllum, new species of, 317.

Diplomystus longicostatus, note on,

134.

Distant, W. L., on new Cicadide,

323.

Ditremaster, observations on, 327.

Drillia, new species of, 300.

Druce, H., on new Lepidoptera, 234,

66 nay is

nursing

513

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on Pseudopy-

gaulus, Trachyaster, Ditremaster,

Eolampas, and Hemiaster, 327.

Kcheneis, on the adhesive disk of, 67.

Echinoderms from Port Phillip, on,

401.

Eetolabrus, characters of the new

genus, 370.

Elapsoidea, new species of, 141.

Elephas meridionalis, on the occur-

rence of, in Dorset, 121.

Elmomorphus, characters

new genus, 242.

Entalophora parasitica, on, 15.

Entomostraca, on the Paleozoic

bivalved, 295.

Koatypus, characters of the new

genus, 367.

EKolampas, on the genus, 527.

Epiglymmius, characters of the new

genus, 79.

Epipeda, new species of, 375.

Eryx, new species of, 508.

Kucalamites, new species of, 129.

EKupholus, new species of, 410.

Falagria, new species of, 294.

Fascicularia radicans, on, 198.

Ferns, on the fructification ot two

Coal-measure, 22.

Fish, new fossil, 135.

Fish-fauna, on the Cretaceous, of

Mount Lebanon and that of the

English Chalk, 354.

Fisher, Rev. O., on Elephas meri-

dionalis in Dorset, 121.

Flustra reticulum, new variety of,

13.

Foraminifera, on the opaque scarlet

spherules in, 52; on the resem-

blance of the primitive, and of

ovarian ova, 199; on some genera

of, 439,

Formica rufa, on the sense of direc-

tion in, 189.

Gadus luscus and G. minutus, on,

348, 387.

Gahan, C. J., on new Longicorn

Coleoptera, 59, 260, 389, 450.

Galathea, on the species of, found on

the coasts of France, 123.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 117.

Geophilus, new species of, 475.

Georissa, new species of, 58.

Georyssus, new species of, 244,

Giard, Prof. A., on some new species

of Ceponina, 192.

Glenida, characters of the genus, 65.

of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. ii. 36

d14

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H.,

on new land-shells, 55.

Grant, W. R. O., on pigeons from

Born2o, 351.

Graphipterus, new species of, 221.

Grapsicepon, new species of, 192.

Guerne, J. de, on the Asplanchnide,

28; on the geographical distribu-

tion of the genus Diaptomus, 177.

Gunn, Dr. R. M., on the retina of

Teleosteans, 263.

Giinther, Dr. A., on Reptiles and

Frogs from Dominica, 3v2.

Gyrophzena, new species of, 376.

Haddon, Prof. A. C., on larval Ac-

tiniz parasitic on Hydromedusze,

256.

Haplohammus, new species of, 62.

Haswellia, new species of, 14.

Heliochona, characters of the new

genus, 432,

Helix, new species of, 58.

Hemiaster, on the genus, 327.

Henops brunneus, remarks on, 194.

Heio, on the systematic position of

the genus, 196.

Hetzerius, on some species of, 145,

Heteropora, new species of, 16.

Hickson, Dr. S. J., on a new species

of Atya, 557.

Hinde, Dr. G. J., on new species of

Uruguaya, 1.

Histeridee, on new formicarious, 144,

Homalota, new species of, 292.

Homeeusa, new species of, 283.

Homoptera, new, 323.

Homotus signatus, note on, 156.

Hyalinia arborea, variety of, 419.

Hydromedusee, on larval Actiniz

parasitic on, 256.

Hydrophis viperina, on the dentition

of, 44.

Hylobius, new species of, 410.

Hylodes, new species of, 41.

Hyloicus, new species of, 259.

Hylomys suillus, new variety of,

407.

Hymenoptera, new, 148.

Imhof, Dr. O, E., on the freshwater

fauna of the Vosges, 429.

Infusoria, new, 201, 208; on the

freshwater, of New Zealand, 275;

on a ciliate, parasitic in the blood

of Carcinus meenas, 426.

Isias, new species of, 274.

Isognathus, new species of, 238.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on new Devonian

Ostracoda, 295.

INDEX.

Jordan, D.S., on the generic name

of the Tunny, 556,

Kidston, R., on the fructification of —

two Coal-measure ferns, 22; on a

new species of Calamite, 129.

Kirby, W. F., on a new species of

Polistes, 145.

Kirkby, J. W., on marine fossils in

the Coal-measures of Fife, 120.

Kirkpatrick, R., on Polyzoa from

Port Phillip, 12; on a new species

of Retepora, 269,

Kyamodes, characters of the new

genus, 295.

Lagenorhynchus albirostris and L.

acutus, comparison between, 184.

Laniellibranchiata, remarks on the

phylogeny of the, 125,

Leiostracus multifasciatus, new va-

riety of, 419.

Lepidoptera, new, 234.

Lepidotus, new species of, 135.

Leprodera, new species of, 389.

Leptelmis, characters of the new

genus, 245,

Leptusa, new species of, 371.

Lesueuria vitrea, remarks on, 464.

Lewis, G., on the Rhysodide, 76;

on new formicarious Histeride,

144; on the mouth-organs of two

species of Rhysodide, 483.

Limnodynastes, new species of, 142.

Liophis juliz, note on, 365.

Lithostrotion, on a remarkable form

of the genus, 317.

Loncheres, new species of, 526.

Lucernaria, on the appearance and

disappearance of, at St. Andrews,

471.

Liitken, Dr. C., on some Odontoceti

of the genera Tursiops, Orca, and

Lagenorhynchus, 179.

Lydekker, R., on the skeleton of a

Sauropterygian, 119.

Mabuia, new species of, 139.

agilis, note on, 364.

McCook, Dr. H. C., on the sense of

direction in Formica rufa, 189; on

a new fossil spider, 366.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on Gadus luscus

and G. minutus, 548 ; on Lesueuria

vitrea, 464; on the development

of Mytilus edulis, 467 ; on a post-

larval Pleuronectid, 469; on a

post-larval Cottus contrasted with .

the Gadoids, 470; on the appear-

ance and disappearance of Lucer-

naria and other forms, 471.

INDEX,

Macrochlamys, new ‘species of, 56,

Macrocneme, new species of, 239.

Mammals, new, 226, 326, 407.

Mangilia, new species of, 309.

Mantichora, new species of, 219.

Marr, J. E., on the Stockdale shales,

Maskell, W. M., on Henops brun-

neus, 194; on the freshwater In-

fusoria of New Zealand, 275.

Mastigocera, new species of, 240.

Megacronus, new species of, 460.

Melanauster, new species of, 63.

Microbrachius, characters of the new

genus, 501.

Microcystina, new species of, 57.

Millarella cantabrigiensis, on, 45.

Misynus, characters of the new ge-

nus, 414.

Mollusca from Dominica, on, 227

419; new, 300.

Monohammus, new species of, 62,

260, 391.

Mus, new species of, 408.

Myllzna, new species of, 377.

Myriopoda of Dominica, on the,

472.

Myrmedonia, new species of, 289.

Mytilus edulis, notes on the deve-

lopment of, 467.

Nicholson, Prof. H. A., on the Stock-

dale shales, 117.

Nototrema, new species of, 42.

Nyctophilus, new species of, 226,

(Edura, new species of, 137.

Ophryodera, new species of, 220.

Orbitoides, on the genus, 439.

Orbitolites Mantelli, on a variety of,

342.

Orca, on some species of, 183.

Ostracoda, on new Devonian, 295.

Otostigma, new species of, 473.

Oxypoda, new species of, 285,

Pachydactylus, new species of, 138.

Pachygonia, new species of, 235.

Papiho, new species of, 234.

Paraseison, on the anatomy and

habits of the genus, 87.

Parkeria, on the organic and inor-

ganic changes of, 46.

Pascoe, I’, P., on new Curculionide,

409,

Peachia hastata, on the anatomy of,

258.

Perichzeta, on a species of Coccidium

infesting, 435.

Perigonia, new species of, 236,

515

Péringuey, L., on new Coleoptera,

219.

Phyllodes, new species of, 241.

Pimelata, characters of the new ge-

nus, 411.

Plate, Dr. L., on ectoparasitic Rotato-

ria, 86; on Asellicola digitata, 203;

on anew genus of Suctoria, 201,

208; on a new Vorticelline, 451 ;

on Aeyria oliva, 431.

Plesiosaurus philarchus, on the

skeleton of, 119.

Pleuronectid, on a post-larval, 469.

Pleurotomide, new, 300.

Pocock, R. I., on the genus Uroda-

cus, 169; on the Myriopoda of

Dominica, 472; on African speci-

mens of the genus Scorpio, 245.

Polistes, new species of, 145.

Polystomella crispa, on shell-forma-

tion in, 161.

Polyzoa from Port Phillip, 12.

Pontellina, new species of, 275.

Porocallus, characters of the new

genus, 236,

Poropterus, new species of, 417.

Portunicepon, new species of, 193.

Pouchet, M. G., on a new Cyamus

parasitic on the Cachalot, 511.

Prasia, new species of, 325.

Protinodes, characters of the new

genus, 3/7.

Protista, biological studies of the,

155.

Pseudolypia, new species of, 239.

Pseudopygaulus, on the genus,

327.

Pterichthys, on the genus, 485.

Purpuricemus, new species of, 61.

Pythonodipsas carinata, on, 140.

Rana, new species of, 506.

Reptiles, new, 40, 43, 136, 362, 506,

508.

Retepora, new species of, 269.

Rhysodes niponensis, on the mouth-

organs of, 485,

Rhysodide, on the, 76; list of species

of the, 84; mouth-organs of two,

483,

Richard, Prof. J., on the geographi-

cal distribution of the genus Diap-

tomus, 177; on the pelagic lake-

fauna of Auvergne, 200.

Rotatoria of the Bay of Naples, on

some, 86.

Rotifera, notes on, of the family

Asplanchnidee, 22,

Ryder, Prof., on the resemblance of

516

the primitive Foraminifera and of

ovarian ova, 199,

Saperda, new species of, 64.

Saphocallus, characters of the new

genus, 287.

Satrapes, new species of, 153.

Sauropterygian, on the skeleton of a,

Schnetzler, J. B., on a colouring-

matter of the water of the Lake de

Bret, 269.

Sciurus, new species of, 407.

Scolopocryptops, new species of, 474.

Scorpio, new species of, 169, 245.

Seisonidz, on the systematic position

of the, 106; characters of the

family, 109.

Selachian, on an extinct, 336.

Sharp, Dr. B., on the phylogeny of

the Lamellibranchiata, 125.

Sharp, Dr. D., on new Coleoptera,

242; on the Staphylinide of

Japan, 277, 369, 451.

Shells, on new land-, 55.

Silusa, new species of, 372.

Sladen, W. P., onthe genera Pseudo-

pygaulus, Trachyaster, Ditremaster,

Eolampas, and Hemiaster, 327.

Smith, EK. A., on Mollusca from

Dominica, 227, 419; on new species

of Pleurotomidee, 300.

Snakes, on two new, 438,

Spherodactylus, new species of, 40.

Spider, on a new fossil, 366,

Spirobolus, new species of, 479,

481.

Spirostreptus, new species of, 478.

Staphylinidee of Japan, on the, 277,

369, 451.

Sternoccelis, new species of, 147.

Storms, R., on the adhesive disk of

Echeneis, 67.

Strongylosoma, new species of, 477.

Surcula, new species of, 300.

Sympiezocera, new species of, 61.

Tachinus, new species of, 379.

Tachyporus, new species of, 451.

Tachyusida, new species of, 372.

Teeniotes, new species of, 596.

Teleosteans, on the embryology of

the retina of, 265.

Temora longicornis, observations on,

2738.

Thamiareea, new species of, 292,

INDEX.

Thectura, new species of, 294.

Thermonotus, characters of the new

genus, 399,

Thiasophila, new species of, 284.

Thomas, O., on a new bat, 226; on a

new species of Loncheres, 326; on

four new mammals, 407.

Thomson, J., on a new species of

Diphyphyllum, and on a remark-

able form of the genus Lithostro-

tion, 317.

Thyestes, new species of, 67.

Tibicen, new species of, 325.

Tosena, new species of, 323.

Trachyaster, on the genus, 327.

Trachylophus, characters of the new

genus, 99.

Traquair, Dr. R. H., on the struc-

ture and classification of the Aste-

rolepidz, 485.

Treron nasica, note on, 352.

Tunny, on the generic name of the,

356.

Tursiops, on some species of the

genus, 179,

Urecha, new species of, 63.

Urodacus, new species of, 169.

Uruguaya, new species of, 1.

Vaginula, new species of, 228.

Vayssiére, A., on the systematic

position of the genus Hero, 196.

Vertebrate fossils from Brazil, 152.

Verworn’s, Dr. M., biological studies

of Protista, 155.

Viguier, C., on Fascicularia radicans,

198.

Vipera, new species of, 141,

Vorticelline, on a new, 431.

Wethered, E., on the occurrence of

Calcisphzeree in the Carboniferous

Limestone of Gloucestershire, 120.

Whidborne, Rev., G. F., on some

new Devonian Ostracoda, 295.

Woodward, A. 8., on Vertebrate

fossils from Brazil, 132; on the

genus Ceelorhynchus, 223; on the

extinct Selachian, Asteracanthus,

336; on the Cretaceous fish-fauna

of Mount Lebanon and that of the

English Chalk, 354; on Buck-

landium diluvii, 555.

Xiphigorgia, new species of, 176.

Zantes, characters of the new ge-

nus, 418.

END OF THE SECOND VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6, Yot.2, PLL

OOOOoCe

ooovcee

ll. 6%

Se ES

R. Kidston, del. MeFealane & Erskine, Litht Edint

Figs.1-8, CROSSOTHECA FIMBRIATA, Atdston, 7. 5.

9, CROSSOTHECA CREPINI, Zezller

10-12, CYCLOTHECA BISERIATA, Azdston, n.s

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.5. 6.Vol.2. PLL.

BFF,

)

PAL

an4e8

Sees

Der, nee ees

| Ib.

)

ARO WANN Be “UN Re Mea AE Rey

]

Mintern Bros. del. et. lith

Polyzea from Fort Phillip.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5. 6. Vol.2. PUI.

Mmtern Bros. del et lith.

Nototrema fissipes.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6. Vol. 2. PLIV.

Mintern Bros. imp.

F.H Michael ith

Uruguaya

Anan.de Mag. Nat.Hist.S.6.Vob. 2. PLY.

H.1.C.del. aan , Mintern Bros. lith.

———== ————

== SS SS iSitooas

VSD)

SSS NH

» tips 7 len ab Fy F ‘ ‘ ; ain Sohal “eee

= N ‘ l x“

eke 2

: ; oe e

3 : =D i y) a =

_ j : S \ eee

= Ty -

Mintern Bros. lth.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 6.Vol.2. PUM.

AUN

Ann. &.Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6 Vol. 2, PL. VII

eS es aa

= ee ee

R.Kidston,del. eased 7 M‘Farlane & Erskine; Lith™® Edin™

CALAMITES (Eucatamites) BRITANNICUS, Hess.

—

_ Anr.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6.Vob.2. Pl. VIL

59 seaeelicg ae

Mintern Bros. del.et lith.

Anin.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. 2. PU IX.

Mintern Bros hth

Vol. 2. PU

Nat. Hus

mi. Mag

eo 8

UM aii,

ly o

Mintern Bros. lith.

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol.2 PUXI.

Geo West & Sons, del hth et imp.

NEW DEVONIAN OSTRACODA

”

“te

bee

‘

6 a als al ek oe

“STLYUDIDA SF"

"OFT ye [Tsp -) solid UIs zUTpy,

Ant.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. 2. Pl. All.

Aste

L. AIL

NS S

Pee

S ACAI f

AN NN Y ys Wing

of \

)

1 =

iN )

| Page

(a)

og “

YORE

(

Miotern Bros. hth

Ws AS

RAN

6.V

= —~—\

Gee

$ Sf,

XA)

SSS

——~

———J

ZA——

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

LW &S.J.Hickson del.

a s td he ee a Se SY CA a ® ae * at Dit wit lie een Ne ae, Bek

Vol. 2. PL. XIV.

S.J.Hickson del Mintern Bros. lith.

a. a eee eee ee

aad 1 . a od =

7 rae —- os :

Anav.& Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 5.

Vol. 26. Pl. XV.

Mintern Bros. imp.~

BI. Pocock

del.

Mintern Bros. lith.,

x ==

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6.Vol. 2. PU. XVIL

Mintern Bros. lith.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. 2. PU. XVIIL

Mintern Bros. lth.:

SN ae Ts =— Se ee JAN iW = NERO SS ee S¥ Ee 1. isin SO mar RN lh ~-4 B.,” _ (AIBN t- SOMTIRZ\ — AYR

Fis «WV = n ew

~ : rm m = oc

< 5 = < Re <

we S [aa = oe

ata rs} ss 5 ae

“i = ~I AW ¥ =

LSNI NVINOSHLINS S3S!IYVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

Ba ce = CF z p a

ies) 2 w = ies]

> od > — i>

Po) = oe] = a?

= = a : cvs

f z : z :

a ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sa 1YVvy

= < RN = v2 < = a

4 ie = Nty, 2 =

: ao Oo \ + GL Oo zr

\ O 2s Sy S iL = O

\S = = AN WS 2 ’ bi bec ae =,

ane eae ee

ISNI_NVINOSHLINS | S23 IYVvug es Fs BRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUT

~ a = a tu an

(s) ae

ove or a. o pe

By et sy. \ < a < fe

Y 5 Sra 3 OD; 3

Zz Bt =a uF =

él ES_ SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS S3l1y¥vVvy

9 =

é & 6 =

B “a rE a NS 5

E 3 > = > MQ 2

ot cid ra a Fos

= as 3 m ea

a w a (op) a =

ILSN! NVINOSHLINS S31YVYUS!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

: : a aS :

AZ = “Ss Ay = =

bs oO Sls Oo ENG RY a. oO

: gy ZR 8 g

yo 2 EW 2 i

= > = > =

7) an 1a) Ree oe 7)

RIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN!I NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVY

: Z : 3 f

2” = wn sa

a. | = « = o

<< % a: <x

ce a ‘ee = «

cn S ss ro) =

( 2 ue = ee a

ISNI_NVINOSHLIWS _ S43 IYVYPGIT LIBRARI ES | STD EORAN Na |

u ne

a A ir = ny i

w Y — w — w

ee) \ \ 2 5a) ex x

> \ SR OE > =

ad XS = 2 este &

NOS \ Ww —= +

fan awenite mn 2 mn

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHIIWS S31 uv

= ye Z < = Wp

er = = ¢

\ 5 3 : fe 5 hfs

‘ e S t

RY ¢ = S| o YF /

uu 4 re ” NS bas

ma Va = é 4 SNS 8

VA é 4 < + . <

= Uy ec os Ee \ #

ao % = a) a re)

eat alk re) ia re) z

cers ae al Zz ai

LILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS S3!/1YVYRIT LIBRARIES

fm 90S z as Zz ie

= S) = = wo

cai re i = a,

3 a > os

> ood > — “ >

2 = 2 r .

SARTES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOMALIISNT NINOS MS ae

z ae. = < = 3

a = =| Zz =

se e) ots to, ae

\ wo 7) abe Aw wo

\ Oo i ie ie Oo

‘a = Lad 2, ase =.

By = = oe = = >

ALILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS Sa IYVud Pact BRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUT

ae SSO ws #

= “ al o ues

= xh eK od <x fx o

si a = ar

we 5 Z zi 2

j cal

RARIES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYUVY

z ai =

Sy? GR! RD? SS §

2D v

— oy > = Pal =

Ee - = 2 '

On DC 2 m = a)

ral w” = (69) a: =x

| adder Sj at aVealI_LIBRARIES | SMITHSONIAN INSTITU)

| < = fee Cae zs

La S = 5 = S

w NM gy w 122) Ww

h/, pi Bd Oo 4 pa 63 oO i

Wy, = 2 F Z -

3 : - age :

H + Ww

RARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVWY

| a oe

: ee ob = 6 WX #

eS pe y — f on ow

< ihe = < a <

a 64 oc

ee’? = ray = rat

Sale S 7 2 ye

: ee |

LALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS _ S23 1YVY¥gI1 LIBRARI Eel SMITHSON eee

i i.

= Oo — re) Y =

18] = w — lf wo

es) - iy

n=) a > gy, 2

> > Zo , >

XN ” os to yee 3

i i — Se oO z o

ARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 2 NVINGSH IIe luv

= = % z < = yf

= x aa

x 5 \ = 2 & :

we 2 >» WE SB ~ 2 3

z rF AAS Ee Zz